Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
5-23-1990
y SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS 1 .F #I x Ct'PY OF DEN;ON, TEXAS LMSVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT a GENERAL CONSTRUCTION i BID NUMBER 1088 i SPECIFICATION 105 t1R1.0000 CONTRACT 10686.71.0000 + j I°) CONTRACT ISSUE MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRVICTION CO., INC. 96813 Onwel Fort Wordy, Teucae 78118 # 1 hereby certify that this specification was prepared by me or fl. under my direct supervislon and thet I am a duty`Aeplstered Profess 6n91 ear under the l s of the State of Texas, `~v,• f . . , ~4~ 4f w . . . . l , Date °Z3 7.3 Aeg. Na BLACK & VEATCH EncinesmArchitecte Kansas City, Miarouri a 1990 t' r. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND DOCUMENTS FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION i SPECIFICATION 10566.71,0000 TABLE OF CONTENTS i I I 4 f, - Page thru Page \1 i. CONTRACT FORMS Contract Agreement CA-1 CA-2 Performance Bond PFB-1 PFB-2 Payment Bond PYB-1 PYB-2 Maintenance Bond MB-1 MB-2 j II, CONTRACT REGULATIONS { General Conditions 00-1 GC-22 Sample Price Breakdown Form I page ' Special Conditions SC-1 SC-18 If III, SPECIFICATIONS ~ j . DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 1A.- General Description and Scope f i of the Work 1A-1 1A-6 1B - Drawing List 18-1 Ig-5 10 - Engineering Data 1C-1 10-7 1D - Contractor's' Quality Assurance Program ID-1 1D-3 lE - Construction Schedule IE=1 iE-2 IF - Construction Services IF-1 IF-5 10 - Receiving, Handling, and Storage 1G-I 1G-4 tt' ^ t CDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 051690SE9 TC-1 r. Pace thru Page DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section 2A - Earthwork 2A-1 2A-14 2B Construction Cofferdams 2B-1 28-1 2C - Drainage Piping 2C-1 2C-3 2D - Dewatering 2D-1 2D-3 2E - Riprap 2E-1 2E-4 2F - Erosion Control 2F-1 2k'-2 2G - Chain Link Fencing 2G-1 2G-5 28 - Aggregate Surfacing 2H-1 2H-3 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Section 3A - Cast-In-Place Concrete 3B - Grouting 3A-1 3A-29 38»1 38-5 f DIVISION 4 - NOT USED DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 5A » Structural Steel and Mis- cellaneous Metals 5A-1 5A-16 5B Metal Deck Form 5B»1 58-2 DIVISION 6 - NOT USED i DIVISION 7 » NOISTURE PROTECTION Section 7A - Elaatomeric Roof Coating 7A-1 7A-2 7B - Caulking and Sealing M- 1 78-3 7C - Waterproofing 7C-1 7C-3 7D - Aluminum Louvers 7D-1 7C-3 DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS Section SA - Metal Doors, Frames, and Hardware 8A-1 8A-8 DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 9A - Painting 9A-1 9A-16 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 051690 TC-2 r Page thru Page ~ DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES Section IOA - Eyewash Station 10A-1 DIVISIONS 11 thru 14 (Not Used) DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL Section 15A - Owner-Furnished Equipment and Materials 15A-1 Subsection j 15A1 - Turbine 15A1-1 15A1-7 15A2 - Generator 15A2-1 15A2-8 ' 15A3 - Excitation and Controls 15A3-1 15A3,8 15A4 - Llectrohydraulic Govern- ing System 15A4-1 15A4-15 15A5 - Miscellaneous Mechanical Equipment 15A5-1 15A5-2 15B - Contractor-Furnished Equipment' 15B-1 158-19 Subsection 15BI - Sump Pumps 15811 15B1w5 + 1582 - Fire Extinguishers 1582=1 1583 - Welded Steel Penstock 15B3-1 15B3-5 15C - Auxiliary Mechanical Equipment Erection 15C-1 15C-5 j 15D - Miscellaneous Piping Subsection 15D-I 15D»20 15D1 Pipeline List 1501-1 15DI-5 15E - Valves 15E-1 Subsection 15EI - Valve List 15E1-I 15E1-8 15E2 - Butterfly Valves Smaller Than 24 Incheq 15E2-1 15E2-2, 15E3 - Butterfly Valves 24 Inch and Larger 1593-1 15E3-7 1584 - Wafer Check Valves 1594-1 B95 - Knife Cate Valveu 1595»1 15$6 - Air Valves 15E6-1 1597 - Bell Valves 15E7-1 151• - Penstock Installation 15F-I 15F-6 150 - Turbine-Generator Erection 15C-1 15G-11 15H - Space Conditioning 15H-1 15H-5 Subsection ISH1 - Electric Heaters 15H1-1 15H1-2 15H2 - Power Roof Ventilators 15H2-1 15142-9 151 - Startup 151-1 151-4 t, J (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) ( 051690 1 TC-3 - r Page thrr Pa e DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL Section 16A - Contractor-Furnished Equipment and Materials 16A-1 Subsection 16A1 - Battery 16A1-1 16A1-3 16A2 - Battery Charger 16A2-1 16A2-3 16A3 - Separately Mounted Motor Starters 16A3-1 160-5 16A4 - AC and DC Panelboards 16A4-1 16A4-3 16A5 Dry Type Traneformern 16A5-1 16A6 - Differential Pressure Switches 16A6-1 16A7 - Separately Mounted Push Button Control Stations 16A7-1 16A7-2 16AB - ?over Transformer` 16A8-1 16A8-13 16A9 - Outdoor Circuit Breakers 16A9-1 16A9~-9 16A10 - Outdoor Disconnect i Switches 16A10-1 16AIO-3 16AII-1 - Low-Flow Valve Remote Control Panel 16A11-1 16A11-2 160 - Electrical Equipment Erection 16B-1 16B-7 16C - Raceway 16C-1 16C-17 16D - Conductors 16D-1 161)-12 16E - Grounding 169-1 16E-5 16F - Lighting 16F-1 10-5 160 Substation Structure Erection 160-1 16G-5 16H Fire Detection and Alarm System 16H-1 16H-2 161: - Intrusion Alarm and Detection - 161-1 161-2 ".APPENDIX A Subsurface Information 49 pages Groundwater Pumping Test 30 pages APPENDIX B RegulAtory Requirements 33 pages Memorandum of Agreement 23 pages 1 i (DENTON 10566 CBN CONST 71,0000) ( 052190 1 TO-4 y r Page thru Page APPENDIX C Advertisement A-1 A-2 Instructions to Bidders B-1 B-8 Proposal C-1 C-10 Secrotari,al Certification 2 pages Proposal Data D.•1 D-10 Supplemental' Proposal Pages r,3 C_8 j Supplemental Proposal Data Pages J-5 D-10 Bid Bond 1 page Addenda 2 pages Supplemental Information 5 pages Circuit and Raceway List Bound separately i i I i `DENTON 105660GEN 190COM 71,00001 7 TC-5 J ~i CONTRACT AGREEMENT Pte' THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of 19_,, by and between the City of Denton, Texas, Party of the First Part and hereinafter called the "Owner," and MARTIN K, ESY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC., a Kansas corporation with its principal office in Fort Worth, Texas, Party of the Second Part and hereinafter called the "Contractor," WITNESSETH: `f' ~1I 1 THAT WHEREAS, the Owner has caused to be prepared, in accordance with the law, specifications, plans and other contract documents for the work as { herein specified; and r WHEREAS, the said Contractor has submitted to the Owner a Proposal in ac- comer -ante with the terms of this Contract Agreement; and WHRREAS, the Owner, in the manner prescribed by law, has determined and declared the aforesaid Contractor to be the lowest and best bidder for 1 the said work and has duly awarded to the said Contractor a contract therefor for the sum or sums named in the Contractor's proposal, a copy j thereof being attached to and made a part of this Contract Agreement; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the compensation to be paid to'the Contractor and of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties to j these presents have agreed and hereby agree, the Owner for itself and its successors, and the Contractor for itself, himself, or themselves, or its, his or their successors and assigns, or its, his or their executors and administrators, as follows, Li f ARTIi%E I, That the Contractor shall perform the General C0nstructiou wows specified and required in accordance with the provisions of the contract documenta, which are attached and made a part hereof, and shall execute and complete all work included in and covered by the Owner's € official award of this Contract Agreement to the said Contractor. a 1 ; ARTICLE It. That the Owner shall pay to the Contractor for the work and materials embraced in this Contract Agreement, and the Contractor will accept as full compensation therefor, the sum (subject to adjustments as provided by the contract) of,TWO MILLION SIX HUNDRED TWENTY-FIVE THOUSAND SIX HUNDRED U.S, DOLLARS (U.S.$2,625)600) for all work covered by and included in the contract award, designated in the foregoing Article I; payment to be made in cash or its equivalent in the manner provided in t the specifications attached hereto, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 051690 ) (s CA-1 ARTICLE III. That time of completion is a basic consideration of the Contract Agreement, and that the Contractor shall proceed with the spec- ified work and shall conform to the specified schedule. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agree- ment ae of the day and year first above written CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS (SEAL) A)7_1 r By ( e s Attest f 47'',A ~b~ L~ t'r, I vt c r Contfactor ss Name) (SEAL) r I By , i ,Iw ~ ct PSi t , At est f AI Le l i(-,, Qfr 11,,,A5S1s4. Sec,,, The foregoing Contract Agreement is in correct-legal form, Attorney for Ownsr t i 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 051640 J CA-2 r t' I ::.r J IN ~1, €J STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO B OA) 1) ~ 81118 I!W TEXAS REVISED CIVIL STATUTES, ANN., ART. 51.60 r, (MC GREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) - (Penalty of this Bond must be 100% of Contract Award) F L KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTSs rte,, ~ I n A That, (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and , a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of~ with _~IL. its principal office in the City of ~441)m , (herein- after called the Surety), as Surety, are he, an rmly ~0 nd unto CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS CITY COUNCIL (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of \ 1v~ 4- P r.~ L ~iuwow. (s~,~~2_i lloQ U.S. DOLLARS (U.G.$ sZ`t oov), t I forte payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, f and their heirs; administrators, executors, successors and aaaigne, jointly and 'severally, firmly by these presenLa, i j WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written con- i tract with the Obligee, dated the day of 1 to C, Which contract a her 4-1 y refers to an ma a part hereof-an .u y an to the same extent as if copied at length he ein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that ss if the said Principal shall faithfully p:arform the work in accordance' with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obliga- I tion shall be void] otherwise to remain in full force and effect. t PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the ?1 provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as 0 fij 1} `DENTON 10566008N CONST 71,00001 189 1 PFB-1 r 3 ~i n f a DISCLOSURE OF QUARANTy FUND NONAAATKWATION In the event the Insurance Company is unable to fulfill l Its contractual obligation under this policy or contract or application or certificate or evidence of coverage, the policyholder or cart Ificateholder Is not protected by an insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro. ' teotlon arrangement __.......:rw.~L.na:a:ate~a..a..Uarwa+utnuks:ll.frlYi~iJaW.hltY.krS~?.fkit~,Y~', I L -w ~ 'arwas. an, a_s~ amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accord- ance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein, " IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of 14_ r. 1. WI'PNESS s (SEAL) (If Individual or F rm BYs (SEAL) (SEAL) j ATTESTS ! JJ C r+por tion f T~M1ll11 ~1 fliYQlr~ Ass15~, SEC, (SEAL) doe 1 r Pfi~~ncipal Vice e r«f JJ ~J-~n~saQ. cJ~~ surety s t `r£IA 5 Acr 40ENr fIC U7, r s i I i k (DENTON 10566 OM CONST 71,00001 062288 J PFE-2 } 10 ti POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Man by these Presents, Thal the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, ib Mounlaln Vlew Road, Warren, Now Jercey, a NewJeraey Corpora lion, has constituted and appolnted, rnd does hereby constitute and appoint W. C, Cohen, Jr. , R. B. Matassarin, Joe E. Moddrell, Jr„ Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Post, Richard K. Storte, Jay E, Chapple, Roberta 1. Heorman, James E. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A. Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita, Kansas and Stanley C. Wilkerson, Donald D. Westcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas--------- _ each its true end lawful Attorney-In-Fact to execute under such designation In Its name and to affix Ile corporate seal to and deliver for and on Its, behalf as surety Watson or otherwise,,~nbonds of anyof the following classes, to-Wll: 1 sw led In suchrtaeond of iled Undertsy Inp t' Matter or proceed ing In any Court, or flldd with any Sheriff or Maglatrete, la the doing or not dolnp of ehythlnp 2. Surety bonds to the Untied States of Amorlea or any agency thereol, Including those required or psnirlhed under the taws or regufationu relafing to Customs or Internal Revenue; License and Permit Bonds or other indemnity bonds under the laws, ordinances or r ulations of say state, Chv, Town, VIllago, Bard or other 10 or organization, publto or prlvale; bonds to Tianspor0fign Cooppaariles, Lost Instrument Londe; Leese bonds, Woorrkkars' Comp rasa. lion bolds, Mlecel eneous Surety bonds and bonds on behalf of Notaries eubllo, SherlMs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar publro officals. 1. Bonds on behalf of contradtOrs In connection with bide, proposals or contracts. ft s In *%1 M Who 00, tlw SAM Plod Z 811KWA COMPAkyh . pursuant to III Ily-Li . awed ewM P»Mme ro bt &W* by Ms AMWant Vk*Pt"W@M Ltd AeaIMeml Sea teey Ind Re .f "O* 1M b be „sea efeud rid, day of January 10 86 C41PW* SW I f + e orate, n+euN Ow Y R 0. O'Cawor Z o.orv: 1kCIMan IeM aeerMlry AeekuM Vte►♦•,etyad it STATe hiewiln"y County of Somerset u' i i Oi.;an j eYR vil lot t M. army 4p n January tBrd rtdeh eeMufee i Idpd, _ Poore o porwMN thew ItOwd o. C'Conna tome kwon rd by me Memt ro be AftW&M ehM&Y d Mw "mom Mr. I r 00~C , WAMWA OWAW Md k"ft the Capable A" slurcoI~ WI;mAyd~o]he Wo cop Po*w ftl he u,{o~nwy~b Wh00"40 OW AM WM RWIft0m by ewowly of N IlIr, ey "sold Pow of Aearwy A$ AMHwnI atcr _ earrrpeny, and Ow Kurt of tad Oconee McCbnan MbMdbW io held Po" a AnaMy 416 . tie gem,Nw hendwrxlyd Wh aeaWet P MkCOClMltbanan AA and nd Noralnd ve aw Aknreto It W w.'C tcrtheN+*d W by by W itY of Of shed 6 nt air LM OW M depcnenye euletoriq' ; V ' yy ACbn>,Ntdeed and ewdm M 60" hw i e on the due WrNMn. Ik w R • AUCE LE0NARq, • NOW 0*4 6TA1a W WIN JaaetY 1 caaMaArwN fKRARY IVAL10 OF NEW JERSEY County of t?oeterest J} w My Commissbn CvDlns Juno 7E, 111b W MWO 11. Ion &M mw 1, a n eW, At eeenMry o4 lM noWl. MOM" COWAMY, do lwrtbytMfly rhet N bNommi; M e tnN OnCOM from ft eytam of IN OM Company M 6dvw W he sow Of OMMat fsoo* 041" Muth 11, 1 *3 end teal [his eyIJW 4 In tub bra end entail 1 n e, All bens, a ierWkige, emceed end odwr MWVmemtt other awn r ebow W end on t*KM d the Cw4W" whkh N 4 atxfwrf,ed by IrN of Ne OW W 10 exeCUM, nwy ~ efd efry be exeeualt 4! Nw nand and en be1+eN M IMCanpany ehlkv M I!w CAW men a lM VKrChalmwn a Mw preeWeM a a Vw►prMidtAl, lolMty rAM Nw `r Y. uMa aNll reepeblbe fir, e.ttpl tMl eny eve a mar tekai a errenwyeNtlaN any rwdwlor, e1 Nw aOeH of glr/Nat a }Iw a an AMWr~1 t aeM 6W ow at Wit" ex#M W M MAW W M Skdkm 1 bebw, may OWN eny tech bad, uMerlaNMe a aha ebNgetbn M 00044 M deb r WAW & pawK W d". terr+tolworrwybrandatbelraadw alvf^eY 1 ~ Co~rp'nymryerd eewllW Mlt.dWMdw nand rdmrwheeofdNCampeny eMwrlry lw Ctwbmm aM►VIb►OAMnMAakw grMdlnl ere Yb►rhwldlrxaanAeelefe,w wthdow ate.„ Idmlytwid.NwettnwrpaanAetleteM9etrel.ry,uMerrAWreMwtxwdeelpnaliaw.l'hetJywtaeefwohoAbenrney106tigreVad,01111601 >rotlrwMNCa.tederMMM Meeplkwt CdraM 4W1d; w1 McMOOtAybNarwdlebtoaMee~bwMeMMNM N1M ewtw eltlw llMMdaMw ofMwke O4YIttNCeknnWe,hwblMaandeedr o!ew j ewetyenbonde,orderlMrnytMO.,w!mlNedangwndbyN,w, I,tMundefNpwdAMYWNeedMllrMlyOtltAllr'MYRAMCeCO1MAMY,der,erwyoMIMYIAMIMbregtlrgpowworANany'NMhAlbraeMeMle1. 4NMimdM Aly haMlndfM eeMefMMCgmpenyMWMren. i ~ a MOlmh.leeep IaeNENAL o U TA 1 I i I x .a {'r OSURE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARTICFATION In the event the Insurance Company Is unable to fulfill I Its contractual obligation under this polloy or contract or application or certificate or evidence of coverage, the policyholder or certiflcateholder Is not protected t by an Insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro teotlon arrangement. rdA rsoaam>~ `x~kyt`~pat' u^a^y11 I ,11 STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO BOIJ 0 NO- 8 1 t 1815 1 TEXAS REVISED CIVIL STATUTES, ANN .p ART, 5160 (MC GREGOR ACT - PUBLIC WORKS) i (Penalty of this Bond must be 100X of Contract At,ard) f 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTSs , TI7at, o~ lC~/LLVw (hereinafter called the Principal), as Principal, and ax a corporation organized and existing 1 under the laws of the State of with its principal office in the City of Wdnnl G~ , (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surety, are held and fi y bound unto CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS ACTING THROUGH ITS CITY COUNCIL (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the , amount of p. vy 'Sty cQX c p~ v l i,we ~t ¢~.-L'~~ tlitit 13~f2:yS~uL,w d~ 5,,4Ra~U.S. DOLLARS (U,S,$ 2`14 boo• 0b ) for the- i , payment whereof, the, said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, adminis- ! tratora, executors, successors and assign;, jointly and severally) firmly by these presents, WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee, dated the day of to o5G"I which contract is h &r-by referred to and me as part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. ; NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THE OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all claimanea supplying labor and mate- rial to him or a subcontractor in tie prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect, ,i ✓ [DENTON 10566 CE14 CONST 71,00001 ( 032189 1 PYB_ 1 r. s, HYxvi~ 1'.!45!:'8' 1 4'f+J i , ri PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the 1 provisions of Article 5160 of the Revised Civil Statutes of Taxes as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in ac- cordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it 9 Were copied at length herein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 19-. i WITNESSt e Ii (SEAL) I Individual Firm Byt (SEAL) 1 (SEAL) ATTESTi nn y - ~ fir, , (SEAL) ~ (If C rpo a on) a It~trr Ass sf, See . B (SEAL) , j :'oti o"f.,, r nncipal VICr resi surety U J ; BYI L) RO&E~'hf} , kPL>RA4/+~1a4C$AM<4c/-^~^' U w _ E Xlnlre R fs i bt A) r al -iw '4 ti rr SFACO- W r ?i1 Ylo 41arw,r-fr,e~e~~~ R (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00201 j ( 062288 J PYB-2 t M E1 ii i51 a POWER OF ATTORNEY Know Oil Men by theca Presents, That the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 16 Mountain View Road, Warren, New Jersey, a New Jersey Corpora. tion, has conslituted and appointed, and does hereby constilute and appolm W. C. Cohen, Jr. f R. B. Matassarin, Joe E. Moddrell, Jr., Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Post, Richard K. Stone, Jay E. Chapple, Roberta I. Heorman, James E. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A, Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita, Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D. Westcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas------ each Its true and lawful Attorrieyln•Fact to execute under such designation In Its name end to affix Its corporate seal to and deliver for and on Its behalf AS - surety thereon or othetwise, bonds of any of She following of""$, tawlt; t Bonds end Undertakings filed In any suit, matter or proceeding In any Court, or tiled with any SheAff or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of anything speolfled in such Bond or Undertaking. tat 2, or Intte rnet pwanuue; Liceensse m doPerrmit Bonds of otthe inddamnihr bonndis under er nd threquired ewd, ord of aarilcswregulations rof any State, C , Town, Vlila". I ~ Bwrdorofhsfbod or a regu3atbnsrletlYetingloCualoms , Y ctgonlratlon; public or pprivets; bonds to Tt naponetlon Coo periles, Lost Instrument bonds; Lease bonds, Workers tion bonds, Miscellaneous Surety bonds and bonote on behalf of Notaries Public, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar pubilo offlolals, Companee 3, &onda on behalf of contractors In connection with bids, proposals or contracts. i M Me+ae "is , No W frMllkl aMLMAWA COMPANY Mo, p~f enl la NI 6V-LAw,, crowd MW aaMM1 to be signed by No MAaaorVk*Pm*WeM and ' eapents 6" M bd haaa Imaad the I s t 'y" JanuaY 10 AawIMI ealMy ON Ifs c«Pe w 9a« y 86 } I PyOtML kMU COMMA Y f By 0 I 'Corwbt t Ooape. M°CNMM 4'"~ fM1 aaauy AaW11M VawhaayarW, STATI 14W Matto Immw" County of SotrNrsel u. E on ed/ Pet dPy of January to 86 balsa as prgnlyy eAryA gkhArd D O'Conna to t. krown YW by rt» xnewr to w AaWMnt ae ►ICe ~ ANY IMpapaalan tlw°rwM In rM whkh aueuad IM falrp4p Mawt a Anot^W, ud IM Wd pkMrd D.O'Connor 6w14 yr' iMdu cwtlm, dW d NM KtbaML eF af OW NMtMANO COWANY and Nno" IM ddrWOO OW Mats; tfel IM had I fia•d to dw *WAD Pow& of Anom M y "id w o i mo by IN a kftft 6f I By-Low I a wW C V". •nd w l ~lyW Am Poway ANm" w bWahl6sewary of wb Cdnpwty by W wMbay; iM that M 4 sequolnNd ww4ch ill o"Va• mocw n ud Nmwti h1m b be IM AdWMM Vk►PMiWaN I ey Law• AN N d•0~4 Pro lw a wld ry•ap A1eCININ. IublCrlyW to wW PowN a AW.MIy a In fM gawlry ryalwrurng a MW ew,a M°CMIIIn had MM IMrold Wbw11bW by MrllMrtly a IMd I NOWW sera r 4V1) U p khoUN data We Witham h riff i Net" GiMtaIOAYION AL11 LEDNARf1 Punta At.May IIWAMY M11LIO OF NEW X1111V lYAYa OP row County of Somerat u' MY Certtellslklri Expirol lull 28, 1918 . the wtol*&OW. AAaWam Wmoy of Ma P!O[sAL IIMUNANOa COMPANY, do haaby Wify hot the IabrMg a a 11M e.arpl het the ey.LM7 of dN "W M MMeh f 1.110.1 had M441 t#WWIy 1"MW Muth t 1, 103 end tMl UM by-LOW a In full bra W teat. CompenY w P1W by M boom Of ONac10r, r "AAMLA XMI I, - { &ktbn 2, Ax tondo, 0ndMlAW0, awts* end dow "ouftwto other sun w 6106„ err And M bahad of tM Co Of d Mull M 4"Witid In ft nan1A Wrd M WW a ea Cotpay HhOr by fu ChANMM of tM+ mpany X Whkh 6 V x a Authodlad by law o IM tnarla b fib, 41 16 I ftily With &rawy, ands 1ho "Um" daagnaW1' sow Mal dray as a moo onkM1 M "091 ft or IM Alty is u A n 61 & eleard, O WA IM Iit O y Of M % WMI all My pON•ta•WAtOy aMauad M pd.MW hx In SWIM s b*W, may tocua am hbi daluN+e utdgMawm WknaIM scud aOkabaathe Ef P" Cp. ' aKlbn J. A4 Do'oetll a Man ad "16M m $40 NaAWMOn of pdWa a talatlly. f aanyy Ict Won bo Wofthd 0*Va+y Mq*WMWb1 f owwm dw nMMaldMbalYWa du &aV"4,rANdarn all ANWMIr*04"daM,**With M$00101" all A"Willsaatay, ImdatlMY Cartaaly'a The YtrAtt"nMOkofttlyboMatlddMr td I orAMoves' W," rwp•etM dwga++orw. tM geMwAatuodt akM• moyautawad.ptkpM I Aivom"w,dw Wd PUPAL N»tauNOa OOWAW4 duty W row k meAsd fNal1yWWaybultnawln46001010 lot«a Ma UMW OWN Of AmMCa, DMVIetaColurtdAa, PuA.b rlfob,eMMONad,a ~ haMrcat afCMWawbNM ateaPbMaPrMO►edwaM a4nd; Andaaao duff lCanwdtbfMCdwa aNlu'ey OAbotlllo, ufdMANMga,ak,Mmwada Na+Nad bylaw. 1 undar•gnad AMINMIaaNlayaPraseAL eMUSANClCOMPANY,ddh+rayo►nry lhM lMNra^eingPMablAtlornayNMhdllaa uW MNrI. f eN•n Ulldalmyhend had MewMawbOdt+peryNWat»n, NJ., tt+a._ w sera _ 10~W Illor i e romill-teaw 064a111AL PMy}db U EA a'MAX"t. V° ~r DomosURE OF GUARANTY FUND NONPARTICIPATION k in the event the Insurance Company Is unable to fulfill its contractual obligation under this policy or contract or appllcaticn or certificate or evidence of coverage, the policyholder or certificateholder is not protected 1 by an Insurance guaranty fund or other solvency pro• tection arrangement. i MAINTENANCE BOND BouD gyp, A117R'75/ THE STATE OF TEXAS § KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTSI j. COUNTY OF DENTON § That pi ! as Principal, and a corporation authorized to do business in the state of Texas, as Surety, do hereby acknowledge themselves to be held and bound to pay unto the City of Denton, a Municipal Corporation of the State of. Texas, its suc- cessors and assi ns, at Denton, Denton County, Texas, the sum of b ~"'aur`i a-~+~ S saran ~e< ~~oe~ St, ~ ,t6og. ( the said sum being ten percent (10%) of the total amo nt o the areinafter mentioned contract for the payment of which gum said Principal and Surety do hereby bind themselves, their successors and a assigns, jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned, however, that: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the said City of Denton to build and construct ]oSG,7 j U Q) f 4 which contract and the plans and specifications therein mentioned, adopted j by the City of Denton, are filed with the City Secretary of said City and ! are hereby expressly incorporated heroin by reference and made a part j hereof as though the same were written and set out in full herein NOWj THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly, and faithfully j maintain and keep in good repair the work contracted to be done and per- formed for a period of one (1) year from the date of official acceptance j in writing by the City of Denton and do all necessary work and repair of any defective conditions growing out of or arising from the improper work of the same, including, but not limited to, any settling, breaking, cracking or other defective condition of any of the work or part thereof 1 ] (DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 s ( 013190 ] MB-1 r s a: 4 o. 1 1t i r arising from improper excavation, backfilling, compacting or any other cause or condition, known or unknown, at any time during the period of thin bond, which the City Engineer, whose judgment shall be final and conclusive, determines to be the result of dafective work, materials or i; labor; then this obligation shall be void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. In case the said Principal shay fail to maintain, repair or recon- struct any defective condition of the work as determined herein, it is agreed that the City may do said work and supply such materials as neces- s eery and charge the sum against the said Principal and Surety on this obligation. It is further agreed that this obligation shall be continued one against the Principal and Surety and that successive recoveries may be i had hereon for successive breaches of the conditions herein provided un- til the full amount of this bond shall have been exhausted, and it is y r } further understood that the obligation to maintain said work shall con- tine throughout said maintenance period, and the same shall not be changed, diminished, or in any manner affected from any cause during said time. 'S 1 Provided, further, that if legal action be filed on this bond, Venus z } shall lie in Denton County, I! ~ IN WITNESS WHEREOFy this instrument is executed in duplicate, each 1 one of which shall be deemed an original, this the day of A,D„ 19 SURETY PRINCIPAL 1 i BY t By. ~...,.J Y; Title e.R'rA _*T~. H£oR M Am e 1 t n RY 5PuRG1 s 11`7 Ylo e s.4 ~inS~Qmy~ T'X -~S~O~ 1 z [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 r, 1 f' ( 013190 t HB-2 1 r5 t' j t . POWER OF ATTORNEY Know all Alen by thew Presents, That the F90ERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, 16 Mountain View Road, Warren, Now Jersey, a New Jersey CorpOra- tWn, has constituted and appointed, and does hereby constitute and appoint W. C. Cohen, Jr., R. B. MAttassarin, Joe E. Moddrell, Jr., Joseph C. Lukens, Scott T. Post, ..ichard K. Scune, Jay E. Chapple, Roberta 1. Heorman, James E. Sloan, Steven E. Holzwart, Rick A. Bumgardner, Melissa Evans of Wichita, Kansas and Stanley G. Wilkerson, Donald D. Weatcott, Howard C. Evans, Velma M. Pollock and Katherine J. Bredahl of Topeka, Kansas---------------------------------- each Its true and lawful Attorneydrrfact to execute under such designation In Its name and to affix its corporate seal to and deliver for and on OA beheM u surety thereon or otherwise, bonds of any of the following classes, to-wit; I. Sonde and Undertakinga filed in any suit, matter or proceeding [many Court, or tiled with any Shen'f or Magistrate, for the doing or not doing of enythlrg speckled In such Bond or Undertaking, 2, Surety bonds to the United Stales of America or any appearwy thereof Including those required or pehhltled under the laws a regulstbra retadng to CU$Wfge or Internal Revenue; License end Permit bonds or otfter lndemrtRy bonds under the laws, ordinances or regulations of any $left C% Town, Village, Board w other body or organization, publb or prlvate; bonds to Ttansponatlon Campania, Lost Instrument bonds: Lassa twnds, {slorkera' ComPenea• ot alto, Sheriffs, Deputy Sheriffs and similar Public offbWs, lion bonds, Miecsllaneous Surety bonds and bonds on behaN of Notaries Pub 1 91 Bon le on bal aq of contractors In conneollon with bids, proposals or contracts. M WW" MNwrN1, 1M Hid /EOEIIAL WIAIMU COMPANY ha, pumuaM W ft ey we, Cauead ':see P(WM$ to be O Md by hr AwWAM Vk40NeWeM end MooaM $OOOWY end Its l:. aWpb,Me eeo W be h«.a.aixed OA lst daycl January to 86 C-apetm a" i i_ ERAL COMI PEO ov 1wWdo. 0,.. Oea06 Ma:MYe" NMNeM YwNrMMN.M seerwry t I eYATIN NEW JUw[V. aa, County of Sornomt 00Ptu 1st my of January I P 86 setae me pxedneW rwn~rd 0.0'Ca+na to MA ~knkvq..n ew by me knawA W b. A.►owad tWerawy tN PeOaNAL +IF I ~ elatANee oowArrv, the eapapan ewalbed m ak whkh eIHEUNd IM >o poaet a AltorMy AM dw eeW NkMW o. o Cedner adt byM. duyewa», dW asps, end My IMI M M AMWrd tleerelW r a IM IMDYML "U"I CR COMPANY"loawadw C44*" Nei lhdrpl, 1hAt tM"effired WIM faganpPnWr a Ananey Ne 06"A HMu,dwa OW W steed by p dU* W auwel~twtl a , i. NkCWf0", mdIFMM dprwd NNAO~Wrd ANaney"A"W&mt SW#j"a@W Cono" byhke j~*. Md hWho 6&eq ~y*MaW MCCNYen end knan him to be tMAeMMrA VWF►1Wd«II of Mid Coro", YW riff rlq osnMm a OW Oeeree Moctom svbeJlwed to mW Mewl of Aftmy M In hw oe*m hudw.h" a mW Oeaee M;Cleewt uW wM dwwM eubMrlwd by MIIdIIIy a Mid %,L&A and a dr I I , i Is Oreeat A I, NatrW tleo L G~ A0004doW end swan W bebre Ins , 601 tM doe wrMMn. . Aukx LWAIlp kieloy Piblb raltmloAnoki WA" PUIx10 of NEW IEkSEY ee MY Commilefan l lone 2d, ttll8 STA" OF WW J~ county of Somerset t I, e.b WdaoaMd, AssliI bo I-OF a dw MOdUII. URUMMOe OOMMNY, do httdby o tlliN Ihk tM NeoMne Is A 1tw •x" her. WA eyllws a Uw Mid CMwroy M b6 WW by ft 11I of Meaae j an MM 11, 11163 Lid MON Iebbrdy M WI Melbh 11. lest end rhal rhle kylew it In U Wo end even. "ARTICLE xNII. nWQ 1119. As bade, undMkk". eonhseM NW otha kwwnwnw aha Mat M &M for eW an bOM a IM OMOW ~ k N S N Ued by yw of IM CWW W 1l f, !I! W elwa be 0"00W M iM MIIte Mtd oft What of aw Company ehho by tM Chomwt of IM Vk+Chormalt of dw Pj# a d W+PmWa, lolnay wnh IM SeaMMya m ANWW $WOW, Wes Mir nAp«aw deele.WNM, 0X00 tM Any bM or Moh drtlbeH a adowwyflkfabl deoaneled In Any feeautIM a the III Of okedMw a IN EX40*04 t6wnwo, Y a M o.y Mews of to" "Ow" M WreAw IN kt $WWn a bebw, may tomm airy wish bord, um6ftaNq of bnwr obNiilbn M prWle►f in kO "**A or POW at W wrt". r, ae.woos.ANAdwmawerM'brrwMbMwfahwCaroernmWrndrhwoeetuaMdMw++umrWMWMaatlwOernpeny,WwrWar~ mrlaMevW►CMhrwnaErAMIdsM a aVlrsheodMAa M AWOwAV16e-PtAOdad, {ekdywNh dwawoery a M AkwweM seCnwy, unda qwb eerpedM dMlP+eaaw, YM etarlMaA aw,a, asoonnwybeergrewd, peYAM aMwpApird.,, IAMMroeNlyrIM Wd MoaaAr. iteuaANca OOWANY W dory"A"dbWNeeandwtty AIW MaNy hmkrI W oACha IN SbjW aIN Vm Wstaff aAM"W,D MclaCo M". h"Mbo, aW.66*of Pw 5 hakroreaCuldewNh dMerceaaen bhMMEdwud"W;&WWAYOdulY koen' MbeoonwAOMeaeN do be,tdr, undMWmWNb.,perminMarequkedWldw, i, ow undaelW W Ai6Wi1M ae M" of M09M WOUK49M OOMr'ANY, rid MkWye0t* dt MeraeyoIV Ft% 6I Aran I* h) to to"WrMra. 1S OMn atria my lWd Wtho Not MW CIp Siwww'NJ, e,N _..._r....dCya i mm " 90"1 FamebAI TA Y! CONTRACT REGULATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page GENERAL CONDITIONS GC-I thru GC-22 4C11 Contract Documents / GC,2 Definitions GC-1 GO-3 Execution of Contract CC-1 CC.4 Legal Addresses GC-3 GC,5 Scope and Intent of Contract Documents GC-3 GC-6 Independent Contractor GC-4 r~ E GC,7 Assignment and Subcontracting GC-4 GC-8 ; Oral Statements GC-4 GC-9 Reference Standards GO-5 GC. 10, Source of Materials GO-5 GC,11 Contractor to Check Drawings GC-5 { and Lists CC-5 GO-12 'Figured Dimensions to Govern GC-5 `GC,13 No Waiver of Rights GC-5 GO-14 Authority of the Engineer j G0,15 Engineering Inspection GO-5 GC,16 Contract Termination Contractor GC-6 Default GC,17 `8e9inning, Progress, and Completion GC-6 of the Work GC-7 GC.18 Hindrances and Delays GC-8 j GC.19 Suspension of Work GC-8 1 GC.20 Cancellation of Work GC,21, Modifications GC-8 GC,22 Changes to the Contract GC GC,22.1 Contract Price Changes GC-9 GC.22,1.1 Increased Price GCr9 G0,22,1,2 Decreased Price GC-1 GC,22,2 Contract Time Changes GC-12 GC,23 Laws and Regulations GC-12 GC,24 Taxes, Permits, and Licenses GC-12 GC,25 Patents GC-12 GC,26 Materials and Equipment 00-13 GC.27 Hazardous Materials GC-13 GC.28 Guarantee GC-43 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 013.190 j TCCR-1 I Page GC, 29, Insurance GC-14 GC.29,1 Certificates of Insurance GC-14 GC,29,2 Additional Insureds GC-15 00,29.3 Waiver of Subrogation GC-15 G0.29,4 Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability GC-15 G0.29,5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability GC-16 ( GC,29.6 Comprehensive General Liability GC-16 GC.29,7 Umbrella Liability Policy GC-17 GC,29,8 Installation Floater/guilder's Risk GC-17 GC.30 Indemnification GC-17 GC.;l Release of Liability GC-18 GC,32 `Claims for Labor and Materials GC-18 h G0,33 Final Inspection GC-19 GC.34 Payments GC-19 GC,34.1 Initial Payment GO-19 GC,34,1.1 Cost Breakdown 00-19 GC,34,1,2 Cash Flout Yro~ection 00-19 GC,34,1,3 Construction Schedule and manpower Forecast GC-20 GC,34,2 Estimates and Payments OC-20 G0,35 Change Order Payments 00-20 GC.36 Prevailing Wage Rates, GO-21 Sample Price Breakdown Form 1 page SPECIAL CONDITIONS 50-1 thru SC-18 SC-1 SC,1 General SC.2 Engineer's Drawings and Speci- fications SC-1 SC.3 Project Management $C-1 SC,4 Contractor's Office at Site of Work SC-1 SC,5 Field Records SC-1 50.6 Contractor's Supervision at the Site 50-2 SC,7 Subcontracts SC-2 80.8 Relations with Other Contractors SC-2 9C,9 Methcda of Field Operation 90-3 SC,10 Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention SC-3 SC111 Crane Inspections 50-4 90,12 Fall Protection SC-5 SC,13 Lines and Grades SC-5 SC,14 Preservation of Monuments and Stakes SC-6 90.15 Protection of Property and Public Liability 80-6 SC.16 Emergency Protection SC-6 i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] [ 013190 1 TCCR-2 r. page SC.17 Losses from Natural Causes SC-7 SC.18 Qualifications of Workman SC-7 i SC.19 Sunday, Holiday, and Night Work SC-7 SC,20 Unfavorable Construction Conditions SC-7 50.21 Rejected Work and Materials SC-7 SC.22 Placing Work in Service SC-8 SC.23 Cleanliness SC-8 SC.24` Purchase Orders SC-8 SC.25 Fire Protection 80-8 SC.26 Security SC-9 SC.27 Construction Area Limits SC-9' SC,28 Access Roads, Parking Lots, and Storage Areas -SC-9 SC,29 Food Services 50_9 80.30 Protection of Work 5C-9 SC.31 Protection of Concrete Surfaces 90-10 SC:32 Protection of Grating and Stair Treads SC-10 +J SC.33 Protection of Electrical Raceway, Cablo~ and Lighting Fixtures SC-10 SC.34 Floor Loadings SC-10 $0.35 Repair of Damages SC-10 SC436 Independent Testing Laboratory SC-11 SC,37 Cooperation with CORPS SC-11 $0.38 Care of Water SC-;1 80,39 Minor Defects 8C-11 80440 Checkout and Initial Operation 8C-12 SC.41 Construction Plant and Temporary Il Facllit.{Rs SC-12 ! 3C.42 Receiving, Handling, and Storage 80-13 SC.43 Equivalent Materials and Rquipment. SC-13 80.44 Fences SC-13 30.45 Protact.o: of Public and Private Propetr7 SC-13 SC,46 Maintenance of Traffic 3C-14 90.47 Barricades and Lights SC-14 SC.48 Underground Installations SC-15 SC,49 Damage to Existing Property SC-16 80.50 Land for Construction Purposes SC-16. SC,51 Final Cleanup and Grading 80-16 SC.52 Energized Facilities SC-16 SO,53 Contract Changes for Electrical Raceway, Cable, and Termination Installation SC-17 90.54 Construction Review and Inspection 50-18 9C,55 Construction Contingency Plan 5C-18 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 013190 J TCCR-3 r s ,r. ~J GENERAL CONDITIONS GC.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, It is understood and agreed that the Adver- tisement, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Proposal Data, Contract Agreement, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, General Conditions, Special Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, Addenda, and Change Orders issued by the Owner or the Engineer, and specifications and engineering data furnished by the Contractor and accepted by the Owner, are each included 4 In this Contract and the work shall be done in accordance therewith. ~i 00.2 DEFINITIONS. Words, phrases, or other expressions used in these contract documents shall have meanings as follows. t J 1, "Contract" or "contract documents" shall include the + items enumerated' above under CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 21 Owner, City, or "Obligee" shall mean the City of Denton, Texas named and designated in the Contract Agreement as "Party of the First Part," acting through its City Council and their duly authorized agents. All I notices, letters, and other communication directed to the Owner shall be addressed and delivored to City of Texas, Municipal Euilding, 215 East McKinney, Denton, Texas 76201, Y' i 1 3, "Contractor" or "Principal" shall mean the corporation, company, partnership, firm, or individual named and designated in the Contract Agreement as the "party of ' the Second Part," who has entered into this Contract for the performance of they work covered thereby, and ita, hie, or their duly authorized representatives, 4. "Subcontractor" shall mean And refer only to a corpo- ration, partnership, or individual having a direct con- tract with the Contractor for performing work at the i jobsite. 5. "Engineer" shall mean the firm of Black & Veatch, Engineers-Architects, 1500 Meadow Lake Parkway, mailing address P,O. Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114, or its duly authorized agents, such agents Acting within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them in each case, i 6, "Corps" shall mean Department of the Army, Fort Worth F District, Corps of Engineers, Fort Worth, Texas. E) E } (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 f a1319o 1 ca.1 l 35 ~r' €T~J,~Ail1'J y55 7• "Date of contract," or equivalent words, shall mean the date written in the first paragraph of the Contract Agreement, S. "Day" or "days," unless herein otherwise expressly de- fined, shall mean a calendar day or days of 24 hours each. R. "The work" shall mean the equipment, supplies, materi- also labor, and services to be furnished under the con- tract and the carrying out of all obligations imposed by the contract documents. 10, "Drawings" shall mean all ' (a) drawings furnished by the Owner as a basis for proposals, (b) supplementary draw- ings furnished by the Owner to clarify and to define in greater detai.l the intent of the contract drawings and specifications, (c) drawings submitted by the success- ful bidder with his proposal, provided such drswinga are acceptable to the Owner, (d) drawings furnished by the owner to the Contractor during the progress of the work, and (e) engineering data and drawings submitted by the Contractor during the progress of the work, pro- vided such drawings are acceptable to the Engineer, 11, Whenever In these contract documents the words "as i ordered," "as directed," "as required," "ae permitted," f as allowed, or words or phrases of like import are used, it shall be understood that the order, direction, `j requirement, permission, or allowance of the Owner or j Engineer is intended only to the extent of judging com- pliance with the terms of the contract; none of these terms shall imply that the Owner or the Engineer has any authority or responsibility for supervision of the Contractor's forces or constructinn operations, such supervision and the sole responsibility therefor being strictly reserved for the Contractor, 12. Similarly the words "approved," "reasonable," "suit- able, a..ceptxble," "proper.," "satisfactory," or wards of like effect and import, unless otherwise particularly specified herein, shall mean approved, reasonable, suit- able, acceptable, proper, or satisfactory in the judg- ment of the Owner or Engineer, to the extent provided in I'll" above. 13. Whenever in these contract documents the expression "it is understood and agreed" or an expression of like im- JI port is used, such expression shall mean the mutual DENTON 10566Q22N CONST 71,00001 a ~~VN1'i27 .J lEISI} g v understanding and agreement of the parties executing the Contract Agreement, 14. "Official acceptance" shall mean the Owner's written , acceptance of all work performed under this Contract, fi based on the Engineer's final inspection and issuance of a final payment certificate, s 15. "Start-up" shall mean the time period required to bring 3 the hydroelectric generating unit from an inactive con- dition, when construction is essentially complete, to the state ready for commercial operation. The startup period shall include preliminary inspection and checkout of equipment and supporting subsystems; trial operation i of supporting equipment and subsystems; initial opera- r' i I tion of the complete hydroelectric generating unit; operation of the complete unit to obtain data and to perform calibration and corrective work; and shutdown, inspection, and adjustment prior to achieving commer- cial operating status. 16. "Initial operation" shall mean the first integral oper- ation of the complete hydroelectric generating unit with subsystems and supporting equipment in service or ( available for service. { 17, "Commercial operation" shall mean the condition of oper- ation in which the complete hydroelectric generating c unit is officially declared by the Owner to be avail- aLle for continuous operation at variable loads up to i E and including rated capacity. GC.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. Four copies of the contract documents will be prepared by the-Engineer, All copies will be submitted to the Con tractor and the Contractor shall execute the Contract Agreement,, insert executed copies of the required bonds and power of attorney, and submit I all copies to the Owner. The date of contract on the contract and bond I 1 forms shall be left blank for filling !.n by the Owner, The certification data on the power of attorney shall also be left blank for filling in by the Owner. The Owner will execute all copies, insert the e:ate of'contract on the bonds and power of attorney, And return all copies to the 8ngineer`for review qnd distribution, Distribution of signed copies will be one copy each to the Owner, Contractor, surety, and Engineer. t~ 1 GC.4 LEGAL ADDRESSES, All notices, letters, and other communication to the contractor will be mailed or delivered to either the Contractor's business address listed in the proposal or the Contractor's office in the IDENTON 105660CEN CONST 71.0000) ,t € GC_3 , vicinity of the work, with delivery to either of these addresses being deemed as delivery to the Contractor. The address of the Owner appearing+ on Page GC-1 is hereby designated as the place to which all notices, let- ters, and other communication to the Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either party may change his address at any time by an instrument in writ- ing delivered to the Engineer and to the other party, GO.5 SCOPE AND INTENT OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, The various parts of the contract documents are intended to supplement but not necessarily dupli- cate each other. Any work exhibited in one part and not in another shall be executed as if it had been set forth in all parts, so that th(t work will be constructed according to the complete design as determinad by the Engineer. j Should anything necessary for a clear understanding of the work be omit- ted from the contract documents, or should the requirements appear to be in conflict, the Contractor shall secure written instructions from the Engineer before proceeding with the work affected thereby. It is under- " stood and agreed that the work shall beperformed according to the true intent of the contract documents. GC.6 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The relationship of the Contractor to the Owner shall be that of an independent contractor. GC.7 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING, The Contractor- shall not assign or subcontfact the work, or any part thereof, without the previous written consent of the Owner, nor shall he assign, by power of attorney or oth- erwise, any of the money payable under this Contract unless written con- a sent of the Owner has been obtained. No right under this Contract, nor claim for any money due or to become due hereunder shall be asserted against the Owner, or persons acting for the Owner, by reason of any { so-called assignment of this Contract or any part thereof, unless such f assignment has been authorized by the written consent of the Owner.' In case the Contractor is permitted to assign moneys due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause subordinating the claim of the assignee to all prior liens for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the work. Should any subcontractor fail to perform in a satisfactory manner the work undertaken by him, his subcontract shall be immediately terminated by the Contractor upon notice from the Owner. The Contractor shall be as fully responsible and accountable to the Owner for the acts And omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons either directly or indireenly em- ployed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him. Nothing, contained in this Contract shall create any contractual. relationship between Any subcontractor and the Owner, l i (DENTON 10566 62N CON,ST 71,00001 ! 022688 J GC-4 I . ...t I t~ } GC.8 ORAL STATEMENTS. It is understood and agreed that the written terms aid provisions of this agreement shall supersede all oral state- ments of representatives of the Owner, and oral statements shall not be effective or be construed as being a part of this Contract. GC.9 REFERENCED STANDARDS, Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or association, or to codes of local or state f authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of taking bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. CC.iO SOURCE OF MATERIALS, To the extent possible, materials and equip- went (including components thereof) furnished under these specifications shall be produced, processed, manufactured, and assembled within the - United States of America. Substitution of foreign materials for domestic materials will not be permitted unless such substitution is clearly stated in the Proposal and accepted by the Owner. GC.1l CONTRACTOR TO CHECK DRAWINGS AND LISTS. The Contractor shall { check all dimeneioea, elevationa, and quantities indicated on the draw- inga and lists furnished to him by the Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer -of.'any discrepancy between the drawings and the con- ditions at the site, or any error or omission in the drawings, or in the layout as given by stakes, points, or instructions, which he may discover j in the course of the work. The Contractor' will not be allowed to take advantage of any error or omission in tho the drawings or other contract documents. Full instructions will be furnished by the 'Engineer should such error or omission be discovered, and the Contractor shall carry out, such instructions as if original y'specified, GC 12 FIGURED DIMENSIONS TO GOVERN. Dimensions and elevations indicated on the drawings shall be areurately followed even though different from M scaled meaeuremente. No work indicated on the drawings, the dimensions of which are not indicated, shall be executed until necessary dimensions ! have been obtained from the Engineer, i GC.13 NO WAIVER OF RIGHTS, Neither the inspection by the Owner or Engi-. near or any of their officials, employees, or agents, nor any order by the Owner or Engineer for payment of money, or any payment for, or ac- ceptance of, the whole or any part of the work by the Owner or Engineer, nor any extension of time, nor any posanssion taken by the Owner or its employees, shall operate as a waiver of any provision of this Contract, or of any power herein reserved to the Owner, or any right to damages herein provided, nor shall any waiver of nny breath in this Contract be k held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, GC.14 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER, To prevent delays nod disputes, and to discourage litigation, it is agreed by the parties to this Contract that i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONcT 71.0000 aj 022688 i GC-5 t; 1 t fa i the Engineer shall determine the quantities of work which are to be paid for under the contract and shall determine all questions in relation to the work. ell) If in the opinion of the Contractor or the Owner a decision made by the Engineer is not in accordance with the meaning and intent of the contract, either party may file with the Engineer and the other party to the contract, within 30 days after receipt of the decision, a written objection to the decision. Failure to file an objection within the allotted time will be considered acceptance of the Engineer's decision and the decision shall become final and conclusive, The Engineer's decision and the filing of the written objection thereto shall be a condition precedent to the right to start action in court. It is the intent of this agreement that there shall be no delay in the execution of the work and the decision of the Engineer as rendered shall I be promptly observed. i GC,15 ENGINEERING INSPECTION, The Owner may appoint (either directly or through the Engineer such inspectors as the Owner deems proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work parformed for compliance with the contract documenta. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable assist- ance required by the Engineer, or inspectors, for the proper inspection of the work, Should the Contractor object to any order given by any In- spector, the Contractor may make written appeal to the Engineer for `e decision. i Inspectors shall . have the authority to reject work which is unsatisfac- tory, faulty, or defective or does not conform.to the requirements of the contract documents. Inspection shall not relieve the Contractor from.any obligation to construct the work strictly in accordance with the contract documents. Work not so constructed shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his own expense. G0,16 'CONTRACT TERMINATION - CONTRACTOR DEFAULT. If the work to be done under this Contract is ,abandoned by the Contractor; or if this Contract is assigned by him without the xritten consent of the Owner; or if the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt; or if a general assignment of his assets is made for the benefit of his creditors; or if a receiver is appointed for the Contractor or any of his property; or if at any time the Engineer certifies in writing to the Owner that the performance of the work under this Contract is being unnecessarily delayed, that,the Contractor is vio- lating any of the conditions of this Contract, or that he is executing the same in bad faith or atherwise not in accordance with the terms of said contract; or if the work is not substantially completed within the time named for its completion or within the time to which such completion date may be extended; then the Owner may serve written notice upon the t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 1 032184 1 00.6 { r e Contractor and his surety of the Owner's intention to terminate this Con- / , tract, Unless within 5 days after the serving of such notice, a satis- factory arrangement is made for continuance, this Contract shall termi- nate, In the event of such termination, the surety shall have the right to take over and complete the work, provided that if the surety does not i commence performance within 30 days, the Owner may take over and prose- cute the work to completion, by contract or otherwise. The Contractor and his surety shall be liable to the Owner for all excess cost sustained by the Owner by reason of such prosecution and completion. The Owner may f take possession of, and utilize in completing the work, all materials, equipment, tools, and plant on the site of the work. III 00,17 BEGINNING, PROGRESS, AND COMPLETION OF THE WORK. The time of com- pletion is a basic consideration of --=his' Contract. Unless otherwise specified in these contract documents or advised by written order of the Owner, the Contractor shall begin work within 10 days after the date of i contract. The work shall be prosecuted to completion in accordance with d the specified schedule, subject to adjustment as provided 3u these con- tract documents. A detailed construction schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Owner for review.' The schedule shall contain the vari- ous activities required to perform the work and the dates the activities will be started and completed in order to complete the work in accordance with the specified schedule requirements. The Contractor is responsible for determining the sequence and time estimates of the detailed construc- tion activities. However, the Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to modify any portion of the schedule the Owner determines to be impracticable or unreasonable; as required to coordinate the Contrac- tors activities with those of other contractors, if any, engaged in work t for the Owner on the site; to avoid undue interference with the Owner's { operations; and to assure completion of the work by the date or dates t stipulated, Upon acceptance by the Owner of the Contractor's detailed ' construction schedule, the Contractor will., be responsible for maintaining such 'schedule. If at any time the Contractor 'a work is behind schedule, he shall imme- diately put into affect definite procedures for getting the work back on schedule. The procedures shall be subject to review and modification by I the Owner. GC.18 HINDRANCES AND DELAYS. The Contractor expressly agrees that in i undertaking to complete the work wiu;tin the time specified, he has made allowances for all hindrances and delays which might usually, be expected to occur in performing the work. No claims shall he made by the Contrac- tor for such hindrances and delays. i f `DpNTON 10566OEN CONST 71.00001 022688 it , GC-7 t' i Id i a. M„ 1 If the Contractor experiences hindrances and delays which, in his opin- ion, are not usually to be expected in the performance of the work and which affect the performance of the work, he may request a change in the contract. Such hindrances and delays may include, but not be limited to, acts or failure to act by the Owner or other contractors employed by the Owner, fires, floods, labor disputes, epidemics, abnormal weather condi- tions, or acts of God, Claims by the Contractor for any change in the contract due to such hindrances and delays shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Article GC.22, CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT. The Contractor shall use all reasonable means to minimize the extent of the delay. GC.19 SUSPENSION OF WORK. The Owner reserves the right to suspend and reinstate execution of the whole or any part of the work without invali- dating the provisions of the contract. I f Suspension or reinstatement of the work will be by written notice to the Contractor from the Owner. r' Suspension of work shall not automatically entitle the Contractor to ad- ditional compensation or a change in the contract time; however, the Con- tractor will be reimbursed for real and unavoidable direct costs incurred by him as a result of such suspension and/or the contract will be ex- tended as required to compensate for any delay due to such suspension. Claims by the Contractor for change of `contract time or an adjustment of i ? the contract price; due to work suspensions ordered by the Owner shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Article G0,22, CHANGES TO THE E CONTRACT. The Contractor shall use all. reasonable means to minimize the 1 consequences of such suspension, G0,20 CANCELLATION OF WORK, The Owner reserves the right to cancel the unfinished portion of the work by giving written notice to the Contrac- tor, in the event of cancellation, the Owner will pay the Contractor reasonable and proper cancellation costs. Cancellation of the work shall not constitute the basis for "a claim for damages or loss of anticipated profits The Contractor shall., after consultation with the Owner, take all reason- able steps to minimize the costs related to cancellation. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with an accounting of coats claimed, including adequate supporting information, and the Owner may, at its expense, audit the claimed costs and supporting information. AT h Contractor shall modify the work w orderedMbyltheOwner and such modifications shall notaffecttheevr so validity of the contract. Modifications may involve changes in the amount of the work to be performed or changes in the contract time for which appropri- ate changes to the contract will be made, (DENTON 10566 08N CONST 71,00001 ( 022688 1 GC-$ ' f Ya..•ar;v p I {{{jjj ~ ~j IISJ I r Contract changes due to modifications shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Article GC.22, CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT, GC,22 CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT, The contract may be changed only by duly executed change orders issued by the Owner. s If, in the opinion of the Owner or the Contractor, any event or action by the other party justifies a change in the contract, either party shall initiate with the other party, within 5 days after such event or action, a request for a change to the contract. All documentation required to substantiate the proposed change shall be submitted within a minimum rea- sonable time after initiating the request for change. Upon the parties 1 reaching agreement regarding the proposed change, the Owner will issue a written change order therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions requiring duly authorized change orders, in the event agreement has been reached between authorized repre- sentatives of the parties regarding the change in the contract pending processing of such change order, the Contractor shall proceed with the work on the. basis of written' interim authorization from the Owner. j ' If the Contractor claims that any instructions, request, drawing, speci- fications or other directive or action of the Owner or the Engineer con- 1 J stitutes a.change in the contract, but has not been authorized as such by a change order in writing by the Owner, the Contractor shall immediately request a written interim authorization and proceed without delay to per- form the work in accordance with such authorization. The Contractor shall provide written notiaa of the claim or dispute to the Engineer and I the Owner within 5.days of the request for interim authorization, The f Contractor's failure to give said written notice within the 5,day period 4 shall constitute a waiver and relinquishment of any such claim or din- 1 puts. The Owner's written interim authorization shall not constitute I approval of the claim for increased or decreased work, but shall, be a "condition precedent to the Contractor's right to receive payment for such work and to the Contractor's right to prosecute or maintain Any proceed- ing to recover for such work, GC.22.1 Contract Price Changes. The contract price may be changed due to modifications which involve extra work or decreased work; or due to work suspensions, hindrances, and delays over which the Contractor has no control, Claims for changes in the contract price shall conform to the requirements specified herein. GC.22,1.1 Increased Price. If a change in the contract is required due to work suspensions or hindrances and delays, the contract price will be increased according to agreed lump sumo, agreed acceleration costa, or { other demonstrable costa submitted by the Contractor and substantiated to the satisfaction of the Owner. ~t is s I~ fbENTON 10566 G8N CON5T 71.00001 021.688 ] GC-9 i. LLaa T .t1~1S y/ lYt4r.r .R N i If a change in the contract price is required due to a modification in the work to be done, and the modification increases the amount of the work, and the added work or any part thereof is of a type and character which can properly and fairly be classified under one or more unit price items of the contract, then the contract price will be increased accord- ing to the amount actually done and at the applicable unit price. Other- wise, such work shall be paid for as hereinafter provided. Contract price changes for modifications involving extra work will be based on agreed lump sums or on agreed unit prices whenever the Owner and the Contractor agree upon such prices before the extra work is started; otherwise, payments ork will be based on actual direct cost for extra w plus the specified percentage allowance.. For the purpose of determining whether proposed extra work will be auth- orized, or for determining the payment method for extra work, the Con- tractor shall submit to the Engineer, upon request, a detailed cost estimate for proposed extra work. The estimate shall indicate itemized quantities and charges for all elements of direct cost, Charges for the j Contractor's and subcontractor's extra profit, extra general superintend- ence, extra field office expense, and extra overheada shall be indicated as a percentage addition to the total estimated direct cost. Unless oth- erwise agreed upon by the Contractor and the Owner, such percentage addi- tions shall be `15 percent for the extra work performed by the Contractor's own forces or 20 percent for extra work-performed by a subcontractor. ~h When payment for extra work is based on actual direct coat, the Contras- { AW: for will ba paid the actual direct cost plus tin allowance of 15 percent ~n If the extra work is performed by the Contractor's own forces or 20 per- cent if the extra work is performed by a subcontractor. The allowance will be paid as full compensation for the Contractor'a and subcontrac- tor's extra profit, extra general superintendence, extra field office expense, extra overheada, and all other elements of extra cost not de- fined herein as actual direct coat,. The actual direct coat ahall include only,those extra costs for labor and material expended in direct performance of the extra work and may include the following. a, The actual payroll cost of all workmen such as labor- era, mechanical craftsmen, and foreman b, The Contractor's or subcontractor's net cost for mate- riala and supplies ; c. The rental charge for vehicles and construction equip- ment d, The transportation charges for equipment I R [DPNTAN 10566 CAN CONST 71,00001 I [ 022688 l ~ cA-lo fWWI j ni, HZti~ r, •':4q 14 Cj c, e. The charges for extra power, fuel, lubricants, water, r~ and special services f. The charges for extra payroll taxes, bond premiums, and insurance premiums r The form in which actual direct cost records are kept, the, construction methods, And the type and quantity of equipment used shall be acceptable to the Engineer. } Construction equipment which the Contractor has on the dobsite and which 1s of a type and size suitable for use in performing the extra work shall E be used. The hourly rental charges for equipment shall not exceed one- half of 1 percent of the latest applicable monthly rental rates as pub- { lished by Dataquest Incorporated in its "Rental Rate Blue Book" and shall apply to only the actual time the equipment is used in performing the ex- tra work. ~ t j When extra work requires the use of equipment which the Contractor does not have on the jobsite, the Contractor shall obtain the concurrence of i the Engineer before renting or otherwise acquiring additional equipment, The rental charges for the additional equipment shall not exceed the F latest applicable. "Rental Rate Blue Book" published rental rates. G0.22.1.2 Decreased price. If a change in the contract price is re- quired due to a modification in the work to be done, and the modification decreases the amount of work, such decrease shall not constitute tha basis for a claim for damages or anticipated profits on work affected by + such decrease. Where the value of omitted work is not covered by eppll cable unit prices, the Engineer shall determine on an equitable basis the j amount of (a) credit due the Owner for contract work deleted as a result + } i of an authorized change, (b) allowance to the Contractor for any actual i loss incurred in connection with the purchase, delivery, and subsequent disposal of materials or equipment required for use on the work as planned and which could not be used in any part of the work as actually built, and (c) any other adjustment of the contract amount where the method to be used in making such adjustment is not clearly defined in the contract 1 documents. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor, the credit due the Owner for reductions in the amount of work to be done shall be - the estimated direct coat of the deleted work plus an overhead allowance ; of the following. + _ S 10 percent of the estimated direct cost if 'the work was to have been done by the Contractor's own forces, or + ' 15 percent of the estimated direct coat if the work was to have been done by a subcontractor k t~„ (DENTON 10566 GPN CONST 71.00001 1. ( 022688 1 GC_I1 F~ f' i Direct cost referred to above shall include the category of costs listed as actual direct costs, Items (a) to (f) inclusive of the article enti- tled Increased Price, GC,22,2 Contract Time Chan es. The contract time may be changed due to work modifications, hindrances and delays, and work suspensions over which the Contractor has no control, , Contract time will not be changed for delays caused by unfavorable weather or unsviltable ground conditions normally incident to the work, inadequate construction force, failure to place timely orders for equipment and ma- terials, or other causes within the control of the Contractor. GC,23 LAWS AND REGULATIONS, The Contractor shall observe and comply with all ordinances, laws, and regulations, and shall protoct and indem- nify the Owner and the `Owner's officers and agents, including the Engi- neat, against any claim or liability arising from or based on any vio- lation of the same. The Lewisville Hydroelectric Prd,ject will be constructed on property owned and operated by the Corps, The Contractor shall observe and comply with all regulations promulgated by the Corps relating to construction operations conducted on property owned by the Corps, f GC.24 TAXES, PERMITS AND LICENSES, Unless otherwise specified in these contract documenta, the Contractor shall pay all sales, use, and other I taxes that are lawfully assessed against the Owner or Contractor in con- nection with the work included in this Contract and shall obtain and,pay a for all licenses, permits, and inspections required for the work which have not been expressly obtained by the Owner, The Contractor will be compensated for any increase in tax rates, license' fees, and permit fees or any new taxes, licenses or permits imposed after w the date of the Proposal; provided however that this provision shall be limited to sales, use, and excise taxes assessed against the completed work and to licenses and permits required specifically for the proposed work. GC,25 PATENTS, Royalties and fees for patents covering materials, ar- ticles, apparatus, devices, equipment, or processes used in the work, II shall be included in the contract amount, The Contractor shall satisfy all demands; that may be made at any time for such royalties or fees and he shall be liable for any damages or claims for patent infringements, The Contractor shall, at his own cast and expense, defend all suits or proceedings that may be instituted against the Owner for alleged in- fringement of any patents involved in the work and, in case of an award of da ma es the Contractor $ , shall i pay such award, ii nal n p yment to the Contractor by the Owner will not be made while any such suit or claim remains unsettled, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 032189 j i GC-12 i Y ~i s 1 GC.26 MATERIALS AND E Q PMENT. Unless specifically provided otherwise i in each case, all materials and equipment furnished for permanent insfal- lation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifications and shall be new, unused, and undamaged when installed or otherwise in- corporated in the work. No such material or equipment shall. be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than that intended or specified, unless such use is specifically authorized by the Owner in each case, All required tests in connection with acceptance of source of materials shall be made at the Contractor's expense by a properly equipped labora- tory of established reputation whose work and testing facilities are acceptable to the Owner. Any change in origin or method of preparation or manufacture of a material being routinely tested will require new tests. Reports of all testa shall be furnished to the Engineer or Owner in A3 many copies as required. i GC.27 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. As required under Federal Hazardous Communi- 3331 cations Standards and certain state and local laws, the Contractor shall i provide, Material Safety Data Sheets covering all hazardous materials fur- niched under or otherwise associated with the work under this Contract. f The Contractor shall provide the owner with either copies of the applica- ble Material Safety Data Sheets or copies of a document certifying that no Material Safety Data Sheets are required under any federal, state, or local law, regulation, statute, or ordinance in effect at the jbbsite. Hazardous materials are defined in the applicable statute which may use the terminology "toxic substances" instead of "hazardous materials." " The Contractor is responsible for determining if any substance or material furnished, used, applied, or stored under this Contract is within the provisions of any applicable statute. ~ The contractor shall provide written notice of the presence of hazardous materials to local fire, medical, and law enforcement agencies as re- quired with a copy of such notice to the Owner. The Contractor shall provide labeling of hazardous materials and training of employees in the safe usage of such materials as required under any j applicable federal, state, or local law, regulation, statute, or ordi- nance, GC.28 GUARANTEE, The Contractor shall guarantee the equipment, mate- rials, and workmanship furnished under this Contract to ba as specified and to be free from defects for a period of one year after the date of final payment. In addition, the equipment and materials furnished 6y the Contractor shall be guaranteed to be free from defects in design, Upon notification, the Contractor shall promptly make all adjustments, repairs, or replacements which, in the opinion of the Engineer or owner, arose out of defects and became necessary during the guarantee period. 4i t [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 { 032184 ] GC-l3 s..->rt r The cost of all materials, parts, labor, transportation, supervision, special tools, and supplies required for replacement or repair of pants and for correction of defects shall be paid by the Contractor or by the ourety. This guarantee shall be extended lto cover all repairs and replacements furnished under the guarantee and the period of the guarantee for each such repair or replacement shall he one year after installation or com- pletion, If within 10 days after the Owner ;ias notified the Contractor of a de ' fect, failure, or abnormality in the work, the Contractor has not started to make the necessary repairs or adjustments, the Owner is, hereby author- ized to make the repairs or adjustments or to order the work to be done by a third party, the cost of the work to be paid by the Contractor. ~ I In the event of an emergency where, in the judgment of the Owner, delay f would cause serious lose or damage, repairs or adjustments may be made-by the Owner, or a third party chosen by the Owner, without advance notice to the Contractor and the cost of the work shall be paid by the Contrac- tor, or by the surety. GC.29 INSURANCE. Except as otherwise specified in this Contract, the Contractor and his subcontractors of any tier will be required at their own expense to maintain in effect at all times during the performance of the work insurance coverages with limits not less than those set forth below with insurers and under forms of policies satisfactory to the + Owner, It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain ade- quate insurance coverage and to assure that subcontractors are adequately insured at all times. Failure of the Contractor to ma'.ntnin adequate coverage shall not relieve him of any contractual responsibility or ohli- I + gatiou. The requirements specified herein as to types, limits, and Owner's ap- ptoval of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor and his subcontractors are not intended to and shall not in any manner limit or qualify the linbilitiea and obligations assumed by the Contractor and his subcontractors under this Contract. Any insurance carried by the owner or the Engineer which may be appli- cable shall be deemed to be excess insurance and the Contractor's in- surance primary for all purposes despite any conflicting provision in the Contractor's policies to the contrary. GC.29.1 Certificates of Insurance. Within 14 days of execution of this f Contract and each subcontract, but in any event prior to commencing work at the jobsite, and as a condition precedent to the Contractor's and his subcontractors' initiation of performance, the Contractor and his Sub- contractors shall furnish the Owner and the Engineer with certificates of i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 032189 ] r GC-14 i F r t .T81{ ~{yy77tt r.o::, ee t h'!ia-YrJq hi 55 L'J:N CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE SSUEDATE(MLI,ODYY) 6/7/90 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS INSURANCE MANAGEMENT ASSOO, INC. NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, ' 260 N. WATER, BOO IMA PLAZA wlcw rrA. Ks 87202 EXTEND OR AL1ER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW PHONE 316.287.9221 COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE COMPANY A AETNA CASUALTY & SURETY CO, CODE $US-000E LETTER HARTFORD, CT COMPANY B INSURED LETTER COMPANY G. KARTiN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO,, INC. LETTER P. O. Box 10337 COMPANY D EI Ft. Worth, TX 76119 LETTER ( COMPANY E f # LETTER + COVERA09s THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REOUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS OF IANDNSURANCE CONDITIONS OP SUCH POLICIES. POLICY LIMITS NUMBER SHOWN MAY HAVE MM REDUCED B AID CLAIMS. CO TYPE POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION' DfY , CATE(MM/ I . ALL LIM1T91N THOULqLQQ , LTA DA ( OENERAL A X COMMLrASIOTY ERCIALOENERALLIABILITY' GENERALAOOgEOATE 3 4,000, 3OGL5001678SRA 01/01/90. 01/01/91 ?R000CTSCOMNOPSA00REOATE,$ 4,000, CLAIMS MA0A OCCUR. X. - PERSONAL A ADVERTISING INJURY S 2 , 000.1 ;t x OWNER'SACUNTRACTOR'SPROT. EACH OCCURRENCE $ 2,000, I X Contractual. - FIRCOAMAOEIAnYOno lira) $ 100, x Underground, Collapse & Explosion MEDICAL EXPENSE (Any One PenJn)' $ ' 51 . AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY COMBINED A It. ANY AUTO 01/01/90 01/01/91 iiM°LE : 2,000, ' ALL OWNER VITO$ 30FJ543SRA (All Other) B ODILY t, INJU SCHEDULCDAUTOS 30F3545SRA (T^xaa) (perPeson) s x' MINED AUTOS BODILY NONOWNED AV709 INJURY $ X (Per aOCldenq. OARADF IIAtlIUTY PROPERTY I DAMAOE S yKCESS LfA9fL1TY EACH AOOREOATE 'OCCURRENCE A x` 30XS205476 01/01/90 01/01/91 $ .1 10,000 = OTHER THAN UMSHELLAFORM , 10,000, WORKER'S COMPENSATION STATUTORY'. (EACH ACCIDENT) ' A AND 30CH27054559S 01/01/90 01/01/91 1 500 t 5001. (OISEASE-POLICY LIMTEf/PLOVERS' LIABIl17Y 1 ;001 (DISEASE-FACH EMPLOYE11 OTHER $110001000 Each Occurrence g A'OWNERS PROTECTIVE 3OPC5002719SCA 07/15/90 07/15/91 $1,000,000 Aggregate i= LTAbILITY Bodily Injury & Property Dams O combined DESCRIPTION OF OPEgATI0NS1L00ATI0N91VENICLESIREAYNCiIOHSISPECIAt ITEMS CITY OF DENTON, TX, THE ENGINEER, THE CORPSI AND 11118111 OrVICIALS, PART14ERSO DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES ARE NAMED AS ADDITIONA1, j INSUREDS WITII RESPECT TO TLIr ACTIVITIES OP THE CONTRACTOR & SUBCONTRACTORS WITH REGARD TO RAY ROBERTS FIYDROP.LLCTRIC PROD, 10567 & LCWISVILLE HYDROELCCTRTC PROL7, 10566 '70b H1825 OESTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION - SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLCO BEFORE THE tJ CITY Or. DENTON EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MRW" i 901-13 Texas St, MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO. THE Denton, TX LEFT. X~F6c793(XSFY~4{R1t9@}€J~ft7(X S9~tlQ)BKX~~X ! AUTHORIZED REP u YATIVII Or A W, ~Mt,~HS3VC„ nC, t COI 07 ACORD 26.5 3(_ 188) - CA06RD CORPOAAT101,' r; • 1 INSU"NCE w MANAGEMES INO. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 600IoA PL AZ BUILDER'S RISKIINSTALLATION FLOATER no 1111lin WICIII IA, KA(ISAS 61701 i Insurance Company ST. PAUL r•IRr & MARINt? INSURANCE` COMPANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED TO: CITY Or' DrNTON 1 DemLm TX Namedincured MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. Addross;' Number P. 0. 0ox 18337 I ' City Pt. Worth Stale Ipx _ Zip Coda 76118 I `W 7/1 i 90 Policy Number YI08000138 Effective Data Project Covered, Ray Roberti IfydroolGCCric tlroj, 10567 and Lewisville Ily<3roelnctric { Prof . 1,0566 JOib fI1825 Location, Denton County1 TX ti? IImII,oltiebNi RMPLACIiMENT COST $6,771,600. , tyj - Job Site: I Temporary Storagor._ IU0,000. - i; Transit 500,000. Expiration Data; 7/15f91 0 000. All othoz ari2a SneLudin testing ~ 1 t Deducliblo; $25,00.40.rlood & rarthguake . Perlis Insured; ALL RI5YS Ors PHYSICAL LOSS OR DAMAGE Mortgagee or Lenders Interest, Miscellaneous Infcrmatlon, C VPR?\QP INCLUDED VOR ANY AND ALL SUBCONTRACTORS j' CnCludo3 $?y50Q,000 Owner t,urnishod r?qu.ienc _QF D> NTON, TX, THr ENGINEER, THE CO?iP5, ANi) THEIR Ol'FICIA1Sr YARTNCRSr JJIRECTORS, } CITY VI ER5. A"NT$ & EMPLOYEES ARr NAMSD AS AI)DITIONAL INSUREDS WITH .REOARD_TO THE x ABOVE PROJECT. %F This is to certify that the policy doscribod has been Issued to Iho named insured by the company designated. This Cettlficatn does not amend, extend or otherwise alter the terms, conditions or exolustons of Sum policy. I If this policy is cancelled or changed in such mannorasto affect this Cortificato,Thlrty (30) days' writton notice will be mailed ? # to the person of organizatlon to whom this certificate is Issuodl I ProduCorr INSURANCE MANAGrMENT ASSOCIATES, INC. f l Dple.:_ri/30/90 by 6444 Q:~ Au orizod noprosontelive IMA 10A 11111111111111111100 ii 6 kl'°''t yea 'y1 fj 'F,y :l eat, I 1 ~ F. insurance as evidence that policies providing the required coverages and limits of insurance are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that any company issuing an insurance policy for the work under this Contract shall provide not less than 30 days advance notice in writ- ing by registered mail to the Owner, the Engineer, and the Corps of Engi- neera prior to cancellation, termination, or material change of any policy of insurance, In addition, the Contractor shall immediately provide writ- ten notice to the Owner, Engineer, and Corps of Engineers upon receipt of notice of cancellation of an insurance policy or a decision to terminate Y or alter an insurance policy. All certificates of insurance shall clear- ly state that all applicable requirements have been satisfied, including certification that the policies are of the "occurrence" type. Certifi- cates of insurance for Contractor- and subcontractor-furnished insurance and notices of any cancellations, terminations, or alterations of such policies shall be mailed to the Owner and the Engineer at the addresses i " listed in Article GC.2. Each certificate shall quote the insuring agreement and all exclusions J and additions as they appear in the policy; or in lieu of certificates, copies of the complete policy may be submitted, 3 GC.29,2 Additional Insurods. All insurance coverages furnished under i this Contract shall include the Owner, the Engineer, the Corps, and their officials, partners, directors, officers, agents, and employees as ? additional insureds with respect to the activities of the Contractor and. his subcontractors. M These policies shall contain a "cross-liability" or "severability of interest" clause or endorsement. Notwithstanding any other provision of these 'policies, the insurance afforded shall apply separately to each insured, named insured, or additional insured with respect to any claim, suit, or judgment made or brought by or for any other insured, named insured, or additional insured as though a separate policy had been issued to each, except the insurer's liability shall not be increased beyond the amount or amounts for which the insurer would have been liable had only one insured been named, The Owner, Engineer, or the Corps shall not by reason of their inclusion under these policies incur liability to the insurance carrier for payment of premiuu for these policies. GC.29.3 Waiver of Subrogetion. The Contractor and his subcontractors s' shall require their insurance carriern, with respect to all insurance policies, to waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, the En- gineer, the Corps, and their officials, partners, directors, officers, agents, and employees and against other contractors and subcontractors, i L GC,29.4 Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability, This insurance shall protect the Contractor and the additional insureds against all , C NST 71,00001 t; [DENTON 10566032 EN 189 GC-15 t ,.,:J . i, ;:a4iw1 v Car f claims under applicable state workmen's compensation laws. The insureds shall also be protected against claims for injury, disease, or death of P"'1 employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workmen's compensation law. This policy shall include an "all states" endorsement. The liability limits shall not be lass than= Workmen's compensation Statutory Employer's liability $100,000 each occurrence I C-1 GC.29.5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability. This insurance shall be i written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor and the E` additional insureds against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor' vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, nonowned, or hired. The liability limits shall not be less than= BodUy injury and $1,000,000 combined single property damage limit each occurrence GC, 29.6 Comprehensive General Liability, This insurance shall' be an "occurrence rtype policy written in comprehensive form and shall protect I ! the Contractor.and the additional insureds against all claims arising from bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death of any person other than I the Contractor 'a employees or damage to property of the Owner or others arising out of any act or omission. of the Contractor or his agents, em- ployees, or.subcontractors, This policy ehall also include protection against claims insured by usual personal injury liability coverage, a "protective liability" endorsement to insure the contractual liability assumed by the Contractor under the article entitled INDEMNIFICATION, and "Completed Operations and Products Liability" coverage (to remain in force for 2 years after final payment). If the Contractor's work, or work under his direction, requires blasting, explosive conditions, or underground operations, the comprehensive genes oral liability coverage shall contain no exclusion relative to blasting, explosion, collapse of structures, or damage to underground property,' The liability limits shall not be legs than: Personal injury and $1,000,000 combined single limit property damage each occurrence and $1,000,000 aggregate i f [DENTON 10566 03GEN 218 ONST 71.0000' GC-15 it , GC, 29, Umbrella Liability Policy. This insurance shall protect the Contractor and the additional insureds against all claims in excess of the limits provided under the employer's liability, comprehensive auto- mobile liability, and comprehensive general liability policies. The lia- bility limits of the umbrella liability policy shall not be less than ;5000,000. The policy shall be an "occurrence" type policy, GC.29,8 Installation Floater/Builder's Risk. This insurance shall pro- tect the Contractor and the additional insureds from all insurable risks of physical lose or damage to buildings and structures and to materials and equipment while at the site or in transit to the site, while in warehouses or storage areas, during installation, during testing, and after the work is completed. This insurance shall include coverages for i fluod and earthquake. [ The amount of the installation floater/builder's risk insurance shall be not lest than the insurable value of the work at completion and shall in- clude the aggregate value of Owner-furnished equipmant and materials to be erected or installed under this Contract. The aggregate value of i Owner-furnished equipment and materials, if applicable, is stated in Sec- a tion ).A. j j Installation floater/builder's risk insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the additional insureds as their inter- eats may appear, # If the work does not include the construction of building'structures, builder's risk insurance may be omitted providing the installation float- er insurance fully covers all work. 4 GC.30 TNDEMNIF1CATION. The Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner, the Corps, and their officials, officers, directors, I partners, consultants, agents, and employees from and against any allega- tions, claims, or findings of negligence and damages,on the part of the Owner or the Corps made by the Contractor's employees or members of the public arising out of any incident related to the work, and will be re j quired to pay any judgment with costs including attorneys' fees which may be obtained against the Owner, the Corps, or any of their officers, agents, r or employees arising out of such claims, i To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall defend, indemni- fy, and hold harmless the Engineer and its officials, offiaeraj direo tors, partners, consultants, agents, and employees for and against all claims, damages, losses, and expenses, direct, indirect, or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers) architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court coats) arising out of or re- sulting from the perfoimanoo of the work by the Contractor, and subcon- tractor,`any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose } [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) j 032199 ) GC-17 1 'p acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by1 law and regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. How- ever, this indemnity shall not apply to liability for bodily injury or death to persons or damage to property of any person or expenses in con- nection therewith caused by or resulting from defects in plans, designs or specifications prepared, approved or used by Engineer or negligence of Engineer in the rendition or conduct of professional duties called for or arising out of the Contract and the plans, designs, or specifications which are a part hereof, In any and all claims against the Owner, the Engineer, the Corps, or any of their officials, officers, directors, partners, conaultants, agents, or employees by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them E may be liable, this indemnification obligation shall not be limited in k' any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any such subcontractor or 1 other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts, nor shall this indemnification obligation be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of insurance coverage provided by the Owner, the I Contractor, or any of his subcontractors. 60.31 RELEASE OF LIABILITY. Acceptance by the Contractor of the last payment,-WE'Al b^s a release to the Owner and every officer and agent + thereof, from all claims and liability hereunder for anything done or 4.5. j ! furnished for, or relating to the work, or for any act or neglect of the Owner or of any person relating to or affecting the work, i GC.32 CLAIMS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS. The Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless ttR 0,Zer from all claims for labor and materials fur- nished under this Contract, When requested by the owner, the Contractor uhall submit satisfactory evidence that all persona, firms, or corpora- tions who have done work or furnished materials under this Contract, for which the Owner may become legally liable, have been fully paid or satis- factorily secured. In case such evidence is not furnished or is not satisfactory, an amount will be retained from money due the Contractor which in addition to any other atimo that may be retained will be suffi- cient, in the opinion of the Owner, to liquidate all such claims, Such sum will be retained until the claims as aforesaid are fully settled or satisfactorily secured. Before final acceptance of the work by the owner, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner in duplicate a natarized affidavit stating that all subcontractors, vendors, persons, or firms who have furnished labor or materials for the work have been fully paid and that all taxes have been (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11.0000) [ 032184 ) GC~18 f 1 Il ~X fi paid. If a performance bond has been executed a statement from the surety shall also be submitted consenting to the making of the final payment. GC.33 FINAL INSPECTION. When the work has been substantially completed and at a time mutually agreeable to the Owner, Engineer, and Contractor, , the Engineer will make a final inspection of the work and report to the Owner his findings as to the acceptability and completeness of the work. GC.34 PAYMENTS. [ GC,34,1 Initial Payment. The Contractor shall submit the following doc- umentation concurrently for review on or before the date specified in the Schedule of Activities, Section 1A, The acceptance of this documentation shall be a condition precedent to the submittal of any request for payment. ' Cost breakdown Cash flow projection Construction schedule and manpower forecast j ` GC,34.1,1 Cost Breakdown. The Contractor shall furnish 'the Owner a cost breakdown of tTie contract price by retirement units in accordance with f system of accounts established by the Owner, which has been designed in conformance with the uniform system of accounts prescribed by the federal Energy Regulatory Commission, j The sum of the items listed in the Contractor's price breakdown shall equal the contract lump sum price. Overhead and profit shall not be € listed as separate items. Acceptance by the Owner shall only indicate consent to the breakdown estimate as a basis for preparation of partial payment astimatda and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each indicated item. r ! The Contractor's cost breakdown shall be prepared on forms provided by the Engineer (a sample form is included at the end of these General Conditions), GC.34.1,2 Cash Flow projection, The Contractor shall submit a cash flow projection to the Owner. The cash flow shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall show the amount and the date that invoices are pro- 3ected to be issued. The cash flow shall be broken down into separate onsite labor, manufactured equipment, and site supplied material cate- gories. The labor values shall conform to the time frames for work to be performed as submitted in the Contractor's construction schedule and man- power forecast. The equipment and material values shall list, and con- form to, the units or assemblies to be shipped.' The sum of the items listed in the Contractor's cash flow projection shall equal the contract lump sum price. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items, J;. ~r I.. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) i 032189 ] nvxrY: ~ 'A aR cal.,. ! {II ~Y :lr h items as bond premium, temporary construction facilities, and plant may be listed separately in the cash flow projection provided the costs can be substantiated. An unbalanced cash flow projection providing for overpayment of the Con- tractor on items of work which would be performed first will not be ac- ceptable. The cash flow projection shall be revised and resubmitted un- til acceptable to the Owner. Acceptance by the Owner shall only indicate consent basis foc preparation of partial pa to the cash flow as a tute tutu an agreement as to the value of each eindicaGedaite hall not consti- Construction Schedule and Man over Forecast. The Contractor's construction schedule and manpower forecast shill be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Sections 1A, 1C, and 1E. r"' I 00.34.2 Estimates and Payments. On or about the first day of each I month, the Contractor shall make an estimate of the value of the work completeu and of unused materials stored on the site. The estimated coat 7 of repairing, replacing, or rebuilding any part of the work or replacing materials which do not conform to the contract documents will be deducted i from the estimated value, The Contractor shall submit the monthly estimates to the Owner and shall J furnish to the Owner such detailed information as he may request to aid I in the evaluation of monthly estimates. After each estimate has been found acceptable by the Owner, the Owner will pay to the Contractor by the 25th day of the month 40 percent' of the estimated value lees any (A~ previous payments. Payments for materials stored on the site shall be based only upon the actual cost of such materials to the Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit to the Contractor. After official acceptance of the work by the Owner, the Contractor will be authorized to prepare a final estimate of the work done under this Contract. Preparation of the final estimate will not be authorized until the affidavit and statement required in the article entitled CLAIMS FOR LABOR AND MATERIALS have been received. The final estimate will be sub- mitted to the Owner within 10 days after its preparation has been author- ized, The Owner will, within 30 days `thereafter, pay the entire balance due after deducting all amounts to be retained under any provision of this Contract. 00.35 CHANGE ORDER PAYMENTS, On or before the first day of each month, the Contractor sFall submit to the Owner for review and acceptance all. authorized additions and deductions to the work completed during the preceding month. In this manner, additions and deductions shall be ad- ministerad promptly after their incurrence and shall not be allowed to accumulate. j (UENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] j 032189 a GC-20 i' T i:':f t'd~ h J. i li it% f'hNi 3v. I I t {Itj7 GC,36 PREVAILING WAGE RATES. The rates below have been determined by / the City of Denton, Texas, in accordance with the statutory requirements i' and prevailing local wages, 4 overtime shall be paid for at the rate of one and one-half times the reg- ular rates for every hour worked in excess of 40 hours per week. Trade-Craft Classification Rate Per Hour Asphalt Raker, 6,55 Asphalt Shoveler 5.00 Batching Plant Scaleman 6,50 Carpenter 6.65 5.45 Carpenter Helper 7.05 Concrete Finisher (Paving) Concrete Finisher Helper (Paving) 5.50 Concrete Finishor (Structures) 6,80 55 ~ Concrete Finisher Helper (Struct) g 5,.50 1 Electrician 5.50 Lleotrician Helper 6,70 Form Builder (Structures) k Form Builder Helper (Struct) 5.00 Form Liner (Paving & Curb) 7.25 Form Setter (Paving & Curb) 6.10 Form Setter Helper (Paving & Curb) 4.50 II Form Setter (Structures) 7.00 Form Setter Helper (Structures) 5,65 Laborer, Common 4,00 Laborer, Utility Man 4.90 Mechanic 6.70 Mechanic Helper 5.00 1 Oiler 5,05 Servimeman 5.75 Pipelayer 75 Pipelayer Helper 47..75 Powderman 5.00 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) Reinforcing Steel Setter (Struct) 46.60 .50 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper 5.25 Steel Worker (Structural) 6,00 Spreader Box Man 4.95 Swamper ' Power Equipment OperAtorst 1 Asphalt Distributor 6.00 6,95 Asphalt Paving Machine Broom or Sweeper Operator 5,20 ! Bulldozer 150 HP S Less 6125 1 {DENT'ON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) r 0GC120 ) i \1i1Gri11 1.41{Nfff!=!~ ~ '.i'E'yiS, C ri r Trade-Craft Classification Rate Per Hour Power Equipment Operators; Bulldozer 150 HP 6.75 Concrete Paving Curing Machine 6,50 Concrete Paving Finishing Mach 6.50 Concrete Paving Longitudinal Float 6,35 Concrete Paving Mixer 7.75 Concrete Paving Saw 6,05 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel (Less than 1-1/2 CY) 7,00 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2 CY'& Over) 7,35 Foundation Drill Op, (Truck Mounted)_ 8,25 i Foundation Drill Operator Helper 5145 r' Front End Loader (2-r1/2 CY 6 Less) 6.15 Front End Loader (Over 2-1/2 CY) 7,25 f Hoist (Over 2 drums) 6.00` Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade 7,55 Motor Grader Operator 7"25 Roller, Steel Wheel (Plant-Mix ` Pavements) 6.35 Roller, Steel Wheel (Other-Flat i Wheel or Tamping) 6,45 `i Roller, Pneumatic (Self-Propelled) 5,15 j Scrapers (17 CY & Leas) 6,25 { I Scrapers (Over 17 CY) 6.90 ~ Tractor (Crawler Type) over 150 HP 16.90. Tractor (Pneumatic) 80 HP & Less 9.60 Tractor (Pneumatic) over 80 HP 6.75 Wagon Drill, Boring Machine or Post Hole 'Driller Operator 5.25 Truck Drivers: Single Axle, Light 5.35 Transit-Mix 5.70 Weldgr 7,15 i The Contractor shall comply with all State and Federal Laws applicable to such work, The above are minimum rates, Bidders shall base their bids on rates they expect to pay, if in excess of those listed, The Owner will not consider claims for extra payment to Contractor on account of payment of wages higher than those specified. (DENTON 10566 CFN CONST 71.0000] [ 013190 ] GC-22 t, KPtYKa§ FiQ3g~ ~YrX QTAf 1-.filR;u`; 1 HMO 1 [0000'IL ISNO0 MD 99501 NOIN8a) s m' A A t :r r' ~ I ~ a g 13 a v~/~t yy 1y~ yy yyyy ty/t yyfAy ~ ~ 6 ~ I ObppOCOOOObbo 690000 ~ itl. C k 000088coogooogo88o8 g f A R 8 ~ a M (ANNf~y NNtn OtAO~Oeq di Vi SAN W !!!yVV S ~~~~yyii OOO4Q~OO0 O CGCOO oS8o88a888o8800$808 " g , r !y : ZS N ' • : OOOOO OOOOOgtlOOfHJbOO O.~ ~ 8g8$gooo8888888$888 N~t yy~~ yyyyyyyy ~/t tt!~~ ~~yyyy O tlOCO OPOO08th 10000 OOOyyVyi CO E ,r 8'08$0 88$8000888808888888 ~ ;i 1 t~ SPECIAL CONDITIONS SC.1 GENERAL. These Special Conditions are nontechnical in nature and shall supplement the General Conditions in the administration and regula- tion of field construction work performed under these specifications, i SC.2 ENGINEER'S DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. The Contractor will be furnished five eats of all drawings including revisions thereto and five y s copies of the specifications without charge, Additional sets of drawings I and revisions thereto and additional copies of specifications may be ob- tained by payment of printing, handling, and mailing costs. All drawings and specifications shall be returned to the Engineer, upon completion of t the work. + SC.3 PRO,;ECT MANAGEMENT, The coordination of all field construction r will be c,u_der the diraction of the Owner, who will be. responsiblm for coordinscing work between various contractors and for resolving any con- flicts between contractors regarding scheduling or coordination. The time of completion is a basic consideration of this Contract and the f Contractor sball be responsible for performing his work in accordance with the specified construction schedule. If at airy time the Contrac- tor's work is behind schedule, the Contractor shali increase his forces, work overtime, or otherwise accelerate his operations to comply with the schedule, and shall put into effect definite procedures for getting the work back on schedule. The proposed procedures shall be subject to the owner's acceptance or modification. -The procedures adopted Shall be put t into effect immediately. s The Owner will not be responsible for the assignment of personnel, or for s obtaining materials or supplies, or for any other services to the Cui}trac- for except the coordination of work between contractors and as apeeifical. ly set forth in the contract docuiaents. } $0.4 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICE AT SITE OF WORK. During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall maintain a suitable office at or near the site of the work which shall be the headquarters of a representative authorized to receive drawings, instructions, or other communications or articles. Any communication given to the said representative, or de- 1lverod at the Contractor's office at the site of the work in his ab- sencu, shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Contractor, Copies of items listed under FIELD RECORDS shall be kept at the Contrac- q? Lor's office at the site of the work, available for use at all times, jr SC., FIELD RECORDS. The Contractor shall maintain in his office at the project site an orderly and adequate file of up-to-date copies of all f+ [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022688 J SC-1 ,V ' r, <,,vA,. cations, and r othera coand ntract c documents s and a supplementary pdataa and specif i- In addition, the Contractor shall maintain a continuous record of all field changes by means of a set of drawings marked to indicate current "as-built" conditions. This "as-built" set of drawings shall be avail- able for check by the Engineer in order for him to ascertain that it is being kept current, At the conclusion of the work, the _ as-built" draw- ings and other engineering data, accurately and neatly marked with field changes, shall be submitted to the Owner in the required number of copies. The "as-built" drawings and data shall include all revisions to the work made under this Contract, including those wade by subcontractors, SC.6 CONMACTOR'S SUPERVISION AT THE SITE. The Contractor shall furnish j adequate management, supervisory, and technical personnel on the site to ensure expeditious and competent handling of the work, ~ A superintendent experienced in major construction of the type specified, and who is a permanent member.af the Contractor's organization, shall be a resident at the projeat throughout the construction, The superintendent shall be fully authorized to act for the Contractor and to receive what- ever orders or notices moy be givon for, the proper prosecution of the work, The Contractor's field organization shall include an experienced staff of qualified technical personnel to handle onsite engineering, planning, and direction of all field work. The field organization shall also include a ,o+a~ staff to handle timekeeping, employment, accounting, purchasing and ex- pediting*stores and warehouaeP, stock and tool rooms, and security, The Contractor shall be responsible for complete supervision and control of his subcontractors as though they were his own forces, Notice to the Contractor shall be considered notice to any affected subcontractor. SC,7 SUBCONTRACTS. It is the intent of these specifications that the Contractor ahall parform the majority of the work with his own forces and under the management of his own organization, Specific portions of the work may be stbcontracted only by subcontractors who have been listed in th+l Proposal end who Are accepted by the Owner as provided in the General Conditions, Ail subcontractors shall be directly responsible to the Con- tractor and she'll be under his general supervision, All work performed under subcontracts shall be subject to the same contract provisions as the work performed by the Contractor's own forces, The Contractor shall cooperate SC,$ RELATIONS WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS, with a 1 other contractora w o may be performing work in behalf of the Owner, and with workmen who may be employed by the Owner in the vicinity of the work under this Contract, and he shall conduct his operations to minimize interference with the work of such contractors or workmen. The [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 022688 SC-2 C , F Contractor shall promptly make good, at his own expense, any injury or damage that may be sustained by other contractors or employees of the owner due to activities associated with this Contract. Any difference or conflict which may arise between the Contractor and other contractora, or between the Contractor and workmen of the Owner, in regard to their work shall be resolved as determined by the Owner. { SC.9 METHODS OF FIELD OPERATION. The, Contractor shall 1.nform the Owner in advance concerning his plans for carrying out each part of the field work. Review by the Engineer or Owner of any plan or method of work pro- posed by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any respon- sibility therefor, and such review shall not be considered as an assump- tion of any risk or liability by the Engineer or Owner or any officer, agent, or employee thereof. The Contractor shall have no claim because of the failure or inefficiency of any plan or method so reviewed. f I Any method of work suggested by the Engineeror owner* but not specified, 1 3~ shall be used at the risk, and responsibility of the Contractor, and the Engineer or Owner will aseime no responsibility therefor. The Contractor - J alone shall be responsible for the safety, adequacy, and efficiency of his construction plant, equipment, and methods, The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions ( of the jobsite, including safety of all persons and property per- not fortunes of the work. This requirement will apply continuously be limited to normal working hours. Neither the Engineer's nor the Owner's construction review of the Contractor's performance is intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety me4sures in, on, or near the'construction site, f 80.10 _SAFEm HEALTH, AND ACCIDENT PREVENTION, The Contractor shall conduct all operations under this Contract in a manner to prevent bodily he= and damage to property. The Contractor shall continuously inspect all operations,, work, materials, and equipmentt shall conduct-.health sur- veys of all work areas; and shall be solely responsible for the discov- ery, determination, and correction of conditions which constitute a risk of bodily harm or property damage. The Contractor shall implement and, maintain a written Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program specifically applicable to the work. The Con- tractor's program shall meet the requirements of the codes and regulations of federal, state, local, and other authorities having jurisdiction over this work. The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Pro- grata shall Include disciplinary procedures and safety orientation train- ~ ing procedures applicable to Contractor and subcontractor personnel.. The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program shall. include equipment to be used, sampling strategy and calculiltions, methods r I j sJ i (DENTON 105660 EN 688 NST 71,00001 SC-3 fit., k ' f jj I1 _ ~ tttlll 1 of compliance, and personnel protective equipment. The calibration, sampling, and analytical laboratory procedures used shall be in confor- uance with OSHA's Industrial Hygiene Field Operations Manuel. The Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program shall be submitted for review by the Owner 14 days after award of contract. This review will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for safety and health, nor shall such review be construed as limiting in any manner R a the Contractor's obligation to undertake any action which may be neces- sary or required to establish and maintain safe working conditions re- spseting his work at the project site. The Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to modify any portion of his Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program, The Contractor shaJl immodiately correct any unsafe conditions identified ly correct { by the Owner. In the event the Contractor fails to immediate conditions ' such unsafe conditions, the Owner may either corrected by others at the Contractor's expense, or direct that the work be stopped in the area of the unsafe condition; however, this right to stop the work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right. The Contractor shall appoint a qualified Safety and Health Representative. The Contractor's Safety and Health Representative shall have the authority f f to have unsafe conditions corrected and direct that the work be stopped in the area of the unsafe condition, if deemed necessary, ! The Contractor shall maintain accurate accident and injury reports and ti„I t shall furnish the Owner a monthly summary of injuries'and man-hours lost due to -injuries. The Contractor shall hold regular scheduled meetings to instruct his per- sonnel. and his subcontractors' personnel in safety and heal.th practices, The Contractor shall furnish safety and health equipment and enforce the use of such equipment by his employees and the employees of his subcon- tractors. The Contractor waives the right to bring claim for damages against the Owner or Engineer for any cause whatsoever because of any action taken or not taken including but not limited to the correction of unsaio conditions or, work stoppages in connection with the Contractor's Safety, Health, and Accident Prevention Program, if such a claim against the owner or Engi~ veer is brought by a third party, the Contractor shall indemnify and (le- fend the Owner or Engineer against such claim in accordance with the General. Conditions article entitled INDEMNIFICATION. j SC.11 CRANE INSPECTIONS. All cranes in use on the project shall be in- spected on 'a mont ly asia by a competent person. Inspection results shall be recorded on a Monthly Crane Inspection Report form which shall I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST /1,00001 t ( 022688 1 i SC-4 I , P 4be submitted to the Owner by the fifth working day of each month. In- spection Report forme may be obtained from the Owner, r, Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a current annual crane inspec- tion report to the Owner for each crane used on the project. Annual crane inspection reports shall be submitted prior to placing the Grano in service, The annual inspection shall be performed by a third party in- spection service certified for such work by the U.S. Department of Labor. ! If the Contractor fails to submit the monthly or annual report as speci- fied or if he submits a report that contains errors, misrepresentations, or falsification of facts, he will be in violation of the terms of.this Contract, and use of he crane covered by the inaccurate report shall be stopped until the violation is corrected. In addition, the Contractor shall immediately discharge all persons responsible for knowingly submit- ting either a monthly or annual crane inspection report that includes false information. Persona discharged for false crane reports shall not be rehired for this projects SC.12 FALL PROTECTION, OSHA Fall Protection Standards shall be strictly adhered 'to without exemption, including structural steel erectors, Strict interpretation of OSHA Instruction Standard 3-3.1 dated July 18, 19830 i ahall be used as applicable to protect employees exposed to falling haz Ards. Fall protection shall include, but shall not be limited to, the Soi,lowing, . Safety Belts, Lifelines, 29CFRi1926.28(a) s and.Lanyards 1926.104 I Safety Nets and Flooring 29CFRt1926.28(a) j Requirements 1926.105(a) k 1926,750(b)(2)(i)- rt Falling Hazards to the 29CFRt1926.28(a) ! Exterior of Buildings 1926.105(a) i SC.13 'LINES AND GRADES, All work shall be done t.) the lines, grades, and elevation' indUaeed on the drewirgs, The Contractor shall provide suitable equipment and competent workmen who shall locate and lay out the work. Measurements shall be made from permanent base lines and elevation refer- ence datum previously established on the site, In addition, measurements shall be coordinated with existing building column lines and floor eleva- tions. ~j The Contractor shall provide experienced instrument personnel, competent assistants, and such instruments, tools, stakes, and other materials re- quired to complete survey, layout, and measurement work. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish, without charge, competent personnel from } (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 i ( 022688 ] J, SC-5 s; N Lxn81 Lnf=. s:~ 'x(11(4 Et I his force, and such tools, stakes, and other materials as the owner or Engineer may require in establishing or designating control points, in establishing construction easement boundaries, or in checking surveys, layouts, and measurements for work performed under this Contract, The Contractor he wishes informed, to do reasonable workso that time horizontPlei of the times and places at which and vertical control trOwneromaysba~ -done established necessary by owner and minimum delay to the Contractor, Any work done without being properly located may be ordered removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. S0,14 PRESERVATION OF MONUMENTS AND STARES. The Contractor shall care- fully preserve la monuments, bench marke, reference points, and stakes. i The Contractor will be charged with the expense of replacement of any such items destroyed and shall be responsible for any mistake or lose of time that may be caused. Permanent monuments or bench marks which taunt be removed or disturbed shall be protected until they can be proper!,, j referenced for relocation, The Contractor shall furnish materials and assistance for the proper replacement of such monuments or bench marks. SC.15 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY. The Contractor shall be accountabla for-any damages~regulting from hie operations, He shall be fully responsible for the protection of all persons including membcra of the public, employees of the Owner, employees of the Engineer, and em- ployees of other contractors or subcontractors, and all public and pri- vate property including structures, sewers, and utilities, above and below ground. i f The Contractor shall furnish and maintain all ttecesaary safety equipment, such as barriers, signs, warning lights, and guards, to provide adequate protection of persons and property, The Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the owners of public or private property and utilitieu when such property and utilities are liable to injury or damage through the performance of the work and shall make all necessary arrangements with such owners relative to the removal and replacement or protection of such property or utilities. SC, 16 EMERGENCY PROTECTION. Whenever, in the opinion of the Owner, the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the safety of the pub- lic or the protection of the work to be constructed under this Contruct or of adjacent structures or property, and whenever, in the opinion of the owner, an emergency has ari.aen and immediate action is considered necessary, then the Owner, with or without notice to the Contractor, may provide suitable protection by causing work to be done and material to be (DENTON 10566 EN CONST 71.0000, 0 SC-6 I~ a I` furnished and placed, The cost of such work and material shall be borne by the Contractor, and if the same is not paid on presentation of the r bills therefor, such costs may be deducted from any amounts due or to become due the Contractor. The performance of such emergency work shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage which may i occur. SC,17 LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES. All loss or damage arising out of the - nature of the work, or from the action of the elements, or from floods or overflows, or from ground water, or from any unusual obstruction or dif- ficulty, or any other natural or existing circumstance either known or unforeseen which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense. i i I S0.18 QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN. The Contractor shall employ only work- men who are competent to perform the work assigned to them and, in the y case of skilled labor, who are adequately trained and experienced in their respective trades and who do satisfactory work, SC.19 SUNDAY, HOLIDAY, AND NIGHT WORK No work shell be done between 6s00 p.m, and 700 a.m. or on Sundays or legal holidays without the writ- ten consent of the Owner. However, emergency work may be done without prior:, consent. E 50,20 UNFAVORABLE CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS. During periods of unfavor- able weather, wat grounds, or other unsuitable construction conditions, the Contractor shall confine his operations to work which.will not be ad- versely affected thereby. No portion of the work shall be cunstructed under conditions which would adversely affect the quality or efficiency thereof, unless special means or precautions are taken by the Contractor L J to perform the work in a proper and satisfactory manner, j SC,21 REJECTED WORK AND MATERIALS, The Contractor, upon written notice from the Owner, "all remove from the premises all work and materials re- jected as defective, unsound, improper, or in any way failing to conform to the requirements of the contract documents. The Contractor shall at his sole expense make good all work damaged by such removal and shall promptly replace materials damaged or improperly worked by him and re- execute his own work in accordance with the contract., This includes re- executing or replacing the work of any other contractor that is in any way affected by the removal of the defective work, The obligations of the Contractor under this article shall not extend to defective materials or equipment supplied by the Owner, if any, E If the Contractor does not remove his rejected work and materials within 10 days after written notice, the Owner may remove and replace such work and materials at the expense of the Contractor, vu (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 022688 ) SC-7 lIS[.FaTq~ M ) :T SC.22 PLACING WORK IN SERVICE, If desired by the Owner, portions of the work may be placed in service when completed and the Contractor shall pro- vide proper access for this purpose. Such use and operation shall not constitute an acceptance of the work, and the Contractor shall be liable for defects due to faulty construction throughout the duration of this Contract and thereafter as provided under the "Guarantee" provisions of the General Conditions, S0,23 CLEANLINESS, The Contractor shall give special attention to keep- ing the work site clean and free from trash and debris. ' Trash, debris, and waste materials shall not be allowed to accumulate, but shall be removed from the site daily and disposed of by and at the Contractor's expense, Promptly upon completion of the construction work, all Contractor-owned facilities, materials, and construction plant shall be removed from the site. All surfaces damaged by deposits of foreign materials such as oil, grease, weld spatter, and paint shall be restored to their original con- j ditions' + t i I SC,24 PURCHASE ORDERS, The Contractor shall submit to the Owner one copy of each purchase order for all materials and equipment furnished under these specifications for incorporation in the permanent construe- tion, Each purchase order shall indicate the vendor's name, manufae turer's name, materials, type, model number, size, quantity, accessory list, and requested delivery date of the material and'equipment ordered. + The purchase order copies shall be submitted to the Owner before or at, the time when they-are issued to the vendor, i i j 50.25 FIRE PROTECTION. Only work procedures which minimize, fire hazards to the extent practicable shall be used. Combustible debris and waste materials shall be collected and removed from the site each day, as pro- vided under CLEANLINESS. Fuels, solvente, and other volatile or flamma- ble materials shall be stored away from the construction and storage areas in well marked, safe containers. Good housekeeping is essential to fire prevention and shall be practiced by the Contractor throughout the construction period, The Contractor shall follow the recommendations of the AGO "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" regarding fire hazards and prevention. Temporary heating facilities riha11 not be left unattended. j The contractor's supervisory personnel and a sufficient number of workmen shall be instructed in proper methods for extinguishing fires and shall be assigned specific fire protection drities. When trained personnel leave the job, new personnel shall be trained in their duties. All workmen shall be instructed in the selection and the operation of each type of fire ex- tinguisher for each type of fire which might be encountered, I~ [DENTON 10566GEN CONST 71.00001 022688 1 SC-6 fJ The Contractor shall provide adequate fire protection equipment in each •+pr::rouse, office, and other temporary structures, and in each work area he is occupying as specified herein. Acceas to sources of fire water shall be identified and kept open at all times. Suitable fire extin- guishers shall be provided in enclosed areas, in areas which are not ac- cessible to fire water, or in areas which may be exposed to fire that cannot be safely extinguished with water. Each fire extinguisher shall be of a type suitable for extinguishing fires which might occur in the area in which it is located. In areas where more than one type of fire might occur, the type of fire extinguisher required in each case shall be provided. Each extinguisher shall be placed in a convenient, clearly } identified location which will most likely be accessible in the event of k fl fire. ~ I t i The Contractor alone shall be responsible for providing adequate fire protection. Failure of the Contractor to comply with, or the Owner to enforce, the above requirements shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility or obligation under this Contract, i SC.26 SECURITY. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and equipment in his custody or placed in construction by him. Security j methods shall be employed as required to ensure the protection of all ma- + terials, equipment, and construction work from theft, vandalism,` fire, and all other damage and loss, ~ The Contractor shall cooperate with the Owner and the Corps regarding all security measures instituted at the fobsite. • 1 SC.27 CONSTRUCTION AREA LIMITS. The Owner will designate the boundary limits of access roads, parking areas, storage areas, and construction areas, and the Contractor shall not trespass in or on areas not so Les- ignated. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all of his personnel out of areas not designated for the Contractor's use= except, in the case of isolated work located within such areas, the owner will issue permits to specific Contractor personnel to enter and do the work. 4 The Contractor's employees shall park their automobiles# trucks, and other § vehicles in the assigned construction personnel parking area, SC.28 ACCESS ROADS, PARKING TATS, AND STORAGE AREAS, Construction ac- cass roads, parking lots, and storage areas will be assigned for the Con- tractor's use by the Owner, i 80.29 FOOD SERVICES. No food services will be permitted on the con- struction site except for truck or trailer mounted'eanteena. Such s" canteens will be permitted on the site only during hours specifit.ally ap- proved by the Owner. SC.30 PROTECTION OF WORK. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the protection ofTiis` work until its final acceptance by the Owner, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 022688 J SC-9 ill Rth![fitY l f, The Contractor shall have no claim against the Owner or the Engineer be- cause of any damage or loss to the Contractor's work and shalgl beinalond rcespoin- sible for the complete restoration of damaged work to its ori- tion complying with the contract documents, In the,event the Contractor's work is damaged by another party not under his supervision or control, the Contractor shall make his claim directly with the party involved, SC,31 PROTECTION OF CONCRETE SURFACES. Concrete floors and other con- crate surfaces shall be protected from chipping, gouging, scratching, staining, and other damage. Damaged sections shall be repaired or re- moved and replaced subject to the Owner's discretion and acceptance, Heavy planks and mats shall be placed under equipment and materials being stored, moved, assembled, or installed on or above concrete floor surfaces. ' Nonflammable, oil-resistant coverings shall be used to protect concrota r. surfaces from staining, SC.32 PROTECTION OF CRATING AND STAIR TREADS, Floor gratings and stair treads ehal.l be prr~tcet2d against damage from heavy loads, movement of equipment, materials, flame cutting, welding, and other such construction damage, Where heavy equipment or material loads are to be stored or moved j f ever gratinga, such loads shall be supported directly from the structural I supports and shall not be allowed to bear on the gratings. 'Damaged see- Lions shall be repaired or replaced subject to the Owner's discretion and acceptance, I SC,33 PROTECTION OF ELECTRICAL RACEWAYr CABLE, AND LIGIITJNC FIXTURES. The Contractor shall protect electrical raceway, cable, tunes, and associated support systems against damage from movementiof equipment and materials, welding, flame cutting, and other construction damage, Raceway and supporting structures for raceway and lighting fix- tures shall not be used as acrses scaffolding at any time. Whenever welding or flame cutting operations occur above or near raceways, cables, or lighting fixtures not shielded from such operations by concrete floors or other protective covers, tht Contractor shall protect the raceways, cables, and lighting fixtures from damage by means of fire-resistant boards or blankets. Damaged materials shall be repelred or replaced sub- ject to the Owner's discretion and acceptance, SC,34 FLOOR LOADINGS, The Contractor shall.obaerve the floor loading design limits designated on the drawings, 80.35 REPAIR OF DAMAGES, The Contractor shall immediately repair any damage which re9ults from this construction or abnormal 'uae, including damage done to the existing facilities. All such repair work shall be acceptable to the Owner and the Corps, l I [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022688 1 SC-10 t i p SC.36 INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY. Except as otherwise specified, laboratory testing required by the technical requirements shall be done by an independent testing laboratory retained by the Contractor and ac- ceptable to the Owner or the Engineer. All costs for such laboratory services shall be paid by the Contractor. t' Field sampling and testing may also be done by a testing laboratory re- f tained and paid by the Owner. Teets performed by the Owner's testing j laboratory are described for the Contractor's information only. The Con- tractor shall provide access as required and shall cooperate with testing laboratory personnel. SC.37 COOPERATION WITH CORPS. The performance of construction work which affects the operation of the corps' system facilities shall be I scheduled to be performed only at times acceptable to the Corps. In the event that it is necessary to interrupt the corps' operations or the power supply or to impose abnormal operating conditions on the Corps' I project, such procedure must be acceptable to the Corps and a complete understanding and agreement must be reached by all parties concerned well ! in advance of the time scheduled for such operation, and such understand- ing shall be definite as to Bate, time of day, and length of time required. All work shall be scheduled to suit the Corps'' convenience, taking into { consideration the facilities and requirements at all times during con- struction. SC.38 CARE OF WATER, Water releases from Lewisville Reservoir are con- trolled by the Corps of Engineers in coordination with and for the,use of the City of Dallas. The.Contractor shall complete his work without in- terruption of water releases from at least one of the two outlet pipes } unless approved by and coordinated with the Corps and the City of Dallas. a The Corps also operates the reservoir for flood control and may require flood releases through the 16 foot flood release conduit of the outlet structure during the construction period. The Contractor shall protect the construction and exi:;ting facilities against flood releaseu which are normal operating conditions of the reservoir. SC,39 MINOR DEFECTS. The Contractor shall readjust, straighten, and re.- pair minor defects and fabrication errors which are normally eneounterad in the Owner-furnished equipment and materials No claims for extra com- t pensation in connection wita such work will be consideredunless the claim is made in accordance with the applicable provisions in the General Con- ditions. When field labor is needed to correct significant errors in Owner- furnished equipment and materiala, the Contractor shall furnish such labor when so requested by the manufacturer or by the Owner with the consent of the manufacturer. Such labor shall not be included in this }i i-J `DENTON 105660 EN CONST 71,00001 13190 1 s c-11 r {I Ij Contract, and the Contractor shall obtain payment for the labor from the manufacturer, SC,40 CIIECKOUT AND INITIAL OPERATION. The Contractor shall render all services and do all work required to place each item of equipment in- stalled by him, including all auxiliaries, piping, and wiring, in oper- ating condition to the satisfaction of the Owner. Individual systems and items of equipment shall be completed in a sequence that will permit sys- tematic checkout and trial operation of each such component, before it is incorporated in the initial operation ~r The Owner will furnish operating personnel during checkout and initial operation. The Contractor shall provide all other personnel required to make adjustments and correct deficiencies during the initial equipment checking. It is anticipated that the startup testing and initial operation will be 1 in progress over extended periods of time. The personnel required of the f Contractor shall be on the site at all times. All regular and overtime payrolls and all other eontingencJes in connec- tion with the checkout and initial operation of equipment shall be in eluded as a par, of the lump sum contract price. The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and other de- { vices required during checkout and operation of equipment and systems which he has installed. j The Owner will furnish, and the Contractor shall apply, all oils, greases, and other lubricants required to place equipment in condition ~ ready for operation. All rotating machinery shafts shall be in as nearly perfect alignment as practicable. Rotating machinery shall be free from excessive vibration, overheating bearings, and other conditions which would tend to shorten the life of the machinery. Bearings, shafts, and other moving parts shall bn checked for proper alignment, cleaned, And lubricated before the equipment is initially started. The Contractor shall comply with each equipment manufacturers specifications and instructions. SC.41 CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES, Unlese otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish all construction plant, utilities, and temporary facilities and all materials, equipment, and supplies which are required for prosecution of the work but which will not be incorporated in the completed work. Detailed information covering construction cervices to be provided by the Contractor and/or the owner is included in Section IF of these specifica- tions. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 019190 J SC-12 i i I } N ?1 , l °i SC,42 RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE, The Contractor shah receive r ' from carriers at the plant site, check, unload, handle, and store all ma- terials and equipment which are to be incorporated in the construction under these specifications, The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of materials and equipment and shall pay any demurrage, , The Contractor shall provide all storage facilities. Storage areas on the site shall be limited to those areas so designated by the Owner, f Detailed instruotions covering receiving, handling, and storage of Owner- furnished and Contractor-furnished equipment and materials are included in Section 1G of these specifications, i SC, 43 E U ALENT MATERIALS AND E OIPMENT. Whenever a material or arti- cle is specified or described by+using the name of a proprietary product or the name of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned shall be understood as establishing the type, function, and quality desired. Other manufacturers' products will be accepted provided sufficient information is submitted to allow the Engineer to determine that the products proposed are equivalent to those named. Requests for review of equivalency will not be accepted from anyone ex- capt`the Contractor and such requests will not be considered until after the contract has been awarded. SC,44 FENCES, All existing fences which interfere with the construction operations shall be maintained by the Contractor until the completion of the work affected thereby, unless written permission is obtained from the i E owner of the fence to leave the fence dismantled for an agreed period of I time, Where fences must be maintained across the construction easement, adequate gates shall be installed, Gates shall be kept closed and locked at all times when not in use. On completion of the work, the Contractor shall restore all fences to their original or better condition. SC,45 PROTECTION OIL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY, The Contractor shall ? protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground pipes, con- duits, drains, structures, and other construction uncovered or otherwise affeetod by the construction work performed by him, All pavement, our < facing, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod and shrubs, shall be restored to their original condition, whather within or " outside the construction limits. All replacements shall be made with new materials. F, I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 013190 SC-13 v i~ ;i y g; No trees shall be removed outside of the construction limits, except where authorized by the Owner and the Corps. Trees left standing shall be adequately protected against damage by construction operations. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, bridges, and other public or private property, regardless of location or character, which may be caused by transporting equipment, materials, or personnel to or from the work or any part or site thereof, whether by him or his subcon- tractors, The Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrange- ments with the owner of, or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over, the damaged property concerning its repair or replacement, or pay- ment of costs incurred in connection with the damage. SC.46 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. The Contractor shall conduct his work so as to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehic- ular or pedestrian. Whenever ;Lt is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, whether public or private, the Contractor shall, at his own expenAa, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or j other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private travel, and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives f before interfering with them. Such maintenance of traffic will not be j required when the Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. In making open cut road crossings, the contractor shall not block more I' than one half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, the Contractor t shall widen the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders, SC,47 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS. All roads, highways, and other public thoroughfaras which AAra closed to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed acceptable warning signs, Barricades shall be located at the nearest intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. All open trenches and other excavations shall be provided with suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the extent that adequate protection is provtdad to the public. Obstructions, such as material piles and equip- ment, shall be provided with similar warning signs and lights. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated by means of warning lights from sunset to sunrise, Materials stored upon or alongside public streets and highways shall be se placed, and the work at all times shall be so conducted, as to cause the minimum obstruction and inconvenience to the traveling public, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 013190 SC-14 4,y.,+.... .I I r f. f P. r .I All barricades, signs, lights, and other protective devices shall be in- stalled and maintained in conformity with applicable statutory require- ments and, where within highway rigt.t-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thersover. SC.48 UNDERGROUND INSTALLATIONS. The Contractor shall conduct his oper- ations on the baaie that underground installations may exist which are not indicated on the Engineer's drawings. I The Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating and identifying j all existing underground installations. Surveying shall include contact- ing the owners of underground utilities. Locator services and detection devices provided by the utility owners shall be utilized when such are available, The Contractor shall hand excavate and positively Identify II all underground installations. All information relative to the under- ground installations shall be recorded by the Contractor and incorporated i into tho records required by the article herein entitled FIELD RECORDS. Existing underground installations within the construction limits, of the work are indicated on the drawings only to the extent information on such 4 installations has been made available to, or discovered by, the Engineer in the performance of the design work. The accuracy and completeness of this information is unknown and is presented solely to assist the Con- tractor in determination of underground installations. The Engineer and { the Owner expressly disclaim all responsibility for the accuraoy and com- pletanass of the information so indicated. The Contractor will be held responsible for any interruption in the serv-, too of underground facilities resulting from his operations, unless the facility owner and the Owner have given specific approval for the inter- ruption in,each case. Except where the damaged parties desire to conduct their own repair and Lj I restoration work, the Contractor shall repair and fully restore any under- ground facility damaged during the construction period to a condition equal to or better than that which existed just prior to the time of dam- age. All repair and restoration work shall be done to the complete sat- isfaction of the facility owners and the Owner, t The Contractor shall make his own arrangements with any jurisdictional a, authority requiring inspection of repaired or reconditioned utility fa- cilities, All inspection fees applicable shall be paid by the Contrac- tor, Where the facility owners desire to conduct their own repair and restora- tion work, the Contractor shall render all assistance to facilitate this corrective work. The Contractor shall assume all ,just and reasonable ex- penses thus incurred by the facility owners, (DENTON 10566 GtN CONST 71.0000] f 013190 j SC-15 T r, f wvq t3 Any delay, additional work, or extra cost to the Contractor caused by existing underground installations shall not constitute a claim for in- creased work, additional payment, or damages. SC.49 DAMAGE TO EXISTING FROFERTY. The Contractor will be held respon- sible for any damage to existing structures, work, materials, or equip- ment because of his operations and shall repair or replace any damaged structures, work, materials, or equipment to the satisfaction of, and at no additional coat to the Corps or the Owner. The Contractor shall protect all existing structures and property from damage and shall provide bracing, shoring, or other work necessary for such protection, I ' SC,50 LAND FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES, The Contractor will be permitted ? E to use available and belonging -to -the Corps on or near the site of the work, for construction purposes and for the storage of materials and equipment, The location and extent of the areas so used shall be as designated by the Corps. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any additioual work area, storage sites, access to the site, or temporary right-of-way which may be required for proper' completion of the work, it shall ba understood that the responsibility for protection and safe- keeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the Contractor and that no claim shall be made against.the Corps by reason of any act of an employee or trespasser, It shall be further f s l understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored materials and equipment, the Contractor shall immediately move same, No materials or equipment may be placed upon the property of the Corps until the Corps has agreed to the location contemplated by the Contractor to be used for storage. SC,51 FINAL CLEANUP AND GRADING. Ic is the intent of these spaaifica- tions that, at the and of construction work, all holes, ruts, Battle- ments, and depressions resulting from the work be filled and graded to match elevations of adjacent surfaces, and all areas disturbed by con- struction shall be restored to their original condition to the maximum extent practicable and as acceptable to the Corps ant the-Owner, 8C,52 ENERGIZED FACILITIES. Existing transmission lines, operating machinery, distribution lines, utility lines, telephone lines, and other power and signal service linos will he encountered on the site of the work. These service systems will remain energized and functional during construction, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] I 013190 J SC-16 ~ i I u c s T €i 1 The Contractor shall be completely responsible for the safety and protec- tion of his personnel and the public on the site of the work and shall employ all methods necessary to achieve such safety and also assure con- tinuity of all service systems encountered. These methods shall include, but not be limited to, providing barriers, guard structures, insulating guards and sleeves, warning signs, and prevention of unauthorized access. The Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination of and the pay- ment of all costs associated with temporarily de-energizing or relocating any of the existing service systems for the purpose of facilitating the r Contractor a construction operations. f ~ SC.53 CONTRACT CHANGES FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, CABLE, AND, TERMINATION INSTALLATION, In addition to the j provisions for contract chadgne speai- ~ Eied elsewhere in these Contract Doeumenta, the contract price will be changed at the time of Contract Award to account for the final quantities f of raceway, cable, and cable terminations in the Raceway Bank and the Cable and Termination Bank. i The Circuit and Raceway Lists will be revised and reissued by the Engi- neer etu required to reflect changing conditions of the work or to add circuits and raceway for which final design information is not available on the date bids are requested, The Contractor shall procure and install raceway and cable based on the Circuit and Raceway Lists and the draw- s ings. The Raceway Bank and the Cable and Termination Bank shall not be used for procurement of materials. It is anticipated that the circuit and raoeway design will be completed and the Circuit and Raceway Lists j will be issued at the time of Contract Award. a t The Raceway Bank and the Cable and Termination Bank will be revised and reissued with the revision of the Circuit List or Raceway List will be used to correspondingly credit or deduct quantities from the appropriate Bank. The Contractor shall acknowledge his acceptance or register his disagree- ? ment with any revised quantity, in writing, within 14 days of the date of the revision, Failure to acknowledge the revisions in writing within 14 days of the date of such revision shall constitute aeceptance.of any revised quantities of raceway, cable installation, or cab,'.a terminations indicated therein. Upon registering disagreement with any revised quan- tity, the Contractor, when required by the Engineer, shall demonstrate to the satiafaction of the Engineer that the quantities contained in the r0- vision are inaccurate. Afi:er an agreement is reached, the Raceway Bank s and the Cable and Termination Bank will be revised to indicate the agreed upon quantities and the total contract price change for electrical race- way and circuits will be dEtermined. The price change shall be based on ' the quantities of each type and size of raceway, the quantities of each type, configuration, and size of cable, and the quanti'Jus of each type of cable termination included in the current bank balance of the Raceway r t DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 3190 SC-L7 f , Y 11 Bank and the Cable Termination Bank at the time of Contract Award. These quantities will be used to change the contract price as follows. Where a negative quantity is listed in the current bank balance of the Raceway Bank or the Cable and Termination Bank at the time of Coutract Award, the price change will be determined by multiplying the quantity by the corresponding unit prices for materials and installation for that item; unit prices will be as stated in the Contract; Documents, The con- tract price will be increased accordingly for each such item. Where a positive quantity remains in the current bank balance of the Raceway Bank or the Cable and Termination Bank at the time of Contract Award, the price change will be determined by multiplying the quantity by ~j the corresponding unit prices for materials and installation for item unit Chat t prices will be as stated in the Contract Documents.. The contract price will be decreased accordingly for each such item. It is anticipated that; the final overall quantities for cable and raceway will be within plus or minus 20 percent of the overall bid quantities, This margin is anticipated for the overall cable and raceway quantities and will not apply to individual sizes and types of cable and raceway. For changes within this margin, unit prices shall apply as outlined above i and no additional claims will be considered for inefficiencies, addition- al supervision and administration overhead,. I The aura of the contract price increases and decreases thus calculated shall be the final contract price change for electrical raceway and cir- cuits installed. 50.54 CONSTRUCTION REVIEW AND INSPECTION. In addition to construction inspection provided by the 0aner, the Corps of Engineers and Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) will review and inspect construction. Calculations, plane, and specifications for Contractor-furnished designs for site excavation, dewatering, and cofferdams must be reviewed and ap- proved prior to that phase of construction, The Contractor shall be re- sponaible for obtaining approval of Contractor-furnished designs and any delays as a result of its failure to do so, SC, 55 CONSTRUCTION CONTINGENCY PLAN. The Contractor shall prepare a construction contingency plan which will remain in effect for the dura- tion of the work. The plait shall address procedures to be followed in the event unexpected and/or hazardous conditions arise. Potential condi- tions shall include high flood water levels, loss of the dewateriiig ays- tem, failure of excavation or cofferdam, fire, and structural failure. The plan shall include emergency telephone numbers, and names and telex phone numbers of interested parties and agencies, The plan shall be sub- mitted prior to commencement of work at the site. CDENTON 10566 ENCONST 71,00001 0 y 1 SC-18 i z V n., DIVISION 1 - GENERAL RRQUIRENENTS TABLE OF CONT NTS Page Section lA - GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF THE WORK !A-1 thru 1A-6 lA.l General IA-1 1A,2 Work Included Under These Specifications 1A-1 1A,3 Work Not Included Under These Speci- fications IA-3 1A,4 Drawing Notations 1A-3 1A,5 Construction Management System ;A-3 1A,6 Construction Management Requirements IA-3 1A,7 Submittal of Engineering Data 1A-3 1A.8 Coordination Meeting 1A-4 1A,9 Schedule 1A-4 1A,10 Proposal Pricing for Electriuni Raceway aml Circuits 1A-5 Section 1B - DRAWING.LIST 1B-1 thru 1B-5 18.1 General 18-1 1B.2 Contract` Drawings 1B-1 j 18,3 Reference Drawings 1B-2 1B,4 Reference Reportb 1B-5 f 1B.5 Supplementary Drawings 1B-5 Section 10 - ENGINEERING DATA ~ 1C=1 thru iC..7 1C,I General 1C-1 1C2 Correspondence 1C-1 10,3 Review of Engineering Data 10-1 1C.4 Motor Information 1C-2 10,5 Drawings 1C-2 1C.6 Wiring Diagrams 1C-4 1C,1 Instruction Manuals IC-4 Motor Information Sheet - 1C-7 Section lb - CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM 1D-1 thru 1D-3 1D,1 General 1D-1 , 1D,2 Quality Assurance Program - 1D,-1 11),3 Field Project Quality Control EASineer ID-1 ID Inspections and Audits 1D-2 1D,5 Rejection of Work 1D-'? [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00001 ( 013190 TCi~i Page 1D,6 Notification 1D-3 1D.7 Nonconformance Reports 1D-3 Section LE - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE LE-1 thru 1E-2 1E,1 General IE-1 1E,2 Construction Schedule. lE-1 1E.9 Contractor's Detailed Schedule IE-1 1E,4 Coordination IE-2 Section IF CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 1F-1 thru 1F-5 1F.1 General 1F-1 1F.2 Construction Plant and Temporary M - Facilities 117-I 1F,3 Construction Utilities IF-2 1F.4 Resident Engineer Field Office IF-4 Section 1G RECRIVINGp HANDLING, AND STORAGE 10-1 thru 1G-4 ~1a.I central L0-1 iG-1 10,2 Hazardous Materials 10.3 Receiving 1G-I IG-2 10,4 Handling 10,5 Storage 1G-2 I i i (DENTON 105660088 NST 71,00001 190 TC1~2 f, Section IA.- GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SCOPE OF THE WORK IA.1 GENERAL, This section covers the general description, scope of the work, and supplementary requirements for the construction work included under these specifications. The work covered by these specifications will be incorporated in the Lewisville Hydroelectric Project located at the outlet works of Lewis- 1 ville Reservoir near Louisville, Texas, The unit is scheduled for oper- ation as indicated in this section. I l ) 1A,2 WORK INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS, The wor _ ~ . k under these specifications shall include furnishing all equipment and materials, ex- cept those listed to be furnishel by the Owner; providing all labor, supervision, administration, and management) and supplying all construe- tion equipment, materiale, and services necessary to perform the General Construction complete in accordance with the specifications, drawings, I and other contract documents, except as specifically exeluded under WORK 1 NOT INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS, j E Major components of the work under these specifications for General Con- struction are as follows, r i Earthwork 4 F Excavation.and dowaterinq Drainage piping Riprap ; i i Erosion control' 1 Chain link fencing Aggregate surfacing Concrete structures T Grouting } c Structural stool Miscellaneous steel Roof coating z Caulking and sealing I [nENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) 013190 ) ~r 1; Waterproofing Doors Painting . Heating and ventilating equipment Turbine-generator and aca ssory equipment erection Penstock Sump pumps Piping and valves Transformers Power and control equipment and conductors Electrical raceway 1 i f Grounding 4 ~ Lighting i Startup The above explanations and listings are intsnded to give a general def- inition of the scope of the work under these specifications, and shall not be construed to be an itemized listing of each element of work re- quired. The Contractor shall be responsl,ble for construction of complete facilities, conforming in all respects to the details and requirements of the apacificatime, drawings, and other contract documents. 1A,2,1 Owner-Furnished Equipment and Materials. - The Owner will furnish the followin equipment and m g ateriels which sha7.1 be installed under this Contract Turbine generator and associated equipment Owner-furnished equipment and materials will be available to the Contrac- tor at City storage facilities at Denton, Texas. The Contractor shall receive them into his custody until final acceptance of the work, and shall handle, store, protect, transport, and install them in their final location. i (DENTON 10566 09N CONSr 71.00001 ( 013190 ) IA-2 ti 'f The aggregate value of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be cov- ered under the Contractor's insurance is $1,400,000, 1A,3 WORK NOT INCLUDED UNDER THESE SPECIFICATIONS. The following items of word will be furnished by the Owner, Construction and miscellaneous services and materials apeci- } fied as furnished by the Owner in Section IF of these speci- fications 1A.4 DRAWING NOTATIONS. Certain Engineer's drawings included as part of i these contract documenta may have specific areas denoted "Hold," The "Hold" notation indicates that the work so marked is not released for ex- s ecutionj however, the work as indicated shall be included as part of the j Contractor's bid and in the contract price. If upon subsequent removal of the "Hold," the work included thereunder has been materially changed from that initially included, the Contract will be subject to adjustment as provided for in the General Conditions, j 1A,5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, The Contractor and his subcontrac- tors s ally pat pate in the Construction Management System established ' f by the Owner. Under this program, the Contractor and his subcontractors t shall provide, to the Owner, specific and accurate man-hours, quantity and schedule information, and other information as required by the Owner. j Such information shall be provided in the detail and format and at the frequency required by the Owner. The information shall be submitted by the first of each month or more frequently as determined by the Owner, The information will be used by the Owner for schedule monitoring pur- poses, to ensure that schedule interfaces with other contractors are met, and to monitor overall project performance, ! 1A.6 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT RE UIREMENTS. The Contractor and his sub contractors s a act ve y partic pate nand adhere to the Owner's proj« ect management requirements, job rules and conduct, fire protection and safety procedures, and all other procedures initiated by the Owner for the purpose of maintaining jobsite administrative control'. The Contrac- tor and his subcontractors shall attend project management meetings or 4 other meetings when deemed necessary by the Owner. 1A,7 SUBMITTAL OF ENGINEERING DATA, Drawings and other engineering data for the equipmenttand materials furnished under this Contract are essen- tial to the construction of the entire project. The Contractor will be required to submit drawings and engineering data l in accordance with the schedule and requirements specified herein to as- sure compliance with the overall construction and operating schedule, The Contractor shall allow a reasonable amount of time for mailing, proc- Ef easing, and Engineer's review of drawings and data, f' (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 013190 IA-3 { S V; zi 1 1A.8 COORDINATION MEETING, Representatives of the Contractor ahall at- tend a coordi%ation meeting at a time and place selected by the Engineer or Owner to discuss matters relative to the execution of this Contract. The Contractor's representatives shall attend additional meetings as re- quired by the Engineer or Owner thereafter to expedite the work, 1A.9 SCHEDULE, The time of completion of the work is a basic consider- ation of the contract. This shall include the completion of various ac- tivities in accordance with the Schedule of Activities included at the and of this article in addition to the timely completion of construction in accordance with the milestone time periods and dates listed in the Schedule of Activities. It is necessary that the Contractor perform the activities shown on or before the dates indicated to avoid delay of the entire project, 1A.9,1 Activity Periods and Dates, The time periods and dates listed in the Schedule of Activities indicate the latest dates by which the listed activities shall be completed. Data, drawings, and diets for planning, f engineering, and documentation may be submitted earlier than the indi- cated dates at the Contractor's option, i 1A,9.2 <Construction Milestones, Construction milestone dates are spec- ified in the Sche ule of Activities. The date indicated therein for completion of all work is the latest acceptable date, 1A.9.3 Schedule of Activities, Days Afte,z frti Activity Award of Contract." Plangiii , Engineering, and Documentation Contractor to deliver completed Motor Information Sheets to Engineer 30 Contractor to deliver cost breakdown information to Owner 14 Contractor to deliver estimated dash flow information to Owner 14 i Contractor to deliver manpower forecast to Owner 14 Contractor to deliver cartifi- cates of insurance 14 I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) ff ( 032189 9 l IA-4 i 1i i i A t' SUPPLEMENT TO CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT PROJECT NO. 10666 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS Modification to dated items -Page 1A6 { A UL PAT-E Contractor to deliver "Proof Copy" of Instruction Manuals to Engineer December 1, 1990 Contractor to deliver 6 copies of accepted r 1 Instructed Manuals as directed by the Engineer March 1, 1991 Commercial operation May 1, 1991 r I Complete all wort; May 16, 1991 Q IN WITNESS WHEREOF Arties these present,) have executed this Supplement this day of 1990. (Owner) AMartin K. Eby Const, Co., Inc, By By ' L ndeme , A,M./Vice President 3 a ATTEST: ATTEST: A. leder P.M./Assistant Secretary ff ~ f ` ! { F Days After Activity Award of Contract Contractor to deliver quality assurance manual to Engineer as specified 1 in Section 1D 21 Contractor to deliver quality assurance in- spection and test out- line to Engineer as specified in Section 1D 30 Contractor to deliver - detailed schedule to Owner 14 Contractor to deliver i k , Safety, Health, and Ac- I" aident Prevention Program 21 I Date ~ E Contractor to deliver ( r cofferdam, dewatering, and excavation drawings; j calculations; and speci- 45 days. before , ficationa to Engineer ccnstrurtion I Y Contractor to deliver "Proof Copy" of Instruc- ! tion Manualn to Engineer October 1) 1990 Contractor to deliver 5 copies-of accepted Instruction manuals as directed by the Engineer January 10 1991 Commercial oPa rat ion March 1 1991 f Complete all wo,k March 15, 1991 €i j IA,10 PROPOSAL PRICE INC POR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND CIRCUITS, Included in the bid documents are the Cable and Termiae an Sank and the Raceway Bank. These documents together with the drawings provide information to T be used by the bidder in determining the length, size, type, and number of terminations of all circW.ts to be installed) and the length, size, and type of all raceway to be installed. 1 I [DENTON 10566 GLN CONST 71.0000) N. f 013190 IA-5 i [ Y, I The Cable and Termination Bank and the Raceway Bank have been provided to account for additional circuits and raceway for which final design Infor- mation is not available, Size, type, number of terminations and lengths are indicated in these banks for cable and raceway, for bidding purposes. The circuit and raceway design will b be completed and the Circuit and Raceway Lint will be issued to the Contractor at the date of. Contract Award. Each bidder shall base his bid upon the following quantities of cable, raceway, and cable terminations, 1. The sum of all raceway, including all fittings and sup- ports, as determined from the Raceway List, the Raceway Hank and the drawings, plus lighting, fire protection, ~ and security; raceway, including all fittings and sup- ports, as determined from the drawings 2. The sum of all cable and aseociated terminations as de- termined from the Circuit List, the Cable and Terminar tion Bank and the drawings, plus lighting, fire protec- tion, security and grounding cable as determined from the drawings The Contract price will be changed for revisions to raceway and cable quantities in accordance with the provisions of the Special Conditions under Article. SC,53 CONTRACT CHANGES FOR ELECTRICAL RACEWAY, CABLE, AND TERMINATION INSTALLATION, i j M 1 i I t i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000? 013190 IA-•6 1 1 Section 1B - DRAWING LIST is f 1B,1 GENERAL„ This section lists the drawings which have been prepared for the work under this Contract, IB.2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS, The following listed drawinga shall be part of the contract ocunents, Rrawiu-Nia Rev No. Title ~V 10566-1m-80001 0 TITLE SHEET & TABLE OF f CONTENTS 10566-1STU-S16O1 4 PROJECT GENERAL ARRANGEMENT i 10566-1BSA-M1001 2 PLANT ARRANGEMENT. PLANS AND SECTION 10566-IVUU-EOOD1 2 ELECTRIOAL-:GRAPHIC SYMBOLS 10566-1APD-1`11001 2 ONE-LM DIAGRAM OVERALL ONE-LINE j 10566-1APD-E1601 2 ONE-LME DIAGRAM AC & DC PANELBOARDS f 10566-1EEC-E3001 2 r ~ RACEWAY -CONDUIT AND MAY 10566-1EEC-83011 2 RACEWAY - DETAILS' 16566-1EEC-E3012 2 RACEWAY - DETAILS I 10566.1EEB-Ej001 2 GROUNDING AND DUCTBANK PLANS AND SECTIONS J 10566-1EEB-E5002 2 GROUNDING DETAILS 10566-111TU-96001 2 LIGHTING - POWERHOUSE 10566-IPPA-ES001 2 SUBSTATION - PLAN AND SECTIONS IV566-15TU-5300L 2 SITE - EXISTING SITE PLAN & ELEVATIONS J.0566-ISTU-S3002 2 SITE - GRADING & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PLAN 10566-15TU-83003 2 SITE - OWING & UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SECTIONS AND MAILS [DENTON 105660GEN9CONST 71,00001 1B-1 f , Ji, iur Gap` r~ Drawing No. Rev No. Title 10566-1STU-S3020 2 PENSTOCK PLAN SECTIONS AND DETAILS' 10566-IBSA-55001. 2 CONCRETE - POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE PLAN BELOW EL 4501-01t 10566-IBSA-S5402 2 CONCRETE - POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE PLANS SECTIONS AND DETAILS 10566-IBSA•-S5003 2 CONCRETE - POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE SECTIONS AND DETAILS i 10566-IBSA-S5004 2 CONCRETE - POWERHOUSE AND TAILRACE SECTIONS AND DETAILS 115566-IBSA-55005 2 CONCRETE -POWERHOUSE SECTIONS AND DETAILS _I 10566-1BSU-55901 2 ' 'CONCRETE - GENERAL I GENERAL NOTES, LEGEND, SECTIONS & DETAILS IB,3 REFERENCE DRAWINGS, The foll6wing listed drawings are for general i I re£ereirce only, These drawings are not part of, the contract documents, Drawing No, Title CORPS OF ENGINEERS OUTLET WORNq~. SHEET 5,1 0ENERAL PLAN AND SECTIONS CORPS OF ENGINEERS ` 01111CT WORKS 1 SHEET 28 C0,0UIT S PORTAL UNIT-MASONRY CORPS OF ENGINEERS OUTLET WORKS SHEET 29 CONDUIT PORTAL V$1.7-REINP CORPS OF ENGINEERS OUTLET WORKS SHEET 30 STIUINO BASIN PLAN An SECTIONS CORPS OF ENGINEERS OUTLET WORKS SHEET 31 STILLING BASIN j SECTIONS AND DETAILS I CORPS OF ENGINEERS OUTLET WORKS SHEET 32 STILLING BASIN E j SECTIONS AND DETAILS II r (DENTOti 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 01319b } ~M I B-2 y S 10WO x '1 fr q Drawing No, Title CORPS OF ENGINEERS SUBSURFACE 17XPLORATION SHEET 43 t LOCATION PLAN ~ CORPS OF ENGINEERS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHEET RI LOG 01' CORE BORINGS 1 CORPS OF ENGINEERS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATIONS SHEET R2 LOG OF CORE BORINGS I CORPS OF ENGINEERS SUBSURFACE EXPLORATION$ j SHEET R3 LOG OF CONE BORING$ The following drawings have been prepared by the turbine generator 1 contractor, and should provide additional information on their scope of I supply' Manufacturer f B6V Drawinj No, Drawing No, Title f. 10566.62,0200.05-03005 UBS-EW 072004019 DRAFT TUBE LINER DETAIL) i 10566,6240200,05-03006 D138-EW 172004016 DRAFT TUBE EXTENSION DETAILS 10566,62,0200,03-03007 DBS-EW 172004018 SEALIN9 RING DRAFT TUBE 10566,62,0200,05-03008 DBS-EW 072005010` DISCHA90F RING ASSEMBLY l 10566;62.0200,05-03009 DBS-EW 172005008 MANHOLE COVER ASSEMBLY 10566.62,0200,05-03010 DBS-EW 072010010 WICKET OATS' 10566;62,0200,05-O!M 1 DBS-EW 072012016 DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY 10566.62,0200,05-03012 D88-EW 072028012 SERVOMOTOR ASSEMBLY 10566,62,0200.05-03013 DBS-EW 172038019 CONTROL PANELS j i 10566,62.0200,05-03014 DBS-EW 172018010 SWITCHGEAR LAYOUT' 10566,62;0200,05»03015 DBS-EW 072001017 WATER `PASSAGE E 10566,62.0200.05-03016 DBS-NW 012007004 1NTAKE LINER j 1 10566,62.0200,05-03017 D115-EW 172006010 BULBHOOD/STAY RING (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 013190 ] 1B-3 aa;H4 j l~ . sk.p Manufacturer B&V Drawing No, Drawing No. Title eo~ 10566,62,0200,05-03021 DBS-EW 072019008 TURBINE DOWNSTREAM SHAFT ASSMBLY 10566.62.0200.05-03023 DBS-EW 072020008 STUFFING BOX ASSEMBLY 10566,62,0200.05-03024 DBS-9W 072014018 RUNNER HUB ASSEMBLY 10566.62,0200.05-03025 DBS-EW 072014021 RUNNER SERVO PISTON ASSMBLY (SH 1) 10566.62.0200.05-03026 DBS-8W 072014021 RUNNER SERVO PISTON i ASSMBLY (SH 2) 10566.62.0200.05-03027 DBS-EW 072014022 RUNNER AND BEARING ASSEMBLY 10566,62.0200,05-.03028 DBS''-EW 072014027 RUNNER BLADE ASSEMBLY 10566.62.0200,05-03029 DBS-EW 072016001 OIL HEAD ASSEMBLY 10566.62,0200.05-03030 DBS-EW 072020006 UPSTREAM SHAFT SEAL ASSEMBLY 10566.67,.0200.05-03031 DBS-EW 072021003 GUIDE AND THRUST BEARING € ASSEMBLY i 10566,62,0200,05-03032 DES-EW 172028012 STOP VALVE SUPPORT I ASSEMBLY 10566,62.0200.05-03033 DSS-EW 172045001 BYE-PASS VALVE ASSEMBLY 10566.62,0200,05-03034 DBS-LV 072014022 RUNNR AND BRG ASSMBLY f CROSS-SLCT, !IJ 10566,62,0200,05-04006 DOS-EW 172035023 SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM I 10566,62,0200,05-05010 EM 153C840 SHAFT DETAILS 10566.62,0200,05-05019 EM 122D534 OUTLINE-SYNCHRONOUS f GENERATOR 10$66,62,0200,05-05020 EM 122D805 OUTLINE-MAIN TERMINAL BOX ~ J 10566,62.0200,0509001 DBS-EW 272002008 SOLE PLATES j j , ~ i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 013190 ]SO 1B-4 { y Manufacturer B&V Drawing No, Drawing No, Title fi 10566,62,0200,05-09002 DBS-EW 272002009 ADJUSTIN(; SCREW a; 10566.62,0200.05-09003 DBS-EW 272002011 ORIFICE PLATE 10566,62,0200,05-09004 DBS-EW 272002017 STAY RING ANCHOR 10566.62,0200.05-09005 DIS-EW 072002017 S-TURBINE FOUNDATION 10566.62.0200.05-09006 DBS-EW 372002012 BY-PASS VALVE SOLE PLATE 10566.62.0200,05-03019 PRATT C-1268 06NR'L ARRNGMT BY-PASS VALVE k 19,4 REFgRFNCE REPORTS, The following reports are for reference only and are not part of the contract documents, CIRCUIT AND CABLE LENGTH REPORT RACEWAY LENGTH REi'JRT 1B,5 SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS, The supplementary drawings are not pact of the contract documents, Thu supplementary drawings are the schematic and ! I tiring diagrams and do not affect the contract price. They indicate the { ( I _ f, details netessary for termination of control and Instrument circuits con- tained in the Circuit List, Schematic and wiring diagrams will be iaeued to the Contractor by the En- gineer sufficiently in advance of the scheduled system and subsystem com- pletion dates to support the project schedule, F i i I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 3 ( 013190 J 18-5 k: rs'.7 fILVI' F E~ ,S F, x i Section 1C - ENGINEERING DATA r 1C.1. GENERAL, This section covers engineering data including manufac- turer's drawings which the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, Timely submittal of engineering data is essential to the sched- uled progress and completion of the project and is of the essence of this Contract. Engineering data covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished under this Contract shall be submitted. These data shall in- clude drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. The The Engineer. will accept engineering data submittals from the Contractor only, I All engineering data shall be identified with the equipment or structure it represents by use of the nomenclature established by the contract 'doc ` p uments. Equipment drawings shall have the'Engineerls equipment name and number clearly displayed. Material drawings shall have the Engineer's structure name and structure number (when applicable) clearly displayed, 1C.2 C,4ERESPONDENC,E, Correspondence forwarding engineering data shell be addrebsed to Che Engineer as follows. E 9 Original and one (1) copy toi Black 6 Veatch, Engineers-Architaora P.O. Box 8405 K Kansas City, Missouri 64114 Attentions Mr. 0. F, Ouyot 2 Letters of transmittal shall accompany all submittals of engineering data and shall include a list.of the data included io the transmittal, Lists { shall include manufacturer's drawing numbers identified with the corre- sponding project equipment or structure nomenclature as applicable. All w correspondence shall be identified with the project name (City of Denton, s Texas, Lewisville Hydroelectric Project), Specification Number 71.00001 S B&V Project Number 10566, and manufacturer's order number, j 1C,3 REVIEW OF ENGINEERING DATA, The Engineers review of engineering data will cover on y~ g~ ell conformity of the data to the specifications (DENTON 1.0566 GEN CONST 71.00001 022988 ] IC-1 tj. and documents, external connections, interfaces with equipment and mate- rials furnished under separate specifications, and dimensions which af- fect plant arrangements, The Engineer'a review does not indicate a thor- ough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the equipment, material, device, or item indicated or the accuracy of the information submitted= nor shall review by the Eng~neer be construed as relieving the Contractor from any responsibility for errors or deviations from the re- i quirements of the contract documents, All engineering data submitted, after final processing by the Engineer and acceptance by the Owner, shall become a part of the contract docu- mente and the work indicated or described thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith, unless otherwise required by the Owner, 1C,4 MOTOR INFORMATION. A Motor Information Sheet is included at the E f end of this section, A copy of this sheet shall be completed for each motor furr~.shed under these specifications, Copies of the completed I shaets shall be submitted as specified in this section. The number of copies submitted shall be the same as for other manufacturer's drawings. 1C.5' DRAWINGS. Each drawing submitted, regardless of origin, shall be stamped with Che approval of the Contractor and cleanly marked with the name of the project, the unit designation, the specification title, the specification number, the Contractor's name, and the Enginee:'a drawing E number (after it is assigned upon initial submittal of the drawing). Catalog pages are not acceptabla. If standard drawings are submitted, the applicable equipment and devices furnished shall be clearly marked, JJ The Contractor's stamp of approval will be representation to the Owner 3 and the Engineer that the Contractor has assumed full responsibility for j determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction f criteria, materiala, catalog numbers, and similar data, and that he has reviewed or coordiuated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the contract, 10,5,1 Dr. awing Submittal, Four printo of each drawing shall be submit- ted, Prints shall be black line on white background (preferred) or blue line on white background, Print size shall not exceed 34 inches by 44 inched unless due to the size of the equipment larger drawings are necessary, Drawings shall be folded to 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches. Re- producible prints shall be submitted rolled, The Engineer will use a 35 mm microfilm system in processing drawings. All drawings shall be suitable for microfilming, Drawing and letcering practices shall be in general accordance with the requirements of U.S. Department of Defense, Military Standard - Engineering Drawing ftoctices, DOD-STD•.1000, Drawings submitted which are not suitable for will not be accepted. mterofilming fDENTON 10566 CE'N CONST 71,00001 f 1 062788 ) K 1 1C-2 7 Al. h N`icy. r}g ` 1y 10.5.2 Drawing Processing. A copy of each drawing reviewed will be re turned to the Contractor as stipulated herein. Copies of drawings re- turned to the Contractor will be in the form of a print with the Engi- neer's marking, a print made from a microfilm of the marked up drawing, or a marked reproducible print for drawings larger than 34 inches by 44 inches in size, at the option of the Engineer, When drawings and data are returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, the cbrknges shall be made as noted thereon; and five corrected copies shall be sub- mitted to the Engineer. E When the rrawings and data are returned marked RETURNED FOR CORRECTION, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed by the Engineer; and five corrected copies shall be submitted, j When a drawing is revised and resubmitted, the Contractor shall include an issue number and revision description in the drawing revision block, All revisions pertaining to that particular drawing issue shall be back circled or otherwise clearly noted on the drawing, When the drawings are returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUTION,' the Contractor shall submit drawings for final distribution i as specified hereinafter under Final Drawings, Drawings marked RECEIVED. FOR DISTRIBUTION have been filed, but have not been reviewed, { No work shall be performed in connection with the fabrication or manufac- ture of equipment and materials until the drawings and data therefor have boon reviewed by the Engineer except at the Contractor's own risk and re- sponsibility. Work may piroceed on equipment and materials when the, draw- ings and data therefor have been returned marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or fE RECEIVED FOR DISTRIBUTIONF and when drawings have been returned marked EXCEPTIONS NOTED, provided the work is performed in accordance with the Engineer's notations. If changes are made at tho, project site to the equipment to correct for ,I manufacturing errore, due to design changes, or due no wiring revisions,. revised drawings indicating tho changes made shall be prepared by the i Contractor and submitted to the Engineer, } 1C.5,3 Final Drawin s, Upon receipt from the Engineer of drawings marked NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED or RECEIVED FOR DXSTAMUMY N, the Contractor shall transmit five additional prints of each drawing to the Engineer for final distribution, However, if during the submittal process, the`Con- tractor makes further changes to drawings that have been reviewed by the Engineer, the changes shall be clearly marked on the drawings and thta d submittal process shall be repeated, E~ (DENTON 10566022988 NST 71.00001 j; , 1C-3 1 Y {i IC, 5.4 Reproducibles. One reproducible print of each final electrical wiring and elementary diagram for equipment shall be furnished, The re- producible ahall be right reading on 0.004 inch thick Du Pont wash-off mylar and shall not exceed 34 inches by 44 inched in size. Diazo sepias, black line mylar, or auto-positive reproducibles will not be acceptable. Such drawint;s shall be submitted to the Engineer in rolls and not folded. 1C.6 WIRING DIAGRAMS. Connection and interconnection wiring diagrams furnished by the Contractor shall be as indicated in ANSI. Y14.15a-1971, Section 15-11, Article 15-11.3.2.1 and Figure 11-4 except that function information and wire run code are not required. Each device connection shall have 'near each termination, indicated in breaks, conductor identi- eication consisting of the opposite end destination. The wiring diagrams .shall be drawn with all devices indicated in their relative physical lo- cations and shall represent the equipment and terminals arranged as they would appear, to a person wiring the equipment. Wiring diagrams shall be prepared on sheets approximately 30 inches by 42 inches, Where interconnecting wiring from 'different items of equip- ment or sectional wiring diagrams of the same item of equipment appear on different wiring diagram sheets, all interconnections shall be clearly identified. Where sectional wiring diagrams are required for a single Item of equipment, such as a relay panel or control panel, that section of the panel which is represented by each individual wiring diagram sheet shall be keyed on that sheet in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. Information indicated on the Contractor's drawings shall iticlv3e wiring of the individual panel items as they actually will appear in the panel E I+ contact arrangoments of switches, and internal wiring of reliya and in- struments, Elementary diagrams shall be cross-referenced to terminal markings on the connection and interconnection diagrama, but: need not indicate' complete details of circuits external to the panels, Each item of panel mounted ` equipment indicated on the diagrams shall be identified by item number and name. Sufficient space shall be left on the Owner's side of outgoing terminal blocks for additig cable color codes and circuit num'jers. Color codes and circuit numbers will be added by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for adding the color codes and circuit numbers to his draw- Inge after they Itre assigned by the Engineer. 10.7 INSTRUCTION MANUALS. Instruction manuals for the unloading, stor- age, installation, operation, and maintenance of the equipment shall be furnished. The number of manuals and their required time of delivery are specified in the Schedule of Activities in Section 1A, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 022988 ) 1C-4 ff l i 1 1C,7.1 Content, Manuals shall include the following information spe- cific Lo the furnished equipment. I Table of Contents and index tabs IF Specifications, test data, and curves Description of the equipment Instructions in the methods of receiving, inspection, stor- age, and handling prior to installation 1 Installation instructions Operating instructions r" 1 Maintenance instructions Assembly drawings Parts lists List of acceptable lubricants f ; Nameplate information and shop order numbers for each item . of equipment and component part thereof List of recommended spare parts' t List of maintenance tools furnished with the equipment 1 I The above listed requirements are c,inwum; however, requirements which are clearly not :ipplicable to the equipment may be deleted. Additional i information whi<t, is necessary for proper operation and care of the j i\ equipment shall also be included. i 10.7,2 Bindinr,. Each copy of the manuals shall be assembled and bound in heavy-duty 'finders, The covcra of the manuals shall be permanently marked with lettering in- dicating City of Denton, Texas; Lowisville Hydroelectric Project; name of equipment; and name of manufacturer. Hinder capacities shall not exceed 3 inches, nor shall material included fF exceed the designed binder capacity or be more than approximately 1/2 inch greater than the thickness of the material within the binder. f. : (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 L 0627$8 1 i` 10-.5 tf r lMWhf 414 WIWA Y 10,7,3 submittal, One complete copy of the proposed manual shall be submitted to the Engineer for review, The Engineer's review will be for general conformity to specified requirements and is not intended to con- stitute detailed review or approval of content. I E OENTON 1056606EN ONST_71.00061 t 1C-6 ? SPEC 10566 _ MOTOR - PROJECT 71 x-2QQ MOTOR DATA TO BE SUBMITTED 5 MANUFACTURER MODEL HP. - VOLTS _ PHASE NER17 SERVICE FACTOR , NENA OE3ION LETTER T FULL LOAD SPEED _ RPM ; y ENCLOSUREi TYPE FRAME. SIZE ( E INSULATION 313YEF1t CLASS._-,STANDIIRO _SEALF.O__oMl TEMP -C + TEMP. R13E C BY RESISTANCE AT OF$VICE FACTOR OF 1.0 1.13i I FULL LOAD CUR.4ENT -_-AMPS, LOCKED-ROTOR CURRENT AMPS ; SPACE HEATER (IF FUP413REVII NUMIER Of UNIT) , UNIT RATING, WATTS i VOLTS PH.SE BEAR'ING31 TYPE AFBMA L-10 RATING LIFE, NOT LESS YNAN,._._.~_,_HRS E k LUwCATIOI TYPE SY3m I I ~ I SOUND LEVELSI { I' SOUND POWER LEVEL OVERALL MEAN NO-LOAD SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL . RE 10"12 WATTS dIA RE 20 MICROPASCALtl (0.0002 MICtTGEAR) 'REFEAENCE DISTANCE I FREC FIELD OF 1 METER 1 METERS t dBA FREE FIELD i r TOTAL, MOTOR WY,_,~,-. LBS ; FOR HULTISPEEO MOrrds VARIABLE TORQUE -CONSTANT TORQUE...-.-.-, CON3TANT HORSEP)WER MOTOR TERMINAL CONNECTION IVA40AM 90, IATTACH COPY Of DIA4RAMl FOR WOUND ROTOR MOTORS( SEC, VOW TS SEC. AMPS $CO. A0,, OWS " AT 2$ C FOR MOTORS IN HAZARDOUS LM ATIONSt { 4 MOTOR ENCLOSURZ SURFACE TEMPERATURE, 0 AT SERVICE FACTOR OF 1.0 ,.,_._„-_,1.1b WILL MOTOR CONTAIN A 3UNFACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL THERMOSTAT RitQUIRING CONNECYIO1 INTO THE MOTOR STARTER CONTROL 0 RCUITI YES , NO 3 FOR DUST IGNITION-PROOF MOTORS: MOTOR ENCLOSURE SURFACE TEMPERATURE IIISE UNDER ANY A64OFMAL OPERATING CONDITION INCLUDING OVERLOAD, SINGLE-PHASING, ETC., ASSIM10 ENCLOSURE SURFACE TEMPERATURE OF 120 C WHEN AIIOMAL CONDITION DEVELOPSI MINIMUM TIME TO REACH 146 C -----SECS MAXIMUM RATE Of AM C IN 6 SECS ~ r i MACK WATCH ~ cowsu~Tika ~KC~Ir~>`A>s MOTOR INFORMATION SHEET I.. 1C-7 T: .odd 151{ ~t)~ru1AAl • Y p Section 1D - CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM 1n,1 GENERAL. As a means of assuring that the performance of the work, el,ther at the site or at other locations that support the site, fulfills the requirements of the contract documents, the Contractor and his sub- contractors shall establish and implement a program for quality asourance s and quality control. The Owner's representatives referred to in this section may be direct em- ployees of the Owner or may be any person or firm designated by the Own- er, including the Engineer, i j 1D.2 UUA1.IV ASSURANCE PROGRAM, The program shall be capable of provid- ing assurance that design, purchasing, manufacturing, shipping, storage, erection, installation, testing, and examination of all equipment, mate- rials, and services will comply with the requirements of these contract documents. f i ~ 1D0241 -qualLt Assurance Manuals. The quality assurance program shall be documented in a quality assurance manual. The forat and format of quality assurance manuals is at the discretion of the,Contractor and his subcontractors. Content of the quality assurance manual may be in the II fo," of written descriptions of quality assurance policies, and/or qual- ity control procedures, methods, instructions, exhibits, or other quality assurance method descriptions. Controlled eopi,eg of the manual shall be submitted in accordance with Section lA The quality assurance manual 19 shall be kept current by,submittal of revisions as applicable throughout I # the life of this Contract. The Contractor's quality assurance manual shall describe the authority I and responsibility of the persons in charge of. the quality assurance proms gram and inspection activities. The manual shall also include, as a min imam, control procedures or methods to assure the following. Design documenta, drawings, specifications, quality aesur- ance procedures, purchase documents, and records are main- f tained current, accurate, and under control, } Purchased materials, equipment, and sr:rvices conform to con- tract requirements. Roceipt inspect inn, in-process inspection, examination, I testing, and checkout o Adequate inspection of subcontracted work I I 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 022988 } 1D-1 a re 11..;,..1.,51 J it i Quality of special processes such as welding, heat treating, hot forming, and nondestructive testing Proper methods are employed for the qualification of person- nel performing welding and those performing nondestructive examination, p Control of all required tests and inspection procedures Proper documentation, control, and disposition of noncon- forming materials Calibration of equipment, instruments, and recording con- trols Proper surface preparation for and application of all shop l and field applied coatings in accordance with Owner speci- fications and the coating manufacturer's recommendations 1D,3 FIELD PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL ENGINEER. The Contractor's organi- zation =hall be staffed in the field with an engineer experienced in E quality assurance work who shall be designated as the Field Project Qual- ity Control 'Engineer, It shall be his responsibility to assure that the teats, examinations, qualifications, and record keeping requirements of this Contract are being implemented by the Contractor's organization. His position in the Concractor~s organization shall be free of the influ-, bµ~ . , ances of project cost arld project schedule. He shall have the authority I to reject defective work performed by,the Contractor and his subcontrac- tors and to require the Contractor to take corrective action. 1D,4 INSPECTIONS AND AUDITS. -The Contractor's work and related records shall be subject to inspection and audit by the Owner's representatives to assuro compliance with applicable requirements, Upon detection of a noncompliance with the requirements, of the contract documents, the ac- cepted quality assurance manual, and/or control procedures, a request for corrective action may be issued by the Owner, The Contractor shall cot- rect in a timely manner all such deficiencies so identified. 1D,5 REJECTION OF WORK. All materials or equipment furnished or work performed under this Contract shall be sublett to ;inspection by the Owner, 'inspection will include any additioncil testing for determining compliance with the contract documents. All expense of such additional tests will be borstu by the Owner. The expense of subsequent tests due to failure of materials or equipment first offered will be charged against the Contractor. If any equipment, work, or materials are found not to meat the require- ments of the specifications, the lot, or any faulty portion thereof, may [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ke~ { ( 022988 l 1D-2 i i ~yl4Mallli `I :CMS:a. ((jj be rejected. Before tractor shall, offering work for inspection by the Owner, the Con- own inspection, eliminate any items which, in his opinion, are defective or do not meet the requirements of documents. 'Phe fact that the equipment, the contract s uc work, or materiels have been # cessfully inspected, tested, and accepted shall not relieve the Con tractor of responsibility in the case of later. discovery of flaws or de. 1 fects. IDA NOTIFICATION. For all activities identified b nessing, die Cortrac.tor shall provide advance noticeyas h directsdfhy they Owners representatives, 1D7 NONCONFORMANCE REPORTS, The i c copy of esa to alotlformanc ports and the ContractortshallsprovideVa ac s if enn#ormanceseinowhieh the`nacceptance andruaeeofean itetnpcout'nn of non- to lees than desired appearance, re uired rtold_contribute bility, or interchangeability shall be subject t,)acceptancetbymthelOwner. 1 EEi `J I ; f { lay fDF;NTON 1.0566 GIN CONST 71,0000) ~ 07.2958 ~ f ID-3 { I nsbufi LflF.c~!.d~ Y''N; }'lei k ,?11I,IVV.V T,, iN Section 1E - CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE i leE.nt!s for per GENERAL,forman Thisesencdctionompe clovtetrosn the schedule and scheduling require- contract. 1E2 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, the time of completion is a basic consider- ation of the contract. lisped in the detailed construction schedule agreed totb the y flstah- I the Contractor, g Y Owner and 1E,2,1 Milestone Dates. The milestone dates listed in Section,lA of E these specificationa are associated only with the or of { under this Contract or indicate key inter£aoe dates awithitheeworkwofk actors. The i workrunderrthis Contractcandlto$thedcoordinationeandreonteential to the work at the site, inuity of all The listing of activities and dates is not intended to be a complete or detailed listing of all work under this Contract or of all interfaces with t j he work of other contractors, It is understood and agreed that the dates shown in Section IA are the latest feasible completion dates and that earlier date ~ as agreed to b s m by the OcTn a be attained eY Y end. the. f ~ r•~ Contractor, ~ 1E.3 CONTRACTOR'etS DETAILED EDULE, Within 14 days after the date of contrast award lter nF intent construction achedule,' The detailednscheduleoshall be2basediupondthe ~ed dates specified in the construction schedule included to Section IA, r The detailed construction schedule shall be In bar graph form aoceptablo " to the Owner. r The detailed construction schedule shall contain all activities of t construction plan, Including acquisition and installation of specialhA equipment and materials. For all equipment and materials fabricate 3 supplied by the Contractor especially for this project) a or i shall include the sequence of activities including Issuance ofhpurchave orders, preparfition of shop drawings, fabrication, and delivery. Each activity shall be identified on the schedule by a descriptive title and shall be assigned an estimated number of working days required and an ex- pected completion date, i r The Contractor is responsible for determining the sequence and time esti- mates of the detailed daily construction activities, however, the Owner f a ti fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 022.988 ~ lE••1 y, t ~dS~dl;~ 1111 h reserves the right to require the Contractor to modify any portion of the schedule the Owner determines to be impractical, infeasible, or unreason- able, and as required to coordinate the Contractor's activities with those of other contractors, and to assure the completion of the work by the stipulated date. Schedules returned to the Contractor for revision or correction shall be reaubmiLeed for review within 7 calendar days. Upon acceptance by the Owner of the detailed schedule of activities, the Contractor will be re- sponsible for maintaining such schedule. Each month the Contractor shall submit a complete list of all deviations from the detailed construction schedule to reflect the actual progress of the work, together with his proposed actions to alleviate any delays caused by the deviations, I I $E,4 COORDINATION, The Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of other contractors and shall cooperate fully with the Owner in main- taining orderly progress towards completion of the work aH scheduled, J The Owner's decision regarding priority between the Contractor's work and I the work of other contractors at the project site shall be final and E shall not be cause for extra compensation or extension of time, except where extension of time is granted because of actual and unavoidable `de- I lay, rho dates shown in the construction schedule included in Section 1A for delivery of Owner-furnished equipment and materials,arb based'oA dates E set forth in separate contracts with the owner and represent the best <w., information available at this time. It should be recognized that these dates may vary >due`to causes beyond the Owner's control and appropriate allowance should be made in the Contractor's planning of the work, i Failure of owner-furnished equipment and materials to arrive as scheduled shall not be justification for an extensiont of time, cacapt where such failure causes, in the opinion of the Owner, an unreasonable dela;i in the Contractor's work, in which case the provisions of the General Conditions regarding changes to the contract shall apply, The Contractor shall keep himself, and his subcontractors, advised at all times during the course of construction as to the delivery status of Owner-furnished equipment and materials. The Owner will, upon written request by the Contractor, furnish informa- tion which may be availabl: to the Owner regarding the status of the Owner-furnished equipment and materials, fi f (DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71.00001 1 s IE-2 IY:r4S yy 1 x~ 14 Section IF - CONSTRUCTION SERVICES 1F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements for construction services to be provided by the Contractor and the Owner in the prosecu- tion of the work, f All construction plant and temporary facilities provided by the Owner for the Contractor's use shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be returned to the Owner in satisfactory condition when the work is com- pleted. The Contractor shall be responsible for the repair of damage to i Owner-furnished construction plant and temporary facilities when such damage has resulted from the construction activities under this Contract. i 1F.2 CONSTRUCTION PLANT AND TEMPORARY FACILITIES. The Contractor shall r f furnish all uonatruction plant, utilities, temporary facilities, equip- mart, materials, and supplies required for prosecution of the work but which will not be incorporated in the completed work, unless otherwise specified herein. Prior to installation of any Contractor-furnished temporary facilities on pp" the ,jobsita, proposals for such facilities shall be submitted to and 1 written approval received from the Owner, All temporary structures and facilities furnished by the Contractor shall remain the property ofthe Contractor and shall be maintained throughout i the work. Any materials, equipment, or temporary structures installed or i i erected on the ,jobsite or within permanent buildings by the Contractor f- ! shall be removed by him when so directed by the Owner to permit the'exe- + d cation of other work in connection with the project or at, the completion of the Contractor's work. M s All Contractor.-furnished construction plant and facilities shall be in LJ a first-class condition and shall he of the proper type and size to perform the work, The plant and facilities shall be regularly and systematically maintained throughout the work to ensure proper, efficient operation, Plant and facilities which are inadequate or improperly maintained shall j be promptly modified, repaired, or removed from the site and replaced as directed by the Owner, and at the Contractor's expense. When the work is completed, all Contractor-furnished temporary structures and facilities shall he removed from the site and the area shall be re- stored to its original condition to the maximum extent practicable. All construction plant and temporary facilities requiring use of wood shall be constructed of Class A Fire Retardant Pressure Impregnated Wood, ~I I; (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 022988 ] 1 F-1 „ Temporary structures for offices, change houses, warehouses, and other uses for the Contractor or his subcontractors shall be provided by the Contractor, Suitable construction trailers may be used in lieu of temporary structures. Such structures or trailers shall. be placed only in the locations assigned by the Owner, 1F,3 CONSTRUCTION UTILITIES, Construction utilities required for the prosecution of the work shall be provided by the Contractor or the Owner as herein specified, 1F.3,1 Telephones and Other Site Communication Requirements, The Con- tractor shall provide his own telephone and other cite communications to meet his needs and shall pay all coats associated with such services, 1F.3,2 Compressed Air,. The Contractor shall provide all air compres- sors, fuels, lubricants, hoses, piping, and other apparatus required for supplying compressed air required for prosecution of his work, 1F,3,3 Construction Power, The Contractor shall furnish energy for construction electric power, welding, and temporary lighting, The Contractor shall provide and install the initial construction power facilities and area lighting. The Contractor shall maintain these facilities until completion of his contract. The facilities shall be removed at the end of the construction period, i [ The Contractor shall provide all disconnect switches, breakers, trans formers, wiring, and other devices required to distribute power for his use and for the use of his subcontractors. Temporary power facilities shall conform wi`ch applicable safety and code requirements, shall be constructed to provile proper clearanose and f minimum interference with construction, and shall be acceptable to the 1 Owner. All temporary electrical installations must be scheduled by the w Contractor and shall he submitted to the Owner in writing with drawings. Approval will only be given in writing, All temporary wiring shall conform with Article 305 TEMPORARY WIRING of the National Electrical Code, 1F.3,4 Temporal Lighting. All temporary lights required by law or or- dinance or necessary for the proper protection of the public and workmen or for the proper execution and inspection of the Contractor's work shall be furnished, placed, and maintained by the Contractor at his expense, E Conductors shall be not lass than 12 AWG copper and insulated for 600 volts, A fuse shall be provided for tho protection of each circuit, j i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 C 010489 ] i i 1F'•~2 ? y c~ t~ 1{ 1F,3.5 Water. The Contractor shall furnish his own water for construc- tion and drinking, including facilities for construction distribution, and coolers, cups, cup dispensers, and a trash barrel at each water cooler, 1F.3,6 Heat, The Contractor shall provide all heat for the efficient prosecution of the work and to prevent freeza damage during construction. Heating methods shall be submitted to the Owner for acceptance prior to use. Salamanders, open fires, or other methods which constitute a hazard to personnel or property shall not be used. All heating equipment shall be II provided with adequate safeguards. 1F.3.7 San. itary, Facilities. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain - sanitary facilities, including chemical toilets, for the use of his per- sonnel. Chemical toilets shall be furnished In numbers and locations as 1 I required to adequately and conveniently serve the needs of all of the I I Contractor's personnel and shall meet the requirements of applicable reg- ulations of the appropriate local health agency, Maintenance of the chemical toilets shall include daily inspection, cleaning, and replen- ishment of chemicals, 1F,3,8 Access Roads, Parking, and Storage Areas,. The Owner will provide parking and storage areas as available within the project easement boundaries. 'She Contractor shall provide all temporary surface improve- I merits to roads, parking areas,'and storage areas required for his opera- tions. I i~ Road surfaces cut by the Contractor shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at his expense. Roadbeds and drainage facilities damaged by the Contractor during installation of buried facilities shall be 'promptly repaired by the Contractor at his expense, -a 1F.3.9 Security. The Contractor shall be responsible for all security affecting the prosecution of his own work. 1F,3.10 First Aid, The Contractor shall provide for his own first aid requirements 1F.3.11 Trash Disposal. The Contractor shall be responsible for polic- ing his own work areas and removing his own trash, rubbish, and construc- tion debris from the site. The Contractor shall haul the trash to an i offaite landfill area for disposal. j 1F,3.12 Scaffolding. The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, staging, laddera, flooring, runways, and any other temporary construction required for the execution of his work, i k f~ tj (DOTON 10566 GF24 CONST 71,0000) f f. 010489 ) Y 1F-3 r , t~ rl All scaffolding, runways, and other temporary construction shall be self- supporting throughout and shall be rigidly bu.',lt so as to support safely the weight of all materials, apparatus, equipment, and construction par- P°`^y sonnel to be placed thereon as required by federal, state, and local laws. 1F,3,13 Fire Protection. The Contractor shall provide and maintain ade- quate fire protection equipment in each area for which he is responsible including each temporary office, tool room, storage area, and warehouse he uses. Fire protection equipment size and quantity shall satisfy insirrance requirements and shall be satisfactory to the Owner. 1F.4 RESIDENT ENGINEER FIELD OFFICE, A resident engineer field office 1 shall be provided for the Engineer, The field office shall have a ` mini - mum floor apace of 150 square feet, The field office shall be equipped with adequate heating, air conditioning, lighting, and toilet facilities. 1 The toilet facilities may be portablo or, equal to the Contractor's facili- ties. The walls, floor, and roof shall be properly insulated. The field office shall be located onsite and may be a part of the Contrac- tor s office facilities, It may be necessary during the course of the construction work to move the field office; it such is the case, the Con- tractor shall relocate the field office as directed by the Engineer, At the conclusion of the work and when directed by,the Engineer, the field office shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be re- moved from the site of the construction work. 1F,4,1 utilities, The field office shall have water, eelectricity, and ! • telephone service available, The Engineer shall have access to an onsite photocopy machine, The Contractor shall be responsible for the-initial installation of the utilities. The Engineer will assume all monthly and long-distance costs: of thee. telephone. All other utility coats shall be , paid by the Contractor, 1F.4`.2 Furnishings; The following furnishings shall be provided. Desk Swivel arm chair Drafting table and stool Plan rack ffI 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] i ( 013140 ] 6g 1F-4 3 E C `y iy r.. Filing cabinet, three drawer Side chair Metal wastebasket 1F.4.3 Miscellan6ogo Materials, Furnishings, and Services Provided O'ther's. -The L-- nglneer gill provide his own miscellaneous office supplies. ~ -e Contra'btor shall arrange for janitorial services, i i i (I i j r j f {'r 1 <<~ j [DENTON 20566 GEN CONST 71.00001 $ t 013190 1F-5 , st r , 0 ~a x t, Section 1G - RECEIVING, HANDLING, AND STORAGE sl 1G.1 GENERAL. e The Contractor shall promptly receive, unload, and plac ' into storage all equipment, materials, and supplies arriving at the proj- act site for the work under this Contract. This shall include equipment and, materials furnished by the Owner and specified to bo erected and In- stalled under this Contract, Storage areas on the site will be allocated for the Contractor's use by the Owner. Equipment and materials shall be stored in assigned laydown areas. E' The Contractor shall provide all required storage facilities, r t LO.2 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, For all shipments of Contractor-furnished equip equipmenC or materials arriving at the dobsite, the Contra ctor shall vide the documentation a ion required pro- the article entitled HAZARDOUS MATERI- ~ ~ ALS in the General Conditions, Hazardous materials documentation provided by suppliers of Owner-furnished equipment and materials will be furnished to the Contractor. 10.3 RECEIVING. The Contractor shall examine all shipments furnished equipment and material, except spare j,arts amaintenaancer Lools, and shall'notify the Owner immediately of any shortages, diserep- ancies, or damage. The Contractor shall receive Owner-furnished equipment at the Owner's storage facility at 1701A Spencer Road, Denton, Texas 76205, The Con- f tractor 'shall be responsible for transportation of Owner-furnished equip mant to the prufect site, The Contractor shall advise the Owner of any ' damage to the equipment at the time of receipt prior to transportation to the site and shall be responsible for any damage not so noted. E The Contractor shall prepare a listing of the materials or equipment re- ceived and acknowledge receipt of such items from the Owner, The Con- e tractor shall take immediate custody of all materials and equipment re- ceived in good condition and shall thereafter be solely' responsible for any damage or shortage until -final acceptance of the Contractor's work. 9 The Contractor shall be responsible for the prompt unloading of all equipment and materiels received into his custody and shall pay any de- murrage. If any Owner-furnished materials and equipment arrive after working hours, the Contractor shalt assign personnel to receive and'in•- spect all such shipments and shall pay all base time and overtime costs for such work. P? is Y! fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) f 013190 ) 1G-1 Pi The Contractor shall replace all owner-furnished materials and equipment which are lost or damaged while in the custody of the Contractor. Re- placement materials and equipment shall be of a type and quality equal to the original materials and equipment, shall be acceptable to the Engi- near, and shall be obtained expeditiously to prevent delay of the work. Extensions of time will not be granted for delays caused by failure to receive replacement materials and equipment at the tuna required for their iaetallation. The Contractor shall maintain a current, accurate inventory and record of location for all equipment and materials in his custody, / 10.4 ilANDLING, The Contractor shall handle all equipment and materials carefuJily to prevent damage or lose, shall store them in an orderly, man- nor, shall keep adequate and convenient records of their location, and I shall 'Keep a continuously accurate inventory, The use of bare wire rope slings for unaoading and handling materials and f equipment is prohibited except with the specific permission c` the Owner. i, The Contractor shall rehandle and reload, if required, all Owner-furnished materials and equipment which have been rejected, E The Contractor shall handle and load all returnable packing c boxes a e.. ia1 handlin ~ p devices, g and cable reels for Owner-furnished materials and equipiient and shall prepare shipping papers therefor, if required. All such materials shall be returned as promptly as possible. a 1G.5 STORAGE. Stored equipment and materials shall be adequately sup- ported anT protected to prevent damage. Equipment shall be moved into the permanent building or onto its permanent foundation es soon as con- struction will permi~'. Stored materials and equipment shall not be allowed to contact the ground. Jn warehouses that do not have dry concrete c+r suspended floors, materials and equipment shall be stored on platforms or shoring. Strip heaters and similar heating devices furnished with electrical equipment shall be electrically connected to provide protection during storage, Heatars shall be energized immediately upon placement of the oqui.pment in storage, and maintained in an energized condition until they can be energized from a permanent electrical connection, If permanent electrical power is not available when the equipment is installed in its permanent location, electrical equipment requiring, strip heaters and sim- ilar heating devices shall be suitably connected to a reliable temporary power source, [DENTON 10566 GHN CONST 71.00001 [ 013190 1 1 00 1G-2 { , [ fl 'i C1 ~i Rotor bearings, collector rings, commutators, control components, and other exposed parts shall be protected against corrosion and periodically inspected. Brushes shall be lifted from rings to prevent galvanic corro.. sion. Bearing oil reservoirs shall be filled to the indicated level with the proper lubricating oil, At the end of every 3 months in storaga, the rotor shall be rotated until the journals are covered with oil to lubri- cate the Journals and prevent corrosion, Where bearings are grease lu- bricated, the rotors shall be rotated not less than five revolutions at the and of every 3 months to cover the bearing parts with new grease. l Where moisture condensation or flooding does occur, sleeve hearings shall be removed from housings to prevent corrosion of the ,journal. Shoes of vertical pivoted shoe type bearings shall be repovad and the rotor sup- r ported on jacks to prevent galvanic corrosion of the runner surface, Electric motors, generators, and couplings in storage shall have the in- sulation resistance of the windings checked at the end of every 3 months, and records kept, to determine if the winding requires drying out. I ~ j Mechanical dehydrators provided in control panels shall be maintained in operation from the date of receipt of equipment until directed otherwise by the Owner. t All openings in equipment: and piping not stored under weatherproof covers shall be closed to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture during storage, J i All platforms, enclosures, shoring, and weatherproof coverings for stor- age use shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed ` upon completion of the work. 10.5.1 Indoor Storage Facilities, indoor storage furnished by the Con- tractor s a consist osuit-'61e construction trailer's or portable an- closures and shall be woathertight, well ventilated, and secure against theft end vandalism. Equipment and materials shall be placed on whoring i to permit air circulation under the stored item. Access doors shall be ; adequate to accommodate the movement and handling of materials and equip- ment to be stored and shall be equipped with secure locks. i i Indoor storage facilities shrll. be acceptable to the Owner. 10,5.2 Open Platforma. Open platforms shall be Contractor-constructed from sound lumber not lane than 2 inches nominal thickness. Open plat- forms shall be adequately constructed to support the loads imposed by the stored materials and equipment. Platforms shall be level, shall be aup- ;v ported on concrete block piers, and shall be not less than 18 inches above grade. Shoring for storage of material e and equipment nhall utilize sound tim- bers not less than 6 inches by 8 inches nominal size. Shoring shall be arranged to provid4i 8 inches of clearance above grade, f~ u L 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) ( 013190 j ? 1G-3 Mv- XIM ; Y! Wit, IJH i ,tiin1fTrrM1 1G.5,3 Coverings. Weatherproof coverings for outdoor storage shall ut.i- liza a waterproof flame resistant type sheeting. Sheeting widths shall be the maximum practicable and, if necessary, widths may be built up by using waterproof taped splices. The sheeting shall be carefully placed and tied down to prevent moisture from entering the laps and to prevent wind 'damage to the coverings, 1G.5,4 Storage Methods. Except as otherwise specified, the storage method to be used for various materials and equipment shall be determined as follows Equipment and materials which incorporate electrical equip- ment or which have finish painted surfaces, and other items whicL, would be damaged by outdoor exposure, shall be stored indoors. When such storage would present an unreasonable building space or volume requirement, the equipment or mate- riels nay, whan acceptable to the Owner, be stored under weatherproof coverings on shoring or platforms. The cover- Inge shall cover the top and sides of the equipment, shall be lapped to shed water, and shall be fastened securely around the base of the equipment. i f All ttmall loose items which could be easily lost, stolen, { broken, or misused shall be stored indoors. j ther equipment and materials shall be stored on open All o platforms, c. shoring. Combustible and flammable materials shall be handled and } { ( stored as specified in the Special Conditions under the ar- ticle entitled FIRE PROTECTION, All storage m~thoda shall be acceptable to the Owner. f r (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 7L.00001 ( 013190 ] 1G-4 r y DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 2A - EARTHWORK 2A-1 thru 2A-14 2A.1 General 2A-1 2A.2 Sheeting and Shoring 2A-1 1 2A.3 Removal of Water 2A-1 2A,4 glastitig 2A-1 2A.5 Classification of Excavated Materials 2A-1 2.1.6 Freezing Weather Restrictions 2A-2 2A.7 Maintenance of Traffic 2A-2 2A.8 Protection of Underground Construction 2A-2 2 A-9 Preservation of Trees 2A-2 2A,10 Unauthorized Excavation` 2A-2 2A.11 Testing 2A-2 2A.12 Site Preparation 2A-3 2A.13 Roadbeds 2A-3• 2A.14 Fills and Embankments 2A-4 2A,15 Structure Excavation 2A-4' 2A.16 Stabilization 2A-5 2A.17 Structure Backfill 2A-6 2A.18 Drainage Fills 2A-6 2A.19 Ground Water Harrier" 2A-7 2A.20 Pipe Trench Excavation 2A-7 2A.21 Pipe Embedment 2p-A 2A.22 Trench Backfill 2A-9 2A.23 Duct tank Trenching 2A-10 2A.24 Maintenance and Restoration of Fi11.4, { Embankments, and Sackfills 2A-10 2A.25 Final Grading 2A-11 2A.26 Disposition of Materials 2A-11 Table 3 Unified Soil Classification 2A-12 thru 2A-13 Pipe Embedment Sketch (81112-D5-0053) 2A-14 Section 2B - CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS 2B-1 thru 28-2 a 28.1 Csnerai 2B-1 2B,2 Drawings and Data 2B-l 28.3 Diasign 2B-1 28.4 Movement Monitoring 2B-2 2B.5 Materials 2B-2 2B.6; Welding 2B-2 2B.7 Bulkhead Removal 2B-2 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] [ 013190 ) TC2-1 Section 2C - DRAINAGE PIPING 2C-1 thru 2C-3 2C.1 General 2C.2 Drawings and Data 2C-1 2C.3 Laws and Ordinances 2C-1 2C.4 Materials 2C-1 20.5 General Pipe Installation Requirements 2C-1 1 20.6 Pipe Joints 2C-1 2C,7 Drainage Piping 2C-2 I 2C.8 Floor Drains 2C"2 2C.9 Protective Coatings 2C-2 2C.10 Cleaning and Testing 2C-2 2C_ 3 I I Section 2D DEWATERING 2D-1 thru 2D-3 2D.1 General 2D.2 Dewatering System 2D-1 2D.3 Design 2D-1 I 2D.4 Damages 2D-1 2D.5 Record of Devatering 2D-2 2D.6 Maintaining Excavation in Dewatsted 2D-2 0 Hatt i Son 2D.7 Dewatering System Removal 2D 3 2D-3 Section 2E RIPRAP 2E-1 thru 2E-4 t 2E.1 General 2E.2 . Control Testing''. 2E-1 2E.3 Materials 2E-1 2E.4 Reference Samples 2E-1 2E,5 Preliminary Revi w 2R"2 -2E.6 Placement 2E-3 2E-3 Section 2F - EROSION CONTROL 2F-1 thru 2F`-2 2F.1 General 2F.2 Materials 2P-1 2P.3 Workmanship 2F-1 2H.4 Establishment and Maintenance 2F-2 2T+-2 Section 2G - CHAIN LINK VENCTIG 2G^1 khru 2G-5 20.1 General 20.2 'Drawings and Data 2G-1 2G.3 Fence Type 20,-1 20.4 Materials 20-1 20.5 Swing Gates 20 2G„b Pence Construction 202G-4 . 1 " (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 100989 j TC2-2 Page Section 2H - AGGREGATE SURFACING 2H-l thru 2H-3 2H.1 General 2H,2 Protection of Snbgrade 2H-1 2H.3 Subgrade Preparation 2H-1 2H.4 Materials 2H-1 2H.5 Application 21-2 _ 2H,6 Sampling and Testing 2H-2 2H-3 I r i I (DENTON 10566 GEN CCNST 71.00001 062788 7 TC2-3 r FP~ i P 11 k a , W Section 2A - EARTHWORK 2A.1 GENERAL, This section covers general oarthwork and shall include the necessary preparation of the construction areas; removal and disposal of all debris; excavation and trenching as required; the handling, stor- ages transportation, and disposal of all excavated material; all necessary f sheeting, shoring, and protection work; preparation of subgradea; protec- tion of adjacent construction; backfilling; pipe en.Sedment; construction of fills and embankments; surfacing and grading; and other appurtenant work. c 2A.2 SHEETING AND SHORING, The stability of previously constructed ( structures and facilities shall not be impaired or endangered by exca- vation work. Previously constructed structures and facilities include ! both structures and facilities existing when this construction began and structures and facilities already provided under these specifications. i Adequate sheeting and shoring shall be provided as required to protect ( and maintain the stability of previously constructed structures and fa cilities and the sides of excavation3 and trenches until they are back- filled. Sheeting, bracing, and shoring shall be designed and built to withstand all loads that might be caused by earth movement or pressure., and shall maintain the shape of the excavation under all circumstances, 2A,3 REMOVAL OF WATER. Removal of water shall be in accordance with the section titled DFWATERING. 2A.4 BLASTING. Blasting or other use of explosives for excavation will not be permitted, f 2A.5 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS. No classification of exca- vated materials will be made except for identification purposes, Ex- cavation work shall include the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performange of the contract work, regardless of the type, character, composition, or condition thereof, All rock which cannot be handled and compacted as earth shall be kept separate from other excavated materials and shall not be mixed with back- fill, fill, or embankment materials except as specified or directed, Soil identification shall be in accordance with Table 3 of the Unified Soil Classification System which is bound at the and of this section, E Identification and classification shall be based upon visual examination and simple manual tests performed by qualified personnel furnished by the Contractor, , [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 022988 1 2A-1 t __V -TIN 'N. Ij E 2A.6 FREEZING WEATHER RESTRICTIONS. Backfilling and construction of fills and embankments during freezing weather shall not be done except by permission of the Owner. No earth material shall be placed on frozen surfaces, nor shall frozen materials, snow, or ice be placed in any backfill, fill, or embankment. 2A.7 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. The Contractor shall conduct his work with as little interference as possible with the Owner's operations and the operation of tho Corps of Engineers. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, parking areas, and walks, the Con- tractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or her temporary expedients at his own expense. In making open cut road of ' crossings, the Contractor shall not block more than one half of the road at any time. 2A.8 PROTECTION UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION. The Contractor shall lo- OF r_. ate, protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all existing under- ground pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction which may be uncovered or otherwise affected by the work. i 2A.9 PRESERVATION OF TREES. Trees shall be preserved and protected as much as possible. Unless specificallY authorized by. the Owner, trees shall be removed from only those areas which will be excavated, filled, or built upon. Consideration will be given to the removal of additional I trees only where essential, in the opinion of the owner, for the effec- tive execution of the work. Tree removal shall be approved by the Corps of Engineers. 1 Trees left standing shall be adequately protected from permanent damage by construction operations. Trimming of standing trees, where required, shall be as directed by the Owner. 2A.10 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION. Except where otherwise authorized, indi- cated, or specified, all material excavated below the bottom of concrete structures which will be supported by the subgrade shall be replaced with concrete placed monolithic with the concrete above. 2A.11 TESTING. All field and laboratory testing required to determine compliance with the requirements of this caetion shall be provided by the Contractor, All field and laboratory testing shall be done by an inde- pendent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer and retained and paid by the Contractor. Field sampling shall be done by the testing lab- oratory or by a qualified employee of the Contractor. At least one field density determination shall be performed for each 300 cubic yards of compacted material. Field samples shall be taken at locations selected by the owner, If additional field control tests are necessary, in the opinion of the Owner, such testa shall be made. (DENTON 10566GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 2A-2 i ~(3M1i Y:tii )Q(NJyI t ~1fj~ iY 1i Maximum density for cohesive compacted materials shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D698. The terms "maximum density" and "optimum moisture content" shall be as defined in ASTM D698. The following tests will be required for the trenching work. a Two gradation teats for each type of granular embedment or i backfill material Two tests for ~ laboratory density (ASTM D698) for each type, of embedment or backfill material proposed In-place field density tests at average intervals of one ! t test per 25 feet of trench i A copy of each test result shall be promptly furnished to the Owner. 2A.12 SITE PREPARATION. Ground surfaces within the construction areas shall be -cleared of all trees, broah, debris, and surface vegetation. Stumps and roots larger than 2 inches in diameter-shall be completely grubbed and removed. Matted roots shall be removed regardless of size. f Surface vegetation shall be removed complete with roots to ;a depth of not i leas than 4 inches below the ground surface, i All combustible and other waste materials shall be removed from the con- struction areas and disposed of by and at the expense of the Contractor, Opeu'burning is not permitted at the site. i ' Organic topsoil which is free of trash, vegetation, rocks, and roots shall be stockpiled for later use under these specifications. i 2A.13 ROADBEDS. Roadbed construction shall include excavation and E subgrade preparation, and fills and embankments where required. Fills and embankments shall be constructed as specified hereinafter.. In exca- vated roadbed areas, overburden shall be removed and the 'subgrade shall be shaped to line, grade, and cross section, and compacted to a depth of at least 6 inches to 95 percent of maximum density between t2 percent of optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM A608. This operation shall include any scarifying, reshaping, and wetting required to obtain proper compaction, Soft, organic, and otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with suitable material. Suitable material shall meet the requirements of the article titled STRUOVIRE HACKFILL. i The subgrade shall be compacted and finished to a f.rue surface and no depression shall be left that will hold water or prevent proper drainage. The subgrade shall be finished to within 0.1 foot of the elevation indi- cated on the drawings. Any deviation of the subgrade surface in excess of 1 inch as indicated by a 16 foot straightedge, or template cut to (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 062788 ] 2A-3 #i r, typical section, shall be corrected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping, and recompacting. Ditches and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained as required for effective drainage. Whenever ruts of 2 inches or more in depth are formed, the subgrade shall be brought to grade, reshaped, and recom- J pacted. Storage or stockpiling of materials on the subgrade will not be permitted. Roadway surfacing is covered in the section titled AGGREGATE'SURFACING. 2A.14 FILLS MM EMBANKMENTS. Suitable earth materials obtained from excavation shall be used for the construction of fills and embankments. L~ Suitable earth materials shall meet the requiresents of the article titled STRUCTURE BACKFILL, After site, the subgrade shall be scarified,~aleveled, anderofill lled osoethat ksur- face materials of the subgrade will. be compact and well bonded with the f first layer of the fill or embankment. All material deposited in fills and embankments shall be free from rocks or stones, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other objectionable materials. Fills and embankments shall b i e constructed 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Material adeposited nIn piles dor~wind- rows by excavating and hauling equipment shall be spread and leveled prior to compaction, F.acb layer shall be Thoroughly compacted, The compacted density of each layer shall be at least 95 percent of the maximum density within t2 per- cent of aytimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698, If the ma- terial foils to meet the density specified, compaction methods shall be modified as required to attain the specified density. 2A,15 STRICTURE EXCAVATION. Excavation for structures shall be done to the ,inlnlim lines and elevations i.ndicatad on the drawings and to the lamiea required to perform the construction work. Excavation limits shall nc' exceed those indicated on the drawingo. Machine excavation shall ue cnntrolled to prevent undercutting the proper subgrade eleva- tioni and shall not be used within 2 feet of permanent structures and facilities. Only hand tools shall be used for excavation around perma- nent structures and facilities. The structure excavation shall be designed by a registered professional engineer in the state of Texas. The registered professional engineer shall have a minimum of 7 years of relevant experience in excavation de- sign,- The excavation shall consist of construction cofferdams as re- quired to maintain the excavation limits indicated on the drawings and f may include out elopes, designed to remain stable, A 10 foot bench shall be included at the base of any cut slope in soil and slopes in soil shall i fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 i c I 013190 ) 2A-4 4 ' i r. •f3 'ss Y yi) not exceed two horizontal to one vertical. Design of cofferdams is spec- ified in the section titled CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS. Design of the de- watering shall he as specified in the section titled DFWATERING, plans, calculations, end specifications, bearing the seal of the regis- tered professional engineer for the deep excavation shall be submitted to the Engineer 45 days before construction. As a condition of the construc- tion license, construction may not begin until 30 days after the plans are submitted to tho governing agencies. The Contractor shall obtain approval of the governing agencies as required by Article SC.54, prior to 1 excavation. I The professional engineer who designed the excavation shall make a mini- mum of two site -Jisits. The engineer shall visit the site at least once approximately a third of the way into the excavation work and upon com- pletion of excavation before any construction takes place, Tho engineer shall submit a formal trip report to the Engineer and to the Corps of Engineers no later than 7 calendar days after the visit. The trip re- ports shall become a part of the Contractor's permanent field records. i , ( The professional engineer who designed the excavation shall certify in f wiring to the Engineer that the excavation, including alr,pe and excava- tion support stability, is in accordance with the excavation design. Work shall be done so the construction areas will be as free as possible 1 from obstructions and from interference with the transportation, storage, j or i.andling of materials, Excavated materials free of trash, rocks, E roots, and other foreign materials, and which meet the specified require- ments, may be used ea required for the fills, embankments, and-backfills constructed under these specifications, Vertical faces of excavations shall. not be undercut to provide for -ex- ~I tended footings, 1 1 2A.16 STABILIZATION, Subecades for structures and the bottom of trenches shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum density within ±2 percent of optimum moisture content as deter- mined by ASTM D698; shall be free from mud and muck; and shall ur suffi- ciently stable to remain firm. S Trench subgrades which run beneath roads or pass through structural back- fill, shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698, The moisture content shall be 12 percent of optimum. Subgradea for otructuree and trench bottoms which are otherwise solid but which become mucky on top due to construction operations shall be rein- forced with one or more layers of crushed rock or gravel. it r. t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 013190 1 2A-5 I~ "le The finished elevation of stabilized structure subgrades shall not he above the subgrade elevations indicated on the drawings. Not more than 112 inch depth of mud or muck shall be allowed to remain on stabilized trench bottoms when the pipe embedment material is placed thereon. All stabilization work shall be performed by and at thv expense of the Contractor, 2A.17 STRUCTURE BACKFILL, Backfill around and outside of structures shall be deposited in layers not to exceed 6 inches in uncompacted thickness and mechanically compacted, using acceptable compaction techniques, to at least 95 percent of maximum density within ±2 percent of optimum mois- ture content as determined by ASTM D698. Compaction of structure back- fill b rolling will be ~ Y permitted provided the desired compaction is ob- tained and damage to the structure Is prevented. Compaction of structure backfill by inundation with water will not be permitted, E Material for structure backfill shall be composed of granular material and shall contain no wood, grass, roots, broken concrete, stones, trash, or debris of any kind. No tamped, rolled, or otherwise mechanically compacted backfill shall be deposited or compacted in water. All backfill shall consist of loose granular material having a moisture content such that the required density of the compacted soil will be "+y k obtained with the compaction method used. Moisture content shall be distributed uniformly and water for correction of moisture content shall be added sufficiently in advance so proper moisture distribution and compaction will be obtained. Granulni material shall be wet, not dust damp, when r.omoacted. Particular care shall be taken to compact structure backfill which will be beneath pipes, drives, 'roads, or other surface conatrurtion or struc- tures. In addition, wherever a trench will pass through structure back- fill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an eleva- tion at least 12 inches above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated. 2A,18 DRAINAGE; FILLS. Drainage fills shall consist of clean concrete sand as specified in ASTM C33 for fine aggregate. Sand drainage fill shall be placed in a single layer which will have a compacted thickness of 6 inches. Sand shall be compacted with a vibrat- ing compactor. Mointure content of the sand shall be adjusted to achieve maximum density, t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 013190 0 2A-6 ) I i sa 2A,19 GROUND WATER HARRIER. Ground water barriers to impede p::3sage of water through the structure backfill shall be constructed at locations indicated on tho drawings. Harrier material shall meet Soil Classifica- tion GC, SC, CL, or ML-CL as indicated on Table 3 of the Unified Soil Classification System bound at the end of this section. Material shall be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by ASTM D698-7, Method A or C, at minus 2 to plus 2 percent of optimum moisture content. Material may be finely divided suitable job excavated material, free from stones, organic matter, and debris. Harriers shall be com- paetod soil the full depth of granular material. 2A,20 PIPE TRENCH EXCAVATION. No more trench shall be opened in advance of pipe Iaying than is necessary to expedite the work. ! The excavation for the penstock shall be designed, submitted, and carti- III fled as required under Article 2A.15 titled STRUCTURE EXCAVATION. a 2A.20,1 Alignment and Grade. The alignment and grade or elevation of each pipeline shall be fixed and determined by means of batter boards and ii offset stakes, laser beam equipment, or surveying instruments unless oth- erwise accepted. Vertical and horizontal alignment of pipes, and the maximum joint deflection used in connection therewith, shall be in con- formity with requirements of the specification section covering instal.- I l.ation of pipe. ~ i f { 2A.20.2 Limiting Trench Widths. Trenches shall be excavated to a. width ! I which will provide adequate working space and pipe clearance for proper pipe installation, jointing, and embedment. However, excepting trenches 1 for ateel piping and encased piping, the width of trench below an eleva- tion 1.2 inches above the top of the pipe shall not be more than 16'inches greater than the outside diameter of the pipe unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. l Where necessary to reduce earth load on trench banks to prevent sliding and caving, banks may be cut back on slopes which shall not extend lower than 1 foot above the top of the pipe. 2A,20.3 Unauthorized Trench Widths. Where, for any reason, the width of the lower portion of the excavated trench exceeds the maximum specified, pipe of adequate strength, special pipe embedment, or arch concrete en- casement, as required by loading conditions and with the concurrence of the Engineer, shall be furnished and installed by and at the expense of l the Contractor. Ei } 2A,20.4 Mechanical Excavation, The use of mechanical equipment will not be permitted in locations where its operation would cause damage to tr,ses, buildings, culverts, or other existing property, utilities, or structurbs above or below ground. In all such locations, hand excavating methods shall be used, t S i i (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 [ 013190 1 2A-7 S~ X 2A.20.5 Trench Depth. Except where otherwise required for concrete en- casement, rock clearance, or trench bottom stnbilization, pipe trenches shall be excavated to the depth required for the installation of embed- ment pipe foundation material below the underside of the pipe as indi- cated on the drawing bound at the end of this section. If concrete encasement is required, concrete base slabs or support pads shall be pieced in the pipe trench and foundation material shall be omitted. Wedges•and struts shall also be provided to bring the pipe to grade, hold alignment, and prevent flotation. 2A.21 PIPE EMBEDMENT. Embedment materials both below and above the bot- tom of the pipe, classes of embedment to be used, and placement and com- paction of embedment materials shall conform to the requirements indicated on the drawing included at the end of this section and to the following supplementary requirements. 2A.21.1 Embedment Classes. Pipe embedment classes shall be as indicated f on the drawing included at the and of this section and as specified herein. Second-class embedment shall be used for all. piping materi- als. Sand embedment material shall be clean sand which shall have a gradation such that 95 percent of the material shall pass a No. 4 sieve and not more than 5 percent shall pass a No. 100 sieve. asl, , 2A.21.2 Placement and Compaction. Embedment material shall be, spread on the trench bottom and the surface graded to provide a uniform and contin- uous support beneath the pipe at all points between pipe ,joints. The ma- terial shall he compacted with vibrating platform type compactors. Com pactive effort and moisture content shall be adjusted to provide a firm but slightly yielding support for the pipe. It will be permissible to slightly disturb the finished subgrade surface by withdrawal of pipe slings or other lifting tackle. After each pipe has been graded, aligned, and placed in final position on the bedding material, sufficient pipe embedment material shall be depos- ited and compacted under and around each side of the pipe and end thereof to hold the pipe in proper position and alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and embedment operations. Embedment material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simul- taneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Em- bedment material shall be placed in layers of 8 inches or less and each layer shall. be uniformly compacted. Sand embedment shall. be compacted to 95 percent of maximum density as determined by AMI D698 within t2 percent of optimum moisture content. (DENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71.00001 ( 013190 1 2A-B r ?rT ~ 'yl , Y Embedment materials shall be placed in uniform layers and shall have a moisture content which will ensure that maximum density will be obtained with the compaction method used. :and shall be wet, not Just damp, when compacted, Vibrating compactors shall be used. All tools used in the placement and compaction of the embedment of coated pipe shall be selected and used so the pipe coating will not be damaged. i Second-class embedment shall extend 12 inches above the pipe, 2A,22 TRENCH BACKFILL, All trench backfill above pipe embedment shall conform to the fo11o%-Ti5E requirements. 2A,22.1 Compacted Backfill. Compacted backfill will be required for the full depth of the trench above the embedment: i The top portion of backfill beneath grass areas shall be finished with at least 6 inches of topsoil corresponding to, or better than, the topsoil underlying adjoining grass areas. Compacted backfill materiel shall meet the requirements specified here- inafter. Compacted backfill material shall, be either suitable job exca- vated material or suitable material furnished by the Contractor from his own sources, t i Compacted backfill material shall be finely divided and free from debris, organic material, and stones larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension. Compacted backfill material shall be placed in uniform layers not exceed- ing9 inches iu uncompac'ted thickness. Increased layer thickness may be I permitted for nottcohasive material if the Contractor dsmonst~ teu to the satisfaction of the Owner that the specified compacted density will be ~ obtained. The method of compaction and the equipment used shall be ap- propriate for the material to be compacted and shall not transmit damag- ing shocks to the pipe. Trench backfill shall be compacted to not less than 90 percent of maximum density. Backfill for trenches traversing subgrades of roads, parking areas, un- darground piping, underground electrical ducts and conduit, and other facilities subject to damage by settlement shall be compacted to not lenv than 95 percent of maximum density, Moisture content of backfill mate- rial shall be adjusted as required to obtain the specified density with the compaction equipment used. Backfill material shall be compacted to the densities specified hereinbe- fore as determined by ASTM 0690 within i2 percent of optimum moisture content. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 013190 1 2A-9 d Y 2A,23 DUCT BANK TRENCHING, Trenches for duct banks shall be: dug to lines indicated '07 the drawings or at other locations acceptE:ble to the, Owner, and to the exact depth required for the proper grade of the ducts with encasement, Wherever possible, the trenches shall be excavated to permit the duct bank to rest on undisturbed earth or rock. Where it is necessary to trench through backfill, the earth shall be well compacted before the duct bank is installed. 1 All trenches shall be wide enough to provide ample room for workmen en- gaged in handling and installing ducts. Where it is necessary to reduoe the oarth load on trench banks to prevent sliding or caving, trench banks may be cut back on slopes which shall not extend lower than 12 inches above the top of the duct bank, Duct bank backfill shall be compacted backfill eackfill waterial shall be either suitable job excavated material or suitable material furnished by the Contractor from his own sources. i f Compacted backfill material shall be finely divided and free from debris, organic material, and stones larger than 3 inches in greatest dimension. Compacted backfil.l material shall be planed in uniform layers not exceed- ing 8 inches in uncompacted thickness. Increased layer thickness may be permitted for noncohesive material if the Contractor demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Owner that the apecifithd compacted density will be obtained. The method of compaction and this equipment used shall be ap- propriate for the material to be compacted and shall not transmit damag- ing shocks to the duct bank. Trench backfill shall be compacted to not j less than 90, percent of maximum density, backfill for trenches travers- ing aubgradea of roads, parking areas, underground piping,. other under- , J ground electrical ducts and conduit, and other` facilities subject to. damage by settlement shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of maximum density. Moisture content of backfill material shall be adjusted as required to obtain the specified density with the compaction equipment used, Backfill materials shall be compacted to the densities specified herein before as determined by ASTM D698 within t2 percent of optimum moisture content. 2A,24 MAINTENANCE AND RESTORATION OF FILLS, EMBANKMENTS, AND BACKFILLS. Fills, e^ubankments, and backfills that settle or erode before final tc- ceptance of the work, and surfaces, structures, and other facilities damaged by such settlement or erosion, shall be repaired, The settled or eroded areas shall be refilled, compacted, and graded to conform to the elevation indicated on the drawings or to the elevation of the adjacent ground surface. Damaged facilities shall be repaired in a manner acceptable to the Owner. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 013190 j i 2A-10 r T Earth slopes of the roads constructed under these specifi ' maintained to the lines and final acceptance of grades indicated on the drawings until shall be the road slope, by the authorities having until the all FINAL GRAD-ac; After all construction work has b Jurisdiction, all ground surface ~ operations shall beareas disturbed by this constructioneen completed, contours and elevationedindica edge din drawings or, Plant and On Ile g shall be to the matching contours finished to the and if not indicated ground surface, elevations of the original, , The final grading shall Provide undisturbed I' and effective dralna a of r 8 the ground areas, smooth uniform surfacing 2A,26 DISPOSITION OF emMATERIALS, ` to cons-- truc1 - Excavated earth Surplus earth bankments, and backfills material shall be used i embank if ack and materials which are Co the extent required. ments, and backfills shall be s not Suitable for fills, Property rty off the immedir a oonstructionisite on Corps of Engineers directed by the Owner, gineers 1 manner and location as i Materials shall be de E Petted in 12 Posited in ti,e disposal areas and leveled and three passe, maximum layers, Compaction shall n b nd co + ses of a bulldozer, m } ~ Y not less I 1 ! f i i 1 j t , Y [UENTON 10566 1? GEN G'ONST 71.00001 F [ 01.1140 J 2A-11 Z1-HZ ! ~ } c ;Ulf e ~ DE~sk'~ e•~ f'~ga r i ~ !4 k M ! A F 4 B ra k I fit Cog ` 1 till Fr Ce i ~ . ~ ~ f x~ E~~ gr~ V ►sa, ~ ELI" ~g~ c AI A r Jim EE M f fifx" E ~ A in ! { f fit Ix Y' f ~ r'~to' i i t 1 f 7 j PLASTI M CFI r ~ MO I p1 001 Uwn MR- oupar q 1 0ET11tlIML/~IAOIR'AUllglll ~ ~YJ.OtI UNL ApMpIr1R1XLy ~ I~ 1MMAlLfl7~9i'4,~ ' PL- - rt i 40 ! LL i ~!y'"M~~ou max O omit w y M M ~Nm dalgMICA110M S;"dTr11 - Ut1[ a Op 44 So so !00 40 No No 200 -no i f UQUID 'LIMIT (LL) FIGUU z Utilisation of Attsrborg Plasticity LWts i i a 2A-13 s ' ,y 'Y Y( EI t\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ [xJ t\tt\\t\\\\\\t\ tt\t\\\\t\\\\\\ 1 FIRST CLASS BEDDING SECOND CLASS BEDDING 1 I LEGEND j i D NOMINAL PIPE SIZE \ Bc OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIPE H I ~ COVER ABOVE TOP OF PIPE a FOUNDATION DEPTH BELOW PIPE SEE TABLE GRANULAR EMBEDMENT i COMPACTED BACKFILL SAND EMBEDMENT THIRD CLASS BEDDING NOTE'S i; FOR FIRST CLASS BEDOINQ BENEATH RAILROADS. ROADS. Appp~ PARKING AREAS, f ` EXTEND GRANULAR E~IBEDM ; SUBQRAIX OR S FEETT ABO TOP OF TO TOP PIPE, SEE SPECIFIED REGUIRENXNTS FOR PIPE FOUNDATION DEPTH MATTErNIALS, COMPACTION„ AND TRENCH 6 z SOIL R~K 60" t SMALLER 4~ 9" 66" TO 90" 6" 12" , All LARDER 1,7N 121, BLACX VEATCH ~ E~ ~AC~r~ctrs rt Fa1D NEER VHS kQQ 1 10/01/87 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE JC O RN VHS 0 10/06/62 INITIAL ISSUE c DATE ORN JC DRN VHS 10/06/82 NO OATS REVISIONS AND RECORD OF tum ar d~c AIR► Ft 11 ~N r 51112-DS-0053 PIPE EMBEDMENT cow 1 AREA ?A-'1a a Y , r c i Section 26 - CONSTRUCTION COFFERDAMS 2B.1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing of all necessary de- sign, equipment, materials, and labor required to construct optional cof- fardame. E The Contractor shall assume all responsibility for the stability and ade- quacy of cofferdams designed and erected by him and all coats and damages resulting from any failure thereof. Dewatering is specified in the section titled DEWATERING, 1 1 ( The Contractor shall notify the Owner prior to beginning construction of 1 ! any cofferdam. i i Thai Corps of Engineers Dredge and Fill Permit has been received and is included in the Appendix, It will be necessary for the Contractor to in- form the Corps of Engineers as to the scope and nature of the work and i the time of construction, and to provide additional data on cofferdam de- sign and construction. The Contractor will be notified regarding submit- tal of the necessary data to the Corps of Engineers, 2B.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Plana, calculations, and specifications shall be submitted to the Engineer at least 45 calendar days before starting any work on each cofferdam, Drawings shall bear the seal of a registered 4 professional engineer. Calculations or submittals other than drawings shall be submitted as securely bound documents certified by a registered { professional engineer, The Contractor shall obtain approval of the gov j eru!,ng agencies as required by Article SC.54 prior to construction of i cofferdam. i i f ff 2B.3 DESIGN, Cofferdams shall be designed by a firm experienced in this ' I type of construction. The design firm for the cofferdams shall be.11sted in the Proposal. Subsurface exploration and testing information 1s included in Appendix A. f Unless otherwise specified herein, all steel materials used in the con- atruction of cofferdams shall be designed and the work performed in ac- cordance with the AISC "Manual of Steel Construction, Eighth Edition." s Cofferdams shall be desigried,to withstand the forces which will be en- countered and to provide adequate space for the construction, studs, walers, lagging, brackets, anchors, and other supporting members, During the construction of cofferdama, tests shall be conducted to dem- onstrate that tiebacks, rock anchors, deadmen, or other anchorage devices if will perform according to the design assumptions. A copy of the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer. Y' [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 t 013140 1 2B-1 Is t .i :y9 2B.4 MOVEMENT MONITORING. Cofferdams shall be continuously monitored for any kind of movement. Daily records of measured movements shall be maintained, 1 2B,5 MATERIALS. Data related to materials, proposed by the Contractor to be used for the cofferdam system construction, shall be submitted with the drawings and calculations described in the article titled DRAWINGS AND DATA. Materials for cofferdam system construction including studs, walers, lagging, brackets, anchors, and other supporting members may be used materials that are undamaged and free from defects which impair the strength or suitability of the material.' 2B.6 WELDING. Except as otherwise specified, all welds, welding, and related operations for structural steel shall be in conformity with the applicable provisions of the AWS Structural-Welding Code, AWS D1.1-88. j Welding processes, materials, and joint designs that are not in accord- ance with the referenced AWS code shall be qualified by tests prescribed by the code, and the Contractor shall include the procedure qua3ification test records with the welding procedures submitted to the f Engineer. j All welders, welding operators, and tackars shall be qualified by an, Independent testing laboratory in accordance with the applicable pro- visiomc of the referenced AWS code. Accurate records of welder, welding operator, and tacker qualifications shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall be made available to the Owner and the Engineer upon request. 2B,7 BULKHEAD REMOVAL. Removal of cofferdams shall be complete includ- ,may, i ing all ahe6t piling, struts, braces, and other structural members. 1 { (CLNTON 10566GEN CONST 71,0000) 062788 t 2B-2 + RIM L Lt 1 r r'. r` l4 Section 2C - DRAINAGE PIPING 2C,1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing of materials, devices, k appurtenances, and labor required to install n complete drainage piping system as specified in this section and as indicated on the drawings, 2C,2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Specifications and other data including com- i' plate data covering all materials shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C of these specifications. F 2C.3 LAWS AND ORDINANCES, All drainage piping work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable municipal codes and ordinances, and laws and regulations of the state, which pertain to such work, in case of conflict between these apecifications and any law or ordinance of state or city, the latter shall govern. In the absence of a local or { state plumbing code or ordinance, plumbing work shall conform to all ap- plicable provisions of the Uniform Plumbing Code, 2C.4 MATERIALS. y + Drainage piping materials indicated on the drawings shall be in accordance with the following requirements, 11 1 Cast iron soil pipe and fittings AM A74, service weight I Rubber compression ASTM C564, except gaskets { gaskets shall be neoprene or other I synthetic rubber. Natural rubber will not be accepted. 3 Bituminous coating Manufacturer's standard Foundation drain pipe ADS corrugated polyethylene drainage piping, perforated with sock fabric where indi- cated on drawings ' 20,5 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION ~RUIREMENTS, Pipe shall be cut from ; ieasurements taken at the building and not from the drawings. All neces- sary provisions shall be taken in laying out piping to provide throughout for oxpansion and contraction, Piping shall be properly supported and anchored, j Piping shall be routed to avoid interference with pl.unned and dimenatoned ' 13 locations for conduit or mechanical piping, f Before installation or assembly, pipe shall be cleaned of all dirt and scale, and all burrs in the ends of pipe and nipples shall be removed by reaming, I 2j (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 t 022988 1 2C-1 K •Y t zi 2C,6 PIPE JOINTS. Joints in cast iron drainage piping shall be made with rubber gasketed push-on Joints in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer. Joint surfaces shall be lubri- cated with heavy vegetable soap solution immediately before the joint is completed. Each spigot end shall be suitably beveled to facilitate as- sembly. 2C.7 DRAINAGE PIPING, Drainage piping shall be installed where required and shall, in general, conform to the locations indicated on the draw- ings. I A11 drainage lines shall be laid on uniformly descending grades. Trench- Ingo embedment, and backfilling shall be as specified in the the section E titled EARTRWOFtK. Pipe having premolded joints shall be stored and handled so that the ° joints are not damaged. Joint surfaces shall be properly lubricated im- mediately before the pipe is installed. i All drainage piping under the ground floor slab shall be encased in con- crete as indicated on the drawings. Concrete and reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with the titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETS. All pipe i which is to be encased sh6il be supported and blocked in position and anchored against flotation. Horizontal soil pipes shall be given a grade of 1/4 inch per foot wherever possible, b?-jt in no case shall the slope downward'toward.the drainage outlet of as;v drain pipe be less than 1/8 inch per foot, Hell-ups shall be installed with the top rim at the elevation indicated a on the drawings. 1 2C.8 FLOOR DRAINS, Floor drains shall be of the type and `size 'noted on the drawings, Floor drains shall he carefully adjusted to the correct elevation for proper drainage, 2C,9 PROTECTIVE COATINGS. Protective coatings shall be furnished and applied to the exterior surfaces of underground piping as specified herein. Concrete encasement shall not preclude the requirement for coating of metal piping. All surfaces of the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil, grease, dirt, rust, mill scale, weld scale, and other foreign material prior to the application of any coating, This shall be accomplished by the use of suitable solvents to remove oil and grease, followed by sand- blasting. i fDENTON 10566 GEN CUNST 71.00001 t 022988 2C-2 i ki x Protective coatings for cast iron drain piping shall consist of shop applied bituminous coating, 2C.10 CLEANING AND TESTING, All piping systems constructed under this Contract shall be tested for leakage and obstructions. Piping which will be embedded in concrete shall be tested before the concrete is placed, Each pipe shall be rodded throughout its entire length and all obstruc- tions shall be removed. Each drain system shall be hydrostatically tested at a head of at least 10 feet measured from the highest part of the system, The Contractor I shall provide a temporary riser pipe which shall be used to apply the specified 10 foot head, Each system shall hold the 10 foot head for at I least 30 minutes without visible leakage., Leaks shall be located and're- paired and the hydrostatic tests shall be repeated until each system will hold the 10 foot head for 30 minutes without measurable water loss in the standpipe. Upon completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be clean. All pipe and fittings shall be cleaned to remove grease, metal cuttings, I and sludge. Any stoppage or other damage, due to the Contractor's failure I to clean the `piping system properly, shall be repaired by the Contractor E at his own expense. i i i i k i j i a :l j „a (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 1 2C-3 J : F Section 2D - DEWATERING 2D.1 GENERAL, The dewatering system for the excavations shall be de- signed and installed by the Contractor using accapted and professional methods of design and engineering consistent with the beat modern prac- tice. , t 2D.2 DEWATERING SYSTEM, The dewatering system shall be of sufficient size and capacity as required to control ground and su,face water flow n ! into the excavation, to allow all work to be accomplished in the "dry," and shall be capable of maintaining the a below the bottom of an e w ter level a minimum of 12 Inches I any part of the excavation. r The dewatering shall be operated continuously until the structures, in- eluding backfill, have been completed to an elevation above the existing water table. In addition to the dewatering system, a backup dewatering method shall be ! provided in the event the main dewatering system fails. i The Contractor shall control, by acceptable means, all water regardless of source and shall be fully responsible for disposal of the water. Water from the dewatering system shall be routed to the existing outlet channel, Sufficient pipe shall be furnished to route the discharge away from the foundation excavations. The quality of all water discharged by the dewatering system from all I i construction operations shall most all the requirements of the permits ! provided in Appendix B. 2D,3 DESIGN, The Contractor shall obtain the services of a qualified t dewatering expert" to provide a detailed plan for dewatering the exca- vation. The "expert" shall be a registered professional engineer in the ! state of Texas and shall have a minimum of 7 years relevant experience in' the design of dewatering systems, The Contractor shall submit detailed plans, ' for the proposed dewatering system bearing theoseal rof,thearegsteredons professional engineer to the Engineer for review and approval at least 45 days before starting any work on the dewatering system. As a condi- tion of the construction license, construction may not begin until 30 days after the Engineer accepts and submits the plans to the governing agencies. p i u i k I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 100989 G 4 2D-1 k a t.. ,c . The material to be submitted shall include, but not be limited to, the following. a, The qualifications and experience of the selected dewa- tering "expert" (minimum of 7 years of proven experience in the design of equivalent system required) b. Drawings showing the soil conditions, stratification, and characteristics; location and size of berms, ditches, and deep wells; piezometers, well points; and sumps and discharge lines or ditches c. Capacities of pumps, prime movers, and standby equip- . ~ went d. Design calculations including design parameters and basis of such parameters, factors of safety, charac- teristics of pumping equipment, piping, etc, f e. Detailed description of { procedures for installing, main- taining, Ford monitoring performance of the system j f. Deacriptfon of the backup dewatering method t review and approval by the Engineer or receipt of the dawatering plans and data submitted yy the Contractor shall not in any way be considered to relieve the Contractor from, full responsibility for errors therein or ifroun the entire responsibility for complete and adequate design and per- formance of the system in controlling the ground water in the excavated areas. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for proper design, in- stallation, operation, maintenance, and Any failures of any component of thi system. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the drawings, de- sign data , and operational records required, 2D.4 DAMAGES. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall repair without cost to the Owner any damage to work in place, other contractor's equipment, utilities, residences, highways, roads, railroads, private and municipal well systems, and the excavation, that may result from his or her negligence, inadequate or improper design and operation of the dewa tering system, and any mechanical or electrical failure of the dewatering system, 2D.5 RECORD OF DEWATERING. At a minimum, the following records of the dewatering sy tem shall be maintained by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer. fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000; 100989a 2D-2 f I r l j .j ,Y 2D.5.1 Water Levels. Piezometers TW-3, P-4, and P-5 have already been installed within the excavation limits. At a minimum, three additional piezometers shall be installed at the following locations. Plant Grid Coordinates (Feet) Piezometer North East P-6 975 915 P-7 975 850 P-8 810 875 Construction and inatallatirn of the minimum additional piazometers shall E be the same as piezometer P-5, except that the tips of the piezometers i shall be set 1 foot below the top of the weathered shale. E Water levels in all piezometers shall be monitored and reported to the Engineer on a daily basis by the Contractor. JJ j 2D.5.2 Flow. Daily records of the time and amount of water pump;,d shall be maintained. 2D.6 MAINTAINING EXCAVATION IN DEWATERED CONDITION. Subsequent to com- pletion of excavation and during the installation of all work in the ex- cavated area, the Contractor shall maintain the excavations in a dawn tered condition. System maintenance shall include but not be limited to 24 hour supervision by personnel skilled in the operation, maintenance, and replacement of system components, and any other work required to' maintain the excavation in a deattered condition. Dewatering shall be a continuous operation and interruptions due to outages, or any other rea- son, shall not be permitted. 2D.7 DEWATERING SYSTEM REMOVAL. The Contractor shall remove all dewa tering-equipment f.romtthe site, including related temporary elactrioal service. When the dawatering system is removed from the site, ditches and other construction that have been eroded shall be repaired. i I a I fDENTON 105661GEN CONST 71.0000) 00989 2D-3 1 z t, , ei a Section 2E - RIPRAP 2E.1 GENERAL, This section covers materials and procedures for the installation of dumped riprap and geotextile engineering fabric. i Riprap and geotextile engineering fabric will be required at the loca- tions indicated on the drawings. Thickness of riprap shall be as indi- cated on the drawings. Riprap shall be obtained from the Contractor's own sources off the site. Riprap material sources shall be submitted with the proposal data and shall not be changed without prior approval of the owner. 2E.2 CONTROL TESTING, All control testing required to determine com- pliance with these specifications shall be done by an independent test- ing laboratory retained and paid by the Contractor. f Two copies of test results shall be promptly submitted to the Owner. 2E.3 MATERIALS. Stone used for dumped riprap shall meet the gradation 3 requirements for the class specified and be hard, durable' j angular In to weathering and to water action; free from overburden, ` spoil, shale, and organic material, single stone should be less thnn one thirdeitsilength. tRoundedsstone or ` boulders will not be accepted. Shale and stone with shale seams will not j # be acceptable. The minimum weight of the stone shall be 162 pounds per j- cubic foot as computed by multiplying the specific gravity (bulk saturat- ed surface dry basis, AASHTO T85) by 62.4 pounds per cubic foot, 2E.3,1 Du-- mped Riprap. Each load of riprap shall be reasonably well graded from the smallest to the maximum size specified. Stones smaller than the specified 10 psr cent size and spalls will rot be permitted in ' an amount exceeding 10 per cent by weight of each load. Sand and rock dust will net be permitted in an amount exceeding 5 per cent by weight of each load. The dumped riprap gradation requirements shall be as f711owa unless otherwise acceptable to the Owner, n Class and I Stone Size Per Cent of Total Weight Nominal Thickness (in pounds). Smeller than the Given Size } Class 18 08") 300 t 100 150 ; 40-60 j r 50 2545 2 inch screen 5-15 ' f a `DENTON 105660GEN ONST 71.00001 788 j 2E-1 c' r x e F1 2E.3.2 Geotextile Engineering Fabric. Geotextile engineering fabric shall be utilized at the locations indicate4 on the drawings. After sub- grade preparation and leveling of the subgrade, geotextile fabric shall be placed in a manner thoroughly covering the subgrade surface using the specified lap widths and in a manner preventing puncture of the fabric. Geotextile fabric shall meet-the following requirements. Property Test Method Value Grab tensile strength A€TM D1117 200 lb Elongation at failure ASTM D1117 50 per cent Mullen burnt strength ASTM D1786-80a 500 psi Puncture strength ASTM D3786 100 lb i Equivalent opening j size COE CW02215-77 50 - 140 Coefficient of l Permeability-K 5 inch constant head 0.1 cm/sac Lap width 2 ft Fabric type Nonwoven needle 1 punched polyester 2E.4 REFERENCE SAMPLES, Control of gradation will be by visual inspec tion. The Contractor shall provide a sample of stone of at least 5 tons; meeting the gradation for the cl;;ss specified, A sample of each.alass shall be located at the construction site near the location where the riprap is to be placed. The sample shall be used as a frequent reference for judging the gradation of the riprap supplied and shall be in place and acceptable to the Owner before riprap placing work begins, Any dif- ference of opinion between the Owner and the Contractor concerning grada- tion shall be resolved by dumping and checking the gradation of two ran- dom truckloads of atone, The Owner will check the gradation of random truckloads of stone. Mechanical equipment, a sorting site, and labor needed to assist in checking gradation shall be provided by the Contrac- tor at no additional coat to the Owner. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) I 022489 ) 2E-2 i U M'. d { U r4`r~ 1{ }l i~ 2E.5 PREL_ IM_ IXARY REVIEW, The Owners acceptance of the source and quality of riprap materials shall be obtained before the riprap work is started. For such acceptance, certified reports prepared by an Indepen- dent testing laboratory retained by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with Section 1C, Acceptance given on the baste of these reports will be a general acceptance only and continued compliance with all contract provisions will be required. Acceptable riprap shall match existing riprap in color and a } extent practicable, ppearance to the magi mum ~ 2E,5,1 Dum ed Ri ra , --.L_ _P The sources from which the atone will be obtained shall be selected well in advance of the time when the stone will be re- quired in the work, the acceptability of the stone .shall be determined f by tests. Suitable samples of stone shall be taken in"the presence of ' the Owner at least 25 days in advance of the time when the placing of riprap is expected to begin, The acceptance of some rock fragments from a particular quarry site shall not be construed as constituting the ac- ceptance of all rock fragments taken from that quarry. Dumped riprap materials shall meet the following requirements when tested in accordance with the specified procedures, l Test Desi nation -Requirements { Specific gravity AASHTO T85 (h+iik saturated Greater than 2,50 f i surface dry) I Abrasion (Abrasive Grading A) AASH1'0 T96 Less than 40'per cent lass of weight after r 500 revolutions Freezing and thawing AASHTO TI03 {ledge rock type test Legs than 10 per and sample tested by cent ces after. Procedure A) 12 cycles Documented service records of the proposed material will be considered by the Owner in lieu of the above tests in determining the ac the atone, ceptability of 2E,6 PLACEMENT, als as specified initheparwark ticlehtitled not MAstart TERIALStilDumped petance of materi- als riprap materi- als shall be placed on the slopes and areas indicated on the drawings, Earth slopes shall be titled EARTHWORK, prepared by compacting as specified in the section s fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 022988 1 2 E-g t a Y: Stone for riprap shall be planed on the geotextile engineering fabric in a manner which will produce a reasonably well graded mass of stone with the minimum practicable percentage of voids. The entire mass of stone shall be placed in conformance with the lines and grades indicated on the drawings. Riprap shall be placed to its full course specified or indi- cated thickness in one operation and in such a manner as to avoid dis- placing the underlying material. Riprap shall not be placed in layers or dumped into chutes, and similar methods likely to cause segregation shall not be used. The larger stones shall be well distributed and the entire mass of stone shall conform to the gradation specified. All material placed as riprap i-~ protection shall be so placed and distributed that there will be no large accumulations of either the larger or smaller sizes of stone, Stone fragments in riprap need not be compacted by mechanical means, but shall be dumped and graded off in a manner which will ensure that the larger rock fratjments are uniformly distributed and that the smaller rock fragments fill the epaces betireen the larger rock fragments, The result shall be a compact, uniform riprap layer of the specified thickness, in which all sizes of material are placed in their proper proportions, Hand placing will be required only to the extent necessary to obtain the re- sults specified herein. I! A tolerance of plus 12 inches or minus 3 inches from the slope lines and grades indicated on the drawings will be allowed in the finished surface of the riprap except that either extreme of such tolerance shall not be continuous over an area greater than 200 square feet. ji Lj i [DENTON _,1566 CEN CONST 71,00001 022988 2E-4 T{ _ 1 n (i ij fi Section 2F - EROSION CONTROL 2F.1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing of materials and equipment, and the performance of all operations in connection with es- tablishing turf as indicated on the drawings or areas disturbed by the construction. Soil erosion control work shall include preparation of the soil surface, I fertilizing, planting of seed, compacting, mulching, placement of sod, watering, and maintenance, All soil erosion control work shall be performed by a contractor who is j experienced and regularly engaged in the type of work specified and whose work is acceptable to the Owner, I The work shall be performed using acceptable equipment manufactured expressly fot- its intended purpose such as a seed drill equipped with coulter openers and depth bands spaced not more than 12 inches apart, a mulch blower for the -application of hay or straw mulch, mulch puncher or straight serrated disc weighted to anchor the mulch into the soil a min- imum of 2 inches, and a cuitipacker. ' Mulch, seed, and fertilizer may be applied simultaneously with a hy- draulic applicator manufactured specifica}ly for this purpose, provided all other requirements of the specifications are met. The hydraulic i i applicator shall be capable of applying the mulch, seed, and fertilizer II slurry in the proper proportions under its own power to slopes at least as seep as 2 feet horizontal to 1 foot vertical, When operating standard equipment such as seed drills, mulching machines, and sprigging machines on slopes of 2 feet horizontal to l foot vertical or steeper, provisions shall be made to prevent the equipment from slid- ing by cabling the equipment to a heavy'anchor vehicle at the top of the slope or by other suitable means. The Contractor shall not start erosion protection or preparatory work until notified by the Owner and until excavation and trenching, backfill, embankments, rough grading, and surfacing are completed in the vicinity of the erosion protection work. f, E 2F.2 MATERIALS, Materials and workmanship shall comply with Sections 160 to 169 of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transports- tion, Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (hereinafter referred to as SSCHSB). t 2F.2,1 Topsoil. All areas to be seeded shall have a minimum of 6 inches of topsoi a E (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 I 022988 ] 2F-1 C ti vi Et 2F,2,2 Commercial Fertilizer, Fertilizer shall be a commercial mixture containing the i-ollowing minimum percentages by weight. 10 per cent nitrogen 6 per cent phosphoric acid 4 per cent potash Fertilizer shall be uniform in composition, free flowing, and suitable for application with acceptable equipment, Fertilizer shall b~ delivered to the site in standard size bags indicating weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. Fertilizer shall be stored in a weatherproof place in such a manner that it will be kept dry and it:i effectiveness will not be impaired. 2F.3 WORKMANSHIP. Workmanship shall conform to the construction re- quirements of th5 SSCHSB, 2F.4 ESTABLISHMENT AND MAINTENANCE. After seeding and sodding, the' planted areas shall be watered and maintained as required until the grass is well established, Once established, the grass shall be maintained until the work is accepted by the Owner. Maintenance of the planted areas shall include protecting, mowing if necessary, 'one application of wea' spray if necessary, and other such work as may be necessary to es- tablish permanent turf. i (DENTON 1056602 N CONST 71.0000) ) 2F-2 k F 1, Section 2G - CHAIN LINK FENCING -y 2G.1 GENERAL. This section covers the materials and installation re- quirements for chain link fencing and gates. k Fencing shall be provided in the alignment indicated on the drawings. Any materials found not to be in compliance with these specifications E r shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense, f 2G,2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Drawings and specifications for the fence, p3tea, and accessorise shall be submitted in accordance with the re- quirements'of Section 1C. 1 2G.3 FENCE TYPE. Fencing shall consist o£ galvanized steel framework and galvanizedsteel fabric with a height of 8 feet unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. The fence shall have a top rail and bottom f i tension wire. Where indicated to be security fence, the fence shall have three strands of barbed wire mounted on 45 degree extension arms. The , upper strand shall be approximately 12 inches out from the fence and 12 inches above the top of the fabric, Posts shall. be set in concrete or in sleeves. I ~ J 20,4 MATERIALS. Materials for chain link fencing shall be as follows, ! All steel or malleable iron parts and accessories shall be hot-dip gal- vanized in accordance With ASTH A123 after fabrication, Fabric I 9 gauge, 2 inch mesh; galva- nized ASTM A392, Class 2; twisted selvage on top, knuckled selvage on bottom Poets Steel H-section, ASTM A572; steel pipe, ASTM A120 standard weight (Schedule 40); steel hollow structural tubing, ASTM A500 or A501; or C-sections and roll formed sections, ASTM A570 Line poets H-section, 3.26 lb per ft; 2-3/8 inch OD pipe, 3.65 lb ! per ft; inch square, 4,32 lb' ~ per ft; or standard C-section, 2.64 lb per ft t f it j r [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) [ 022998 ) 2G„1 tl r YS I~ I Terminal posts 2-7/8 inch OD pipe, 5.79 lb (end, corner, and per ft; 2-1/2 inch square, pull) 5.59 lb per ft; or 3-1/2 by 3-1/2 inch roll formed sec- tions with integral fabric loops, 4.85 lb per ft Gate posts Gate or leaf 6 ft wide or less, (swing gates) 2-7/8 inch OD pipe, 5.79 lb per ft; 2-1/2 inch square, 5.59 lb per ft; or 3-1/2 by 3-1/2 inch roll formed sec- tions, 4.85 lb per €t; gate or leaf over 6 ft wide and up to 13 ft, 4 inch OD pipe, 9.10 lb per ft; or 3 inch square, 8.81 lb per ft; gate or leaf over 13 ft and up to 18 ft wide, 6-5/8 inch OD pipes 18.97 lb per £t I Top rail 1-5/8 inch OD (Schedule 40) pipe, 2.27 lb per €t; or 1-5/8 by 1-1/4 inch roll formed sec- tions weighing 1.35 lb per ft Rail couplings Sleeve type, 6 inches long expansion spring in every ~1. fifth coupling r bracing Pipe brace same as top rail, j with 3/8 inch diameter steel rod truss and tightener Poet tops with barbed Pressed steel, malleable iron wire with pressed steel extension arse, or one-piece aluminum casting; with hole for top rail, designed to fit over the outside of the posts and to prevent entry of moisture into tubular poste post tops without Pressed steel, malleable iron, barbed wire or cast aluminum; designed to fit over the outside of the posts and to prevent entry of moisture into tubular posts [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022988 I k 2G-2 4, • i i~ Barbed wire Galvanized, AM A121 Class 3; two 12-1/2 gauge steel wires with 4 point round l4 gauge barbs spaced 4 inches apart Stretcher bars Steel, 3/16 by 3/4 inch, or equivalent cross-sectional area Fabric ties Aluminum bands or wires Gate frames 1-7/8 inch OD (Schedule 40) i i pipe, 2.72 lb per ft; or 2 inch square, 4.32 lb per ft i f Tension wire Galvanized or aluminum coated coil spring wire, 7 gauge Sntting cement Minwax "Super Por-kok Cement" or Master Builders "Set 45" ! i padlocks Furnished by Owner Snake guard mesh Galvanized steel hardware j cloth, 1/4 inch mesh 20,5 SWING GATES, Gates shall be swing, type, hinged to swing 90 degrees 1 from closed to bpen, complete with frames, latches, stops, keepers, hinges, fabric, braces, and three strands of barbed wire, Gate leaves, except those on walk-through gates, 'shall have intermediate members and `diagonal trues rods as required for rigid construction and shall be free from sag or twist, Gates shall be fitted with vertical extension arms or shall ? have frame and members extended to carry barbed wire, Joints between frame membera shall be made by welding or by means of heavy fittings and shall be rigid and watertight. Truss rods shall be not less than 3/8 inch diameter, Gate fabric shall be same as fence fabric and shall be attached to frame'ends by stretcher bare, bolt 'hooks, or other mechanical means. Hinges shall he heavy pattern with large bearing surfaces and shall not i twist or turn under the action of the gate, I a Latches shall be plunger bar type, full gate height, and arranged to engage the gate stop, except single gates leas than 10 feet wide may be provided with a forked latch, Latches shall be arranged for padlocking with the padlock accessible from both sides of the gate, f Rff k i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 ) >i 2G-3 . r n Stops shall consist of a roadway plate with anchor set in concrete and arranged to engage the plunger, Keepers shall consist of mechanical devices for securing and supporting the free end of the gates when in the full open position. Keepers shall be mounted on 2-7/8 inch outside diameter pipe posts filled with concrete and set in concrete foundations, Gates shall be installed so that they cannot be removed without disas- sembly of the hardware. Hardware attachment bolts shall be peened so that removal will be difficult, 2G.6 FENCE CONSTRUCTION. The installed fence shall conform to the align- ment and finish grade indicated. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all posts shall be plumb and spaced 10 feet apart, Where necessary, the fence grade shall be adjusted to fit the ground contour by slipping the fence fabric links. On steep grades, the poets may be set normal to the slope, provided transition sections are constructed. Ground surface irregularities shall be graded as required to eliminate frequent changes in vertical aligr,ant and to provide a smooth profile for the fence. Clearance below the bottom of the fence shall not exceed 2 inches. All surfaces of aluminum which will be in contact with concrete or mortar ` shall be given a heavy coat of coal tar paint. Where the fencing is supported by a concrete structure, posts shall be set in sleeves that provide at least 1/4 inch clearance all around. Sleeves shall be fabricated from standard weight black steel pipe and. hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Sleeves shall have a minimum length of 6 inches. Sleeves shall be rigidly supported in accurate alignment in the forms and shall be positioned vertically so that ap- proximately 1/2 inch of sleeve is exposed above the finished concrete eurface, Poste shall be wedged in accurate alignment, and the annular space between posts and sleeves shall be filled with setting cement. The top surface of the filler shall be finished smooth and shall slope away from the post, Where posts are set in earth, concrete foundations 36 inches deep shall be provided, If bedrock is encountered, post excavation shall be con- tinued to the 36 inch depth or 18 inches into the rock, whichever is less, Concrete foundations shall be circular in horizontal section, not leas than 10 inches in diameter for line posts, and with a diameter not leas than the post OD plus 9 inches for terminal and gate postal except that foundations in bedrock shall be a minimum of 6 inches larger than the outside dimension of the post. Foundations shall extend above the ground surface and shall be crowned approximately 1 inch, Concrete for (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 s` ( 022988 j 2C-4 1 4 Ai s1 foundations shall conform to the requirements of the section titled CAST- IN-PLACE CONCRETE. Each foundation shall be cured for at least 72 hours before further work is done on the post. Top rails and bottom tension wires shall be installed before the fabric. Top rails shall be furnished in at least 18 foot lengths and shall be securely connected to gate and terminal poets: Tension wires shall be installed approximately 6 inches above grade e:,l shall be attached to each post and securely anchored at terminal anc, gate poste. A terminal poet shall be provided at each change in slope, Fabric shall be attached to the top rail and bottom tension wire at 24 inch centers and to the,line posts at 3.5 inch centers, all on the security side of the fence. Barbed wire shall be fastened to each exten- sion arm by internal clips or external fabric ties. Stretcher bars shall be provided at each gate, terminal, and pull post. Each stretcher bar shall be threaded through the fabric and anchored to the post at 15 inch centers by positive me^hanical means, j Each gate and terminal post shall be braced by a horizontal pipe brace and an adjustable truss extending to an adjacent line post, Corner posts located where the deflection angle is 10 degrees or greater shell be braced in both directions. f Fabric shell be stretched taut and anchored so that a pull of 150 pounds ~ _ at the middle of a panel will not lift the bottom of the fabric more than f 6 inchee. I I f , Snake guard mesh 18 incLss high for substations shall be attached to the } outside of the chain link fence, The mesh shall extend 6 inches below the top of the crushed rock surfacing and 12 inches above with a 45, degree f bend of the top 3 inches. The mesh shall be attached to the fence fabric with aluminum ties spaced not more than 12 inches. One row of ties shall he at the top of the mash and another row at the bottom of the chain link fabric. A section of mesh shall overlap at least three links of the chain link fabric. Snake guard shall not be attached to the gates. i 1 ~i (DENTON 105660G8N CONST 7L.0000 88 2G-5 . ra ii ! i- Section 2H - AGGREGATE SURFACING I. 2H,1 GENERAL, This section covers the materials and construction for y aggregate surfaced access roads, parking areas, substation, and other t areas indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise specified herein, the materials, application of aggre- gate surfacing, and the sampling and testing of aggregates shall comply with Division II of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, Standard Specification for Construction of Highways, Streets, and Bridges, i Earthwork for subgrades to be surfaced shall be as specified in the see- tion titled EARTHWORK. All aggregate surfaced areas constructed under there specifications shall be maintained by the Contractor until final' acceptance of the'work by the Owner, i 2H,2 PROTECTION OF SURGRADE. Ditched and drains along the subgrade shall be maintained as required for effective drainage,' Whenever ruts of i 2 inches or more in depth are formed, the subgrade shall be brought to grade, reshaped, and recompacted. In no case shall any aggregate our j facing be placed on a muddy auhgrade. Storage or stockpiling of ma- j terials on the subgrade will not be permitted, 2H.3 SUSGRADE PREPARATION-. Xmmeul.ate1 y prior to surfacing, the aubgrade t shall be ahaped to the grade and cron,a section indicated on the drawings. i The top 6 inches of the subgrade shall Se compacted to 95 percent of'maxi- mum density within 12 percent of optimum moisture content as determined by ASTM D698. This operation shall include any scarifying, reshaping, and wetting required to obtain proper compaction. 'Soft, organic, and otherwise unsuitable material shall be removed from the subgrade and re- placed with suitable material, i Any deviation of the subgrade surface in excess of 1 inch as indicated by a 16 foot straightedge, or template cut to typical asetion,•shall be cor- rected by loosening, adding or removing material, reshaping,'and recom- pacting. 2H.4 MATERIALS, Materials for the aggregate base course and surface course shall conform to the following requirements. Gradation shall conform to Type At Grade It base material specified by the Texas State Highway specifications, i n T (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 022988 i, 2H-1 E l . J l i The aggregate material shall consist of crushed stone aggregate free from lumps or balls of clay and other soft and objectionable material. The abrasion loss shall be no more than 40 percent when subjected to 500 rev- olutions in a Los Angeles abrasion machine as determined by ASTM C131. That fraction passing the 3/4 inch sieve and retained on the No, 4 sieve shall have a lose not greater than 15 percent by weighted average at 5 cycles of ASTM C88. The specific gravity shall not be leas than 2,54. That fraction of the material passing the 3/4 inch sieve and retained on the No. 4 sieve shall contain less than 20 percent by weight of flat and elongated particles. The materials shall consist of angular particles with not less than 90 percent of particle count having two or more fractured surfaces, A job mix formula shall be established by the contractor and shall be acceptable to the Owner prior to the start of work, This mix shall not be changed without prior authorization from the Owner. j 2H.5 APPLICATION. Aggregate shall be placed upon an acceptable subgrade in layers of uniform thickness not exceeding 4 inches in compacted depth, ! The,aggregates for each course shall be handled and spread in a mbnner that w411 prevent segregation of sizes, When vibrating or other accept- able types of special compacting equipment are used, acceptance may be given to increasing the permissible thickness of layers, provided the ability of such equipment to achieve acceptable compaction to the full layer depth is demonstrated. When the aggregate surfacing is constructed in more than one layer, the I previously constructed layers shall be cleaned of loose and foreign. matter. Water content of the material shall be maintained during place- F ment to ensure maximum compaction at optimum moisture content. Moisture content shall be maintained at +1-1/2 percent of optimum. While at optimum moisture content, the aggregate shall be compacted to not less than 95 percent of the maximum laboratory density as determined by ASTM D1557, Method D. In-place density shall be measured by ASTM D2167, Top aurface of the compacted aggregate base course shall be finished by blading or with automated equipment especially designed for the purpose and rolled with a steel-wheeled roller. In no case shall, thin layers of fine materials be added to the top layer of the base course in order to meet the grade. Surfa(.e of the completed aggregate base shall not deviate more than 1/2 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. The completed cam- pacted thickness of any course shall be within plus 3/4 inch and minus 1/2 inch of indicated thickness, and the average thickness shall not be less than the design thickness indicated, [DENTON 105669N8CONST 71,0000) 02G2 2H-2 s [~4Ltl~i1 V=^MMM 2H,6 SAMPLING-AND TESTING, All field and laboratory sampling and test- ins required tO Qetermine compliance with these specifications shall be j provided by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner, All expenses incurred for sampling and testing shall be borne by the Con- tractor, i Samples of the in-place compacted aggregate shall be taken at random in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D7.5, A minimum of one sample per day or one sample for every 100 cubic yards of compacted in-place aggregate, whichever is greater, shall be taken, i i I L , j ~ j I I 4 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 j 2H-3 I f „r. % DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE TABLE OF CONTENTS Pafie Section 3A - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3A-1 thru 3A-29 3A.1 General 3A~1 3A.2 Materials 3A-1 / 3A.3 Preliminary Review 3A-1 3A,4 Limiting Requirements 3A-7 3A.5 Storage of Materials 3A-9 3A.6 Batching and Mixing 3A-9 3A.7 Field Control Testing 3A-12 3A,8 Reinforcement 3A-14 3A49 Forme 3A-15 3A,10 Embedments 3A-17 3A.11 Turbina-Generator Foundation 3A-1$ 3A.I2 Placement 3A-19 { 3A.13 Construction Joints 3A-22 3A,14 Expansion Joints 3A-23 { 3A.15 Contraction Joints 3A-23 3A.16 Flexible Water Stops , 3A-23` 3A,17 Openings in Concrete 3A-23 3A.18 Finishing Formed Surfaces 3A-24 I 3A,19 Finishing Unformed Surfaces 3A-24 3A.20 Separate Finishes 3A-26 3A.21 Curing 3A=26 3A,22 Floor Sealer 3A46 j 3A.23 Repairing Defective Concrete' 3A•-26 3A,24 Duct Bank Concrete 3A-27 3A.25 'Tolerances for substation Bases 3A-27 Table 1 Concrete Classes and Mix Design 3A-29 Section 3B - GROUTING 3B-1 thru 3B-5 38.1 General 3B-1 3B.2 Materiala 3B-1 35.3 Grouting of Bases for Equipment and Structures 3B-2 38.4 Curing 3B-4 3B.5 Grouting of Reinforcing Steel and Anchor Bolts 3B-4 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 062788 1 TC3-1 f-- Section 3A - CA,9T-IN-PLACE CONCRETE s 3A.1 GENE&1L. This section covera all cast-in-place concrete and in- cludes reinforcing steel, forma, finishing, curing, and other appurtenant work. Cast-in-place concrete shall be in accordance with the and CR applicable !Atest requirements of the Federal Specifications, ACI, ASTM, and CRSI,,exce t as modified by these specificattons, p The Contractor shall inform thu Owner at least 24 hours in advance of the i times and places at which he intends to place concrete, The Contractor shall provide all teats and reports specified hereinafter under the articles titled FIELD CONTROL TESTING and PRELIMINARY REVIEW, 3A42 MATERIAL. Materials shall be in accordance with the following re quirements. Cement ASTM C150, Type I or II Fine aggregate Clean natural sand,. ASTM C33, ! Artificial or manufactured sand will not be acceptable, f! } Coarse aggregate Crushed stone, washed graval., j or.othat acceptable inert I ! granular material conforming to ASTM C33, except that clay and shale' particles shall not exceed 1 percent Water Clean and free from mud, oil, organic matter,, or other del- eterious substances Admixtures Plasticizer ASTM C494, Type A; Grace "WRDA," Master guilders "Poz zolith Normal," Protex "PDA 25XL Normal Set," Sika Chemi- cal "Plastocrete 161,11 or acceptcb.le equal f fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) I 062789 ) 3A-1 $rY'YI a+i y{Vy71' {ia•I W+' e iR9lY 19 Air-entraining a3ent ASTM C260; Grace "Darex AEA," Master Builders "Micro-Air," ~ Protex "Air Entraining Solu- tion," Siks Chemical "AER," or acceptable equal Plasticizing retarder ASTM C494, Type D; Grace "Daratard," Master Builders "Pozzolith Retarder," Protex "PDA 25R Retarder," Sika Chemical "Plastocrete 161R,." or acceptable equal I ~ Reinforcing steel f Bare not otherwise ASTM A615-85 Grade 60, Yield noted strength shall be determined by full size bar testa. Mechanical splices F.rico Products "Cadweld" Welded wire fabric ASTM A185 or A497 i Flexible water stops Type 1 PVC ribbed or serrated, 9 inches 1 ! by 3/8 inch, with 11011.bu]b I closed center sections. Grace r# "Duradoint Type 7," W. R. Meadows 'Sealtight Type 9380," or Vinylex 'RB9-38" Type 2 PVC ribbed or serrated, 12 inch width, Vinylex IRB12-12" or acceptable equal Forms Prefabricated Patent's "Mod-U-Form," Symons "Steel Ply," or Universal "Uni-form" Metal deck As specified in METAL DECK FORM section Plywood Product Standard PSL, water- proof, resin-bonded, daterior type Douglas f{r; facA adja- cent to concrete Grade B Plywood or better (DENTON 10566010489 EN CONST 71,00001 j 3A-2 1 j 3 Fiberboard Fed Spec LLL-B-810, Type II; tempered, waterproof, screen- back Fibertubes Spiral or seamless, wax impreg- nated interior and exterior { surfaces, nonwater sensitive f adhesive i Lumber Straight, uniform width and thickness, and free from knots, offsets, holes, de-kits, k and other surface defects f ( Chamfer strips Clear pine, surface egainst concrete shall be planed, Form coating Nox-Crete "Nox-Crate Form Coating," L S M "Debond," pro tax "Pro-Cite," or Richmond ; "Rich Cote" i j Polyethylene film Fed Spec L-P-378, Type 11 6 mil Expansion joint materials Filler Preformed, AM D1152, Type I a (sponge rubber) or closed cell plastic foam (PVC or polyeth- ylens) Urethane sealant Two component, Fed Spec TT-S- (self-leveling) 00227, Type 1, Class A; Pecos "NR-200 Ur'expan" or Tremco "TCR-900," gray color Primer As recommended by sealant manufacturer 1 Epoxy bonding compound Sika Chemical "Sikadur HI-Mod," 3 U.S. Grout "Five SSar Epoxy," or acceptable equal Membrane curing compound Styrene-acrylets or styrene and floor sealer butadiene; minimum 18 percat,t solids, nonyellowing, unit t moisture loss 0.039 g/sq cm (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,0000] [ 022988 J 3A-3 is maximum, Gifford-Hill "Sealco 800," ProSoCo "Kure and Seal,"~ Protex "Acryseal," Sonneborn "Kure-N-Seal," or L&M "Dress & Seal" Bond breaker ASTM C309, Type 2, Class A, wax based, Protex "PW-3," Burke "White Pigmented Curing Compound," or acceptable equal i 3A.3 PRELIMINARY REVIEW. The source and quality'of concrete materials and the concrete proportions proposed for the work shall be submitted to Ir the Engineer for review before the concrete work is started. Complete certified reports covering the materials shall be prepared by an inde- pendent testing laboratory and submitted to the Engineer. Concrete mix design shall be proportioned by either existing field experience or trial batches prepared by an independent testing laboratory. Review of these reports will be for general acceptability only; continued compliance with all contract provisions will be required. 3A.3.1 Materials. Reports on cement shall include the type, brand, man- ufacturer, composition, and method of handling (sack or bulk). j Reports on admixtures shall include the AM C494 classification, brand, manufacturer, and active chemical ingredients. All admixtures shall be the products of one manufacturer. Reports on fine aggregated shall include the source, type, gradation, deleterious substances, aoundness, reactivity, and the results of all f tests required to verify compliance.vith specified material requirements. } Reports on coarse aggregates shall include the source, type, gradation, deleterious substances, soundness, abrasion loss, reactivity, and the re- cults of all tests required to verify compliance with specified mar.erial requirements. 3A.3.2 Concrete Mix De, sign. The Contractor shall proportion the con- crate mixes based on batch plants field experience as required by ACT 318; or the Contractor, using the services of an independent testing laboratory retained and paid for by the Contractor, shall proportion and qualify initial concrete mixes. Proportions of initial mixes `shall be within the requirements in the article titled LIMITING REQUIRNENTS. If the Contractor chooses to qualify mix designs based on field experience, all required supporting data shall be submitted with the Proposal. The Contractor shall proportion concrete mixes in accordance with ACT 211, ACI 318, and these specifications. Representative samples of concrete constituents acceptable to the Owner shall be used in the mix design. i (DE,MTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022988 ] 3A-4 r X r , The required mix design average compressive strength (f'cr) shall be based on concrete production facility records, as required by ACI 318, except that f'cr shall not be less than 800 psi greater than f'c. If production facility data are not available, f'cr shall be that required by Table 4.3.2.2 of ACI 318. 3A.3.3 Concrete Mix Design Verification. Concrete mix design for con- crate Classes I ad II shall be verified either by field experience or with trial mixes in accordance with ACI 318 and the following require- ments. Mixes shall be evaluated for workability, consistency, yield, and strength. If mixes are qualified by trial batches, the Contractor shall sample the concrete in accordance with ASTM C172 and shall test the concrete for specified slump, air content, and yield. Concrete mixes shall contain E all aggregate size groups up to and including the maximum size used in ! the concrete mix. Trial batches shall be made from materials to be used for the work. Compressive strength teat specimens shall be made in ac- cordance with ASTM C31 and tested for compressive strength in accordance f with ASTM C39. # The Contractor shall mix and test at least three batches of each concrete mix required which produce strengths above and below that required for the mix, The Contractor shall plot two curves indicating the relation- ship between water cement ratio and 7, and 28 day compressive strengths, Each point on each curve shall represent the average of three specimens tested at the applicable 7 and 28 day period. The mp imum design water- cement ratio shall be that required to produce Per rovided it does not exceed that specified under.LIMtTING REQUIREMENTS. Should the conr,re.te , E mix not meet the specified requirements, the Contractor shall determir:e 1 the corrective action required to achieve compliance with the Pp4cifi.,,a- -tions. After appropriate action, the concrete mix shall be revcrified as specified herein. The Contractor will not recdive additional compensation for any'intrease r 1 of concrete cement contents above that required to meet the trial batch strength except to meet the minimums specified under LIMITING REQUIRE- MENTS. { The established and verified mix designs shall not be altered without written acceptance of the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to modify and reverify or establish new mix designs as required, Mixes may be ad- Justed in accordance with ACI 214 and ACI 318 criteria when sufficient quality control history is available to warrant such adjustment but only ' with the Owner's written acceptance. Costs for such changes or addi- tions, if required, will be negotiated between the Owner and the Con- tractor. i 6 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 010489 ] 3A-5 f •b x6~ a~plpx ryy~fr ..:Ill's : iT] 1,'tirfYl.]~' R The report for each tentative concrete mix submitted for review shall contain the following information. Slump on which design is based Total gallons of water per cubic yard Cement factor Ratio of fine to total aggregates Weight (surface dry) of each aggregate per cubic yard Quantity of each admixture i I Air content I I Compressive strength based on 7 day and 28 day compression tests Times of initial set 3A,3,4 Testing, Aggregates shall be sampled and tested in accordance j with ASTM C33, Aggregate soundness may he determined by either the sodi- umsulfate or magnesium sulfate test. The bulk specific gravity of each aggregate shall be determined in accordance with AM C127 and ASTM C128. Potential reactivity tests (ASTM C289) and petrographic examinations (AM C295) shall be performed or have been recently performed one$g re- gates from the proposed source, The results of the potential reactivity tests and petrographic examinations together with the results of a prev iaua mortar bar test (ASTM C227)` shall besubmitted with the certified reports. Potentially reactive aggregates shall be as defined In ASTM C33, Appendix %T, Any aggregate source judged potentially reactive shall be unacceptable for the work, For trial batches two seta of compression test cylinders, three cylinders per set, shall be made from each batch of each proposed` concrete mix. One set of three cylinders shall be tested at an age of 7 days and the other set shall be tasted at an age of 28 days, Comarete teat specimens shall be made, cured, and stored in conformity with ASTM G192 and tested in conformity with'ASTM C39. Slump shall be determined in accordance with ASTM 0143 and total air con- tent shall be determined in conformity with ASTM 0231, Temperatures of the mixes shall be recorded. [MUON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 f f 022988 j l 3A-6 I r a'X,I fS~ Y R j 1 Initial set tests shall be made at ambient temperatures of 70 F and 90 F to determine compliance with the initial set time specified hereinafter. The teat at 70 F shall be made using concrete containing the specified plasticizing and air-entraining admixtures. The test at 90 F shall be mode using concrete containing the specified plasticizing retarder and air-entraining admixtures. Initial set shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C403. { y Yield tests shall be in accordance with ASTM 0138. Teets shall give the weight per cubic foot of freshly mixed concrete, the volume of concrete per unit of cement, the actual cement factor, and the air content of the concrete. ' 3A.4 LIMITING REQUIRLMBNTS, Each concrete mix shall be designed and concrete shall be controlled within the following limiting requirements, The acceptability of concrete will be Judged on the basis of compliance with all, of the specified requirements and not on the basis of strength alone. coarse aggregate sizes listed hereinafter are the nominal. sizes given in Table 2 of ASTM C33, To qualify as a certain aggregate size, the grada- tion of the aggregate must be within the tabulated limits, The 1-1/2 inch size shall not be used in concrete which has congested reinforcing. i - 3A.4.1 Minimum Cement Content. The quantity of portland cement, ex- j pressed in pounds per cubic yard, shall be not lees than that 'indicated in Table l at the end of the section. These minimum cement factors shall apply only to concrete containing either the specified plasticizer or plasticizing retarder. If, for any reason, both the plasticizer and plasticizing retarder are omitted, the cement factor shall be increased by 10 percent. 3A.4.2 Concrete Classes. Several classes of concrete will be required, Mix classes, concrete use, compressive strength at 28 days, coarse ag- gregsta size, minimum cement content, and permissible range of slump for the concrete shall be as specified in Table 1 at the end of this section. . - Lean concrete (Mix Class 111) shall be composed of the same materials and meet the same requirements as the concrete specified bnreitibefore, except ; that its 28 day compressive strength shall not be less than 2,000 psi and it shall not contain less than four sacks of cement per cubic yard. Mortar puddle shall be required as a bedding between hardened concrete 'S and freshly poured concrete, The mortar puddle shall be the same as that used in the structural mix class except that coarse aggregate shall be 3 omitted, t ( 'p (DENTON 10566 CEN C014ST 71.0000) r 022986 1 3A-7 p. ,S .a (6@~~jj+ r y. c . +`n tirPa-- ~e5 Ptiy t `S[3j! 3A.4,3 Total Water Content, Water-cement ratio of concrete sha)l not exceed 07437y weight, 3A.4.4 Slum, Concrete slump shall be kept as low as possibthelercise wonsla- tent t-71th proper handling and thorough compaction. Unless o- au thorized by the Engineer, slump shall be within the limits specified in Table 1. 3A.4.5 Ratio of Fine to Total Aggregates, The ratio of fine to total aggregates based on solid volumes (not weights) shall be as follows. eoarse A¢~reAate Size Minimum Ratio , Maximum Ratio 3/4 inch to No. 4 0,35 ~ 0.50 1-1/2 inch to No. 4 0,25 i 0.42 3A,4,6 Initial Set, The initial set as determined by ASTM C403 shall not be att` a until at least 5 hours after the water and cement are ~ added to the aggregates. The quantity of retarding admixture shall be' adjusted as necessary to compensate for varietione in temperature and job f conditions 3A,4,7 Total Air Content, The total volumetric air content of concrete after placement sha7.1 be 5 went may be omitted from interior tslplus or abs which nareltoebeetrowelifinished, 3A44.8 Admixtures. The admixture content, hatching method, and time of introduction to the mix shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's ; recommendations for compliance with these specifications. A plasticizing or plasticizing retarder admixture shall be included in all concrete, unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer. Plasticizing retarder admixture shall be adjusted as specified under Initial Set. Calcium chloride and admixtures containing calcium chloride shall not be used. 3A.4,9 Tam erature, The temperature of the concrete at placement shall be `as specified herein and in the articles titled HOT WEATHER CONCRETING and COLD WEATHER CONCRETING. Air Least Dimension of Concrete Section Te- m 30 or Less Greater than 30 Over 30 50 to 80 F 0 to 30 55 to 80 F 45 to 70 F Less than 0 60 to 80 F 50 to 70 F 55 to 75 l; (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 022988 3A-8 E i tl ? `raY [ 7yCAy7' t ~ F acn, r,.{gin lY 3A.4.10 Strength, The minimum acceptable compressive strengths as 1 determined by ASTM C39 shall be as follows, Age Minimum Strength Class I, II Class III Clase IY 7 da s 2,7 days 3,000 psi 1,300 psi 2,250 psi y s psi 2,000 pat 3000 psi ; All concrete shall exceed the specified minimum compressive strengths, Each test cylinder will be evaluated Separately and the the sole Judge of the validity and representative qualitiieseofstheltests. In the event any test cylinder indicates concrete strength less than { I specified minimum, the concrete represented by the test shall be subject to further investigation at the Owner's option, Such investigation shall include sampling and testing of the concrete in place to verify or dis- prove the results of the cylinder test, The Contractor shall cooperate I with the Owner in the sampling and testing procedure and shall pay all costs in connection therewith, including the replacement of concrete for the cores or samples removed. If the additional investigation verifies the exigtenee of defective con- crates the Contractor shall be responsible for one of the followin re i medial actions as determined by the Owner, g i j The removal and replacement of all defective concrete The cost of design and construetici changes necessary to incorporate the inferior concrete ~ L Satisfactory reimbursement e. allowance to the Owner for the acceptance of the lower quality concrete j 3A.5 STORAGE OF MATERIALS. Cement shall be stored in suitable moi. proof enelosur"es, dtore- used. mad cement or cement which has become caked or lumpy shall not be used. Aggregates shall be stored so that segregation and the inclusion of for- eign materials are prevented. The bottom 6 inches of aggregate piles that have been in contact with the ground shall not be used, Reinforcing steel shall be carefully handled and shall be stored on sup ports which will keep the steel from contact with the ground, e 3A.6 BATCHING AND MIXING. Batching and mixing shall be performed with suitable equipment 1 cc ated off the construction site at a location deter- mined and acquired by the Contractor or by an acceptable ready-mix con- crete supplier, Personnel at the batchtng and mixing plant shall he ~ 4 i t' (D'ENTON 10566QGEN9CONST 71.60001 ~ j 9A-9 t qualified and axperienced. Batching and mixing equipment and procedures shall comply with ASTM C94, ACT 304, and the recommendations of the Con- crete Plant Manufacturers' Bureau. A delivery ticket shall be prepared for each load of ready-mixed concrete delivered. A copy of each ticket shall be handed to the Owner by the truck operator at the time of delivery. Tickets shall indicate the mix identification, the number of yards delivered, the quantities of each material in the batch, the outdoor temperature in the shade, the time at which the cement was added, and the numerical sequence of the delivery. , 3A.6.1 Batching. The measurement of aggregates and cement shall be by weight. Aggregate weights and mixing water shall be adjusted for aggre- gate moisture contents, Each admixture shall be dispensed by a mechanical device that will ensure accurate and automatic measurement. 3A.6.2 Central Mixed Concrete. The minimum amount of water required to j produce the desired slump shall be batched automatically. Additional water required to produce and maintain a uniform slump may be added one time manually by the mixer operator provided the total water does not exceed mix requirements. Slump shall be kept uniform. Aggregates shall I float,uniformly throughout the mass, and the concrete shall flow slug- gishly when vibrated. E , Concrete shall be mixed until all ingredients are uniformly distributed throughout the batch. Mixers shall not be loaded in excess of their rated capacities, Eaoh batch shall be completely discharged before the mixer is recharged. 3A.6.3 Truck Mixed Concrete. Only the prescribed amount of mixing water shall be placed in the truck mixing water tank for any one batch, unless the tank is equipped with 'a device by which the amount of water added to each batch can be readily verified by the Owner. The truck mixer and agitator speeds shall be as designated on the manu- facturer's data plate, and mixing and agitation shall be performed within these ranges. While transit mixing, truck mixers shall be rotated at mixing speeds for not leas than 70 revolutions nor more than 100 revolu- tiona for completion of mixing under normal conditions. A minimum of 30 revolutiona at mixing speed shall be required if water is added one time in the field, 3A.6.4 Truck Mixers. Trucks each capable of mixing and delivering 8 cubic yards of concrete shall be furnished for either central-mixed or trucked-mixed concrete, The base fleet shall be capable of delivering 100 cubic yards of concrete per hour from the batch plant to the onsite (DENTON 10566 GBN CONST 71,00001 60 ( 0229&8 1 1 3A-10 i r S:y { {S7 i a j work areas. Additional truck mixers shall be furnished by the Contractor l to accommodate large pours as required and to serve as spare trucks. Fuel for the truck mixers shall be furnished by the Contractor, All trucks furnished by the Contractor shall be in sound, reliable me- chanical condition. All trucks shall he provided with the same type of } water measuring system, { All trucks shall be equipped with a two-way radio. 1 Washing of transit mix trucks shall be confined to an offsite waste dis- posal area determined by the Contractor. Truck mixers shall be the inclined axis revolving drum type designed to I ensure end'-to-end exchange of the constituent concrete materials parallel to the axis of rotation with a rolling, folding, and spreading movement D of the batch over itself as the batch is mixed. Truck mixers shall conform to the applicable' requirements of ASTM C94 and ; I NRMCA. The truck mixers shall have a certificate of conformance indicating that ? they have been inspected and have the physical capability to furnish and deliver concrete of the quality and quantity specified, This certificate shall be issued in accordance with NRMCA (National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association)` checklist' titled "Certification of Ready-Mixed 'Concrete Fa I cilities," Two copies of the certification shall be submitted in accord- ance`with Section 1C and shall be accepted prior to the start of any con- f crate production. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining such certification, The Contractor's certification inspector shall be a reg- istered professional engineer. 4 ~ 3 F Truck mixers shall be capable of receiving concrete and concrete conatit- uents as charged from the batch plant, Truck mixers shell be provided with a water tank. Each truck shall have a water measuring system, either a flow through water meter or sight ? glass graduated in 1 gallon (maximum) increments. The measuring device shall measure water delivered to the batch within 1 percent accuracy or i gallon, whichever is greater. 4 A water pump or other method for delivery of water shall be furnished with the truck mixer, The water system shall be capable of delivering - not less than 45 r111ons of water per minute into the batch. t vJ Water measuring devices on all trucks shall be calibrated initially and t every 6 months thereafter, Water systems shall be maintained free of leaks and shall not be allowed to become inoperable. I j fbENTON 10566 C,EN CONST 71,00001 02.2988 3A-11 Each truck mixer shall be provided with an operating counter which shall count the number of drum revolutions. The Contractor shall be responsi- ble for checking the revolution counters at least once each month, Con- crete mixed or transported in trucks with nonexistent or defective revo- lution counters shall be rejected by the Owner or cores shall be taken and tested by the Contractor at his own expense should concrete from such trucks be placed. Concrete shall be delivered to the site of the work and discharge shall be completed within 1-1/2 hours, or before the drum has been revolved 300 revolutions, whichever comes first, after the introduction of the mixing water to the cement and aggregates. In hot weathor, or under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, a time less than 1-1/2 I 1 hours may be required by the Owner. When a truck mixer is used for the complete mixing of the concrete, the mixing operation shall begin within 30 minutes after the cement has been intermingled with the aggregates. Truck mixers shall be provided with a hatch in the periphery of the drum 1 shell of such design to permit access to the inside of the drum for in- spection, cleaning, and repair of drum blades, I ; Each truck shall have a unique number legible at a distance of at least t 50 feet and placed in such locations as may be required by the owner. All truck mixers shall be completely discharged and flushed before being raeharged,'shall be kept clean and in good working order, and shall be inspected routinely and cleaned of any accumulations of hardened concrete or mortar. j 3A.7 FIELD CONIROL TESTING. Field control teats consisting, of slump tests, air content taats, unit weight testa, temperature tests, material tests, and the preparation of concrete test specimens shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the expense of the Contractor. i The frequency hereinafter specified for each field control test is a min- imum. If additional field control tests are necessary, in the opinion of the Owner, such tests shall be made 3A.7.1 A e ate Gradation. Fine and coarse aggregate shall be sampled and tested in accordance with ASTM D75 and C136 as directed by the owner. 3A.7.2 Apia ate Reactivity. Potential reactivity tests (ASTM C289) petrographic examinations (ASTM C245), and mortar bar testa (ASTM C227) shell be made on aggregates when directed by the Owner, 3A.7,3 Cement. When directed by the Owner, cement shall be sampled and tested for compliance with the specifications, `DENTON 105664GE0NST 71.00001 788 3A-12 E v t{Rij fl ~a it f[ 3A.7.4 Slump, A slump test shall be made from each of the first three batches mixed each day. An additional slump test shall be made for each additional 50 cubic yards of concrete placed in any one day, Slump shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C143. } Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the slump. 3A,7.5 Air Content, An air content test shall be made from each of the , first three batches mixed each day and from each additional 50 cubic yards placed is any one day. Air content shall be determined in accord- once with ASTM C231. Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the air content, 1 3A.7.6 Unit Weight. A unit weight test shall be made from each batch from which concrete compression test cylinders are made. Unit weight shall be determined in accordance with ASTM C138. 3A.7.7 Temperature, Concrete temperature shall be determined from each concrete sample. f Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked with the concrete temperature. 3A,7.8 Cumpresalon Tests. { A set of four concrete compression test cy1= I indars ahall be made-each day concrete is placed. An additional sat of , cylinders shall be made when from 25 to 100 cubic yards of concrete are "placed, For each additional 100 cubic yards, or major 'fraction thereof, 3 placed in any one day, an additional set of cylinders shall be made,' One cylinder of each set shall be tested at an age of 7 days, and two of the cylinders of each set shall be tested at an age of 28 days. The remain- ing cylinder shall be a spare and shall be tested as directed by the I Owner, Concrete toot cylinders shall be made, cured, stored, and delivered to the laboratory in accordance with ASTM C31, The cylinders shall be ' tested in accordance with ASTM C39. Each set of compression test cylinders shall be marked or tagged with the date and time of day the cylinders were made, the location in the work j where the concrete represented by the cylinders was placed, the delivery truck or batch number, the air content, slump, and concrete temperature. N 3A.7.9 Moisture Content Taste, The Contractor shall perform daily mois- ture content testa on the aggregates, in accordance with AM C566. Moisture content values determined shall be used by the Contractor in ad- , gusting concrete constituent weights. The adjustment and actual weight (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00001 I 062788 1 3A-'' 1 of aggregate shall be documented on the tickets specified in the article titled BATC$ING AND MIXING, 3A.7.10 Test Re orts. The Contractor shall promptly furnish tvo copies of all test reports made by the laboratory to the Owner, 3A.8 REINFORCEMENT, Reinforcements shall be accurately formed. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein, the details of fabrication shall conform to ACI 318-83. 3A.8.1 Accessories. The Contractor shall provide all bar supports, ties, apacere, bolsters, inserts, screeds, and other concrete accessories required to maintain reinforcing in its proper position and permit proper placement of concrete. The Contractor shall be responsible for the design of all bar support I I systems. i 3A.8,2 Certification. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with a certification that the reinforcing steel furnished complies with the re- quirements specified in the article titled MATERIALS, The certification shall be signed by the Contractor and the reinforcing steel fabricator. , 3A.8.1 Tene'ile Tests. Tensile tests on Number 3 through Number 11 bars shall be performed'in accordance with ASTM A615. 3A.8.4 Welding, Except where indicated on the drawings, welding of re inforcement for any purpose, and tact: welding in particular, is expressly prohibited. Reinforcements upon which unauthorized welding has been done ahall be presumed to be damaged and such reinforcing shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. Replacement materials shall con- form to all applicable requirements of these specifications. Welded chairs and supports may be used provided they are clamped or wired I to the reinforcement, 3A,8.5 Shop Drawings and Bar Lists. Bar lists and drawings for the fab- rication and placement of re3nforcements'shall be prepared, checked, and submitted as specified in Section 1C, Each bar list and placement draw- ing shall have noted thereon "ASTM A615 Grade 60 only" or a similar statement which identifies the grade of reinforcing indicated on that drawing 3A,8,6 Concrete' Cover. Except as otherwise indicated on the drawings, metal reinforcement for concrete stall have the concrete protective cover specified in Chapter 7 of ACI 318-83. i i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 f 062788 i 3A-1.4 ~ k S r t i 31 3A.8.7 Placement, Reinforcements shall be accurately positioned on sup- ports, spacers, hangers) or other reinforcements, and shall be secured in place with wire ties or suitable clips, Bare metal supports shall not be used in contact with forms for exposed surfaces, { With the exception of lapped portions of spliced bars which are wired or clamped together, the clear distance between parallel bars shall, be not less than 1,5 times the maximum size of coarse aggregate in the concrete, or less than 1 inch in beams, 1-112 inches in columns, or 2 inches in other locations. Where reinforcements in beams are placed in two or more layers, the bars in the upper layer shall be placed directly above the bars in the lower layer and the clear distance between bars shall be not fff less than 1 inch, 3A.8,8 Slices, Unless otherwise., required by the specifications or drawings, splices shall conform to ACT 318-83. Splices shall be Class C tension-lapped splices unless a different class is indicated on the En- gineer's drawings. Splices in horizontal reinforcement placed in verti- cal wall sections shall be detailed in accordance with the top reinforce- ment requirements of ACT 318-83, Splices shall not be used in regions of mas.imum bending stress. If re- quired, welded splices shall be used only as specified hereinafter, + "Cadweld" tension splices shall be as manufactured and recommended by Erico Products, Incorp)rated, The first four splices made by each oper- ator shall be made in the presence of an Erico representative and the Owner. Each operator shall make splices in the same splicing positions j (vertical, horizontal, angle, or special) he will make for the project, All materials and procedures used shall be subject to the acceptance of s the )rico representative and the Owner, Cadweld splices.shell develop in tension at least the minimum ultimate tensile strength specified for the spliced bars.' Unless otherwise accepted, splices shall be "T-Series" splices. The &rico representative shall provide the Owner with three copier of Erico's latest inspection criteria, a 3A.9 FORMS, Forms shall be designed to produce hardened concrete having the shape, lines, and dimensions indicated on the drawings. Forma shall be constructed and maintained in proper position and accurate alignment. Fo n,s shall conform to ACT 347 and the following additional requirements. Concrete shall be placed against ,jab-built plywood forms or forme that are lined with plywood or fiberboard, except as otherwise specified. Prefabricated forms' metal forms, or metal frames with p1 ywood inserts will be permittod only for surfaces which are not normally exposed to view when construction has been completed. Plywood and fiberboard shall t s ) r, r wK fDENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,0000) { r 3A-15 r t be new when it is brought to the construction site and shall be properly coated, protected, and maintained throughout its use, All plywood fiberboard materials which are damaged, cracked, weathered, orotherwise ~ unsuited, in the Owner's opinion, for producing smooth, uniformly text- tired formed surfaces shall be rejected as form material, Metal deck forms shall be installed as specified in the section titled METAL DECK FORM. Expanded metal formwork shall not be used, Vertical surfaces of footings extended above grade shall be formed. 3A.9,1 Design. Forma shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. They shall be properly braced or tied so that they will maintain the desired position, shape, and alignment during and after placing concrete therein. Walers, studs, internal ties, and other form supports shall be of sufficient size and number and shall be located and spaced so that proper working stresses therein are not exceeded. j Suspended members which are supported by concrete columns and piers shall be formed so that the column and pier forms may be removed' without disturbing the supports'for the suspended members, 1 ! The top edges of forma for wallet equipment bases, and which other concret is to be finished to a specified elevation, slope, or contour,a shall be brought to a true line and grade so that the top concrete sur- face can be finished with a screed or template resting on the to edges of the forme. Wall forms, on one side at least, shall not extend above ; f horizontal construction joints, Temporary openings shall be provided at the bottom of column and wall forma and at other points where necessary to facilitate cleaning and inspection. 3A.9.2 Form Ties, Form,ties shall be of the removable end, permanently embedded body type, and shall have sufficient strength, stiffness, and rigidity to support and maintain the form in proper position and align- ment without the use of auxiliary spreaders. 'Outer ends of the parma- nevtly embedded portions of form ties shall be at least l inch back from adjacent outer concrete faces. Permanently embedded portions of form ties which are not provided with threaded ends shall be constructed so that the removable ends can be broken off by twisting, without chipping or apalling the concrete surface, The type of form ties used shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Form ties in exposed surfaces shall be uniformly spaced and aligned in horizontal and vertical rows, (DENTON 1056502GEN 298CONST 71,00001 3A-16 i i i 3A.9,3 Edges and Corners. Chamfer strips shall be placed in forms to bevel all salient edges and corners except edges which are to be buried and edges which are indicated on the drawings with a special treatment, Equipment bases shall have formed beveled salient edges for all vertical and horizontal corners unless specifically indicated otherwise on the E drawings. Bevel dimensions shall be 3/4 by 3/4 inch unless indicated t otherwise on the drawings. 3A.9.4 Form Removal. Forms shall not be removed or disturbed until concrete s a attained sufficient strength to safely support all dead and + live loads to be imposed thereon. Supports beneath beams or slabs shall { be left in place and reinforced as necessary to carry any construction equipment or materials placed thereon, Care shall be taken in form re- moval to avoid surface gouging, corner or edge breakage,'or other damage to the concrete, 3A,9,5 Water Passe es. The water passages and draft tubes are important structures to the generating capacity of the plant. Special care will be j required to ensure that the correct geometric shapes are constructed, Forms shall be designed by a qualified engineer experienced in this work, i All necessary bracing and shoring shall be provided. The completed concrete-lined water passages shall he within 1/4 inch of the locations and elevations indicated on the drawings. Abrupt- irregu-larities shall be limited to 1/8 inch and gradual irregularities.(within a 5 foot length) to 1/4 inch. Abrupt irregularities perpendicular to the direction of flow and with the low side upstream shall be ground smooth. The penstock, a portion of the draft tube, and the bypass pipe shall be s formed by use of Owner-furnished steel liners and pipes, liners shall be as specified in the section tit.ledMISCELLANWeldin of EOUSgSTEELhe The liners shall be erected to tolerances required by the turbine-generator manufacturer. Accurate positioning and rigid placement are critical. The liners and pipes shall be firmly braced and anchored to prevent any lateral or buoyant movements during concrete placement, The Contrattor shall design and provide any temporary internal stiffeners 'required for the assembly and handling of the liners and placement of concrete, Assembly of the draft tube liner shall follow the manufacturer's instruc- tions. t 3A.10 EMBEDMENTS. Anchor bolts, castings, steel shapes, conduit, sleeves, and other materials that are to be embedded in the concrete f shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored, , i i rDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 022988 3A-17 A ~f Unless installed in pipe sleeves, anchor bolts shall be provided with sufficient threads to permit a nut to be installed on the concrete side of the form or template. A second nut shall be installed on the other side of the form or template and the two nuts shall be adjusted so the bolt will be held rigidly in proper position. Embedments shall not be welded to reinforcement. Embedmenta shall be clean when they are installed. After concrete place- went, surfaced not in contact with concrete shall be cleaned of all con- crete spatter and other foreign substances. Anchor bolt sleeves, handrail sleeves, and similar openings in concrete which are subject to filling with water and freezing shall be filled with closed cell PVC expansion joint filler, For Wilson anchor sleeves, the upper neck of the sleeve shall be cut out and the annular space filled with closed cell PVC expansion joint filler. Expansion joint filler shall be W. R, Grace Grade 300 or acceptable equal. I 3A.11 TURBINE-GENERATOR FOUNDATION. The turbine-generator foundation j will carry heavy loads and m_Y bubjected to severe vibration condi- tions. The forming and the placing of reinforcements and embedments will f be complicated. Special care will be required at each step of the con- i struction to ensure proper strength, stability, and appearance. j Anchor bolts and attachments shall be located and secured during concrete placement with accurately made templates to ensure j proper fit with the equipment. All templates shall be interconnected and braced with members as required to maintain the proper relationship between all anchor bolts set with templates. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the design and construc- tion of the templates. Improperly located bolts and embedments shall be corrected at the Contractor's exp+nse, LJ j Turbine foundation forms shall he accurately constructed And securely braced such that all surfaces of the completed foundation shall be within 1/4 Inch o of the locations and elevations indicated on the drawings unless tighter tolerance is required by the turbine-generator manufacturer, The Contractor shall carefully check all forming and the placement of re- Inforcements, embedments, and anchor bolts for each pour before placing any concrete in the pour, The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the turbine-generator manufacturer's representative at the completion of setting embedments, so bracing, leveling, elevations, and locations can be checked prior to concrete placement, Concrete shall be placed as specified under PLACEMENT.. [DENTON 10566 GFN CONST 71.00001 [ 022968 j 3A-18 , 1 "WA „ i The Contractor shall and instructions conform to the construction requirements, sequence, of the turbine-generator manufacturer, 3A.12 PLACEMENT, The handling, depositing, and compacting of concrete shall conform to these specifications subject to adjustment by the owner for weather or placement conditions. Concrete shall not be pumped through aluminum pipe or aluminum alloy pipe. Where construction Joints are indicated on the drawings, the limits of each concrete pour shall be as defined by construction joint locations. E If the Contractor prefers construction joint locations other then the locations indicated on the drawings, he shall predetermine joint locations and request the Owner's acceptance such ocher arrangement as specified hereinafter in thearticle otitledrCONS i JOINTS, TRUCTION I All concrete within the established pour limits shall be placed in one continuous operation. Prior to placing concrete for pours that require more than one lift over a relatively large area, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the pour requirements do not exceed his placing ability. f Except for concrete retaining walls, where concrete Is placed against dry or porous nonbedrock surfaces, such surfaces shall be covered with poly- ethylene film to protect the concrete from loss of water,', Joints in the film shall be sealed with waterproof sealing tape. Grade beneath retain- ing walls shall be saturated prior to plac;,Want. i Where concrete is placed against rock, all loose pieces of rock shall be I removed and the exposed surface, cleaned with a high-pressure hose, i Before concrete is placed, forms, reinforcements, water stops, anchor bolts, and embedments shall be rigidly secured in proper positiont all dirt, mud, water, and debris shall be removed from the apace to be occu- pied by the concrete= all surfaces which may have become incrusted with } dried mortar or concrete from previous placement operations shall be, cleaned; and the entire installation shall be acceptable to the Owner. 34-12,1 Boa In to gardened Concrete upon which fresh concrete is to be placedhshall beerough# clean,Cand1 to damp, Surface mortar shall be removed to expose the aggregate. The hardened surface shall be cleaned of all foreign substances (including curing compound), washed with clean water, and saturated preceding place- ment of fresh concrete, f ;i ' ~t f ~i sr iDENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.0000) ` 022988 3A-19 1 DA, q'" ~j. '1-" A14 y ~k Coarse aggregate shall be omitted from the first batch or batches of con- crete deposited on hardened concrete in wall or column forms. The mortar puddle shall cover the hardened concrete to a depth of not less than 2 inches at every point, 3A.12.2 Conveyance and Diatributio)i. Concrete shall be conveyed to the point of final deposit by methoic which will prevent the separation or lose of the ingredients. Concrete ahall be deposited in its final posi- tion without moving it laterally in the forms for a distance in excess of 5 feet, 3A,12.3 Deflositina Concrete, Concrete shall be deposited in approxi- mately horizontal layera of proper depth for effective compaction; how- ever, the depth of a layer shall not exceed 20 inches, Each iayer of concrete shall be plastic when covered vith the following layer, and the forms shall be filled at a rate of vertical rise of not less than 2 feet per hour except encasement of steel liners may be at a slower rate pro 1 vided the Contractor ensuros the concrete remains plastic. Horizontal and vertical construction joints shall be provided as necessary and as accepted by the Owner to comply with these. requirements, Plastic concrete is defined as concrete which can be revibrated at least to the extent that an `immersion type vibrator spud will penetrate the concrete at least L inch by vibration action and its own weight. Con- crete shall remain plastic to this extent for'at least 2-1/2 hours after initial contact of cement and water. Concrete which is no longer plastic i but which must be covered by an additional lift shall be immediately chipped back to well consolidated concrete, slushed with mortar puddle as } specified'in the article titled Bonding to Hardened Concrete, and other- (',l { wise treated as accepted by the Owner to ensure that a cold joint will not occur. If the pour requirements do not exceed the Contractor's placing ability, these measures should not be necessary, kxcept where placed with 'a drop pipe, concrete shall be deposited and compacted in wall or column forme before any reinforcing steel is placed in the system to be supported by such walls or columns. Concrete in walls or columns shall settle at least 2 hours before concrete is placed in the structural systems to be supported by such walls or columns. The manipulation of the concrete adjacent to the surface of the lift, in connection with completing lift placement, shall be kept to the minimum necessary to produce not only the degree of consolidation desired in the surface layer of concrete, but also a surface with the desired degree of roughnoes for bond with the next lift. Surface vibration or excessive surface working will not be permitted, Concrete shall be thoroughly settled when top finished, All laitance, de')ris, and surplus water shall be removed from concrete surfaces at top j l [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022988 3A-20 , i 19 of forme by screeding, scraping, or other effective means, Wherever the top of a wall will be exposed to weathering, the forms shall be over- filled and after the concrete has settled the excess shall be screeded s off. 3A.12.4 Compaction. During and immediately after depositing, all con- crete shall be thoroughly compacted, worked around reinforcements and } embedments, and worked into the corners of the forms. All concrete shall be compacted by means of mechanical vibrating equip- went, except duct bank concrete shall be rodded or spaded and concrete slabs 6 inches or less in.thickness may be either vibrated or tamped. Unless otherwise accepts by the Engineer, mechanical vibrators shall be spud type immersion vibrators which will maintain at least 4,000 cycles per minute when immersed in the concrete. The number and type of vibra tore shall be subject to the acceptance of the (Amer. wVibrators shall be I applied systematically so that vibrated zones overlap. Techniques shall be in conformance with recommendations of the ACT Manual of Concrete Inspection. 3A.12,5 Hot Weather Concreting. Except as modified herein, hot weather { concretin ehalcomply ~ g with ACT 305, At air temperatures of 90 F or „j above, special procedures shall be adopted to keep the concrete as cool as•possible during placement and curing. The temperature of the concrete i when it is placed in the work shall not exceed that specified in the i article ti d ~ tle LIMITING REQUIREMENTS. Whenever the air temperature exceeds 95 F, membrane cured slabs shall be kept wet to promote cooling of the concreta during the curing period. ? 3A.12,6 Cold Weather Concreting. Except a3 modified herein, cold weather concretng'shall comply with ACT 306.' 1 1 When deposited$ the temperature of heated concrete shall be within the range specified in the article titled LIMITING' REQUIREMENTS, When freezing temperatures may be expected during the curing periods, suitable means shall be provided for maintaining the concrete at tempera- tures of not less than 50 F for 5 days or 70 F for 3 days after the con crate is placed. Concrete and adjacent form surfaces shall he kept moist j at all times. Sudden cooling of concrete will not be permitted. During or at the conclusion of the curing period, means shall be provided to ensure that the temperature of the air adjacent to the concrete does not fall more than 3 F in any 1 hour and not more than 30 F in any 24 hours. Care shall be taken to avoid thermal shock when the forms are removed, The use of calcium chloride will not be permitted. t ' (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 022988 j 3A-21 r ~i a:vY'3 3A,12,7 Underwater Placement of Concrete, Underwater placement of con- crete shall bci placed only £or temporary construction facilities unless specifically permitted by the Owner, Concrete shall be placed by means of a tremia or by pumping at the Contractor's option, Underwater con- crete shall be in accordance with the recommendations of ACI 304 and the following requirements. The tremle shall be equipped with a tremia seal at the lower end and a hopper at the upper end. The tremie shall be watertight and large enough to allow a free flow of concrete. Hoisting equipment shall be continuously available for raising and lowering the pipe as concrete is placed. - After the flow of concrete is started, the lower and of the tremia shall be kept below the surface of the deposited concrete. The tremia shall be kept full of concrete at all times while depositing. Agitation of the + deposited concrete shall. be avoided, The concrete flow shall be main- tained as nearly uniform as practicable, and concrete shall not be dropped through tl!e water, if the concrete charge is lost while depositing, the I tremia shall be withdrawn and refilled. When restarting, the seal shall be at the bottom of the pipe so that no water is forced ahead of the new concrete into the previously placed plastic concrete. A pobitive head must be maintained orn the concrete while deposited regardless of the ! method of deposit, treLaie or pumping. ! If necessary to move the. tremia laterrlly, the tremie shall be lifted free of the concrete, resealed, end lowered vertically at the new loca- tion. The entire mass of underwater concrete shall be placed as quickly,. as possible so that it will flow into place without the necessity of horizontal shifting below water, 3A.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. Construction ,joints shall be located and constructed as indicatad on the drawings. If additional construction joints are desired by the Contractor, drawings indicating the locations and details of the proposed joints shall be submitted to the Owner,. Such additional joints shall be installed only where acceptable to the Owner. Joints so designated on the drawings and additional Contractor's. joints, if any, which will be subjected to differential hydrostatic pressure, shall be provided with a water stop, Water stops shall be clean and free from coatings that would weaken the bond with concrete. Each water stop shall be continuous throughout the length of the construction joint in which it is installed. All water stops shall be maintained in proper position until the surrounding con- creto ha,; been deposited and compacted. r [DENTON 105660911CON9T 71,00001 022988 l 3A-22 i i,F.4a d 3A,14 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be located and constructed as Indic tes don the drawings. Expansion joint filler shall be firmly bonded to the previously poured Joint face with a suitable adhesive and the new concrete shall be poured directly against the joint filler. Ac- cessible edges of each expansion joint shall be sealed with the sealer specified in the article titled MATERIALS applied in accordance with the manufacturer's directions, Expansion joints so designated on the drawings and any additional expan- i lion joints, which will be subjected to differential hydrostatic pres- F sure, shall be provided with a flexible water stop. Water stop embedment shall be equal on each side of the joint. 3A.15 CONTRACTION JOINTS, Contraction joints shall be located where .in- dicated on the drawin s, joint shall be smooth gformed noreplaced bdirectly againstt i contraction directly g prre eviously formed i ~ concrete coated with bond breaker,' Reinforcing or other material which would promote bond should not cross the joint. Type 2 flexible water ! stops shall be used where indicated on the drawings, 3A.16 FLEXIBLE WATER STOPS, Flexible water stops shall be spliced in strict conformity with the recommendations of the water stop manufac- turer, A sample 90 degree corner splice mitered at 45 degrees shall. be { prepared and submitted for the Owner's review. ( be made by the Contractor's field personnel using rocghtheparoc ep]eduree Intended for use on the work. The sample splice shall be submitted at least ? j 2 weeks prior to the Contractor's intended first usage of flexible water f 1 stop for this project. ' Rubber and plastic materials shall be stored in s Gaol place and shall not be exposed to direct sunlight, i Flexible water stops shall he placed in joints as indicated on the draw- , ibge, The bottoms of water stops which extend to rock shall be sealed. All water stops shall be installed so as ~o form a continuous watertight diaphragm in each joint. Adequate provisions shall be provided to sup- port and protect the water stops. expense, any water stops punctured ore otherwiseodamaged,reThe concrete shall be worked thoroughly in the vicinity of the water stops to prevent honeycomb and to ensure the joint is watertight. Exposed projecting edges and ends of partially embedded water stops shall be protected from damage until the water stop is completely embedded in the concrete. 3A,17 OPENINGS IN CONCRETE, Concrete wall and floor openings for piping and other fixtures which will be installed after the walls and floors are built shall be of sufficient size that adequate space is available for 1f the proper compaction of concrete which will be placed later around the i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00003 t 022988 1 3A-23 F:Rw: ssa i. t pipe or fixture. All sides of each opening shall be provided with con- tinuous keyways, The top of each wall opening shall be sloped or beveled to provide adequate apace for placing and compacting the pipe embedment concrete, Water stops shall be provided around wall openings below grade and floor openings which are exposed to weather or submergence, JA,18 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES. Formed surfaces shall be finished to the following sur£acas and tolerances as specified by ACI 301 and herein, Location Finish r Concrete in contact with earth or other concrete Rough formed Powerhouse below grade Rough formed(l) Exterior powerhouse above f grade Smooth formed interior powerhouse Smooth formed j Exposed nonpowerhouge Smooth formed (1)Water passages shall be finished to the additional j requirements listed in the article titled pater f Passages. All fins and other surface projections shall be removed from all formed surfaces from which the forms are stripped except exterior surfaces that will be in contact with earth backfill. Projecting ends of all form ties shall be removed and the resulting recesses ohnil be cleaned, wetted, and filled with patching mortar. No rubbing will be required, 3A.19 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES. Unformed surfaces designated as screeded surfaces on the 'drawings shall be finished b screed Surfaces by ith rwis designated as floated surfaces and all surfaces not otherwise designated shall be finished by screeding and floating., Surfaces deaig nated as troweled surfaces shall be finished b se ree by din floating g~ and troweling ~ . Float finished surfaces shall be finished to provide a flat profile with- in 1/4 inch deviation as measured from a 10 foot straightedge. Trowel finished surfaces shall be finished to form a flat plane in which the profile shall not deviate more than 1/8 inch when measured from a 10 foot straightedge. (DENTON 10566GFN CONST 71,00001 022988 3A-24 ] 3A.19,1 Screeding, Screeding shall provide a concrete surface conform- ing to the proper elevation and contour with all aggregates completely embedded in adjacent mortar, Surface irregularities in screeded surfaces shall be limited as required to produce finished surfaces within the tolerances specified, No other finishing will be required for surfaces designated on the drawings as screeded surfaces. Surfaces designated as screeded surfaces shall be finished to provide a flat profile within 1/4 inch deviation as measured from a 10 foot straightedge. 3A,19.2 Floating, Screaded surfa..ea shall be given an initial float finish as soon as the concrete has stiffened sufficiently for proper working, Any piece of coarse aggregate which may be disturbed by the l float or which causes a surface irregularity shall be removed and re- { placed with mortar, Initial floating shall produce a surface of uniform texture and appearance with no unnecessary working of the surface with the float. 1 Initial floating shall be followed by a second floating at the time of initial set. The second floating shall produce a smooth, uniform, and E workmanlike float finish of uniform texture and color. The completed finish for all unformed surfaces designated as float finished'and sur- faces not otherwise designated shall be a float finish as produced by the second floating. Floating shall be performed with hand floats or suitable mechanical com- pactor floats. i 3A.19.3 Trod. All surfaces designated on the drawipgo and 'the ex- posed portions of the tops of equipment bases shall be steel trowel fin- fatted, Troweling shall be performed after the second floating when the surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent an excess of cement.heing i drawn to the surface. Troweling shall produce a dense, amooth, uniform surface free from blemishes and trowel marks, j Surfaces to be covered with neoprene-hypalon coatings shall be lightly troweled but not burnished, 3A, 19.4 Aggregate Exposure. All surface mortar shall be removed from surfateo which are to be later covered with mortar, concrete, or grout. j The coarse aggregate shall be exposed in all such surfaces to improve s bonding. The method employed shall be effective and acceptable to the t5 Owner, ) 3A,19.5 Edging, Unless specified to be beveled, exposed edges of floated or troweled surfaces shall be edged with a tool having a 1/4 inch corner j radius. ii G [DENTON 10566 r,EN CONST 71.0000) [ 022988 ) 3A-25 f• I~.n-3g 1 Ifi}} tY, 1 n ~f ~t 1 3A.19.6 Finishing Mortar. Finishing mortar shall be added if there is not sufficient mortar available from the concrete mix. The proportions for this finishing mortar shall be 225 pounds of concrete sand (fine ag- gregate) to one sack of Portland cement, mixed with enough water for proper application. Slump for finishing mortar shall not exceed 2 inches. 3A.20 SEPARATE FINISHES. In certain areas, slab surfaces shall be fin- ished with a separate concrete finish which shall be applied to the con- crete base slab. 3A.21 CURING, Concrete shall be protected from loss of moisture for not less than 7 days after the concrete is placed. Curing of concrete shall be by methods which will keep the concrete sur- faces adequately wet during the specified curing period. Curing shall be by saturation with water unless otherwise specified. i Troweled surfaces, except those which will receive a separate finish or coating, shall be cured with the membrane curing compound specified in the article titled MATERIALS. Float finished aurfaces, except those which will receive a separate finish, may be cured with either the mew- brans curing compound specified in the article titled MATERIALS or with i water. Water curing only will be permitted on the surfaces which will receive a separate finish or any coating. 3A.21.1 Water Curing. Water saturation of concrete surfaces shall begin as soon as it will not damage unformed surfaces and immediately upon stripping of formed surfaces. The rate of water application shall be r. regulated to provide complete surface coverage with a minimum of runoff. 3A.21.2 Membrane Curing, Membrane curing compound shall be applied within 30 minutes after final finishing of the surface or as soon as possible I without damaging the surface, Membrane curing compound shalt be spray applied at a coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gallon. Mem- brane curing shall not be used on surfaces which will be covered at a later date with mortar, concrete, dampproofing, or any coating. 3A.22 FLOOR SEALER. All concrete floors shall be given two coats of clear floor sealer in addition to any which may have been applied as membrane curing compound. The first coat shall be applied nt the end of the curing period and before any traffic is permitted on the floor. The second coat shall be applied after the floor has been cleaned in prepara- tion for the final inspection, Floor sealer shall be applied in strict . accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3A.23 REPAIRING DEFECTIVE CONCRETE. Defects in formed concrete surfaces shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner within 24 hours, and defective concrete shall be replaced within 48 hours after the adjacent (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 l 3A-26 s tx «i n £os a have been removed. All concrete which is porous, honeycombed, or T' otherwise defective to a depth in excess of 1 inch shall be cut out and 7 removed to sound concrete, with edges square cut to avoid feathering. Cut surfaces shall be coated with epoxy bonding compound before the re- pair concrete is placed. , ( Concrete repair work shall be performed in a manner that will not inter- fere with thorough curing of surrounding concrete. Mortar and concrete used in repair work shall he adequately cured and shall be finished to match adjacent surfaces. E The Contractor shall repair cracks and other defects which leak after the 1 ! structures are subject to hydraulic pressures and other cracks i:hich the Owner determines to be detrimental. The Contractor's repair procedures shall be submitted to the Owner for review and acceptance before any repairs are initiated. { 3A.24 DUCT BANK CONCRETE. Concrete for duct banks shall be as specified t in the article titled LIMITING REQUIREMENTS and Table 1, All reinforcing steel and other magnetic materials installed in duct banks shall be parallel to the lengths of the individual ducts unless they enclose all the ducts of the duct bank. All construction joints shall conform to the requirements specified hereinbefore for watertight joints in the article titled CONSTRUCTION .JOINTS. Hardened surfaces that are to receive additional concrete shall be prepared by being cleaned of all loose particles, scum, and laitance so that the aggregate is exposed. The, hardened surface shall then be k thoroughly wetted and a thin coating of neat cement mortar shall be spread over the entire surface just before the fresh concrete is placed, j The fresh concrete shall be puddled and spaded to eliminate any honeycomb or lack of mortar at or near the ,joint. Duct bank concrete shall be compacted by rodding or spading only. Care shall be taken while nodding concrete to avoid breaking ducts. Mechani- cal. vibrators shall not be used. Concrete shall be worked around rein- forcements and embedments, and worked into the corners of the forms. I 3A.25 TOLERANCES FOR SUBSTATION BASES. The concrete bases and their embedments for substation yard structures and equipment shall meet the following tolerance requirements in addition to those specified herein- before. Concrete form dimensions and placement shall be within 1/2 inch of the plan dimensions and locations indicated on the drawings. The top of the forms shall be accurately set to the elevation required to produce fin- ished surfaces within the specified tolerances, 4 I; (DENTON 10566 CLN CONST 71.00001 ( 02298$ j 3A-27 i ~iz1lR.IN The elevation of all points on all float finished surfaces shall be with- in 1/4 inch of the elevation indic2- d on the drawings, The elevation of all points on all trowel finishod surfaces shall be within 1/8 inch of the elevation indicated oti the drawings. Anchor bolts and all other materials that are to be em,aedded in the con- crete ahsi be accurately positioned and securely anchored, The center of each aftehor bolt group or• cluster shall be within 1/8 inch of the lo- cation indicated on the drawings. The center-to-center dimensions between the anchor bolts in a group or cluster shall be within 1/16 inch of the + dimensiona indicated on the drawings, t { I i 1 I 't ~ I 4 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ~t 022988 3A-?8 • WWI F WIN& 886ZZU ] (0000'1[ ISNUJ N30 S')901 NOJN3C) ~ H }~j H i IrA~ I r A 0 f1 to m E ~ p OA to H I \1 a o f cl ; ' 9o E i H 4 4 W N 1 4r, to 4 N I O O O p µ M ~ I ~ cm w j1I H i f i rn - 4- Vi J3Rk'-t1 Yn Yff -S57i1UjM C1;t I IF r-1 Section 3B - GROUTING 3B.1 GENERAL, This section covers materials and procedures for grouting equipment, st'"etural baseplatea, and dowels. All grouting shall be dona with Portland cement grout except where non- shrinking grout and epoxy grout are indicated on the drawings. 3B:2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be in accordance with these require- ments. Portland cement grout Cement ASTM C150, Type T Sand ASTM C33 fine aggregate. Clean well graded natural sand ~ Water 3 Clean and free from mud, oil, organic matter, and other II deleterious substances 1 3 F Pea gravel AM C33 coarse aggregate, ` with 100 percent passing a 3/8 inch sieve and 90 percent r retained on a No. 4 sieve Nbnshrinking grout Minimum 5,000 psi, 28 day com- pressive strength; Master Builders "Masterflow 713 Grout,";Sauereisen Cements !IF-100 Level Fill Grout,", U.S. Grout "Five Star. Grout," Gifford Hill "Supreme Grout," USM "Upcon Hiflow," LSM { "Crystex," or acceptable equal Epoxy grout Sika "Sikadur Hi-Mod," U.S. Grout "Five Star Epoxy," t or acceptable equal i Aggregate As recommended by the epoxy grout manufacturer (DENTON 10566 GF.N CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 j 3B-i Dowels ASTM A615 Grade 60 reinforcing bars including Supplement S-1. Yield strength shall be deter- mined by full size bar teats, 38,3 GROUTING OF BASES FOR E UIPMENT AND STRUCTURES, All equipment and structural basepates shell be firmly and solidly grouted in place, util- izing portland cement grout and nonshrink grout as indicated on the draw- ings, by methods that will ensure complete, uniform, and permanent fill- ing of all apace beneath the base without disturbing or displacing the alignment or level of the base in its correct position, Should the in- stallation of any equipment be done under the supervision and direction of a manufacturer's erection superintendent, or other accredited super- visor provided by the manufacturer of the equipment, then the grouting procedure shall follow his direction. Otherwise, these specifications shall govern. 3B,3.I Surface Preparation. The surfaces of hardened concrete upon which grout will be placed shall be chipped to remove laitance and surface mortar and to expose the aggregate. The surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned of all oil, grease, laitance, curing compound, and other foreign louse materials and shall be saturated with water for j not less than 2 hours, for portland cement grout, and 24 hours, for non- E + shrinking grout, immediately before the grout is placed. All excess i water shall be removed, 380 3.2, Alignment and Leveling. Each base shall be set in place over its anchor bolts and shall be carefully aligned in proper position and.then brought to accurate level preferably by-means of leveling screws having { nuts above and below temporary lugs attached-to the edges of the base. If permission is given by the Owner in the case of small bases, steel wedges may be used for leveling, but such wedges shall be of a type that cannot be easily or accidentally dislodged. Unless otherwise accepted, leveling shall have three-point control. The use of wood blocking or wood wedges to hold the base in position will not be permitted. Wedges shall be removed after the grout has hardened if so indicated by, the equipmenf, manufacturer's installation instructions, directed by the equipment manufacturer's representative, or directed by the Owner. Voids left due to such removal shall be filled with grout. Small structural bases may be leveled by means of an extra nut below the base on each anchor bolt. 38.3.3 Portland Cement Grout. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, portland cement grout for use in grouting bases shall be composed of a mixture of portland cement, sands and water. The proportions of cement [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 022988 ] 38-2 f i fA } t~'FJ tb yy ytl~ as v:i•~ Ln nand for flat bases where the grouting space does not exceed 1-1/2 :aches shall be one sack of cement to 150 pounds of sand, For thicker wortar or grout beds up to 2-1/2 inches, the amount of sand shall be increased to 225 pounds per sack of cement, Bates which are hollow and are to be filled full of grout shall be filled se an elevation 1 inch above the outside rim with a mortar mixed in the proportions of 1 part by volume of cement, 1-1/2 parts sand, and 1-1/2 parts of 1/4 inch pea gravel, All grout or mortar mixtures, whatever the proportion, shall be thor- oughly mixed for not less than 5 minutes in a mechanical mixer of ac- ceptable type. After mixing, the grout shall be used immediately and before any stiffening sets in. 3B.3.4 Nonsh_ rinking Grout. Nonshrinking grout shall be furnished fac- tory premixed so only water is added at the jobsite. Grout shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer for a minimum of 3 minutes., No more water shall be used than is recommended by the manufacturer, 38.3,5 Placing of Grout. After the base has been set, its alignment and level shell be checked and accepted before placing any grout. The temperature of the grout when it is placed shall not exceed 90 F, Portland cement grout may be placed by the "dry pack" method when the ' I least dimension of the base being grouted is 2'-0" or less, the grout l apace is more than l inch, and the grout space is readily accessible. E Dry pack grout shall contain only enough water to produce a grout which can be tamped in place. Grout shall be tamped in place from one of the i longer sides of the base, working against a backing board rigidly wedged { against the opposite side of the base. Tamping shall. be done with the I` end of a board at least 1 by 4 inches in nominal size. The board shall be struck with a hammer or mallet as required to compact the grout into a dense mass, free from voids, After the initial set of the grout, all grout which extends beyond the edge of the baee shall be cut off flush and removed. ~ Portland cement grout shall be placed by the "flow" method when the least dimension of the base being grouted exceeds 2'..0". Bases set in recesses i and all other bases whose grout spaces are not readily accessible shall also be grouted using the flow method. This type of grout shall contain l only enough water to produce a grout which is flowable, but which will not show excess water on top when it is being puddled In place, Nonshrinkin g g grout shall be placed by the "flow" method immediately after { mixing and before stiffening sets in, Grout shall be accordance with the directions of the manufacturer so that~alingroutct space is completely filled without voids, f t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 38-3 i F „ t; A Nonshrinking grout shall be finished smooth in all locations where the grout will be exposed to view after it has reached its initial set. For flowable grout, a low dam or frame shall be set around the base at such a distance all around that it will permit pouring and manipulation of the grout, with the top of the dam higher than the bottom of the base, Grout shall be consolidated with "pencil" vibrators. Chains will not be perm+tted, ..Pouring of flowable grout shall take place through grout holes if such are provided. Otherwise the grout shall be poured at one side or at two edjacent sides, giving it a head to cause it to move in a solid mass j -under the base and out the opposite side. The pouring shall be continued until the entire space below the base is filled and the grout stands at least 1 inch higher all around than the bottom of the base. Care shall be taken to eliminate,any and all air or water pockets beneath the base. l 3B.3.6 Finishing of Edges, when the placing of the grout has been com- pleted) it shall be allowed to stand undisturbed until aet stiff. Then immediately the form or dam, if any,' shall be taken off, and the portions of the grout which extend beyond the edges of the base shall be out off flush and removed, except where a sloping surface is indicated on the drawings. The edges of the portland cement grout shall be sloped to a one-to-one slope. All grouting shall be completed in a proper and workmanlike manner with the exposed edges of the foundation and the surfaces adjacent thereto left clean and free from cement an3 grout. ~ 3B,4 CURING. All grout'shall be protected against rapid loss of water by covering with wet rags and polyethylene sheets, After edge finishing is completed, the grout shall be wet cured for at least 7 days. When air temperatures of 90 F or above may be expected during curing, special pro- cedures shall be adopted by the Contractor to keep the grout as cool as possible. When air temperatures of 45 F or below may be expected during curing, special precodures shall be adopted by the Contractor for maintaining the grout at temperatures of not less than 50 F for 5 days or 70 F for 3 days after the grout is placed. Grout and adjacent form surfaces shall be kept moist at all times. Sudden cooling of grout shall not be permitted. 3B,5 GrOUTING OF REINFORCING STEEL AND ANCHOR BOLTS, Reinforcing steel and anchor bolts shall be firmly and solidly grouted in place by methods that will ensure complete and permanent filling of the annular space sur- rounding the reinforcing steel or anchor bolts, Grouting of reinforcing steel and anchor bolts shall be done with epoxy grout. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 f 022999 ] 3B-4 i gk.:i:Stgg 1 Epoxy grout shall consist of a two evmponent liquid e p inert aggregate filler consist of a Com P Y adhesive and E at the factlory and field mlm Poechan shall e packaged separate-component. ing and mixin ed in a mechanical mixer, All proportion- turer's recommendations, of of the components shall be in accordance with the manufac- Materials and methods for grouting reinforcing steel and anchor bolts shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of otherwise specified herein, the epoxy grout unless 3B.5.1 Hole Prep4ra=n, Diameter of holes shall he 1/4 than the bolt head or 1/2 inch larger than the bar diameter. Dept holes shall be inch larger not less than 10 bar diameters, unless otherwise Indicated on the drawings. Holes for reinforcin washed clean of B steel and anchor bolts shall each h be all loose materials, The bottom elevation of each hole shall be checked to ensure that ~ will have the required embedmenttandrwilloproject to the required eleva- tion. Holes that are too des a hall areal and anchor bolts cement grout as required to su hall be filled with dr j € boltsat the proper elevation,Pport the reinforcin dry packed Portland g steel and anchor. I 3B.5,2 installation. cleaned of a I 1 88 mateinaorcbng s the 8 steel and anchor bolts shall be Hooka or bends in bare shall be careful! they are installed in the hole. reinforcements, and ocher embe y oriented to clear 1 dr9nts which will be installed anchor later,iJQlta, j E i if. pressure equipment will be used to place the t I€ tJ shall have spacers at acceptable intervals, grout t I and bars approximately centered in the holes Spacers shalLi;eep the bolts Holes shall be clean and all excess water shall he removed before j bolts and bars are installed. the 3 38.5.3 Placement, Grout may be plaoed by the use of acceptable equipment or ahall be rvdded in f vice. 'Placement methods shall belintstrictaaccordance with the dixeasure t tions of the manufacturer of the grout so that the entire annular sac surrounding, the bolts and bare is completely filled,. Pace f l [DE'NTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 l 022988 pp` 3B-5 f r PART 2 - TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS 5A-1 thru 5A-16 5A.1 General 5A,2 Drawings 5A-1 5A.3 Materials 5A-1 5A-i 5A.4 Fabrication 5A.5 Welding $A_5 I 5A_9 5A.6 Galvanizing 5A-10 5A.7 Shop Painting 5A-10 I 5A,8 Erection 5A.9 Touchup Painting 5A--11 5A.10 Touchup Galvanizing 5A-14 Standard Beam Connections 5A-14 Coating System Data Sheet 5A-15 5A-I6 Section 5B METAL DECK FORM 58-1 thru 5B-2 5B.1 General 5B.2 Materials 5B-1 5B.3 Fabrication 5B-1 5B,4 Accessories 58-2 58.5 Handling and Storage 5B-2 5B-2 5816 Installation 513-2 58,7 Cleanup 58-2 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] f 01.0489 TC5-1 ~n•.•r.pr1 tl 11 Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND MISCELLANEOUS METALS i 5A.1 GENERAL. This section covers the materials, fabrication, and erec- tion ra`quiramYQnts for structural steel and miscellaneous metals. Except as otherwise specifically noted on the drawi.nge, or specified herein, all materials furnished and work performed in connection with ! structural steel and miscellaneous metals work shall be in conformity with the AI5C "Manual of Steel Construction, Eiahth Edition." 5A.2 DRAWINGS. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings for all mate- rials shall be prepared, checked, and submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C. If I 5A.3 MATERIALS. Materiels shall be new and undamaged and shall conform to pertinent RISC and ASTM standard specifications and the following re- quirements Structural } shapes and ASTM A36 steel, shop prima plates not otherwise painted. Minimum yield point noted of 36,000 pal including ap- purtenant materials ` E Shapes and plates noted "gals" or "galvanized" on the drawings ASTM A36,steel, galvanized ° i Steel pipe f ASTM A120 or ASTM A53 i Checkered floor plates Steel ASTM A786; carbon steel, skid resistant pattern as standard with the manufacturer; Inland } "4-Way Floor Plate," U.S. Steel "Multigrip Floor Plate," or acceptable equal. Galva- nized Fasteners for checkered floor plates I i Installed on grating Saddle-clips as specified for with saddle-clips grating and 3/8 inch slotted and machine screws steel flathead machine screws with nuts and washers. Zinc chromate o, € (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 022988 ) 5A-1 e exave Installed on beams 3/8 inch slotted steel flat- with machine screws head machine screws, zinc chromate Tread plates Aluminum, Alcoa 3003 alloy abrasiva tread plate or ac- ceptable equal Shop and field bolts ASTM A325 Type 1 bolts, nuts, and washers. Galvanized where any connection component is galvanized steel, Galvanized nuts shall be tapped oversize and lubricated as specified in 1 ASTH A325, i Flan and beveled ASTM A325, quenched and j washers tempered, compatible with I Type 1 bolts, Galvanized if l any connection component is j galvanized unfinished bolts ASTM A307 Grade A with lock washers. Galvanized where j either connection component is E aluminum or galvanized steel E Anchor bolts 3/4 inch ASTM A36 threaded bars, with ( and larger nuts conforming to ASTH A563 Grade A heavy hexagon; ASTM j A53 standard steel pipe sleeves where indicated; all golva- n.'zed after fabrication i Anchor bolts smaller ASTM A307 Grade A with hexagon than 3/4 inch heads and ASTM A563 Grade A hexagon nuts; all galvanized after fabrication I Expansion anchors Fed Spec FF-S-325, Group it, Type 3, Class 3; Group II, Type 49 Class 1; or Group VIII, Type I or Type 21 Hilti Kwik- Bait, ITT phillips Ned Head Wedge and Sleeve Anchors, Namsot Trubolt and Dynabolt, Drillco Maxi-Bolt, or accept- able equal j (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 1f 5A-2 i I Eli N, "'N Fop ~R6] F 3 I Concrete anchors Welded stud type, 3/8 inch by 4 inches, Nelson Stud Welding, Erico Products "Slue Arc," KSM Welding Systems, or acceptable equal, unless otherwise indi- cated on drawings Plastic anchor bolt sleeves Wilson Anchor Sleeve, Inc. Sleeves A STM A120 standard weight pipe or formed ASTM A36 plate, Galvanized Welding electrodes American made including flux i I ASTM A36 steel Low hydrogen types, AWS j D1.1-88 (as specified in ! I Table 4,1.1 "Matching filler metal requirements"), Tensile strength range of 70,000 psi i minimum Iron castings ASTM A48, Class 35 or better, With hot-dipped asphalt ; I varnish coating or coal tar paint applied at the foundry ( Coal tar paint Koppers "Bitumastic Super Service Black," Porter "Tarmastic 103," Tnemed 11450 Heavy Tnemecol," or acceptable equal , Asphalt varnish Fed Spec TT-V-51 Guardrails Beams Corrugated metal beam rail- steel conforming to AASHTO M180, Class A, Type 2. Gal- vanized fa Pasta ASTM A36 steal,.. galvanized f I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 j 5A-3 Floor grating Fe4 Spec RR-G-661, Type I steel, welded rectangular type. Galvanized steel for bearing ASTM A569 including the thick- bars, crosebara, ness tolerances required therein bands, and kick- plates Fasteners for floor grating Grating Saddle-clips and welded stud type bolts as illustrated in NAAMM manual. Studs shall be Nelson Stud Welding, Erico Products "Blue Arc," KSM Welding Systems, or acceptable equal welded stud type bolts; or "EPI GRATE CLAMP" fasteners as manufactured by E,P.I., 1844 Ardmore Boulevard, Pitts- burgh, Pennsylvania or accept- able equal. j Heavy-duty grating Reliance Steel Products Co, or acceptable equal welded steel bar grating, Galvanized after fabrication,.; Aarasive nosing, for Wooster "Alumogrit Type 10111 concrete treads or acceptable equal, 3 inches wide with three wing type an- chors per nosing. Anchors at- tached with countersunk stain- less steel machine bolts Handrailinga Posts and rails Steel pipe, ASTM A53 Type E or S, Grade B, 1-1/2 inch nominal diameter, Schedule 40; shop prime painted indoors, galva- nized outdoors Kickplates and angles ASTM A36 [nENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 022988 5A-4 ] } } 4. ~ 4z 1 to If '4 N 7 Ar r, Railing fittings R&B Wagner railing fittings with wedgelock welding connec- tors at each and t { Handrail setting Minwax "Super Por-Rok Cement," cement Master Builders "Set 45," or acceptable equal Shop applied coatings f Primer paint System A1P as specified in the l Coating System Data Sheet at the and of this section j , Galvanizing ASTM A123, ASTM A153, and ASTM A385 J 5A,3,1 Bolt Inspection - Manufacturer, Bolts shall be inspection test- ed, by t a manu£acttirer, prior to shipmont in accordance with the Ship- E fi ping Lot Method described in ASTM A325, Article 9,3, A copy of the in- spection test reports shall be forwarded by the Contractor to the Owner I and the Engineer. Random samples of the bolts may be field tasted to verify that bolt ten- silo requirements and chomical composition are met. A lot shall be re- ,jested if any field test or metallurgic investigation fails to meet the ( .applicable test requirement, i j i 5A,4 FABRICATION, Mis4ellaneous metals shall be fabricated in conform- ity with the dimensions, arrangements, sizes, and weights or thicknesses indicated on the drnwings,or stipulated in the specifications; framing and connections of all members shall be deta{led and fabricated in ac- cordance with AISC standards, specifications, and details unless other- wise indiet;ted on the drawings or specified herein, All fabricated materials shall conform to the tolerances specified in the I AISC Manual and ASTM A6, f 5H,4,1 Shapes and Plates. Shapes and plates shall be fabricated and as- sembled in the shop to the greatest extent practicable. Shearing, flame cutting, and chipping shall be done carefully, neatly, and accurately. Holes shall be cut, drilled, or punched at right angles to the surface and shall not be made or enlarged by burning, Hole:, shall be clean-cut without torn or ragged odges, and burra resulting from drilling or ream- 1 ing operations shall be removed with the proper tool. Shapes and plates shall be fabricated to tolerances that will permit field erection within AISC tolerances except as otherwise specified, f (D UTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 022988 1 5A-5 s 3 t~. S Contact surfaces at all connections shall be free of loose scale, dirt, burrs, oil, and other foreign materials that would prevent eolid seating of the parts. rw, Plates bent at an angle greater than 90 degrees shall be forged to pre- vent cracking and reduction in metal thickness, 5A,4.2 Bolting. High strength bolts and their installation and bolting tools and equipment shall confotu to all requirements for A325 bolts of the "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts" including the commentary given therewith, as approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints of the Engineering Faun- dation, and endorsed by AISC, except as otherwise modified and supple- mented herein. The Research i)ounci,l specification is dated August 14, 1980. - Typical shop beam connections shall be all welded. Where shop bolted connections are required, gauges of connections shall be modified to provide adequate clearance fur power wrench type bolting tools when the steel is erected. If slotted connections are required, gauges of connec- tions shall be modified to provide for bolting tool clearances, Typical field beats connections shall be bolted. When a particular connection method (bolting or welding) is specified or detailed for, a particular connection or class of connections, such particular method shall take precedence over the typical connections. All bolts shall be 7/8 inch diameter unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, both shop and field beam connections shall correspond to the details indicated on the k following drawing which is bound at the end of this section. t Drawing No. Title 81112-DS-0001 STANDA"b BEAM CONNECTIONS SHOP WELDED - FIELD BOLTED 3/8 INCH THICK ANGLES ASTM A325 7/8 INCH BOLTS 5A,4.3 Anchor Bolts, Anchor bolts furnished under these specifications shall be as listed and detailed on the drawings, Sleeves and anchor plates Shall be provided where they are indicated on the drawings. Un- less otherwise indicated on the drawings, fabrication details for all an- chor bolts shall comply with'ASTM A307. Anchor bolts, nuts, and washers shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, threads being uodereut to provide a tolerance equal to ANSI Class 2A, Anchor boles, nuts, and (DENTON 10566062888GEN 71,0000) 1 5A-6 i t, e f [1 t~ washers shall. be prime painted af,:er fabrication. Each bolt without sleeve shall be furnished with two nuts and sufficient threads to permait a nut to be installed on each side of the concrete form or template, 5A.4.4 Floor Plates. Floor plates shall be designed so there are no re- ceases or pockets which might collect water or debris, All plates shall be shop straightened after fabrication to lie perfectly flat, Steel plates shall be straightened after galvanizing, . Floor plates shall be fabricated to provide the edge clearances indicated , on the drawings and a clearance of not more than 1/8 inch between adja- cent plates. All cuts shall be made with mechanical cutting toolst burning will not be permitted, i 5A. 4.5 Trori Ca s. tinge, Iron castings shall be made of tough gray pig ! iron, free from cracks, swells, holes, and cold shuts, and shall have a smooth finish. All acceptable castings shall be hot-dipped in asphalt varniah or given a shop coat of coal 'tar paint, Should the protective coating on the iron castings become damaged in transit or otherwise, the Contractor shall touchup paint the castings with one heavy coat of coal tar paint. Before touchup painting, castings shall be thoroughly cleaned, All loose rust shall be removed by wire brushing. Castings t: shall not be handled until paint iu dry and hard. i 5A,4.6 Embedments. Embedded materials shall be accurately fabricated and assembled, Warped or bent sections, which do not fit Into con- crete forms as required, shall be'replaced with suitable material All materials embedded in concrete shn,ll be galvanized after fabrication except steel framing members, reinforcing steel, baseplates, concrete anchors, and pipe hanger supports. I Sleeves through concrete, except as otherwise noted, shall be fabricated from standard weight steel pipe or from 3/16 inch thick steel plate. Sleeves shall be machine cut or flame cut and ground smooth, 31eavee having a diameter greater than 12 inches shall be made from 3/8 inch thick steel plate. Each sleeve shall be provided with anchors welded to the sleeve as indicated on the drawings. The maximum spacing of anchors shall be 18 inches except that a minimum of three anchors shall be pro- vided for each sleeve. Floor sleeves shall project 4 inches above the floor line unless noted otherwise, 5A,447 Floor Gratin All rectangular floor grating shall be in accord- ance with t e Meta Bar Grating Manual" published by the National Asso- ciation of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM), except as modified herein, { P bearing (main load carrying) bars shall be 3/16 inch wide by 1-1/2 inches deep, Spacing for bearing bars shall be 1-3/16 inches center-to-cencar, r (bENTON 10366 GEN CONST 71,00001 f 022988 ) 5A-7 r ,f 4 ti Spacer bars shall be 9132 inch hexagonal sections or 1/4 inch twisted square sections and shall be spaced on. 4 inch centers, Round spacer bars shall not be used, Tops of spacer bars shall be flush wIt,h the tops of , the bearing bars, Where openings are indicated in gratings, such as for the passage of pipes, grating sections shall be laid out so each opening will be cen- tered on a joint between sections. All openings shall be provided with a kickplate of formed 3/16 inch steel plate or standard weight steel pipe welded to the bearing bars. Kickplates shall extend the full depth of the grating and project 4 inches above the top of the grating unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, Kiokplates shall be welded to each i bands shall be 3/t6 Inch ntersecting bearing bar, Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings, , thick the same depth Bands shall be welded to the first, lastp andeveryafothe urth ebearingsbar of E each panel, I "Every fourth bearing bar" shall mean there shall be no more than three bars without welds between barsthat are welded. Welds between kick- plates, bands, and bearing bars shall be 1/8 inch fillet welds at least 3/4 inch in length applied on one side of each welded joint. Both ends of all sections of designated on the drawings shall thave 8kickplateainelieuXofpbanding. Grating shall be galvanized after fabrication. Two fasteners as listed under the article titled MATERIALS shall be pro- vided for each section of grating at each supporting member, 'F'asteners shall be galvanized or shall be corrosion-resistant alloy steel accept- able to the Engineer. When saddle-clips are supplied, welded stud type bolts including nuts and washers shall be included, Welded stud type bolts shall be size 1/4-20 with pitch diameter'base, Stud length after welding shall be approximately 1/8 inch less than the grating depth. Nuts shall conform to ANSI B18,2,2. Studa, washers, and nuts shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM A164 Type RS, When BPI GRATE CLAMP fasteners are supplied, clamps shall be fully assem- bled with a 1/4-20 hardened bolt, The entire assembly shall he galva- nized. Clamps shall have color coded bottom clips. Colors shall be eor- related with the following support flange thicknesses. Blue 3/16 to 7/16 inch flanges Silver 1/2 to 7/8 inch fl,angea Gold 15/16 to 1-1/4 inch flanges [OSNTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000; 022988 5A-8 j ~ y .V 5A.4.8 Heavy~Duty Gratin , Heavy-duty grating bearing bare shall be the size indicated on t e rawings. Crossbars shall be minimum 3/8 inch in diameter, spaced at 4 inch centers. Bearing bars and crossbars shall be welded at their intersections. Fastener type shall be as indicated on the drawings. 1 5A.4,9 Handrailings. Handrailings shall be constructed of new material which is smooth and free of mill scale, roll, marks, and pitting. Handrailings shall be smooth, with all projecting joints and sharp cor- ners ground smooth. Welded joints shall be of the flush type. Members shall be neatly coped and continuously welded at all junctions of poste and tails, Flattening of the rail or post ends at junctions of posts and rails will not be permitted. Fittings or other connectors shall not be used at junctions of posts and rails, Y!or galvanized handrailings, 3 joints shell have internal openings so that there are no closes or blind sections of pipe, li All welding shall be done neatly and substantially, with all fillets E dressed to uniform radius, all excess metal removed, and all welds ground j smooth and flush. When assembled, all poste shall be vertical, and longitudinal members shall be parallel with each other and with the platform or walkway our- face or other supporting members. In any section or run of railing, the center lines of all members shall be in true alignment, lying in the same ; vertical plane. Except an otherwine indicated on the drawings, the top rails shall run,continuously over-the poste and the posts shall be con- tinuous through the lower rail. II{ All angles, offsets, and other changes in alignment of tailings shall be 3 I made with acourately mitered ,joints. } Maximum spacing of posts shall be 6 feet, LJ Handrrilings shall be removable where indicated on the drawings. Handrailings which are to be installed indoors shall be shop painted j after fabrication. Handrailings which are to be installed outdoors ahnll be galvanized after fabrication. SA.5 WELDING. 5A,5,1 Steel Weldin , Except as otherwise specified, all welds, weld- ing, and relate operations for steel shall be in conformity with the up- plicabla provisions of the AWS Structural Welding Code, AWS D141-88 as issued by the American Welding Society, t? f, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONS'f 71.0000.1 010489 ] 5A-9 IS 1 'tl Except as otherwise Specified, welding shall be performed using only those joint details and welding procedures which are prequalified in ac- cordance with the referenced AWS code. 5A.5.2 General Inspection, The Contractor shall visually inspect all welds, inspection criteria for all inspection methods shall comply with AWS D1.1-88, Section 8 Design of New Buildings. The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of the work to assure conformance to the requirements of these documents. Personnel responsi- ble for visual inspection and acceptance of welding shall be Certified Welding Inspectors qualified and certified in accordance with American Welding Society AWS QCI, Standard for Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors, Article 6,1.3.2 of the referenced edition of AWS I Dl,l shall not be applicable to the work under this Contract, Personnel performing welding inspection shall be responsible for verify- ing that all aspects of the welding operatitn are in accordance with the requirements defined in Section 6 of the referenced edition of AWS D1,1. I~ Additional welding inspection may be performed by a testing'laboratory retained by the owner. The Contractor shall repair any welds found to be defective. Workmanship standards for the production work for weld size reinforco- - { went, fitting, camber, tilt, defect sizes, etc,,, shall comply with Sec- tinns 3 and 8 of A415 D1.1, SA ,6 GALVANIZING, Metal materials which are specified herein or indi- sated on tFie`drawings to be galvanized shall be hot-dip galvanized in j accordance with ASTM A1231 ASTM A153, and ASTM A385, Materials specified to be galvanized shall be prepared for galvanizing by being p, p y cleaned, pickled, rinsed, and dried. The cleaned materials shall be immediately galvanized before any rusting can occur. 5A.7 SHOP. PAINTING. Unless specifically exempted, all structural steel shall be painted with one coat of paint after fabrication and before mov- ing from the fabricating shop, Surfaces to receive paint shall be cleaned Specification No, 6 Commer- in accordance with 5SPC Surface P on cial Blast Cleaning. All shop primer paint shall be purchased from the eAme manufacturer, Shop paint, painting, and related work shall comply with the requirements of Steel Structures Painting Council Specification No, 12,00 Guide to Zinc-Rich Coatings System unlesa otherwise noted herein. Paint shall be an inorganic zinc rich type which is suitable as both a single coat finish system and a shop primer, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 010489 1 5A-10 M1 r ~1 u Ri ii Cleaned surfaces shall be kept dry and clean and shell be prime coated within 8 hours after cleaning, A11 shop paint shall be applied in a skillful manner by acceptable meth ode which will provide a closely adhering coating of uniform thickness, During painting, the ambient and metal surface temperature shall be kept E at the temperature recommended by the paint manufacturer but in no case shall this temperature drop below 35 F. The surfaces to receive paint shall be kept free of all moisture at the tuna of paint application, All f painting and related work shall be in accordance with the recommendations 1 of the paint manufacturer. During damp or wet weather all painting shall € be done in a dry shelter, 1 I 3 Materials shall not be handled in any manner until the sho and hard, p Paint is dry i Shop paint shall not be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of any field welded connection. . Paints other than those listed in the Coating System Data Sheet may be considered cn acceptable a ual vided and submitted w+ 9 Provided adequate technical data ie pro- I th the Proposal Data, This data shall include formulation information readily derivable in a laboratory j ! general nature of the vehicle pigmetitt and volatile ti ons including the per gallon, the percent solids by volume, andprocedures Cusedtforeq alght ity control during manufacture, j 1 5A,8 ERECTION, Metal materials shall be erected fn accordance with i AISCs Lit* Engineer's drawings, the erection drawings, and speolff- ctions. specified otherwise, erection tolerances shall be the j same as those specified hereinbefore under the article titled FABRICATION, f f( All parts shall be assembled accurately and matchmark8 shall be carefully followed, Light drifting to draw the parts together will be acceptable, but drifting to match unfair holes will not be acceptable, An enlarge- ments of holes necessary to make connections in the field shall be done by reaming with twist drills, care being taken not to weaken the adjoin- ing metal. Enlarging of holes by burning is prohibited, r Anchor bolts and other materials embedded in concrete shall be installed as specified in the section titled, CAST-IN,PLACE CONCRETE, 5A,8.1 Field Sol- Cam, article titled Bolting andsthebfollowingarequirementeordanee with the f i (DENTON 10566 GEN C05T 71,00001 l 022968 1 5A-11 r. 5 le spacifi- Class editiontOfnthenResearch Councilaccordance Fia1d connections shall with Table 2a of the referenced con cation. The condition of the contact surfaces of each friction type nection shall be in accordance with the friction connection class ss re- re quirements for which the connection was designed. Prior to erecting the given insthetrethe ferencedceditioncof the Researchca steel, the the Contractor shall w1 Council specification, load rs as Tightening of bolts The work shall beadonelby competentcandr experienced specified by y ATSC. bolting crews, er oeition.and the holes in- Bolted connections shall be drifted to plop P ed by forcing the spseted to ensure that bolt threads will not be damaged l bolts in place. Connections shall be tightly drawn together using not I percent of the total number of. bolts in the completed joint € but never leas than two bolts. Bolts for initial Cightnuing shall be lase than 25 k Either fitting-up bolts or high I distributed uniformly about the joint, strength bolts may be used for this purpose. faces of the bolted smooth beveled washers shall be used when the biCO a plane normal to ` parts have a slope of 1120 o. greater with respect the bolt axis. I III 5A.8,2 Gratin Each section of rantangui0r bar grating at ea be ue- curtly Pfastened astenexsishallebewsaddle1clless ips cra"BPIoGRATEeCLrAMPat£astenars~ + w ~ port , supplied with the grating, steel with stud type The 'saddle-clips shall be fastened to the supporting ecificn steel bolts furnished and installed under there sP the are-stud Stud type bolts shall be attached to the supporting steel by welding process. The finished length after welding shall be approxi- matoly 1/8 inch lsea than the grating depth. Grate clamp fasteners shall be attached to the supporting steel flanges Care ;hall in accordance with the manufacturar's written instructions. nufacturer's recommended clamp sire is used be taken to assure that the ma at each flange. Rectangular grating shall be installed so that spacer bars and load car- rying bars iu adjacent panels are in alignment. steal Where necessary to produce a stable platforms additionrl supporting shall be provided for grating support ground openings, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,000) f ( 022988 ) 5A-12 ii 110 , Stair treads shall be bolted to the stair stringers with gaivanizad un- finished bolts, nuta, and lock washers furnished with the treads, As soon as practicable after grating panels are aligned, the grating shall be secured to its supports. f 5A.8,3 Floor Plates, Removable floor plates shall be secured to the supporting steel with 3/8 inch slotted flathead zinc chromate steel machine screws unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, Each section , of floor plate shall be anchored to its supporting steel with not less than four machine screws. Haximvm spacing between machina screws shell not exceed 1'-6" on centers. 5A,8.4 Handrailings, Handrailings shall be rigidly attached to the sup- porting structure as indicated on the drawings. Handrailings that in- tersect structural bracing shall be field cut and welded to the bracing, ~ I + All welding shall be done neatly and svbsCantially. After welding hand- rail posts and rails to bracing or other supports, all fillets shall be dressed to a uniform radius and all welds shall be ground smooth and flush with the adjacent surface. Flail splices shall be welded and ground smooth. Field erected sections of handrailings shall have the longitudinal rails parallel and horizontal, except handrailings attached to sloping surfaces I such as stair stringers shell parallel the sloping surface. Poets shall E be vertical. Handrailings set in concrete shall bo set in sockets formed by means of accurately aligned sleeves cast in the concrete, The position of all g sockets shall be carefully checked with the spacing of the posts, Posts for removable handrailing shall be secured to the sleeve as indicated on the drawings, Posts for fixed handra;llings shall be wedged in accurate alignment end the space between the posts and sleeves shall be caulked with handrail setting cement, 5A,8,5 Field Weki ng, Field welding shall conform to the requirements specified under the article titled WELDING and to these additional re- quirements. Each welding operator shall be qualified for all welding posi•- tions required in a joint that he welds. The entire weld of any strut- j tural joint shall be made by ooe operator, a It shell be the responsibility of the Contractor to have all welders, I welding operators, and tackers tested and examined by an independent test- ing laboratory in accordance with applicable code requirements before work is begun, qualification shall be made in accordance with the AWS Structural Welding Code, AWS DI,1-88, i { s (DENTON 1056b GEN CONST 71,0000) ' 010489 s' 5A-13 t'+ -FIB r '(,4 5A.9 TOITCHUP PAINTING. Damaged or inadequate paint films of shop paint- ed structural steel and miscellaneous metal materials, and all accessible surfaces of field welds and connection bolts, shall be cleaned and prime painted as specified in the section titled PAINTING. 5A.10 TOUGHUP GALVANIZING. Galvanized surfaces scratched or otherwise damaged during delivery, unloading, or erection shall be thoroughly cleaned by wire brushing the damaged area to rerive all loose, cracked, or bruised galvanizing. Cleaned areas shall then be painted with gal- vanizing repair paint as specified in the section titled PAINTING, j 'i (716 i I [DENTON 10566 GHN CONST 71.00001 [ 022998 J' 5A-14 y j it t TYP 1/2" TYP r TYP TYP 20 B 2'-5 1/2" 10 B 1'-2 1/2" 36 (ALL WEIGHTS) (ALL WEIGHTS) 2L'S 4X3X3/8 2L'S 4X3X316 12 i/2" W 33 -i W18 L 1s 1 S 1 C. 5 1 S 18 B 21-2 /2" s B MC18 (ALL WEIGHTS) (ALL WEIGHTS) I 2L'S 4X3X3/8 2L'C iX3X3/8 I 8 1/2" i W34 12 1s B 11-11 W3o 2" 6 M14 'd 12 B C12, I (ALL WEIGHTS) 2L'S 03X /8 MG 13 At 12 C 2L'S 4X3X3/6 i W10dg 14B W27" 48 51ti3'S C10,S'd 8 k (ALL WEIGHTS) MC10,9 d 8 f 2L'S 4X3X3/8 2L'S 4X3X3/8 " WS45 12 B i'-5 1/2" 2 B 3 M7.6 d 5 24 d $24 5706 d 5 (ALLWWEIGHTS) C7.s d 5 2L'S 4X3X3/8 2L'S 4X3X3/8 MC7 d 6 N0. OF 7/8" M BOLTS r HELD SIZE IN O,S. LEGS (TYP) k USE FILLET HELD SIZE 1116" LESS THAN NORMINAL BEAM WEB THICXN909 FOR 3/8" CONNECTION ANGLES. WITH WELD SIZE 5//18 MAXIMUM AND 3/16 MINIMUM Ri BLACK A VEATCN c t~l1aNlEN$•ApL'~1'EC'f8 1 10/01/87 PROJECT NUMBER CHANGE JC DRN VHS 1 DkANN s VHS AGO 0 10/00/02 INITIAL, ISSUE JC DRN VHS CNK DRN DATE 10/06/82 No . OATK NVI9fON9 AM RKCORO OF 199W NY CW W FLN SAN ARD BEAM CONNECTIONS SHOP WELDED - FIELD BOLTED 81112-08-0001 1 } r Cone 3/8 INCttI THImv ANGLES ASTM A325 7/8 NCH BOLTS AM 5A-11 13 1 L f IG t t DESCRIPTION, Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals SYSTEM NO Environmental Zones - 1A (Interior, normally dry), 18 lexterior, normally dryl, e 1 P 2A {frequently wet by fresh water), and 2C (fresh water Immersion) r'ti 1 SURFAf:E SSPC•SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning, PREPARATION Profile depth 1 to 2,6 mils as recommended by Paint manufacturer, f COATING DRY r-1 ! THIC ES'1 _ SPECIAL NOTES - } FIRST COAT 3 mile Two component Inorganic zinc with a minlmum # 76 peroant zinc by weight in dry film J 5 3 m(lo Organic zinc or modified epoxy, TOUCHUP Power tool clean damaged surfacoo only (shop or -field applied), J i i SECOND COAT I THIRD COAT. TOTAL SYSTEM 3 mile i i PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION COATING I 1 MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT f Ameron Olmatcote 9 FT Amercdst 88A ; Carbollne Carbo Zinc 12 868 or Carbomestia 16 ) Olldden 653616837 6626127128 or 8475/6476 Koppers 701 Organic Zlno Porter Zlnc•Look 312 Zinc-Look 308 PPS) Metalhide 1001 Aquahon Z)nc.Rloh Sherwln,W(Illams B69tl1IB6802 669A46 € `I rnernea r 908.75 9083 i I i Valspar MZ 11 13.0.14 wi 1 i a f I. SLACK & VEA rcH u 'COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE tP99PARED BY I EN0INEER$•ARCHIT9OT3 080188 JCW 5A" 16 4 s' t tl y a,:..,ry Section 5B - METAL DECK FORM 5B,1 GENERAL, This section covers the furnishing and erection of metal deck fortq, including fleshings, closures, fastening devices, and other j accessories and appurtenances required for the work. E f The computations of the metal deck form section properties contained in the manufacturers literature and used in design shall conform to the II latest issue of the Amerlean lion and Steel Institute'-i "Specificatiun for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members," 5B•2 MATERIALS, Materials used in the manufacture and installation of f the metal dick form shell be as follows, I Metal deck form (for con- Crete slabs up to 0.0454 minimum uncoated 12 t inches e. thick) metal thickness (18 gauge minimum), metal coated steel, AM A446, Crade A' hot-dip, galvanized in ac- cordance with ASTM A525, i designation C90, before farming; prefabricated, interlocking aide lap ! units; 3 inch depth Bowman - "312 -V•-Grip" Epic - "SEC-366" or ."EC-309"` Inryco. - "N deck" or "3 inch V" H, N. Robertson "See- E tion 21" or "3 inch QL•-99" Zinc coating Fed Spec , QQ-S-775 Type l I Class d Welding washers 1 Next heavier thickness - (gauge) than metal being welded Sealing tape Parmecel 670, 2 inch, or acceptable equal Metal closures Manufacturer's standard metal coated steel, some i thickness (gauge) as metal deck form (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 010489 56-•1 Ai 58.3 FABRICATION. Metal deck form units shall be cut to lengths such that ,joints occur on supporting members with typical lengths extending over two or more spans. 59.4 ACCESSORIES, All necessary accessories such as closure pieces, and other items as indicated or required, shall be fabricated of the same ma- terial and finish as the metal deck form units, with thicknesses (gauges) as indicated or recommended by the deck manufacturer. Accessories shall be welded or secured with self-tapping screws. 5B.5 HANDLING AND STORAGE. Metal deck form materials shall be handled, r hauled, and delivered by competent workmen in a manner which will prevent bending, dents, scratches, or damage of any kind. Damaged deck form units shall be promptly replaced. Materials shall be stored above ground and under cover. 5B.6 INSTALLATION. Metal deck form, panels shall be secured at each sup- porting member with 3/4 inch round fusion welds through welding washers, including,end joints, at 12 inch centers, Welds shall seal the metal j completely$,leaving no openings through the deck. Side joints shall be button punched at least once between supports with a maximum spacing of 36 inches. Welds shall penetrate all layers of deck material at the point of welding and shall have complete fusion to the supporting member. { The dock attachment shall be secure against a net uplift of 30 pounds per ' square foot. The installed metal deck form surface shall be smooth, of unnecessary openings, holes, or crevices which mightualloweleakagefofe } wet concrete. Such openings shall be closed with the upecified sealing tape or metal closures, or otherwise repaired to the satisfaction of the Owner. Field out holes required for passage of piping or other projections be neatly out and sealed with metal closures to accordance with the dfl$11 tails on the drawings. 5B•7 CLEANUP. At the completion of installation, all surplus materials, rubbish, or other debris shall be removed from the surface of the metal deck form. [DENTON 10566GtH ONST 71,00001 022988 J 5B-2 } Y DIVISION 7 MOISTURE PROTECTION TABLE OF CONTENTS Section 7A - ELASTOMERIC BAOF COATING 7A-1 thru 7A-2 7A.1 heneral 7A.2 Specifications and Data 7A.1 7A.3 Materials 1A.1 7A.4 Surfaces to be Covered 7A`1 7A.5 Surface Preparation 7A.1 7A,6 Construction 7A-1. f 7A.7 Application 7A.1 7A,8 Testing 7A`2 7A.9 Guarantee 2 7A.2 Section 7B - CAULKING AND SEALING 18-1 thru 78..3 78.1 General 78.2 Data and Samples 78.1 78.3 Materials 7B-l 7B.4 Colors 7B-1 7B,5 Locations 7Br2 to be Caulked or Sealed 'B'6 Joint Preparation 7B-2 j 78.7 Installation 7B-2 i Section 7C - WATERPROOFINO 78-3 7C,1 General 7C-1 thrU,'7C-3 • 7C62 Materials 70-1 70.3 Exterior surfaces to be Waterproofed 70-1 7C.4 Sur.ece Preparation 76-1 70.5 Application 70-1 7C~2` Section 7D ALUMINUM LOUVERS 7D-1 thru 7D-2 7D,1 General 7D2 Drawi.nga and Data 7D-I 7D,3 Louvers 76-1 7D.4 Operators 76-1 7D.5- Finish 7p-1 7D,6 installation 7n-2 7D-2 `DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000J 010989 J TC7-1 r5 f , Section 7A - ELASTOMERIC ROOF COATING } 7A,1 GENERAL. This section covers a cold applied liquid roof coating system, The system shall be applied over the concrete roof deck as indi- cated on the drawings. , I 7A,2 SPECIFICATIONS AND DATA. Complete specifications and data covering the mater alma furnished under this section shall be submitted in accord- ante with the requirements of Section IC of these specifications, i 7A.3 MATERIALS. Materials described are Gaeo-Wastetn, Inc. standard materials, A liquid roof coating system of equivalent quality by another company will be considered for acceptance providing adequate supporting j date is provided to indicate equivalence. All materials shall be the products of a singlefirm having national distribution and reputation, ' F Materials shall conform to the following. Liquid applied neoprene uG ' acoflex N-1400i.. Liquid applied hypalon "Gaeoflex H-22," Color Whits f 1 Primer U-S677 III Sealer E-5321 } Plashing, flashing ¢dha- As recommended and supplied i sivej thinner and cleaner, by the manufacturer reinforcing tape, caulk- ing, ai,d flashing cement 7A,4 SWWiL~M}~CES TO BE COVERED, The roof of the powerhouse shall be covered with elastomeric roof covering, i 7A,5 SURFACE PREPARATION. Surfaces to be covered shall be clean and dry. All dirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grease, and other forei 1 matter shall be removed, g n surfaces shal,l be protected, against I spillage or other damage by use of suitable diapclothe and masking, f 7A,6 CONSTRUCTION, All surfaces to be coated with the Fldstomeric roof { coating ahalll r eive one coat of primer and one coat of sealer: primer shall be roller or spray applied at a rate of 113 gallon pee square, Primer shall be allowed to dry for a minimum of 1 hour and a maximum of 72 hours before applying sealer. The sealer shall be applied at a rate of 1/2 gallon per square, The sealer shall be allowed to ours as recommended by the manufacturer,, i All flashings, expansion ,joints, and reinforcing tape shall, be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer, ' (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 f 010489 1 7A-1 Y bl ,j{®@r~ji l il yf The elastomeric roof coating shall be applied as follows, Two uniform coats of liquid neoprene applied undiluted at a minimum rate of 1.1/2 gallons per square per coat, Each coat shall be of a different color, Total dry film thick- ness including primer shall be at least 15 mile, Two or more uniform coats of liquid hypalon applied undi- luted at a minimum rate of l gallon per square per coat, All coats shall be of the same color, Total dry film thick- ness of primer, neoprene, and hypalon shall be at least 20 mile. 7A,7 APPLICATION, ElastotQeric roof coating materials shall not all plied in wet weather or on damp or frozen surfaces. The coatings be shall be applied in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer by workmen skilled in the application of these materials, applied by using either hand or Coatings shall be pressure rollers frith lamb's wool nap, Coatings shall completely cover the surfaces of designated areas, termi- nating at adjacent vertical surfaces, unless otherwise specified or indi Gated on the drawings, 1 Plashing for projections through roofs shall be installed in accordance with the details on the drawings and the manufaoturar's recommendations, 7A,8 TGSTTN4, To verify compliance with the thickness requirements, the I Owner may,'at its discretion, require that four 6 inch square samples of IE the completed coating be stripped at the locations directed. After samples have been taken, the coating shall be repaired with the same materials ¢ that were used in the original application, If test sample examination reveals faulty construction or insufficient quantity of materials, additional materials shall be furnished and ap. Plied and other corrective measures taken by the Contractor so. directed by a representative of the coating material manufacturer, Additional LJ test cuts shall then be made if requested by the Owner, 7A,9 GUARANTEE, The applicntor shall guarantee the eiastomeric roof coating `er"oat: least 2 years, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 " [ 01i1k99 [ ' 7A-2 E:i4':. . 4}Yti'{ h <,.,-a-- r ~_'~FC1 Section 7B -CAULKING AND SEALING w i r 7B,1 GENERAL. This section covers materials and inatallaCion for caulk- ing and sealing, r The terms "caulking" end "sealing," as used on t:ha drawings and in these apeciflcatlon~, are synonymous attd either or both terms shall indicate the materials specified herein. There shall be no oil-base caulking used on this project. i ~ Sealants shall be neatly and groperly installed where indicated'on the 4 ` j drawings. .Where a joint requiting sealing is indicated and the sealant ie nor noted, the carreat sealant for the particular application'aha11 ba installed. ~ `78,2 DATA AND SAMPLES. S ecifications an r. p d data covering'the materials ~ propose for use, .together with. color cards showing the manufacturer's ~ ~ ful•1 11na of sealant colors, shall be submitted in accordance with the ~ requirements of Section 1C, ~ ~ i ~ i ~ 783 MATERIALS. i Thiokol sealant Pelysulfide rubber, two compo-' I~ F (nonsag) aenC, Bed Spec TT»5-00227E, ! 'i Type II, Claae A; Pacora "GC-S ' 5ynthacalk," or acceptable ` equal ~ t Urethane sealant (nonsag) Gun grade ~ Multicomponent Twa or three component,.a~odi- fiad'polyurethane, Bed Spec ~ 1 TT-S»00227E, Type II, Class A; Pecos "DynaCrol II," Sonne- born "Sonolaatic NP-II," or ~ I Tremcq "Dymeric" t 5 Single component Fad 3peo TT-5-00230C, Type IT, 1 P Class A; F'ecors "Dynat"ral I,"' Sonneborn "Sonolastic NP»I," or Tremcn "Dymonic" ' .Urethane sealant Two componenC, Fad Spec ' {self-leveling) TT-S-U0227E, Type 1, Class A= Pecos "Ntt-200 Urexpan" or Tremco irTHC-9tl0" _1 P (DENTON 10566 flEN CONST 71,0000] ( 090189 1 ' 7B-1 , { Primer As recommended by the sealant manufacturer Backup material Polyethylene or polyurethane foam; Backer Rod Mfg, and Sup- ply Co, "Denverfoam," Dow "Ethafoam SB," or Hercules Inc, "Hercules Backer Rod" 7B.4 COLORS. Colors of sealants shall be as selected by the Owner from the manufacturer's color range. Different colors may be required for different applications. Where not apecified, oealants shall be manufac- 1 turarla standard gray colon. 7B,5 LOCATIONS TO BE CAULKED OR SEALED, 7B.5.1 With Thiokol. (Nom) or Urethane Sealant (No. Hasa), Entire perimeter of frames for exterior metal doors, both sides Entire perimeter of metal louvers, both sides Entire perimeter of metal dampers and metal shutters Watertight, joints in aluminum sheet metal work, unless oth- erwise specified Other locations where caulking is indicated on the drawings, specified in other sections A. or required for weatherproofing 7B.5,2 With Urethane Sealant (Self) Horizontal joints in concrete decks and slabs 7B,6 JOINT PREPARATION, All surfaces to receive sealants shall be clean, dry, and free of loose materials, dust, grease, oil, or wax. All suctc surfaces shall be wiped with a clean cloth saturated with a suitable solvent, and primed if required, before the sealant is applied, Unless otherwise recommended by the sealant manufacturer and permitted by the Engineer, the depth of sealant in a joint shall be equal to the width of the joint, but not more than 1/2 inch. Backup material shall be pro- vided as necessary to control the depth of sealant; it shell. be of suit- able size so that when compresend 25 to 50 percent, tho •,)pace will be filled. Backup material shall ba rolled or preaded Into place in accord- ante with the manufacturers installation instructions, avoiding punctur- ing or lengthwise stretching. For joints in concrete, joint filler and backup material shall be installed before sealant is placed, [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 A-i j 022988 7By2 J ~ i f t 7B„7 INSTALLATION. Caulking and sealing work shall be done before any field painting work is started. The air temperature and the temperature of the surfaces to be caulked or sealed shall be above 40 F vhen the work is performed but not above 100 F, except as recommended by the manufac- turer. Sealants shall be applied with hither a cartridge type or bulk type caulking gun, either hand or air pressure activated, Beads shall be run slowly to assure complete filling of the joint cavity to avoid air pock- ets. Sealed joints shall be neatly tooled using solutions and methods as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. i Upon completion of the caulking and sealing work, each scaled joint shall have a smooth, even flnirh, flush wi-h the edges of the sealing recess, and all adjncent surfaces shall be clean. Sealant shall not lap onto ad acent surfaces, Any sealant applied which prevents the painting of l adjacent surfaces to a clean line, or leaves an excess of material out- aide the joint and feathered onto surfaces, shall be eomoved and the joint resealed. Polysul£ide rubber (thiokol type) sealants shall not be used in contact I with bituminous or asphaltic materials. j l { f j I I i [DENTON 10566 0EN CONST 71,0000) ( 022486 7B-3 a't !{t'h i .,ia +s, t, 4Y,r. i; i .:.I,t. i „ Y•..~ W"I 11 11 li I!P.a (((!!1111 4 .ri p.:i: Slty 6' r1 Section 7C - WATERPROOFING 1 7C.1 GENERAL, This section covers liquid waterproofing for deep con- crete structures. 7C.2 MATERIALS. Materials shall be as follows, Liquid waterproofing Modified moisture or chemi-; 1 (for exterior surfaces tally curing urethane; Mameco of concrete structures "Vulkem 201," Peeora "Duramem below grade) V-500 or H-X500," Sonneborn "HLM Series," Tremco "Trem- i proof 60," 3M "Scotch-Clad I Brand Deck Coating System 'M'," or acceptable equal; nonflow I for vertical surfaces Protection board (for Asphalt impregnated, 1/8 inch exterior surfaces of thick; Calotex "Elaetibord" concrete structures or W. R. Meadows "Premoulded, ' below grade) Mawbrane" I ~ r Pr!mer As recommended by liquid wa- terproofing manufacturer f Backer rod Polyethylene or polyurethane foam; Sacker Rod Mfg. and Sup- ply Co. "Denverfoam," Dow "gthafoam SB0" or Hercules, j Inc, "Hercules Backer Rod" Sealant Lou modulus, two or three, oom- ponent modified polyurethane; Sonneborn 4onolastic NP-11,11 Tremoo "Dymario," Pecora , "Dynatrol IX," or acceptable equal s 7CY3 EXTERIOR SURFACES TO BE WATERPROOFED, Exterior powerhouse wall con crate au"rfacee blow grade s7a1r-GeA 'wa proofed with a single coat of the specified liquid waterproofing. 70,4 SURFACE PREPARATION, Liquid waterproofing shall be applied to I clean, dry bncrata suiraaces. All dirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grease,'and other foreign matter shall be removed, oil and grease shall be removed with solvents before mechanical cleaning is started. Surfaces OEN `DENTON 1056602 988 NST 71,00001 7C-i y i . Z tpfR~ which are not to be coated shall be adequately protected from contamina- tion, discoloration, or other damage. Surfaces to toceive urethane water- proofing systems shall cure for 28 days and be thoroughly dry before water- proofing materials are applied. 7C.5 APPLICATION. Concrete shall be dry when waterproofed and the tem- perature shall be such that adequate penetration is obtained. Sufficient forced ventilation shall be provided when applying waterproofing materials in enclosed or restricted spaces to remove all vapors from solvents as rapidly as produced and to ensure that the workmen applying the materials are adequately protected. No benzol or other volatile toxic material shall be used in thinning. Care shall be taken that no material is permitted to get on top of concrete walla, exposed wall surfaces, or adjacent mate- rials. I ~ Surfaces shall be dry and at recommended temperature when waterproofing is applied. Coatings shall not be applied in wet, damp, or foggy weather or when windblown dust, dirt, or debris, or insects will collect on the coating, Waterproofing materials shall not be applied when the temper- ature of the air or the surface is below 50 F. 7C,5.1 Exterior Waterproofing. The specified waterproofing materials shall be applie to clean, dry, properly cured exterior concrete sur- faces, as designated, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommends- f tions and the following procedures. Cracks wider than 1/16 inch and all penetrations shall be cleaned out j and repaired as recommended by the waterproofing materials manufacturer. Backer rod of the required diamoter shall be placed in the opening around the perimeter of each penetratioti, and the remaining space shall be filled with sealant. A detail coat of waterproofing material shall be applied over repaired cracks and pet,etrationa to a thickness of 60 mile dry film thickness and extending at leaac 3 inches beyond each edge of the crook or penetration. Cracks 1/16 inch or lose shall by pretreated with a-6 inch wide, 60 mil coat of waterproofing material. A coat of primer, if required, shall be applied to all surfaces to be waterproofed. Coverage rate for primer shall be as recommended by the manufacturer of the waterproofing material. Waterproofing materials shall be applied by airleas spray or other rec- ommended method to all primed surfaces as a single coat application to a minimum dry film thickness of 60 mile. Self-leveling type material shall be used on areas with a 5 percent slope or less and nonflow type material shall be used on areas having a slope of 5 peroent or more. Waterproof- ing materials shall cure for at least 24 hours before protection board is placed, or as otherwise recommended by the manufacturer, [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00Onl 022?08 7C-2 I 1 7 ~~rr f Protection board shall be applied atingle fashion with all edges lapped. Methods of securing protection board to waterproofdd vertical surfaces shall be as recommended by the waterproofing materials manufacturer and the waterproofing materials applicator. i i i i r I i I 1 3 M r E 1 E` OFN [DENTON 1056602 4880NST 71,0000) 1 70'3 ) ..pct' n.•::. •:,,4„ r„i, _.:,r f-'fill n;p ~p$qT{ N fi.Ef ~ ~f~#1 ® e t'dfd r Section 7D - ALUMINUM LOUVERS i 7D.1 GENERAL. This section covers aluminum louvers. Except as other- wise specified, louver blades, frames, silli and mullions shall be ex- truded aluminum alloy 6063T52, minimum 0.081 inch (2.06 mm) thick. All louver blades shall be of the drainable type. The entire louver as- sembly shall be designed to carry a wind load of 25 pounds per square foot. Sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings, 7D.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Complete detail drawings and specifications for I louvers acid operatore shall be submitted in accordance with the require- ments of Section 1C of these specifications. 7D.3 LOWERS, Louvers shall be manufactured by Arrow United Industries, Inc., Construction Specialties, Inc., The Airolite Co,, or Ruskin Manu- facturing Comrany, Equal quality products of other manufacturers may be accepted, subject to review and acceptance by the Engineer. i All louvers shall have 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) mash bird screen in rewirable extruded aluminum frames, with stainless steel faateuers'and extended ex I truded aluminum sills as indicated. Model numbers used in this peetion are those of Construction Specialties, inc, 7D,3.1 Operating Louvers. Louvers shall be Model 6867 as indicated on i the drawings. Louvers having an area greater than 75 square feets or any blade dimension exceeding 6a inches, shall be built in multiple sections, { Drainable blades shall have front lip gutter, or front lip gutter and recessed second gutter designed to catch and direct water to jamb and mullion drains. Closed call PVC compression gaskets shall be provided f between bottom of mullion or jamb and top of sill to ensure leaktight conneu'.ions, Louver blades shall fie equipped with vinyl gaskets the full length of the blade, Louver jambe shall be equipped with stainless steel or vinyl rub gaskets, 1 i r , 7D.4 OPERATORS, Louver operators shall be electric powet r,pan, spring closing Raymond Series SR, t ~ The operator shall contain an electric motor which rotates an output i shaft. The operator shall be housed in a NEMA 4 enclosure, f 1 (Dh.PION 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 010489 1 7D-1 f 5 I hYAK1 'i y ttnr.u•t 199yY 'S The operator shall be rated for constant duty cycle at locked-rotor out- put. Speed of rotation shall. be 90 degrees per 15 seconds. Spring closing action shall be dampened to prevent damage to the operator or i damper. The motor shall be designed to operate on a 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz power supply. A self-resetting thermal overload switch shall be provided in the motor windings. The operator shall have a disengageable clutch for manual operation upon power failure. t 7D.5 FINISH. Louvers, sills, and frames shall be finished with tha manufacturer's standard fluorocarbon (polyvinylidene fluoride) finish equal to Fluropon by Desoto Chemical Coatings, Inc., j Color shall be as selected by the Owner from the louver manufacturer's. E standard colors. 7D.6 INSTALLATION. 1 Louvers shall installed plumb and straight with blades ali"' ns~ ` between units. Frames shall be secured to supporting walls with stainless steel fasteners as indicated. 1 All operating louvers will be inspected before installation and any lou- ver having poorly 'fitted blades,insufficient frame rigfdity, or exces- sive_clearar.e;, or backlash in moving parts will be rejected and `shall be replaced. v&<; Louver blades shall operate freely and without binding. { Caulking of louver perimeter at adjoining materials shall be as specified in Section 7B. Any abraded or otherwise damaged finish shall be touchup painted with air drying material furnished by the louver 'manufacturer and F , matching the color of the factory applied finish. 1 ; i I I I f [DENTON 10566 GBN CONST 71.0000 010499 7D-2 ) E I . 1 1 I DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS TABLE OF CONTENTS Paste Section 8A -METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE 8A-1 thru 8A-8 8A.1 General 8A,2 Drawings and Data 8A-1 8A.9 Materials 8A-1 ^1 8A.4 Frames 8A-2 8A.5 Doors 8A-3 SA46 Finish 8A-4 84.7 Hardware 8Aw5 $A.$ Hardware List 8A-5 OA-9 Door List 8A-6 I ; 8A-8 I a [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 OIg489 ~ TC8-1 S~ it 1 ii Section 8A - METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE 8A.1 GENERAL. This section covers types, materials, general construe- Lion requirements, and finishing of heavy-duty metal doors, frames, and hardware. Doors shall be seamless - composite construction except as otherwise specified. Doors shall be installed complete with frames, hardware, and other accessories as indicated on the drawings or specified, Details of doors, frames, and appurtenances shall be as indicated on the drawings, The construction of all doors, frames, and appurtenances shall i be as specified herein. Doors, frames, and hardware shall be the products of manufacturers who are regularly engaged in the manufacture of the type l of items specified. % I Doors shall be Amweld "Series 1700," Ceco "Imperial," Masker "DiamonDor," f Pioneer "CHT, Pio-Care,!' or acceptable equal which meets the requirements E of Steel Door Institute Recommended Specifications L00-850 Grade II, Mod- el 4. I Frames shall be supplied by the door manufacturer and shall be equivalent f to Amweld "Series Vi00" Ceco "CF," or Pioneer "Series F Integral," I k 8A.1,1 Steel Sheet Metal. Gauges of steel sheet metal specified refer to US Standard gauge, and are minimum permissible.thicknesses, Steel I sheet metal shall conform to ASTM A366 for cold rolled steel and ASTM A525 (A60 or 060) for hat-dip galvanized steel, i BA 1,2 Nomenclature. The nomenclature used in this section conforms to ANSI A123 i 8A.1.3' Firc Rated Doors. Fire rated doors and frames shall be provided 7 at locations Indicated, Fire rated doors shall have a mineral wool fiber- ! board core and shall be Amweld "Series 3700," Coco "Regent," Masker "Py- roDor," Pioneer "Series C," or acceptable equal. Fire rated frames shnil be equivalent to those specified for nonlabeled frames, Doors, frames, and hardware shall be constructed and installed in accordance with the requirements ofp and shall bear the label of, (Tnderwritera' Laborator.iea for the class of opening and rating indicated, or corresponding elaseifi- cation by Factory Mutual, For doors exceeding the Underwriters' Labora- tories size limitations for labeling, the UL "Certificate for Oversize Construction" shall be provided, Authorized construction details and re- quirements for labeling shall take precedence over these specifications, except when thicker gauges of metal are required by these specifications. S 8A.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete detail drawings of all items specified shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C of (DENTON 1056602EN CONST 71.00001 f 8A-1 f i 4 ri'.tXY.4 . Y05.if5c.~ these specifications, Drawings shall indicate elevations of each door type; details of each frame type; location or identification of each item; typical and special details of construction; methods of assembling sec- tions; location and instullation requirements fcr hardware; size, shape, and thickness of materials; joints; connections; finish; anchorage and fastening methods; and wall opening construction details. A complete list of finish hardware as specified shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C of these specifications, The list shall indicate each item of hardware required for each opening, manufacturer's name, manufacturer's number or symbol, special installa- tion requirements, and finish, 8A.3 MATERIALS, Materials used in the manufacture and installation of metal doors and frames shall be as follows, Doors and frames Cold rolled steel with a stretcher level degree of flatness; smooth, clean sur- f". i face; hot-dip galvanized internal reinforcing Cold rolled steel Liquid urethane, expanded in Urethane core place; self-bonding, self- hardening, and.self-w extinguishing, Polystyrene core Polystyrenefoamboard bonded to face sheets with'thermb- setting adhesive Anchoring devices Cadmium plated where exposed; cadmium plated or galvanized where concealed Expansion anchors Fed Spec Py-S-325; Group 11, Type 3p Close 3; Groupll, Type 4, Class 1; or Group Vtfl, Type 1 or Type 2, Hilti Kwik- bole, ITT Phillips Red Haad Wedge and Sleeve Anehoru, Ramset Trubolt and Dynabolt, Drillco Maxi-Bolt, or accept- able equal Glass and glazing W1,red glass, for 1/4 inch, diamond or square fire door mash, glazing quality, ANSI I [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) i 022988 l 8A-2 I y. t~ et;•+µy y 'v 9'4 ttl . }i r,, ' rr { !1 Z97.1 and Fed Spec DD-0-451D, Type II, Class 1, Style A, Form 1 i i Laminated glass, for 1/4 inch, clear, ANSI 297,1, non-rated doors Fed Spec DD-0-451D and 16 CFR 1201 Category TT Mastic Plastic roofing cement, Fed Spec SS-0-153 Tape sealant PVC or neoprene closed-cell foam, black, 1/2 inch wide by 1/4 inch thick strip with I pressure sensitive adhesive beck 8A.4 FRAMES. Door framLa shall be formed of 16 gauge steel to the sizes i and shapes indicated. f f 8A.4.1 Workmanahin. The finished work shall be strong and rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects. Molded members shall be fabricated straight and true with corner joints well formed and with fastenings ~ concealed where practicable, E I 8A.4.2 Joints, Joints. for frames shall be mitered or butted and contin- uously welded on the reverse side to produce rigid, invisible joints; ' 111 Frame bottoms shall be held rigidly in position by spreader bars to main- tain proper alignment during shipment and erection. 8A.4.3 Hardware Provisions. Frames shall be prepared for the specified hardware. Frames 'shall be mortised, reinforced, drilled, and tapped for mortieed hardware, and shall be reinforced for surface applied hardware. P Cover boxes shall be provided in back of all `hardware cutouts. Lock' strikes shall be set out and adjusted to provide clearance for silencers. Concealed metal reinforcements for door hardware shall be provided in the following minimum thicknesaas. ' j Hinge reinforcement 10 gauge Strike reinforcement 14 gauge Closer reinforcement Other reinforcement 12 gauge 14 gauge. t 8A,4,4 Wall and Floor. Anchors, Metal anchors of sizes and shapes re- f quired for the addoining concrata wall construction shall be provided, Jamb anchors shall be fabricated from steel, with thickness not lose than the gauge used for frames, Anchors shall be located near the top and IDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 l 022988 1 G 8A-3 t y bottom of each frame and at intermediate points not to exceed 32 inch spacing. For frames set in hardened concrete walls, anchorage shall be provided as indicated on the drawings. Door frames shall be provided with l6 gauge floor anchors at each jamb. Anchors shall be sized and drilled for at least two anchoring devices. 8A.4.5 Installation. Frames shall be set in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced se-curely until permanent anchors are set. Frames shall be anchored to floors with two, minimum 18 gauge, expansion anchors. Jamb i anchors shall be secured to adjoining construction. Spreader bars shall remain in place until frames have been built into the wells, 8A,5 DOORS, Doors shall be as specified herein and in the list at the and of the section. Doors shall be prepared to receive the hardware as specified herein. I 8A.5.1 Workmanship, Doors shall be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects. Molded members for glazed doors shall be formed strflight I and true, with joints coped or mitered, well formed, and in true align- ment. All welded joints on exposed surfaces shall be dressed smooth so that they are invisible after finishing, 8A.5.2 Sizes and Clearances. Doats shall be 1-3/4 inches thick seamless j type, of tie sizes and design indicated. Clearances for doors, except fire doors, shall be 1/8 inch at jambs and heads, 1/4 inch at meeting edges of pairs of doors, and 3/4 inch at bottom unless otherwise indi sated or specified. Clearances for fire doors shell be as required by the authority having jurisdiction, 8A,5.3 Construction, Doors shall have 18 gauge 'seamless outer sheets. Side edge oof doors shall be flush and closed watertight, with all seams either mechanically interlocked, continuously welded, or spot waided -at 4 inch centers maximum, filled with filler metal, and dressed smooth. Doors shall be prepared at the factory for hardware as specified, Door edges shall be beveled or rounded. Foam filled doors shall have all Internal spaces completely filled with the specified core material. Outswinging exterior doors shall be finished flush at the top, with all seams and joints closed watertight as specified for door edged, 8A.5.4 Hardware Provisions. Doors shall be mortiaed, rainforcedo drilled M ttappe at t a actory for mortised hardware. Reinforcing units shall be provided for locksets. Reinforcing plates shall be i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 7i.00001 I 022988 ] 8A-4 I a r-~ provided for mortised and surface applied hardware in the following thicknesses. z, Hinge reinforcement 10 gauge Surface applied closers and hold open arms 12 gauge { Other reinforcement 14 gauge 'I { The location of hardware items shall be in accordance with DHI "Recom- mended Locations for Builder's Hardware for Standard Steel Doors, and , Frames." 8A.5.5 Stops and Beads, Metal glazing beads shall be furnished with hollow iaAka1 doors, Glazing stops may be formed as an integral part of the doors, or separate glazing beads provided for both sides of the glass. Doors shall be prepared to receive the glazing beads. Beads shall be I unapped into place, or shall be fastened with oval head machine screws spaced at 9 inch centers maximum. Beads having a molded shape shall be mitered at corners. Rectangular beads may be either mitered or butted at i t corners j Where doors are exposed to weather, all seams and Joints on all sides of j the glass pangl, except joints in removable beads, shall ')e closed water tight as specified for aide edges. 'In addition, all surfaces of glazing i. j beads, including unexposed back surfaces, shall be prime painted, 8A,1 FINISH. A primer shall be applied to all aurfaces of ferrous gtetal furnished under this section, All metal surfaces shall be cleaned and given phosphate or equivalent treatment to assure maximum corrosion i protection and paint adherence. A dip or spray coat of synthetic resin, rust-inhibitive, metallic oxide or zinc chromate primer shall be applied to all surfaces, then baked or oven.dried. Finished surfaces shall be smooth and free from irregularities, BA .7 HARDWARE, Except as otherwise indicated or specified, door hard- ware shall be furnished in accordance with the following requirements, Hinges, Hinges shall be brass or bronze unless otherwise ndicated, i Pins Interior hinges shall have nonriaing pins. Exterior hinges shall have nonremovnble pins. Hinge Requirements, Three butt hinges shall be provided for each door, I Butt Hinge Sizes, Butt hinges shall be 5" by 4-1/211, 1 , I {y, '1 (DBNTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000 ; 022988 l 8A-5 V, 4,V 0 y ~Y Door Closers, Closer requirements shall be as follows, Closer size and function shall be as recommended by the manufacturer, Brackets for closers shall be provided as required to make a complete and satisfactory installation. All closers shall be adjusted for m&ximum door swing available. 1 8A.7,1 Experience, Each item of finish hardware shall be the product of a manufacturer who is regularly engaged in the production of high quality builder's hardware. The supplier of finish hardware shall provide, as necessary and without additional cost to the Owner, the services of j trained and experienced hardware consultants to service and adduct installed hardware, 8A.7.2 Templates. Each hardware manufacturer shall prepare and deliver to the door and rams manufacturer a template for each item of mortised { hardware, Each template shall be labeled with the manufacturer's name, hardware item, opening number, and location on the door or frame where the item is to be installed, 8A,8 HARDWARE LIST. Hardware shall be furnished in accordance with the list which oll~ows. Doors are listed by opening numbers with a complete set of hardware dieted for each opening, 8A,8.1- Substitutions, Hardware is identified by manufacturers name and catalog number. Similnr hardware of other makes will. be considered, pro- vided full information is 'furnished with the request, including the manu- facturer's name and catalog number. Complete specifications and cuts of each item shall be furnished, 8A.8,2 Finish, Finishes shall-be as indicated by catalog numbers, Door closers and brackets shall have 8 sprayed aluminum satin finish, Machine screwss bolts, and other exposed attachments shall be finished to match hardware. SA.8.3 Fastenings, Concealed fastenings shall be provided wherever pos- siblo, the use of self-tapping or sheet metal screws is prohibited ex- cept for the application of flush mounted push, kick, mop or armor plates and door edgings. Hardware items shall be furnished with the appropriate type and length of screws or other fastenings to assure proper and permanent anchorage. Where concealed fastening is not possible, countersunk Phillips oval head screws shall be provided (except that flathead screws nhall be provided (DENTON 10366 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022988 ) 8AWh f s~sr. rncii VAl"M at g.q:xcv Nj for hinges). The finish of all screws and fasteners shall match that of the hardware item being fastened. 8A 8.4 Fire Door Hardware. All locksets, latchsets, and closers for fire doora shall be listed by, and shall bear the label of, Jndarwritera' Laboratories for the corresponding fire door rating Hardware not spe- cifically listed but required to satisfy the specified fire rating shall I be provided. 1 8A.8,5 Hanufa~ cturers. Catalog numbers indicated in the Hardware List identify products of the fl.rst-named of the manufacturers listed for each item. Equivalent products of the other listed ma+iufacturers will be ac- ceptable* provided the basic requirements of type, 'function, and mate- rials are met. Butte Stanley, Hager, or Lawrence Locksets, latcheets, j and cylinders Sehlage, Corbin, or Russwin ; i j Closers and brackets LCN, Corbin, or Russwin . Thresholds Reese, Zero, or Pemco Weatherstripping Reese, Pemko, or Zero f 8A.8.6 List. opening No. Item Quantity Catalog No. 1011 103 Butts 1-1/2 pair CB1961, MI US26D Lockeet 1 Comet, Series D; L9010; US26b Closer 1 4110 Series Weatherstrip 1 set DS18AB Threshold 1 S205A-PC Sweep 1 772 AS 8A. 8.7 Keying. All cylinder locks shall be keyed alike, Two nickel silver keys shall be furnished with each locksat, k All locks shall be operable by a single master key, Six master keys ' shall be furnished. i 8A.9 7.1 Extra Blanks. The hardware supplier shall furnish the Company { 1 dozen extra key blsnks of the same design and material as the keya sup plied with the locksets. 1 ti t `DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) j l 010489 ) 8A-7 n L yte';1y1 F1~] y 8A.8.8 Packaging. Each item of hardware shall be packaged separately in an individual container complete with screws, keys, special wrenches, in- structions, and installation templates necessary for accurately locating, setting, adjusting, and attaching hardware. Each container shall be marked with the number of the opening to which hardware item is to be applied, 8A.8.9 Installation. Hardware items shall be accurately fitted, se- curely applied, carefully adjusted, and lubricated in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. SA,8.9.1 Location. Before hardware is installed, the locations of mortise preparations and hardware reinforcements shall be checked and any I( necessary revisions made. Unless otherwise acceptable to the Engineer, the locations of hardware items shall be in accordance with DRI "Recom- mended Locations for Builders.Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." 8A,8,9.2 Thresholds, Thresholds shell have ends notched to fit frame profile and shall be field drilled to receive flush bolts where required. Where fastened to concrete, thresholds shall be anchored with 5/16 inch stainless steel flathead countersunk machine screws and expansion anchors spaced at 8 inch centers. Thresholda shall be set in mastic, 8A,8.9.3 Protection.- The Contractor shall exercise special care not to injure finish surfaces or other work when installing hardware. Hardware on which finish has been damaged prior to final acceptance of the work shall be replaced with undamaged items at the Contractor's expense. 8A,8,10 Final Add Meant. The hardware supplier shall assist the Con- ~ tractor in adjusting and checking the installation of finish hardware, Proper lubricants, graphite, or special oils shall be used for lubricat- ing, as recommended by the hardware manufacturer. All moving parts shall be checked, tested, and adjusted to assure free and smooth operation. Special tools shall be furnished,to the Owner as required to adjust and maintain the installed hardware. Just before final acceptance of the building by the Company, a factory ropresentative of the look and latch manufacturer shall examine, along with a representative of the Owner, all hardware furnished. Hardware shall he adjusted for proper operation. Damaged hardware shall be re- placed, installed, and adjusted. 8A.9 DOOR LIST, 'Doors and frames shall be furnished in accordance with the following list, Mark Type Size Swing Label 101 N 3,,,011 x ?t„011 LHR - 103 N 31-01t x 71-O" LH [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00001 010489 8A-8 I DIVISION 9 - FINISHES TABLE OF CONTENTS Pale section 9A - PAINTING 9A-1 thru 9A»16 9A.1 General 9A-1 9A.2 Scope of Painting 9A-1 1 9A.3 Paint Systems 9A- 9A.4 Materials 3 I~ 1 9A,5 Surface Preparation 9A- 9A.6 Paint Application 9A-5 9A,7 Safety 9A-7 9A.8 Cleanliness 9A-9 II' 9A~9 9A,9 Genera! List of Colors 9A-10 Coating System Data Sheets 9A-11 thrn SA-16 i IE i ,h ~ I f( (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 l 062788 ] TC9-1 i h' Fi Asa,+.n + Section 9A - PAINTING 9A.1 GENERAL„ This section covers field painting work j Waterproofing of concrete surfaces a*d neoprene-hypalon roof coatings are covered in other sections, Painting work shall include the protection of surfaces not to be painted and surface preparation, furnishing and applying paint materials, and i other work incidental to painting which is required to properly execute the painting work, } 9A,2 SCOPE OF PAINTING, Except for those surfaces excluded hereinafter, all exposed surfaces of all facilities constructed or otherwise incorpo- ~ rated in the Lewisville Hydroelectric Project shall be painted, Exposed surfaces shall mean all interior and exterior surfaces which are not encased or covered by the finished building structure or equipment C and which are visible and accessible for painting, Areas which would be difficult or impossible to paint after all con- struction is complete shall be painted at a stage during construction when painting is possible, ? Bolted connections shall not be cleaned and prime painted until after the final bolting is complete. Any abraded or damaged areas of sho f shall be cleaned and touch-up p painted aurfacss as specified herein j p painted before applying finish paint system, Motors and accessories for equipment shall be painted with the same paint i system and color specified for the equipment, Exposed surfaces of electrical conduit, conduit bokes, and fittings shall j be painted only where they are adjacent to painted parts of the building structure or equipment. These surfaces shall be painted the same 'color as the adjacent building surfaces, ?a.2.1 Surfaces to be Painted. Surfaces to be painted include exposed surfaces of the interr ond exterior of all building structures and the exposed surfaces of all equipment, piping, valves, and hangers, unless excluded hereinafter, The following lists include the major surfaces of materials and equipment to be painted and are an complete as poaaible, Surfaces of materials and minor equipment not listed but requiring paint- ing for protection shall also be painted. n~ [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 I 022988 j s, 9A-1 , axz W 9+M 9A.2.1,1 M serials and Structures. Concrete surfaces where indicated r. Miscellaneous supports for tray, bus duct, conduit, lighting, ` ductwork, electric unit heaters, etc. Structural steel and all ungalvanized steel surfaces Interior handrail Doors and frames 9A.2.1,2 E ui ment, The following equipment will have an operating temperature range from ambient to 200 F. Lighting and 120 volt power panala Piping, valves, and hangers (uninsulated) 9A.2.2 Surfaces Not to be Painted. Some materials or equipment will not require field painting oY wiil have been shop finish painted or field ' painted under other specifications. Except as otherwise specified or directed, the surfaces of the following -hall nos- be painted. { 9A.2,2.1 Materials. Aluminum surfaces Brass Bronze Sus duct enclosures Cable trays Chromium plated metals Electrical conductors, insulated or uninsulated Electrical conduita, wirewa s, and Y )unction boxes,(exce t as otherwise specified). P j Embedments (galvanized) Floor plates Gages Galvanized ductwork, dampers, .and fan boxes Galvanized grating and handrailing Galvanized metal deck form Galvanized structural steel Hardware Light fixtures, except supports ` Polished or machined surfaces + Porcelain enameled surfaces Porcelain bushings Rotating shafts and couplings Rubber belts, skirting, gaskets, and idler discs 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 010489 ) 9A-2 ly r.C. a1~I~i4t,: Ua t Y,ay,l 9A.2,2.2 Equipment. All mechanical and electrical equipment except as noted s otherwise 9A,2.3 Surfaces to be Touch-up Painted, Damaged areas of shop painted surfaces shall be repaired by spot priming as required and repainting 1 with materials of a type and color equal to the shop paint system, Re- pair painting shall be applied as directed to produce a finish equal to F the shop paint finish. The following materials and equipment will be [ provided with a complete shop applied painting system and shall not be field painted, except for repair of damaged areas of the finish painted surfaces as directed by the Owner, Material and equ.lpment furnished with the turbine generator, E Contract 62.0200 9A43 PAINT SYSTEMS, Paint systems shall be in accordance with the following listing. Paint system designations refer to the Coating System Data Sheets at the and of this section, Material./Equipment Paint System Designation Designation Interior and exterior shop primed structural f +i r steel shapes and plates System'A1F Machinery, equipment. { piping, valves, and hangers below 200,F System ESP } Shop primed metal doors and frames System A25F Concrete floor and curbs at the battery j area System C8 Galvanize tottoh-up System A19. {E Interior concrete System C3 i i~ 1 i ~ t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 ] 9A~-3 4. tt UH lI,Ay~ a, 9A.4 MATERIALS. Paint materials shall be as indicated on the Coating System Data Sheets at the end of this section. Paint materials shall be delivered in sealed, original labelled containers, bearing manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, color designation, and instructions for mixing and/or reducing. The manufacturer's recom~ mended application instructions for each type of paint shall be included with each shipment of paint. Except for field catalyzed coatings, all paint-shall be fa,.tory mixed in correct proportions and consistency suitable for direct ~%pplication in warm heather without addition of thinnera. Pigments shal' be fully ground maintaining a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily 4 and unif6rmly dispersed to a complete homogeneous mixture, i Materials from the same manufacturer shall be applied for all ccato in I each field applied coating system, Compatibility of specified field " applied systems with previously coated surfaces shall be -ietermined by the Contractor. The Owner shall, be informed if field applied coatings wrinkle, lift off, or otherwise 6eteriorate or fail to adhere to previous coatings, Materials not specified but required for successful applica- tion of the specified coating systems shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer, When specified materials of a manufacturer hav; been discontinued, only substitutions recommended by that manufacturer will be accepted. f 9A,4.1 Manufacturers. Except as otherwise acceptable to the Owner, F. coatings shall be formulated and compounded by manufacturers named in the y Coating System Data Sheets at the end of this section. Coatings by other manufacturers will be considered for acceptance only when complete in- formation concerning the following is submitted for evaluation with the Proposal. Costing composition Coating characteristics Coating performance Assurance of equal or better quality than the coating specified i After acceptance of coatings, there shall be no substitutions. 9A.4,2 Colors. Finish paint colors shall be in accordance with the General List of Colors included in these specifications, [DENTON 105660NST 71.00001 0104N89 9A-4 ,I a Where colors for surfaces are not indicated, they shall be painted to match adjacent or similar surfaces. 9A.4.3 tamales, After receipt of the Engineer's color chips, matching 4 inch by 6 inch sample color chips for each color and sheen of all selected finish paint colors shall be prepared and three sets of samples submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the correspondence addrbss in Section IC, When possible, color samples shall be applied on iden- tical type materials to which they will be applied on the project. Formulas for mixing and tinting of colors shall be included with samples. f Materials shall not be shipped to the jobsite until acceptance of color samples. After examination and acceptance of color samples, the samples shall become. standards of ' color and sheen for all project painting work. j 9A.4.4 Data. A list of all ' proposed painting materials, with identi- fying numbers or codes, and product data sheets shall be submitted to the f Owner within 60 days after award of contract. The listing shall indioate ` the specified system number for which each material is proposed. Mate- 1 rials shall not be shipped to the dobsite until accoptance of the pro- Ji posed materials. 9A.4.5 Storaste of Paint Materials. Paint materials under cover, in a well ventilated area, at aeinimum ambient etemstored ,r perature of 45 F, and within IO.F of the anticipated surface application 'tempera- ture, 1 1 A lockable enclosure or area for storage of materials and equipment shall be provided by the Contractor. The enclosure shall be located away from other structures to minimize fire hazards, in an area ass Owner. igned by the All paint mixing, thinning, and tinting shall be performed in this area. Ra e, g paint, and solvent shall be stored in closed metal containers at all times. 9A,5 -SURFACE PREPAPATION, All dirt, dust, sand, grit, mud, oil, grease, rust, loose mill scale, and other objectionable substances shall be removed from surfaces to be painted before applying paint. Surface prep- aration shell be performed in a manner which will prevent dust and other airborne particles from contaminating freshly painted surfaces. All oil or grease shall be removed from surfaces with solvents before starting mechanical cleaning. Manufacturer's instructions for surface preparation and application j requirements peculiar to each material applied shall be followed, u (bENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 [ 022988 3 9A-5 f . -V l~ Clean clothe and clean fluids shall be used for solvent cleaning to avoid leaving a film on the surface being cleaned, Surfaces not to be painted shall be protected from contamination, discoloration, or other damage resulting from surfP.c:e preparation operations. Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared so they are free of cracks, pits, projections, or other imperfections which would prevent the 'formation of a smooth, unbroken paint film. Touch-up paint shall be applied and previously painted surfaces repaired as required to provide a continuous protective film over each surface to be painted. Surfaces to be painted shall be cleaned, rubbed, sanded, or wire brushed so that edges of adjacent paint are feathered or other- wise smoothed so they will not be noticeable when painted. All paint or galvanizing made brittle or otherwise damaged by heat from welding or cutting shall be completely removed. 1 Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with the latest edition of the Steel Structures Painting Council surface preparation spec 'Ification as indicated on the Coating System Data Sheeta at the and of this section and 'specified herein, 9A.5.1 Nerrous Metal. All shop coated ferrous metal surface's shall be Cleaned so they are free from dust, dirt, chalk, and all loose matter. 'he Contractor shall ensure that the shop coated materials are dry and tightly bonded. Rough surfaces of shop. applied 'inor~anic zinc primers she 11 be sanded or rubbed with fine galvanized screening to remove dust, dirt, or dry over- spray. I 9A,5.2 Concrete. Concrete surfaces to be painted shall be prepared by I removing all dirt, dust, oil or grease stains, or other foreign sub- stances. Oil and grease shall be removed with a solution of trisodium phosphate, rinsed well, and allowed to thoroughly dry. To provide good adhesion of the applied paint, surfaces shall be cleaned or roughened as recommended by the coating manufacturer, Any blast cleaning of interior concrete surfaces shall be restricted to the wet or vacuum type. Fins and other projections shall be removed by stoning, sanding, `or grinding. New concrete floors shall have contamination removed, shall be acid etched, and shall be rinsed with clear water prior to painting. The Contractor shall ensure that the required acid-alkali balance is achieved and the - surface allowed to thoroughly dry. k ; (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 022988 J 9A-6 J .f.k (il Swyl.n~yy It ti ~ I 9A.5.3 Surface Preparation Crew. A separate surface preparation crew shall work ahead of the finish painters, properly cleaning and preparing surfaces for painting. t j 9A.6 PAINT APPLICATION. Paint shall be applied in accordance with SSPC i Paint Application Specification No. 1 "Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting," and as specified herein. Paint shall be applied only when temperature of surfaces to be painted is above the minimum surface tem- perature recommended by the paint manufacturer. Paint shall not be ap- plied under any of the following conditions. ~ Whzn the temperature of the surface to be coated is below 40 F, or when air temperature is below 50 F or above 100 F 4 f _I When insects or windblown dust, dirt, or debris would adhere to the freshly applied paint When atmospheric conditions are causing condensation on the I surface When temperature of surface to be painted is less than 5 F I above the dew point Painting materiala shall be applied in accordance with the paint manufac- turer's recommendations using competent and experienced painters. Appli- cation of paint shall be started as directed by the Owner. Compatibility of field applied coatings with factory primed or factory finished surfaces shall be checked by spot testing to determine adequate { adhesion or softening of the shop coating. If spot testing indicates j ! incompatibility, a tie coat shall be applied or the surface treated as recommended by the manufacturer of the field paint and acceptable to the J Owner. The Owner shall be notified at once when spot tests inaioate in- compatibility. The application of any paint or coating to a surface shall constitute acceptance of that surface by the Contractor. If the surface is not acceptable for painting, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing before starting application of the paint or coating. 9A.6.1 Mixing. Paint shall be thoroughly mixed each time any is with- drawn from the container. Containers shall be kept tightly closed at all times, except when paint is being withdrawn, 9A.,'.2 Tinting, Jobsite tinting of finish coats shall be performed only when acceptable to the Owner. Only tinting colors recommended.by the manufacturer of the paint being tinted shall be used, i [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,0000) I 022988 ] ( 9A-7 i ii 9A.6.3 Thinning. Paints shall not be thinned except as directed by the paint manufacturer for specific application. 9A.6.4 Applying. Paint shall be applied by air or airless spray equip- ment except as otherwise specified or acceptable to the Owner. Paint shall be applied without interruption to all surfaces between corners, seams, or other surface breaks. No laps will be permitted except at such surface breaks. Spray application shall be followed immediately with a paint brush applied along vertical and lower horizontal edges of steel membera, abutting surfaces, edges of connections, and between bolt heads and nuts, to remove all surplus paint and smooth out all runs. All gags in paint films shall be brushed out immediately. Special precautions shall be taken with spray applications to prevent drifting or spreading of airborne material which might damage adjacent equipment, materials, or property. Spray gun nozzles shall, be held perpendicular and sufficiently k close to the surface being painted to avoid excessive loss of material into the air, evaporation of volatile paint solvents, and dry overspray from angle application. I Paint shall be roller or brush applied, as required by the Owner in areas where spraying may present hazardous conditions to personnel or equip- went. { Air spray equipment shall be provided with mec'nanical agitators, pressure gages, pressure regulators, and moisture traps or separators. Nozzles shall be of proper size and type for the paint being applied in each case. Air delivered to the spray nozzle shall be dry and of sufficient and suits- bla pressure for the proper application of the paint used. Airleas spray equipment shall be provided with double tip nozzles of proper size and type for the paint being applied in each case. Resin emulsion paints shall be applied by roller whenever the paint manu- facturer'a instructions permit roller application. Resin emulsion paint shall be brush applied to edges, corners, depressions, and other surfaces inaccessible by roller. The "mist coat, full coat technique" shall be used for application of topcoats over inorganic zinc primers to fill the pores in the primer and to prevent topcoat bubbling. Other procedures may be used es recommended by the paint manufacturer and acceptable to the Owner. Each coat of paint shall be of a visibly different color or shade from the preceding coat. Paints shall be factory tinted except as otherwise acceptable Co the Owner. t [DENTON 10566 GEN CGNST 71.0000 022988 J 9A-8 {i t~Compliance by the Contractor to the minimum film thickness requirements i for each type of coating will be checlad by the Owner. Each type of coating shall be applied at the wet film thickness required to obtain the dry film thickness specified herein. A minimum of 20 foot-candles of illumination shall be provided for all surfaces to be painted or coated. } Ventilation in the work area shall be adequate to remove all particulates and solvent vapors, Where natural' ventilation is inadequate, a mechani- cal ventilation system shall be employed. The ventilation system shall provide a clean air supply during all phases of painting operations. The Owner shall be notified after completion of each coat of paint and E before application of the next coat. Only after the Owner's inspection is made will credit be given for that coat. The final coat shall present visual evidence of complete hiding and uniform appearance. 9A.C 5 Curing. The paint manufacturer's recommendations shall be fol- lowed for minimum drying time between coats and drying time before sub ' mergence of coatings in water or other liquids. 9A.6.6 Defects. Any finish coats which show sage, checks, blisters, teardrops, or fat edges shall be removed and reapplied. Defects in any undercoats, including shop coats, shall be repaired to the satisfaction I of the Owner before additional paint coats are applied. j 9A.7 SAFETY. All painting operations shall be conducted in a manner to j _ protect all construction personnel and property from aocidenta or injury from falls, vapors, fire, explosion, or other hazard. Federal, state, and local regulations shall be followed in determining safe procedures for surface preparation and paint application. In addition, all safety precautions noted on the manufacturer's product data sheets and applica- tion instructions shall be observed. Steel Structures Painting Council "Paint Application Guide No. 3" (SSPC-PA3) November 1, 19821 A Guide to Safety in,Paint Application, may be used as a source of information on safe practices. 9A.8 CLEANLINESS. Throughout the work, proper dropcloths, masking tapes, and other protective measures shall be provided and used as notes- sary to protect surfaces from accidental spraying, splattering, or spill- ing of paint. Any damaged condition resulting from painting operations shall be corrected and repaired, Any paint deposited on surfaces not being painted shall be immediately removed, In case bituminous paints j are spilled or dropped on Any material, the spots shall be cleaned and painted with aluminum paint before applying the specified paint. ~ i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 022988 J 9A-9 (((1J YV14rfl t"111.1 0 1V.'lL4pyi The Contractor shall remove and reinstall, or provide adequate in-place protection for, all installed hardware, accessories, lighting and elec- trical components, factory finished materials, and any other materials that may become splattered or damaged by paint or coating materials, Any exposed concrete not specified to be painted which is damaged by paint shall be either removed and rebuilt or, where so authorized, painted at the Contractor's expense with a complete paint system ac- ceptable to the Owner. During the progress of work, the premises shall be kept free from any ',unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials, and debris, Scaffolds and ladders shall be removed when not in daily use, so they will not interfere with work of other trades. f Upon completion of painting work, the premises shall be left neat and clean to the satisfaction of the Owner. a i 9A.9 GENERAL LIST OF COLORS. Finish colors for the designated surfaces I shall ba as follows. Colors listed by number and name are selected from Pittsburgh Paints "Architect/Designer Color Collection." Matching colors from other manufacturers-will be acceptable, i Surface or Equipment Color Interior concrete walls No. 2522 "Sunny White" Structural steel No. 4064 "Cadet Blue" P""1 Interior handrail No. 7183 "Eldorado" Doors No. 4064 "Cadet Blue" Miscellaneous supports No. 4064 "Cadet Blue" Piping and accessories No. 7183 "Eldorado" i ;i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 i 062788 ) 9A-10 E g.Lr;Gil (l'.. Mfr Yr "a T OE&CRIPTION! Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals SYSTEM NO Envbonmentsi Zones 1B (exterior, normally dryl, 2A (frequently wet by fresh water), 26 (frequently wet by salt water), 38 (chemical, neutrell /B r _ M r j SURFACE PREPARATION Clean and dry as recommended by paint manufacturer. 1 i COATING DRY FILM SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT 3 milt Two component Inorganic zinc (shop applled) TOUCHUP 3 mile Organic zinc of modified epoxy Power toot clean damaged surfaces only. 1 I SECOND COAT 4.6 mile Polysmlde epoxy tie coat I! Apply by mist cost-full coat technique. f THIRD COAT 1.6.2 mlls Aliphatic polyurethane TOTAL SYSTEM 8.6.11 mile i , I E COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT Ameron N/A Amercost 68A or Amorcost 363HS Amercosi 4600L Amerlock 4W IE j CerSoline N/A 888 of 890 134 Carbomaetic 16 { i ONdden N/A 6626/2712S or 624015452 8200 Series it 6475/6476 Porter N/A Zinc-Lock 308 43 High 8ulld 4800 Series Tnemeo N/A 90.93 Serloo 88 Series 72 i Valtpor NN. 13•F•4 89•W•4HS 40 Series j 1 j o d i BLACK dt VEATCH COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED SY ENGINEERS•ARCHITECTB 06t888 JCYy 9A-I1 's ~QVt4k 411 Vf,Yh:~i wnftitil...,. k~ rW,I a DESCRIPTION: Structural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals SYSTEM NO. Touchup for galvanized surfaces not to be finish painted A1 1 SURFACE PREPARATION SSPC•SP1 Solvent Cleaning and 63PC•SP3 Power Tool Cltening. Remove oil and loose rust. COATING DRY FILM THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT 2.3 kills Organic zinc rich - light gray color j TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT . TOTAL SYSTEM 2.3 mils i I PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION COATING MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT 1 CxboUna 678. R Subox Gatvanox Type I Tnemec 9093 Valsoof 134,22 OAC ZRC Cold Galvanizing Compound i 1 I i i f o 0. if i l BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED WY ENQINEEAS ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 071166 JCw 9A-12 r X} Rpp I DESCRIPTION. Shop Primed Ferrous Metal Surfaces SYSTEM NO. Environmental Zones 1A Ontario?, normally dry) and 3D (chemical, mild) yi SURFACE PREPARATION Clean and dry as recommended by point manufacturer SSPC•SP3 Power Tool Cle„ning of area to be touchup pointed COATING DRY FILM i KN SPECIAL NOTES -HIC 66-L FIRST COAT Vales Shop epplled. Spot teat for adhaslon. TOUCHUP 2.3 mlis Border coat 1. SECOND COAT 2.3 mile Barrier coat i ) j THMD COAT 4.6 mils Polysmlde epoxy TOTAL SYSTEM 8.9 mile Not Including shop applied first coat 1 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION COATING MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT TPRD COAT Amaron NIA 1S6 186 Amed6ok 400 Carbollne NIA Rustbond OHS Rustbond OHS 880 Glidden N/A 6208 6205 624016462 Porter NIA 286 286 4361 Series i i Tnemec N/A Series 37 Sadao 37 Saner, 86 l Valepar NIA 13•R.28 13•R•28 88 Series ' t i I~ i 1 u a BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARECI ENdfNEERO IIRCHITEGT8 COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 0711tSe JCw F f 9A-13 f, Y rr 1 1 tiIr.+ 1 il,}y ~tuffs r:"'y~ S 1 , DESCRIPTION; SYSTEM NO Concrete and Concrete Masonry - Normal Exposure (semigloss or r glossy) 4 SURFACE Clean, dry, and free of contaminants as recommended by ' PREPARATION paint manufacturer COATING DAY FILM SPECIAL NOTES THICKNES FIRST COAT Varies Masonry filler applied at rate recommended by manufacturer; for porous concrete and concrete 1 masonry only I TOUCHUP /A SECOND COAT f 2-3 mils Acrylic Latex ~ ~ j j THIRD COAT 2-3 mils Acrylic Latex TOTAL SYSTEM 4-6 mils F?,Ot including filler COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION F MANUFACTURER I FIRST COAT TOUCH-UP SECOND GOAT THIRD COAT Ameron Nu-Kind 114 N/A Amercoat 2104 Amercoat 2104 ' f Glidden 10701 N/A 5200, 5200 i Sherwin- 182511411 N/A Metalatex Metalatex Villiams Series B42 Series B42 Valspar 79-W-6 N/A 52a•00 52100 Ai f A ~ I 1 I"S I JDATE PREPAR50BY BLACK & VEATCH COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 041686 JC'n' } CONSULTING ENOINEERS s 9A-14 r i DESCRIPTION; Casi,in•Place Concrete xtreme pHs) SYSTEM NO Environmental Zone 3E (chemical; severe lncluding a C8 SURFACE j PREPARATION Well cured concrete with surface tensile strength no less than 275 pal as required nufacturer. concrete be b rush dust,aend iaitance. Projectionsashall be g ouind~ed or acid etched to remove dirt, j DAY FILM COATING ff T ICKN SS SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT Varies Spray or roller applied primer/saturate as recommended by manufacturer TOUCHUP N/A SECOND COAT 63 mile Trowel apply base coat, Press fiberglass cloth into base coal Apply liquid and hardener. E f THIRD COAT 63 mile Trowel apply topcoat and brush lightly with smoothing liquid, f ~ TOTAL SYSTEM 126 mlle Not Including primer COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION I MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT r t f h E Calicote Prime with liquid N/A and hardener Cellarete 698 Cellerete 895 (CeUcrete 6961 f ~ Dud)ck i Primer 27 NA Proteato•Lins 900 Protecto•Line 900 Protecto-Line 900 S•30 Smoothing Liquid Liquid h r V I o yr EBtLACK & VEATCH ERS•ARCHITECTS ICOATI:~JVGSYS TE M DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED 8Y 091296 RRH/CHF 9A-].S 't ~ i~I!Y AC<J4 DEGCRIPTION; Mechanical Equipment Environmental Zones - 1A {Interior, normally dry) and 18 (exterior, normally dry) C C r SURFACE f PREPARATION Cloan, dry, and free of contaminants as recommended by SSPC•SP3 Power Tool Cleaning of areas to be touchup painted COATING DRY FILM THICKNESS SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT Varies Shop applied, Spot test for adhesion. ~r J TOUCHUP i 2.3 mils Barrier Coat SECOND COAT 2.3 mils Barrie; Coat THIRD COAT 1.6.2 mils OJoss alkyd j TOTAL SYSTEM ; 3,6.5 mils Not Including shop applied first cost. e I i COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION ( MANUFACTURER f FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT j ~ 'THIRD COAT Ameran N/A Amercost 186 Amemost 186 Carboline N/A 6401 . Glidden N/A Rustbond 8H8 Rustbond 8H8 AD-51 Keeler & long N/A 8210 6210 4660 8000 Koppers 0863 N/A PUG 8.1 Series ! Porter PUG 801 N/A 285 U•Prlme FPO 286 U•Prime N/A LA,-24 1 .882 I N/A Muitiprime 97 B60N2 Sherwin-Williams Mu@Iprims 87.882 4.270 5erles Tnemeo ' B60W1 864 Series t N/A Series 37 j Valapar Series 37 Series 2H N/A 13•R•28 7 13•ii•28 12 Series v , a 1 BLACK & VEATCH ENOINEERS•ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE PREPARED BY 060788 JCW a 9A-1b ` DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES TABLE OF CONTENTS p_ age, Section 10A - EYEWASH STATION 1DA-1 10A.1 General 10Aw1 10A,2 Material 1OA-1 10A,3 Installation 10A-1 j . i , (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) f 100999 ) TC10-1 [IRLM1{ V C} W ~1 1 ~`SSSISTAW r Section l0A - EYEWASH STATION t 10A.1 GENERAL„ This $action covers the eyewash station to be furnished i and installed as indicated on the drawings, 10A.2 MATERIAL, The self-contained wall mounted eyewash station shall be McMaster-Carr No. 5515416 or acceptable equal. The station shall, be furnished complete with 8 gallon fiberglass tank. 10A.3 INSTALLATION. The station shall be located adjacent to the bat- terias ac' diracted. The station shall be clearly labeled with Instruc- tions for use. I f , f j j } 1 i f f { r (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 t 022988 10A-1 i j y DIVISION 15 - MgCHANICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Section 15A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 15A-1 15A.1 General 1SA-1 Subsection 15A1 - TURBINE 15A1-1 thru 15A1-7 / - 15A1.1 Description 15A1-1 15A1.2 Components 15A1-2 Subsection 15A2 -GENERATOR 15A2-1 thru 15A2-8 15A2.1 Description 15A2-1 15A2,2 Components 15A2-1 Generator Specification and Data Sheet 15A2-3 Specifications - Hydraulic Turbine Driven Alternating Current Synchronous Generators 15A2-4 thru 15A2-6 Bill of Material 15A2-7 thru 16AA-8 Subsection 15A3 - EXCITATION AND CONTROLS 15A3-1 thru 15A3-8 1$A3.1 Description 15A371 15A3,2 Components 15A3-2 i Manufacturer's General Data 15A3-3 thru'15A3-8 fi Subsection 15A4 - ELECTROHYDRAULTC GOVERNING SYSTEM 15A4-1 thru 1$A4-13 15A4.1 Description 15A4-1 Subsection 15A5 - MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 15A5~-1 thru'15AS-2 15A5,1 Cooling Water Filtration System 15A5-1 15A52 Cooling Water Booster Pump 15A5-1 15A5.3 Turbine - Bypass Butterfly Valve 15A5-1 Section 15B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 158-1 thru 15B-19 15B.1 General 15B-1 15B.2 Engineering Data 158-1 15B,3 Correction of Errors 15B-2. 15B.4 Manufacturer's Technical Services 15B~-2 15B.5 Referenced Standards 15B-7, i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 100989 J TC15-1 y 15B.6 Laws and Ordinances Pale 15H,7 Materials and Equipment 15B-2 15B,8 Hazardous Materials 15B-2 15B.9 Identification I5B-2 156,10 Preshipment Inspection 153-2 15B.11 15B Quality`Assurance 15b-3' .I2 Nnmbering.Syatem 156.3 158,13 Nameplates 15B-~', I5B.14 Factory Assembly 15B-3 15B,15 Packaging and Identification of 156-3 I r Spare Parts 15B,16 Shop Coating 15B-3 15B,17 Protection 15B-4 15B.18 Tools 158-6 13BJ9 Alignment and Balance 15B-6 15B.20 'Noise Level I5B-7 15B,21 Design Coordinatt,on 15B-7 158422 Lubrication 15B-7 158;23 Safety Guards 15B-7 15B.24 Shaft Couplings 158-7 J 15B,25 Equipment Bases 158-8 15B,26 Control Power' I5B-8 j 15B.27 Auxiliary Power 15$-8 15B.28 Raceway 15$9 15$.29 Wiring 15B-9 158,30 Terminal Blocky 1S8-16 158.31 'Fuse Blocks 158-12 15B.32 Fuses 158-12 158.33 Electrical Accessory Devices ' 15812 15B.34 Molded case Circuit Breakers 15B.35 Weatherproofing l5B-13 I5B-14' Coating System Data Sheets ISB-14 Subsection 1561 SUMP pVMYS I3B-15 tk:ru 15B-19 ` 1581,1 15B1-1 thru 15B1-.5 General 15B1.2 Codes and Standards 1581.1 15$1.3 Scope 15B1-1 1581.4 Drawings and Data 1581-1 15B1.5 Design Requirements 15BI.1 15B1.6 Water Quality 15BI-2 ISB1,7 Materials 15BI-2 1581,8 Controls 15BI-3 15BI.9 PULP Characteristics 1581-4 15BL1O Characteris*ic Curves 15B1-4 1551.11 Guarantees I5BI-4 1581,12 Testa 1581-4, 15BI-5 I~ (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 100989 ? TC15-2 - - - - - - - - - Page Subsection 15B2 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 1582-1 15B2.1 General 1 1582.2 Code Requirements 15B2-1 15B2.3 Wall Mounted Portable Fire 1582-1 Extinguishers 15B2-1 Subsection 15B3 - WELDED STEE1. PENSTOCK 15B3-1 thru 15B3-5 1583,1 General 1583-1 1583.2 Drawings and Data 15B3-1 1583.3 Materials 15B3-1 1583.4 Steel pipe 1583-2 15B3.5 Welded Joints 1583-3 15B3.6 Flanges 1583-3 15B3.7 Inspection and Testing 15B3-3 15B3,8 Protective Coatings 15B3-1 1583.9 Handling 1583-5 Section 15C AUXIL?ARY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION 15C-1 thru 150-5 15C.1 General 150-1 15C.2 Code Requirements 1 15C.3 Cleaning 150_1 150,4 Erection Materials 150-1 15C.5 Location Tolerances 15C-1 15C.6 Piping Connections 15C-2 150.7 Grouting 150-2 15C,8 Equipment Piping 15CW2 f 15C 15C,9 Pump Suction Strainers -2 15C.10 Shaft Alignment 15C-2 15C.11 Doweling 15C-2 150.12 _Motors 15C-3 15C..13 Equipment Checkout 1503 15C414 Miscellaneous Equipment 150»4 150.15 Defects 15C-4 150.16 Manufacturer's Field Representatives 15C-4 15C.17 Equipment Proteci;ion 15C-4 150.18 Repair of Painted Surfaces 15C-4 15C.19 Maintenance Toots 1505 150-5 °J (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 010489 1 T015-3 y hq lk' r-~ p Section 15D - MISCELLANEOUS PIPING 15D-1 thru 15D-20 15D.1 General 15D,2 Code Requirements 15D-1 15D,3 Drawings and Data 15D-1 15D.4 Materials 15D-1 15D.5 Service and Type Requirements 150-1 15D.6 Pipe insulation 15D-2 15D,7 Pipe Joints 15D-3 15D.8 Pipe S].eeves 15D-3 15D,9 Piping Supports 15D-3 15D,10 Pipe Installation 15D-3 15D.11 Insulation' Installation 15D-7 15D,12 Hanger Installation 15D-7 15D,13 Cleaning 15D-8 15D,14 Testing 15D-8 Pipe Support Selection Guides and Hanger I5D-8 Details 15D-10 thru 15D-20 Subsection 15D1 - PIPELINE LIST II 1$D1-1 thru 15D1-5 15D1.1 General f Pipeline List 15D1-1 15D1-2 thru 15D1-5 Section 15E - VALVES 15E-1; i 15E.1 General 13E.2 Drawings and Data 1SE~1 15E,3 Valve'Application 15E-1 I i 159-1 ' I Subsection 15Ei - VALVE LIST 1591-1 thru 1591-8 1 15v General 1591"1 Valve Lists 1591-2 thru 15E1-8 Subsection 15E2 BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER THAN 24 INCHES 15E2-1 thru 15E2-2 15E2.1 General 15E2.2 Valve Application 15E2-1 15E2.3 Code Requirements 1592-1 15E2.4 - "'11Ve Construction 15E2-1 15E2.5 Valve Operators 15E2-1 1592-2 "J (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 013190 TC15-4 Subsection 15E3 PPag BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH AND LARGER 1523-1 thru 1523-7 15E3.1 General 15E3.2 Code Requirements 15E3-1 15E3.3 Design 15E3-1 15-13,4 -Materials 1523-1 1523.5 Compolients 15E3-1 _ 13E3.6 Valve Operators 15E3-2 15E3,7 Protection 15E3-3 15E3,8 Teats I5E3-6 15E3,9 Shop Coating 15E3-6 15E3-I0 Rating Curves 15E3-6 Coating System Data Sheet 15E3-6 Subsection 1524 15E3-7 - WAFER CHECK VALVES i5E4-i 15E4,1 General' 15E4,2 Code Requirements 15E4-1 I5E4,3 Service conditions 15E4-1 15E4.4 Valve Construction 15E4-1 15E4,5 Testing 1524-1 Subsection 1525 '15E4-I - KNIFE GATE VALVES 1525 15$5.1. General -1 15E5,2 Valve Application 15E5-1 15E5.3 Valve Construction 15L5-1 15E5.4 Testing ,.1525-1 ~ 1525-1 Subsection 1SE6 - ATR VALVES k~ 1526,1 General ISt!6-1 1596.2 Valve Application 15E6.1 Subsection 15E7 - BALL VALVES 1526-1 15E7.1 General 1527-1 1529,2 Ball Valves 15E7-1 Section 15F - 15E7-1 PENSTOCK INSTALLATION I5F41 General 15F-1 thru 15F-6 15F.2 Drawings and Engineering Data 15F-1 151:,3 Governing Standards 15F-1 15F,4 Materials 15x-1 15F,5 Welded joints 15F-1` 15F-2, fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] 013140 TC15-5 y Page 15F.S Shop and Field Applied Protective Coatings 1511-3 15F.7 Handling 15F.8 Field Procedure and Instellatiun 15F-4 15F.9 Concrete Encasement I5F-4 15F.10 Cleaning 1511-5 15F.11 Nydrostatic Teat 151'-5 1511-5 Section 15G - TURBINE-GERFkATOR ERECTT.ON 15G-1 thru 15G-11 15G,Z General 15G.2 Manufacturer0s Representative ZSG 15G-1 150.3 Work Included Under Turbine- I Generator Erection 15G-2 150.4 Erection 15G.5 Teats and VW kfication During 150-3 f and After LLaction. j 150.6 Commissioning Testa- 15G-3 150-5 Section 15H - SPACE CONDITIONING 15H-1 thru I$H-5 15H.1 General I5H.2 General Design' Conditions 114H-1 15H.3 Motors 155-1 1511.4 Temperature Switch 155-2 15H-5 Subsection 15HI - ELECTRIC-HEATERS 15H1-1 thru I5H1-2' 15H1-1 General f I5H1;2 Engineering Data 1351-1 1551.3 15HI-1 Electric Unit Heaters 1551-I Subsection 15H2 - POWER ROOF VENTILATORS 1552-1 thru 1552-9 15H2.1 General 1552.2 Engineering Data 15H2-1 15H2.3 Design and Performance 15H2-1 1.5H2.4 Construction I5HZ-1 15H2.5 Description ISH-2 15H2.6 Pans 1552- I5H2.7 Motors 15H2-4 4 15H2.8 Accessories 15H2-4 15H2.9 Power Roof Ventilator List 15H2-5 Table 15H2-1 Power Roof Ventilator List 15H2-6 15N2-9 PENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] 100989 TC15-6 y page Section 151 - STARTUP 15"1-1 Chru 151-4 151,1 General 151-1 151.2 Equipment Checks 151-1 151,3 Trial Operation of Equipment 151.4 Mats Systems Chenkout 151-2 151,5 On-Line Operational Checks 151•-3 151-3 { i Ir [DENTON 10566 M CONST 71,0000) 0104$9 ) TC15-7 fl 9 i5 [f ' t i Section 15A - OWNER-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 15A.1 GENERAL, The ^iechanical equipment and materials described in this section will be furnished by the Owner under separate specifications for erection and/or installation by the Contractor. Except as indicated otherwise herein, all work, materials, and additional equipment required for complete erection of the equipment, including re- calving from carriers, unloading, and storage prior to erection, shall be f provided by the Contractor. Receiving, handling, and storage shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 1G, Mechanical equipment In- stallation and/or erection shall be in accordance with Section 15F for the penstock and Section 15G for the turbine generator, E j Information describing the equipment will give only an approximate scope E of the erection work and is not intended to be a detailed itemization of all work to be done as a part of these specifications. The manufacturers' drawings and other information furnished with the specification are listed in Section 1B, If necessary, supplemental information may be obtained from the manufacturer concerning the extent of field erection work. The weights and dimensions given are approximate. j, A complete set of all manufacturers' shop drawings will be furnished to the successful bidder. i All spare parts and maintenance tools provided with Owner-furnished E 1 equipment shall be delivered to the Owner, j Owner-furnished equipment and materials are as follows. Subaection Equipment l 15A1 Turbine 15A2 Generator 15A3 Excitation and Controls 15A4 Electrohydraulic Governing System 15AS Miscellaneous Mechanical )quipmeut All Owner-furnished equipment is purchased under Specification 10566,62.0200. The overall contractor for this specification Is DBS Escher Wyss, 555 Notre Dame Street, Lachine, Quebec, Canada H8S 2B1, Throughout the following sub- sections, any other company listed is acting as a subcontractor to DBS-EW. This information will not be reiterated In each subsection. `DENTON 105661GEN CONST 71,00001 00989 15A-1 t' t , b ,i Subsection 15A1 - TURBINE i 15A1.1 DESCRIPTION. The turbine is an S-ty 3 Kaplan unit. Water enters the unit through ae7 fdual regulate oot diameterd, horizontal t~ with its center line at Elevation 442'-10", penstock + Basic turbine parameters are as follows, Turbine t Inlet diameter, inches 3 ! 90,94 Maximum outer diameter, inches 106,93 Total weight, pounds I 55,000 Heaviest piece during construction 1 stay ring and distributor assem- bly, pounds 24,000 Runner diameter, inches 64.96 ` Number of blades 5 ~ Runner hub diameter, inches 28.58 Total weight of runner, pounds I 11,000 f Minimum shaft diameter (at body), inches 8.46 ~ Maximum shaft diameter, inches f At upstream coupling 25.31 f At downstream coupling j 15.50 j Overall length of one shaft piece, inches 172.52 Shaft weight, pounds 3,000 Runner throat diameter, inches 64,96 ~ Discharge ring diameter, inches Maximum l 73.39 Minimum i + 64.20 Total length of discharge ring, inches 65.38 DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 89 15A1-1 } 3 Runner throat and discharge ring total weight, pounds 51500 Bulb casing OD, inches 41.77 Bulb casing weight, pounds (Later) 1 Number of stay vanes 4 Stay vane height, inches 41.34 Number of wicket gates 13 Wicket gate height, inches ~ -23,09 Weight of complete distributor I assembly, pounds ~ 24,000 Draft tube liner j Haight, inched 51.18 Width, inches i 109.45 Length, inches 201.69 Wei ht, g pounds 10,000 15A1,2 COMPONENTS, Turbine components shall be as specified herein,, t f 15A1,2,1 Stay RtnR with Bulb. The stay ring is of welded construction, consisting of the conical outer casing, the stay vanes, and the bulb. The ring shall be fully embedded in concrete. Axial anchor bolts will transfer the axial thrust to the concrete. The stay vanes incorporate all oil aad water pipes which lead to the runner servomotor, to the bear- ings, and to the runner seal., The downstream end of the stay ring is bolted to the regulating device, On the upstream end of the bulb is a removable cover for access to the bulb interior, The bulb is of a streamline shape so that hydraulic losses can be minimized. All hori. zontal and vertical anchor bolts required for leveling and fastening are supplied, 15A1,2.2 RMRj ating Device. The regulating device consists of the fol- lowing. Outer and inner distributor rings Thirteen wicket gates, levers, and links t I (DENTON 105660GEN880NST 71,0000) j !.5A1-2 ~ j 1 p z v Operating ring Opening servomotor i Closing weight i Stop valve and angle transducer The adjustable guide vanes regulate the water flow and output during op- eration of the turbine. These vanes also serve as the flow shutoff de- vice for the turbine. 15AI.2.2.1 Outer Distributor Rin . This ring is shaped so that the best flow to the runner and the most efficient arrangement of wicket gates are achieved, The ring is fabricated of welded or cast steel plate and is provided with the bearing bosses for the outer wicket gate trunnions, The bosses house wicket gate stem seals and self-lubricating, maintenance free bearing bushings. The ring will be sufficiently stiffened to with- stand safely and without deflection all forces and torques resulting from any guide apparatus motion. Each and of the ring is provided with a flange for connection to the discharge ring or stay ring, If { 15AI.2,2,2 Inner Distributor Ring, The inner distributor ring will be made of cast or fabricated carbon steel, It will be provided with ,Ma- chined flange connection for bolting to the stay ring. It will rigidly ~ support the turbine guide and thrust bearing erid inner wicket gate bear- ings. + I 15AI.2,2.3 Wicket Gates. The wicket ~ gates are made of high grade cast steel, free from cracks and injurious defects. All wicket gates are interchangeable, To minimize leakage between blades and distributor f rings, gates will be machined to close tolerances, Gate stems are in- tegrally cast and have a smooth machined surface for self-lubricating' bearings. Thrust collars are provided for adjusting and maintaining the adjustment of individual gates in their correct position. Seals are provided around the wicket gate bearing stems in the outer and inner distributor rings, 15AI,2,2.4 Links and Levers, The wicket gates are operated by a series of links and levers attached to the gate operating ring for safe, uniform, and synchronous operation of the regulating device. Every second link incorporates a buckling rod to transmit torque to the lever. Should the movement of a wicket gate become restricted, the rod will buckle before r damage to the wicket gates occurs, Buckling rather than failure prevents failing of the gate. Each buckling'rod is equipped with a sensing device that annunciates failure to the control system and initiates normal shut- down of the turbine, c F. r (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 062788 3 15A1-3 ,j v r; if J f~ it 15A1.2.2,5 Operating Ring, The operating ring moves on bearing balls which are located in a prismatic groove on the outer distributor ring flange. The ring is manipulated by an opening servomotor and a closings weight, 15A1.2.2.6 0 enin Servomotor. Actuation of the gate operating ring is achieved by a vertical oil pressure.servomotor. Opening will be effected by oil pressure from the hydraulic pumping unit. The servomotor is de- signed with a sufficient capacity to operate the wicket gates under all conditions of heads and loads at minimum operating oil pressure. The servomotor includes an opening orifice to regulate the opening time. The cylinder and related cover are made of welded steel, Flanges and connec- tions are provided for connecting the pressure oil piping, drain pipes, air vents, and test pressure gauges. The piston is made of cast steel with a sufficient number of piston rings. The piston rod and rod head are made of forged steel. The supply also includes all necessary fit- tings, valvin i Baskets, Peckinge, etc. 15A1,2,2,7 Clo- sing Weight. The closing weight will act on the gate L operating ring lever. It will be of sufficient size to close the wicket gates safely under all operating and emergency conditions. 15A1.2.2,8 Stop Valve, The closing time of the wicket gates under I normal and emergency conditions is controlled by the stop valve, Turbine overspeed during shutdown is minimized which provides protection to the inlet, turbine, and penstock from pressure rises due to water hammer effects. 15A1,2,2,9 Angle Transducer, A transducer is mounted on the and of one " of the wicket gates to provide the turbine controller with gate opening M angle feedback. i 15A1.2,3 Guide and Thrust Bearin e, Guide and thrust bearings shall be as specified herein, 15A1.2.3,1 Guide Bea. ring, The guide bearing will be of the babbitt metal lined sleeve type of ample size to operate safely at all radial loads from speed-no-load to full load conditions. It will permit axial movement of the shaft necessary for adjusting the thrust bearing and for uncoupling. The bearing will be of split shell construction, The babbitt-metal lining will be securely anchored or bonded to the shells, accurately bored and suitably grooved for forced oil lubrication. The lining will be completely machined to fit the shaft and guarantee smooth operation of the unit, (DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 15A1-4 j r F" it J l i The bearing will be rigidly supported in the inner distributor ring, The r-- following will be supplied with the bearing. Lubricating oil pumping unit One adjustable diaphragm located at the oil return outlet from bearing One resistance type temperature detector at the oil return outlet from the bearing for remote temperature indication i One temperature switch at the oil return outlet from the bearing with adjustable contacts for alarm and tripping ~ one flow switch located at the oil return outlet from bear- ing i 15A1.2.3,2 Thrust Bearing, The thrust bearing will be double-acting, ! incorporated tilting bearing segments. The bearing will be constructed to safely support any axial thrust (in both directions) including that occurring at the most severe operating conditions. Lubrication of the bearing will be by forced oil. The thrust ring will be of steel or steel plate lined and fixed securely to the runner shaft journal. The j active surfaces will be carefully machined and ground to a fine finish. j The bearing pads will be babbitt-metal lined, with the lining firmly an- shored to the pads and bonded to the entire pad surface, The entire bearing will be arranged to permit access to the pads, for adjustment, ! dismantling, and replacement. The thrust bearing will be rigidly sup- portedin the inner distributor ring, I The following will be supplied with the bearing, I j Lubricating oil from pumping unit One resistance type temperatur•, detector (RTD) located at the oil return outlet from the bearing for remote tempera- ture indication , One adjustable diaphragm located at the oil return outlet from bearing One temperature switch located at the oil return outlet from the bearing with adjustable contacts for alarm and tripping i One flow switch located at the oil return outlet from bearing Both the guide and thrust bearings will be perfectly oily-sealed, and any leakage will be returned by gravity to the lubricating oil sump tank, i; [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 15A1-5 r e { T. , 15A1.2,4 Runner. The runner is of the adjustable blade type, arranged and set to operate in conjunction with the wicket gates by means of oil pressure supplied from the governor system. The blades are made of solid stainless steel (13 percent chromium - 4 percent nickel). They are accurately cast and finished smooth to templates. The runner blades are designed and constructed to safely withstand the stresses due to opera- tion at maximum "off-cam" runaway speed under conditions of maximum op- erating head with the wicket gates at the maximum opening position, and with no load on the generator except windage and friction. The runner hub is made of cast steel, of the hydraulically most advanta- geous shape with the areas adjacent to the blades machined smooth to min- imize clearance between blade root and hub at all blade positions. Ample size trunnion bearings and thrust bearings are provided for each blade. The trunnion bearings are self-lubricated. Bolted and flanged connec- tions are provided at the end of the hub for coupling to the downstream side of the shaft. The coupling bolt holes in the hub are reamed with the runner and shaft assembled. Properly shaped hub extension, attached, to the hub downstream and, will house the hub/shaft coupling. A mechanism is provided in the hub for operating the runner blade. It consists of the runner blade stem connection plate which has an eccentric stem con- nected to servomotor. The runner blades are controlled by a servomotor operating with pressure oil from the governor. The operating cylinder is mounted within the run- k nor hub. Leakage from the oil head will be returned automatically to the governor sump. The oil head is arranged in a neat and compact manner to permit easy maintenance and inspection of the unit. Static balancing has been performed on the entire rotating ASM at the factory. There is a linear position transducer, mechanically attached to runner servomotor piston rod. This device provides the turbine controller with I required runner blade position feedback. 15A1.2,5 Runner Seat, The runner seal is provided on the, upstream side of the runner to prevent water from entering the bearing housing. The runner seal is equipped with sealing water connection to keep out dirt and sand. The stationary seal is pressed toward the upstream turbine shaft OD by pressure water in the seal operating chamber. The pressure in the operating chamber is regulated by control equipment mounted out- side of the turbine, The control equipment consists of pressure regulat- ing valve, pressure relief valve) pressure gauge, and pressure switch. 15A1.2.6 Discharge Ring, The runner blades are encased by the discharge ring, The ring is formed steel plate of welded construction. The up- stream portion is spherical in profile, fabricated of stainless steel. The downstream portion is made of mild steel to a conical profile, The discharge ring is made in two valves which split along the shaft axes in order to ensure easy access to the runner and shaft. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) x~ ( 062788 J 15At-d 3 C ti 15A1,2.7 Turbine Shaft and Coupling. A carbon steel shaft is provided for bolting to the downstream end of the runner hub, It will be provided with rigid forged coupling flange. The shaft is of ample size to operate at any speed up to the maximum runaway speed without detrimental vibra- tions or distortions, and to operate at maximum output without exceeding acceptable design stresses, i j A stainless steel protection sleeve will be provided in the area of the draft tube shaft seal. The sleeve is removable, renewable, accurately machined, and polished all over, It is fastened securely to the shaft. Positive locking devices will secure the coupling bolts and nuts in position after installation. 1 I 15A1.2.8 Draft Tube Liner, !he draft tube will be sized and shaped so as to yield the maximum of energy recuperation, The draft tube liner is i made of welded carbon steel plate and designed to rigidly support the stuffing box and discharge ring. There is a special loose flange cou- pling which bridges an extension clearance of 10 mm. This clearance is necessary for dismantling of the discharge ring. The draft tube band j shall be anchored in concrete via Nelson Studs, Threaded grout and vent 1 holes are provided for grouting behind the lining, The supply will in- clude all leveling screws and hold-down bolts, as required for anchoring j and alignment of draft tube liner. 15A1,2.9 Turbine Shaft Seal, The shaft seal is of packing stuffing box type. It is.equipped with a clean water tap to keep the dirt and the { sand away from the seal. The adjusting screws have to be tightened in such a way as to allow continuous leakage by the seal. The leakage protects the seal from overheating. f i (DENTON [05660GEN CONST 71.0000' 15AL-7 e t yam. i2 Subsection 15A2 - GENERATOR 15A2,1 DESCRIPTION. The generator is a horizontal, salient pole, synchronous machine designed for direct coupling to the turbine shaft, 1 The generator is self-ventilated. Basic generator parameters are as follows. j kVA rating 3,000 kW rating at 90 percent p.f. 2,700 1 j Total generator inertia, lb-ft2 75,000 + i Excitation output, kW 24 j Excitation voltage, do 250 i Dimensions, inches j Height 103 IG Width 119 E Length 150 j ' Overall weight, lb 520000 Weight of rotating parts, lb 25,000 { 15A2.2 COMPONENTS, Generator components shall be as specified herein. ► 15A2,2.1 Space Heaters, The generator will have space heaters. Space heaters opetating at•1,200 watts and lees will be suitable for operation j on 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz power circuit. Heaters: operating above 1,200 watts will be arranged for operation on 208 volt, 3-phaaa, 1 60 hertz power circuit, I Space heaters will be rated for 240 volt operation, but shall be utilized at 120 volts at, The heaters will be provided inside the generator enclosure in a location suitable for easy removal and replacement. Heaters will be located and insulated so they do not damage generator components or finish. E i i 1 I [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 1 f 010489 J 15A2-1 j j <3~ 15A2.2,2 Surge Protection. Rotating machine surge protection arresters and surge capacitors will be provided. These items will be located in the main power lead terminal box. r^ti 15A2.2,3 Manufacturer's Aeacriotion, Bound herein are general manufac- turer s descriptions of the system being provided. As additional data is received, it will be made available to the Contractor, 1 n . ! a 7 [DBNTON 10566 GBN CONST 71.0000] R' t 062786 ) [ 15A2-2 f z . F z ,1 tf , U The generator shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following requirements. Type: Salient pole synchronous Voltage: 4160Y/2400 volts (6 terminals), 3-phase 1 Power factor: 0,9, over excited Frequency: 60 hertz, +2 percent, -3 percent Duty: Continuous Excitation system: Brushless rotating rectifier Service: Indoor Mounting: Horizontal { Ambient temperature .ranger -18 C minimum, 50 C maximum Enclosure type: Dripproof Bearing types Split sleeve tf~ Bearing lubrication system: Oil rings, self-cooled Shaft: Solid Coupling to speed increaser: Preferably tooth type coupling I The generator shall be furnished with soleplates. The generator shall be furnished with the following temperature detectors. i Bearings: Thermocouples or resistance temperature de- €f} tectora for ter:petnture monitoring, tempera- ture switches for tripping i Armature windings: Resistance temperature detectors The generator shall be furnished with three current trans- formers for differential protection, 600:5 ampere ratio, N C100 accuracy class, and three current transformers for use o° with the power factor controller, 600:5 ampere ratio, ANSI i metering accuracy Class 0.3, B.1-1.0. h a The generator rotor and flywheel total inertia (WR2) shall be a minimum of 42,200 lb-ft2 (referenced to 720 rpm) BLACK & EATCH PROJECT 10566 ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS SPEC 71.0000 VENERATOR SPECIFXCATION AND DATA SHEET 15A2-3 0011 ii i i Specifications Electric Machine hewer Systme Oro Hydraulic Turbine Driven e~ n~..~iNH sa212 Alternating Current $ynchronous Generators Type and Rating 1. The generator to be furnished wilt bodrlven bye hydraulic turbine. The rating of the generator will be as followsr Capacity(kVA) Power Factor _ Frequency _ Number of Phases Voltage Between Phases Speed, Normal _ Speed, Runaway _ Runaway Speed, Dural Ion 2. Rating, tests, and characteristics will be in accordance with ANSI Standards, IEEE, and NEMA, latest editions and current revisions, each as they apply, unless otherwise specified. i 3. The generators will be suitable for operation under varying loads at rated voltage, power factor, and Irequency, In. sulation will be designed for long life with due consideration being given to the expansion of the colts under the crying conditions of operation. Tam 1. The maximum emperature rise of both the stator and field windings will not exceed limits for Class 8 Insulation when delivering rated output continuously at rated voltage, power }actor, and frequency, and with cooling air entering the generator at not more than 406C. The temperature will be daterr 'nod by means of resistance for the Had and by embedded detectors for the armature. I II I + Machanbai Characteristics ! j 1, The generators mechanical eharaclerlatlos will be based on the relevant characteristics of the turbine. f! Stator Construction L The stator core will be built up with high grade, non aging laminated silicon steel, each lamination coated with an insulating varnish to minimize eddy current tosses, The famfnations will be adequately keyed or dovetailed to the i stator frame and securely held In place at each end, There will be no perceptible buzzing of laminations during operation, The toll slot wedgeswill be of glass reinforced polyester Class F material, 2. The stator winding will ba provided with full Class F Insulation or better. The Insulation system will be designed to ance moisture and other form wouind colts of the same size and $hepeoCoilsiwillobewowindings twill wire ecovered with assembInsulatioled consisting of glass, Dacron4l, or other high temperature Insulating film, The turn-to-turn Inaulation shall be provided to ensure machine winding protection against surges at the machine terminals IL-N) of 2X peak rated line-lo-line voltage with a rise lime of 1.3 micro Caconds. Coll insulation wl I consist of. mica tapes or wrapper and will be applied to the and turns, as well as the slot portion of the Coll, to ensur; all parts of all coils are }ally Insulated to ground for the voltage class of the generator. After Insertion of the coils In stator slots, all end connections will be soldered and t Insulateu. The end bracing system shall be Capable of completely supporting each coil to withstand farces due to short circuits, After the coils are properly wedged, and turns braoed, and all moisture removed, the entire stator assembly shall be vacuum pressure impregnated with thermal setting epoxy resin. The complete stator will then be heat cured, Rotor Construction 1. The shaft will be forged steel, or rolled steel, accurately machined and smoothly Ilnlshed throughout. The shalt will have sufficient strength to withstand all dresses resulting from Its operation at any speed up to and Including full F runaway speed. 2. The pole places will be built up of steel laminations secured by rivets or bolts and shall be listened to the rotor rim by means of accurately machined or dle punched dovetails, T,talts, or bolts, 3. All material used In Inc, Coll insulatfon system will be full Class F material. The field coils and connections between ! colts will be copper and will be supported to prevent damage due to vlbratlon, thermal expansion, or rotational y stresses, throughout She normal and runaway speed range of the generator. 4. The field poles will be provldad wIth amortlsaeur windings of the continuous type, to Improv t stability. 4 15A2-4 2100.8PX-151 (6181) 1 1 mdmwio= Electric Machinery Specifications Power Systems OrouP Hydraulic Turbine Driven Alternating Current Synchronous Generators Bearings 1. Vertical Generators: • The vertical generator will be equipped with a Kingsbury& type non-spherical, adjustable shoe or self equalizing thrust bearing. The bearing shoes will be babbitt lined. The thrust bearing will have ample capacity to support the combined welght of the rotating parts of the generator and turbine as specified by the turbine manufacturer, • An oil cooler wlth suitable tubes of corrosion resistant material will be provided In the thrust bearing oil reservoir, If necessary. The cooler will have sufficient capacity to maintain the off at the proper temperature with cooling water supplied at -OF, • The generator will be provided with guide bearings. The guide bearings will be capable of withstanding all stresses Incident to the normal operation of the unit and to specified maximum runaway speed. • Each generator will be provided with a complete self contained Iubrlcaling system which will Include Improvements to eliminate the throwing of oil and the escape of oil vapor from the bearings and lubricating system. Adequate baffles will be provided, If necessary, to prevent excessive churning or aeration of the oil. 2. Horizontal Generators) • Horizontal generators will have split sleeve ring oil lubricated tin base babbitt bearings. Split bearing housings, and split shields as required, will be furnished and arranged so that the bearings may be Inspected and replaced without disassembly of the generator or removal of the rotor and without removing the halt coupling, • Bearingn will be provided with an adequate Integral self cooled reservoir with means for visual Inspection of oil rings and oil level. Flood lube supply from turbine oil supply may be required to provide adequate cooling during runaway conditions. • Close running shaft seals will prevent oil leakage as well as prevent the entrance of foreign materials ouch as water and dirt Into the bearing area, • Rotor and play limits will be marked on the shaft. The shaft position, when magnetically centered, will be scribed on the shaft and a suitable permanent reference point will be indicated on the bearing housing. • Bearings will be insulated as requirso to prevent shaft current and resulting bearing damage. , i enclosures ? I. Enclosure wlll be dripproof. Alternate enclosure is WP II or TEWAC. For TEWAC enclosure provide at least two air coolers suitable for IF water, Part load capability Is required with one cooler out of service. Cooler tube material Is 90,14CwNi, Exaltation Systems I. Exaltation for the generator shall be of the brushless type with a rotating armature generator a 3 phase ao voltage. The entire sasembly shall be mounted on the main shall extension of the generator. A solid state 3 phase rectifier shall be mounted Mir%the brushless exciter on revolving heat sinks. A silicon controlled rectifier static voltage regulator shall be furnished complete with voltage adjusting rheostat, Terminal voltage shall be held within t rh % no load to lull load at rated voltage. Static voltage regulator system shall include: • One automatic voltage regulator for single phase sensing and equipped with cross current compensation. • Manual control. • Auto-Manual control including transfer switch and varlac. • Power input transformer. • Overvoltage protection feature to protect the exaltation system in the event of an overspeed condition Alternately a motor operated voltage adjust rheostat Is required for remote control of the voltage regulator. All necessary sensing and cross current transformers will be supplied by others, Voltage regulator components are to be furnished loose for mounting by others, Accessories The following accessory equipment will be supplied with the generator. f. Six 10-ohm resistance temperature deteolorj will be Installed in the stator winding with leads brought out to a separate terminal box, 2. A l"hm resistance temperature detector vlll be Installed in the thrust bearing and each guide bearing with leads brought out to a terminal box. 3. The generator will be equipped with space t:eatero which will be adequate to maintain the Internal temperature above the ambient when the generator is Idle. The space heaters will be accessible for Inspection and replacement. The leads will be brought out to a separate connaollon box. 15A2-5 NOTE: Tochnologloal advances by EM may require modlllcallons oe changes to mststlals and processes oulllned in the sooclflcallons. 2 1'9ri,A fA tw `yi,.Aa rylnq i ~ s:iyy1 <J 4~ Specifications Electric Machinery Ibw.r itntetn. droop k•t otMba lbx 440 Nydraulle Turbine Driven MN a5fs44o Alternating Current frAiflMal)wbr Synchronous Generators ACCESSORIES (Con(.) 4. A terminal box of ample size to enclose six leads (5 main, and 3 neutral), current transformers, surge capacitors and if lightning arrestors, • The main leads will be brought out of the stator and will be lurnished with connections suitable for connection to I cable furnished by others. • The neutral leads will be brought out of the stator, the wye-connection will be completed and the neutral will be furnished with a terminal suitable for cable.connectlon, Su%ge protection capacitors will be mounted directly at the generator terminals and enclosed Inthe main terminal • A set of lightning arrestors will be mounted In the main terminal box. • Current transformers will be mounted In the neutral end of each phase. A CT secondary ferminai box will be mounted on the side of the main terminal box, The generator will have o grounding connector permanently attached to the frame on the same side as the terminal t housing. The grounding connector will be a corrosion resistant metal pad, containing two NEMA spaced and sized threaded holes. Testing 1. The following minimum standard tests wJll be made on each generator of the factory In accordance with the Test Procedures for Synchronous Machines, IEE No. 116, • Dielectric lost of armature and field windings. • Resistance test of armature and field windings. • Mechanical balance of generator rotor, I • No load exciter field current at normal voltage and frequency, i } • Check of bearing temperatures. J I , M i I , I i l i 1 I 15A2-6 I NOTE; Te<h60logld4146Wd4e6bVeMm4 fequfremodlfleolloneof Changeelnma,100`1418andprxeeeetoullinWIn Ih69 2100.SPX•161 aeclut4uont. a 0`r , T V,.,-J, t try ELECTRIC MACHINERY a DFIESSER INDUSTAU INC U4 IWO 1~Afk,~ ~ n►nn~l~ds ntl f411J ~ /12.17a•OpOp BILL OF MATERIAL 1 DOMINION BRIDGE CITY OF DENTONo TEXAS - LEWISVILLE NEP ( f • 1 - Electric Machinery Horizontal Synchronous Generator w}th following bill of materials "I - 2700 RW J i - 3000 KVA 0,4 P,F. 3600RPM60 - 1180 RPM Overspeed for 60 minutes - 75 C Temperature rise - 50°C Ambient temperature - 1.15 S.F. It Class f temperature rise Open dripproof intake. Top sir discharge- I Critical speed 255 above overspeed Corrosion resistant hardwares Spaceheatters I - - 1Do Ohm platinum stator RTD's' 2 I 100 Ohm platinum hearing RTC': NY T Sax SC, LA and 3 differential CT's C.*:'S Atli 01ellof epArta 2 Bearingny pads on generator frame Rc~Qs~~,tG~ - f Al SoieplRoaringates off ids sight gauges - Anchor bolts - Drushless exciter ' - Dual automatic Voltage regulator with manual transfar0( - power input transfomaar.«.•- - 1 of 3 pphasssentilo thou oW1T's j Parellelin CT's I - Motor oparated rheas Additional !teas required to asset nten of specifications ' - Over-voltage timitarr/under-voltage limiter . on both regulators k Additional power input .transformer, » Over-exCitetion relay i Auto transfer to beck-arp regulator on over,, ` excitition or loss of i;ield Redundant series boot i , i ,i 15A2-7 H iiA 5$7y«. ~ 1, s'.. vr.; a va 1w i RR! tLC'. 1'Ir4.M fYD HIJ,a.,Wd E119G '.`i l ELECTRIC MACHINERY ! OPOSCA KWSTAIFS, INC. 400 CIMgI•~N►nyr ntinnppyri, mt5 SSt10 412.314.M00 BILL OF MATERIAL DOMINION BRIDGE CITY OF DENTON, TX • LEWISVILLE HEP Additional items required to meet intent of specification (Cont'd); - Redundant power factor controller l - Build-up relay - indications Redundant diodes on exciter, fused with strobe j - Exciter field ammeter and voltmeter Exciter diode monitor Field monitor relay I I j S 1 I t E 1 1 I ff~ i 1 15A2-8 1 . ~w t '-Gti'My[1 iY xyY S!i ft E Subsection 15A3 - EXCITATION AND CONTROLS 15A3,1 DESCRIPTION. The excitation system is brushless and consists of an electronic dual channel PID-type automatic voltage regulator, a rotat- ing armature type alternating current main exciter machine, and an unreg- ulated rotating rectifier bridge with silicone diodes. Excitation and control system parameters are as follows. Switchgear Current rating, amperes 11200 Voltage rating, volts 40160 Height, inches 90 Width, inches 88 i Depth, inches 76 Weight, lb 70000 Main terminal box dimensions, inches f ( t lHeight 40 j E Width 72 f Depth 48 Neutral grounding equipment dimensions, inches Haight 36 Width, 36 f i Depth 18 t Control panel s Height, inches 90 Width, inches 72 j Depth, inches 36 t Weight, lb 20000 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 010489 J j 15A3-1 'I A fib . sd:a'hRl y e Exciter panel Height, inches 90 Width, inches 39 Depth, inches 30 Weight, lb 10000 Remote terminal unit (gT0) dimensions, inches Height 90 f Width 98 Depth 76 J 15A3.2 COMPO Tg, Components furnished shall be as €ollove, 15A3,241 Ovarspeed Pendulum Assembly, The Duets eed is mounted on the extended shaft o£ the speed increasereorugenerator. it assbly consists of two overapeed detecion devices, one being the Jacquet Speed sensing system which consists of a geared wheel and speed pickup device. The second device is the centrifugal switch. Both devices effect an im- mediate emergency turbine shutdown on overspeed, 15A3.2.2 Manufacturer's De scri tion, general dat a on the excitation system, A Bound herei is the ditionalnin€ormationu will be provided to the Contractor as it is received, will be a (DENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71.0000] E C 010489 15A3-2 ] s fl ' "1 ftl ~t1 ty j ~l. • .v"ti. r v•v rrf .ffl •f~ .r , Basler Electric sax RO _ IT, J'a 1w/N'UM1 Highland, lllinoi S Eteefretlk 69Wp► ffs Alognent eomponon4lr /aqa 1 Of 4 ►aw~r 041 and jlr1tom ' OVOTATION NO,; 866.0341 A ~ T01 ~ QUOTATfON OATl; September IS, lie6 UM HIT 00 OAYF FROM OArt , or u11OWN1' QN ArW16VSp CRIL41 1 FOOL OUR M.PF MANUFACTUas I , RE/lRENCEr J 1NIPAMNI HO Moon I~ Su mina°'I~our ton~ld~ si' 1`""~et,° on auwrrrr 4041 Ira ~ cr tMrwn ' (1Kt IACM Aaslsr 111 1110 for use wit S -N1f 4160 Volts A4 60 hrncht at ~ro! ppnou, 36irelor retell l ~bo kpr' i lxcitaM60 srite@ mounted in a NEM 1 freestandltaq enclosures j 1• Redundant SABA r"equlator ` t. Redlandsnt UFOY x60 sriteM with !1/99 voltage regulator Module for underfriquenap operatfon WC' 301 ONO volt"it control with U field voltage fo~a lstlo>t i ` 4, +~t 200 excitation 1101ter hrviol wlniwr and tart~on liaitln aMxi• 6. Redua dan SC1.t5t1 YARa owr Fedor , i "Active toot"? regulation providing ~+6ft f i. ReMOb contro rprd P*AmA a• tandolr ao i pdant alutonlatic , S►c~'JtTVr ~J ! e+ l otorl;ed ,poteeti*war for Power factor i 4oaatril leer ~ f, /rov sloes for ""to control capabliltyt Swlteaos slii looses i all a, Agate vol ale raise/low 1. AYR transfer to AYR # Q• Aq o to awaaaal temsfew e. Minus voltage rheostat *Noted o11 front door of miter cubicle, 1ACM Of TM AIM WOrID CUANtIMS AND COale1S►ONDINO rands Aatl 1ASID ON "ItAlt FQR MANUFACIUk1 AND SNIFMtN1` Af ONO TK"i M1~ wlwr + 111 1hMIfiN M~ry~~,yyy MMMIMA MY p,l ,WIpMMNA N,M W wM~eWrNM0410ow" M• Q1;1, N,rlry M +M tMl ,I Newly WClA iI, M,,, ~ M WA4 ar Mr/ e.N feI** W&I M! 4041 "ft .a uN owww's M fks two 61W IMF om ,a h{d, ,,,"1Lf>t $A1B lfNetWAYN W VOW ANA M 0001 MOt ' dASLIA lWaII COWANY s koet Addr~ ~ fh 11Ans _ ; ' A 3-3 o' •d 4 it Basler Electric ,o flIp1,IMm'yM ` X sit or, 110 ~~NwW„ ~r wHighland,' Illinois ` 6feehav~le ~Vt~fM~Me w i . 1 Ma6n0llq CoerpeneMa law4111101t S Mif :r.~• QUOTATION N0.= 86d.0S41 A To: P606 IF ax ' i Au~oRUtlon OUOTAWN 'oATL Swtftlr 16, INS j Rr+ldoIRton, Ft 235G6 IM", Nit 0 DAYS FROM DAri Of 1140MINT ON APP40VID 01pIT, Mr. Tedo~ Flshsr FOB' DUI ►tMT OF M*s I"Wry 9261, Lwrf svf i le ,,.,j sN~M1NT Sot Notts RlFiREN it to 3j ft1M ouANptr , P$ C e^1~refia+~d_;on a !11 t motor r I *A 11"tsr i f. Mlstellanesus Pavfas 4► tiot1iiffrr trimsforwr for Nllfttor 0. Tim do djy rolw ! 10. All s. IC4.69 ovlrwolt ! 1 b. llE~~,n u*fdervollpa I o. Eft 200 brushllti. exolter Maio lwnltor B. Volt* V4aA4 10N.U 0a 1W) oMJfJlI diieatfeo h. Status lndlate for mats only it 0wrrolts" b. uildNwait+6s . { 0. Gcoftsr-dfode fsfiurj@ lop bnuhiosl exoftBr E d: Under and owsrsxoftotlod 11011 is 1104400 0060 nos trip 1!. ►oww ltofatlon trontforarr 6160 YIa to 240 VAe, 2 Wa # Shlpof loose With rusts. rACH 00'04 AeoVS OW180 CIVAMIT111 BASED ON RitlAS! Mt Mr1NNfACTt1ItANO iNIrORRfMONONrO ~MIC><!i AAA M►► , , MINT AT ONI tIM11 pow i ~ ~~~11ww4x MM~jww7 M . M WWMkHiM NtNnr, 414, 14 1 au M mW166 MASA Ikw" w rre N.. ►q► w 16 6n OW %I dr NI W4 MW W40*, d Wo sooomv M IA. l now &W WA Wet W t III MIUM SAM tMTAMI W VOW ARIA No CODI Nqi yam, , RASLM IUCTRk COMhAKY 15A3-4 s u J (1 s' '11 10111 11140 , _ 411 L7! !3!t !!a 1ISt/11 ItICTRIC V T 01 Basler Electric ~AV TINS ow""W e~a>z ~at r ~1/y It4!!l.~t I Highland, 'Illinois steal aIFMIIWI*/I e1 ►enk 14ulp,""h Mapndll con,pon.ph - r.w.llf~►(~.~t.~1 irlf.rrw r- QUOTATION NO,, py Z .1f0~~oxE? 9654341 A TO; sQ01 Avtoflation ~I QUOTAi'k~N aATO: Septen~er 16r 19A; i eradentono FL 33604 ttRMS; Nsr 70 DAYI FROM OATa Ql lMtPltiNf O00 N At~ItOVip dItQIT{ i E~Tow Me, K/ner Fisher FOeI 00 PLANT L lib'. Ted Rohlfnpt II Sep MDtH+ln~rluFACTUII! Ingwiry !3761 -.J ~HlPMlNT ~ tEFbRENCEr r LswitYille . Ali i pwwnrr ofeN~n H tubmlffed fe~ r Y"t~„rjd~rarien, ~ eo$ol ow! 13 d11CIlA 11oA1 I ht ~ , Ij Exciter trouble lockout Signal for startup AA MCI 1A0 I COWNTS rM+t►+r. ~ TO ShFCIFICAT] Ol11 Ao 1s Redundant regulators have been quoted for redundwoyo I - o. Prieto 210362 1o seller has interpreted / t f 1 ro tage repulatoro excitation 11;1 f'"t to include the i l eontrollero underfrequaney modulo. ► VM/r! M uedervollageo lervU441 lti a and excfter Halter have bean of fT oon3 r4l r u for Malfunction to A volt pa balance rel hu been quoted to shutdown the excitatl00 $At" in ~ , . ~ fa a sensing transforaferoeveAt of artau,'y tue• epeninti o rites loWnq hf lure status will be provided for the a. Owrvoltage b, Undervoltage o• Exciter diode failure for brushlels exciter d• EL 300 minimuWMAXIMuM excitation limit status at voltage unbalance r IiACH Of THt AeOW OUOTtD QUAN111I43 AND CONASPONDW4 q 11Aa16 ON "11.1,411 FOa MANUFACTU1111 AND IHI/MaNT PAO Aae o + i7Mr",'w a, M"M"'" My e.u M w MK*q%A 1Mw Al OW I Wt, 4 N IK1 N Ntq w11AM Sp M Ml 4M~lrlp WA A 444 J pa1,hy w of ~ dJ .«I N 1KwYy An" Wr [ I "IN $At" NIPSISIWATtvn W YOU& AAsA Ni CODE M01 ad w r... 04 ew «r.. N NASIAN e1ICTRIC tOWANr A 10 15A3-5 { RE ...emu • ~F ! ail iDl 2~~1 !la « w aASIER ELECTRIC 1VIY Ii 3 Basler Electric w Hlghlandg lllinois ecx m'e Rovra 4' na r'vt11 f U" vNa~a, na/e~.a>r~ ~wx,iraroa~an r~~ Technical Proposal Redundant ExcitationSoto Reference Quote 861E-0341A Lewisville Falls This' radundaet excitation system shall generator Whose no'hal rating is 2W k ' 41sdeliS nod Yaefor,p HE use at it synchronous Of, The excitation sy:tM will be i~, 6 ~9 ~ 'ini ' Capable of either unit or parallelgh vat ial response ae splcifisd in leg LA j include the following Coon operation, The excitation ent$ Mounted to , system till) 1. Redundant 5R8A re ulator sYs t 1 freeStanding enclosure, 2• Redundant 6F t !Ri with ±1/2>i voltage regulator 4 MYC 30>; "null Volta 6 MaRUCOntroi control r fam Opirstion ! Redundant 0. too exoItetton 1Wter havi!ld voltage regulation r ilRafttq! ng Minimum end maxiWA excitation 86 . Redundant SCP 255 YAVpowor Factor reouletien control providing in reactive s, Remote control provistoest a, Tandem Notorixed potonti b• Tand cmeer for redundant Nuto'mti eM Mtorixed potentiaaetter for e c regulator r it Provisions for remote control capability tier factor controller switch" shlpppad i o441st as Auto valte rilsyloMer ' b• AYR 11 try sfsr to AVR IZ C. Auto to ftnual transfer a. Meters Manwl voltage adfv<t"slat mounted on front exciter cubtcie daof OC vof ~ettr meter Nulloater j 91 Miscellaneous Devices at Freewheel diode assembly b• Isolation transformer for nullmaker NO lo. Not dNlay relay, 114-27 4vervovvltag! b c. ED" tooubrushlt$$gmoiter diode monitor a• Voltage balartoe ON for loss of ffis, d ti otlo4for aaneing tr,naforerere 15A3-b 1I 3t I I i • i• •il i ..Y I.U VIV VV7 •V'y1 i~a 7 'fi tills 1hS1 ill iD~ IJ41 211 HIM ELECTRIC roro I r ,t r~ I2. Status Indicate for Remote only ao pverYOltage b. vna rvoltage C, Fxc ter diode d failure for brushlus exciter . Under and OverexCitation Limit e, Volta a ftilance Trip 12, power 130 &tion transformer 1160 Vac to top Vac, 2 kVAo Shipped loose with fuels. 14 lisle control A. The automatic voltage regulator will provide + volts a regulation from ggeenerator no load to full load Thgg undertrequen~~yy c The volt'ai/2% ga regpulator will have sunction of fregluncyystoiproventuoverh4atimg durinresubsy+chronouf a 6d Speed Operation* The threshold setting for the voltage rolloff will be Hzo Three phase voltage son 149 shall be ran0plnq from 120 to 490 volt; ac shall accommodaWa y ofthegstandataps rd ! instrument transformer voltages for voltage leasing, visions will be included to allow reactive :harinbetweenlmultipl~ro. generator oats. The droop setting will be adjustable to 6% at rated Ii power factor loado the control range of, the automatic voltage r@pula- i i i Ge or ll nerator~voit4ggeabutld-~ up will be socompltshed 6y rectifying dual generator voltage to de and dirocttno the da volts I to the rest. exciter field. fleld,flashfng.15 disabled at approximsiely ?a genera. top terminal valto oo Manta? Volta" control will provide 19 do voltage regulation. The i control range of the device will be 40% to 116% of nominal. i A nulli meter for bumpless transfer from auto to manual control will be rovied and located on the front door of cubicle, it Status Indicate for remote annumcfator will be protective relays. They will alarm upon system dub ormalitr each of the ,4 avervolta yo Utsdep~ lt~"oe . to UnMr/over~xcltetian Limit d, power diode monitor for brushless exciter C. Aowor 1toctd0 balance for lost of fuse detection of the POT Regulator s power factor controller shal direct its output direct into the sutom a~ tic Voltage requlstar$ It will on the Infinite bus and maintain coonitant+the~opeenor& er power occurring power factor shall have rewrote sat point capability. power factor. 04 Mintmwe Maximum Excitation Limiter The itation limiter :hall limit the output into the voltage 1`19914- taro The minimum excitation limit shall enable operator operation In the underexeited rogton of the generator capability our wo The device shall prevent loss of synchroniastien and and iron heatin/ of the peneraeor stator. Three curves will be' offered and selectable by Jumper to closely match the limiterit characteristic curve to the generator capability limit$ The maxi*a excitation limiter shall have two ad$uatfwt ranges, A. Instantaneous 1o Normal sate Operation i 15A3-7 i It r i >T ilf ►34 2341 24l ELECT The slax1M„n excitation llelttr WIT with either !"verse or definite tiskheva adjustable time de! RtT~►~ contacts shall be availabTa lisoiter• A t$ Wovtded for the Mini these Contao~s will bt wired Ttona toNi ne?hbiock fin the 11 mitioitation n 'Anlpfclrition sZ;,tus, r external cult model 11. Redundant AM Itty At Tha exct atlon systo WITI have ads voltppee reeuletor• the acltatlon lfilftf redundancy of the automatic and tM pow r factor cositroT ter. ,the undorfngwnc The eutoMat~c voltage re ufdtor and po module utilize motorized potentiometers With tan factor rd uletor will each dem potentfwoters will Insure identical edit p~olntsFitttf,i4ofThe ton. fr= one excitation system to another. Transfer to transfer folTowtn the redundant oxcittioo system under the ' p operating conditions. shell occur As 414rator overvnltege is generator Undervoltage C• ~f +uAdwovemto ittion fuse fells the prfNary or second r voltage balance relay wt11 cause the eho~t~tibn tyitaistppvhYtdp l I After fapr tta~e ablay An external COptatt will % Annunciation and open;ng the t62 o provided for ratte 6. Addlttenally the txcltetlon tYst MratOr breakers i transfer on shall h OYtput• t0he redundant lyitem er manual have provisions for Manual t1I► 8rushi qs !Exciter mode monitoring, An lNeiter diode monitor will be utiTtted temieanduotor in the brushleas exciter, to detect failure of a poker My tiro a diode either shorts or opens at the output of exalter, en Annunciation will occur to a art the a rater. a the brushlee: { 1Y. All oleftnts of this system will be shunted jn a 1144 Mated, Conviction Cooled enclosure. t+asketed end Von, I support," with full fe th fie cubicle Will be rlpid end " If• access Mill be provldedp al ldoors indartetnt• Ea,y e lnal polots# r i , 15A3-8 Subsection 15A4 - ELECTROHYDRAULIC GOVERNING SYSTEM 15A4,1 DESCRIPTION. The electrohydraulic governing system consists of a servomotor and closing weight to position the wicket gates, a servomotor to position the runner blades, a high-pressure hydraulic pumping unit and oil reservoir (but without an accumulator tank), and an electronic gover- nor head designed by Sulzer-Escher Wyss, The governor will be complete with hydraulic/lubrication pumping unit, control devices, valves, instrumentation, and equipment necessary for the operation/lubrication of turbine. f The control of the turbine wicket gates will be accomplished by means of one single-acting servomotor operated by the pressure oil supplied by the i pumping unit. Closing of the wicket gates will be effected by a closing j weight. This arrangement assures that in case of any failure (electrical ( current supply failure or oil 'pressure failure, etc, the. wicket gates ~ will always close. The closing and/or opening time will be, set during ; the alto tests by means of various diaphragm and orifices in the oil pip E I ing. The oil used for the hydraulic/lubrication pumping unit has a viscosity of about 5 degrees Engler at 50 C, The system dimensions are as follows. Governor control panel, inches I I i( Height 16 Width ` 19 ' Depth 12 ' Governor hydraulic cubicle, inches Height 65 Width 35 , Length 40 r The supply includes one complete set of all spenners, wrenches, and spe- cial tools for the proper erection, operation maintenance, disassembly, and reassembly of the turbine and governor, Bound herein is a set of manufacturer's data to aid the Contractor. Ad- ditional information will be made available to the Contractor as it is l received. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 ) 15A4-1 f - - 77r y ~ 1 ~ ♦II 1 E T R E L £ C T R 0 N IC G O V E R N O R F O R W A T E R T U R B I N E S c The ever increasing need for reliable and economical supplies, of energy gives added importance to the governing systems,of hydro-electric plants of all sizes. The E T R system utilizes the advantages of modern module technique by incorporating the modules of an existing and comprehensive electronic governing system and permits also the subsequent improvement of the degree f of automation in new or existing plants; whilst offering an, improved solution as regards governing of the unchanged require- ments of the speed regulation. I DESIGN OF THE SYSTEM ...w.................. The design of the governing system is characterized by the followings ? - Division of the governor into functionally enclosed units (modular design of the governor) 1 The modular design of the governor with separate plug.-in functional units permits easy grouping and - as regards design and availability - both economical adaptation, to circumstances i and to the desired degree of development of the governing system in the respective turbine plants. The units are arranges ~ as follows: Set-point units (limitation of opening and speed adjustment) Speed transmitter Time units Positioning governor Units for additional functions Power supply Q - 10 volts are defined as standard analogue signal within the governor, r Various governor designs can be formed from the functionally comprehensive case, simply by eliminating cards that are not required. 15A4--2 7 }'alV S!:1 t ~:,vi ~a yt s aria CJleIt ;;eslyndkIonsI ETA 10 Position governor for single regulated turbine ETA 11 position governor for double regulated turbine ETA 20 Speed governor for single requlated turbine ETA 21 Speed governor ETA 30 for double regulated turbine Speed governor for double regulated turbine with surge control i Installation Of governor in switchboard (mechanical structure) of the advantages of Mod (greatest density of the functIon ern modulo technique circuits) permits the accommodation lnaaso Toying integrated all functions of the governor ford 19M card ed Kaplan of turbine with surge control. The European size (100 x 16 cards are of so-called 0 ` tam) and representing the separate functions of3theole plugs. The cards v ernor are inserted in the magazine from the front andgsecured wit a head screws, which serve simultaneousl h knurled ( a fields of the governor that are not usedareacovered by dummy J I! front panels. On the upper edge of the card magazine there is an inscription k strip on which the functions of the separate cards are indicated by means of the usual references used for water turbine The relative governor type is also mentioned, governor The governor is normally accommodated in. the machine switchboard - Pre oration of seed si Hal suited to the requirements i The normal execution of the governor is based on the use of standard measuring tachometer generators because this economical and reliable speed taonitorin rectifier circuit, fully meets theerequirements as to precigoversionnin accuracy and long-time stability in the ma plants and moreover in the sense of the IECorulesof ro bite q alit F Y of the means), in special cases di p gna s car be processed without alterin rgital o of speed signals can 9 the structure of the governor, } Activation of electro-h dzaulic servo-valves and procedure , The E T A electronic governor is arranged standard electro hydraulic servo-valvesfor interaction with These converters represent the perfected link between the signal-processing electronic devices and the hydraulic mechanism which operates the regulating valves of the turbine, of smaller working ca acct In the case of servomotors, whereas for the the servo-valves act directoonrthes I on small pilot control servomotorsr whworkn ichioperateotheelarQey act control valves or adjusting pumps. ) 150- 3 3 {.4:N1 y ySD•.Ji T.~ WILh the principle of convertlon of the signal J Into force immediately on the regulating means (elimination of force-transmitting rods) the movement of the turbine regulating means is also converted into the electric feed- back signal As closely as possible to the servomotor (avoidance.,-. Of position-transmitting rods), When a control valve or adjusting pump is brought into action, the corresponding move- ` ment is, in addition, fed back. Capacitive position transmitters are employed as feed-back signal generators. Altogether this concept leads toy free choice of the location where the hydraulic unit is installed { oeduced design and construction work for the installation governor each particular case, Electric interrelation curve of the function au ervision enerater i A function generator with six sections belongs to the standard equipment of the governor for a double regulated turbines it transmits the previously given interrelationship or that determined by measurements, for example between the runner and guide wheel of a Xaplan turbine, Consequently, cams of all kinds are dispensed with and thus also the work involved for their machining and adjustment (direct drive of the position transmitter). Parallel displacement is poBsible of the inserted` characteristics in relation to the head (adjustment to head). A separate circuit' serves for supervising the interrelationship; permanent deviations lead to an alarm or also other measures. - ecial functions based on lo S f 5o ng ve„ra a a++.vclce In turbine - overnin The governing of double-regulated, low-pressure turbines includes in many cases a special control for limiting positive and negative surges when load is rejected. control" permits the realization ofa combinaThe tion ~ofowell- "surge tried measuresi Maintenance of the runner opening which existed up to the moment when load was suddenly rejected, or further opening of the runner by certain amounts that are dependent on the position in each case at increased or maintained nominal value of the speed (adjustable). The restoring of an increased nominal value for the speed takes place slowly. 15A4-4 4 1 j, 1 I'd t. l r~ ~.i )Z it .Iny ~oau 1eJrcclGn an adjustable quick-closing m~oin the sense t6 Is prevented from exceeding ovementhe clost in the guide wpei saner ` 9 speed of the runner. i Both measures have been adopaed for the field of mechanical turbine a considerable time in governing, To improve governing performance the damping automatically to a lower settin is switched over ! from the set-point (sure 4 in the case of large separdv I& ately adjustable !or values for the switching overraretions' the.governing). Furthermore itive and negative deviations in ational d i switching over to a amp ng can as usual also be: Icall oper- (switehing conditions: effected externally arallel, isolated Operation and iload 4 ls ch ar forge sswitching in tlon on the grid, ,MO~~M a for oper- . Finally the can also be governor has the usual quick-closing perated externally, release that Additional new function to im rove startin I To improve startin ! is improve sta ongthee Input signal of the of the governor, governing means mposed p gnI of the integral amplifier I ~ -Incorporation in the remote control and manipulation of governor as is usual for large mechanical and electricel governors t I When settin ! R-concept, attention was paid fr ame- rdnotr adjuitsaenthofEthe nominal value, also w Work of parallel governing of several turbinesithin the !rams and further that handling of the governor change as against the (block operation) turbine b usual principle. would hot of trequire any } y limitation of o peeing and speed. (Adjuskstmentt switching 1 over of the dam in adjustmet, switchinc further facilitated ~bytc:}'' Handling of the control system is Logical arrangement corresponding to the sequence of the modules in the card magazine !j Easy grouping of the instruments Signalization of certain operating readily accessible, calibrated COndltions, to re secured a a parameter ad•ustmengtethwh with 9 lnst unintentional adj 7, which ~ ust:ment. ctor a ov er the possibilit instruments to the actual valuestfornrhever the indicating governing means and position of the to the concentration of the network frequent } the instruments Andy can contribute ~ lnformStion. 1 • j s 5 , I5A4-5 5 V-A = dater level reaulation with the use 2f existing functional units The water level regulator E T R 40 can be realized with the use of an input unit, a special switching card as also a standard P- and I- amplifier. Its output then 'acts immediately on the positioning regulator. The speed governor can, however, also be externally influenced from another water level regulator. DYNAMIC RESPONSE Structure and equation on the inlet side the E T R- ) governor is acted upon by a i speed-proportional signal (controlled parameter) and the nominal values. An acceleration measuring system is not necessary. s L ~ Transformation of the speed signal into the governor outlet signal takes place in the PID- section, which imparts to the governor the time response that ensures. stability of the whole automatic control system. In contradistinction to previous forms of electrical and all f mechanical turbine governors, the proportional-, integral- and additionally embodied differential- sections are formed in parallel branches and thereafter summed u this - turs of the governor one obtains, as against thehusual formation'"`, of the PI - response in a feedback branch (feedback of transient` effect), separate adjustabilit of P The components are consequently characterizedDdirectly nthrough the calibrated setting values: temporary speeddrop bt in # dame constant of damping Td in sec.' derivative time constant Tn in sec. (Designations in accordance with IEC Rules for acceptance tests on water turbine governors), Only the permanent speed drop by is realized by a feedback, but due to the insignificance of the usual adjusting value (bp w 0.04 or 4%) it does not represent any important restric- tion of the independence of the adjustment. However, as a 'consequence of, the particular structure of the governor, the governing adaptability to difficult process systems is also improved, (In contrast hereto restriction of the adjusting ranges of the governing parameters by mutual influexcing during formation of the P- and I- responses in the feedback branch). 6 1SA4-6 J F fi d witb great xsregarded; consequently its charaeteristi expression accuracy by the easily understandablee designated mathematical !1 FR ■ 1/bt + 1/{Tdiw) + Tnica 1 + (1/bt + 1/(, df 4, ) + T- or with by a~ Q by the equation of by l FR ' 1/bt + 1/(Tdiw ) + Tniw (In ootnparison hereto the P-, 1. and 1)1 forming the time response b components when j y internal feedback and assumng bp 4 Q result in: i (1/b ~ t) (1+Tn/7~d) ) 1/ (bt , Td) and Tn/bt . The particular distinctiveness of the PID- governor becomes evident also f Parallel structure of the transfer funati.on n the fact that in the ' - 'when changing the b - I of the response which changs, whereas the Y inclination of the further course of the ascent r f - when changing the r emaina untouched ascent Course n adjustment only the inclination of the j changes, whereas the height of remains the same, the response (Intaraction of the influences in the time PID- range) Following the , section are the together with the electra"hyd_ position regulators which; and the integral servomotor aulic servo valve (Power turbine regulating means (adjusting (the switch} represent an sfiplifier oreardalaytive network of the first orders they adjust the respective re ula - 3 j ing means in proportion to the j number of amplifiers can be trfoutput of the,PlD- section,' t section, 99ered in parallel from tike P10- The eastire structure of the block diagram, governor is illustrated b ~ y the ` R^an„ge9.of ad~ue}mt The ranges of adjus comprise values tment of the characteristic that are man times governing values in hydro-electric Plants even in unfavouer t an those required ? P'~ T• and D- amplifiers are deli ned (The crinsequently there is a hi 9 for manifold uses)l i also with difficult cases of degree of certainty in dealing governing. t 15A4- 7 7 MfY3sdl Y+~~dl `.rAl4Y.9... Y 1tif*(Y .r , ut n u,I LO 1VV 1 1iU0091 Td ■ W to 60 sec, (3600 sec.) Tn • 0,1 to 5 sec. i 20 sec.) The values to- be adjusted in certain cases result from regulating rules or directly from stability calculations that take into:acccunt the governing behaviour of the respective plAntr comprising, turbine, water supply and discharga•!as also the network. ~ k • I , it S I ` ISA4rA i i is 77 i F .4tis1 ~~ni]rj p` ` 111 n `i City i A . . • . I w a vH, J, - Power auonly unit NER 20 This unit provides all functional groups with anon; D'to supply of ±'24 V / _ 2 A from the220 V stabilized automatic dsviceand a fuse serve as safety network, An voltage of the power supply unit is supervised; if The outlet ruption occurs, this is reported via arelay andhenemergency shut-clown is simultaneously triggered, The supply voltage of + 24 V is stabilized at + 15 V on 'each card for the internal requirements of'the respective oircuit (separate autonomously functioning units). Technical data: Input voltage s 220 V + 151, 50 - 60 cycles Current consumption s 0.5 A Output voltage s + 24 V F Output cutrent s ± 2 A Space requirements s 20 T (1 T 5,09 mm 1/$ inch) If connection of the this can take place governor to a ofbat thrryshould be desired Yistor converter 1 fin accordance with separate instructions), O nin limitation Seed ad ustment EMS id r (Nominal value transnsittez) ! A motor potentiometer serves as set-point sample and hold unit, Its outlet can be changed by + and - push buttons directly on the panel or by an electric impulse through.the remote control„ An amplifier which follows now prepares the nominal Value signal (0 - 10 V), The exact sattiuq of the nominal valu is facilitated by a special starting ohararteristic of the motor potentiometer. 1 The installed indicator givesthe actual value of the controlle parameter (.speed, turb4ne opening), but can be switched over o the corresponding nominal value by operation of an installed t pu button. 1 Indicatinq range of the opening limitation 0 - 100 1 Indicating range of the speed adjustment 45 - ; 55 cycleR r or 55 65 cycles The equipment of the nominal value transmitter is completed by 3 limit nwitohes each, which 'trigger the switching relaysl l 1 their contacts are led to the terminal strip, 1 3 5 15A4-9 9 i S}p3fAi1 !yp~ :F j . ~..~iil1 y ; "a,~~s ui ~,.u limit aril ter+es axe Fixed and signal the upper and lower and position of the nominal value transmitter (on reaching the end position an optical signal is given on the front panel), whereas the switching point of the third unit is adjustable] for example it can be employed for signalling the nominal Value SO cycles (60 cycles) or the starting position. Speed transmitter EDT 10 The speed transmitter contains a suitable circuit which allows adaptation of the speed 'transmitter signal to the requirements of the governing system (0 - 10 V). The input circuit can deal with speed-proportional D.C. or A.C.. supplies, as required, The 'standard design is based-on the use of precision tacho generators with an output voltage of 30 - 40 V at operating { speed (for example SSW 1 FU 4845) . l r The use of speed transmitter systems, which proceed from a speed-proportional frequency, is, however, possible. The output of the measuring rectifier (when employsng A.C. tacho-generators) of 0 - 10 V and the output from the U/i converter (0 - 20 mA or 4 - 20 mA) are led to the output terminals and can be used for an external indication. i For indicating the actual frequency of 4S - 55 or 55 - 65 I cycles per second a function transmitter is provided, which suppresses the lower frequency range. ` Control and supervision unit £SU 10 The following controls are provided on the front of the f control and supervising units e push button "start" which is wired to th ) and can tri a terminal strip gger an external automatic control system or introduce preparatory starting'measures (for example preliminary Peng, switching on the oil su 1 etc.) PP Y, push button "damping switch-over" for the manual switching of the stabilization. push button "shut down" for manual operation of the quick- cansalsotbep coon the ntrolled governor; externally, i switches the rgovernorich outlet to zero. All push buttons and switches have a lamp for optical indi- cation of the switching position. For testing the iamps they can also be operated externally. The following are further accommodated on this cards 1 15A4-10 ) 10 ti I~ d o' ~i 9 ; when discharging load from double-re ul~.ted yloa-p turbines with or without separate sur a control, The essu.'t circuit brings the actual value for the runner position via a divider to a minimum limitation input of the integral r amplifier, so that the governor output and thus also the guide wheel can only lead the actual value for the runner position to an adjustable extent during the closing oper- ation. - A supervision circuit for the interconnection in the case of double-regulated turbines the actual" values for guide i wheel and runner positions are continually compared and a ~i relay wired to the terminal strip is triggered if an adjust- able deviation should be'exceeded, 1 - An-inverting circuit which brings the actual value for the guide wheel position via a divider to a maximum limitation input of the integral amplifier, so that the output of the PTD- section can, during starting procedures, lead the actual position of the turbine regulating means to a given E'E and adjustable extent only, (The starting behaviour is f improved by this circuit). P+',I-D- Amplifier RPV, RIV, RDV J The proportional amplifier, integral amplifier and differ- ential amplifier are each accommodated on a printed-circuit board -Proecrtional amplifier - Various input signals,;whereb is optional, may be introduo'ed at the~input 'ofAtheep~ction ` amplifier, Sy means ofcovered trimmer potentiometers, that can be adjusted with a screwdriver, the effect of the signals can be assessed as desired. On the input side, the following signals are 'connected to " the first amplifier (summing unit) i - the prepared actual speed value (output of speed transmitter) the nominal speed value (output of speed-adjusting unit) the output of the PID- governor for forming the permanent P- degree, the amount of the speed increase within the framework of the surge control. k a 15A4-11 11 :ti4 A factor, designated Pp andycorresvluas am be adjusted in ste s ixo ndi tn Plilication P between 100and I pn the fron can the plug-in module, whereby the ten of thee font of su from multiplication of the sattin values tweo trt limsmers, r g slues of the In_ t_qZI1 amplifier The sum- or difference-signal representing deviation (output from first amplifier section governing proportional amplifier) is inverted in a detour via the 'damping change-over unit and led to the integral amplifier. Of the existing limitation inputs one maximum input each 'is used 'for the opening limitation and the switching on of the actual value of the guide wheel p ot whilst a minimum limitation.is used for the stop control. r l. The integration time constants can be ad' on the front ]listed in steps panel between the values 0,l, and 60 sec, Differential amplifier The derivative time constant Td which corresponds the front panel, as also the correlated amplification Tcann be adjusted between the values 0 - 30 respectively O,l - g sec. The output signals of the three control amplifiers are 4 added together in a summing amplifier. - Dam in Switch-over Unit RUM 20 f This unit represents a voltage monitor which, when two independently adjustable,threshold v Poarity are reached, swikthes`overanues of different other inputs, that may further input voltage to on the input side, be separately attenuated LJ degree nput vide, The unit attenuates to an adjustable side and changes over a the aoutput ot8theeunit toe input as soon as the governing deviation itself exceeds a giveinpunt figure in positive or negative khis, its turn the input magnitude ofPtherl-y' The output isin limits the damping ai;comatlcally beyondaanladjustablethus frequency range. The abovementioned switching over to a reduced damping value is also activated externally, b the for example, as also from the by generator 'switch ' of the control and supervising Damping change-over" switch can be adjusted on the front of they The threshold values signal is given on reachin panel whist an optical 9 the set value. 1SA4-12 12 . 5 m 't I fr - VOSILIQnlnC regulator .PR 10 u The positioning regulator comprises a ropotionally summing amplifier and a power section whichrcontrols theing electro-hydraulic servo-valve, In the summing amplifier the governor output signal, J representing the nominal 3 of the actual Position valve, and the signals are added ua positions of one or two position transmitters together (feedback). The deviation between i desired value and the sum of the feedback signals is the amplified in the power section and ,led as an o j closing order to the electro-hydraulic peeing i 'valve') , transducer (servo- The input circuit for the feedback signals of main servomotor consists o the f a current- 1 volta supplies 0 - 10 V corresponding to a changeainmpositioniof from 0 - loot. This position signal is on the actual value input' one of the Positioning hand fed back to the ! the other hand also required he g regulator but is on f £ for in unctions in the ternal superlsion value, governor as also for indicating the actual i I The voltage for the second actual value input is tapped (if present) via a shunt reslstan ing current circuit Ge, located in theeasur of the second feedback transmitter .(Position of .control element) . By adjusting the amplification on the front I Position regulator an adaptation can be affectedltofthee data of the position regulating circuit i,e, 3 valve ea"ployed and to the servomotor volume, to the serve- Furthere, a 50 cycle oscillation is superimposed on the c ontrolmsignal for the servo-valve, which cancels out the hysteresis of the servo-valve and thus contributes to the high degree of accuracy of the regulation. The amplitude of this 50 cycle/ sec, oscillation is adjustable on the front panel, - Function venerator RFC 10 ~ The ao/f -interrelationship of a Kaplan turbine or of the two adjustable means of a Pelto the aid of the functional n turbine is realized with ' sections, whereb generator FtFG 10 with its six 1 section are independently inflexion and slope of each separate adjustable, Furthermore, a y- ' displacement of the curve is possible de In head, If necessar pending OR changes ' by switching in parallel a fugreat resoluti can be at rtherrfunctionaingeneratorstained 15AG-13 13 XT=,-f+6*c s,Yht~h'5 VP N_,I , z1 Speed Governor ETR 20-21 Single or dowble regulated turbine Speed Governor ETR 20 19" Chassis frame AV5 - AMC 10-C - Power supply NCR 20 - Limitation of opening EMS 10 Speed adjustment EMS 10 Speed transmitter EDT 10 - Control a supervising unit ESU 10 - Proportional amplifier RPV 10 integral amplifier RSV 10 j - Differential amplifier Kov 10 - Damping switch-over RUM 20 f - Positioning regulator OR 20 t Speed Governor ETR 21 - 19" Chassis frame 05 - AMC 10-C - Power supply NER 20 Limitation of opening EMS 10 Speed ad jvs tment EMS 10 f - Speed transmitter EDT 10 Control a supervising 'unit ESU 10• - Proportional amplifier RPV 10 - Integral amplifier RV. 10 Differential amplifier ADV 10 Damping switch-over RUM 20 Positioning regulator (Guide wheel) EPR 10 - Positioning regulator (Runner) EPR 10 . Function generator aRFG 10 1 1SA4-14 I 17 I44 V J:ry' ~~6?Y9 I S1-7VST ff 4 i i 4 $A -1 ed L TI w~~4 O 7S7 ? 66 pl n ~i Q p'a n° 4'~ 1 e f { r 1 i s I r ' l4.gth4!t W ± Subsection 15A5 - MISCELLANEOUS MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT 15A5.1 COOLING WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM, The cooling water will be filtered using a Filtomat automatic self-cleaning water filter. 15A5,1.1 Equipment Data. The approximate filter parameters are as listed below. Manufacturer Filtomat Type Automatic, self- cleaning, in-line, long Line size, inches 2 j Maximum expected flow, gpm 11 I Screen area, sq in. 70 Installation length, in. 20,7 Weight, lb gg i 15A5,2 COOLING WAT,sR BOOSTER PUMP, Due to excessive pressure losses in the filtration system, a cooling water booster pump is required to aug- 4 msnt the available static head. 15A5.2.1 Eq-~ ui mant Data, Approximate pump and motor parameters. are listed below. Manufacturer Price Pump Company M Type Close coupled centrifugal motor pump Flow rate, gpm 11 i' Motor, hp 5 hp or lass Motor starter classification NEMA 1 Speed, rpm 3,600 d 15A5.3 TURBINE-BYPASS BUTTERFLY VALVE. To ensure minimum flow down stream, following tur ink a generator trip, a bypass loop controlled by a do operated butterfly valve will be provided. , . [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 C 010489 15A5-1 j z at?cn?~'3Y :3. -..ft ~irn i~~E +z;i u. ,••7~ n - _ 15A5.3.1 Equipment Data. The valve parameters are as follows. Bypass valve? r Manufacturer Pratt Type Butterf2y .Operator do motor Diameter, in, 36 Weight, lb Not available Operator Type do motor j F i (DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 [ 010489 ] 15A5=2 MM7 1 r.+l {tiff :'i~ sJi f'i. Pd f S1 Section 15B - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 158.1 GENERAL. The mechanical equipment and materials included in this E section shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor, The equip- ment and materials are in addition to those specified elsewhere and are necessary to make a complete operational installation as intended by the f drawings and these specifications. ( All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a complete installation of the equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The requirements of this aeration apply in general to mechanical equipment and materials specified in this Section 15B, Section 15D, Section 15E and Section 15H. If requirements specified herein are in conflict with re- quirementa specified in the detailed sections or subsections, the de- i tailed sections or subsections shall govern to the extent of such con- flict. The Proposal shall be based upon the use of j equipment and materials com- plying fully with the requirements specified herein. It is recognized that the Contractor may have standardized on the use of certain compo- nents, materials, processea, or procedures different than those specified ; herein''. Alternates in addition to the base proposal on the basis of sup- plying'the Contractor's standard components, materials, processes, or i procedures will be considered. The alternate proposal shall clearly i ) stipulate the alternate proposed, the specific exceptions to the specifi- cations, and the price change applicable for supplying such alternate. The following subsections of this section specify the individual equip- ment requirements for the Contractor•-furnished mechanical equipment { Subsection Title 1581 SUMP PUMPS 15B2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS l 15B3 WELDED STEEL PENSTOCK ➢ These specifications covering Contractor-furnished equipment and materi- ale describe the type, functions, and general arrangements desired. The scope of these specifications does not necessarily cover all design de- tails and features. 15B,2 ENGINEERING DATA, The Contractor shall submit data to the Engi- neer covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be furnished under these specifications, The engineering data shall be submitted as specified in Section 1C, and not later than 60 days after award of con- tract z F i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 090168 j 15B-1 F f r t j~~J ri.V?a~t it a..u r,~ ~ kJ 15B.3 CORRECTION OF ERRORS, Equipment and materials shall be complete in all respects within the limits herein outlined, All errors or omia- sions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by the manufac- turer or his duly authorized representative at the Contractor's expense. 15B,4 MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL SERVICES, Manufacturer's technical serv- ices shall be provided where indicated in the equipment subsections. 15B,5 REFERENCED STANDARDS. Reference to the 'standards of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the laws, ordinances, or codes of governmental authorities shall mean the latest standard, code, or specification adopted, published, and effective at the date of taking bids unless specifically stated otherwise in these specifications. The specifications, codes, and standards referenced in these specifica- tions (including addenda, amendments, and errata) shall govern in all cases where references thereto are made. In case of conflict betwrien the referenced specifications, codes, or standards and these specifications, the latter shall govern to the extent of such difference. a 156,6 LAWS AND ORDINANCES, All work covered by this section shall be performed in~ -occordaneo with all applicable municipal codes and ordi- nances, and the laws and regulations of the state of Texas, which pertain to such work. In case of conflict between these specifications and any state law or municipal ordinance, the latter shall govern. i 1 j 158,7 MATERIALS AND E UIPMENT, Unless specifically provided otherwise in each cafe, all daterials and equipment furnished for permanent instal- r,. 4 lation in the work shall conform to applicable standard specifications j and shall be new, unused, and undamaged. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gauges so j that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable, 15Bd8 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. All shipments of hazardous materials shall be identified on the materials list. A copy of the hazardous materials documentation required by the article entitled HAZARDOUS MATERIALS* in the General Conditions shall be included with the materials list and shall also be included with the shipping papers attached to the shipment. 158,9 IDENTIFICATION. All correspondence, specifications, engineering data, an of er documents pertaining to the equipment and materials fur- nished under these specifications shall be identified by the Owner's name, the project name, the unit number, h the specification number, and the Engineer's project number. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] ( 090,168 15B-2 i i 777 t 158.10 PRESHIPMSNT INSPECTION, The Owner reserves the right to inspect the equipment. prior to shipment, The Contractor shall notify the Owner of all shipments not less than 10 days prior to the date of shipment to allow the Owner to inspect the y equipment if so desired. 1 i 155,11 QUALITY ASSURANCE, The Contractor shall maintain a quality as- surance program that provides that equipment, materialss and services under these specifications, whether manufactured or performed within the Contrsctorss plant or at any other source, shall be controlled at all points necessary to assure conformance to contractual requirements. The program shall provide for the prevention and ready detection of discrep- ancies and for timely and positive corrective action. The Contractor shall make objective evidence of quality conformance readily available to the Owner and the Engineer. Instructions and records for quality assur- ance shall be controlled, 158.12 NUMBERING SYSTEM, The Engineer will establish an identification numbering system to provide consistent numbering throughout the genet I ating unit. All electrical devices, control and instrumentation equip- j went, valves$ and other items of similar nature shall be permanently identified with the identification number supplied by the Engineer. Except as specified otherwise in, these speeificationa, the identification ; shall be engraved on stainless steel or laminated phenolic tags or name- plates at the option of, and as acceptable to, the Engineer and perma- nently affixed to the device, The Engineer 'a identification numbers shall be included on the manufacturer's drawings. 4 15B.13 NAMEPLATES, Nameplates shall be furnished when specified in the detailed specification subsections, Nameplates shall be made of lami- nated black phenolic engraving stock with white core. The lettering J shall be not less than 1/4 inch square, bold engraved through the outside layer so that the letters are the color of the core. Nameplates shall be attached to the equipment with stainless steel panhead screws, d 155,14 FACTORY ASSEMBLY. Equipment shall be shipped completely factory assembled, except when the physical size, arrangement or configuration of ! the equipment, or shipping and handling limitations make the shipment of completely assembled equipment impracticable, 158.15 PACKAGING AND IDENTIFICATION OF SPARE PARTS. Spare parts shall be shipped Ts heavily canatructedwooden boxes.- The boxes shall be de- I signed as permanent storage enclosures. Separate boxes shall be used for the spare parts for each major piece of equipment. Where applicable, boxes shall be designed and constructed for return shipment of damaged or worn components for repair. , [DENTON 10566 CEN GONST 71.0000] F 090188 ] 15B-3 sj Spare parts shall be protected from damage due to moisture and dirt ac- cumulation during an extended storage period by use of special coatinga, airtight membranes, bags of desiccant, or other means acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. Each box shall be marked with the large painted legend as follows. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT SPARE PARTS FOR (Name of Equipment) EUCTION CONTRACTOR DO NOT OPEN EXCEPT WITH PROJECT FIELD MANAGER'S PERMISSION I A weatherproofed itemized list of the contents shall be attached to the outside of each box, A similar list shall be inside each box, f - 158,16 SHOP COATING, All metallic surfaces subject to corrosion shall be protected by suitable coatings applied in the shop. Surfaces which will be inaccessible after assembly shall be protected for the life of the equipment. The surfaces shall be cleaned and prepared in the shop. Exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Surfaces to be finish painted after installation, or req%iiring paint for corrosion protection until installation, shall be shop painted with one or more coats of paint as hereinafter specified. 15B.16.1 Pginting. Shop coating systems for steel, equipment and other („1 ferrous metal surfaces shall be its specified on the indicated Coating t € System Data Sheets, included at the and of this section. Where specific products are not listed, the coating materials shall meet the criteria indicated. Where specific products are listed, coating materials by, other manufacturers may be acceptable. In either case, information assuring conformance with the specified criteria shall be submitted with the Proposal. Coatings shall not be applied when the surface temperature is within 5 F of the deer point. 158.16.1,1 Electrical Equipment, Electrical equipment including panels, switchgear, motor control centers, transformers, motors, and other aim- ilar equipment shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance with Coating System Data Sheet El, 15B.16.1.1,1 Touchup Paint. The Contractor shall £urntsh sufficient touchup, paint for repairing 25 percent of the area on all exterior fac- tory painted surfaces of each item of electrical equipment. The touchup paint shall be of the same type and color as the factory applied paint and shall be carefully packed to avoid damage during shipment. Complete painting instructions shall be furnished. [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,0000) [ 09018& 15B-b <j f Wil .711 ~S 1• ui:t: i N 3 1 F ii 15B,16,1,2 Mechanical Egui U nt, Mechanical equipment including pumps, compressors, valvea, valve operators, dampers, damper drives, mills, grinding apparatus, external piping surfaces and supports, machinery, and other similar equipment shall be claconveying. { coated in accordance with Coating System Data Sheet E5P, prepared, and i No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of field welded connections, i i j 15B.16,1.3 S-tructural Steel and Miscellaneous Metals. Structural steel and miscellaneou' ettaals iacludin all its g ms fabrics miscellaneous steel such as ducts, hangers, supportateandfsimstruc ilarufab-ate ! ricated steel assemblies shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance with Coating System Data Sheet A1P. ~ f ! ! No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 Inches of field welded connections, 1 15B.16.1.4 Hot Metal Surfaces. Hot metal surfaces include metal sur- faces of electrical or mechanical equipment or structural steel and mis- cellaneous metals as defined hereinbefore which have an operating or service temperature above 200 F and which will not be insulated and lagged. Hot metal surfaces shall be cleaned, prepared, and coated in accordance with the following. Surface Tem erature f ~ Coatin__ g Stem. 200 F to 450 F ASP 451 F to 750 F A9P 751 F to 1,000 F ATOP. i - No paint shall be applied to surfaces within 3 inches of field welded ! connections. i 15B.16,2 Preservative Coa. tinas. Ferrous surfaces which should not be 1 painted and are aub,lect to corrosion shall be protected with preservative coatings. All preservative coatings which are used to protect surfaces of equipment that are exposed to the feedwater or steam shall be com- pletely water soluble. Other surfaces shall be coated with rust- preventive compound, equivalent to Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Olaum "R-9." The manufacturer and manufacturer's designation of all preserva- tive coatings proposed to be used shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to application. Machined surfaces of weld-end G able rust-preventive. coating equivalent to "Deoxaluminits" manufactured by Special Chemicals Corp., or "Bloxide" manufactured by Tempil Division of Big Three Industries, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) 090185 158-5 12i'At?'i.!~~ S~ 4: I I fj 15B,16,3 Galvanizing, Galvanizing specified in the detailed specifica- tions shall be in accordance with the following requirements. Structural steel members and steel assemblies shall be "pickled" after all cutting, punching, reaming, drilling, tapping, and other fabrication processes which would damage galvanizing, have been completed. The pickling shall be dono in accordance with the latest accepted practice and shall continue until all scale, rust, grease, and other impurities I have been completely removed. The steel shall then be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123, ! Where either member to be bolted is galvanized and where required by the detailed specifications, erection and structural bolts shall be galva- nized in accordance with ASTM A153. 15B.17 PROTECTION, All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise suitably protected during shipment, handling, and storage. Equipment having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be protected by weathertight r, enclosures. Coated surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discolora- tion, and other damages. Surfaces which are damaged shall be repaired. Electrical equipment, controls, and insulations shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All external gasket surfaces and flange faces, couplings, rotating equipment shafta, bearings, and like items shall be thoroughly cleaned, coated with rust-preventive compound { as specified above, and protected with suitable wood, metal, or other 14K~ substantial type covering to ensure their full protection, All exposed threaded parts shall be greased and protected with metallic or other sub- f stantial type protectors. All piping, tubing, and conduit connections on equipment and other equip- ment openings shall be closed with rough usage covers or plugs. Female threaded openings shall be closed with forged steel plugs. The closures shall be taped to seal the interior of the equipment. Open ends of pip- ing, tubing, and conduit shall be sealed and taped. 15B;18 TOOLS, The Contractor shall furnish and ship with each piece of equipment one set of all special tools required for dismantling and main- tenance of the equipment. The tools shall be shipped in separate heavily constructed wooden boxes provided with hinged covers and padlock hasps. Maintenance tools for each piece of equipment shall be boxed separately and the boxes shall be marked with the large painted legend as follows, CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT MAINTENANCE TOOLS FOR (Name of Equipment) ERECTION CONTRACTOR DO NOT OPEN EXCEPT WITH PROJECT FIELD MANAGER'S PERMISSION [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,0000 188 15B-6 i i • i'1 A weatherproofed itemized list of the contents shall also be attached to the outside of each box. The maintenance tools shall include all special handling rigs, bars, slings, and cable. All maintenance tools shall be in new and unused con- dition and shall become the pro ' petty of the Owner, i 15B.19 ALIGNMENT AND BALANCE. All rotating parts shall be true and dy- namically balanced. Excessive noise or vibration, in the opinion of the Owner, will be sufficient cause for rejection of the equipment. All ro- tating equipment shall be balanced at the factory. All rotating equipment, except electric motors, shall be factory balanced f to a level such that vibration displacement in mile peak-to-peak is not more than indicated under "FAIR" on IRD Machanalysis, Inc. Curve 305D, General Machinery Vibration Severity Chart," or as required for relia- bility and longevity, whichever requirement, as determined by the Engi- j near, is the more stringent. Electric motors shall be balanced by the manufacturer in accordance with NEMA standards, r 15B.20 NOISE LEVEL. The equivalent "A" weighted sound level, measured at 5 feet elevation above floor level and 3 feet horizontally from the base of any of the equipment furnished under these specifications, ex- pressed in decibels to a reference of 0.0002 microbar, shall not exceed j 85 dBA. For indoor equipment, the Contractor shall assume the environ- ment is hardwall construction. 15B.21 DESIGN COORDINATION, The Contractor shall be responsible for the selecCion and designof all equipment and materials which will provide i the beat coordinated performance of the entire system. Components of ro- tating equipment shall be selected so that the natural frequency of the complete unit is not at or critically near the operating range of the unit, Where actual design characteristics of proposed components very from those quoted in the Proposal or specified, the Contractor shall take these into account in the establishment of design criteria for related components, 15B.22 LUBRICATION. Equipment shall be lubricated by systems designed for continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not waste lubricants and shall not require attention during startup and shutdown, or routine f inspection more frequently than once weekly, Oil lubricant level indicators shall be furnished and marked to indicate proper levels under both standstill and operating conditions, 118,23 SAFETY GUARDS. Guards shall be provided for protection of per- sormel from all exposed moving and/or rotating machine elements, 's [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 I 090188 ) 158-7 t Y tI r Each guard shall be fabricated from ASTM A36 steel plate having a minimum thickness of 10 BWG and designed for easy installation and removal, Nec- essary supports and accessories shall be furnished with each guard. Guards for outdoor installation shall be galvanized. 15B.23.1 Horizontal Shaft Equipment, Safety guards for horizontal shafts, shaft couplings, belt sheaves, etc., shall be of the inverted "U" design with sides extending to the equipment base or baseplate. 15B.23.2 Vertical Shaft Equipment, Safety guards for vertical shafts, shaft Couplinga, etc shall be of 360 degree construction with bolted vertical ,joints. Hinged sections shall be provided for inspection of couplings and glands. ii 15B.23,3 Belt Guards. Belt guards shall be fabricated from 1/2 inch, i 18 ;S gauge, flattened, carbon steel expanded metal. Belt guards shall _ E be complete with supports of 1/8 inch minimum thickness, accessories, and braces, The entire assembly shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrica- tion. { A permanent metal tag shall be attached to each belt guard. The tag shall indicate the manufr turer's model number, size, and style of re- placement belt sets. Grease fittings shall be extended through the safety guards,. Each belt guard shall also be furnished with holes suitable for insertion of a tachometer, 1 15B,24 SHAFT COUPLINGS. Shaft couplings shall be used between all drives and driven equipment. Couplings shall be attached to driver and driven shafts by press fits and keys, Couplings shall be of the all metal lubricated gear flexible type, Koppers "Fast" or acceptable equal. Shaft couplings shall be sized to transmit the maximum brake horsepower requirements of the driven equipment with a service factor of not lase than 2. 158.25 EQUIPMENT BASES. A cast iron or welded steel baseplate shall be provided for all rotating equipment which is co be installed on a con- arets base. Each baseplate shall support the unit and its drive assembly and shall be of a neat design with pads for anchoring the units. Base- plates for equipment subject to water or oil leakage shall be provided with a raised lip all around and shall have a threaded drain connection. 158.26 CONTROL POWER, Electrical power for control and instrumentation will be a nominal 127 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz, alternating current, or a nominal 125 volt direct current. The Contractor shall provide any E (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 { f 090188 j 1.5B-8 .r l 9 i i ~ prrosupplper the scribed in the following p fluctuations de aragraphs, All do electrical control devices shall be designed for continuous opera- tion on an ungrounded station battery at an voltage dc. Electrical devices served from this supply shallfnot impose any volts ground connections on it. All ac electrical control devices shall, unless otherwise specified, be i designed for continuous operation at any voltage from 102 to 132 volts alternating currant. The drop-out voltage shall be less than 75 volts for relays.and 90 volts for contactors and starters,. electrical control devices operating at nominal voltagestotherithanurrent f 120 volts shall be designed for continuous operation over proportional voltage variations. ' All devices shall be conditions specified inathetaboveoparagraphsaandfattaa rangepoframbiente temperatures and from 40 C to 0 C indoors. l i 15B.27 AUXILIARY POWER, Auxiliary equipment, such as motors, trans- formers, and rectifiers, requiring electrical power shall be designed to JJ operate from one of the nominal electrical power sourced as follows, I Volts Phase - - Hertz I 120 1 60 125 ! 208 3c 60 (Emergency) 480 3 60 i Alternating current motor voltage ratings with relation to horsepower j shall be in accordance with the following, Horsepower Volts . phase below 3/4 115 1 { 3/4 and above 460 3 Variations from motor design voltages specified must be acceptable to the Engineer, ~ 15B.28 RACEWAY, Unless specified otherwise, all raceway Interconnec- tions between devices, panels, boxes, and fittings shall conform to ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. All conduit connections shall be of the threaded type Unless specified otherwise, all conduit shall be hot-dip galva- nized rigid steel. All conduit entering outdoor enclosures shall enter through Efcor "Water-rite" malleable iron hubs or threaded openings. ~ I [DENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71,00001 100989 1 158-9 S I I I i W SS 158.29 WIRING. In general, all devices furnished under these specifica- tions and requiring electrical connections shall be designed for wiring r into electrical enclosures with terminal blocks. Terminal blocks shall be furnished for conductors requiring connection to circuits external to the specified equipment, for internal circuits crossing shipping splits, and where equipment parts replacement and maintenance will be facili- tated. Splices will not be permitted in control wiring or instrument leads, All spare contacts on all electrical devices except control switches and lockout relays shall be wired out to accessible terminal blocks for fu- ture external connection. One spare normally open and one spare normally closed contact on each control switch and lockout relay shall be wired out to terminal blocks. ( All wiring leaving an enclosure shall leave from terminal blocks and not L from other devices in the enclosure. ',A I Auxiliary equipment such as terminal blocks, auxiliary relays, or contac- tore shall be readily accessible. Auxiliary equipment shall be located in compartments, enclosures, or junction boxes in such arrangement that a serviceman will have direct access to the equipment without removal of barriars, cover plates, or wiring. Terminal blocks for external connections shall be grouped in the instru- ment and control compartment for easy accessibility unrestricted by in- terference from structural members and instruments, Sufficient space' shall be provided on each side of each terminal block to allow an orderly arrangement of all leads to be terminated on the block. Arrangement of circuits on terminal blocks shall be such that all connections for one circuit plus any spare conductors shall be on adjacent terminals. Terminal blocks shall not be mounted in compartments containi-aS cables or buses operating at voltages above 600 volts, All electrical cables shall be conservatively selected for the electrical and environmental conditions of the installations and shall be of the best construction for the service where unusual service conditions are encountered, 011 resistant and proper temperature application cable shall be used throughout. Except where required to be otherwise to per- form satisfactorily in the service, all electrical conductor shall be Class B, stranded copper, 14 AWG or larger, MI cable is not acceptable. Control panel and cabinet wiring shall be stranded copper conductor with flame retardant cross-linked polyethylene Insulation rated 600 volts and shall meet the requirements of UL 44 for Type SIS, The insulation shall also meat the requirements of ICEA 9-66-524, Paragraph 7,8,3.1, and shall j be Rockbestos Pirewall STS, General Electric Vulkene Type SIS, SI No, 57275, or acceptable equal. i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000I i [ 090188 15B-10 i i E 5'tr<S4; i~ 6❑) r i tl General service power and control cables, integral to the equipment fur- niched but not internal wiring of control cabinets or panels, shall be rated for the maximum service voltage but not less than 600 volts, Power conductors and single conductor control cables shall have ethylene propy- lens rubber insulation with a neoprene conductor jacket, and multiconduc- for control cables shall have flame resistant cross-linked polyethylene conductor insulation and an overall neoprene jacket or acceptable equal insulation systema, except NEC Type SF-2 silicone rubber insulated cable with braided glass jacket shall be used where ambient conditions cause conductor operating temperatures to exceed the temperature general service cable insulation furnished. ratings of the Control conductor terminal connectors shall. be compression type connec- 3 Cora properly sized for the conductor and the terminal. The connectors j shall be constructed of copper and shall be tin plgted, The interior surface of the connector ,ire barrel shall be serrated, and the exterior surface of the connector wire barrel shall,ke furnished with crimp j j ' guides, Noninsulated terminal connectors are acceptable for conductors terminated on devices equipped with individual fitted covers, such as General Elec- tric Type SE-1 control switches and General Electric Type HEA lockout re- lays, All other terminal connectors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be preinsulated ring type. Preinsulated terminal connectors shall include a vinyl sleeve, color coded to indicate conductor size. type connectors shall be manufactured by AMP, 3M, or acceptable qug al. 1 ~ E ~ ach terminal block, terminal, conductor, relay, breaker, fuse block, and other auxiliary device shall be permanently labeled to coincide with the identification indicated on the drawings. All terminals provided for termination of external circuits shell be identified by inscribing circuit designations acceptable to the Engineer on the terminal block marking strips with black paint. All other wiring terminations shall be identified by printing on conductor identification sleeves. A conductor identification sleeve shall be provided on each end of each internal ( conductor, Each sleeve shall be marked with the opposite end destination identification described in the section titled WIRING DIAGRAMS, Conduc- tor identification sleeves shall be not less than 1/2 inch long and shall be as manufactured by the Dura Mark Company, Port Washington, New York or acceptable equal. Conductor identification shall be printed on the sleeve with a Thomas & Betts Company Catalog No. W7163M-1 marking Panduit Corp. Part No. PX markin e pen, g pen, or acceptable equal. After in- scription of the conductor identification, the marking sleeve shall be r' (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] ( 090188 15B-11 u coated with clear acrylic spray coating, Krylon No, 1303 as manufactured by Borden, Inc,, or acceptable equal. Conductor identification shall be r~ permanent, unaffected by heat, solvents, or steam, and not easily dis- lodged, Adhesive labels are not acceptable. The arrangement of connections on terminal blocks shall be acceptable to the Engineer, All connections requiring disconnect plug and receptacle type devices shall be provided with factory terminated conductors on each plug and receptacle. Plugs and receptacles shall be factory wired into junction boxes containing terminal blocks for external connections, All conduc- tors on the disconnect portion of plug receptacle assemblies shall be in a common jacket. All temporary wiring installed in the factory for equipment testing shall be removed prior to shipment of the equipment, 15B,30 TERMINAL BLOCKS. Terminal blocks shall be furnished with white marking strips and, where permitted by the safety codes and standards, shall be without covers. Spare unused terminals shall be furnished on each terminal block for circuit modifications and for termination of all conductors in a mu.lticonductor control cable. Not less than two spare unused terminals shall be furnished for every .10 terminals used, Fuses shall not be mounted on terminal blocks. Neither stop type ter- minal blocks nor angle mounting of terminal blocks will be acceptable. All terminal blocks, except internal terminal blocks in factory Prewirad electronic systems cabinets, shall be rated 600 volts minimum and shall i have strap screw terminals. Terminal blocks for lO AWG and smaller 600 volt insulated conductors shall be Marathon 1500 series or acceptable equal. Terminal blocks shall be appropriately sized for larger wire size or higher voltage insulated incoming conductors as necessary, I 158.31 FUSE BLOCKS, Where fuse blocks rated 30 amperes, 250 volts are required, they shall be modular type with Bakelite frame and reinforced retaining clips, -Blocks shall be Class H, 2-pole, Model No, H25030-2SR screw terminal fuse blocks as manufactured by Underwriters Safety Device Co., 7300 West Wilson Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 60656 or acceptable equal. Blocks for other current and voltage ratings shall be similar in construction and by the same manufacturer. 158,32 FUSES. Where slow blow fuses are required for protection of equipment, 10 o 2. Where fastcactinglfuseseart re- quired for protection of equipment, they shall be Bussmann Type NON, or acceptable equal, with ampere ratings of 1, 3, 6, 10, 15, 20, or 30, jDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 090188 15B-12 r 15B.33 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORY DEVICES. Electrical accessory devices shall 1 be furnishod in accordance with the requirements stated herein unless otherwise specified in the detailed specification sections. 15B.33.1 Control Rela e, General service auxiliary relays shall be Gould Incorporated I-T-E Imperial) Type J10A, J11A, J13P, or acceptable { equal, Where current carrying requirements exceed the capacity of the general service auxiliary relays, auxiliary relays shall be General Electric Type HFA or HGA, Westinghouse Type MG-6, or acceptable equal, I Timing relays where the delay period is 3 minutes or less shall be Gould Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) Type J12A or acceptable equal. Timing relays where the delay period may exceed 3 minutes shall be Agastat Series 7000 or acceptable equal, ~ I ` Gould Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) relays shall be purchased directly from the Could Incorporated (I-T-E Imperial) relay manufacturing plant j and not from any warehouse or assembly center. 15B.33.2 Push Buttbns and Selector Switches. Push buttons and selector switches sheer be heavy-duty oiltight, Honeywell Micro Switch Type PT, Square D Class 9001 Type K, or acceptable equal. Toggle switches shall E be Honeywell Micro Switch Type T1, or acceptable equal. 158.33.3 Indicating Lights. Status indicating lights shall be Honeywell s Micro Switch Type PTW, with Type 387 lamps, plastic lenses, and appropri- ately sized resistors, '.Indicatiag light lens colors shall be coordinated with indicated condi- II tions,as specified in the following table. Indicating lights shall be , j energized when the condition exists and shall be de-energized when the F condition does not exist. Lens Color Condition Red Equipment energized, such as motor running, valve open, or breaker closed Green Equipment de-energized, such 3 as motor stopped, valve closed, or breaker open ! White Equipment abnormality, such as y motor trip or breaker trip 15B.33.4 Alarm Contacts. Alarm contacts for remote annunication shall be suitable for operation at 125 volts dc. Alarm contacts shall be normally open contacts which close on alarm condition, i t (DENTON 10566 GEN C014ST 71.0000) [ 090188 ) 15B-13 sa'a wr • + }y1W rwm 15B,34 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS, Molded case circuit breakers used in equipment urnished under these specifications shall be as listed in the following table, AC SERVICE Interruptin Capacity (NEMA) Service Frame Tri S C Poles Volts Ratin p ymmetrieal In Ra-mange Am rea Volta Am aree, Volts ac amperes amperes n` 1 120 100 15 - 100 10,000 120 ~ 5,000 125 G 15B.35 WEATHERPROOFING. A tenances shall be designedforosatisfactoryroperationpduringn60amilepper- f hour wind and driving rain. All exposed sated of'corrosion resisting metal. All ventilatingaopeningsjshallabei louvered on outdoor electrical equipment to prevent entrance of rain under weather conditions described above. All ventilating openings on outdoor electrical equipment shall-be equipped with fine mesh filters and f stainless steel bug screens. ll ~ 1. ~ : I (DENTON 10566 M CONST 71,00001 I 690188 I ;58-14 s Y1:YPe t a 0lSCRIPTIONi itnratwel itoo and Miecoitse aM m etsk SYSTEM 100. Enrkomnmtal Zone 1A Onterior, rwmo*v dry), ti lexterlor, tm imlw dry), A 1 P ZA Om w * wet by from wat«l, U Ors**n* wot by ah wow) SURFACE $$K-sP4 corm rweiei am C" PREPARATION PREPARATION ProfBe depth 1 to 2,3 r"k se recomff nded by peim manufectwor. j COATWO D RY FILM SPICfAL NOTES ns man I9RST COAT 3 In" Two ownponem kw sonic rind with a mk*um 75 poream lino by waipht in dry fikm TOUCHUP 3 mile Orpanio rime or modified epoxy. Power tool dart dameped ourfaca only (chop or f fiatd &PPWI. SECOND COAT THIRD COAT J j TOTAL SYSUM 3 mke COATRNO PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION j MANI,IfACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT ' Atnaron Dknetaols 0 FT Ame►awt 66A or Amaloek 400 I Ca*Wk* Carbo Zina 12 an or f Csrbomatk 16 Glidden 6536/5637 6626127128 or i $476/5478 i Porter Zime-Lock 312 Zinc-Lack 308 i Tnemao 80E•76 00.93 Valeper 13•F• 11 13.0.14 i r R OLACK k VEATCH DATE ]PREPARED W WWWWW f rl"I COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 061088 JCW s 15B-15 +riltrL!t =PO TFerrous Metal Surfaces Tim SYSTEM No. pastures up to 760 F A9P rS~URFACE ;;tSOSSFIC •SPtD NearWhlte 81est Cleaning M16PARATION e depth 1 to 2 mils recommended by menufecturer, COATING FI hIEJ8S LM SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT 2,6 mils Ztnc rich prima with I minbnum 79 percent 6no,by wNoht In dry film. TOUCHUP 2,6 mils Zino rich prima, i Power tooi clean dansoed surfaces only, 1 ++i SECOND COAT THIRD COAT i f TOTAL SYSTEM 2.5 mils 1 r COAT" PRODUCT I anIFiCATaN I MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUG'1~.1P SECOND COAT TTHIRD COAT E Amorort E211A MIA I ~ Carboiine Cabo Zino 11 Cabo Zinc it GNdden 663016531 6630/6631 Tnemeo M-92 NE-92 WSW 13442 13-G-04 f t I 2 i s r r r 9 BLACK r~ WATCH ENIGINMERS,ARCHMICTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET DATE 1~~EPARED SY 071188 JCW e 15ti-16 r 7 i 7'p w } I ~i rx ~ DESCRIPTION; Eleetrical Equipment SYSTEM NO Envkonmental Tones - 1A (Interior, normally dry), 1S Iexterlar, normally dry), E1 SURFACE PREPARATION SSPCC-SP3 Power Tool Cloning Of SSPC•SP7 Brush-off Bleu Cloning i COATING DRY FILM i( S SPECIAL NOTES FIRST COAT 2 mil Rust Inhlbitive alkyd primer with a minimum 40 peroant solids by volume TOUCHUP NIA l SECOND COAT 1'5 Wa High gloss alkyd enamel with a minimum 40 percent solids by volume, Indoor ANSI 81; Outdoes ANSI 70. 1 I THIRD COAT 1,6 mils High gloss alkyd enamel with a minimum 40 percent solkfe by volume, Indoor ANSI 81; Outdoor ANSI 70. TOTAL SYSTEM 6 mlis Intwlor surfaces of penols, sv tohgear, and motor control centers shall be giou while enamel, I COATING PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION MANUFACTURER j FIRST COAT TOUCHUP 8ECOND COAT THIRD COAT Note, Complete man factuw's Information oncernin the corn" characteristics and performance of p posed coatings oWl Won, submitted wit each Proposal, f z ~ r i BLACK & VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY ENOINEFR8•ARCHITECTB 'COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET P 060188 ~cw l~ 1515^ 17 r I l } k 1+! M P 7 FF ~i DESCRIPTIONi Ferrous Metal Surfaces Surfaoa Timperatuns up to 460 F SYSTEM N0, A8P SURFACE PREPARATION SSPC•SP8 ComM MIAl Blast Ciaaning, Profile depth 1 to 2 mils as recommended by paint manufeoturer, l COATING DRY FILM SPECIAL NOTES FIRS COAT 3 tulle Zino rich prima with a minimum 76 percent zinc by weight fn dry film, 1 TOUCHUP 3 mile Zino rich primer, I Power tool Clan damaged surfaces on N iahop or field applledf j 1 SECOND COAT E , THIRD COAT TOTAL SYSTEM 3 mile hI 1 I COATING PRODUCT IDENTWICATMN MANl1P'ACTUAER I FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT . , i AmNon 15211 F2II I Carbol in► Carbo Zino 12 Carbo Zinc 10 Glidden 8536/6637 6638/6637 E j Themec 9015.78 WE-75 j Wspar 13•0•1OW 13.3 .14 i n 1 CL BLACK dt VEATCH c EEPWINEERi ANCHtTECtB COATING SYSTEM DATA SiiEET DATE PREPARED BY 071188 JCW s s 3 15818 , ,i DESCRIPTIONr Ferrous Matel Surfaces SYSTEM NO, Swface temperatures up to 1000 F A10+ P SURFACE PREPARATION SSPC•SP10 Near White Blast Cleaning, Profile depth as recommended by paint manufactu»r, COATING DAY FILM SPECIAL NOTES THICKNI FAST COAT 0,5.2 mOs Silicone aluminum (0500 rote below) TOUCHUP 04.2 mile Silicone aluminum i'S00 note below) i Power tool clean damdped surfaces only, L SECOND COAT THIRD COAT I A.&2 mile i TOTAL SYSTEM 4 COAT7NQ PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION t I ' MANUFACTURER FpgT COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD GOAT Amnon 578 876 carwins 4caft zinc tt carbo Zino ti GBdden 5542 5542 j themac 39404t 39.1081 1 i Velspar 37A.1 37.A.1 K 'Carbciina Nquha 2. to 3 mile of two com Inotpenio zinc instead of vilka a um. i t f i~ BLACK ♦7e YEATCH DATE PREPARED BY U#GMI6ERS,ANCHITLCTB COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 071189 JcW t v 158-19 d r 4aw,:, Y } f: ,e Subsection 15B1 - SUMP PUMPS 15B1.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the two sump pumps to be fur- niahed and installed under these specifications. The sump pumps shall be installed in the powerhouse. Pumping unite shall be heavy-duty, nonclog, sewage type, submersible pumps, Weil, Gould, Aurora, or acceptable equal. The pumps shall be of the vertical, aubmeraible, self-priming, abrasive slurry, nonclog type. The pumps shall be suitable for removal front the sumps without disconnection of any bolts or a complete dewatering of the f sump pit. The discharge connection on each pump shall automatically seal itself when the pump is lowered into position. If necessary for proper F alignment, guide rails for pump placement shall be designed, fabricated, and installed under these specifications. t The sump pumps shall be provided at the locations and in the arrangements indicated on the drawings. 1581.2 CODES AND STANDARDS, All equipment and materials furnished under i this subsection of these specifications shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, ASTM, NEMA, IEEE, EEI, the Rydraulic Institute, and any other such regular pub lishad and accepted standards, except where modified or supplemented by f these specifications; and in accordance with the'applicable requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Standards." Any conflict i i between standards shall be referred to the Engineer who will determine which standard shall govern. 15B1.3 SCOPE. The two pumps shall be fabricated, assembled, erected, ► and placed in proper operating condition in full conformity with draw- ings, specifications, engineering data, instructions, and recommendations k of the equipment manufacturer unless exceptions nr) noted by the Engi- t near, Each sum p shall anchor bolts,n electric emotor.,swaterprooftejunctionlbox,acabling fromrJ%inc- tion box to motor, and all other accessories required for proper opera- tion. Unless otherwise specified, a horizontally mounted check valve, plug valve, and union shall be provided in the discharge piping adjacent to each sump pump, piping and valves are covered in Sections 15D and 15E, respectively, 1581.4 DRAWINGS AND DATA, Complete fabrication, assembly, wiring dia- grams and installation drawings, togethor with detailed specifications and data covering material used, parts, devices, and other accessories t - [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11,00003 l 090189 1581-1 s to p`; forming a part of the equipment furnished, shall be submitted in accor- dance with Section 1C, 15B1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS. Pumping units shall be designed to meet the following condiPons. Capacity per Pump, Total Head, Speed, gpm feet Horsepower rpm 220 45 5-1/2 1,750 The liquid level limits of the sump are as follows. Elevation, feet High-high level alarm 4341-6" High level alarm 434'-0" Lag pump start 433`-0" Lead pump start 432'-6" All pumps off 427'-0° Electrical power supply to all units v M be 480 volts, 60 hertz, 'three- phase. 15B1.5,1 Vibration.' The pumps shall be designed such that the maximum vibration during the complete range of normal operation as well as start- up and shutdown transients are no greater than those permitted by the Hy- draulic Institute Standards. The pumps shall be designed so that the lowest critical speed shall be greater than 25 percent above operating speed. 15B1.5.2 Normal Operation. The pumps shall be suitable for continuous operation anywhere on their pump curves from minimum flow to maximum run- out without damage, 1581,6 'WATER QUALITY. The pumps shall be suitable for pumping water that has the following analysis. River water temperature ranges from 40 to 90 F. A typical water quality analysis is as follows. Parameter Value_ (mg/i as such) Calcium 80 (DENTON 105661GEN CONST 71.00001 1581-2 y~ Parameter Value (mR/I as such Magnesium 6.5 Sodium 70 Bicarbonate 270 Sulfate 41 j Chloride 79 i ~1 ! Fluoride 0.3 t~ 4 j I Nitrate 1.5 J r Phosphate 0.5 i k Dissolved Oxygen 9.4 f BOD 1.9 I ( PH 7.7 E River Water from the reservoir is sereened through trash racks with open- ings of 1-1/2 inch by 4 inch size, i 15B1.7 MATERIALS, Material for the s umP pumps shall be as follows. , i Pump cAsing Cast iron Impeller Nigh chromium iron Pump shaft Stainless steel Bearings Crease lubricated, antifric tion i Pump seals Mechanical seal i 1 Float and float rod Type 316 stainlean steel j Anchor bolts, nets, and washers Type 316 stainless steel E F i (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00001 1 090189 j 15BI-3 El , ,I r F 15B1,8 CONTROLS. All necessary controls for operation of the sump pumps shall be provided and shall consist of floats, duplex alternator control, starters, overloads, disconnects, and enclosures. Starters shall meet the requirements of Subsection 16A3, The floats shall control pump "OFF," "LEAD PUMP START," "LAG PUMP START," and shall alarm high level and high-high level. The alarms shall be 01 wired to terminal blocks for connection to a remote annunciator. The alarms shall not rely on the sump pump power supply for operation and shall operate properly if power to the sump pumps is not available. All contactors, alternator controla, disconnects, and other devices not / mounted in the sumps shall be enclosed in a NEMA 12 control panel suit- able for mounting near the sumps. The alternator control shall automat- ically alternate the lead-lag sequence on each successive cycle of opera E tion. An H-C-A selector switch shall be provided for each pump, 1551.9 PUMP CHARACTERISTICS, The pumps shall have a head-capacity curve which rises steadily from rated capacity to shutoff. The pumpsshall be nonoverloading, 15),31.10 CHARACTERISTIC CURVES. Characteristic curves shall be submitted ( for each pump. The curves shall indicate head, horsepower, efficiency, and required net positive auction head as ordinates and capacity as the abscissa, Pump rotation speed at the design condition shall also be in- dicatad. Curves shall be submitted for the maximum and minimum diameter Impellers which may be fitted to the pump casings, Speed torque curves i, shall also be submitted for the pumps. 15B1,11 GUARANTEES. The pampa shall be guaranteed to perform as spec- ified, as ind-- icated by the performance curvas, and as stated in the Pro- posal. The pumps shall be guaranteed to operate under all conditions without pitting, cavitation, excessive vibration, or excessive noise. The following shall be guaranteed. Capacity at the design point head Total head at the design point NPSH values indicated on the pump characteristic curves Efficiency at design point Horsepower input at the design point, and maximum horsepower requirement at pump runout conditions Ability to operate in parallel Ability to operate under all specified operating eonditic:a (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 100989 ) 15B1-4 g1 S3 E 3i Maximum shutoff head No critical speed shall occur at, near, or below the pump operating speed, t j Noise levels as specified in Section 15B i No vibration or axial thrust shall be transmitted from the pump to the drive motor, f ~ 1561,12 TESTS. After installation of the equipment, tests will be made by the Owner to check the performance of the pumps and to determine the Actual pump characteristic curves,when operating under the de ditions listed on the specification sheets, sign con- If the difference between field performance and the expected pump perfor- ; tuanee indicated on the certified pump curves for any p i (in opinion of the Engineer or Owner) too great, the Contractors shalltmodif~ the pump as required in accordance with the procedures given in the 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS. In the event the pumps fail to meet the guarantees, and the Contractor has made such alterations and modifications as he feels necessary to ob- tain the guaranteed performance, the pumps will be retested. The entire expense of the additional tests, required to demonstrate the effects of such.alterationa and modifications, shall be borne by the Contractor, I The 'tentirs expense" shall be interpreted f during the retesting other than 'foruseofathelnormalioperating9forcesrof the Owner. f t { 1 f 1 i jjft I i i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ; 010484 15B1-5 g Subsection 15B2 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS F 1.582,1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the design and construction re- quirements fo the portable fire extinguishers to be furnished and in- stalled under these specifications, 15B2.2 CODE RE UIREMENTS, All equipment and materials furnished under this subsection shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of the standard specifications and codes of S19 ME, NEMA, IEEE, AGMA, SAE, UL, NFPA and other such regularly published and accepted standards, except Vhare modified or supplemented r~ by these specifications. t i The portable fire extinguishers shall be "UL Listed" where applicable, E 1582.3 WALL MOUNTED PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, Four multipurpose dry g chemical portable fire extin uiahera rated for Class A B shall be furnished as specified herein. A11 extinguishers shall berfur- niched with appropriate wall brackets. { The d t ry chemical extinguishers shall be Potter-Roemer Figure 3020 or ac- The ceptable equal. The extinguishers shall be furnished in the 20 size with squeeze grip, hose, and directional nozzle, pound f~ 1 ~ t i i i i f [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 010489 j 15B2-1 # x t} .s 44 ;i i< Subsection 1553 - WELDED STEEL PENSTOCK 15B3.1 GENERAL, The Contractor shall furnish the welded steel penstock in accordance with the following specifications and the attached draw- ings. All materials required for a complete penstock system shall be furnished. 15B3.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Detailed fabrication and erection drawings, j coating data, and storage and installation instructions shall be submit- ted in accordance with the requirements of Section 1C. I 1 ? 15B3.3 MATERIALS, Except as modified or supplemented herein, all steel 1 pipe, fittings, and specials shall conform to the applicable ASTM, AWS, ANSI, API, and AWWA specifications and standards. ( Penstock j ~ Material ASTM A516, Grade 60 (or higher) If` Fabrication AWWA C200; size as indicated ~ on the drawings f Welding electrodes Carbon steel ' Low hydrogen types. Tensile I strength range of 70,000 psi ` minimum 1 Stainless steal As recommended by the steel 7 and electrode manufacturers to provide full strength welds without reduction in corrosion resistance of the parent met- al. Corrosion resistance of the weld metal shall not be less than the corrosion re- sistance of the parent metal. Fittings and specials AWWA C208 and AWWA 0200 1 Flanged joints Flanges AWWA C207, Class D, steel slip-on, hub { [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 t 090189 1583-1 r t rR J Flange bo:!ting Bolts and studs ASTM A307, chamfered or, rounded ands projecting 1/4 to 112 inch beyond outer face of nut Nuts ASTM A307, hexagonal, ANSI B18,20 heavy semifinished pattern Flanga gaskets AWWA C207, cloth inserted rub- bar, Crane Packing Company ~y "Style 777," Garlock "Style 19,11 or equal Pipe, coating ! E Exterior tape coating AWWA 0209, AWWA L'214 Interior cement mortar AWWA C205 Cement AS114 (150, Type II I Send AWWA C2051 Section 2.3 Epoxy bonding ASTM C881, Type II, moisture agent insensitive I Latex admixture Protex Induatries, Inc. "Pro- rG' i bond Vinyl" Water screens { GrAting Fed Spec RR-G-661, welded rec- tangular bar type, stainless steel Stainless steel ASTM A167 and A276, Type 304E Bolts (SS) 1F1-104, Grade 303 or 305 15B3,4 STEEL PIPS. The pipe shall have the inside steel diameter and wall thicknesses as indicated on the drawings. It shall be fabricated from ASTM A516, Grade 60 (minimum) steel, The pipe shall be furnished fabricated to the length and grade indicated on the drawings. All indi- cated fittings, closures, and flanges shall be furnished, j `DENTON 10566GEN CONST 71,0000] 090189 1583-2 1 i t y V No shop hydrostatic testing of the steel pipe, fittings, and specinis will be required. 15B3.5 WELDED JOINTS. Welded joints shall conform to AWWA C200, AWWA C206, AWS D1.1-88, and the following. Ends of pipe, fittings, and spe- cials for field-welded joints shall be prepared for butt welding and shall be outside beveled to an angle of 37-1/2 degrees plus or minus 2-1/2 degrees with the plane of the pipe end, with an average flat at the end of the pipe of 1/16 inch plus or minus 1/32 inch. All shop welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale or slag, shall have tensile strength across the weld not less than that of the thinner of the connected sections, and shall be watertight. Butt welds shall be used for all welded joints in line pipe assemblies and in the fabrication of bends and other specials. A production weld test shall be made by an independent testing laboratory at the beginning of the work by each welding operator and machine, Fre- quency of tests shall be as specified by AWWA C200, All costs for lab- oratory testing shall be paid for by the Contractor. i Qualification of welding operatora, prequalified joints, and the welding { of stainless steel and stainless to carbon steel +hall be in accordance with the ASNE Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 4 15B3.6 FLANGES. Flange faces shall be normal to the pipe axis and angular deflection (or layback) of the flange faces shall not be excessive. All flanges, after.welding to the pipe, shall be refaced, if f necessary, to prevent distortion of connecting valve bodies from excessive flange bolt tightening or any leakage at the joint. i Blind flanges shall conform in diameter and drilling to the flanges to which they attach. Thickness of blind flanges shall be as required to produce a watertight joint under 75 psi, Details of blind flanges shall be acceptable to the Engineer. _E k 15B3.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING. Except as required for welding inspec- tion and testing, inspection and testing by an independent laboratory will not be required at the fabricating or coating shop; however, the Contractor shall furnish an affidavit of compliance certifying that all materials used and work performed comply with the specified requirements. 1583.8 PROTECTIVE COATINGS. All penstock sections, fittinga, specials, and wall fittings shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, or wrapped as follows. All protective exterior and interior coatings shall be shop applied, Exterior coating shall not be applied until after the specified interior cement mortar lining has been applied and cured, Protective y coatings shall be held back 4 inches from ends that are to be field welded. f 4 s (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) l 090189 ] t 15B3-3 IMP ~i 15B3.8,1 Exterior Coatings. Exterior surfaces of all steel surfaces of the piping shall be thoroughly cleaned to remove all oil, grease, dirt, rust, mill scale, weld scale, and other foreign material prior to the application of any coating. This shall be accomplished by the use of suitable solvents to remove oil and grease followed by abrasive blasting. 15B3.8.1.1 Shop-Applied Tate Coat. Except as modified or supplemented herein, shop-applied tape coating shall comply with AWWA C214. The tape coating system shall be composed of four layers consisting of a primer layer, one inner layer of tape for corrosion protection, and two outer layers of tape for mechanical protection, The total thickness of the tape coating system shall be not less than 75 mile. The outer layer of ~ tape shall be white in color. ~y l 1583.6.1.1.1 Exterior Coating Inspection. The manufacturer shall in- spect 100 percent of all coated areas using an electric holiday detector. Holiday detector voltage shall be between 12,000 and 14,000 volts. The pipe shall be inspected after application of the inner tape layer. If flaws or holidays are detected, they shall be repaired immediately before { the outer layer of tape is applied, 1583.8.1.1.2 Application, The application of exterior coating materials i including the preparation of surfaces, priming, and lining and coating of the pips, fittings, and specials shall be done in the shop by an estab- lished pipe lining and coating company acceptable to the manufacturer of the coating materials and to the Owner, 15B3.8.1.1.3 Affidavit of Compliance. The pipe lining.and coating com- pany shall submit an affidavit of compliance indicating that all instruc- tions and requirements of the exterior coating materials manufacturer will be followed and that the company is acceptable to the materials man- ! ufacturer. M 15B3.8.1.2 Coal Tar E ox 5 stem. A coal tar epoxy system shall be ap- plied where indicated on the drawings and shall consist of two coats of coal tar epoxy applied over the blast cleaned steel and cast iron sur- faces, The surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC-SP6, Com- mercial Blast Cleaning, with a profile depth of 2 to 3 mile, The coal tar epoxy shall meet or exceed the requirements of SSPC-Paint 16 and shall be applied in a minimum of two coats to a total dry film thickness of 16 mils, minimum. The Koppers Bitumastic Super Tank Solution shall be applied as a touchup system to shop coated steel surfaces of the prestressed concrete pressure pipe. 15B3.8.2 Interior Coating. The interior surfaces of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and then lined with 1/2 inch plug or minus 1/16 inch cement mortar, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) + I 090189 ) 15B3-4 , d . k ,i gip[ , f[ 1 jt 15B3.8.2.1 Surface Preparation. Surface to be lined shall be clean. All loose'mill acale, dirt, debris, and oil or grease shall be removed, Tightly adhering !mill scale need not be removed if it is not loosened by ordinary cleaning methods. 15B3.8.2.2 Cement Mortar. The mortar shall be of the proper consistency to obtain a dense, homogenous lining that adheres firmly to the surface. i 15B3.8.2.3 Application, Except as modified herein, the shop-applied s mortar lining shall comply with AWWA C205. Straight sections of pipe j shall be lined in a spinning machine. Linings shall be applied to fit- tinge and specials by mechanical placement, by pneumatic placement, or by' hand troweling. Ende of lining shall be finished square and uniform without feathering and shall be held back from the end of the pipe as j necessary for the specified joint. i 4 1583.8,2.4 Specials . Wire fabric reinforcement shall be used in lining i of fittings and specials in conformance with Section 4.5, AWWA C205. t # 15B3.8.2.5 Curing, The cement mortar linings shall be steam or water qr cured. If steam curing is used, the lining shall be cured for 48 hours. 1583.8.3 Machined Surfaces. All machined surfaces shall be shop coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344" or Rust-Oleum 3 R-9. 1583.9 HANDLING. The penstock, fittings, specials, and appurtenances shall at all times be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure installation in sound, undamaged condition. Handling methods and equip- ment used shall prevent damage to the coating and lining, and shall in- I elude the use of wide canvas slings and wide padded skids, Bare cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids shall not be used. Coated 3 pipe shall not be handled when the ambient temperature is below freezing. All penstock sections shall, be carefully supported during shipment on padded saddlea not less than 12 inches wide, Each and of each length of £ pipe, fitting, or special shall be so laterally supported and braced that it will maintain a true circular shape, Pipe, fittings,. and specials shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other, and the whole load shall be securely fastened to prevent movement in transit, s i f s w jDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 F [ 090189 ] 15B3-5 f r i' Section 15C - AUXILIARY MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION 15C.1 GENERAL. This section covers the requirements for erection of al.. mechanical equipment to be erected by the Contractor whether Owner- furnished, Contractor-furnished, or existing. Equipment erection shall include all work required for complete installation from unloading to placing the equipment in successful operation. Erection procedures not specified herein shall be in accordance with the _ recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and accepted good engineer- ing practice. Equipment shall be checked prior to its installation to ensure that it is i in conformance with the manufacturer's drawings. Any discrepancies shall be reported to the Owner, When Dwner-furnished equipment is shipped unassembled, the complete as- sembly of such equipment shall be a part of the work included under these f specifications. Motors and other equipment having electrical connections will be electri- cally connected under Division 16 of these specifications, All other j erection work on this equipment shall be performed under these specifics- i tions. 15C,2 CODE RE UIREMENTS. All erection procedures shall conform with ac- cepted good engineering.practice, the latest applicable requirements of the ANSI Code for Pressure Piping, the appropriate sections of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and all federal and state laws and local I regulations, 15C,3 CLEANING. All equipment shall oe cleaned of all sand, dirt, and other foreign materials immediately after removal from storage and before the equipment is brought inside the power plant building or to other in- stallation sites,- All piping and tubes shall be sir blown, 15C,4 ERECTION MATERIALS, All materials required for complete erection m of the equipment shall be' furnished except those materials specified to by furnished by the Company. The material shall :include, but not be 1.; ted to, grout, shims, wedges, dowels, anchora, supports, bolting, gaskets, pecking, warding rod, and consumable gases. ' Concrete equipment bases, where required, shall be furnished as a part of the work under Division 3 of these specifications. Anchor bolts for mayor items of equipment shall be furnished cast into the concrete equipment bases, Self-drilling cone type expansion anchors F (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 f 010499 15C-1 i I e •>F:I ;r Y `i W. rai e~ d shall be furnished for securing all remaining equipment not specifically indicated to have cast-in-place anchor bolts, All bolting required for structural attachments shall be furnished and shall conform to ASTM A449. 15C.5 LOCATION TOLERANCES, All equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch of the dimensioned locations indicated on the drawings, 15C.6 PIPING CONNECTIONS, All equipment having piping connections shall 1 be leveled, aligned, and wedged in place but shall not be grouted or bolted prior to the initial fitting and alignment of connecting piping. All equipment shall, however, be grouted or bolted to its foundation pri- or to final bolting or welding of the connection piping. All flanged joints shall be checked and retightened after approximately 10 days of operation at normal operating temperatures. f 15C,7 GROUTING. The metal bases of all equipment installed under these specifications shall be solidly grouted in place. Grouting materials and procedures shall be in accordance with Section 39 of these specifications. 15C,8 E UIPMENT PIPING, All piping, valves, and fittings furnished with I the, equipment shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 15D of these specifications. i All equipment drains shall be piped to bell-ups or floor drains. Con- nection to bell-ups shall be caulked unless otherwise directed by the f~~} J Owner. Equipment oil drain points shall be provided with a bronze plug cock of the same size as the connection, and a screwed cap or plug, 15C,9 PUMP SUCTION STRAINERS. All pump suction strainers shall be in- stalled before starting the associated equipment. 15C.10 SHAFT ALIGNMENT, The alignment of rotating machinery shafts shall be as perfect as practicable, Parallel offset between coupling halves shall not exceed 0,001 inch with proper allowance for expansion of the driver or driven unit when operating. The faces of coupling halves, with the halves square on their shafts, shall be parallel within 0.001 inch. Parallel offset measurements shall be made with a dial indicator. Angu- lar offset measurements shall preferably be made with a dial indicator; feeler gauges may be used to measure angular offset when the :oupling is on a motor having sleeve bearings, and when space limitations prevent the use of a dial indicator, Alignment records shall be maintained by the Contractor for each piece of equipment. Records shall be submitted to the Owner. fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 f 010489 ) 15C-2 i F a e, 3 ^i a n 1 150.11 DOWELING. Shaft driven mechanical equipment, including the motor drives, with a rating of 25 horsepower or larger, shall be doweled using tapered dowels after shafts have been aligned and accepted. Doweling shall not be accomplished until after 48 hours of operation have been successfully demonstrated. After 48 hours of operation, coupling alignment shall be rechecked by the { Contractor. If the coupling alignment has changed appreciably and is no longer within the alignment tolerances specified in the above article ti- tled SHAFT ALIGNMENT, corrective measures shall be taken as directed by the Owner. If the coupling alignment is still acceptable to the Owner, permission shall be requested to proceed with equipment doweling. r The Owner may elect to authorize the Contractor to dowel a piece of equipment without the specified alignment recheck if the equipment has been running satisfactorily for the specified length of time, t Doweling shall include•step drilling the dowel holes in the equipment, L base, or soleplates, taper reaming the holes, and installing dowels as specified herein. i t Each component or item of equipment to be doweled shall receive one dowel 1 in each of two opposite corners, near an anchor or hold-down bolt. Dowels shall be American National Standard taper pins, tapered 0.25 inch per foot. Dowels and dowel dimensions, hole drilling sizes, and number of drill steps shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard B18.8.2, The large and of each dowel shall be turned down, threaded, and provided with a heavy hex nut for withdrawal purposes. Unless otherwise specified by the equipment manufacturer, dowel sixes shall be as follows, Horsepower Range Taper Pin Basic Pin 1 of Equipment Size Number (Maior) Diameter, in. i 25 to 100 6 C 101 to 200 0.341 7 0.409 201 to 500 8 0,492 501 to 21000 9 0,591 j 2,000 up 10 0.706 15C,12 MOTORS, Each electric motor shall be examined for damage and the i insulation meggered before energization. If the motor insulation megger values are below rated kV +1 megohm for all windings, the motor windings shall be dried by application of a metered do current to the windings in a manner acceptable to the Owner, t (DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 788 15C-3 'S 1 i$ All motors shall be checked for proper rotation before connection to the drilyen equipment. A record shall be kept of all motor rotation checks. Stainless steel shims, cut to the same size as the Lotor foot, shall be installed beneath each motor wherever practicable when aligning shafts so that future realignment may be performed without grinding the motor base- plate. 15C,13 E UIPMENT CHECKOUT, All equipment shall be cleaned, Rotating machinery shall be lubricated, checked for freedom of movement by hand if possible, and all prerequisite operating conditions eatabltshed before the application of motive power. Equipment subject to pressure shall be checked for leakage. After erection, all equipment having moving parts, electrical apparatus, or equipment subject to pressure shall be given trial operation in ac- cordance with the section titled STARTUP, 15C.14 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT, Items of miscellaneous equipment such as locally mounted pressure and flow transmitters, pilot controls for control valves, etc., shall be installed in locations in accordance with the drawings if indicated, Such items not indicated on the drawings shall be installed in easily accessible locations and subject to the ac- ceptance of the Owner, All such items shall be rigidly supported £som the building structure by means of suitable brackets. 150,15 DEFECTS, All defects in erection shall be corrected to the sat- i isfaction the Owner. The dismantling and reassemhly of Contractor- furnished equipment to remove defective parts, replace parta, or make adjustments shall be included as a part of the work under these speci- fications, 15C.16 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVES. The services of mnnufac turer's field representatives to inspect and advise in the erection work will be furnished for the Owner-furnished turbine hydraulic governor. The presence of these representatives shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for obtaining a proper equipment installation. Service representatives' time required in addition to that already con- tracted for, owing to failure of the Contractor to effectively utilize the time, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to advise the Owner as to the times manufacturers' representatives are required, At least 3 weeks advance notice shall be given. 150,17 EQUIPMENT PMENT PROTECTION, All equipment to be erected under these specifications-shall be protected from damage of any kind from the time it is unloaded until it is ready for initial operation, [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,0000] 1504 i arr.. y1 i " F! , The equipment shall be protected during storage as described in Sec- tion 1G. Equipment shall be protected from weld spatter during construction. Equipment having glass components such as gauges, or equipment having 1 other easily broken components, shall be protected during the construc- tion period with plywood enclosures or other suitable means, Machine finished surfaces faces which are not to be~pointed$ suchfasemachineryeshafts andacouur- plings, shall be provided temporary struction periods by a coati g of Rust-Oleumo"Ra9rior oChergsuitablennon- I drying, oily type, rust-preventive compound. 15C.18 REPAIR OF PAINTED SURFACES. After erection, touchup paint shall ( be furnished and applied to all abraded or damaged areas on shop peMad equipment surfaces. Surfaces shall be properly prepared before applica- tion of paint. The touchup paint shall be of a t shop paint. YPe equivalent to the I Where touchup paint is provided by the equipment supplier, that paint I shall be used for touchup and all surface preparation and paint applier, tion procedures furnished by the supplier shall be Followed. 15C,29 MAINTENANCE TOOLS. Except as otherwise specifirsd, all tools 1 chased with equi men for P maintenance purposes shall not he used for P~r- erection purposes. All such tools shall be stored as directed by the Owner, { F { t 11 t [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 r 062788 15C-5 ti 4 Section 15D - MISCELLANEOUS PIPING i 15D.1 GENERAL, This sectiv° covers sump pump !raping, other miscellane- ous pip'ing, and pipe hangers to be furnished and installed under these j specifications. It also covers installation o': piping supplied by the Owner. I , Miscellaneous piping shall. be furnished and installed complete with all 1 fittings, jointing materials, hangers and supports, anchors, and other necessary appurtenances, General equipment requirements are specified in Section 15B. Cast iron drain is specified In Section 2C. pipe p ied in Section 2C. r ~ C 15D.2 CODE MOUIREMENTS. Except as otherwise specified, all piping and I piping support materials, fabrication, erection, testing, and application i of piping materials shall be in accordance with the requirements of the Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.1 Power Piping, including all ~ addenda through the latest applicable addendum; the Uniform Plumbing ; Coda1 all federal, state, and local regulations, when applicable; and the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health j Standards." , 15b.3 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Piping materials, specifications, drawings, j and data --covering-the -piping and accessories furnished shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1C., 15D,4 MATERIALS, i4lscellansous,piping materials shall be as follows. Steel pipe and accessories F 1 Standard weight pipe ANSI B36.10, galvanized, ASTM A106, Grade B, standard weight (Schedule 40) Extra strong pipe ANSI B36.10, galvanized, seam- less ASTM A106, Grade B, extra strong (Schedule 80) Schedule 160 Pipe ANSI B36,10 galvanized, ASTM A106, Grade B, Schedule 160 { Joints 2 inch and smaller - socket ' welded, flanged welded union and, or threaded. 2-1/2 inch and larger - butt welded or j flanged ` i I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 090189 j 15D-1 i I I 1 1,tfMVS~ 1 i Flanges All pipeline flanges - flat faced ANSI Class 150 with socket or weld neck design, r^, depending on size. Threaded or slip-on flanges are not permitted, Flange gaskets - 1/16 inch full face cloth in- serted synthetic rubber. Flange bolting - ASTM A307, Grade B, double-ended studs or continuously threaded stock utilizing ASTM A563 Grade A f heavy hex nuts h Fittings Fittings 2 inch and small- er -socket welded Class 2000 o higher Fittings 2-1/2 inch and larg- er - butt welded and compara- ble to the piping branch con- nections. 'Fittings shall be made using standard fittings or preenginemeed branch con- nections, Half couplings shall not be used. Unions Ground Joint type constructed of materials equivalent in al loy composition and.strength to the pipe material. Her defied stainless steel seating surfaces on both faces 15D.5 SERVICE AND Typg REQllTREMLNTS, Except as otherwise specified or authorized, piping -application conform to the which e follow, ner a1 8 requirements All piping furnished under ASTM A106 Grade H steel, these specifications other 2-1/2 inches and larger shall than floor drain piping be Schedule 40 minimum. 2 inches specified in Section 2C and smaller shall be Schedule 80 minimum Design pressure 75 psig Design temperature 90 F [DENTON 10566 GEN CONS". 71.00001 [ 010489 15D-2 } r fill .."2 v I Ij 15D.6 PIPE INSULATION. Pipe, fittings, flanges, valves, and other ac- cessories in cold water lines which are exposed over equipment, elec- trical panels, or cabinets shall be insulated. Insulation shall be a flexible slastomeric cellular thermal insulation, Armstrong " rmaflex," or acceptable equal, 3/4 inch thick. Adhesive i shall be Armstrong 520 Adhesive or acceptable equal. 15D.7 PIPE JOINTS, Pipe joints shall be carefully and neatly made in accordance with the requirements which follow, F 15D.7,1 Threaded. Pipe threads shall conform to ANSI E2,1, NPT, and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies, Not more than three threads at each pipe connection shall remain exposed after thread engage- C went, Ends of pipe shall be reamed, after threading and before assembly, to remove all burrs. I ~ Threaded joints in piping shall be made up with thread tape or a suitable joint compound. 15D47.2 Flanged, Flange bolts shall be tightened sufficiently to slightly compress the gasket and effect a seal, but not so tight as to distort the flanges, The raised face shall be machined off of any raised face flange which is to be connected to a flat face flange. 15D.7.3 Welded. Welding shall conform to the specifications and recom- j mendations contained in the Code for Pressure Piping, ANSI/ASME B31.1. 15D.8 PIPE SLEEVES, Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, all pipes passing through walls or slabs which have one side in contact with earth or exposed to the weather shall be sealed watertight with special I rubber gasketed sleeve and joint assemblies, or with sleeves and modular rubber sealing elements, 15D.9 PIPING SUPPORTS. All piping supports shall be furnished in ac- ~ cordance with the Pipe Support - Support Selection Guides, and the Hanger Detail - Typical Small Pipe Hanger Sheets bound at the end of this sec- tion) and the requirements specified herein. Piping au ports shall be designed in accordance with "Approved for Con- struction ~ drawings. All supports shall properly fit and function in place, A minimum of 7 0" of headroom clearance shall be provided on all the walkways. Clearance less than 7'-0" on the walkways shall require - the acceptance of the Owner. Supports shall not induce excessive strain in the piping, connected equipment, or building structure. Pipe deflection between supports on steel pipe shall be limited to 1/8 inch maximum with normal operating p fDENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 10489 15D-3 1 i r 1 fl t? contents in the piping, or 3/8 inch with maximum loading, Stress result- ing from weight shall be 31000 psi maximum. Horizontal support spacing r^y for Steel pipe shall not exceed that indicated in the Pipe Support - Sup- port Selection Guide included at the end of this section. 5upport4 shalt be located, where possible, on building steel beams or columns of 8 inch size or larger, near concentrated piping loads (Such as valves), and near changes in direction of piping. Supports shall not be attached to build- ing structural angles, diagonal bracing, or truss members. Any supple- mentary structural steel members required for support attachment shall be furnished, whether indicated on the drawings or not. Any reinforcing of building structure required for supp„rta shall be furnished. Suppor components BergentPatersono Corner i&hLads,~aElcen Metal aProducts,~ ITTiGrinnell eCom- pany, or Power Piping. f Piping supports shall be constructed and installed to providr, an orderly I I and attractive appearance, Adjacent supports shall be of the same type and component assembly insofar as practicable, Corresponding parts of adjacent hangers shall be set at the same elevation, The use of trapeze type supports shall be avoided whert+ possible. Two or more supports at- tached to the same part of the building structure shall be in line, rath- er than staggered. 15D.9.1 Materials, Support components shall be carbon steel material of { an ASTM type having a minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi and a minimum ultimate strength of 60,000 psi, Malleable iron materials shall not be used. Supplementary support beams required for attaching supports to the building structure shall conform to ASTM A36. Supports shall be of fire- proof construction; no combustible material shall be used. Support mate- rials shall be sized to meet or exceed the minimum requirements as fol- lows, Support assemblies shall have a minimum yield strength of, two and a minimum ultimate breaking strength of four, relative to the minimum service strength as listed above. i Strength, Pipe Size, pounds, Rod Size, Ploorstands, inches, minimum inches, inches nominal service ' minimum minimum pi~pa_ 2-I/2 1,000 1/2 1-1/2 3 1,000 1/2 4 I,000 5/8 2-1/2 1,600 3/4 3-1/2 8 1,600 3/4 5 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ► I 010489 15D-4 f~ _--r r FS The minimum thickness of steel plate against concrete shall be as fol- lows. i Piping Size, nominal Plate Thickness, inches I 4 inches and smaller 1/4 6 inches and smaller 13/8 8 inches 1/2 15D.9,2 Structure Attachments. Structure attachment coa,ponents shall be fastened by welding or bolting. The use of structural attachments that apply torsional loads to structural steel is to be avoided if possible. If torsional loading cannot be avoided, only one such attachment per structural beam will be permitted and the following restrictions on at- centricity and loading shall apply for the structural beam sizes indicat- ed. j` Eccentricity, Load, 1 Structural inches, pounds, Seam-Size maximum maximum 3 a , i W8 4 210 1 W10 6 145 I c W12 6 150 f; W14 8 100 W16 8 140 wig 10 180 I?I W21 1o 200 3 W24 12 115 Ceiling and wall concrete attachments shall be used only when attachment to building steel or added supplementary steel is impractical. Anchor bolts furnished loose with the supports shall be the cone expansion type I which conform with Federal Specification FF-S-325, Group II, Type 4, Class i or 2. Expansion anchor design shall meet the following criteria, Minimum safety factor of five Use in ceilings and walls shall be limited to no wore than ~ 1/2 inch nominal diameter, t Minimum edge and spacing distances in accordance with the ' manufacturer's recommendations } i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11.00001 ( 010489 1 15D-5 ~i Special attention shall be given rigid floorstands, such as base elbows, so that excessive forces and stresses are not induced in piping, equipment, or building structure. Unless otherwise indicated, supplementary steel beams shall be attached to building steel by means of clip angles welded to the web of the build- ing beams or columns. These clip angles shall conform to "Framed Beam Connections" as indicated in the latest AISC Manual of Steel Construe- tion. Clip angles shall be securely attached to the supplementary beams by bolting for shipping and installation purposes. Bolting shall be through elongated holes in the beam web. Permanent attachment shall be by field welding. -f 15D.9.3 Pipe Attachments. Wherever possible, pipe attachments for hori- zontal piping shall be pipe clamps. On piping 1-1/4 inches and smaller diameter, the pipe attachment may be a cievis type such as Grinnell Fig- ure 260. Material for clamps, lugs, bolts, atuda, and nuts shall be car bon steel. Pipe clamps shall be types similar to Grinnell Company Fig- ures 212, 216, 2241 and 295; no other types will be permitted. r Riser clamps shall have stock size that meets or exceeds the following minimum requirement, unless specified otherwise. The top surface of the clamp shall be flat and normal to the pipe. 3 VAR S shall be equal to, or greater than, (TH) where, S - design stress for clamp material (120000 psi) i f - V - load on one aide of riser clamp, po•ands i A - arm length from pipe outside surface to load line, inches R - radius factor, inches (outside pipe radius plus 1 inch) T - thickness of clamp stock, inches H - height of clamp stock, inches 15D.9.4 Rods. Hanger rods shall be constructed of solid, round, creel bars not lose than 1/2 inch in diameter for support of pipe 1-1/2 inches and larger, or not Ijss than 3/8 inch for support ule smaller pipe. The maximum allowable stress in a rod shall be 90000 psi average at the thread root cross-sectional area, or 12,000 psi in nonthreaded rods, Pipe, strap, chain, or other similar materials shall not be used in place [DEKON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] [ 010489 ] 15D-6 i a it 1 s i~ • r of rode. Eye rods shall have fully and neatly welded eyes, The cross- sectional area and strength of the weld must be equal to, or greater than, the cross-sectional area and strength of the rod, Screw threads shall be in conformance with ANSI B1.1, Stress areas for threaded rods shall be equal to, or larger than, the following American National Stand- ard Unified Inch Screw Thread Series UNC. Forged steel turnbuckles or welded steel turnbuckles similar to Grinnell Standard 80 shall be provided in hanger assemblies unless the arrangement provides other means of vertical adjustment under load. Steel turnbuck- lea shall be used to couple long rods. Turnbuckles and other threaded adjustment components shall be provided with locknuts. 15D.9.5 Bolting. Bolting shall consist of either studs and nuts, or bolts and nuts. Threaded ends of studs or bolts shall not extend more then one diameter beyond the nut. Nuts for each stud shall be installed equidistant from the ends of the stud. Middle portions of etude and I shank portions of bolts shall not be threaded. Bolt heads and nuts shall f be hexagonal type conforming to ANSI B18,2, Square bolt heads or nuts f will not be acceptable. Pins with washers and cotter pin retainers may be used instead of bolts where no axial load is to be carried. i 15D.9,6 Fabrication. Supports shall be either shop or field fabricated. Hanger rod 3//4 inch in diameter:or smaller may be field cut and threaded. All flame cut edges shall be ground smooth. 3 i ` 150.10 FIPE'INST LATION, Pipe shall be installed as specified and as indicated on the drawings. In the absence of detail piping arrangement, size, and material, the pipe size or material to be-used shall correspond, to the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code or shall be proper for ( the service to be 'performed, and installed in a manner acceptable to the f Owner. 1 { Embedded piezometer piping shall slope upward continuously, Pipe shall be cut from measurements taken at the site end not from the drawings, and all necessary provisions shall be taken in laying out pip- j ing to provide throughout for thermal expansion and contraction. Pipes shall be held free of contact with building construction so as not to transmit noise resulting from expansion. 15D.11 INSULATION INST~ ALA h. Pipe insulation shall be neatly in- stalled by ski ed workmen. Piping shall be clean and dry and shall have i been tested before insulation is applied. End joints shall be tightly butted. Seams and joints shall be held by the manufacturer's standard adhesive. Jacket laps aha1J be neatly pasted I in place. All insulatton joints shall be pointed with insulating cement, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 15D-7 E3 Fittingas flangeas and valves shall be insulated with molded insulation or insulating cement of the same thickness as the pipe insulation, era shall permit insulation to pass through, and suitable saddles shallg be provided to prevent the weight of the piping from being supported by the insulation. 15D.12 HANGER INSTALLATION, Support assemblies shall not be used as part of the rigging for hoisting the pipe into place. The piping shall be securely held in place by other means until the pipe support is com- pletely assembled and attached to the pipe or insulation shield and building structures. All rigging shall be removed in such a manner as , not to impose a sudden load on the pipe support. Welding of pipe supports to structural steel which forms a part of the building supporting structure shall be accomplished by the shielded metal arc method only, and the quality of welding shall be at least equivalent I to that provided by AWS D1.1 Structural Welding Code - Steel. The struc- tural beams shall not be heated more than necessary to attaich the sup- port. All welds shall run parallel to the axis of the span and all weld- ing shall be staggered with cooling allowed between subsequent daposita. Loaded beams shall be unloaded or properly shored prior to fieldwelding if 10 percent or more of the flange or web cross-sectional area might be heated to over 500 F at any one time. a 1 15D,13 CLF_ ,ANSNG. The inside of all pipe, valves and tings smooth, clean, and free from blisters, loose mill ~scalefisand, andadirte ` when erected. All lines shall be thoroughly blown before placing in f service, 15D.14 TESTING. All specified teats shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor in the presence, and to the satisfaction of, the Owner. { Each piping system shall be tested for at least 1 hour with no loss in I pressure. The hydro test shall be done after fabrication and prior to embedment, piping shall be tested at the following pressures, Service Test Pressure Test Medium Cooling water 200 psi Water Other pressure piping 1-1/2 times working Water pressure but not less than 50 psi Leakage may be determined by logs of pressures soap solution, chemical indicator, or other positive and accurate method acceptable to the Owner. All fixtures, devices, or other accessories which are to be connected to the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to the specified test pressure shall be discomiected, and ends of the branch lines plugged or capped as required during the testing procedures. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 t 010489 1 15D-8 n'kILY'f: t@r 4rgYrnp ' It@IC..i4 MMM . G1.iFA1 (1 r Drainage and venting system shall be tested by filling with water to the t r"1 level of the highest vent stack, Opening shall be plugged as necessary. Each system shall hold the water for 30 minutes without any visible drop in the water level, All necessary testing equipment and materials, including tools, appli- ances, and devices shall be furniahsd and all tests shall be made by and at the expense of the Contractor and at such time as directed by the Own- er. All joints in piping shall be tight, All joints which are found to leak by observation or during any specified test shall be repaired and tests repeated. i 1 I ~ i I + i j 1 E( ~ I f. jj i , 1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 ] 15D-9 i • MEN i tiNlY,fA f I OUIOE TO PIPE SUPPORT: LOCATION: PIPINO SUPPORTS SHALL 1E LOCATEO TO SATISFy THE } FOLLOI}INO 0011101TION$1 I 1. To suit nominal pipe span (see Tab)* I.1) 2, Near concentrated loads such as valves, branches, etc. S. Near corners (within 1/4 the nominal s q. Pan) , To cult building steel (supplementary steel may be added, if required.) S. 'To clear other items suoh a electrical and instrument trays, other piping, stairs, equipment Including main.. tenanoe apace, t I S. To Ilse-up with (and catch, if , possible), Adjacent f supports* and Ayldesl i 1 40 Provide guldos for wind and/or water hammer b, Anchor or guide high energy-density lines and regulating valves, a, 00 warm or hot PJPIn g, do net place two anahors sdJaa4nt, allow for pipe movereat due to expansion, LOA'D$s ~ R 1• For ordinary spane and W id R typical be used. (Sae Table i-1) the tYplaal load' f 2. ' Fa'r 04004 Including vertical runs, vertically d4fleoting spans and spsns with concentrated loads, eta) maximum load shall be olculatsd, (valves, b7anohes, 4• In determining maximum load, pipe welght, gold' spring and/or expansion loads and hydrostat l loads must be considered, s 3, s The design load for solid supports at vertically Ing Pipe :actions shall be the deflect- 1 conditions. of the followin 1 P D ' i BLACK K rEA WNW TCH PIPE SUPPORT SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE Wit i SHEET I OF 8 150-10 fp4'g5y The operating weight load Pius the Calculated flex load. b. The hydrostatic teat load plus the cold spring load, If any. i K, For susperts utlli:ing springs the "actual" operating weight must be calouI*ted, i LENATNi THE MINIMUM NANAEN LENATN Whit% MAY BE USED FOR THE SUPPORT OF A IIPIN$ SYSTEM WILL Ot 40YERNEO BY THE FOLLOW IRGI 11 Space retulred for Installation of 411 Components. t j (This Includes vertical movement when spring hanger is € J used, spans for adjustment and looking devices - Is, lockouts.) (SOo Table 1.1) x. A4e444te length to accomodate horizontal movement of Piping. (A minimum of 1t-0" of hanger rod for I" of 1 horizontal pipe movement,) r j EXPANSION MOYEMENTt THE MOVEMENT OF PIPING SYSTEMS, DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION, MOST AE DETERMINED TO FAMILY LOCATE, SELECT, AND DESIGN SUPPORTS AND THEIR OOMPONENTS. i s 1 , } i 1 I n BLACK 8 WATCH IM SUPPORT COWLI I Noun SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE CNYL SHEET Z OF B ~ 15D-11 y , ,j .1 + TABLE 1-1 PIPE NOMINAL MAXIMUM TYPICAL MINIMUM MANGER LENGTH HL SIZE SPAN SPAN LOAD RIGID VARIABLE SUPPORT SPRING PVS) 9) IN, FT, (1) FT, (1} LOS. (2) HANGER NORMAL ASSEMBLY SPRING (4) SPRINGT(4) LOAD RANGE (5) 1/2 5 8 100 1+.3u d 100 11.3u ' 1.1/2 9 10 100 11.3n - 12 too 2 to 11. fait V.11 2-1/2 11 19 100 11-511 20.1 ~I-7 r1 58 80 I 3 1 14 100 11.5" 21.111 1r 108 - 149 4 18 200 -S" 2'-5" 11 9 140 - 193 14 18 400 10-g,r 21-611 20.01, 252 - 347 I ± g 17 19 500 20.61, 21 011 448 - 616 20 600 20.601 2-2 640 - 82S I 10 19 23 1100 20.011 2 -11" 21- 11 d 800 - 1100 I ` 1 22 25 1900 21.201 2 -71 21=8n1 1360 - 1870 112 3131, , 4 23 28 2800 2'-911 3'-811 21 10 1800 - 2475 } 18 26 30 3500 1+.611 40 G,1 31-62114 1 3100 - 4400 18 32 5000 31.011 4'-9" 4320 5940 0 28 34 6500 31-411 50- 11 41-211 6000 - 82 S0 20 30 36 9004 3'„5,1 ' •4" 4+.610 8000 - 11000 2d 3 38 13000 ' 31.7n 51 811 50'0,1 10650 - 14640 30 32 3B 18000 6 2 5''611 14150 - 41-1111 60-10" 6'-2" 18800 25850 ( (l) Ordinarily use "namfnai spen,■ Up to j€ used Where It la I:,praotica) to Aaaa• supports span' war be sPaaing. Sans are without concentratedloads,at closer `s (2) "Trpleal Loads" are for schedule 40 Plpe with water, i (3) NIn14110 kangor length for uninsulated AIPe 3 " less than values shown, is Approximately (4) For vertical movement from O" to 1/4' assume short spring, For vertical movement from 1/4" to 1/2" assume normal spring, (5) "Lo madagrnaan:giea " ilnasublaased on schedule 40 AiAa1 water, and 2" of loads, Insulation at maximum span without canaentratad loads. A f x ( PIPE SUPPORT p SUPPORT SELECTION GUIDE r' ,r WET 3 OF 6 lSb-12 4 1< UAW. i i. if F 0 T f i ~ K FORCED STEEL CLEVIS i , i i FORCED STEEL TURNBUCKLE LLII WELDED EYE.ROD C A + 0 I ~B j STANDARD PIPE CLAMP PIPE 11, 11 EAVY DUTY rHRU 6 CLAMP - PIPE 911 TNRU 1613 NOTE: FOR MANGER UMGTM OF US$ t 1J AND REPIACJ wE bTED EY#uIt OE f WITH WELDLESS EYENUTV ' MAX t PIPE LOAD A B C p E F 500 1 /2 1 /2 12 1-1 /4 5.1 2 i /2 1- H K T W I Soo C 1 _ 1840 S 8 1 f 1 3 -1 » S /s 1 / 1 - - L 1 .1 1 • 8 1/2 3 1040 5/8 ! /2 12 2-1/2 S-1/2 7-1 /2 1-172 3 1. 3-1/ 1040 J S•i/2 f•1 /2 1.1/2 3 1/ /9 9/18 f/4 1/4 4 5 1/2 12 3-1/4 5-1/2 9/16 f/4 ;1/4 6 f 604 J M 5/e 1 3-1 /2 7 1 /2 1-1 /2 3 1-1 / 9/16 i M 1 /4 B 7/8 3/4 ! 2 S" 3 1 »t 1 t /16 3' R f /4 2800 7/8 1 12 6.1/4 7 2 = 3 1-3/ f3/!b 1/2 5/16 3200 1 12 7-3 4 2 2 12 J200 1 7 2 2 3 ! -3 } -1 g P 2 6 I n 14 49 1 12 9-! /4 7 2 2 r 1-! 4 1.1 4 f 1 7 3 1.3 / I -1 /8 1 /2 5/1 f 6 8000 1-3 /4 1 »i /2 12 1 i 1.3 i~ B R 10 8 2.1 /2 2 -f 2 4 3 1-S /B 14 3 8 i 20 SEER IO S L MSULA PI 24 SEER ID ER 1 LY MSULA ED PI f 'llm 0 SEER ER SE LY - MSULA ED Pt I ID ER SEM LY » MSU DP ` y I Ba11CA VTPIPE SUPPORT LT X RIGID HAMOER ASSEMBLY -UNINSULATE0 PIPE SHLET 4 OF 6 A . 15b-13 } A M1t ~I I ! f I! T e K ! FORGED STEEL CI.EVIS , 31 FORGED STEEL TURNBUCKLE 1 u~i A WELDED EYE R00 i l C -DOUBLE BOLT PIPE CLAMP (STANDARD CLAMP FOR PIPC I" THRU 14'1 HEAVY DUTY CLAMP FOR PIPE 16" THRU E 0 -TB 3011) NOTE a 1'OR l1AI*ltR LENGTH OF LESS f ' TITAN THRU 1411). OM i -'6i (161, THRU 30„), I 1 IT TUItNOUCK~ ANNQ REPL I F EYE Ft00 WITH WELDlESS EYE' iAJT i NO"* MAX A 8 C 0 E h" H J. K T u ! 950 1 /2 7'2 12 2-1 /2 1/2 1.1/ 1.1/ 3 1 1 »1 1500 S /8 / f / 1 » / 1 /4 9/18 1 1 /4 5/1 12 4 -i 3 I-r1 4 1 /1 3/ 1/4 2 1500 5/8 5/8 12 5 -i/2 3 I-!/4 11/18 3/8 1/4 1 2-1 /2 1500 5/8 S/8 12 5-1/Z -1 /2 1-1 / 1-14 3 t -1 /4 11 /16 3/8 1 /4 i 3 15 •1 / f--~ 5~ 5 8 I / 1 -t ! /'1 -1 /4 11 1 / 114 q -1 / 1 1 »1 -1 4 11 1 3/8 -1 4 2500 3/4 J/4 1Y B-!/2 7 2 2 3 f -1 /2 13/i6 1/2 1 4 6 _2800 7/8 1 12 8•!/2 7 A 2800 7/8 1 12 ',9-! /2 7 2 2 .1 1-1/4 1-1 1 /2 S/16 1 J 0000 1 2 2 3 1-3/4 1-1 /8 1 /2 $/1 I 1 1 0-1/ 7 6 3 4 1»1/ 1 3 04 1 I 12 I!-1/ 7 2 2 3 5 1 I 14 4300 1-!/4 1-1/4 12 12-3/ 7-3 4 1-1/ 1 1 k 18 8000 1.3/4 I JI4 12 I5 8 2 2 3 2-1/4 1-3/8 3/4 3/8 18 OOOp 2 •2 i2 6=1 9 2./ 2-!/ 4 ~3 1-7/8 1 3/8 ) 20 11500 2 3 4 3~ 2 2- /8 3 8 ; 24 11500 2 12 17-1% 9 3 4 i3-!/2 ~!/8 1 3 8 2 2 12 19-1/4 9 3 J 4 3»!/2 2.1/8 1 3/8 I 30 iS000 2 2 12 2S g i 8LACX WATCH PIPE sa1"aRT 3 J a 3~ 2 x-I /9 1 1 /2 comime BUNN RIGID HANGER ASSEMBLY INSULATED PIPE ~ SMEET 5 OF C7 1SD-14 E ~ { a t1 ~ r [1 r PIPE ATTACHMENTS I ' ' E PIPE SIZE E F - SCHEDULE F E I 1 49 FREE TO SLIDE H it w ' SPRING i I ~ D v D o~ D I - 1 A®~ a - 1 G C ' 1 STRl1CTURE ATTACHM~TS C f P NOM A e C 0 E F G 1-1 2 S 1 H J 5 5 1 8 x 114 x 01-8" 2" 0 x 1/4 S 5 8 x 1/4 x 0''8" 2" tf x f/4 1 i-f 4 8 x 1/4 x 0'-8" 3+' x 1 4 S 3/4 2 40 8 x 4 x 01.814 4 3/4 2-1/ 40 8 x 1/4 x 0'.8" 3u 0 x I/4 3-1/2 0 x I /4 ti 8 8 8 4 9 x 3 /8 x 0' .g" 8 7 7 10 x p 1 /2 0' .1041 » x , ° ' r 8 8 .r 3/4 4 x x , 1 5-1 /2" 0 x 1 /4 1 8 H 3 4 7- 1 4 / 8 e0 1 t x 4 ! 11 + I4 9 J/x 0 11 7-1/2 d 9 ~ 414 8 4 / 0 x 14 IIS > i8 9 ~n 3/4 8 12 x 3/4 x .0111 » Y 11 11 7/8 ip 40 14 x J/4 x ~'.ti~ 9- / x 3/ 20 1 1 7/8 I$ 4 15 x 1 x 1'-3n 11 -1 /2 ? x 3/8 1112 7/9 12 50 15 x 1 x t'+3" 13»I 1 3-1 i NOTE: 11 ANY COMBINATION OF PIPE ATTACHMENT AND STRLICTURC ATTACHMENT MA at USED FOR PIPE SUPPORT Y . c 2. 17-UNIT E7iPANSION AMC NOR BOLTS SHALL BE USED UNLESS NOTED OTHER4IISE RUCK A `TATCH PIPE SUPPORT "10~-=11 Oman PIPE STAND ASSEMBLIES SHEET 6 OF 6 7 Sh..t 5 PW 7. a 9T-(IST wco t o x r w r'r s n wl • M~ ~ r r M ♦ • r /1ti a fT a s y s w~i • w • n 1i i t c w ~n • t r r r n+ c 1'~iw K' j . • • rv 1 ~ n s w ie~n+ R s w r ~r v ♦ • ~ ar 3 r Y 4 II ~ 1 ! g w s r~ r +a i s i = 1 I ♦ s 1 } s & l s ♦ 1 y 96 6 • * Inl~•4k j I ~ ~ 11~C M NIR; 'k .Z tl'= ~Ri 'yC rE Y .4 qp h N w I f y; • 1V x ~ • ► w E to ~ n L w ~ r - • ~ 'g r w w 00 M 1 r do 1" -4 to 49 P- 30 0 f p .i w w r► fn a w j 40 Ift 41 ell o,- ON r a n+ ntir to • e r • 6 r s i n r ♦O ! w. h ti or r M 00 M y • b N Oil Is * P C71 *s ! i rt 36 ! 77T7 Pn~)}$i :P i Pilttl:t ASV%Cii1 R:4(~f31 l{ LT-QST l I =to ea • m = pol T m f1~ h= N 0, .4 in r N= ms In, < y G 7 A 1 It ► H'~ r N r: `1 T • to , j N C T J m ~ C r.~ d k o L N =ONO ► In r r r I rn K 4c i up .I I ku -0 x n n 0 I _ o I 16 o e~ ~ r >r " LJ x b Z T 1 4 f" rri 0 a m m ' ~ ~ ~s I Y r 7rmt E N {y o v M R1 ,e C! { 1 46 p- 19 !1 11 E e x E I " a FK1 8t -QST i JJ A ~ Y s SMOUVINVA MOVE U1 ~Y w T = n I ~i S k ° N ~ r M ►~r ar r w 1 i NOItrl~313 r0l"'tY~3 3" E a l DMI~nt ~ irrnl~nrts I l ~ I b ~ t31DM1' dl10r CM13i of, Gov 1 h Ma I 11 A913 N011YA CL m m y °f i 4 w ewl~nt v`N M irantonrls~ sfi 1 A C31DNr dllo i W Nr3a .I w oor { r cr+ ; j nee 11. 6T-(19T fi n ~ m ~ c ~tw M . i V _ 1 m r %YM .0' i E o r r s* ~ ` E ~O t rii N w N M CNidld 3 y = ' 13CddD •KrN .I ' 111 ~ n a c !'7 JC% li c k' i a i T N C it ~ ° N DN lint irrnt~n>rts ..r w f i g x i3NNYKD ■Q/S I atn~tslNn. a a3dKna • ~ 'XrN aAJE '9Nldld 3NYi i Ox" ION141141 043 Y9 i/ r r~ i b 30110 Ot I3311 SNI lam , { ~ n n ~ '9NI~Id 03tnnCNl 3 I~ ; ~ ~wllala a3ivinsai ► 03NONONY k j *Oct a 'ONIdld UVO w i e ~ i~ %YN ■ZI i y. PM .4 p n C~ .fie ~ ~ i : ` N y m w o s Ing 44 ~ w AO t=n o r !~9 a Y rA bay f" a "ry'1 r i j ~ N r s(cint0 1 !bit J + ` Cc . P h w } P1 -=I h M Y • 'r PM • - P 11 r r C I } I Y r • J• 3P 1 N O~ Y y.t M O 10 J M ~ O d t s T girl t z ;I T w s a -o in r I m r r 1 v x m Vi - S 6 00 175 C + Y w • M low o ~ G ~ r r O 1 Fp1.ar~xtrwa _y Mf pYftl kLH:51 N (j.M•f'tiAilry I Subsection 15D1 - PIPELINE LIST 15D1,1 GENERAL, The Pipeline List indicated below lists the major piping systems, including piping installed under other apecifiaations, The list includes information on fine ailed operating coAdione valve tYPee, etc„ applicable to each pipeline system, piping types Drawing Number r Rev--~°n Title 10566-PIPE-MI001 0 1 PIPELINE LIST I r I r 3 I ~ I 1 r g (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) f ( 090189 ? 1SD1-1 F F i4' ....Q:. a f:~ i 4M{RiiR rprcvs:,sy~p7~} H.V.>P.YI @~ ' M:Cr!.'~' RW 1 +:✓f1}: Z-TUSI I i n ~ ~ ~ 1 ale ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 ~ r ~ ~ ~ r, II E ~ m ~ E i ~ h { yy Ea C y { i C n { q V ~ . , ~ ~ a~ k j - ~ ~ S ~ ~ ~ y.xrra _y .Y'3Flbl zi {qf j £-TUS1 f M prop d t-! N ~+v t~ 12 o rroa drain" 1 dro w c 1 A `fI do A i ro f N,~ M ro ~j ro y ro er a' o0 10 c ro rt f N N O M M IBC p N. M ~ ro ro y ~ ° ,~,~a ~ p, y r day R w A n ! to p i ro w s w a Ffr.Tia' dNAlr ro PNO ~ ~ o~ o H ro ~ ~ b (Qyf~i fi~y~r O O fyA I~'f to M py F +t` rl t7 p } ~ 3+ pa j 16 06 a P4 96 t4 NN i{~M rp{ tf ,Y,r ryryM nab a ~ tr *0 r, p p~py~fr ' O q p K ~p p C C p~ IF am, F~ r 0. P O » OIL r ~ ~ t I i lL4Yl~`•r: tiLA`l M9 Fo16t7,a ~li~S fA;':'!A pL ; S-TOS1 o~ ! a r t:p N p N p~ p p p 100 I ~b. b N. Nln QQ M ~ Hb Nb M O N r0 ~o I 5.C i!Sr;p ~ ' aLZt1R1 p. C3.-•re.ro} II E1 Section 15E - VALVES tallodGENEunRAL,theThis section covers all valves to be furnished and in- eallder se specifications, Also covered is the installation of Owner-furnished valves. The Valve List provided in Subsection 15E1 con- ! trine only those valves which must be purchased under these specifics- f tlQns, The piping diagram listed in Section 1B and included in the saps.. rately bound drawings shows the scope of Owner-furnished valves, General equipment requirements are specified in Section 155, Additional requirements for valves are included in the following subsec- tions, Subsection 15E1 VALVE LIST J ! Subsection 15E2 BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER THAN 24 INCHES Subsection 15E3 BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH AND LARGER Subsection 15E4 WAFER CHECK VALVES Subsection 15ES KNIFE GATE VALVES Subsection 15E6 AIR VALVES JJ ) Subsection 15E7 BALL VALVES 15E.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. Complete sp% rcifi cute or shop da~pg Ce Dustin the ire cationa, data, and catalog r shall be submitted in accordance with Section iICed under this section 1 15E.3 VALVE APPLICATION. Pressure classes, sizes, types, body materi- als, and and preparation requirements for all valves are stated i Valve List. Pressure classes listed in the Valve List are Intended as a general guide to selection of the proper valve class. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for providing valves with ratings that meet or exceed the design conditions in the Valve List J ~ (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 090189 E 15E~1 j i s Moir sat.: aww4[1 iiiYYY `i:M1F^M •••r k1'Af✓yYA 8 fd:il. ( i 1 Subsection 13EI - VALVE LIST 15E1,1 GENERAL, The valves to be furnished together with the nominal valve size AWWA pressure class, and preparation, body material, and any special features are indicated on the following drawing included in this subsection, All valves will see relatively low fluid pressures, Drawing No, Rev Title f 10566-VLV-MI001 0 VALVE LIST E j F J k I l I- ~ 1 4 7 gg f 3 CDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) f 013190 J j 15E1-1 M8A~3 {{vN~~,i!MOWI ftti 431: 1111 .W.KffNA { z-test 4 ~ w mom a~ a ttT~n' S H I'll t O t1o I ~ N N Cr% 1 b f d 1 i O • t 4 awl t AiinMA 9Mgp ~;,,2w:u WYIaW . I i O k C1 o H, ty' M' ~ k~CHt`i7CC~y1bo I a M + OH, f-t rmt „ " A 00 F M d< M K M f► p1 y~ y p r 4+ A A a w1 p K ►~+ipM Ni p N ~ R i N, ~ p N ~ i M O. i I j t f i t ~yYLYIY'(~... a: r~~INIdVYp 1Yag®J~ aa74 l ~ h-T~SI o ro, ' wok i " d d Cq ~ M H Ctl ~ ~ ; PI) po m ~ I rf f R~ ss , H rr G MR N~ n d M fiN MC 0.. ~j N K h H~oo n 4i "v ».~rn ~i p M o aM~o an,. ~to m 1-4 16 A i a ro r a k ~ ~ a to o M pNp r r k I II { A"WI 1 S-T851 3 oro , M v~ ~o b t" b C p o o ~ W a i r i i a~bMneeo. f r ~ ~ tl n n o o ~ r. vomrr~r II to ' a ' N e E m r 0 M A SL 0 y . l 1 i -10 ~4tllllSCi F~14~Y1i':{ice]Q~i tl 5:€,9 ra tl d ~ I M I NO f 1 I I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I E z I Imp 0 it ICI tl I I I 1 I 1 I I b A [ O O O 0 C 0 0 0 0 b b 0 0 0 N O r I r J o 0 co v 01 m o o~ o~ mryyl N>m >m° >mro >a >8 rov rov °op 00 PP PA rr+Z NLti <z <z <m r z < L~ o mo mo m$ W > W sip mm mrY' WWr mm rn mn mfl N ZO ~,r G1 Im O I~^ <C < x <x x oc OC ORI Om v Om C7 O>m >yv 111 I>~>y/,~ 9y C PN '+CCC ~+tt MC! M P NN N~1 Co A NOr LA ifl' ~NNb ~b Nb L~N`jV I N N N~ C N1 ZYO IO- A P ~ t7 I O_ I N > o f u~ f rn m m m' ' i < [ ap m ~z ~z w -4i O O i I ` Y W A G1 0 v T T T T E E -0 } r! O.4q-OqV OVV QVJ OVJ OVJ 0-4-4 OJV OJV OVV UVJ O~V I J d J.a .a J J J I N P J J A •JJ 1J J ~Y J J i p Qp8p qp I 1 ~ y 1Ty 1 1 00 cc 00 00 00 00 cc co 00 00 00 0 W 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 0 0 00 00 00 00~;P) ' 00 00 OO OO 0D 00 0O 00 0 0 OO O00 O OO 00 co 00 00 OO. AO A{Jf1 IpN AN O b1JJ1 ±yr AN AN ~N Mr< N 0 O NO 00 Od 00 00 1 Ob 00 Oo 00 N Cm 4! 0 O i z z w z z z z i z Im+ <r I fNy P. zN tVl EA Y~ rr-VVIi CN ra rN In AIA I rn P 11 mr i i ~ro p~z li ~~y011111 X101 Pf7 mq 00 wo 00 00 to L" L4 to 0 ~ 011b T'NO titro T9 TL nV •119 I"pp '0ilro nV '011ro 7I O. ~'11 rl P + i i p po poJ Jp J J Y N J J 0 .•1 1 pEE U N: 1p7.I 0 N N N N 1011 pNp~ N ~7.yy 1 OIWi Ow ~1 OW11 N. Oi a r1YM f J J N CD rrv i ' c N{~I1 I N N ff W Vi N (~/I1~ 1Uh I O 0 00 G0i O O pO O O ~j V O O O O O O O O + A • IY9 Z Z Z mmI r~yf. 1On ~ ~ tl % O ~ O O iIi 9 P. 700 z Sl 9 f~ O p O r i g N 4F !u !Q }IysaY br I I L-T~ST t i I I I 1 I I I! a G 0 f O I I I I I I i fll 1 N N G ~ O O O O O V i! yy + 0 W V T N A W + N pe -l 0O Hi ~bn -1 b r (C~1 < m < pp ) Vl N 11 q b y 9 1~1~~ E NN2 O IY~jnI 2 R fA" O 1)")rI ~ ~ A SG 70 I 3m ~ <M <-1 <-1 mb TN T-1 O< 3< I OZ "n o fll~ Mco m~ m> 9 G <r^c {9111 vm t r m o Y p H. m 0 f) tn> N) lit ~~ma1 H m z en G 7 m m Y -1 m m CD tv v .4 ff -4-4 -4-4 -4 V VV Vq VV VV 014-4 0-4-4 OVV I t u Y Y Y Y1 J Y Y Y H y b ' 1 I 00 co 00 00 00 00 00 0o 00 00 vcn c000 00 OS o°0o Po OO 88 P000' 00 008 0000 M r _ co 0.0 00 00 00 00 00 0o 00 00 i YW .+IJ. Y„y Ar AY A.1 PW PWI R mmrr%'i'. yHy 00 00 00 0000 OO 00 00 00 NO ins Hi p1'< M 4 111111111 ( 411 rN ra ra y A ~T~ G ° r au roY aY aY am aV a lob g~ il ry°n~ ^N T Ob. TO TO T O . TO TQ o Inv Tb bb 41 I 7 b ~Ntib ~ $ jj! 1 0 C) rim m m m to o 0 0 ~ c c c gill ~gj }'7 } 2b ?CpOf~~f1 C« OlIA Zb b~ b '9 b i Y.OAANcO~~~ > ~I Cb "1Y 9o~b S'hhOLlO'~frof~I mI ~ E P i o g44' $ m m• IM m Er i w + -c+ ~ M l i b, ~ y" " z g on m o m lot I~r ry~E{j~ i SO SO0 `+O SiO tbiOV►t00 "Of 22P p> of O 0f 70 N t m 1 (~O O OA OA OA Op S I! r P lSW O120 O12-WI~ OfS~ N a N A 1.. 1 1 W3"!11 F'a:7'♦'d+'. I 8-iBST 1 S i p I I 1 iCV~ m° , 1 J ! °O I n w ti rm C w! G! f1 O h ~ Z f ~ ~p p S o I N inn [ 71f m I l ~ rn I "Al ppO 00 OO IbN OO C°Op CC 'zz"1mb~ b r I co oo mm <Amp If O gs O T '0 '°fl b , N p 76 y'1 I I O~ Ch p p r J ~ A vIll moe mp ..rn ci oo pN bi N 1 t i 11 t I ` S M~ ,`979 t~ ~ I r Subsection 15E2 - BUTTERFLY VALVES SMALLER THAN 24 INCHES 15E2.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers the general requirements appli- cable to the butterfly valves smaller than 24 inches to be furnished and installed under these specifications, I The butterfly valves to be furnished, and specific requirements for indi- vidual valves, are specified in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST, The butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by American Darling, Air Valves, DeZurik, or Henry Pratt Company. 15E2.1 VALVE APPLICATION, Pressure classes, sizes, types, body matori- ' 1 i ale, and end preparation requirements for the butterfly valves are stated in tha Valve List, The pressure ratings stated in the Valve List are j water ratings. The valves shall provide bubble-tight shutoff with a differential pressure equal to the pressure rating of the valve. 15E2.3 CODE 1tEQUIREMENTS. The butterfly valves shall be designed and constructed,iii accordance with AWWA C504 - AWWA Standard for Rubber Seated Butterfly Valves, except where modified or supplemented by these I specifications, i i 15E2.4 VALVE CONSTRUCTION, Butterfly valves shall be constructed in ac- f cordance witR the following requirements, 15E2.4.1 Materials, Valve materials shall be equivalent to or shall ex- coed the strength and corrosion-arosion resistance of the following listed materials. Valve body Cast or ductile iron ! Disk Stainless steel - Type 316 L Shaft Stainless steel - ASTM A276 t Type 316 I Soft seat Buna N Neoprene E 15E2,4.2 Valve Body. Valves shall have ANSI Class 125 flanged ends i faced and drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1. Valve bodies shall be capable of withstanding a hydrostatic rest pressure of two times the valve pressure class listed in the Valve List. f [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71.0000) 189 15E2-1 ) rz Yt Y ~~"vi}Y=4 a~j ~ 111:11 The valves shall be capable of withstanding, without leakage, a field applied system hydrostatic pressure test at 100 F, in the open or closed position, at a test pressure of 1-1/2 times the design pressure listed in the Valve List unless a special hydrostatic test pressure is specified under "REMARKS" in the Valve List, 15E2.4.3 Valve Disk, The valve disk shall rotate approximately 90 de- grees from full open to tight shutoff position. Valve disks shall be secured to the shafts by means of stainless steel or Mone.l dowel pins or tapered pine extending through the shaft and mechanically secured in place. The use of bolts, setecrews"or other devices in lieu of pine will not be acceptable, 15E2.4.4 Valve Seats, The rubber seat shall be a rubber seat vulcanized or bonded to the valve body. The seating surfaces on the disk shall be ground and polished. 1592,4.5 Valve Shafts. The valve shaft or shafts shell be designed for the torques and Fore-es encountered in opening and closing the valve in service. The shaft design torque shall be determined in accordance with Appendix A of AWWA C504. l All disk-to-shaft securing fasteners shall be 18-8 stainless steel. 15E2.4.6 Shaft Seals, Shaft seals shall be of the self-adjusting split "V" type accessible or replacement without dismantling the valves or removing the operator, 1592.5 VALVE OPERATORS. + Valves shall be provided with lever operators f + with position indicator and locking device, The locking device shall be j arranged to lock the valve with the'disk in any position from fully (f closed to fully open. i Valves in horizontal piping shall be mounted with state horizontal, (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.0000) j [ 090189 ) ~,an11 15E2-2 -,axar y~S t • tj rt Subsection 15E3 - BUTTERFLY VALVES 24 INCH AND LARGER 15E3.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the design and construction re- quiremente for butterfly valves 24 inch and larger to be furnished and installed under these specifications. j The butterfly valves to be furnished, and specific requirements for indi- vidual valves, are specified in Subsection 1591 - VALVE LIST, The butterfly valves shall be as manufactured by American Darling, DeZurik, or Henry Pratt Company. ' 1 15E3.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS. The valves and operators shall be designed I , and constructed in accordance with AWWA C504-AWWA Standard for Rubber- i Seated Autterfly Valves, except where modified or supplemented by these specifications. 1 f ~ ! 159343 DESIGN. Valves shall be of the heavy-duty type and shall provide bubbletight shutoff in both directions with the differential pressure specified, The design differential pressure shall be the same as the j valve pressure class. j Valves and operators shall be designed and constructed to allow installa- tion of the valves in any position, including the flat side of valve disks (if applicable) in the upstream or downstream configuration, valve atoms in the horizorstal or vertical position, and/or either side of and adjacent to pumps, fittings, expansion joints, and other commonly used 1 components of a pumping/piping system. 15E3.4 MATERIALS. Valve materials shall be equivalent to, or shall ex- ceed, the strength and corrosion-erosion resistance of the following listed materials. Valve body Carbon steel - ASTM 216 Grade WCB i Disk Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 Shaft Stainless steel ASTM A276 + Type 304 or 316 i Soft seat Buna N f Neoprene Bearings Self-lubricating sleeve type bearings i d 4 i t [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 090189 1 1583-1 y,-. i. +l lei 7 Thrust bearing assembly Monel, ASTM B164 Alloy N04405 or Type 304 or 316 stainless steel Copies of certified mill test reports, or Certificates of Compliance for the valve materials as specified, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1C. Water chemistry data is presented in Subsection 15B1. 15E3.5 COMPONENTS. Valve components shall be as specified herein. 15E3.5.1 Valve Bodies, Valves shall be short-body type. l The use of a stop or lug cast integrally with or mechanically secured to the body for the purpose of limiting disk travel by means of•di.rect con- tact or interference with the valve disk (in either the open or closed position) will not be acceptable. l Flanges shall be finished to true plane surfaces within a tolerance limit of 0.005 inch. The finished face shall be normal to the longitudinal valve axis within a maximum angular variation tolerance of. 0.002 inch per foot of flange diameter. The port diameter shall be.within 1-1/2 inches of nominal valve size. j 15E3.5.2 Valve Disks. Valve disks shell be secured to shafts by means of solid, smooth aided, stainless steel or Monel taper pins having a' CT` circular cross section. Each taper pin shall extend through the shaft l and shall be mechanically secured in place. The use of bolts, setacrewa, knurled or fluted dowel pine, flat sided taper pine, expanalon pins, roll l pine, tension pine, spring pine, or other devices in lieu of the pins specified herein will not be acceptable. i 15E3.5.3 Valve Seats. Acceptable seating surfaces mating with rubber -or are ASTM Type 30316 stainless steel, Monel, or plasma applied nickel-chrome overlay for all valves. 15E3.5.4 Valve Shafts. Valve shaft or shafts shall be designed for the torques and forces encountered in opening and closing the valve in set- vice. 15E3.5.5 Shaft Seals. Shaft seals shall be of the chevron or 0-ring type. 15E3.5.6 Thrust Bearings, Each valve shall be provided with one or more thrust bearings in accordance with the governing standard. Thrust bear- ings which are directly exposed to line liquid and which consist of a (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 090189 ] 15E3-2 n ~ i! metal bearing surface in rubbing contact with an opposing metal bearing surface will not be acceptable, i 1593.6 VALVE OPERATORS, Operator mounting arrangements and handwheel or ehainwhee positions ahall be as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. j 15E3.6.1 Manual Operators. Unless otherwise required by the Owner, the ` direction of rotation of the wheel or wrench nut to open each valve shall be to the left (counterclockwise). Each valve body or operator shall have cast thereon the word OPEN and an arrow indicating the direction to open. . I The housing of traveling-nut type operators shall be fitted with a remov- able-cover which shall permit inspection and maintenance of the operating mechanism without removing the operator from the valve. Travel limiting f devices shall be provided inside the operator for the open and closed po- sitions, Travel limiting stop nuts or collars installed on the reach rod r of traveling-nut type operating mechanisms shall be field adjustable and shall be locked in position by means of a removable roll pin, cotter pin, or other positive locking device. The use of stop nuts or adjustable shaft collars which rely on clamping force or setsorews to prevent rota- tion of the nut or collar on the reach rod will not be acceptable, The valve and operator shall be designed so that shaft seal leakage can- { ! nut enter the operator housing. 15E3.6.2 Handwheels. Handwheel diameters shall be not more than 30 inches for 36 inch and larger valves, j F 15E3.6,3 Electric Operators. Electric operators shall be multi-turn type and shall be limited to E-I-M "Model 2000/M0'," or LYmitorque "L-126" } with "119 Series" worm gear actuator. Electric operators produced by other manufacturers will not be acceptable, i ~ i Each electric operator shall bm furnished complete with a motor, gearing, handwheel, limit and torque switches, lubricants, heating elements, wir- ing, and terminals. Each operator shall be constructed as a self A contained unit with a cast iron housing and shall be integrally assembled 4 on the applicable valve by the valve manufacturer. Motors shall be totally enclosed, high torque design made expressly for j valve operator service, capable of operating the valve under full differ- ential preasure for a complete open-close and reverse cycle of travel at least twice in immediate succession without overheating. Motors shall be designed in accordance with NEMA standards and shall operate successfully R at any voltage within 10 percent above or below rated voltage. Motor I bearings shall be permanently lubricated. i , I i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00003 I 090189 j 15E3-3 k ;i 4#~ rcxragn I I~ F , Power gearing shall consist of hardened steel spur or helical gears and alloy bronze or hardened steel worm gear, all suitably lubricated, de- r signed for 100 percent overload, and effectively sealed against entrance of foreign matter. Steel gears shall be hardened to not less than 350 Brinell. Gearing shall be designed to be self-locking so that actua- tion of a torque switch by a torque overload condition will not allow the operator to restart until the torque overload has been eliminated. The use of planetary or cyeloidal gearing or aluminum, mild steel, or nonme- tallic gears will not be acceptable. The handwheel shall not rotate during motor operation. During handwheel operation, the motor shall not affect the actuator operation. The opera- for shall be responsive to electrical power and control at all times and, when under electrical control, shall instantly disengage the handwheel. The handwheel shall rotate counterclockwise to open the valve. An arrow indicating the opening direction and the word OPEN shall be cast on the handwheel. The force required to operate the handwheel shall not exceed 80 pounds. { Torque and thrust loads in both closing and opening directions shall be limited by torque limit switches. Each torque switch shall be provided with a micrometer adjustment and reference setting indicator. The ad- justment shall permit a variation of approximately 40 percent in torque setting. Switches shall have a rating of not less than 6 amperes at 120 volts so and 0.5 ampere at 115 volts dc. The design of each multi-turn electric operator shall be such that it is Each switch C; readily. field adaptable for four limit aw{«e:h assemblies. assembly shall have not leas than three separate limit switches. Each switch assembly shall be operated by the drivitig mechanism and shall be independently adjustable to trip at any point at and between the fully f open and fully closed valve position. 1 All switches shall Pave an inductive contact rating of not less than 6 amperes at 120 volts ac, 3 amperes at 240 volts ac,.1.5 amperes at 480 volts, at, and 0.5 ampere at 115 volts dc. Space heating elements shall be provided to prevent condensation in the 1 motor and limit switch housing. Heating elements shall be rated 120 volts ac, Heaters shall be continuously energized. Terminal facilities for connection to motor leads, switches, position transmitter, and heating elements shall be provided in readily accessible terminal compartments. f Each motor-operated valve shall be furnished with a reversing controller located either inside the operator housing or mounted on the housing in a `DENTON 105660GEN CONST 11.00001 189 1583-4 a NEMA 4 stainless steel enclosure. The controller shall be equipped with the following. 4 A motor overload protective device in each phase A space heater element, rated 120 volts so, sized to be continuously energized for prevention of condensation within the controller enclosure A circuit breaker type disconnect A fused control power circuit taken from one power lead on the load side of the breaker and line side of the reversing + starter to'ground I A terminal block with connectors for all external controls. { All leads from the operator motor and limit switch assembly shall be routed to terminal connections in the controller for external connections to all other control devices. ' I Reversing controllers shall be both mechanically and electrically inter- looked and provided with the necessary direct operated auxiliary contacts for required interlockinS and control, j "Open-Stop-Close" push buttons and a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch and red and green indicating lights shall be furnished as a part of the an- closure. i Valve controllers shall be'expresaly selected for long life, reliable and I maintenance free service, under rugged service conditions. 1523.6.4 Extension Stems. Extension stems shall be furnished and In- stalled where specified, indicated on the drawings, or otherwise required for proper valve operation. Extension stems shall be of solid steel and shall be not smalier in diameter than the stem of the valve operator shaft. Extension stems shall be connected to the valve operator by means of a Lovejoy "Type D" single universal joint with protective boot. All stem connections shall be pinned. 15E3,6.5 Position Indicators. Unless otherwise specified, each valve shall be provided with a position indicator to display the position of s the disk. i Each valve operator, except operators that are buried, shall have a valve disk position indicator mounted on the end of the valve shaft. A disk position indicator shall also be provided on each operating stand or the operator mounted thereon, a i I 1 (DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.0000) [ 090189 ) 15E3-5 t igRt 1..... [y~ 15E3.7 PROTECTION. All equipment shall be shop coated as specified herein and protected for shipment as specified in Section L5B of these specifications under the article entitled PROTECTION. All external openings shall be securely closed and sealed to protect the internals against moisture. The valves shall be suitably crated and protected for outdoor storage. 15E3.8 TESTS. Each valve shall be given witnessed factory teats in ac- cordance with the tests listed in AWWA 0504 except as modified. Certi- fied factory test reports shall be submitted in accordance with Section 1C. Each completed valve/operator assembly shall be factory tested. The test shall include operating the val•ie from fully closed to fully open under no flow conditions for 10 cycles. The test shall demonstrate that the assembly is workable. 15E3.9 SHOP COATING. The interior surfaces of the valve bodies shell be Ifff i cleaned, prepared, and protected by shop applied coatinga,specified r herein, The materials to be used shall be as specified on the Coating System Data Sheet at the end of this subsection. Exterior surfaces shall be coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 15B. 15E3.10 RATING CURVES. the Owner will supply 10 system head/pipeline velocity points to the valve supplier. At these 10 pressures, the valve supplier shall supply flow, torque, pressure drop, and cavitation coeffi- cient for a minimum of 20 points, including valve wide open and valve nearly closed. The approved throttling range shall be 'indicated, The Owner will use the supplied data to create valve rating curves for system operation. i [DFNTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 f [ 013190 ) 1593-6 I ~SOt nc[~ f ' DESCRIPTION: Steal Tanks • Interior SYSTEM NO. Nonpotable Water Immersion A52 SURFACE SSPC•SP5 White Matal Blest Cleaning. I PREPARATION Proflls depth 2 to 4 mils a recommended by coating i I manufacturer. DRY FlEU SPECIAL NOTES COATING N! 1' t FIRST COAT I 2.8 mils As recommended by manufacturer, j i~ TOUCHUP NIA f i I rl SECOND COAT 848 mile 1Wo component coal ter epoxy. As recommended by manufacturer. j THIRD COAT TOTAL SYSTEM 1848 mlls As recommended by manufacturer, f i l PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION E COATING I MANUFACTURER FIRST COAT TOUCHUP SECOND COAT THIRD COAT Ameron Amercost 71 NIA Amarcoat 78HB Polyamide cured II Epoxy Primer Carbollne Cerbomestlc 14 N/A Carbomastlc 14 Coal Tar Epoxy j i i j I i i i t 3` BLACK ~St VEATCH DATE PREPARED BY ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS COATING SYSTEM DATA SHEET 072188 A14H 4 15E3-7 i t ti ♦I GI .T 51~ G:R lest'. _ V ~ I r,y 1 r 11gr3 Subsection 15E4 - 14APER CHECK VALVES 15E4.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers the requirements for all wafer i check valves to be furnished under these specifications. i The wafer check valves to be furnished are listed in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST, I The wafer check valves shall be as manufactured by-TRV Miasion, Valmatic, APCO/VALVE, or acceptable equal, 15E4.2 CODE REQUIREMENTS, The wafer check valves rhall be designed and constructed in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI 816.34, ANSI 816.24, and MSS SP-71, except where modified or supplemented by these specifications. v 1SE4,3 SERVICE CONDITIONS, The valves shall be guaranteed for safe and reliable operation at high and low velocities and at operating pressures and temperatures up to the maximum ratings of the valves, All valves shall provide tight shutoff over a range of differential pressures up to 1 their maximum pressure rating, I. 15E4.4 VALVE CONSTRUCTION. The valves shall be constructed in accord- f ante with the following requirements, 15E4.4.1 Materials. The valves shall be constructed of the following J materials. Body and plates Carbon steel Hinge pin, stop pin, and f pin retainer Stainless steel Spring Stainless steel G Seals Buna-N 15E4.4.2 Valve Bodies. The valve bodies shall be designed for inatalla tion between atandard ANSI raised face flanges, j i 15E4.4.3 Valve Plates. Valve plates shall be of the spring-loaded dou- ble leaf type. 15E4.5 TESTING, All valves shall be suitable for a field hydrostatic test pressure of 1-1/2 times the design pressure listed in the Valve List at 100 P. i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] f 090189 ] 15E4-1 P G J, ,e E r Subsection. 15E5 - KNIFE CATE VALVES 15E5.1 GENERAL„ This subsection covers the requirements for all knife gate valves to be furnished under these specifications. The knife gate valves to be furnished, and specific requirements for in- dividual valves, are specified in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST, The knife gate valves shall be as manufactured by DeZurik, Fabrivalve, Red Valve, or acceptable equal. 15E5.2 VALVE APPLICATION. Pressure classes, sizes, and body materials / are Bated in the Valve List, The pressure ratings stated in the Valve List are water ratings. The valves shall provide bubbletight ahutofr with a differential pressure equal to the pressure rating of the valve, 15E5.3 VALVE CONSTRUCTION. The knife gate valves shall be constructed ' d I in accordance wit the following requirements. Illj 15E5.3.1 Materials, Valve materials shall be equivalent to or shall ex ! ceed the strength and corrosion-erosion resistance of the following mate- rials. I Valve body Carbon steel i` I ' Stem Type 316 stainless steel i j Knife gate { Type 316 stainless steel ; Seat Rubber 15E5,3,2 Valve Dody. The knife gate valves shall be wafer type with flangee drilled and tapped to mate with Class 150 ANSI raised face flanges. 15E5,3.3 Valve Seat. The valves shall be furnished with raised face, soft seats designed for bubbletight shutoff. t The seat ring shall be roplaeeable without, removing the valve from the pipeline. r 15E5.4 TESTING. All valves shall be suitable for, a field hydrostatic 3 test pressure of 1-1/2 times the design pressure listed in the Valve List at 100 F. s t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) 090189 15E5~1 r. r ..d Subsection 15E6 - AIR VALVES 15E6.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers the general requirements appli- cable to the air valves to be furnished and installed under these speci- fieations. The air valves to be furnished and specific requirements for individual valves are specified in Subsection 15E1 - VALVE LIST. i The air valves shall be as manufactured by A.PCO or Valmatic. 15E6.2 VALVE APPLICATION. Pressure classes, sixes, types, body materi- also and end preparation requirements for air valves are stated in the Valve List. l I I i I e I~ F (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 090189 j 15E6-1 , s , t i j Subsection 15E7 - BALL VALVES 15E7,1 GENERAL„ This subsection covers the requirements for ball valves to be furnished under these specifications, The ball valves shall be Powell, ,Jenkins, Crane, Hills Mc Canna, Jameabu Lunkenheimer, or acceptable equal, ry, 15E7.2 BALL VALVES. All ball valves shall have full area ports, The . vhlvesbsWall Re of tfrom he three piece body and and ca Pipeline without diaturbinpe The valve body neations, g the and con- { Valve stems shall be sealed with packing in a stuffi ' I ~ gland shall be Provided in n8 box. 1 0-rings will not be acceptable stuffing box for peaking adjustmenEking Stems, shall be blowout proof, E { The valves shall not require lubrication, { Operating levers shall be provided for each valve. i Balls, stems , I f valves. and seats shall be interchangeable between similar size The valves shall be constructed of the following materials. Body and end cape Brass ~ Ball and stem Same as body material j Seat f Teflon t All valves shall be suitable for a field hydrostatic test pressure of 1-1/2 timea the design pressure listed in the Valve List at 100 P I NN1 j t ' 1 E (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] 090189 y l • 4r Section L5F - PENSTOCK INSTALLATION 15F.1 GENERAL, This section covers the installation of Contractor- furnished coated and lined steel line pipe, fittings, specials, and ap- purtenances specified in Subsection 1583. Piping and valves to be furnished and installed by the Contractor are specified in Sections 15D and 15E. Field joints shall be butt welded as indicated on the drawings. Field , joints shall be lined and coated in accordance with the referenced stand. l and specifications, Valves, equipment, and branch piping shall be in- " l stalled under these specifications. j 15F,2 DRAGS AND ENGINEERING DATA, Cnmplete specifications, data, and detailed drawing's -covering items furnUshed under this section shall be _f submitted in accordance with the procedure set forth in Section 1C. 15F,3 GOVERNING STANDARDS, Except as modified or supplemented herein, installation of all steel pipe, fittings, and specials shall confo the applicable requirements of the following standards, riII to j~ AWWA Standard t ! Title € C20S j Lining and Coating for Steel Water Pipe 0206 Field Welding of Steel Water. Pipe C209 Cold Applied Tape Coatings for 1 r ! Special Sections, Connections, r end Fittings for Steel Water Lines 15F.4 , MATERIALS, Contractor-furnished materials shall be as follows. S Gasket compound Garlock "Compound No, 1" or Tits-seal "T25" Insulation kits As manufactured by PSI Indus- j tries or Central Plastics Insulating gaskets Type E, P rox lE Y , glass rain- forced epoxy, 1/8 inch thick, with Huns N sealing element t. u Bolt insulating sleeves Mylar, 1/32 inch thick l r {DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 062788 f 15F-1 z 777 A C 3 a. a , s, Insulating washers phenolic laminate, 1/8 Inch thick, one for each bolt Backing washers Steel, 118 inch thick, two for each bolt Cement mortar lining repair and field Joints AWWA C205 and C602 Cement ASTM C150, Type II Sand AWWA C205 except sand shall' _ pass a 16 mesh sieve Epoxy bonding agent ASTM C881, Type II, moisture - insensitive and suitable for service conditions Latex admixture Protex Industries, Inc, "Pro- bond Vinyl's Tape coat repair and field joint AWWA 0209 15F.5 WELDED JOINTS. All line pipe Joints shall be butt welded Joints except where otherwise indicated on the drawings. Flanged Joints shall be provided at the locations indicated on the drawings. All welds shall be sound and free from embedded scale or slag, shall have a tensile strength across the weld not less than that of the thinner of the connected stations, and shall be watertight, Butt welds shall be used for all welded Joints in line pipe assemblies, Welding of field I Joints shall conform to AD.'WA C206, AWS D1,1, and the following require- ments. 15F.5.1 ualification and Procedures. All welding procedures, welders, and welding operators aEa-11be qualified in accordance with code require- ments before work is begun, All welding procedures shall be submitted to the Owner for review prior to beginning the work. The submittals shall clearly state the piping materials and wail thicknesses on which each procedure submitted will be used, The welding procedures shall include joint details and welding current and voltage values to be used, Records of the names of the welders who make each weld shall be maintained, Cer- tified copies of any or all of the above records shall be furnished to the Owner on request, 'I DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.00001 062788 ] I 15F-2 l i 1 Qualification of welders shall be performed at the site. The Contractor cha.il furnish the services of an independent testing laboratory approved b; he Owner to witness the welding, perform the required tests, and re- pest results. The Contractor shall furnish all materials, welding equip- m:nt, and supplies for the teats. i 15F.5.2 Backing Rings, Backing rings will be permitted, 15F.5.3 Inspection and Te. sting, All welds shall be visually inspected by an independent laboratory retained and paid by the Contractor. If, in the judgment of the Owner, welds do not pass the visual inspection, the Contractor shall provide any additional nondestructive testing determined applicable by the Owner and correct all flaws, 15F,5.4 Steel pipe Joints. Welded Joints shall be carefully aligned be- fore welding. The offset at any point between pipe outside surfaces shall not exceed 1/8 inch. An internal welding pass shall be made at t these Joints if required to provide complete penetration, The Contractor shall furnish jigs and other equipment as required to bring the pipe Joints in round. I 15F,6 SHOP AND FIELD APPLIED PROTECTIVE COATINGS. All steel pipe, fit- I tinge, nd specials shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, or wrapped as hereinafter specified. 15F.6,1 Exterior Surface Repair, After installation of, pipe, fittings, and specials, all damaged coated areas and all uncoated ends adjacent to welded field ,Joints, including the weld proper, shall be cleaned, primed, and lined and coated as specified in accordance with AWWA C200. I 15F,6.2 Interior Surface Repair, Field repair of inside Joint surfaces 1 shall be performed in accordance with Appendix A, Paragraph A2 of AWWA C205, except that an epoxy bonding agent and latex admixture shall be } used in conjunction with the sand and cement mortar. The addition of lime or pozzolan will not be permitted, j The exposed steel shall be thoroughly cleaned and all grease shall be removed, A coat of epoxy bonding agent shall be applied over the area to j be lined in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A coat ` s of soupy mixture of cement and water shall be applied over the epoxy af- ter it becomes tacky, Cement mortar to which the latex admixture has been added shall tlsn be packed into the area to be patched and screeded off level with the adjacant cement mortar lining. The patched area shall be given an initial floating with a wood float followed by a steel trowel { finish, 5 Defective or damaged shop applied cement mortar linings shall be removed, } surfaces cleaned, and repaired as specified above for joint repair. 1 [DE;NTON 105660627880NST 71,0000) J I5F-3 9 a 1 !i .4'11 q' 15F.7 HANDLING. Pipe, fittings, specials, and appurtenances shall, at all times, be handled and stored in a manner that will ensure Installs- tion in sound, undamaged condition, and shall conform to Section 2,14, i AWWA C203. 15F.8 FIELD PROCEDURE AND INSTALLATION. All piping shall be constructed to the lines and to the grades aJ'nd elevations as indicated on the draw- ings. The penstock installation shall not require the simultaneous dewatering M of both existing Corps of Engineers 60 inch diameter outlet conduits. j----~ The maximum duration that either conduit shall be dewatered is 14 cal- endar days., j The Corps of Engineers will provide operation of the lake, outlet struc- ture gates at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall submit a written schedule and sequence of construction a minimum of 3 weeks prior to the start of work. 15F,8.1 Field Procedure, Field Section 2.14 of AWWA C203 except asootherwise amodified or supplemented under preceding articles of this section; and as follows. Inspection, All shop applied exterior coal tar coatings on pipe, fittings, or specials, and all field applied joint coatings, shall be electrically inspected for holidays and other defects after field Joints are complete. All elec- trical inspection shall be made in accordance with Sec- tion 2,13 of AWWA C203. Holiday detector voltage shall be f 12,000 to 14,000 volts. Any flaws disclosed shall be re- paired by, and at the expense of, the Contractor. Trenching, Embedment, and Backfillinst. All trenching, em- bedment, and backfiiling for piping which is to be laid in trench shall be in accordance with the details indicated on the drawings and the governing requirements of Section 2A, 15F68.2 Fla_ nsted Joints, Care shall be taken in bolting flanged joints so that thare is no reatrnint on the opposite end of the piece which would prevent pressure from being evenly and uniformly applied upon the gasket. The pipe or fitting must be free to move in any direction while bolting. Bolts shall be gradually tightened, each in turn, at a uniform rate of gasket compression around the entire flange, 15F.8.3 Closures. Because of mill tolerances and thermal length changes, pipelines will not necessarily fabricate in the trench in exact accordance with the shop layout, Length adjustments shall be made in the field as necessary by making cuts or by use of wrapper plates in making (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 062788 1 S F~4 s . r closures. Wrapper plates, if used, shall be of the same thickness as the pipe, shall be full-fillet double welded, and shall provide a lap on each pipe and of not less than 2-1/2 inches, the apace between pipe ends being not less than 3 inches. Closures shall be welded early in the morning when the air and pipe are coolest. This procedure will minimize longitudinal movement of the pipe ends. 15F.8.4 Alignment. The permissible horizontal or vertical deviation from the lines and grades as indicated on the drawings shall be not more 1 than 2 inches at any point. No tolerance will be permitted at manholes, `I valves, or connections. I 15F.8.5 Out-of-Round Pipe, Pipe which deviates from a true circle shalt J be laid with its larger diameter vertical, or struts or jacks on continu- ous head and sill timbers may be used to correct the vertical diameter where permitted by the Owner. Struts or jacks shall be left in place un- til the Joints at each and have been completed. Final inspection, re- pair, and checking of interior lining shall be done after the struts or I jacks have been removed, 158.9 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT, Concrete encasement shall be installed as indicated on the drawings, Concrete and reinforcing steel shall be as f specified in Section 3A, All pipe to be encased shall be suitably blocked and supported in proper position, and shall be anchored against { flotation, 15P.10 CLEANING, All pipelines shall be clean and free of dirt, rocks, { debris, or other foreign material of any kind when planed in service. The interior of all pipe and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter before being installed and shall be kept clean until the a work has been accepted, Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign matter from entering the pipe during jointing, lining repair, and inspection operation. Whenever pipe laying is stopped, the open end of the line shall be sealed with a watertight plug. All water in the trench shall be removed prior to removing the plug. 15F.11 HYDROSTATIC TEST, After installation and before concrete encase- ment and backfill, steel piping shall be tasted for defective workmanship and materials by being subjected to a hydrostatic tePt pressure as indi- cated below. The Contractor shall test the entire length of penstock furnished under this specification to a pressure of 72 psi, [DENTON 10566 08N CONST 71.0000] [ 090189 j 158-5 ~ Y j All hydrostatic tractor, testa shall be made by, and at the expense of, the Con- 15F-11.1 Testing Equipment and Procedure, All necessary piping connae- tions between the section of fine being r'eated and the nearest available source of water supply, together with test pumping equipment, water me- ter, pressure gauge, blanking plates, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to make the specified tests shall be provided. The Contractor shall furnish water for the hydrostatic tests at hiu own ex- pence. When filling a line for testing, care shall be taken that adequate vent- \ ing facilities are installed and open in the section being filled. l After the section of line to be tested has been filled with water, the authorized test pressure shall be applied by means of a force pump of such design and capacity that the required preesure can be applied and - maintained, without interruption for the duration of the testa The spec- ified test'pressure shall be measured at the lower end of the penstock, The teat pressure shall be measured by means of a tested and properly calibrated pressure gauge acceptable to the Owner. The test pressure shall be maintained for a sufficient length of time to permit the Owner to inspect all piping under test and for a period of not less than 2 hours, In case repairs are required, the pressure test shall be ra- pasted.until the pipe installation conforms to the specified requirements and is acceptable to the Owner. 15F411,2 Leaks, All joints and seams, whether tested or not, shall be ' watertight and airtight, All exposed shop and field welded seams shall be inspected for leaks and each leak shall be plainly marked. Such marks j shall not be removed until retest has shown that the defect has been set- I isfactorily corrected. Leaks in welded joints shall be repaired by chip- ping out the defective parts and rewelding, No hammering will be permit- ted. J Each leak which is discovered within 1 yea:: after final acceptance of the work by the Owner shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Contrac- tor. (DENTON 10566062N CON5T 71,0000; 15F••6 t Section 15G - TURBINE-GENERATOR ERECTION i t 15G.1 GENERAL. This section covers the erection requirements for the turbine, generator, excitation, controls, and governor equipment de- scribed in Subsections 15A1 through 15A4, The entire scope of supply of the turbine-generator manufacturer and all Contractor-furnished equip- went and materials for the turbine and generator shall be erected by the Contractor. The erector shall also perform all specified tests and startup activi- ties. Except as otherwise specified hereint or as modified bq rha turbine- generator manufacturer's erection manuals and field rcpi:usentative, the E requirements of Sections 15A anti 15S shall apply to the erection of all + equipment, piping, and instruments. Contractor shall submit all records from turbine-ganerator erection, checkout, and testing to the Owner. r 15G.2 MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE. The manufacturer will furnish the 4 services of one or more field service representatives, ae directed by the I Owner, to provide technical direction for unloading, transport, hauling, storing, cleaning, installing, startup and testing of the turbine goner- . ~ ~ j ator. The Contractor shall perform the work in accordance with the field repre- sentatives' recommendations, In the event of any departure, the manufac- turer's field representatives will have, through the Owner, the authority to stop that portion of the work involved. The Contractor shall immedi- ately take all steps necessary so that the work may be resumed promptly, s The manufacturer's field service representatives will inspect the equip- ment after its installation and shall direct needed changes or adjust- meats to assure proper operation. The representatives will furnish written certification to the Owner that the equipment has been inspected under their supervision and that it is ready for service, all of which will be done before initial operation of the equipment. ] i The Contractor shall provide craft labor, supervision, tools, and support services to complete the changes or adjustments, No additional compensa- tion will be allowed for this work. V The furnishing of the services of the manufacturer's field represents- ti.ves in an advisory capacity shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility of providing competent supervision and no instructions or advice will be given by such field representatives directly to the Contractor's personnel. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] [ 062788 ] 15G-1 r r !1 The manufacturer's technical field represenratives will be prejent during the startup of the equipment and will inti,rutt the Operating personnel in il,a proper operation, r~ 15G,3 WORK INCLUDED UNDER TURBINE-GENERATOR ERECTION, Work included under the turbine-generator erection a ell include, but not be limited to, that described in DBS-EW document "Erection Procedure for Small Standard S-Turbine" (Drawing No, 472051025) included in the drawings l:leted in Article 1B.3, and the following items, Field drilling and welding in place the distributor index teat taps Installation of instruments, terminal boxes, free standing and wall mounted control equipment Installation of interconnecting wiring, raceway, and junc- tion boxes between all turbine devices and terminal boxes, gauge panels, monitor panels, and hydraulic power unit Completing turbine assembly Abrasive blasting and painting of field welding areas and defect areas ~ t I Final cleaning 'T'ransportation to the erection location of all turbine- generator components from the storage location i Erection of coolers and all piping I Installation of generator excitation cubicles Installation of terminal boxes Installation of interconnecting wiring, raceway and junction boxes between all generator devices and terminal boxes and gauge panels Erection of all instrumentation, wiring, and conduit to designated terminal boxes Erection of neutral and phase connections Finishing work, cleaning, and onsits painting [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 090189 15G-2 i L f' iJ _ 15G.4 ERECTION, The erection of the turbine generator shall be in ac- cordance with the requirements of the manufacturer as detailed by his erection manuals and field representatives. The requirements of this section shall supplement the manufacturer's requirements. Welding shall be in accordance with the section titled STRUCTURAL STEEL. Concrete shal4 be in accordance with the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. Pipiu- erection shall be in accordance with the section titled PIPING. 44 ~ The turbine-generator manufacturer may supply special tools for srection j of the equipment, 'rho Contractor may use these special tool's for erec- tion. After completion of erection, the Contractor shall return the tools to the Owner in good condition. The standard tools provided with the turbine-generator equipment for k!i%it maintenance shall not be used for installation by the Contractor. ' All generator support floor concrete pours and all second stage concrete work shall be complete before gate and runner parts are installed. i j The draft tube liner temporary supports are not designed for field as- JI sambly. If the Contractor elects to assemble the draft tube liner in the yard, temporary stiffeners shall be used while the draft tube is being 1 installed. The Contractor shall submit handling calculations and pro- cedures to the Owner, 15G,5 TE5T& AAND VERIFICATIONS DURING AND AFTER ERECTION, During and after erection, the following Casts and verifications shall be made, { a, Verification of level of all baseplates, recording the results i b. Verification of alignment of draft tube and vaned in- take, recording the results before and after concreting c, Leakage test of runner hub d. Verification of wicket gate clearances, movement, gap in closed position, and gate opening measurement versus servomotor stroke r v° e. Before coupling with the runner, check of aligned generator-turbine shaft. Tolerances shall conform to s NEMA MG 5.2 - 1972, t J i~ (OENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71,00001 ( 062788 1 15G-3 y i ~r,!: rear 1 <i }V Ik t3 Check of all important clearances on runner, guide bearing, packing box, and wicket gates operating mechanism 1 g. After complete assembly of hydraulic oil system pipes, performance of pressure test with 1-1/2 times the de- sign pressure h. Flushing of hydraulic system piping i. Oil filling of generator guide bearings, thrust bear- ing, and hydraulic system: record and check Final check and lack ~ ing of all note I k. Record of rotor preassembly measurements and testa, in- cluding precision measurement of field winding copper resistance and measurement of insulation resistance and final high voltag, Est of field winding j 1. Record of alignment of stator base frame, soleplates, and anchor bolts before and after embedment l m. Record of alignment of generator guide bearings and + generator shaft assembly, and loading and adjustment of I(' thrust bearing n. Record of coupling of generator shaft to turbine shaft o. Record of shaft runout measurements of combined genes orator and turbine shaft while rotating at low speed. Tolerances and procedures shall conform to NEMA MG5.2 - 1972. PO Record of stator alignment with measurement of eight points of stator bore for exact roundness within a maximum tolerance of radius *5 mil at upper and lower edge of iron core against piano wire plumb line at center q. Record of precision measurement of armature winding copper resistance phase by phase, measurement of in- aulation resistance, of polarization index and leakage current and final high voltage teat of armature winding with do at 170 percent of the ac test voltage r. Record of rotor installation and coupling to shaft [DENTON 10566GEN CON5T 71.0000] 5 062788 1 15G-4 i 1 ' 'tl t~ I t1 tE f~ s, Record of check of the bearing oil cooling installation for complete and correct assembly i t. Record of prestress of all piston rod and shaft cou- plings U. Record of check of the guide bearing clearances v. Record of check of the shaft alignment othe ready- assembled generating unit while rotating at low speed. Tolerances and procedure for shaft runout shall conform to NEMA 805.2 - 1972. W. Record of check of the entire air cooling system for I complete and correct assembly x, Record of cheek of the uniformity of the generator air gap within indicated tolerances. Record of spring test and adjustment of all collector brushes y. Record of tightness and hydrostatic pressure teat of all cooling water piping and installation k ~ z. Record of check of all wiring and control installation l as$ Record of list of deficiencies to be completed, prior j to issue of the "End of Erection Certificate" bb. Application for the issue of the "End of Erection f Certificate" 150.6 COMMISSIONING TESTS. The Contractor shall, under the supervision of the manufacturer, perform the following commissioning teats, as appli- cable to ensure that the equipment has been correctly installed, all nec- essary adjustments and settings have been made, and the equipment is in sound condition ,.o run under load, I Commissioning of the equipment shall comprise three stages of tests, as follows. a, Preliminary tests (dry tests) shall be performed on completion of installation, before any rotation nr admission of water, to ensure the complete and correct ' installation of the equipment, 3 { 44~ 1 { F F [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 090189 ) 15G-5 s t _-tea .3 k PO b, Precommissioning teats shall involve filling of all water passages, initial run, and no-load testa, without _ connecting the unit to the power system, ' C. Performance tests shall be performed with the unit con- nected to the power system with the purpose of ensuring safe operation and of verifying the guaranteed perfor- mance, The power output of the turbine shall be determined from electric meas- urements. of the generator output and the respective efficiency values, both of which shall be measured onsite, in parallel with the tests of the turbine. The details of the methods of measurement and of the conditions and con- duct of the test onsita shall be mutually agreed between the Owner, turbine-generator manufacturer, and Contractor and laid down in a sepa- rate program, defining the sequence of the teots, the equipment prepare- Lion, and operation procedure to be followed. Appropriate instrument:, such as multi-channel recorders for the regis- tration of transient conditions and other measuring equipment will be provided by the manufacturer. i s After successful termination of commissioning (preliminary testa, tests on completion, performance teats), the unit shall be subject to a trial operation period. ; 15G,6.1 Preliminary Tests (Dry Teota). Preliminary tests shall comprise the following, a. Inspection of the complete water passage of the tur- bine, including intaka,and draft tube to ensure removal of all foreign or loose objects which might cause dam age, and verification measurements of the hydraulic cross sections at the pressure tap locations to be used for acceptance testa b. Adjustment of guide vanes and runner blades for uniform closure and sealing, dry testa of closing and opening times of guide vanes and runner blades, and calibration of guide vane and runner blade position indicators c, Electrical check to assure correct wiring and cabling of all control, alarm, and auxiliary power `circuits d. Testing and setting of all relays, protective equip- ment, and transmitters, including calibration of the electric control equipment DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 ~J J 150..6 i i I! E td t i .4'a±,;'.roof S Adjustment of the shaft seal and of all turbine and generator bearings f. Hydrostatic pressure test of the complete piping of the hydraulic oil system at 1-1/2 times the design pree3ure for 1 hour g, Operational tests on hydropower unit which shall in- elude the correct functioning of the lead and lag pump operation; adjusting, setting, and checking the opera- tion of unloader valves, relief valves, distribution valves, pressure switches; and testing and setting of 1 the protective equipment 1 h, Checking of the cooling water circuits with appropriate 3 control valves and preliminary measurement of the i l cooling water flow L. Preliminary adjustment of opening and closing times of guide vane and runner blade operating mechanism J J. Complete functional test of the,gate positioning equip- ment, simulating manual and automatic starting and stopping sequences, operation of oil pressure unite, checking oil levels and pressures in regulating scheme, 4 and 24 hours continuous operation of oil pressure aye- tem k. Verification of oil supply to generator bearings and ! water supply to turbine bearing and shaft seal i i 11 Verification of proper fastening of all manholes and inspection covers, m, Operating tests on all generator auxiliary equipment including related electric control instrumanta, cali- bration of the instruments, and check of wiring cir- cuits and pipelines for correctness 3 no Operating tests of the cooling water system o. Comprehensive operating tests and appropriate ad- + justmants of all generator safety devices and check of corresponding wiring circuits for correctness { p. Measurement of the armature winding insulation re- sistance and measurement of the polarization index s ~ r i f r• (DLNTON 10566 CHN CONST 71.0000) ( 062788 j 15C-7 t ( f 7" VI q. Measurement of the insulation leakage current per phase for obtaining basic data on aging of the winding in- sulation r. Measurement of the ohmic resistance of the field winding s. High voltage withstand test of the field winding and of the armature winding in accordance with the standards to Measurements of the armature winding ohmic resistance per phase u. Preliminary tests of the excitation system according to separate program as specified v. Phase sequence check and phase denomination w, Dry-check of automatic start and atop sequences, 15G.6.2 Precommissioning Teets, After successful completion of prelim- inary tests, the following precommissioning tests shall be performed. a. Slow filling of waterways from tailwater side; checking for leaks in the discharge ring, wicket gate ring, and L entire water system . b, Following the raising of the draft tube stoplogs, slow filling of the intake from the headwater side; checking for generator cover and entire water system leakage and i adjustment of packings where required co initial running of unit with atepwise increase of unit speed up to rated speed; observation of temperature behaviors of bearings{ shaft runout) deformation of L J 1 covers and bearing supports{ and measurement of vi- brations d. Checking operational behavior of bearings under no-load conditions e. Cate positioner test in speed no-..oad condition f, Funotional test of complete control equipment including manual and automatic starting and stopping sequence up to rated speed [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) k 062788 150-8 B• Increasing speed of unit retical maximum load re up to 10 percent above then- jection of shaft runout, clearances, vibrational andrif verifications tions deforma- deforma- rma h. Adjustment and setting of safety devices, speed Switches, and overspeed trip r Balancing of the rotor . r j. Test report about final dynamic balanctn j operating temperature g with rotor at k. Final adjustments on coolers cooling guide and thrust bearin { the excitatioswer flow, all other auxiliageo air ries, devices Yst and generator control and safeand ty J 1• Any additional p k ! teats required by the Owner to assure J~ Op6ratthe and the safety of the equipment when J I When adju m' stments are j safety made on generator co J!r devices and on certain sattin ntrol or E p of system, all operation tests made the ex- citation adjuatments shall be repeated prior to such 156.6.3 0 { 1 the fo11 eration,and Performance To owing. sta. Operation tests shall comprise LJ 1 as Synchronizing of the unit' 1 b• Prelimina E ry load run and load rejection tastei deter- mining opted and 30 percent, 65 Pressure rises at rejections ofJ percent, 90 percent, and full load a. The load shall be increased by steps and a load te- load u made from each successively higher head- PA~otmaximum expected for the the pressureeriompletion of each load r rejection ntest, and overspeed data to ensure that the unit shall be analyzed ' aafet will not exceed the admissible y limits at the next greater load rejection, During t 1 he period of load re to ensure that aafe values o£ectian tests, all precautions sha11 be taken be exceeded. The precautions Pressure and turbine unit stresses will not { 14Y include setting of gate passes will not t~ F fDENTON 10566 GFN CONST 71.0000] $i 062788 15 C.9 1 t7 timing at rates slower than design rates. When adjustments are made on gate positioner or regulating devices, the testa made prior to such ad- justments shall be repeated. Subsequent to the operational tests, the following performance tests shall be performed, Test of the correct functioning of the gate positioning sys- tem under any possible operating condition in accordance. with the respective IEC Publication No. 308 Definite load refection test to prove the transient speed rise at load rejections of 30 percent, 65 percent, 90 per- cent, and full load; and measurement of the generator ter- minal voltage slope (with governor and AVR in service) to determine maximum transient rise of terminal voltage and i frequency Index tests by differential pressure method, "in accordance { with IEC Code No, 41, shall be performed on the turbine prate { totypes. The testa shall provide relative values of effi- ciency on five test points between gate openings correspond- ing to extreme part load up to maximum output at different heads and shall provide the final decision on best relation- I ship between wicket gate and runner blade, Determination of the no-load characteristic i Determination of the short-circuit characteristic, ' E Determination of the values for; xd, xd', xd", x, T p dO Li I TqO', TqJ, Tdr, Td"Y H and s,c,r6 Instantaneous short-circuit test at 105 percent of the rated voltage, short circuit to be applied at high voltage aide of unit transformer Measurement of the telephone influence factor (TIP) and evaluation of wave form irregularities in accordance with the standards Voltage and current balance check Determination of ee exciter characteristics [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 f 062788 150-10 j i I r%oakti - nnn u.4fi f i I Determination of excitation system guaranteed performance j Test of the correct functioning of the entire excitation system over the full range of possible operating condition Verification of temperature rise of generator parts in so,- j cordance with ANSI C50,12 by heat run test at continuous output rating as specifieu I All other tests required to confirm guaranteed data i i 1 f( I I I ~ (DENTON 1,0566 GEN CONST 71,0000 ( 062788 1 l5 G-11 i N.h4- 1~1.[ J 1 Section 15H - SPACE CONDITIONING ISHII GENERAL, The space conditioning equipment and materials included in this section shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The equipment and materials are in addition to those specified elsewhere and are necessary to make a complete operational installation as intended by the drawings and-these specifications. General equipment requirements are specified in Section 15B. All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a complete installation of the equipment shall be furnishad•and installed by the Contractor. i Additional Contractor-furnished materials for the raceway and conductor systems are specified in Division 16. 1 This section covering Contractor-furnished space conditioning equipment and materials describe the type, functions, and general arrangements desired, The scope of these specifications does not necessarily cover all design details and features. j j The detailed specifications for the equipment and materials to be fur- nished by the Contractor under this section are as follows. Subsection i Equipment or materials i 15H1 ELECTRIC HEATERS f 15H2 POWER ROOF VENTILATORS I511,2 GENERAL DESIGN CONDITIONS, The following general design condi- tions shall `Ge used. 15H.2.1 Environmental Conditions. Unless otherwise specified,' equipment furnished shall be designed and constructed to be suitable for operation under any of the following site environmental conditions. The equipment shall be guaranteed to provide the specified capacities and flow raves when the equipment is operating within the limits of the design environ- mental conditions. Mean elevation 476 feet above sea level f "r Barometric pressure 29.4 inches Hg absolute r Maximum design outdoor 99 8 dry bulb temperature 77 x wet bulb Minimum design outdoor temperature 22 F dry bulb (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 090189 15H-1 f t . T 1. _gg F A a ,t tr All capacities specified have been corrected to the site environmental conditions listed above. 15H.2.2 Weatherproofing and Wind Load. All outdoor equipment and all appurtenances shall be designed ffor satisfactory operation during 70 mile per hour wind and driving rain. All exposed unpainted parts shall be fabricated of corrosion-resisting metal. Wiad loads shall be based on ANSI Standard A58.1-1982. Basic wind speed shall be 70 miles per hour as determined from Figure 1 of the standard. Design loads shall be in accordance with Table '4 for Category III Struc- tures with Exposure Class C. 15H.3 MOTORS. All motors shall conform to applicable standards of ANSI, IEEE, NUT-, and AFBMA, except where modified or supplemented by these atand- specifications, In ease of conflict between any of the industry Ards relative to manufacturing requirements covered in these specifica- tiona only by reference to the standards, the requirements of NEMA shall govern. All equipment and materials shall be in accordance with the ap- plicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards." Motors shall be designed for full voltage starting and frequent starting where required and shall be suitable for continuous duty in a 50 C am- bient environment. Intermittent duty motors may be furnished where recognized and defined as standard by the equipment codes and standards. and acceptable to the Engineer. Motors shall be sized for the altitude at which the equipment will be installed. l Motor voltage ratings with relation to horsepower shall be in accordance . with the following, Horsepower Volts Phase f Below 3/4 115 1 3/4 and above 460 3 The torque characteristics of all induction motors at any voltage from 90 per cent rated voltage to 110 per cent rated voltage shall be as re- quired to accelerate the inertia loads of the motor and driven equipment to full speed without damage to the motor or the equipment. 15H.3.1 460 Volt. Inte ral Horsepower Motors. All 460 volt integral horsepower motors a a bs totally anclosed. (DENTON 10566 GE1i CONST 71.00001 062188 1 15H-2 E~ I j+ J F i C All enclosures, including the fan hoods of totally enclosed fan cooled motors, shall meet NEMA MG 1 requirements for a fully guarded machine. Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished with drain holes and Crouse- Hinds Type ECD "Universal" combination water drain-breather plugs or ac- coptable equal. All insulated windings shall have sealed Class B nonhygroscopic insulation systems rated for temperature rise and ambient temperature in accordance with NEMA MG 1 standards for Cite insulation class specified. Where motors with Class B insulation are not available, motors may be furnished with Class F insulation provided the temperature rise is in accordance with EMA I~ N MG 1 values for Class B insulation and provided all other requirements are as speci.£ied, including bearing life and sealed f insulation, All insulated winding conductors shall be copper. i Each sealed insulation system shall include two additional dips and bakes of epoxy varnish or vacuum-presaure impregnation to provide a premium in- sulation for random windings, sealed insulation forformed coil windings shall be in accordance with the requirements of NEMA MG 1 standards. J The insulation resistance corrected to 40 C shall be not lees than motor rated kV+1 megohma for all windings. i Motor power leads and space heater leads shall be wired into the motor i terminal housing. All motor leads and their terminale,shall be permii- f nently marked in accordance with the requirements of NEMA MO 1, part 2. Each lead marking shall be vItible after taping of the terminals. Each motor shell be furnished with a grounding connector attached to the f motor frame inside the motor power lead terminal housing. The grounding 1 connector may be a lug or terminal or other acceptable grounding connec- tor. Grounding connector size shall be as required to terminate ground conductors sized in acoordance with the NEC. JJJ Nameplate inscriptions and lead or terminal identifications shall be in accordance with NJ.'Mb MG 1 Motors shall be p;Qlded with grease lubricated, double-shielded, rolling element, self-lubricating, regreassable type bearings. All bearing mouncings.shall be designed to prevent the entrance of lu- bricant into the motor enclosure or dirt into the bearings, and shall be provided with pipes and drain plugs. Fittings for grease lubricated bearings shall be arranged for safe, easy relubrication from the outside of the motor while the motor is in service, I [DENTON 10566GEN C NST 71,00001 062788 1 15H-3 s i y 1 r rs Motors shall be provided with squirrel-cage rotors and solid shafts, All motors furnished in NEMA 180 Frame Series or larger shall have apace heaters. Space heaters shall be rated 120 volts, single-phase, 60 hertz, Motors shall be designed to keep torsional and rotational natural fre- quencies of vibration,at least 25 per cent above the motor rated speed ranges to avoid resonant vibration over the operating speed range of the driven equipment-motor unit. The motor sound level shall be selected by the Contractor to conform with the overall motor driven equipment assembly sound level requirements which are included elsewhere in these specifications. I Y Each motor shall be tested and inspected at the manufacturer's factory to determine that it is free from electrical or mechanical defects and to provide assurance that it meets the requirements of these specifications. Test procedures shall be in accordance with IEEE No, 112A Test Procedure E for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators, Routine tests as listed in NEMA MG 1-12.51 shall be performed on each motor. Integral horsepower motors shall be as manufactured by one or more of the following, E Brown Boveri Century General Electric ' ( Louie Allis RelAance Siemens-Allis U'S' Motors 15H,3,2 Air Over Motors, All air. over motors shall be designed and.. fabricated in accordance with NEMA MG 1, Part 184 The rated horsepower of each motor shall not be leas than the horsepower required by the driven equipment when the velocity of the air over the motor is equal to or greater than that which existo when the fan rated volume of air is being delivered. In addition to the nameplate provided on the motor, a duplicate nameplate shall be provided on the fan casing, 15H,3,3 Fractional Horsepower Motors. Fractional horsepower motor rating, service actor, andnamepate data shall be in accordance with NEMA MG 1, (DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,00001 ! 1.5H-4 f } W ~l;o alq f rJ - r Motor nameplate horsepower ratings shall not be exceeded when the equip- ment is operating withip the limita of the design conditions specified, The motor loading shall not exceed the motor service factor rating at the equipment maximum load point. All bearings shall be self-lubricating, shall have provisions for relu- brication, and shall be designed to operate in any position or at any angle. One-piece sleeve bearings with wick lubrication shall be fur- niched where available, Double-shielded grease lubricated ball bearings r f shall be furnished where sleeve bearings are not available or where axial thrust load exceeds 20 pounds. Manual reset thermal protection, for both stalled rotor and overload pro- tection, shall be furnished-on all motors where available unless speci- fied otherwise in the individual technical sections. k Fractional horsepower aotors shall be manufactured by one or more of the a following, i Saldor I Century E General Electric E Reliance F Robbins and Meyers Westinghouse II 15H,4 TEMPERATURE SWITCH, A high room temperature switch, designated ~ Ts-4, shall be furnished and wall mounted as indicated on the drawings, f The temperature switch shall have a dial range of 40 to 180 F with a 5 degree differential. The spat switch shall make on temperature rise. The switch shall be enclosed in a steel, surface mounting box with re- movable cover and a bracket for wall mounting the capillary element. The s switch shall be a Honeywell Model T4031F or equivalent. s „ Si fti ? `DENTON 10566GEN CONST 71,0000] 090189 s' 15H-S ~ , i } t 1l C"-7}r)~p ~,FF)1ltGtG/r y; } ft ' i `1 I V S, Subsection 15H1 - ELECTRIC HEATERS 15H1.1 GENERAL. Electric heaters shall be furnished as specified herein and installed as indicated on the drawings. 1 15H1.2 ENGINEERING DATA. Electric heater shop drawings, schematics, and wiring diagrams shall be submitted in accordance with Section 10. 15H1.3 ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS. Electric uLlt heaters designated UHT shall be Emerson-Chromalox Type LUH or Brasch Type BTU. Heaters shall be horizontal. Electric unit heaters and all accessories shall meet the re- quirements of UL 1025 as a unit, and the applicable requirements of Arti- cle 424 of NPPA 70, f E Each unit heater shall operate from a 480 volt, 3-phase, 60 hertz, 3 wire f power supply, ' Each heater shall be encased in a furniture steel cabinet , properly braced for maximum rigidity, with mounting brackets and factory applied heat resis- ' tent enamel paint. Heating elements shall be metal sheath fin tubes, each f wired to built-in line voltage automatic thermal cutouts with a reset push j button, series connected to the contactors. A 1/4 inch wire guard around the fan shall be provided, } The electric unit heaters shall be mounted in accordance with the mounting t detail included in the drawings. i i A factory furnished wall mounting swivel bracket shall be furnished with I ; each unit heater, as shown on the drawings. Contactors shall be rated for a minimum of 100,000 operations and shall be furnished with 120 volt ac, single-phase, 60 hertz operating coil, The contactors shall be rated for full load of the heating coils plus full load rating of the fan motor. Li j Electric unit heaters furnished with 115 volt ac, aingle~phass, 60 hertz fan motors shall be provided with one bimetal type thermal overload element. Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a 480-120 volt dry type transformer with the primary windings fused, one secondary lead fused and the other secondary lead grounded. Electric unit heaters furnished with 480 volt, 3-phase, 60 hertz fan mo- tors shall be provided with three manual reset thermal overload relays, i Motors shall be air over type and shall be in accordance with the require- ments specified in Section 15H, r i r [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) I 062788 ) 7 15H1-1 i R . i i ' at S.\<Jtf!e a pa e,fY,rrx .:v.ea 11 7 . 1 Horizontal heaters shall have adjustable directional louvers. Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a factory installed nameplate. Nameplates shall be as specified in Section 15B, , Each electric unit heater shall be furnished with a 120 volt aq, 60 hertz thermostat. The contacts shall be spdt and rated for the control trans- former load. Each thermostat shall be remotely located and shall be designed to be mounted on a single gang cast junction box, All rhermo- atats shall have a temperature range of 40 F to 80 F with adjustable set point. Thermostats shall be complete with cast aluminum or wire guard and bameplate, ~1 The thermostats shall be located as shown on the drawings, fi Electric unit heaters, designated UHT, shall be designed in accordance j with the following requirements. Min Unit Airflow, Unit Heater kW cfm Type Thermostat ' UHT-1 7.5 UHT- 7.5 750 Horizontal TS-1 750. Horizontal TS-2 [DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 C 010489 15H1-2 f } i1 I 'S Ej Subsection 1SH2 - POWER ROOF VENTILATORS j 15H2.1 GENERAL. Power roof ventilators shall be furnished as specified s herein and as indicated on the PRV List included at the end of this sub- section. Power roof ventilators shall have fan aections and arrangements as indicated in the PRV List and drawings, Power roof ventilators shall be complete with fan, drive motor, insulation, and all mechanical and electrical accessories specified herein. 15H2.2 ENGINEERING DATA. Power roof ventilator shop drawings shall be i submitted in accordance with the requirr aents of Section 1C of these specifications, i I 1 Shop drawing submittal shall include fan sound ratings, sound test ver17 1 fications, performance curves, motor information, and dimensional data for each unit. Shop drawing submittal-shall also include forces exerted on the roof curb and method of attaching the unit to the curb for each f' size and type of power roof ventilator. I 15H2.3 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE. Capacities and performance shall be as indicated in thee PRV List and shall be guaranteed. Static pressures indi- cated in the PRV List are external. to the complete power roof ventilator unit and for operation at the site environmental condition as specified i E { for filtered supply n not Section included 15H. in the s Losses static for nclude screens pressure and listed. other Static pressure ssure losses specified a l l es for a dirty filter, or f Rotating parts shall be dynamically balanced for ~ quiet operation. Power roof ventilator performance shall be rated in accordance with AMCA standard test code, Noise } generated by the power roof ventilators when operating at the spec- ified volume flow rate and pressure shall be determined according to the latest requirements of AMCA Bulletin 300, Test Code for Sound -Rating.' Sound ratings shall be reported according to AMCA Bulletin 301 in terms i of sound power to a reference of 10-12 watts in the eight octave bands between, and including, 63 hertz to 8,000 hertz. The fan data 'submittal shall include a certified copy of the sound power data for each size and t type of fan furnished. AMCA bulletin 3030 Application of Sound Power Level Ratings for Fans, methods shall be used to convert certified sound power values to sound pressure levels to determine if furnished equipment meets the specified sound pressure level requirements, Unless otherwise specified, all power roof ventilators shall have sound pressure levels of 92 d8a or lees at the fan inlet, outlet, and casing, t } [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) I 63 t 013190 ) 15H2-1 t N E C j~ Fj The following assumptions shall be used in the AMCA 303 computational methods. Sound power levels from the AMCA 300 test results Computed for the power roof ventilator inlet, outlet, and casing A-weighted Directivity factor of two Free field I Sound pressure results at 5 feet from the power roof venti- lator inlet, outlet, and casing i 1SH2.4 CONSTRUCTION. Power roof ventilators shall be completely factory assembled unless the physical size, configuration or shipping and han- dling limitations make the shipment of completely assembled equipment impracticable, in which case the units will be assembled in the field before installation. Power roof ventilators shalt he designed Co withstand all imposed ship- ping, installation, snow, and wind loads as specified in Section 15H. All bracing and reinforcing members required to transmit loading to the I roof curbs shall he integral to the power roof ventilators. External supports requiring separate attachment to the building structures will rte. not be permitted. Power roof ventilators constructed of steel shall have a 1/8 inch thick black asphaltum type coating on all interior surfaces with exterior sur- faces finish painted. Aluminum surfaces shall not be painted or coated. 15H2.4,1 Curb Fla. ngea, Curb flanges shall be provided for all units, Curb flanges shall be constructed of the same material as the stack. Curb flange material thickness shall not be less than the stack thickness to provide a solid baize for mounting to roof curbs. 'Curb flanges ohall be turned down at the outside to allow weathertight flashing of the roof curb, Internal surfaces of the curb flange shall be coated with a 1/8 inch thick asphaltum coating, External surfaces shall have a factory applied finish paint. Inside curb size dimensions for each power roof ventilator and the curb cap clearance detail shall be as indicated on the drawings, 15H2.4.2 Insulation, Power roof ventilators, specified to be insulated in the PRV List, shall have insulation installed in the hood after the asphaltum coating is applied, (DENTON 105660GE'N7$80NST 71,00001 J 15H2-2 j -Wk 10 r, Insulation shall be 2 inch thick rigid mineral fiber Type I, with a mini- mum density of 3.0 pounds per cubic foot, conforming to GSAFSS Specifica- tion HH-I-545B, Insulation shall be as manufactured by Owena-Corning, Certain-Teed, or Rnauf. Rigid insulation liner shall be fastened to the power roof ventilator by the use of adhered metal spindles or clips, and by a complete coverage of adhesive, The top and bottom sections shall overlap the aides. All joints shall be thoroughly coated with adhesive and firmly butted, End joints shall be thoroughly coated with adhesive and firmly butted as the sections are assembled. No cracks between insulation liner joints will be allowed. Insulation shall have a vapor barrier, Vapor barrier material shall be Type I or Type II, GSAFSS Specification HH-B-100B. Vapor barrier mate- rial shall have 'a perm rating of not more than 0.02 when tested in ac- cordance with ASTM E96, Procedure A. Beach puncture shall be 50 units for Type I, and 25 units for Typo II, when tested in accordance with ASTM D781. The insulation vapor barrier shall not support mold growth or mil- dew when tested in accordance with ASTM D20200 Method A. Vapor'barriors shall not'be penetrated by staples or other fasteners. Insulation, adhesive, sealer, vapor barrier coatings, and vapor barrier shall be noncombustible as defined in Section 200 of the National Build- ing Code, Tho combination of materials shall have aflame spread rating of not more than 25, and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50, t Testing shall be performed after the materials are assembled and in the final dry state. The materials shall be certified to meet the standards, Flame spread and smoke developed ratings shall be determined by the Method ! of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of NPPA 255, ASTM E840 or UL 723. E Insulation shall not flame, glow, smolder, or smoke when tested :41 accord- ante with the Test for Hot Surface Performance of High Temperature Ther- mal Insulation of ASTM C411, in accordance with the requirements of Para- graph 2-1,3,2 of NFPA 90A, 15H2.5 DESCRIPTION. The power roof ventilators shall be an Aerovent three-way e~i at saver/ventilator type or a Buffalo Style "H" makeup air unit (Type B) and shall include a mushroom hood with filters, supply fan and motor, modulating outside air and recirculation dampara, and direc- tional discharge grille. The power roof ventilators shall be capable of supplying 100 percent out- side air or of recirculating interior air. The unit shall be capable of n modulating the outside air and recirculation air dampers to satisfy a i room thermostat, y r [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71.0000) 788 I5H2-3 2 X41%h "rtl L ~ h 13 All operators, thermostats, and control devices for a complete working system shall be furnished. Hoods shall be constructed of steel. Where hoods are split for shipment, sealant shall be supplied with the units for coating and sealing the seams. The power roof ventilators shall have hood inlet area sized to limit in- let air velocity through the filtering media to 500 fpm. Steel sheets used for construction shall have a minimum thickness of i 18 gauge for the hood.and 14 gauge for the stack. l Construction with sheets lighter than those specified shall require in- tegral welded structural bracing. The power roof ventilators shall be furnished with a discharge grille similar to a Titus supply grille Model 132-RL-01. I 1SH2.6 FANS. The power roof ventilator fans shall be as specified in 4 the PRV List, Fans shall be manufactured by the power roof ventilator manufacturer. Fan types and fan drives shall most the minimum requirements specified in the following articles, 15H2.6,1 Propeller Fans, Propeller fans shall be mounted in a heavy gauge steel panel with fan orifice and flanged edges. The panel shall be - of all welded construction, with bracing and mounts to properly support the fan and motor. 15H2.6,2 Fan Drives, Fans shall be direct driven. Direct driven fans f may be mcunted directly on the motor shaft or on a direct driven fan shaft, Lj I 15H2.7 MOTORS. All motors shall conform to applicable requirements of Section 15H and to the following requirements. Direct driven power roof ventilators, with the motor located in the air- stream, shall be furnished with TEAO motors unless otherwise indicated on the PRV List. Motor or fan rpm listed is a maximum value, Horsepower values listed are minimum horsepower ratings, Where larger horsepower motors are required to meet the requirements of this article, they shall be provided. Motors shall operate on the power source listed in the PRV List. {DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 { 062788 15H2-4 f , ii c: a 151j2.8 ACCESSORIES. Power roof ventilators shall be furnished with ~as component requirementoVejf Jed followingsarticleaeet or exceed 15H2.8.1 Dampers-. Power roof ventilators shall be furnished with modulating outside air and recirculation dampers. Control dampers, designated MCD, shall be Ruskin Manufacturing Company Type CD-50, Arrow United Industries, Inc. Type OBDAF-207 or PBDAF-2061 or acceptable equal. Dampers shall be factory installed in the power roof ventilators includ- ing all necessary linkage, operator connections, jackshafts, jackshaft mounting brackets, and hardware to provide a complete and operable unit. k ~ Linkage components shall be installed so full damper operator closing f J torque is applied to the damper blades. j Blades shall be airfoil shaped of minimum 12 gauge reinforced extruded 6063-T5 aluminum, mounted approximately 6 inches on centers. Clearance between blade ends and supporting frame shall not exceed 1/8 inch. Con- trol dampers shall have opposed blades. Blade edges shall have replace- able vinyl or silicon seals. i Damper blade axles shall be 1/2 inch plated hex steel or extruded alumi- num with positive locking to the damper blade. tha1fremeellThetcontrol pressed through molded synthetic bearings t li shaft where required shall be 1/2 inch minimum diameter and extend j 6 inches beyond the frame. Damper blade linkage may be concealed at 1 mounted on the face of the damper and shall be of shakeproof ran- # struction. Damper frames shall be constructed of 1/8 inch thick extruded 6063-T5 aluminum. Channel damper frames shall have a maximum depth of 6 inches. frames shall be corner braced and sized to fit the construction where they are to be installed. Control dampers shall be linked together such that when the outside air 1 ; f dampers open the recirculation dampers close, and when the recirculation dampers open the outside air dampers close. Control dampers and damper operators shall be suitable for operation in ' the maximum awbient temperatures as specified herein. Dampers shall have. R a mill finish. 1 1592.8.2 Damper A10 control operators electric damper operators. m [DENTON 105660 EN CONST 71.00001 15H2-5 } Iyy tY:a43 lr'DFi e"~+yy~ ~ lry Operators shall be complete with necessary linkage and mounting brackets. Damper operators shall be designed for a minimum of 20 square reet of damper area and shall have sufficient torque to operate the damper. 15H2.8.2,1 Modulating Electric Damper Operators, Modulating electric damper operators shall be housed in a light, rugged, die-cast aluminum case with mounting flange, Motor and gear train shall be immersed in oil for long life and quiet operation. Damper operators shall have a 3/8 inch sq,-are double-ended drive shaft, Modulating electric damper operators shall be electrically operated, re- versing, proportional operators with spring return. The operators shall have an internal spdt auxiliary switch.rated at 5 amperes, 120 volts, 60 hertz, Modulating electric damper operators shall be suitable for operation on a 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz ac power supply. Where ,auxiliary trans- formers are required, the transformer shall be factory wired to the damper operator and installed in a NEMA 4 rated enclosure fastened to the motor housing. The operators shall be Honeywell, 945, or acceptable equal. The number of damper operators furnished for each control damper shall provide the torque required to operate the damper. The Contractor shall furnish detailed drawings of each operators internal wiring and the damper/operator drive assembly (outline of op- erator and mounting platform, damper assembly, and damper,linkage abeem- bly) . Auxiliary switches shall be adjustable to allow setting switch action to occur at any point on the operator rotation, 15H2,8.3 Birdscreens, Birdscreens shall have a minimum 1/2 inch mesh and shall be reinforced to support the screens in the design air'veloc- ities, Birdscreens maybe constructed of aluminum or galvanized steal. Bird- screens shall be removable to facilitate maintenance. 15H2.8.4 Filters. The low efficiency filters shall be ARI 850, Group I, individually replaceable cartridge, flat type with viscous coated fiber- glass media or nonwoven reinforced cotton fabric. Filter thickness shall be 2 inches. The filters shall have a minimum average dust spot efficiency of 25 percent at rated flow. Low efficienc filters u Y shall be America Air Fa ..1 n , n ter ~ 3," Filter One initial andAone3spare Fset ofOfiltersrshallrbegfurnishedlAeropleat," [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 010489 15H2-6 i ti I The filters shall have an initial resistance of 0.25 inch water gauge at flow velocities of 500 fpm. The filters shall be suitable for operation at resistances up to 1.0 inch water gauge at 500 fpm. Two inch metal filter holding frames shall be provided for each filter location. The holding frames shall have a factory applied primer finish. The low ef- ficiency filters shall be Class 1 or 2 filters when tested in accordance with UL 900. The filter holding frames shall be made of minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel. They shall be designed to ensure a positive seal against leakage of unfiltered air. The PRV hood shall be equipped with the necessary filter racks and retaining clips. The frames rhall be fitted with in- tegral spring type latches to firmly hold the filter against the gaskets. i5H2.8.5 Access Doors. Access doors shall be provided and shall be nom- { ' plate with hinges, operable latches and gaskets. Doors shall be sized and located to provide access to all inte.cnal components from outside the power roof ventilator. 15H2.8.6 Removable Panels. Removable panels shall be provided where in- dicated. Bolted removable panels shall be furnished with gaskets to pro- vide an airtight seal. Removable panels shall be sized and located 'to provide for removal of dampers. e ~ j I i 15H2.8.7 Nameplates, Each power roof ventilator damper and damper oper- ator shall be furnished with a factory installed nameplate. Nameplates shall be as specified in Section 15B. The nameplates shall be attached i to the equipment with stainless steel panhoad screws. Electrical accessories shall be as 15H2.8.8 Electrical Accessories. follows. 15H2.8.8.1 Thermostats. Thermostats shall be furnished with junction boxes, brackets, and accessories required for complete installation, All mounting components shall be coordinated with the respective wall con- struction. i Wall mounted thermostats shall be mounted 51-0" above finished floors and shall be located as shown on the drawings. 4 will mounted thermostats in nonair-conditioned areas shall be provided with cast aluminum or wire guard, and baseplate. The control signals shall be compatible with, and coordinated with, the i controlled equipment. The PRV manufacturer shall provide electronic room thermostats with self-contained proportional control units. Each thermostat shall be com- plete with integral power supply, concealed act point adjustment, and 1. 4 [DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.0000) ( 010489 ) 15H2-7 r f `i t cover thermometer. Thermostats shall be suitable for use on a 120 volt power supply. i-_ The dial range shall be from 45 to 90 F with an adjustable band width from 0.5 to 10 F. The thermostat shall be furnished for horizontal mounting. 15H2.8,8.2 Disconnect Switch. The power roof ventilator shall be fur- nished with a factory installed and wired disconnect switch. The discon- nect switch shall be in a NEMA 12 enclosure and mounted on the power roof ventilator stack below the roof line, The disconnect switch shall be sized for the motor horsepower and shall 1 be 600 volt, 3 pole, nonfused disconnects. The disconnect switch shall be wired to the motor using properly sized wire for the motor horsepower and voltage, The wiring to the motor shall be enclosed in conduit that meets NEC specifications, { 15H2.8.8.3 Raceway. All power and control cables shall be installed in raceway. Raceway shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid steel or plastic jacketed,'liquidtight, galvanized steel flexible conduit properly at- tached to the disconnect switch enclosure or junction box, 15H2.8.8.4 Junction Boxes, Where terminal blocks are not installed in the disconnect switch enclosure, the terminal blocks shall be installed t in a factory mounted NEMA 12 Jvnction box mounted on the unit. 15H2,8.8.5 %I rAll wiring shall be as specified in Division 16.'• I i. All power roof ventilator electrical devices (including damper operator# limit switches, motor space heaters, etc,) shall be factory wired through the disconnect switch enclosure or ;junction box and the flexible raceway. 15H2.9 POWER ROOF VENTILATOR LIST, The Power Roof Ventilator List in- cluded at the end of this subsection lists the power roof ventilator to be furnished under these specifications along with design and performance requirements for the power roof ventilator, f j [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) h ( 010489 j 15H2-8 I MMEMMEff- I P ' ]W$Apt 1..Aarh'e.. r'""~ b-'ZNST 60010 [0000'TL ZSNOD N80 99SOT MUM) ro a+mdo H rt cf i fb m a o 14 CY 14 M C ~ C ~ ti 1 o H N IIEI ~ry ~ ' N 1 ~ W YO ~ ' MMM i ! 8d ~o x 3 I f w~ I i , j l - A ~ } +l _N i Section 151 - STARTUP 151.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall perform all work required to place all component systems and equipment into operation, The Contractor shall render all services and do all work required to place each item of equipment installed by him, including all auxiliaries and piping, in operating condition to the satisfaction of the Owner. All equipment shall be prepared for operation as recommended by the equipment manufacturer and shall be operated in accordance with the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer. Individual systems and items of equipment shall be completed in a se- quence that will permit systematic checkout and trial operation of each i such component before it is incorporated in the initial operation. The Owner will furnish operating personnel during the startup. The Con- tractor shall provide all other workmen required to make adjustments and I correct deficiencies during the equipment and plant checkout and opera- tion. It is anticipated that the checkout and operation will be in prog- ress continuously over extended periods of time. The workmen required of the Contractor shall be on the sito as required by the Owner. All reg- ular and overtime payrolls and all other contingencies iY, connection with the plant startup shall be included as a part of the contract price. ~ I The Contractor shall furnish and apply, in accordance with the equipment i manufacturer's recommendations, all oils, greases, and other lubricants requires', to place pamanent plant equipment in condition ready for opera- tion. The Contractor shall provide all temporary instrumentation and gauging devices required during checkout and trial operation of the equipment and systems. 3 s Electrical equipment and systems And control and instrumentation equip j in operation under Division 16. LJ ~ merit will be tested and placed 151.2 EQUIPMENT CHECKS. Preoperational checks and inspections :;hall be performed on all equipment as specified herein and in accordance with the x equipment manufacturer's recommendations. A representative of the Owner shall be present during the equipment checks. I Preoperational checks shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, this following. e Shaft Alignment. Before starting, all bearings, shafts, and other moving parts shall be checked for proper alignment. ' Alignments shall be in accordance with Section 15C under E ai ALIGNMENT. r L (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 062888 3 151-1 9Y l ~iiii'..TI fM'§'i54S ~ } 71 i Safety Equipment, All coupling guards, belt guards, and other personnel safety items shall be installed, All fire protection equipment shall be installed and oper- ative. Piping. All spring type pipe hangers shall be checked for proper settings. All safety valves shall be checked for correct settinfla. All temporary shipping braces, blocks, or tie rods shall be removed from expansion joints. Pits. All pump suction pits shall be free of trash, mud, silt, and debris. ! ! Lubrication. Any all tanks, reservoirs, gear cases, and I constant level type oilers shall be checked for proper oil levels. Any points requiring manual lubrication shall be greased or oiled as required, i Belts, Puh evs, and Sheaves. All belts, pulleys, and sheaves shall be checked for correct alignment and belt tension. Co- oling and Sealing Water. All cooling and sealing water supplies ahaYl be flushed and checked for t -proper operation. Pump Suction Strainers. All pump suction strainers shall be installed. Stuffing foxes and Pac_ kinK, A'll.stuff"g boxes shall be checked for correct takeup on the packing, The Contractor shall verify in writing that all work and checkouts have been completed, and when the services of equipment manufacturers' field service representatives are specified, the Contractor shall include veri- fication by such representatives that the equipment is ready for trial operation. 151.3 TRIAL OPERATION OF E UIPMENT After all - - preoperational checks and inspections have been competed, each piece of equipment will be given a trial operation. Trial operation of equiptient will be conducted by the Owner. A representative of the Contractor shall be present during the trial operations, } 3 l (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ' ( 010489 t 151-2. Trial operation of all equipment and subloop systems shall extend over a period of time as required to reveal any equipment weaknesaes in bear- ings, cooling systems, heat exchangers, and other such components, or any performance deficiencies which may later handicap the operation of mein systems and the complete plant, All rotating equipment will be checked by the Owner for overheating, noise, vibration, and any other conditions which would tend to shorten the life of the machinery. All equipment shall operate such that the level of vibration displacement, in mile peak-to-peak, is not more than shown under FAIR on International Research and Development Corporation Curve 305D, "General Machinery Vibration Severity Chart," or as required by the equipment manufacturer for reliability and longevity, whichever ! requirement is the more stringent, I Cooling water systems shall be adjusted by the Contractor to provide the i proper flow of coolant to each item of equipment, Each trial operation shall be summarized by the Contractor in a written report describing the observations and results of the operation and the specific deficiencies discovered which require additional work. The re- port shall indicate whether or not a retest is required. Decisions for retests will be made by the Owner. Deficiencies which are the result of f j the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense, 151.4 MAIN SYSTEMS CHECKOUT, Main systems will be checked, operated, i and tested by the Owner after each individual piece of equipment and its accessories have been operated and declared ready for on-line operation. j Representatives of the Contractor shall be prevent during the main sys- tems checkout, i f All functional and operational testing of protective interlocking, auto- matic controls, instrumentation, alarm systems, and all other field test- ing of the mein systems will be completed before the systems are started, 151,5 ON-LINE OPERATIONAL CHECKS. During on-line operation of the inte- grated systems, all equipment will be checked by the Owner for overheat- ing, noise, vibration, and any other checks recommended or required by the manufacturer of the specific piece of equipment. Representatives of f the Contractor shall be present during the on-line operational checks. i The Contractor shall be responsible for the following. R All piping systems shall be visually checked for leeks, m plugged pressure gauges, interferences, excessive vibration, and other abnormal conditions, tDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.000OJ 062888 151-3 Tl fly i .l14t~f 493!i 01, lS YYi'c.• mM N:4Y . F Pump auction strainers shall be checked periodically for clogging. These strainers shall be kept in service during initial operation and shall be cleaned as required to mini- mize pressure drop due to clogging. Whenever equipment is shut down due to strainer ciugging, the strainer shall be cleaned immediately, regardless of the time of day, to as- sure availability of the equipment. New gaskets, furnished by the Contractor, shall be installed after each'cleaning operation. After initial operation, when strainer loading no longer occurs, temporary strainers shall be removed from the piping. Spacers shall be furnished and installed where temporary cone type strainers are removed. r { k r t i i l i 1 (DENTON 10566062768ONST 71.0000) t z5r-4 s Y DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Section 16A - Pane CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 16A.1 16A-1 General 16A,2 Engineering Data 16A-1 16A,3 Correction of Errors 16A-1 16A,4 Manufacturer's Technical Servicts 16A-1 16A,5 Nameplates 16A-1 16A-1 Subsection 16A1 - BATTERY 16A1.1 General 16A1-1 thru 16A1-3 16A1.2 Codes and Standards 16AI-I 16A113 Design and Construction 1.6AI-1 16A1;4 res ipment Charge 16A1-1 16A1.5 Connector Bolt Torque 6A1-3 16A1.6 Manufacturers 16A1-3 Subsection 16A2 16A1-3 - BATTERY CHARGER 16A2,I General 16A2-1 thru 16A2-3 26A2,2 Codes and Standards 16A2-1 16A243 Battery Charger Requirements 16A2-1 16A2,4 Capacity 16A2.1 16A2,5 Battery Charger Accessories 16A2-1 16A2.6 Manufacturers 16A2-i Subsection I6A 16.A2-3 3 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED MOTOR STARTEp 16A3-1 thru 16A3-5 16A3,1 General 16A3,2 Manual Starters I6A3-1 16A3.3 Three Phase Magnetic Starters 16A3-1 16A3,4 Thvee Phase Combination Nag- I6A3+1 netic Starters 16A3.5 Single-Phase Magnetic Starters 16A3-2 16A3,6 Manufacturers 16A3-3 Motor Starter List 16A3-3 Typical Schematic for Combination 16A3-4 Starters 16A3-5 5ae,1 (DENTON 10566 CFN CONST 71.0000) 010488 j TC I!-1 Y~ Page QQZ Subsection 16A4 - AC AND DC PANELBOARDS 16A4-1 thru 16A4-3 16A4,1 General 16A4,2 Description 16A4-1 16A4.3 Mauufaoturer 16A4-1 16A4-3 Subsection 16A5 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16A5-1 ~ 16A5.I General I6A5,2 Codes and Standards 16,5-1 1 16A5,3 Description 16A5-1 16A5.4 Manufacturer 16A5-1 1bA5-1 Subsection 16A6 - DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES j 16A6-1 16A6.1 General 16A6.2 Description 16A6-1 16A6-1 Subsection 16A7 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED, PUSH-BUTTON CONTROL STATIONS 16A7-1 thru 16A7-2 16A7,1 General 16A7,2 Description 16A7-1 Selector Switch 16A7-1 j 17.A7-2 Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANSFORMER t 16A8-1 thru 16A8-13 16A8.1 General 16A8.2 Codes and Standards 16A8-1 16A8,3 Construction 6A8-1 16A8,4 Accessories 16A8-1 16A8,5 Photographs 16A8-7 16A8,6 Factory Tests 16A8-7 16AA.7 Wiring Diagrams 16A8-10 16A8,8 Transformer Lose Evaluation 14A8-i0 Transformer Specification and Data 16A8-40 Sheets 16A8-12 thru 16A8-13 Subsection 16A9 - OUTDOOR CIRCUIT !BREAKERS 16A9-1 thru 160-9 16A9.1 General 16A9.2 Codes and Standards 16A9-1 16A9.3 Construction Details 16A9-1 16A9.4 Accessories 16A95 16A9,5 Factory Teats 16A9-5 16A9-6 ! iDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 100989 TC16-2 r page- 16A9,6 Preparation of Breakers for Shipment Outdoor Oil Circuit Breaker 16A9-6 Specification and Data Sheets 16A9-8 thru 16A9-9 Subsection 16A10 - OUTDOOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16A10-1 thru 16A10-3` 26A10,1 General 16A10,2 Codes and Standards 16A1p-1 16A10,3 Equipment Required 16AIO-Z 16A10,4 Insulators 16A16AIO-i 16A10.5 Switch Rating -1 { 16A10,6 Switch Construction 16A10-1 16A10,7 Group Operators 16A10-1 16AI0,8 Tightening of Connections 16AIO-2 16AI0.9 Manufacturer l6A10-3 i 16A10-3 Subaection 16AII - LOW-FLOW VALVE REMOTE CONTROL VALVE 16A11-! thru 16A11-2 16A11,1 General I6A11.2 Push Buttons 16AI-I I-I 16A11,3 Valve portion Resistance 1AIZ-1 Transmitters 16A11.4 Postion Indicators 16A-1 16A11.5 Terminal, Blocks 16A1I~1 16A11,6 Enclosures 16AII-I Remote `Control Panel Data Sh 16AII-1 eet Section I6R - 16A11-2 J ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ERECTION 10-1 thru 16B-7 16B.1 General 16B,2 Miscellaneous Material 16B-1 16B.3 Equipment Protection 168-1 16B,4 Cleaning B 1 b 16B.5 Maintenance Tcola 16B-2 168,6 Location Tolerances 168 168.7 Alignment 168-2 168,8 Bolted Electrical Connections 16B-2 16B,9 Ferrous Welder Qualification 16-4 169,10 Lubrication 16B-4 16B.I1 Equipment Finish 168-4 16B,12 Galvanized Surface Coatings 16 -5 168,13 Batteries and Battery Chargers 169-5 169,14 Panalboards 168-5 I6B-7 fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 100989 1 TC16-3 y Section 16C - RACEWAY 16C-1 thru 16C-17 16C,1 General 16C-1 16C,2 Codes and Standards 16C-1 26C.3 General Installation Requirements 16C-1 16C,4 Electrical Conduit System 16C-4 16C,5 Electrical Cable Tray 16C-8 16C,6 Boxes and Cabinets 160-12 16C,7 Underground Duct Bank 16C-14 f' Conduit Bank 16C-17 Section 16D - CONDUCTORS 16D-1 thru 16D-12 16D,1 General 16D-1 16D.2 Cable Specifications 16D-1 16D,3 Conductor Accessories 16D-1 16D.4 Installation 16D-4 Cable Teat Data Form Cable and Termination Bank 16D-I1 16D-12 Section 16E - GROUNDING 16E-1 thru 16E-5 16E.1 General 16E,2 Materials I6E-1 169.3 Installation 16E-1 II 169 16E-2 .4 around System Resistance 169-4 Section 16F - LIGHTING ~ 16F-2 thru 16F-5 16F.1 General' 16F.2 Materials 16F-1 J 16F,3 Installation 16F-3 16F-3 Section 160 -SUBSTATION STRUCIJRE ERECTION 16G-1 thru 16G-5 160.1 General 16G-1 160.2 Wood Pole Structures 160.3 Substation Aluminum Bus 26G-1 26G-3 Section 16H - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 16H-1 thru 16H-2 16H,1 General 16H.2 Drawings and Data 16H-1 16H,3 Code Requirements 16H-I 16H.4 Equipment 16H-1 - 16H.5 Installation 16H2 16H.6 Acceptance Tests 16H-2 16H-2 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 01.3190 ~ TC16-4 Page Sects ni 61 - INTRUSION ALARM AND DETECTION 161-1 thru 161-2 Ib1.1 General 16I-1 161.2 Drawings and Data 161-1 161.3 Equipment I61-1 161.4 Installation 161-1 I . 1 1 E I~ i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 013190 TC16-5 (i i Neer .a Section 16A - CONTRACTOR-FURNISHED EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 16A.1 GENERAL, The electrical equipment and materials included in this section shaall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. The equip- ment and materials are in addition to those specified elsewhere and are necessary to make a complete operational installation as intended by the drawings and these specifications. All necessary grout, supports, and miscellaneous material required for a r..omplete installation of the equipment shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor, These specifications covering Contractor-furnished equipment 1 I materi- als describe the type, general ge nts eand d. Th - scope of these spefications functions, a not necessarilyncovveralldesign The I E details and features. ~ i 16A.2 ENGINEERING DATA, The Contractor shall submit data to the Engi- neer covering all equipment and fabricated materials to be fu under these a ecifica rnip bons, The engineering data shall be submitted a specified in Section 1C, and not later than 60 days after award of con- tract, 16A,3 CORRECTION OF ERRORS. Equipment and materials shall be complete j in all respects within the limits herein outlined, All errors or omis- t ~i sions required to be corrected in the field shall be done by the manu- facturer or his duly authorized representative at the Contractor's ex- pense. f 16A,4 MANUFACTURER'S TECHNICAL SERVICES, Manufacturer's technical I services shall be provi ehera ndicated in the equipment subsections, I 16A,5 NAMEPLATES, Nameplates shall be furnished when specified in the { detailed specification sections. Nameplates shall be made of laminated white phenolic engraving stock with black core. The lettering shall be not less than 1/4 inch square, hold engraved through the outside layer so that the letters are the color of the core. Nameplates shall be attached to the equipment with stainless steel panhead screws. 6 i t i 7 j ~ (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 s t 062798 7 16A-1 j f a •rn?vy - i a xo: ~r') t4 ~ N Subsection 16A1 - BATTERY 16A1.1 GENERAL. The Contractor shall furnish and install a generating station battery. Except as otherwise specified in this subsection, all equipment, materials, and accessories shall be as specified in this Sec- tion 16A. The Contractor shall select a battery system that will fit the area for the batteries designated on the drawings. 16AI.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. All equipment furnished under theae speci- fications sYall conform to applicable standards of IEEE, ANSI and NEMA. All materials and devices shall be in accordance with-the applicable re- quirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards." 16A1.3 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION. Each battery cell shall be lead-acid pasted plate type with lead-antimony alloy plate grids. Each plate grid shall be cast using a "bottom pour" process; the die cast I method of grid fabrication is not acceptable. Cell containerd shall be sealed, clear, shock absorbing, heat resistant plastic, with electrolyte high and low level markers and aprayproof I vents. 16A1.3.1 Rating. Each battery shall be rated in accordance with the ii following table. d Generating Station Battery Nominal system voltage 125 i System description 2 wire, ungrounded ? Minimum ambient temperature 45 F Maximum ambient temperature 104 F i Quantity of cells 60 } Specific gravity of electrolyte, fully charged, corrected to 77 F 1.220 t Voltage, volts per cell ~ Floating 2.16 F Final 1,75 4 r I k [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) f' ( 013190 1b.41-1 . : dam:.. } Generating Station Battery Maximum during equalizing or recharging fol- lowing discharge 2.33 The capacity of the battery shall be determined by the Contractor in ac- cordance with IEEE 485-1983 and these specifications. With the actual discharge capacity of the battery at 80 per cent of rated discharge ca- pacity, with the battery initially fully charged at the floating voltage specified, and with the battery charger disconnected, the battery shall be capable of supplying the duty cycle specified. The ambient tempera- ture during the duty cycle shall be the minimum ambient temperature spec- ified, and the voltage throughout the duty cycle shall be not less than the final voltage specified. Battery capacity calculations and a curve of average cell terminal volt- age versus time for the specified duty cycle shall be submitted with the Proposal. The curve may be obtained by test or by calculation. 16A1,3.2 Duty C cle. The duty cycle for the generating station battery shall be as follows. t 85 amperes for 1 minute, followed by 32 amperes for 1 minute, followed by C 13 amperes for 478 minutes r"`• E 16A1.3.3 Rack. The generating station battery shall be furnished with ono two-tier structural steel battery rack. Before application of paint, all surfaces shall be carefully cleaned of all dirt, moisture, rust, scale, lubricants and other substances, Lubri- cants shall be removed by suitable solvents. Rust and scale shall be re- moved by sandblasting, power sanding, power grinding or power wire brush- ing. All steel shall have not less than two finish coats of acid resistant ANSI 61 gray paint or electrostatically applied epoxy coating finish. Paint films which show sags, checks, blisters, teardrops or fat edges will not bn acceptable and if any such defects appear, they shall be re- paired by the Contractor, 1 Battery supporting rails shall be covered w1th a protective vinyl runner plate not less than 1/16 inch thick. i , i [DENTON 10566 C8N CONST 71,0000) 013190 7 16A1-2 r 16A1.3.4 Accessories. The battery shall be furnished with the following accessories. Lead coated interc311 connectors to provide not less than 1/2 inch between cells Lead coated interstep connectors for the battery rack Connector bolts with acid resistant nuts Solderless terminal lugs for 1/0 AWG cables per polarity Call lifting facilities Vinyl coated assembly wreuches No-Ox-Id grease i One portable acid electrolyte thermometer One portable acid electrolyte hydrometer eY i ringe ~ One eat of numerals (one numeral per cell) suitable for per- manent attachment to cells ! 16A1.4 PRESHIPMENT CHARGE. Each cell shall be given a full charge with- in one week before shipment to the construction site. f i 16AI,5 CONNECTOR BOLT TORQUE. The installation and maintenance inetruc- ! specified in Section tions IC under INSTRUCTION MANUALS shall include the manufacturer's recommended torque for connector bolts. i } 16A1.6 MANUFACTURERS. Following is a list of acceptable manufacturers J for the battery. { i C&D Batteries Exide Power Systems Division, ESB Incorporated Gould Incorporated, Industrial Battery Division ! 6 , z ! [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 062788 1 16A1-3 . (i jpQ n~ L^ i'6" Yd! Subsection 16A2 - BATTERY CHARGER 16A2.1 GENERAL, These specifications c9ver furnishing one battery f charger and accessory equipment. 16A2.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. The battery charger and accessories furnished under these specifications shall conform to the pplicable requirements of the IEEC, NEC, and the Federal 'OccupationaalSafety and Health Stendarda.~' 16A2.3 BATTERY CHARGER RE UlREMENTS. The battery charger furnished shall be self-ragulating, solid-state silicon controlled rectifier type designed for single and parallel perationfwithwthe batteries specified under these specifications, features of the battery chargers shall include croThe parallel ss comena operation r providing for equal sharing of the charger loads. P stion i II The charger will be served from a 208 volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz system, The battery charger shall maintain output voltage within plus or mince 1/2 per cent from no load to full load with an input power supply deviation in voltage level of plus or minus 10 per cent and an input power supply deviation in frequency of plus or minus 5 per cent. ! ! Solid-state electronic circuits shall have so and do transient voltage f protection and shall be designed to recharge a totally discharged battery without overloading and without causing interrupting operation of ao or do circuit breakers. r 16A2.4 CAPACITY. The battery charger shall have a continuous output capacity of 30 amperea do at 125 volts do and an ambient temperature of i 104 P (40 C). 16A2.5 BATTERY CHARGER ACCE~IEg mounted in a self-su The battery charger anal]. be pporting floor mounded NEMA Type 2 cabinet, shall not require forced ventilation, and shall include the following features. i 1 Voltmater, indicating, output volta, dc, 3-1/2 inch ' scale, 2 per cent accuracy t 1 - Amster, indicating, output amperes, dc, 3-1/2 inch scale, 2 par cent accuracy 1 Timer, equalizing charge, manual reset, 0-72 hour range 1 - Circuit breaker, charger output { ! r i j f } DENTON 10566100N CONST 71.00001 16A2-1 i ! i r i3 Ht I - Circuit breaker, charger input, amperes interrupting capacity 1 - Indicating light 1 - Charge failure alarm relay assembly, including undervoltage relays for monitoring input and output voltages. Each relay shall be provided with two sets of epdt contacts wired to terminal blocks for connection to external circuits. 2 - Potentiometers, one "Float Voltage Adjust" and one Equalizing Voltage Adjust" I - Ground detector system consisting of a relay and x center-tapped resistor. The resistor shall be connected between the positive bus and the negative bus. The relay coil shall be connected ' between the center tap of the resistor and ground, f The relay shall be furnished with one normally open and one normally closed contact wired to terminal blocks for connection to external circuits. I - Ground detector voltmeter with one maintained contact three-position selector switch connected as follows: 4 j ! Switch k 1 Position Connect Meter Voltmeter Reading 4~ f Left of Plus bus t.o Full volts - bus not ` center round grounded ~ ground No volts -bus grounded Center Plus to minus Normal bus volts bus Right of. Minus bits to Full volts - bus not grounded center ground No volts - bus grounded 1 Lot of nameplates as required to identify. the function of each item mounted on the charger control panel The battery charger cabinet shall consist of a steel framework with top, front, back, and sides of sheet steel. The cabinet front, back, and sides shall extend to the floor to present a finished appearance. Louvers chall be provided for ventilation as required for operation in the specified amb.tant but the cabinet top shall be solid, i r `bENTON 105660GEN ONST 71.00001 788 16A2-2 ] gin, E:~ac, CON, IIII, ` l3 i I In addition to the requirementq of these specifications for exterior fin- tshing of electrical equipment, the interior of the charger cabinet shall ? be painted with semigloss white enamel. t 16A2,6 MANUFACTURERS, The battery charger shall be as manufactured by one of the following. C&D Batteries Exids Power Systems Division, ESB Incorporated j Gould Incorporated, Industrial Battery Division Solid State Controls, Incorporated i { j , 5 i t i 3 r [DENTON 10566 GEN CC';$T 71,00001 t 062788 j 16A2-3 [ t .ydi'1r f'nl l~ti' { I A. .:1\ll 5 15A (':4x': kY ~l ^I 6 1 Subsection 16A3 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED MOTOR STARTERS i 16A3.1 GENERAL. 'This subsection covers separately mounted motor starters which shall be furnished and installed under these specifics- tions. Motor starters, accessories, and enclosures for mounting separate from motor control centers shall be furnished and installed in the sizes, types, and locations indicated on the drawings and in accordance with the Motor Starter List included at the end of this subsection. Each starter shall have a nameplate which shall be as specified in this Section 16A. The Contractor shall coordinate overload relay heaters with the driven equipment. j The motor starters and accessories shall be in accordance with the require- ments of NEMA ICS, the applicable requirements of the Federal."Occupational Safety and Health Standards," and the articles which follow, ` 16A3.2 MANUAL STARTERS. Single-phase manual starters shall be toggle operated with one bimetallic type thermal overload element and one indi- cating light. The starters shall be designed for control of 120 volt ac, Single-phase motors and shall be provided in enclosures arranged for sur- face mounting. 't'hroe phase manual starters shall be toggle operated and shall include {i 480 volt, 3 pole contactors with three manual reset thermal,overload relays, These starters shall be Site 1 or larger and shall be furnished in enclosures arranged for surface mounting unless other-;"Os Specified. 16A3.3 THREE PHASE MAGNETIC STNS. 't'hree phase mignetic Lttrtera shall include 4volt, 3 phase, 60 hertz contactors with three manual ti reset thermal overload relays, 120 volt ac operating coils, and 480 to j 120 volt dry type control transformers complete with one secondary lead # fused and the other secondary laad grounded. The starters shall be Size l or larger and shall be furnished in enclosures arranged for sur- face mounting unless otherwise specified, 16A3.3.1 Auxiliary Contactors. Large size starters which require liar voltage to energize the operating coils shall be equipped with auxiliary contactors for use in the operating coil circuit. These contactors shall be operated from the 120 volt circuit of the control transformers. I (OENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.00001 i 1 062788 1 16A3-1 } rf Two speed starters and reversing starters, where specified, shall be mechanically and electrically interlocked so that only one set of con--, tacla can be closed at any one time. 16A3.3.2 Auxiliary Contacts. Normally open and normally closed auxil- iary contacts shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings, 16A3.3.3 Ovorload Relays. Three manually resettable thermal overload relays of the bimetallic strip type shall be furnished with each motor starter. The thermal overload relay heaters shall be rated as required to protect the motors from damage due to overload. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain the necessary field information and to size overload heaters. Provisions shall be made for resetting the thermal relays without opening the starter enclosure door. 16A3.3.4 Control Transformers, Control transformers shall have 60 hertz ratings, permitting operation at a primary voltage from 440 to 480 volts and a voltage ratio of 4:1. Assuming 440 volts on the primary terminals, j each control transformer shall maintain a minimum potential of 105 volts at its secondary terminals during starter coil inrush, while simultane- ously serving an additional load of 100 volt-amperes at 50 per cent power factor, Control transformers shall be mounted with the magnetic starter. 16A3.3.5 Remote Control. Each magnetic starter shall,be equipped for i control from a local or remote push-button control switch, or other pilot i devices indicated on the drawings. All necessary internal wiring for this feature shall be supplied and connected to terminal blocks so located j as to provide easy connection to the external control wiring, { 16A3,4 THREE PHASE COMBINATION MAGNETIC STARTERS. Combination magnetic starters shall include contactors, auxiliary contacts, overload relays, control transformera, and remote control provisions as previously speci- fied herein for magnetic starters, Each 3 phase combination starter shall be furnished with one Spat, 600 volt branch circuit protective device consisting of a circuit breaker or a fusible switch. 16A3.4,1 Circuit Breaker Branch Circuit Protection. Each circuit. breaker protective device shall be a Spat, 600 volt, molded case air circuit breaker with not less than 220000 amperes symmetrical inter- rupting capacity at 480 volts, Breakers shall be manually operated with quick-make, quick-break, trip-free mechanism of the toggle type. The breakers shall be equipped with suitable are quenching devices. Main current carrying contacts shall be silver-plated and shall be capable of carrying their rated current without exceeding the Underwriters' Labora- tories specified temperature rise. All circuit breakers shall be of the same manufacture. i (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00001 (k§t j ( 062788 ] 16A3-2 t~ i ~a ~htfi9grNV A manual operating handle shall be mounted in the enclosure door of each starter to operate the breaker. This operating handle shall have provisions for the use of at least one padlock in the open position. The operating handle shall indicate when the breaker has tripped automatically, The starter enclosure door shall be interlocked with the operating handle to prevent opening the door normally when the breaker is in the closed position, Provisions shall be made for overriding this interlock. Circuit breakers shall be of the magnetic instantaneous trip only type, sized and rated according to the following. NM Frame Rating of Breaker in Amperes Starter Size Minimum Approximate Size (amps) Continuous Instantaneous Trip Range Adjustment 1 100 2 100 25 Adjustable from 66 to 165 50 Adjustable from 160 to 360 E 16A3.5 SINGLE-PHAAE MAGNETIC STARTERS. Each single-phase magnetic ac i j starter shall include a 120 volt, 2 pole, 60 hertz contactor with one ! i' manual resat thermal overload relay, and 120 volt ac operating coil. Single-phase starters shall be Size 0 or larger and shall be furnished in NEMA Type 12 enclosures arranged for surface mounting unless otherwise specified. 16A3.5.1 Auxiliarg Contacts. Normally open and normally closed auxil- iary contacts shall be furnished as indicated on the drawings, 16A3.5.2 Overload Relays. One manually resettable thermal overload I relay of the bimetallic type shall be furnished with each motor starter, The thermal overload relay heaters shall be rated as required to protect i j the motors from damage due to overload. 16A3.5.3 Remote Control, Each single-phase magnetic an starter shall be equipped for control from local or remote push button, control switch, or other pilot devices as specified on tl,e drawings. All necessary internal wiring for this feature shall be supplied and connected to terminal blocks so located as tc provide easy connection to the external control wiring, 16A3.6 MANUFACTURERS. Accepl.able manufacturers for the separately g mounted motor starters are as follows. Cutler-Hammer, inc. General Electric Company e Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc. Square D Company E Westinghouse Electric Corporation r, I w [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11.00001 ( 062788 1 16A3-3 I QYia3u-r f(i~y3£ u'er[n. vatLe,agg SEPARATELY MOUNTED MOTOR STARTER LIST STARTER NLMA NEMA MAC NAMEPLATE STARTER ENCLOSURE VOLTS/ OR STARTER INSCRIPTION SIZE TYPE PHASE MANUAL TYPE PRV 1 1 12 480/3 MAG i f =1 ~ j i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 010489 1 16A3-4 i+ ~Y =%iXUk„ ' 40OV. 3 PHASE 1 X2 3 4 5 7 9 11 TB 1 Y Y Y ~ 1 OL 42. 4x X2 42 42 t ..~----~AC8 Hi X1 OL 4 I ~ 5 120V e 10 12 THRU r H2 u 42 Xx 1 s 4x 42 OL of - TI T2 T3 LEGEND ~R TR - MOTOR 4 _ CONTACTOR ; 42R - = WNWAaaR _ E - AIR C RCUIT BREAKER MIRiMO DIAGRAM S1NATI0M FULL yOLT [MO aT11RIL~R FUSE 1 N=a TH S DOES NOT APPLY Tn SI2E 5 FWD TO - TERMINAL at= f 400Y. 3 rNASE ~ LS Lx L3 1 2 3 4 s 7 8 It ! Y Y 47!p , y 4x1t To ACS OL 42F 4211 1 HS Xi ` 1 1 2 120V a M 10 1x X2 1C SS 20 Zx 3 40 N2 XZ 4 4 t 1 42F 42f 42F 42R 42f 42R 42l► 42R TNRU OL al OL MECHAMICAL !7 19 21 29 is T2 73 lmrmOOK MTR MIRING OE1A4KAM COMBINATION PULL gLYAOE RgytRS1S~ BARTER NOT1 TH13 DOES NOT APPLY TroO SITE 5 NO Q BLACK & VEATCH K ENGINEERS-IN ITECT5 E1gINEER ORAIM AGO ° 0 05-22-07 BAY INITIAL ISSUE DATE AC N ,S'Z2 NO GATE W-81-NO AND RECORD OF ISSUE NY 1pP FLH ~ ROJ 1 , 105640-DE-0012 0 o TYPICAL SCHEMATICS C00E r FOR COMBINATION STARTERS AR f o EA 16A3-5 k, 1 Subsection 16A4 - AC AND DC PANELBOARDS 16A4,1 GENERAL. The ac and do panelboards described below shall be fur- nished and installed under these specifications. Panelboards shall be furnished in the quantities and with components, de- vices, and materials meeting the requirements on the drawings, 16A4.2 DESCRIPTION. Panelboards shall be designed and fabricated in ac- cordance with, NEMA standards for panelboards. Each panelboard, or all current controlling devices in each panelboard, shall bear the UL label, \ All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable re- quirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Standards." I 16A4.2.1 Cabinets. Each panelboard shall be enclosed in a cabinet. In- door panelboards shall be mounted in duet resisting NEMA 1 cabinets with 3 a full gasket between the box and the cabinet front and between the cabi- net door and the cabinet front. cabinets shall not have knockouts. I , Each cabinet shall be code gauge steel and shall consist of a box with a removable, front complete with hinged door, latch, and master-keying lock, ' E The box shall be flanged galvanized sheet steel. The box shall be either. ' galvanizedafter fabrication, or if galvanized before fabricat on$ all locations there the galvanized coating is damaged or bare steel exposed ry during fabrication shall be cleaned to white metal and repaired with a 1 J. zinc rich coating. The repair coating shall deposit no leas than 2 ounces of zinc per square foot. Damaged galvanizi be regalvanized with "Galvanizing Powder M-321"gas manufactured by f the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; with "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectivea, Inc,, of i Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or acceptable equal, Boxes t shall be fabricated with straight edges and squarv corners. Surfaces shall be free of waves, bellies, and other imperfections. Warped or dis- s totted boxes will not be acceptable. k The cabinet front shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with at least one coat of rust resistant primer and at least two coats of enamel. In- door cabinets shall be ANSI 61 light gray. The panelboard interior shall, be equipped with a dead-front shield sepa- rate from the cabinet front. A circuit directory cardholder and card with a clear plastic covering shall be provided on the inside of each cabinet door, The directory card r shall have a space to identify each circuit in the panelboard, ' t 1~ [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11.0000] [ 062788 ] 16A4-1 s E ,I _j s.•,.,,,,n rE.. 5 E~ > t j~ 16A4.2,2 Buses, Rigid buae~; of copper or copper alloy shall be in- stalled to provide consecutive phasing of branch circuit connections, Bolt-in branch circuit devices shall be installed to allow replacement of any device without disturbing operation or mounting of other devices in the panelboard. A solid neutral bus shall be provided in a12 panelboerds desigt~aked nn the drawings to supply phase-to-neutral loads, The neutral bus r.'tall have solderless connectors, numbered to agree with the branch circuits, , The bus shall be insulated from the cabinet with provisions for ground- ing, I ' All panelboerds shall be furnished with en equipment grounding .bus. The equipment grounding boa shall have a mein lug and aolderlesa connectors, II i numbered to agree with the branch circuits. 16A4.2.3 Branch Circuit Protective Devices. Protective overcurrent da- vices for branch circuits shall be of the size and type 3ndiGated on the r _ f drawings. Branch circuit protective devices shall be single-•, double-, or triple-• 'i pole thermal magnetic type c~lrcuit breakers, designed for. automatic trip- Ping I Panalboard branch circuit breakers shall be the thermal magnetic, bolt- in, individually front replaceable type, sad shall ind.lcate "On," "Off," ~ aad "Tripped." Circuit bxeakera indicated ae multiple-pole shall be com- ~ mon trip. 1~~~ J ' ~ CiraulE breakers shall be ambient compensated ae 40 C. Circuit,breakera installed in the panelboard aha21 be identified with odd numbers on the 7.eft and evon numbers on the righC, Lighting and power panelboard circuit breakers shall be as lleted in Che following tabJ•e. AC SERVxCE Interrupting Capacity (NEMA) AC _ DC Service Frame TCip Symmetrical Po1ee Volta Ratin Ran a Amperes Volta Amperes. Vott•9 ac amperes amperes • 1 120 100 1.S - 100 10,000 12U 5,000 12S 2 208 100 l5 -..100 10,000 208 5,000. 250 j f If [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71„0000 [ 062788 ) 16A4-2 I t } i ~4:LYfu1 0 V t'..', fJl ^ 4 lli11A::: ! 3 11 ?4,9Ati?, I AC SERVICE Interrupting Capacit (NEMA) AC DC Service Frame Trip Symmetrical - Poles Volts Rating Range Amperes Volta Amperes Volta ac amperes amperes 2 480 100 15 - 100 14,000 480 10,000 250 ! 3 208 100 15 - 100 100000 208 i 3 480 100 15 - 100 14,000 480 3 480 225 180000 480 *The construction of all 3-pole circuit breakers furnished under these specifications shall be equivaleue to the single-pole and 2-pole circuit breakers specified, This shall include heavy-duty construction and spacing between poles as required for do rued circuit breakers. DC SERVICE k --Interrupting Capacity (N MA) AC n---- - fA~ Service Frame Trip Symmetrical Poles volts Rating Range Amperes Volts _ Am2erea Volta do amperes amperes 2 125 I00 15 - 100 101000 120 5000 125 i 16A4.2,4 Nameplates, Each panelboard shall be identified with a j suitable engraved nameplate mounted at the top of the front plate, Each nameplate shall be engraved. with the panelboard identification indicated on the drawings. 16A4,2.5 Cardholders, Circuit identification for each breaker shall be " typewritten on cards mounted in cardholders, 16A4.3 MANUFACTURER. The panel~oard shall be as manufactured by one of the following manufacturers, General Electric Company ? Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc, 6 Square D Company 5 Westinghouse Electric Corporation i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 100989 ] 4 16A4-3 , , fl at v i~ 31 i' .e' L Subsection 16A5 - DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS 16A5,1 GENERAL, The dry type transformers described below shall be furnished and installed under these specifications. 16A5.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Transformers shall be designed and fabri- cated in accordance with applicable ANSI, NEMA, and UL standards. Trans- formers shall bear the UL label. All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards." 16A5.3 DESCRIPTION, Dry type transformers suitable for indoor mounting shall be furnished in the quantity, voltage, phase, kVA rating, and meth- j ; od of mounting indicated on the drawings. Transformers shall be supplied with four 2-1/2 percent taps, 2 FCAN and 2 FCBN. All 3-phase transformers shall have three-winding primaries and three- winding secondaries. Transformers shall be Class AA. Winding insulation shall be 220 C insulation system with temperature rise f by resistance of 115 C above a 40 C ambient. Transformers shall have a sound level of 45 decibels or below when ( measured in accordance with NEMA standards, Transformers or transformer installations with sound levels in excess of 45 decibels shall be re- placed or relocated as directed by the Owner, ; t Wall hanger brackets especially designed to accommodate the transformers shall be furnished with all wall mounted transformers, 3 Transformers shall be thoroughly cleaned, then given a rust resisting primer coat and two or more finish costs of enamel, Transformers which are to be mounted indoors shall be finished with ANSI 61 light gray indoor snamel, 16A5,4 MANUFACTURER, The transformers shall he as manufactured by one X of the f owl` inmanufacturers. 't General. Electric Company Siemens Energy and Automation, Inc. Sorgel Electric Corporation Westinghouse Electric Corporation a t i i r, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 E ( 100989 J L 16A5-1 i Subsection 16A6 - DT'eFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES 16A6,1 GENERAL. Differential pressure switches as described below shall be furnished and installed as specified, , 1 , j 16A6.2 DESCRIPTION, A differential pressure switch shall be furnished for each penstock screen to monitor the screen's cleanliness. The switches shall be manufactured by Static "0" Ring or acceptable A equal, Each switch shall have double-pole double-throw (dpdt) contacts, I and shall be equipped with screw type terminal connections on a terminate ; block for terminating field wiring. Contacts shall be of the snap-acting f type. The switch set point shall be adjustable with a calibrated scale to indicate the set point. Switch housing shall be NM 4. The switch shall actuate when the pressure differential across the screen increases to 2 feet of water column. ; The switches shall be suitable for mounting in a manhole at the intake valve location. The switches shall be mounted below the process connec- tions. Instrument piping from the process taps to the switches shall be 316 stainless steel, and shall be at,least 1/2 inch NPT. Instrument Iso- lation and equalizing valves, or a three-valve manifold, ohall be fur- i niched for each switch, 1 f i i F 1 1 i 1 1 4.1 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) [ 010489 16A6-1 4 { I Subsection 16A7 - SEPARATELY MOUNTED PUSH-BUTTON CONTROL STATIONS 16A7.1 GENERAL, The separately amounted push-button and selector switch control stations described below shall be furnished and inst&lled as speci- fied herein and as indicated on the local control data sheets at the end of this subsection. 16A7.2 DESCRIPTION. Control stations shall be as listed in the Push- Button List included at the and of this subsection. Each control station shall have heavy-duty, oiltight push buttons or selector switches in NEMA enclosures. The push buttons or selector switches shall be. Allen-Bradley Series SOOT or acceptable equal. NEMA 13 enclosures shall be die-cast unless otharwiss specified or indicated on the drawings. All conduit openings shall be 3/4 inch conduit unless otherwise specified or indi- j cued on the drawings. Indicating lights shall be full voltage type. All "start" and "close" +pumh buttons shall be black with black sacutch- r.~ ' eons, and all "open" and "stop" push buttons shall be red with red ae- euteheons. All other escutcheons shall be black. Escutcheons shall be standard sizi or oversize as required. r The control station enclosure typa, mounting, unit location, unit type, and escutcheons are indicated in the Push-Button List and are defined on the Push-Button Designations included at the end of this subsection. I Each control station shall have a suitable nameplate on its front cover, ( Nameplate engraving shall be as indicated in the Push-Button List in- i r~ eluded at the end of this subsection and shall be 1/0 inch high. 1 The shipping marks on each control station shall be the same as the name- plate engraving. E , i ~i k ( V (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 16A7-1 10 r ~ { I POWER ROOF VENTILATOR i i OFF ON I ALLEN-BRADLEY SERIES-BOOT SELECTOR SWITCH E s OFF-ON SELECTOR SWrTCH CATALOQ NO. $OOT-H20 LSS-1 # f { i f , 4 I 1 16A7-c . t:!.:. Al Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANSFORMER 26A8,2 GENERAL. This subsection covers furnishing of equipment, material, and accessories as specified hereinoand on transformer oer cluded Transformer Specification and Data Sheets, in- furnished shall be connection complete with all accessories reads Power , and immediate service, f transformer subsection, all equipment, mater.ialsExandt as otherwisefepecitiedlinithis fied in Division 1, accessories shall he as speci- 16A8,2 CODES AND STAND cations 'hall and CODES ANDS m`to the All equipment provided under hpocifi- shall b be e in accordance a applicable standards of ANSI, N !I ndshalll In with the applicable requirements ' VE t and TEES Safety and Health Standards." of the Federal The power transformer shall f cordance with ANSI C57.12 se be ries designed, fabricated, and tested in ac- j ~ , NEMA TR 1, and these cations, In case of conflict between the requirements of the various par { these specifications, the is P requirements of the ern to the extent of such conflict in the rollowineTsetuencee shall l governmental regulations, codas par tov- and Data Shoetsi this , and standards; Transformer mandatory dusty power transformer section; Specification J y codes and standards, n and the referenced in. 16A8,3 CONSTRUCTION. Construction of the power transformer ewh be n f i accordance with the requirements of the paragraphs and articles which { follow, The transformer shall be capable of withstanding without damaga stresses caused b ' pedance on the ey shorttcircuits limited only by the transformer im- 110 percent rated volta,ge8maintRlnad acrossnding or windings with windings intended for connection to sources of ener the terminals all ocher asYmmetrical 8y• The first cycle r 7 peek current shall be as determined in ANSI/IEEE M,12.00_ 1980o Article 7,1.5, using the symmetrical short-circuit current calcu- lated from the voltage specified in this er plying factor "K11 a P agra h, alculi r and using the multi- limits rted from mite shall be the transformer impedance, Temperature Duration of the specircclUed /beElimit0d2to the time ad in the following table, 1980, Article 7.3,5• periods lit- ? rms Symmetrical Current i-- n A Windinp~~ Time Period in Seconds 25 or more times base current 20 times base current 2 3 r i' x [DENTON 10566 GEN CON,gT 71.0000) 062788 ) 16A8-1 l K~ I1 1 I, I rms Symmetrical Current Time Period in Any Windier in Seconds r 16.6 times base current 4 14.3 or less times base current 5 16A8.3.1 Mechanical Construction. All tanks, banes, radiators, covers, junction boxes when required, and any other attached compartments shall be fabricated from steel of sufficient strength to withstand normal service stresses without distortion or damage to any part. The base shall be suitable for rolling or skidding in any dira,,tion. All tanks and enclosures subject to operating pressures of the oil preservation system shall be designed to withstand 125 percent of the maximum operat- ing pressures, positive or negative, of the oil preservation syatem'fur- f nished. In addition, thi transformer shall be designed with sufficient bracing and strength to permit essentially full vacuum filling with insu- lating liquid, All. joints in transformer tanks, radiators, bases, etc., shall be made gastight and oiltight by welding, except that on transformers rated above 2,500 WA the connections between oil coolers, pumps, and tanks shall be provided with gaskated bolt secured flanges. Unless spoc:ified otherwise, all covers shall be welded in place, The transformer shall be equipped with lifting lugs, jack bosses located not less than 15 inches above the base, pulling eyes, and skids, Ground pads shall be furnished on each transformer tank in accordance with the requirements of ANSI C57c12.10-1977, Article 9.2.8. Unless alternate acceptable provision is made to prevent corrosion of the exterior of the bottom of the transformer tank, the transformer teak de- sign shall be such that ventilation is provided between the concrete supporting slab and the bottom of the transformer tank. Only supporting steel betteath the bottom of the transformer tank may touch the concrete slab. Design of the steel supporting the transformer rank bottom shall be such that the bottom is accessible for inspection after installation. If a transformer which the Contractor proposes to furnish under these specifications will not be supported on beams, or similar members, which will provide ventilation between the concrete transformer support 81ab and the bottom of the transformer tank, the Contractor shall provide 1/4 inch thick sheet lead material to support the transformer. The quantity of sheet lead provided shall be as required to install 1/4 inch thickness of lead benaath the entire part of the transformer bottom area which Is adequately braced for use in supporting the transformer, i j f i [DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71.00001 788 1 16A8-2 i i A 10 T, , 16A8.3.2 Core and Coils. Cores and coils shall be in accordance with ANSI 057 standards except as otherwise specified, and shall be braced to withstand short-circuit forces limited only by the transformer impedance without damage or displacement of the coil on the core and to withstand normal moving and handling without the use of special shipping braces, i Suitable cooling liquid Passages shall be provided to limit the hol; spot temperature rise above the average winding temperature rise at rated load to those values specified in Table 14 of ANSI C57.12,00-1973. The com- plete core and coil assembly shall be readily removable from the tank for repairs, The coils shall be insulated from the core and each other with sufficient insulation to withstand the standard impulse and low frequency tests fur transformers of the specified voltage class, Coils shall be 1 copper, III j I I The core ground connection shall be accessible at a manhole without re- moving any oil from the transformer tank or climbing, into the tank. 1.6A8.3.3 Top Oil Temperature Indicator. A dial type liquid temperature indicator-relay shell be furnished to indicate top oil temperature. In addition to providing visible indication of the top oil temperature, it shall be equipped with an alarm contact and a trip contact, The indi- cator shall'be equipped with a manually reset maximum temperature indi- cating hand. Location and mounting arrangement shall be such that the sensing element can be removed without loss of oil and it will not inter- ~I fera with tanking and untanking the transformer core and coils, 16A8.3.4 Winding 2'emperatura betectors for Remote Indication, A hot spot winding temperature detector for remote indication shall be fur- nished in the low voltage winding, The detectot shall be 10 ofuea at 25 C i and 3 wire, r 16A8.3.5 Winding Temperature indicators. A dial type hot spot winding S temperature indicator-relay shall be furnished for the center phase of 1 each winding. Each winding temperature indicator-relay system shall in- corporate a current transformer responsive to its associated phave wind- ing current, calibrating resistor, temperature detector element, and heater all mounted and connected to simulate the hot spot tempere,ture of the winding with which it is associated, r 16A8.3.6 Auxiliary Power and Control Circuits. All auxiliary power and control circuits requiring connection to external circuits shall be ex- tended to terminal blocks located in a common weatherproof control cabi- net. Terminal blocks shall be equipped with washer head binding screws, covers, and white terminal identification. marking strips Auxiliary pow- er will be served from an external circuit to one point in the control cabinet. f tDRNTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 062788 1 16A8-3 r ' w J The control cabinet shall be provided with space heaters to prevent con- densation of moisture within the cabinet, Space heater capacity shall be as required to maintain the cabinet internal temperature above the dew point. The heaters shall be spaced away and thennally insulated from any devices or painted surfaces. Voltage normally applied to the space heaters will be 120 volts. Space heater voltage rating shall be 240 volts, Space heaters shall be controlled by an adjustable thermostat, factory set to close on falling temperature at 80 F (ON) and open on rising temperature at 95 F (OFF). feeder; the provide wire, shall 120 volt, 60 hertz space heater power The ssuppowner will protection, ` Power Transformer Specification and Data Sheets describe auxiliary power supply and indicate control circuit voltage, 16A8,3,7 Current Transformer Circuits. All current transformer leads, including those from each tap of each multiratio bushing current trans- former, shall be extended into the transformer control cabinet, The current transformer leads shall be terminated on six-point, shorting type terminal blocks mounted in the transformer control cabinet. f 16A8.3.8 Insulating Oil. A sufficient quantity of insulating oil, for complete filling to the recommended level shall be furnished with the transformer, The oil shall contain no measurable PCBs, Where possible, the transformer shall be shipped filled to the 25 C oil level, The in- itial filling of the transformer shall be made under acceptable methods designed to eliminate entrained air from within the tank and windings. The insulating oil shall meat all the requirements as defined by ~ AN5I/A5TM D3487-79 standards; shall be chemically stable, free from acidity or other corrosive ingredients; shall possess high dielectric strength; shall contain loss Chan 15 ppm water when tested in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D1533 (Karl Fischer method); antestedlitesc- at leant 30 kV upon receipt: at the fob delivery point cordance with the procedures of ASTM D877. Insulating oil sampling and test procedures at the factory shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D117. If the dielectric test strength of any oil received in the field, whether shipped separately or in the transformer, tests leas than 30 kV when tested in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D877, the Contractor shall provide all labor, supervision, material, and equipment required to furnish the oil quality specified. `DBNTON 10566GEN C014ST 71.0000, 062788 16A8-4 i i a a [i k'. The performance of the transformer insulation system shall meet all the requirements of these specifications when oil samples taken from the completely filled transformer have a dielectric test strength of only 26 kV when tested in accordance with the procedures of ASTM D877, The insulating oil shall be inhibited with 0.3 percent by weight of DBPC (2, 6-ditertiary-butyl para-Cresol). The transformer nameplate shL-,l state that the oil is inhibited. The Contractor shall certify and warrant that the equipment furnished under these specifications contains mineral oil with no measurable PCBs. The equipment shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner should testing indicate that the equipment does not most this condition, ~ I 16A8.3.9 Sealed Tank Oil Preservation S atem, A sealed tank oil preser- vation system shall be provided. All handhole covers and bushings shall be securely bolted to gasketed openings in the cover and the cover shall be welded in place. The preservation system shall also include a pres- sure vacuum gauge and a pressure relief device designed to seal the interior of-the transformer from the atmosphere and hold the gas plus oil volume constant without the internal gas pressure exceeding 10 psi gauge positive or 8 psi gauge negative, 7 j The transformer shall be shipped with all radiators, bushings, covers, and connections in place, ready to unload, install, and place in immediate service, { 16A8,3.10 Vacuum Filling, The transformer shall be designed for essen- ! tially full vacuum filling with insulating liquid in the field, i The Contractor shall furnish all labor, supervision, material, and equipment required to fill the tri,neformer in the field and all costs of filling shall be included in the lump sum price stated in the Proposal, } The Owner wishes to consider filling the transformer using his own { foroes. Each bidder shall indicate, in the apace provided in the Pro- posal, the dollar amount to be deducted from the total lump sum price for ! not furnishing labor, supervision, and equipment for vacuum filling in ' the field. In the event the Owner does not accept the Contractor's proposal for field filling of the transformer but elects to do this work using owner equipment and forces, oil furnished aeparat8ly shall be delivered at a time and in a manner acceptable to the Owner. Delivery shall be coordi- nated with erection schedules. All oil transportation or demurrage costs Paused by his failure to coordinate insulating oil delivery shall be barns by the Contractor. If oil in quantities of 31600 gallons or lens [DENTON 10566 0EN CON5T 71.00001 I 062788 1 16A8-5 j t -Y! 'I is furnished by tank truck or rail, the Contractor shall provide one full S hour working day during regularly scheduled working hours for unloading oil at the jobsite. 16A8.3.11 Current Transformers, Current transformers shall be bushing type with f711y distributed windings for relaying service. They shall be five lead multiratio unless indicated otherwise on the Transformer Speci- fication and Data 'Sheets. 16A8.3.12 Bushings. All transformer bushings 110 kV BIL and above shall be oil filled and shall be in accordance with IEEE 21 and IEEE 24, and those bushings 150 kV BIL and above shall be interchangeable with oil i circuit breaker bushings of the same voltage class and current rating. Bushings rated below 110 kV BIL shall be in accordance with NF14A TR 1. All bushings above 110 kV BIL shall be provided with facilities for power ` factor testing. Bushing minimum clearances shall be in accordance with the following. Between live parts of one phase and live pa!tte of different phasee 20 Inches `I i Between live parts of ono phase and.ground 13 inches 160.3.13 Surge Arresters.' Station type snrge arresters, where 'speci- fied, shall be mounted near and connected to the high voltage bushings. The arresters shall be mounted, so that the vinimum clearances specified hereinbefore for bushings are obtained. Arresters shall be provided with full capacity copper connections between arrester and transformer high voltage bushing terminals to allow transmission line connection to the arresters. Connections between high voltage bushings and arresters shall contain provisions for expansion and contraction. Arresters she,11 be furnished with line connectors as specified hereinafter and all required ground connections. 16A8.3.14 Connectors. one bolted clamp type ground connector for 1/0 AWG to 300 Hem copper conductor shall be provided for each tank grounding pad. E (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 1 062788 1 16AB-6 kp ~ryry5* =3 `tl I~ 1l y' Tinned bronze connectors, stud to NEMA 4 hole pad shall be provided on each high and low voltage phase bushing. 16A8.3.15 Undercoat. A protective undercoating shall be applied to the bottom surfaces of the transformer tank And base. 16A8.3.16 Ground Bus. The transformer shall be equipped with a copper bar ground bus connecting each surge arrester and neutral bushing speci- fied to the transformer ground pads at base level. 16A8.3.16 Nameplates. All major items of equipment and each terminal block in the transformer control cabinet shall be identified with an individual nameplate. Nameplate inscriptions shall be acceptable to the kngineer. j 16A8.4 ACCESSORIES, Details of the accessories which shall be furnished j with the transformer are contained in the paragraphs which follow. ! s;andsrd accessories shall be provided according to ANSI C57,12 except there shall be included at least one set of spdt alarm contacts for the j mr,gnetic liquid level indicator and for the pressure relief device. Transformer gauges shall be tilted for ease of reading from the ground within 5 feet of the transformer, f There shall also be included one fault pressure relay system, sensitive to the rate of pressure increase, The fault pressure relay system shall include a spot primary element controlling an auxiliary seal-in relay and reset switch arranged and connected to provide manually resettable lock out.function on operation of the primary element. The auxiliary relay shall be designed for satisfactory operation on 's 125 volt de system; shall include four normally open, electrically separate contacts for use with remote equipment, and shall be mounted inside the main control cabinet. All rate of pressure rise relay equipment shall be wired to identified terminal points in the main control cabinet and shall have complete provisions for testing, A local 125 volt do indicating light shall be furnished to indicate relay reset required, The fault pressure relay shall be Westinghouse Sudden Pressure Relay or acceptable equal. I 16A8.5 PHOTOGRAPHS. Three complete sets of photographs of each core and coil assbly shall be furnished. The photographs shall be taken just em prior to placing the completed core and coil assembly into the tank, r All photographs shall be 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch gloss prints properly labeled as to the views taken, A total of five different views shall be provided as follows. Top view , i I J MTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 062788 J 16A8-7 k P I w a.- Front view, Segment 1 per ANSI C57,12,10 Figure 2 Left side view, Segment 2 per ANSI C57.12.10 Figure 2 Rear view, Segment 3 per ANSI C57.12.10 Figure 2 Right side view, Segment 4 per ANSI C57.12.10 Figure 2 16A8,6 FACTORY TESTS. All routine testa specified in ANSI 057.12.000 Article 8.2.1, plus additional tests as specified herein, shall be per- formed on the transformer. Six certified copies of the report of each test shall be delivered to the Engineer not later than 10 days after completion of all factory tests. Temperature teats will not be required, but calculated temperature rise based on teats of similar units of pre- vious manufacture shall be furnished. The Owner reserves the right to witness testing. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing not less than 90 days prior to the scheduled starting date of the factory teats. In addition, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of the performance date for each test not less than 15 days prior to the date of the test to allow the Owner to witness tabt- ing if so desired. The Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer of any unusual event or damage occurring during the fabricauion of the transformer and { of all tests which do not meet the specified standard values. The Owner reserves the right at its option to inspect such damages or test fail- urea. Corrective'meaaurea to overcome ouch damage or failure shall be { subject to acceptance by tho Owner. Details of the nonroutins testa which shall be performed on the trans- former are contained in the articles which follow, 16A8.6.1 Impulse Tests. Impulse teats shall be performed upon the ` transformer in accordance with ANSI Standard C57,12.90-1980 using the neutral current method of fault detection. Oscillographic records of the teat shall`be included in the teat reports. 16A8,6.1.1 Alternate Impulse Testa. The Owner wishes to consider the inclusion of each bidder Ts standard impulse tests in place of the impulse teats specified in the preceding article. Each bidder shall indicate, in the space provided in the proposal, the dollar amount to be deducted from the lump sum price for performing his standard impulse test. Each bidder shall include a complete desoH.ption of the proposed alternate impulse tests with his proposal. In the event that the Owner accepts the alternate impulse tests, Cecil- lographic records of the tests shall be included in the test reports. I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000 ( 062788 J f 16AS-8 i j f S _ { ij EI _ y' 16A8.6.2 Corona Test. The transformer shall be tested for corona for a period of 1 hour in accordance with the following procedure. The test voltage shall be determined in accordance with ANSI C57.14.00, Induced-Voltage Test. The frequency of the test voltage shall be held constant during the test at a value determined in accordance with ANSI C57.12.90, Article 10.4.2. The test voltage shall be increased gradually to full value in not more than 15 seconds. The corona shall be measured in microvolts at the 50 percent level and the 70 percent level of the rated induced test voltage as the test voltage is being increased to maximum. The rated test voltage shall be sustained at the 100 percent level for 7,200 cycles or 60 seconds (whichever is less) and the corona measured in microvolts. The corona at the 100 percent test voltage level f shall not exceed 150 microvolts. Immediately after completion of the 100 percent test period, the voltage shall be gradually reduced to the 50 percent level in not more than 5 seconds and the test voltage shall remain at this level for the remainder of the hour. The corona in microvolts shall be measured at the 70 percent level while the voltage is being reduced and at the 50 percent level every 10.minutes for the remainder of the hour. The measured corona above the background shall I not exceed 100 microvolts at this 50 percent level In addition, corona inception and extinction voltage levels shall be observed and recorded. f The corona test shall be performed after all other dielectric teats are completed. The curve of the data obtained in the test shall be included in the test reports. i 16A8.6.2.1 Alternate Corona Test. The Owner wishes to consider the in- elusion of each biddarTe standard corona test in place of,the corona test specified in the preceding article. Each bidder shall indicate, in'the space provided in the Proposal, the dollar amount to be deducted from the lump sum price for performing his standard corona test. Each bidder j shall include a complete description of the proposed alternate corona f teat with his proposal. The alternate corona test, if accepted by the Owner, shall be performed after all other dielectric testa are completed. 16A8.6.3 Short-Circuit Withstand Teats. Following the standard routine factory teats, impulse teat, and corona teat, the Owner may require that the transformer be subjected to short-circuit withstand tests as described in the proposed Power Transformer Short-Circuit Test Code, modified to I ' 4 j I t `DENTON 105661GEN CONST 71.00001 16A8-9 E j _i ~a t include all substitute wording contained in the discussion of this test code; all as presented in IEEE Paper 71 TP 536-PWR and as follows. Short-circuit ms symmetrical current for transformers shall be limited by internal transformer impedance. Each test shall be of 30 cycles duration. The fault types, tap connections, and terminals to which the tests are to be applied will be established at the time of purchase. Since the most discriminating test and connection will be a function of the transformer rating and design, each bidder shall describe the type of fault he proposes for this test and the basis for its selection as a part of his proposal. Standard routine factory tests, impulse test, and corona test shall be repeated following the short-circuit withstand test. The Owner reserves i the right to witness all tests; study all short-circuit and failure- detection test resultat and evaluate whether any critical characteristics have been materially altered by the short-circuit teats. A transformer which, in the opinion of the Owner, has been materially altered by short- circuit testa may be rejected by the Owner. 16A8,6,4 Inclusion of Short-Circuit Withstand Teets. The Owner will consider including in the work the short-circuit withatand tests de- scribed above. Each bidder shall indicate, in the space provided in the I Proposal, the price for furnishing short-circuit withstand tests for the transformer. ' Within 30 days from receipt of the Contractor's notification of the scheduled beginning of the standard factory tests, the owner will inform the Contractor if short-circuit withstand tests are or are not required. Scheduled shipment of the transformer shall not be affected should the Owner require short-circuit withstand tests, { 16A8.7 WIRING DIAGRAMS. Connection and interconnection wiring diagrams furnished by the-Gobtractor shall be in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, 16A8.8 TRANSPORMER LOSS EVALUATION. The guaranteed transformer losses shall be~atat~ ed in the appropriate spaces in the proposal Data section of these specifications. These data will be evaluated using the dollar values given on the included Transformer Specification and Data Sheets, The vari- ous losses multiplied by the approprinte dollar values will be added to the transformer selling price in determining the transformer having the lowest cost. } IDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 , 100989 16A8-10 1 f 1 Any transformer which, upon factory test, is found to have losses greater than the guaranteed losses stated in the Proposal Data section shall have its selling price reduced. The price reduction shall be the difference between the guaranteed losses and the actual losses, as determined by the testa, multiplied by the appropriate dollar values given on the Transformer. Specification and Data Sheets. I E , t 1 , I i I Ili 1 Y i 3 f , i (DLNTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 I 062788 J 16A8-11 -410. 01 10 a 1 w l f ~ One transformer shall be furnished with the following ratings, and in- eluding the following accessories. Capacity: 3750 kVA at 55 C temperature rise Cooling class: OA j Winding data: High Voltage (H) Low Voltage (X) Primary Secondary i Voltage 24.9 kV 4.16 kV Basic impulse level 75 kV I Line end 150 kV J f I Neutral end 150 kV ? ! Connection Wye Delta j Tapat 107.5/105/102.5/97.5/95 percent sated voltage, located in f H winding f Vector relatienahips High voltage leading low voltage 30 degrees ` Impedance at the nominal voltage connection, based on high voltage winding 55 0 OA (3750 kVA) ratings 5.5 percent standard I Auxiliary power! 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz, furnished by the Owner Control powert 120 volt, single-phase, 60 hertz, furnished, by the Contractor from the auxiliary power supply speci- fied Oil preservation eyatemt Sealed tank I Current-transformer data: m Ampere Quantity, Accuracy N Location Ratio Each Bush, ing Total class 0 y High Voltage J Bushings H1, CL H2, H3 600/5 1 3 0800 I i 1 MACK & VEATCH PROJECT 10566 ENGMEMARCHITECTS SPEC 71,0000 I~/I TRANSFORMER SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET 16A8-12 .a a# Ampere Quantity, Accuracy Location Ratio Each Bushing Total Class Low Voltage j Bushings X1, X2, X3 1200/5 1 + 3 C800 i Neutral Bushing Ho 600/5 1 1 C400 1 Bushing and surge arrester color: ANSI 70 gray f Buehiug data: I ~ Basic Impulse Level w Location Mounting r ! } High voltage (H) Phase 150 kV Se mom,, I g 3 Cover. , Neutral 150 kV f Segment k Cover it Law voltage (X) 75 kV Segment 1 Wall 3 I f , Three intermAdiate type aurga arresters toted 21 kV shall be furnished for the transformer high voltage terminals, Transformer high voltage terminals shall be designed and constructed for G connection to an overhead line. Transformer low voltage phase terminals shall be furnished with a junc- tion box mounted on the transformer tank for connection to 5 kV shielded lower cable, The transformer high voJ.tage neutral terminal shall be solidl ! y grounded. The following dollar values will be used to Avaluate transformer losses. No load losses $1,500/kW ( Load losses at 3,750 kVA rating $1,500/kW t t m > N O O d rr► rrrr PROJECT 10566 E ENOINENRB•ARCHITECTS SPEC 71,0000 I 1. w ! TRANSFORMER l SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET 16A8-13 Olin +t f, tl Subsection 16A9 - OUTDOOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS 16A9.1 GENERAL. This subsection covers furnishing of outdoor circuit breaker equipment, materials, and accessories specified on the included Outdoor Circuit Breaker Specification and Data Sheets. Circuit breakers furnished shall be complete with all accessories ready for mounting, con- netting, and immediate service. Except as othetwioe specified in thin subsection, all equipment, materials, and accessories shall be as apeci- fied in DIVISION 1. The and DataiSheetssanof the d electricalindividual overn Specification contrrolOutdoor schemershallBreaker flicts occur , govern should con• E 16A9.2 CODES AND STANDARDS, All equipment provided under thia suME. lion shall conform to the applicable standards of ANSI, N1;MA, and ItEE, r. All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable re- { qu,i.-ements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standards," The circuit breakers shall be designed, fabricated, and tested in ad- f cordence with ANSI C37 Series, NEMA SO 4, and these specifications. 16A9.3 CONSTRUCTION DETAILS. The circuit breaker shall be 3-pole 1 1 single-throw~gned 'and constructed for operation on a 3-phase, I 60 hertz system at an ambient temperature of 40 C, 16A9.1.1 Operating Mechsm. The operating mechaninm, shunt trip mech- anism, and necessary auxiliary operating devices shall be provided in a t f weatherproof, dust resistant enclosure mounted on one, and of the breaker f unit. i The operating mechanism shall include all auxiliary devices and other f accessoriea required for the type of operating mechanism furnished. Each mechanism, regardless of the operating medium utilized, shall be trip-free in all respects, Tho mechanism shall include all, internal wiring and terminal blocks. The Owner will furnish one auxiliary at the voltage specified on the outdoor power supply i` Data Sheet, If the Contractor choosas to ful.,nish motors or other auxil- iary equipment designed to operate at a different voltage from the Owner furnished auxiliary power supply, ha shell furnish all equipment required to transform the voltage of auxiliary power as supplied by the Nmar to the design voltage of the equipment furnished. f t i 1 E i fDENTON 10566062 LIEN f 788 CONST 71,00001 1 16A9-1 I JJ flr..yal 'T Nt If 11 I':`SfYlll 't I Three 2-pole molded case circuit breakers or enclosed fuse pullouts per breaker shall be provided{ one for the close circuit, one for the trip circuit, and one for the auxiliary power circuit. Circuit voltages shall be as ,specified. One permisaive control switch (69 device) shall be furnished, It shall be a two-position, manually operated switch that in one position permits the closing of the circuit breaker and in the other position prevents the circuit breaker from being operated. It shall be mechanically interlocked with a manual trip lever that is accessible from outide the breaker op- orator housing so that, if the breaker is tripped by this lever, the 69 device must be manually reset before the breaker can again be operated. I j` The electrical control circuits shall be connected as indicated on Draw- ing DL-0001 included with these specifications, 16A9.3.1.1 Pneumatic Type Operating Mechanisms. If a pneumatic type of operating mechanism is furnished, it shall consist of a self-contained air supply system and the necessary accessories including valve compres- sor headers to meet the operational requirements of these specifications. i An air compressor of sufficient capacity shall be provided and shallbe driven by a motor designed for operation at 120 volts ac. The motor shall be controlled by a pressure switch to maintain the air pressure in the storage tank within the normal operating range, Provision shall be made for draining off the moisture collecting in the storage tanks. Air inlets shall be fitted with gauze or other approved type air filter to stop ingress of dust or insects. An accessible "tee" fitting shall be installed in the compressor air line for attachment of any emergency air connection. The air system shall. be provided with a safety valve to pre- vent excessive air pressure and with a dial pressure gauge to indicate reservoir air pressure. An air pressure switch with at least two Adjust- able, ungrounded, electrically independent sets of contacts for operation on 125 volts do shall be provided. One contact shall be wired in the electrical closing circuit of the breaker to prevent closure of the breaker when the air pressure is below the proper operating value. The other contact shall be wired to the terminal blocks for use as alarm con- tacta for low air pressure. The combined air system shall store suffi- cient air for not less than two successive olose-open operations without recharging. The air supply system shall be completely recharged from atmospheric to full operating pressure within I hour, or from a minimum operating pressure to full pressure in 30 minutes, L6A9.3.1,z Pneuato-Hydraulic Tyye Operating Mechanisms. If a pneumo- hydraulically operated machani.sm is furnished, it shall be capable of satisfactory performance under the duty cycle specified in these speei•- fications. The breaker shall be closed by a hydraulically operated moth- anism. The mechanism shall be provided with a sealed fluid and com- pressed gas and solenoid control valves for breaker operation. A manual trip-close shall be provided at the mechanism housing which will permit (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 062.798 ] 16A9-2 I s i { A it rl ri manual tripping or closing of the breaker at normal speeds. The accumu- lator shall be capable of storing enough energy for a minimum of two suc- cessive breaker close-open operations, and a manually operated pump shall be provided for building up the pressure in the accumulator in case of control power failure. Comparable pressure switches shall be furnished as specified above for the pneumatic type operating mechanisms. 16A9.3.1.3 S2ace Heaters. The operating mechanism enclosure shall be provided with space heaters to prevent condensation of moisture within the enclosure. Space heater capacity shall be as required to maintain the enclosure internal temperature above the dew point. The heaters shall be spaced away and thermally insulated from any devices or painted surfaces. l Voltage normally applied to the space heaters will be 120 volts, Space j heater voltage rating shall be 240 volts., E Space heaters shall be controlled by an adjustable thermostat, factory set to close at 85 F (ON) and open at 95 F (OFF). } The Owner will provide a 2 wire, 120 volt, 60 hertz feeder for this serv- ice= the Contractor shall provide suitable branch circuit protection, i 16A9.3.2 Bustj . All bushings shall be rated in accordance with ANSI C76.2 and as specified. Bushings provided shall be directly interchange- able with transformer bushings of the same current and voltage rating. All bushings shall have s power factor tap which will permit power factor testing of the bushing while it is in plane on the breaker. 16A9.3.3 Auxiliary Power and Control Circuits. Breaker auxiliary power, control, and alarm circuits eha 1 e prov dad with terminal blocks for connection to external circuits. The terminal blocks shall have circuit identification and shall be located in the mechanism housing to provide external circuit connections from a common raceway entrance. 16A9.3.4 Insulating Oil. The oil circuit breakers aha11 be shipped without ittau ating oil. The insulating oil shall be shipped Separately, it The insulating oil shall meet all the requirements as defined by VFMA standards, shall be chemically stable, and free from acidity or other corrosive ingredients, shall possess high dielectric strength, and shall test at least 28 kV when tested upon receipt at the job delivery point, Insulating oil sampling and fast procedures shall conform to the require- I ments of ASTM D117, The Owner will test samples of the oil furnished before it is placed in the breakers. If the dielectric tuat strength of (ABNTON 10566 011 CONST 71.0000 ( 062788 1 16A9-3 t t '3 any insulating oil that is furnished tests less than 28 kV, the Contrac- tor shall provide all labor, equipment, and supervision required to fur- uish the oil. quality specified, The specifications for erection of these circuit breakers will require that, when erection of each circuit breaker is complete, samples of the insulating oil must be tested in accordance with the procedures outlined in ASTM D877 for dielectric acceptance, For acceptance, the insulating oil will be required to test at least 26 kV, The insulation of the cir- cuit bre,-akers furnished shall meet all the requirements of these speci- fication- when filled with insulating oil that meets this test, 16A9.3.5 SFfi Gas g stem, Temperature compensated pressure switches or Ir gas density switches shall be provided to monitor the SF6 gas density in each breaker pole. Alternately, pressure differential switches may be used to measure the differential pressure of the SF In no case shall the SF6 in one pole be common to the~SF between poles, pole. 6 gas in another A drop in SF6 gas density, in an city alarm. A further drop in density, below thetminimum1requiredaforen- proper interruption of fault currents, shall block any breaker operation either open or closed, The breaker shall be furnished with sufficient SF energize each breaker. The SF 6 gas to fill, test, and ties. SF6/nitrogen gas mixtures g shall anotbbeffurnished moisture and impuri- The SF6 to ai- seals and gaskets shall prevent SF g 6 gas leakage in excess of 2 percent per year of gas volume, throu tee period. Corrosive are products due to moisturerInfiltration shallnbe prevented to the maximum extent possible through the uao of desiccant moisture absorbing chambers, t 16A9.3.6 Are Containment Chamber, The are contairnnent chamber, and the breaker ta"nron des -tank rea era shall be designed to prevent mechani- cal fallure due to preaaure buildup if the breaker falla to interrupt full rated fault current, 16A9.3,7 Currant Transformers, Current transformers shall be provided as specified n acoor ance with NEMA SG 4 - Fart 3. Current transformers shall be bushing type with fully distributed wind- Inge for relaying service, They shall be five lead multiratio unless indicated otherwise on the Outdoor Circuit Breaker Specification and Date Sheets, i j NENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 1 062788 1 16A9-4 j 4 ii Y v 1 ,IS l All secondary leads, including all taps for each transformer, shall be brought out to shorting type terminal blocks located in the mechanism housing. 16A9.3,8 Assembly, Circuit breakers specified shall be permanently fac- e as- tory assembled on a structural steel frame common to all poles. shall be complete, including bushings, if shipping clearances will permit, 16A9.4 ACCESSORIES. Standard accessories shall be breaker. Accessories shall include the following, provided with each An auxiliary switch with 18 "a" and IS "b" contacts in addition to those required for control of breaker mechanism. All contacts shall be wired to terminal blocks. Contact surfaces shall, be silver-plated. Cutoff and latch checking switches ~ f Pressure switch for annunciation of low operating pressure if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is fur- nished i + Two grounding pads with terminals for attachment to the i owner's 1/0 AWO to 300 Mcm stranded copper ground cables. f The grounding pads shall be on diagonally opposite locations i on the frame, Operation counter I Relay and operating panel shall be included in the operating ~ cabinet or in a separate weatherproof cabinet on bach breaker, i One elapsed time meter for the air compressor or oil pump t' LJ Ij motor if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is furnished Position indicator f 120 volt ac lamp with switch, and duplex receptacle in each 1 control cabinet A suitable nameplate showing all ratios of the bushing j current transformers shall be mounted either on the i circuit breaker frame or inside the control cabinet, One maintenance closing device and one windlass type or equivalent tank lifter shall be furnished for use with all breakers. [DRNTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,0000) f 062788 ) 16A9-5 r , 10 SS Oil level gauge (as applicable) Provide for connections of contact travel timing test sets/ recorders. i Air system to provide for an external emergency air supply connection (as applicable) i Provide duplex 120 volt ac, 20 ampere, convenience outlet in the operating mechanism enclosure Pressure switch per operating mechanism for annunciation of low operating pressure if pneumatically or hydraulically op- erated breaker is furnished Pressure Twitch for annunciation of low operating pressure r~ { cutoff if pneumatically or hydraulically operated breaker is furnished i 1 ! Operation counter per operating mechanism Relay and operating panel shall be included in the operating cabinet or in a separate weatherproof cabinet on each breaker. One elapsed time meter for each of the stored energy mecha- nism motors Density switch per pole for annunciation of 1ow•SF6 gas den city I Density switch per pole for annunciation of low SF6 gas den» eity cutoff Loss of voltage alarm relay on each auxiliary power and con- trol power feed to the breaker 16A9.5 FACTORY TESTS, Regardless of any statements in the standards to the contrary, the breaker shall be completely assembled at the factory. The assembled componentu, including bushings, Shell be those which will be a permanent part of the breaker assembly. After the breaker is com- pletely aaeembled, it shall be subjected to and shall meet all requlre- mcuto of the production testa as listed and described in ANSI C:37,09. 1AA9.6 PREPARATION OF BREAKERS FOR SH'1PMT. Circuit breaker components shall be clean, dry, and sealed when shipped from the factory. Each com- ponent shall contain a packaged moisture absorbing chemical as required to keep it moisture free during shipment. Tanks, interruptera, support i i (DfNTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 062788 ] 16A9-6 13 J j insulators, or other SF6 or oil containers which are found to contain moisture when r,aceived at the jobsite shall be dried, and moisture damage shall be repairad at the Contractor's expense. Complete instructions outlining the Contractor's recommended procedures for inspection upon receipt at the construction site, moisture free maintenance during storage, and preparation for SF6 or oil filling shall accompany each breaker. These instructions shall be shipped inside the breaker control cabinet, j 1 ~ ~ I i ; ~ j (DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,0000 P ( 062788 ) + S 16A9-7 ( I r Y7 One 34.5 kV single tank oil, vacuum, or SFg outdoor circuit breaker shall be furnished with the following ratings, and including the following ac- cessories. Rated maximum voltages 38 kV rms Rated voltage range factor, K: 1,65 Rated low frequency withstand voltage: 80 kV rms Rated full wave impulse withstand voltage- 150 kV peak Rated chopped wave impulse withstand voltagesr i Two microseconds minimum time to sparkoveri 220 kV peak Three microseconds minimum time to sparkoveri 196 kV peak ~ Rated transient recovery voltage, as rated 1 minus cosine anveloper Rated peak voltage, Ez: 7l kV i f Rated time to peak voltage, Tg: 63 microseconds I s Rated continuous current- 1,200 amperes rms , Rated.short circuit current: 22,000 amperes rms Related required capabilities- Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability- 36,000 amperes rms L i Short-time (3 second) current carrying capability- 36,000 amperes rms Closing and latching capability- 50,000 amperes rms { Rated interruptin,; tine: 5 cycles (60 hertz basis) y Rated permissible tripping delay, Y: 2 seconds Rated reclosing times 20 cycles (60 hertz basis) m i N b R e N i M1 pg ,1 f BLACK & VEATCH PRa~~ECT 10666 (AfpIN~EpS•ARCHI7ECTS SPEC 71,0000 OUTDOOR OIL CIRCUIT AREAXER r i SPECIPICATION AND DATA S14EET 16A9-8 1 NtlY lk'A '7 ICtr'aln.g ` 4i9?sYL'1 • rJlarlA~( 777 k111 tl ~Ifv.4%1C.: 1 J 11p~Y1}' ! Bushing datat ANSI C76,2rs Table I i Basic impulse level; 200 kv Colon ANSI 70 gray Nominal power supply voltagess i Auxiliary powers 120 volts, single-phase, 60 hertz Breaker closings 125 volts dc, single-phase, f 60 hertz i Breaker trippingt 125 volts do' single-phase, 60 hertz 1 r ~ t Current` transformer datat Location Ampere Quantity, Ratio Each Bushin Class uracy Tom ----°s° Bushings 1, 39 5 60015 ~ 1 3 C400 ~ IA 1 Bushings 2, 4, h 60015 3 CG04 t i ' z . a 'a s p1 i m N ;Y d f A BiACK A WATCH tNplNEERS•ARCHlTEC76 PROJECT 10566 s SPEC 71.0000 OUTDOOR OIL CIRCI)IT BREAKER SPECIFICATION AND DATA SHEET 16A9-9 € f ' M NPtJ (((2(((29"""""ff tl i> 5 Subsection 16A10 - OUTDOOR DISCONNECT SWITCHES 16A10.1 GENERAL, This subsection covers furnishing of outdoor discon- nect switches, associated grounding switches, operating meohanirms, and accessories. 16A10,2 CODES AND STANDARDS, Outdoor disconnect switches furnished under these ape cations shall be in accordance with the requirements of applicable ANSI, NEHA, and IEEE standards. All materials and devices shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and Health Standardo." 16A10,3 _EQUIPMENT REQUIRED. The Contractor shall furnish the following quantities an types o disconnect switches. ( ! Quantity Description r'' f 1 3-pole, group manually oper- ated, vertically mounted, vertical break disconnect switch f 16A10.4 INSULATORS. Disconnect switch insulators will be ANSI Technical 3 Referenoa u98. 16A10.5 SWITCH RATINGS. Disconnect switches shall be furnished with the 1 following ratings,. r Impulse Momentary ' Withstand Continuous Asymmetrical Switch } Maximum Voltage Current, Current, 'Phase f Voltage, (BIL), kV amperes amperes Spacing, j kV rms peak Ma rms inches 38.0 200 11200 40,000 42 I 16A10.6 SWITCH CONSTRUCTION, Switches shall be 3-pole, group operated, f single throw, complete wits switch blades, contacts, terminals, bases, i and leveling devices, and with all bolts, nuts, and other hardware re- quired to assemble the switches, mount the insulators) and mount the switches on steel structures. Switch parts shall be capable of carrying the continuous current, specl.. } Pied in an ambient temperature of 40 C without exceeding the temperature rises listed in ANSI 037,30, and shall have sufficient strength for all mechanical requirements. [DENTON .105660GEN9000NST 71.00001 131 16A10-1 1 1 , . 1 1 j II (fi'd t'.'C'dl r ~ ,3 f .1 f A?.' switches shall be furnished with copper or aluminum alloy live parts, Copper switch blades shall be hard drawn and tinned after fabrication; rr>> aluminum switch blades shall he extruded 6063, T6 alloy. Where discon- nect switch terminals are fabricated of copper, the copper shall be tinned. All other switch components which are fabricated of copper and are in contact with aluminum shall have the copper tinned, and shall be provided with electrical joint compound between the contact surfaces, Switch bearings shall be of the sealed, greaseless type. Switch contacts shall be high-pressure, silver insert, wiping action type, The jaw contact fingers of switches so a ui to increase contact pressure with increasing currented Cshall besi ontacte£inge$ned pressure springs shall be outside of the load current path. Disconnect switches shall be furnished with single tang terminal pads with 9/16 inch diameter bolt holes on 1-3/4 inch centers. The quantity and arrangement of bolt holes in each terminal pad shall be coordinated G with the switch continuous current rating and shall be in accordance with the following table. { Switch Continuous Current Rating, Quantity of Bolt Role amperes _ Bolti Holes A`zran ement f 400 thru 600 2 Parallel to canter line of switch Switch bases shall be steel channel designed for mounting on steel strua- j turea. Bases ahal], be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. All switch components fabricated of ferrous materials shall be hot- galvanized after fabrication or shall be stainless steel,` dip 16A10,7 GROUP OPERATORS. Group operators shall be complete with inter- phase sha?ts,"opeiating rode, couplings, guide bearings, mounting brack- sta, offsets, manual operators, and all bolts, nuts, and othar hardware required to assemble the operators and-mount the operators on steel structures. Operators shall be furnished with provisions for grounding and for pad- locking in the open and closed positions. i , All levera, inturphase shafts, and operating rods shall be cut to length and threaded at the factory. All group of ferrous materials, shall be hot-dip galvanized operator rator after components fabrication tionox sh osh be stainless etas]., all 1 (DE,NTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 062788 16ALO-2 rl Vii.:. V4'AI 16A10.7.1 Mfinual Operators, Manual operators shall be located approxi- mately 3 fe7t above---i=iaish grade, shall be of the swing handle type, and 1 shall not require an operating forco greater than SO pounds. Each disconnect switch operator shall be provided with an auxiliary switch including not less than three "a" and three "b" contacts enclosed in a weatherproof housing equipped for threaded rigid steel conduit con- nection. Auxiliary switch contacts shall be field convertible, 16A10.8 TIGHTENING OF CONNECTIONS, The Contractor shall include on his erection and assembly drawings complete information for tightening of all 1 electrical connections secured with bolts or studs. The information fur- nished shall include torque wrench settings or complete details of other tightening procedures recommended for bus jointe, connector attachments, and contact attachments, 10 r' I i 16A10,9 MANUFACTURER. Disconnect switches shall be Southern States, + Bro*#ni Bovari Corp.) Gould. Incorporated or acceptable equal, i IE j 1 y [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] f 062788 ) 16A10-3 ,,!WA i~. 1► 4 I Subsection 16A11 - LOW-FLOW VALVE REMOTE CONTROL PANEL y` 16A11.1 GENERAL, A remote control panel will be added for control of the Corps of EEngineer's two existing 48 inch butterfly valves. This control panel shall be furnished and installed as specified herein, on the drawings, and as indicated on the local control panel data sheet at the end of this subsection. In addition to t:hs low-flow valve local control panel, the Contractor shall furnish and install one slide-wire potentiometer on each of two ex- isting motor operated 48 inch valves. These position indication slide- wire potentiometers shall be compatible with the existing valves and the i resistance transmitters furnished. { 16A11.2 PUSH BUTTONS, Push buttons shall be as specified in Section 15B and the data sheet at the end of this section. i 16A1.1.3 VALVE POSITION RESISTANCE TRANSMITTERS, The two valve position ii resistance transmitters shall be compatible with the slide-wire potenti 1 omoeters required, The transmitters shall be Scientific Columbus Se- ries 7300 $C or acceptable equal. The transmitters shall be suitable for mounting inside the remote control pone.l. 16A11.4 POSITION INDICATORS. The two position indicators shall be West- ~ inghouse WesohlerrTyp<i VV 252 or acceptable equal and shall be located y I as shown on the data sheet at the end of this subsection. 16A11.5 TERMIWI BLOCKS, All terminal blocks shall be furnished as I specified in Section 158 and the data sheet at the and of this subsec- tion. 16A11,6 ENCLOSURES. The smote control panel enclosures shall be NEMA`12 Hoffman enclosures. Size shall be 'sufficient to neatly mount and wire all devices to the terminal blocks such that field wiring comes to s one side of the terminal blocks to complete the electrical wiry, q. 'Wir- ing shall be bottom entry. Enclosures shall have a piano type hluge. Control devices shall be arranged on the doors of the enclosures an shown I on the data sheet at the end of this subsection. 1 a 3 fl a [DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71.00001 4 [ 100989 j 16A11-1 E R u krntiut<r Rinre.,~ r ~I REMOTE CQNTROI. PANEL. DATA SHEET LOW TE CONTRO PANEL I REMO E ii 1L1R1 VALVE MR) NAMEPLATES Y OPENED V OPENED A A j _ { L L V V { { E f i ff P P I E ` 1~ POSITION o 0 - INDICATORS k I s S , f Now- Now- T m G O CLOUD CLOSED N N 1 I OPEN OPEN j X11I i r 1 M~Og1E~NTARRY I TTONS f c CLMU CLOSE , o ~ ~ M eLo E Iy b 040 9 NOTES PANEL SHALL CONTAIN TWO TWELVE POINT TERMINAL BLOCKS. 16AII-2 ,r is Section 16B - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT' ERECTION 16B.1 GENERAL. This section covers erection work for all electrical equipment installed or furnished and installed under these specifics- tions. Erection work shall include receiving, unloading, storage, removal from storage, hauling, cleaning, erection on foundations, and other work necessary to place all equipment into successful operation. In addition, erection work shall include complete assembly of equipment shipped unassembled; dismantling and reassembly of equipment to make adjustments; and provision of personnel, equipment, and assistance to f the Owner and the Engineer in testing and placing the equipment into operation. Erection procedures not specified heroin shall be in accordance with the recommendations and drawings of the equipment manufacturer, , 168.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIAL. All miscellaneous materials except those + specified to be furnished by the Owner or other contractors shall be fur- nished as required for the complete erection of the equipment, These me- terials shall include, but shall not be limited to, grout, shims, wedges, dowels, anchors, supports, bolting, gaskets, packing, welding rod, and I consumable gases. 16B,3 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION, All equipment shall be protected from I damage of any ki from the time it is unloaded until it is ready for initial operation, During the erection period, all equipment having drive motors or rotating parts shall be protected with a weatherproof flame resistant sheeting I+ which completely covers the exposed parts og the equipment. Sheeting shall be PYRO-KUH 613 as manufactured by the 5isalkraft Watarproof Papers, Laminated and Coated Products Division, St. Regis Paper Co., j Attleboro, Massachusetts, or acceptable equal. Equipment shall be suitably protected from weld spatter during construe- tion. Equipment housed or covered with glass or equipped with easily broken components shall be protected as roquired to prevent damage throughout a the construction period. Machine finished surfacas, polished surfaces, or other bare motal sur- faces which are not to be painted, such as machinery shafts and cou- plings, shall be provided temporary protection during storage and con- struction periods by a coating of No-Ox-ld 558 as manufactured by Sanchem Inc., Chicago, Illinois or acceptable equal rust preventive compound. i r (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) [ 062788 ] 168-1 z f i a I sj 7 I 16B.4 CLEANING. The exterior and interior surfaces of each equipment item shall be cleaned of sand, dirt, and other foreign materials after its removal from storage and immediately before its movement to its final location. Before initial operation of individual items of equipment, the Contractor shall remove all dirt, mortar, and other material which has been spilled, misplaced, or otherwise has been allowed to mar the finish surfaces, The interior of all electrical equipment, including relays and electrical contacts, shall be thoroughly wiped and vacuumed clean before the equip- ment is energized. All debris shall be removed from the site and disposed of as directed by the Owner: 16B.5 MAINTENANCE TOOLS. The Contractor shall use special tools fur- nished with equipment only when authorized by the Owner, All special E tools furnished with equipment for maintenance shall be stored as di- rected by the Owner. I 16B.6 LOCATION TOLERANCES. Equipment shall be located within 1/8 inch of the dimensional location indicated on the drawings unless otherwise, permitted by the Owner: 16B.7 ALIGNMENT. Rigid components such as bus, bus duct, throat con- nections, and enclosures shall be aligned and connected with special care tc prevent excessive stress in joints, supporta, and connections. Equipment with moving parts such as switches, circuit breakers, and switch operating mechanisms shall be carefully aligned to assure free mechanical, operation. I 16B.8 BOLTED ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, Where bolted connections are made to aluminum, t he aluminum surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with a wire brush, then coated with joint compound and thoroughly brushed again through the compound, Additional compound shall then be added and the joint bolted together, Joint compound shall be Alcoa No. 2, Where bolted connections are made between copper or brass surfaces, the metal surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with Fenetrox A as manufactured by Burndy Corp., Norwalk, Connecticut or. No-Ox-Id A compound 40 manufactured by Sanchem Inc., Chicago, Illinois. The tightness of each bolt in each factory made bolted alectrical con- neotdon ahall be checked during erection and connection of the equipment, It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to certify that the tightness of each bolt in all bolted electrical connections, factory or field, is in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. i 4 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) [ 010489 ] 16B-2 ff~ t 1 Y !33C M: 1vlk-,: s~~. xd :jt I Bolted electrical connections shall be tightened with manual torque wrenches. Torque wrenches shall be so constructed that they will visu- ally or audibly indicate when the proper torque is reached. The accuracy of each torque wrench shall be checked by a testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner immediately prior to its use on equipment erected under these specifications. 16B.8.1 Torque Values. If the equipment manufacturer's erection in- structiona do not include recommended torque values for bolt tightening or specify an alternate method for tightening bolted electrical connec- tions, torque values shall be in accordance with those listed in the table which follows. f TORQUE VALUES FOR DRY, UNPLATED, NONLUBRICATEA BOLTS I 18-8 Stain- Silicon Aluminum 316 Stain- Bolt Size less steel Brass Bronze- 24ST-4 less Steel j in.-lb in.-1b in,-lb in.-lb in.-lb 1 ~ 1/411-20 75.2 61.5 68.8 45,6 78.8 f 1/411-28 94.0 77.0 87.0 57.0 99.0 5/1611-18 132 107 123 80- 138 5/16"-24 142 116 131 86, 147 3/8"-16 236 192 21'1 143 247 f{f 3/811-24 259 212 240 157 271 ! I 7/16"-14 376 317 349 228 393 i 7/16"-20 400 327 371 242 418 s E I f 1/2"„13 517 422 480 313. 542 1/211-20 541 443 502 328 565 c 9/10-12 682 558 632 413 713 t 9/1611-18 752 615 697 456 787 5/8"-11 1110 907 1030 715 1160 5/811-18 1244 1016 1154 798 1302 3/411-10 1530 1249 1416 980 1582 3/411-16 1490 1220 1382 958 1558 f 7/8"-9 2328 1905 2140 1495 2430 7/8"-14 2318 1895 2130 1490 2420 1 111-0 3440 2815 3185 2205 3595 1"-14 3110 2545 288: 1995 3250 ~ i . 4 DENTON 105660 EN CONST 71,00001 16B-3 1 I t Y! y 16B.8.2 Connection Bolt Ti htness Check. The tightened bolts in also- trical connections shall be checked at random as selected by and in the presence of the Owner. The Contractor shall provide calibrated hand torque wrenches and the necessary platforms, equipment, and personnal for the random check. The number of bolts checked shall be acceptable to the Owner, based upon its observance of the quality and completeness of the tightening opera- tions. A minimum of 10 per cent of the bolts in each connection, but not less ttian two bolts in each connection, shall be checked. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the checking of bolt, tightness so that minimum interference with equipment erection and con- nection will. be experienced, Removal of covers and similar dismantling of equipment to permit the Owner to witness the testing of bolt tightness III of enclosed connections shall be part of the work included under these f specifications, j Checking of til;htness of electrical connections in the presence of the [ i Owner is intended to assist the Contractor in avoiding the expense of re- pairing costly connection failures. This check shall not relieve the Contractor of complete responsibility for the integrity of the electrical connections, 165.9 FERROUS WELDER QUALIFICATION. All workmen performing ferrous welding of any kind shall be qualified according to the American Welding Society Publication AWS D1.1-88, Structural Welding Code. The quali- fication testing shall be conducted by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner. The conditions of test welding shall be similar to those for the work, 16B,10 LUBRICATION, The Contractor shall furnish all oils, greases, and other lubricants required to place equipment in operation. The Contrac- tor shall apply lubricants in accordance with the manufacturer's mendations. The lubricants used shall be acceptable totheOwnerECOm- 16B,11 EQUIPMENT FINISH. Surfaces of most electrical equipment, such as panels, ewito gear, transformers, and circuit breakers, are finished at the factory. Great care shall be exercised to prevent damage to this original finish during installation of the equipment and during con- struction work If the factory finish is damaged during the course of construction, the entire surface of the damaged component shall be refinished by and at the expense of the Contractor, The refinished surface shall be equivalent in every respect to the original surface, including color, texture, and smoothness. Refinishing paint, if furnished with the equipment, may be used; otherwise, the paint shall be obtained from the equipment manufacturer, J [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001>> 010589, 1 16B-4 I n I.. r. a.t' I A , f 5 S'tlPtptd y i~ T, 16B,12 GALVANIZED SURFACE COATINGS. All galvanized surfaces on which the galvanizing is removed by cutting, drilling, or by any other opera- tion shall be regalvanized with "Galvanizing Powder M-321" as manufac- tured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Ptnneylvenia; with "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by l'ndustrial Metal Protectives, Inc of Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massachusetts; or acceptable equal. The Con- tractor shall furnish this protective material and shall apply it in the field to any surface where the galvanized coating is broken or removed. 16B.13 BATTERIES AND BATTERY CHARGERS. The Contractor shall install and connect the batteries and battery chargers and prepare them for operation immediately upon their arrival at the jobsite. ` A temporary power supply shall be connected to each battery charger and shell be maintained in service until permanent power supplies are in- j stalled and ready for continuous energization. The source for the tempo- rary power supply shall be as selected by the owner as being the most re- liable. A freshening charge shall be given to each battery within 90 days after its shipment from the factory, i 168.13.1 Assembl The assembly of each battery and battery rack shall j be in actor ante with the manufacturer's recommendations and assembly instructions. The individual cells shall be lifted onto the rack using the lifting equipment recommended by the battery manufacturer. Cells shall be lifted E by the bottom of the case and not by the call poste. Cell 'polarity shall be checked for positive to negative connections throughout the battery, ~ i Prior to installing intereall connectors, the Contractor shall inapact l all terminal posts.and connecting hardware. Any area showing evidence' of corrosion, dirt, or acid shall be cleaned by rubbing gently with a E brasa suede brush or fine emery paper, exercising care to prevent re s moval of lead plating. A thin film of corrosion inhibiting grease shall be applied to all contact surfaces. Intercell connections shall j be completed with connectors and associated hardware supplied by the battery manufacturer, Where more than one intercel.l connector per cell post is required, the connectors shall be mounted on opposite sides of the poet for maximum surface contact, Both ends of the connection bolts shall be tightened to the manufacturer's recommended torque values. All cell covers and containers shall be cleaned, A water moistened clean wiper shall be used for the removal of dust and dirt. A bicarbonate of soda and water moistened wiper shall be used for cleanup of electrolyte { spillage, All wipers used shall be free of oil distillates, Explosion resistant vent plugs shall be installed where provided. Individual cell numbers in sequence with No, 1 at the positive and of the battery shall be applied for permanent identification. , (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 i ( 010489 J 168-5 i I ;r The voltage of the battery shall be measured to ensure that individual cells are connected correctly, If the ieasured voltage is less than r approximately the number of cells multiplied by the measured voltage of one call, the individual call polarities shall be rechecked, Intercell connection resistance shall be measured and recorded, Any connection with a resistance measurement exceeding 10'per cent above the average shall be remade and remeasured. Final connections from the battery to the charger and de system shall be installed after assembly of the battery he" been completed. After the battery assembly is complete to the stage of Intercell connec- tions, the battery shall be protected from construction dirt and debris. 168,13,2 Freshening Charge and Testing. A freshening charge shall be applied to each battery after. installation. Freshening charges shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recom- mendations. The temperature, voltage, and specific gravity of each cell shall be measured and recorded prior to applying the charge. The cell with the lowest specific gravity shall. be selected as a pilot cell, All cells shall, be inspected and water shall be added as necessary to bring the electrolyte to the "Low Level" line, The quality of all water added i to tha battery cells shell be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. The specific gravity and temperature f of the electrolyte of the pilot cell shall be measured and recorded at least once daily. After pilot cell specific gravity readings become constant (with correction for temperature), water shall be added to all cells to bring electrolyte up to the "High Level." line, The charge shall be continued for 3 hours at which time the charge voltage shall be returned to normal float voltage, After an additional 72 hours of floating charge, all individual cell voltages, temperatures, and speci. is gravities shall be measured and recorded as specified in this sec- tion under Records. If the specific gravity of any cell, corrected to a temperature of 25 C, measures less than 1,200 or more than 1.220, or the voltage of any cell measures more than 0.04 volt below the average, the Contractor shall notify the Owner, who will inform him as to how he shall proceed. 168.13.3 Records, Data obtained from receiving, storage, and assembly are pertinent to the maintenance and operational life of the battery. Listed below, as applicable, are the data that shall be recorded and submitted to the Owner. (1) Date of receipt of battery, Cells should not be stored for more than the time period recommended by the manu- facturer without applying a charge to the battery. In i [DENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71.0000] ( 010489 ] 168-6 t,d uv,~ce 4 v~ t~ 6 1 all cases, a period of 3 months storage is allowable between charges if the cells are stored in a clean, dry, cool location without exposure to extremely low ambient temperatures or localized sources of heat. f (2) Initial resistance values of the intercell connections measured as specified in this section under Assembly (3) Individual cell specific gravity (corrected to a tempers- _ ture of 25 C) and voltage measurements measured as specified in this section under Freshening Charge and Testing 16B,14 PANELBOARDS. All panelboards shall be installed so that branch ' circuit protective devices are not more than 6 feet above the finished ' floor or grade. Panelboards shall be installed in accordance with the following articles. I f 16B.14.1 Cabinets. The cabinets shall be leveled and securely fastened to the mounting aurface, utilizing all of the mounting holes provided in the panelboard cabinets. The mounting surfaces shall be adjusted so re- quired to maintain the cabinets in a true vertical p•lsne. ! i 166.14.2 Panel Interior, Each cabinet shall be installed conduits ! connected, and wires pulled before the panel interior is installed. Each f panel interior shall be carefully inspected, and all connections shall be { tightened. The panel interior shall then be mounted in the cabinet using all of the mounting provisions furnished. The panelboard interior shall ~ then be connected, with wires tightly secured in the terminals provided I and with unnecessary lengths of wire eliminated, Wiring shall be neatly arranged in the gutters. A heavy cardboard panel front shall be temporarily i secured to the front of the panelboard to protect the interior from dirt I or damage until the permanent metal front is installed, 16B,14.3 Panelboard Fronts. Each panelboard front shall be carefully ; aligned and adjusted until its edges are parallel to the panelboard ! interior and the building lines, and then shall be firmly secured with E the fasteners provided. ! ! The directory shall be accurately and neatly completed to permit ready .location of the protective devices controlling circuit loads. 3 I ii E i f j (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000] ( 0104119 j 16B-7 i ii -10 Section 16C - RACEWAY i 160.1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and field inetallatiort of k a complete raceway system in accordance with these specification., the Raceway Liet, the Raceway Bank, and the drawings. Raceways shall be furnished in quantities sufficient for a complete in- e stallat:ion as indicated in the Raceway List and Conduit Bank, on the drawings, and in these anecifications. I f 11 The raceway system is defined to include conduit, flexible conduit, con- sinuous rigid cable supports called "cable tray" herein, underground " duct, cabinets and boxes, and all materials and devices required to in- stall, support, secure and provide a complete system for support and pro- tection of electrical conductors. I 16C.2 CODES AND STANDARDS. Raceway system materials and devices fur- u;tshed shall bTin accordance with applicable standards of ANSI, NEMA, and UL. Raceway system components shall be installed in accordance with applicable requirements of the NEC. Iti case of 'conflict between the re- quiremente of any of the above referenced codes and standards and the requirements of these specifications, r.he requirements of these specifi- cations shall govern. All materials and deviceia shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal "Occupational Safety and { f Health Standards." I ` 16C,3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. The installation specifics- ti-ors included in this article apply to all raceway system components. j 16C,3.1 Routing of Above Grade Raceway. Electrical cable trey shall be 1 ► f routed as indicated on the drawings. The Contractor shall field route j conduit according to the general routing indicated oti the drawings and f shell coordinate conduit locations with other equipment and structures. Wheraver practical, raceway shall be routed Ko Chat, except where it Is chsinging elevation or being lowered to enter equipment, the lowest part of the raceway, including its associated supports and appurtenances, is i at least 61-8" above the closest floor or walking surface beneath it. Raceway, including its associated supports and appurtenances, routed above work areas, walkways, platforms, and aielsu shall be at least 0-8" above the walking surfaces. Raceway, including its associated supports And appurtenances, located at least 614" above the closest walking sur- face beneath it, may be routed a reasonable distance away from the sup- porting wall, ceiling, or structural member so long in the specified sup- port is provided, interferonce with other equipment and structures is r avoided, and the routing is acceptable to the. Owner. Raceway, including its associated supports and appurtenances, which must be touted closer (DENTON 1,0566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 013190 16C-1 5 ,t than 6'-8" above the closest walking surface beneath it shall be routed as close as possible to surfaces of walls, columns, and the equipment served, 16C,3.2 Brackets. Bracket supports as detailed on the drawings shall be j used where specifically indicated and may be substituted for other type hangers where acceptable to the Owner. 16C,3.3 Anchors, Where supports for raceways, boxes, and. cabinets are mounted on concrete surfaces, they shall be fastened with self-drilling tubular expansion shell anchors with externally split expansion shells, single cone expanders, and annular breakoff grooved chucking cones. An- chors shall be Phillips "Red Head" or acceptable equal. 16C.3.4 Insulation. All supports for raceway connected to equipment, piping, raceways, etc., that have been electrically inaulatod from con- tact with other structures shall be properly installed to prevent shunt- ingof the insulation, 16C.3.5 Sleeves and Openings. Sleeves and openings for passage of elec- trical raceways are indicated on the drawings. These openings are planned for location beneath major pieces of electrical equipment and in certain locations where groups of raceway will pass through floors, I f The Contractor shall bo responsibl, for all required openings, Required openings not provided during structure fabrication shall be provided by the Contractor using a hacksaw, a hole saw, or a core drill subject to acceptance by the Owner, Openings in concrete floors and walls for s:a gle conduit shall be cut by the Contractor with core drills and the con- duct grouted in place after being installed. 16C,35,1 Openings Through Steel Beams, Conduit may be routed through building steel only when each such routing is acceptable to the Osmer. Holes required for conduit passages shall be drilled or sawed, not burned. 160,3.5.2 Openings Throu h Orating. Field cutting of grating will be allowed only where acceptable to the Owner. Alternate routing of race- ways should be used to avoid conflict with grating. If field cutting is absolutely necessary, the openings ahall be made at divisions or ends of grating sections. These openings shall be square and shall be neatly finished as detailed on the drawings. All rough spots shall be ground until smooth, and regalvanized as required, Openings in grating shall, be sawed, not burned, 16C.3.5.3 Finishes Boxouts, Openings that have been cut through walls and floors of concrete for the passage of raceways shall be fin- iahed dither by grouting around the conduit or by grouting 3/16 inch` [DENTON 10566 GBN CONST 71.00001 1 ( 010489 f 16C-2 i i thick steel bands around the periphery of the openings. Where sleeves or bands a.e installed in floors, they shall project 4 inches above the fin- ished floors, i 16C.3.5.4 Finishing 0 enin s Beneath Equipment, Openings beneath equip- ment shall be closed with Carboline pyrofosm 700 or acceptable equal where the cables are in conduits and the conduits project through the openings. Where the cables entering the equipment are not in enclosing raceways, the openings shall be closed with Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV foam, Manvill„ Type 103 Cara Form board, or acceptable equal flame retardant materialo. The Cera Form boards shall be not less than 1 inch trick and shall, be cut to fit closely around the outside surfaces of the cable where the cable passes through the boards. The boards shall be securely placed in the floor opening and all openings around the cables and the boards shall be sealed with Manville Cerablanket or acceptable equal and all exposed surfaces of the board and Cerablanket shall be covered with a f 1/8 inch thick coating of Carboline Intumastic 285. ? Openingt, shall not be closed until all the cables through the openings 1 have been installed and tested. Unused opening; beneath equipment shall be closed with Carboline Pyro- foam 700, Manville Cera Form board coated with a 1/8 inch thick coating 1 of Carboline Intumastie 285, Dow Corning 3-6548 silicone RTV foam, or ac- ceptable equal flame retardant materials. I Inete2lation'of materials shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's I recommendattona, The materials shall be finished to provide a smooth, t neat appearance. i 160.3.6 Extensions of Bui_ ).diva Steel to Su ort Raceway, Extensions of building atructuras to support raceways bhall be of the same material as the structure being extended and shall be finished to match the finish of the extended structure, 16C.3.7 Beam Clamps. 'Beam clamps for attachment of hanger rods to f structural ateel shall be electrogalvanized steel as manufactured by Uni- strut, Globe Strut, or acceptable equal. t 160,3,8 We. 1dinR, All welding shall completely fuse the welded member to the supporting steel and shall be neat in appearance. made by welders whose quality of work is equivalent to thAll shall atwofdwelders be certified by the American Welding Society. ~ i Clamps shall be used for making attachments to structural steel for in- stallation purposes wherever possible, Welded lugs will be permitted only when acceptable to the Owner. f (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 1 16C-3 i ~E t} } } Ct All temporary supports which have been welded to the building steel shall be removed as promptly as possible. After removal, the roughened surface of the building steel shall be ground smooth and a protective primer paint applied equal to that which was initially applied in the shop. 16C.3.9 Use of Unfinished Racewa Unfinished runs of raceway shall not be used. Supports and connections for each raceway run shall be complet- ed prior to the pull-in of any pulling line or conductor. 16C.4 ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SYSTEM. An electrical conduit system shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the drawings and the following specifications. Conduit shall include all fittings and supports and all flexible conduit and fittings. i 16C.4.1 Conduit Materials. Electrical conduit and associated materials k shall conform with the requirements of the articles which follow, r~ 16C.4.1.1 Rigid Steel Conduit. Steel conduit, couplings, and elbows shall be hot-dip galvanized rigid mild steel in accordance with ANSI j 080.1 and UL 6. The conduit interior and exterior surfaces shall have a i continuous zinc coating with a transparent overcoat of enamel, lacquer, or zinc chromate. Rigid steel conduit shall be as manufactured by Tri- angle, EWC, Incorporated or acceptable equal. 16C.4.1.2 Cou lin s and Thread Protectors. Each length of threaded con- duit shall be complete with a coupling on one end and a thread protector i on the other. The thread protector shall have sufficient mechanical strength to protect the threads during normal handling and storage, 16C.4.1.3 Flexible Conduit. All flexible conduit shall be plastic Jack- eted, liquidtight, galvanized steel, Sealtite Type EF for general service J areas or Type HC for high temperature locations. 16C.4.1.4 Metal Conduit; Fittin s. All metal conduit fittings shall con- form to the requirements of ANSI NEMA FBI and UL 514 where these stand- ards apply, Galvanized iron or galvanized steal fittings shall be used with steal conduit, 16C,4.1,5 Flexible Conduit Fitting s. All flexible conduit fittings shall be liquidtight, galvanized oteel, Appleton Type STN, STH, or ac- ceptable equal, and shall bear the UL label. 16C.4.1.6 Bushings. Insulated bushings ,4ith insulating inserts in metal housings shall be providedfor the termination of all conduit not termi- nated in hubs and couplings. Grounding type insulated bushings shall be provided for all conduit containing power, circuits. Standard bushings ' shall be galvanized. i £i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 062788 ] 16C-4 i , f y1 I if F JJ. 4 r '.1 r; r~ 16C.4,1.7 Locknuts, One interior and one exterior locknut shall be pro- vided for all conduit terminations not provided with threaded hubs and couplings. Locknuts shall be designed to securely bond the conduit to the box when tightened. Locknuts shall be so constructed that they will not be loosened by vibration. 160.4.1.8 Unions. Conduit unions shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Watertight conduit unions shall be Crouse-Hinds Type OF or acceptable equal. 16C.4.1.9 Raintight Conduit Hubs. Raintight conduit terminating hubs, ~C where-Indicated on the drawings or required by these specifications, shall be Ef.cor "Water-rite" rigid conduit hubs or acceptable equal. Mal- J leable iron hubs shall be used for steel conduit, 16C.4.2 Conduit Su orts. Conduit supports shall be furnished and in- stalled in accordance with the drawings and these specifications. Sup- port material shall comply with the requirements which follow. 16C,4.2.1 Hanger Rods. Hanger rods shall bu 1/2 inch diameter electro- galvanized threaded steel rods. 16C.4.2.2 Conduit Clamps. Supports for conduits in single runs or f groups of two shall be -one-holecast metal clamps and clamp-backs. They shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast ferrous metal - I! for steel conduit. ` Supports for banks of three or mare conduits shall be constructed of sup- port channels (Unistrut, Kindorf, or acceptable equal) with associated conduit clips. Support channels shall be steel hot-di ~ p galvanized after j fabrication with galvanized steel conduit clips for steel conduit. I Conduit terminated at cable tray shall bn clamped to the tray with Crouse-Hinds LCC Series cable tray conduit clamps or acceptable equal. 16C.4.3 Conduit Installation. Conduit installation shall be as Indicat- ed on the drawings and as descriued in these specifications. 16C,4.3.1 Rout. Except as otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings, all conduit shall be installed $n exposed runs parallel or per- pendicular to dominant surfaces with right angle turns made of symmetri- 1 cal bends or fittings. Conduit shall not be installed on the outside face of exposed columns, brae shall be routed on the web or on the inside of a flange of the column, Except where prevented by the location of other work, a single conduit or a conduit group shall be centered on structural members. Conduit ;;hall be located at least 6 inches from hot water pipes, and from } other hot surfaces, t r F } (bENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010489 J 16C-5 E t ('1} . Y~ i5 h' All conduit field routing shall be acceptable to the Owner. Routing not acceptable shall be rerouted and replaced without expense to the Owner. 16C.4.3.2 Moisture Pockets. Moisture pockets shall be eliminated from conduits. If water cannot drain to the natural opening in the conduit system, a hole shall be drilled in the bottom of a pull box or a "C-type" conduit fitting provided in the low point of the conduit run. 16C.4.3.3 Coupling `nd- Unions. Metal conduit shall be joined by threaded conduit couplings with the conduit ends butted. The use of run- ning threads will not be permitted, ' r Where metal conduit cannot be Joined by standard threaded couplings, con- duit unions or split couplings may be used if their location is accepta- ble to the Owner. Only ground seat type watertight unions shall be used f . outdoors or where the union may be submerged. Where Erickson type couplings or similar unions which do not have ground seats are used in vertical or inclined conduit rune, the coupling nut -j shall be installed uppermost to prevent the entrance of water into the ! union. 16C.4.3.4 Bends and Offsets. A run of conduit shall not contain more than the equivalent of four quarter bends, including those immediately at j outlets or fittings. Bends in conduit shall be made without reducing the i internal diameter of the conduit. The use of a pipe tee or vise for banding conduit will not be permitted. The inside radius of conduit bends shall be not leas than six times the inside diameter of the con- duit. Conduits deformed or crushed in-any way shall be removed from the Jobsita, 16C.4.3.3 Cutting and Threading. The plane of all conduit ends shall be square with the center line. Where threads are required, they shall be cut and cleaned prior to conduit reaming, The ends of all conduit shall be reamed to remove all rough edges and burrs. A cutting oil shall be used in threading operations. The dies shall be kept sharp and provisions shall be made for chip clearance. All steel conduit, after threading, shall be regalvanized with "Galvaniz- ing Powder M-321" as manufactured by the American Solder and Flux Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; with "Zincilate 810" as manufactured by Industrial Metal Protectives, Inc., of Dayton, Ohio; with "Zinc Rich" coating as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Company, Quincy, Massa-- chusetts; or acceptable equal, The Contractor shall supply this protec- tive material and shall apply it in the field. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 x 1 ( 062788 1 I 16C-6 nu<_ch ' .rah U.'; •a 7 . pots` n i 16C.4.3.6 Connections to Boxes and Cabinets. Conduit shall be securely fastened to all boxes and cabinets. Threads on metallic conduit sh4tll project through the wall of the box to allow the bushing to butt against the end of the conduit, The locknuts both inside and outside shall then be tightened sufficiently to bond the conduit securely to the box, All conduit entering enclosures outdoors or in wet areas shall enter aide or bottom of enclosure through Efcor "Water-Tate" hubs, or acceptable equal, or threaded openings, i 16C.4,3.7 Cleaning. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the accumu- lation of water, dirt, or concrete in the conduit, Conduit in which ~r^^~ water or other foreign materials have been permitted to accumulate shall be thoroughly cleaned or, where such accumulation cannot be removed by methods acceptable to the Owner, the conduit shall be replaced. 16C.4.3.8 Flexible Conduit, Flexible conduit inserts not greater than 30 inches in length shall be installed at the locations specified in this i article, i f Flexible conduit Inserts shall be installed in all conduit runs which, are ! i supported by both building steel and by structures subject to vibration or thermal expansion, i Flexible conduit shall be installed in conduit runs which cross expansion f joints. The necessity for flexible conduit inserts should be considered in all + long conduit runs where differential expansion problems may be expected, Flexible conduit shall be installed adjacent to all equipment and devices which move in relation to the supply conduit due to vibration, normal operation of the mechanism, or thermal expansion. k The supply conduit shall be connected to pressure switches, thermocou- f plea, solenoids, and similar devices with flexible conduit, Flexible I conduit shall be installed adjacent to the motor terminal housing for I motors requiring 4 inch and smaller conduit, provision for vibration and I thermal expansion at motors requiring larger than 4 inch conduit shall be accomplished by use of pendent hangers, flexible conduit other than at the motor termination, or other means acceptable to the Owner. 16C.4,349 Below Grade Conduit. Steel conduit shall not be direct buried in the earth. Below grade steel conduit shall be encased with not less l than 3 inches of concrete. Concrete used for conduit encasement shall contain not less than 500 pounds of cement per cubic yard, It shall con- -j j tain clean and well graded aggregates and low water content. The slump I I j [DENTON 1056610EN CON5T 71.00001 16C-7 1 ~ya aa ril 1 rJ 1 . xJ ~t I shall be such that the mixture is stiff and will stand erect when placed. The concrete shall be vibrated to consolidate it around the steel and shall be slow cured for several days to provide strength and prevent shrinkage. Conduit shall be supported for encasement by steel wire hang- ars attached t~, temporary supports laid across the conduit trench, After the concrete encasement has hardened, the supports and those parts of the wire hangers not encased in concrete shall be removed, ' A minimum separation of 3 inches shall be maintained between multiple conduits enclo6ed in the same concrete encasement but not assembled as a duct bank. Concrete used for encasing steel conduit shall contain no additives which contain chlorides. The concrete shall be mixed with pure, clean potable water. The Contractor shall field route conduit according to the general routing indicated on the drawings and shall coordinate conduit locations with other work. Conduit shall be accurately positioned and securely anchored before the concrete is poured to encase it. Conduit which will be visible above the finished floor shall be straight and plumb. Conduit which is stubbed up shall be plugged prior to pouring of concrete and shall remain plugged until the conduit is extended later. 16C.4.3410 Spacing and Attachment of Supports. Except where buried in 1 concrete, ell conduit runs shall be rigidly supported. Each conduit ' ' { shall be supported within one foot of junction boxes and fittings. Sup- port spacing along conduit runs shall be as follows, Conduit Size Maximum Distance Between Supports 1/2 inch through 1-1/4 inch 5 feet 1-1/2 inch and larger 10 feet Conduit clamps shall be bolted to building steel using drilled and tapped screw holes, Support channels for three, or more conduits shall be welded to building steel or bolted using drilled and tapped screw holes, 160,5 ELECTRICAL CABLE TRAY, The electrical cable tray shall be in ac- cordance with the requirements of NEMA VE 1 except that, in case of con- flict between the requirements of these specifications and the require- ments of NEMA VE 1, the requirements of these specifications shall govern to the extent of such conflict. i f (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 j 062788 16C-8 t i w .T A NS Can ..,..i .,~5 EI. l~ i 16C.5.1 Cable Tra Trays and all tray fittings, including covers, re- quired for the complete system shall be manufactured by one manufacturer as specified herein. The trays are indicated on the drawings. Except as specified other8iiseeaherein ordindicated oorthe drawings, the trays shall be trough type All trays shall be steel hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, in accord- ance with the requirements fASTM A1230 A385, and.hardware ands an accesso- d pi-as shall be 316 stainless the tray. Cover rise, except covers, shall be of the cams material as th material and construction shall be as specified herein under Covers. The trays shall have bottom slots not in excess of 4 inches in width, and the 1 supporting surfaces of the cross members shall be of sufficient size to ? f prevent excessive indentation of cable insulation. e Width of bottom slots shall be measured between edges of flat cable sup- port surfaces which may be greater than the distance between transverse members for some transverse member configurations. I ; j Construction of the tray, including elbows and fittings, shall be such that support is provided over a minimum of 20 percent of its length to cable laid anywhere in the tray and at least 40 percent of the tray bot- tom is open to provide ventilation. Minimum metal thickness for tray bottoms shall be 18 gauge. After all cutting, punching, reaming, welding, drilling, capping, and cleaning have been completed, all steel tray shall be degreased, pickled, rinsed, prefluxed, and galvanized in accordance with the latest recommen- dations of Al1DCA for compliance with the A5TM specifications. ~ j The galvanizing coat shall cover all interior surfaces of hollow members and riri well exterior surfaces. visible evidences oft warping sha111bet t otraightened- val sections having g after galvanizing. 16C.5.1.1 Structural Requirementa. Continuous rigid trays shall be formed of one piece, shall have bottom members formed of one piece and welded or upset swaged to channel type side rails, or shall be of modi- fied ladder construction with rung spacings as specified. The trays shall have the depths indicated on the drawings. The cable tray dimensions stated on the drawings And in these specifica- bons a shall be the dimensions of the cross-sectional area within t tray tions { T shall which is available for cable placement at that location in the assembled tray where the cross-sectional area is minimum. Dimensions shall be within the limits stated in NEMA VE 1 for inside tray dimensions. t , , (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 16C-9 ,f 1 U VS y<a 44 flf~ tJ I" ;i The entire tray system shall be designed and constructed so that no part of the completed tray installation will exceed the following deflection limits. , 16C.S.1,2 Covers. Except as specified otherwise herein, all indoor ver- tical trough and ladder type trays shall be furnished with louvered ven- tilated covers, All l.udoor horizontal trays located under grating floor or insulated pipe shall be furnished with solid covers which, on trough and ladder type trays, extend at least 2 feet trays directly.exposed beneath the grating floor yordinthat sulated tpipe, theIn- doors, covers may be omitted on those lower trays of stacked trough and ladder type trays where a covered tray at a higher elevation in the stack provides complete vertical shielding to the lower tray. Trays which are ! specified to have solid bottoms shall also have solid covers throughout i including all horizontal runs, all fittings, and all vertical runs. i All tray covers shall be furnished complete with point plates. f I All covers shall be of the same metal as the tray with which they are used. They shall be of the formed type with the edges turned to provide rigidity, Minimum width of turned edges shall be 3f4 inch. Cover straps shall be furnished as required. 4linimum metal thickness for tray covers shall be 18 gauge. Covers for Not-dip galvanized steel tray shall. be of sheet steel pregalvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A525. All cut edges and fabri- cation defe.cts.shall be factory repaired by coating with an inorganic zinc costing which deposits zinc equal in weight and thickness to the pregalvanized zinc covering specified and presents a finished appearance r similar to that of the pregalvanized zinc covering. 150,5.1.3 Hold-do;m Elam s. Hold-down clamps, fabricated especially tae t.:,tvs with which they are associated, shell be furnished as part ofor the er~y eyatem. The clamps shall be designed for use with the hanger rods elnd fasteners furnished by the Contractor. Clamps shall be of a design that holds the tray firmly in place on the cross members, 16C.5.2 Tray 5up_ ports. Tray supports shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the drawings and these specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for designing the cable tray support system within j (DENTON 10566 GBN CON5T 71.0000) 100989 160-10 E :IVA,,V the allowable limits specified by the manufacturer of the support hard- ware. The following cable loads shall be used for calculating the weight of cables in each tray. Nominal Uniform Cable Load Pra Width Per Linear Foot; Tray Depth as Indicated (inches) (pounds) --1 3 411 f - 611 12 15 20 30 I j 8 430 1 5 40 60 24 8 60 60 90 1 30 75 80 120 36 90 1100 20 150 180 , Each support shall be capable of supporting uniform weight of the trays, plus their. nominal uniform cable loads, Irate<1 I plus a 200 pound oad without exceeding the allowable limit of any e.ementcofcthe support system. The safety factor of support hardware shall not be con- sidered in determining the suitability of any element, excapt that the 4 safety factor shall not be less than 2,0 for any support element. Unless otherwise accepted by the Engineer, all tray supports shall be similar to the typical detail provided on the drawings. Hanger rods shall not be smaller than 1/2 inch diameter electrugalvanized i threaded steel rods. Cross members and bracket supports shall be ausembled from strut materi-- i~,~ /J als hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Kindorf materials may be used where acceptable to the Engineer. Clamps, fastening hardware, and pine shall be of 316 stainless steel or alternate corrosion resistant metal acceptable to the Engineer. All steel accessories not of atainleas steel shall be hot--dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with the requirements of AST11 A153. Support materials shall be Unistrut, Globe-Strut, or acceptable equal, 160.5.3 Installation. Cable trays and supports accordance with the cable tray manufacturer's instructionsiandathedfol- lowing articles. 160.5.3.1 Tray Surfaces. The Contractor uhall cut the trays to length as required. The trays shall be cut with sews and all surfaces over which the conductors and cables will be laid shall be ground or filed to y [DENTON 10566 (YEN CONST 71.00001 100989 1 16C-11 T i) A as which could cause damage to the cable jacket or remove any sharp edg insulation either during installation or in normal service. 'su Aorti--ed from wallsoodiumna$ nd hanger.Csupportedsfromlover- bracket PP he mea head structural members, at inalsAlltfittingsnahallabe supportedainng tray center lines between supports accordance with NEMA VE 1. Supports on concrete or masonry shall beo ecured withaconcrete anchorod Clamps shall be used to secure support support shall include two rods, one on either side of the tray. Nuts nuts than five rod threads to a and not mor be allowed threaded shall b Except where supported by wall brackets, cable tray shall be supported by hanger rods, hanger clamps, and cross members. vide to ro fit. provide J 16G.5.3.3 Tra!•Covers. Cable tray covers shall be notched r ' clearance around clamps and supports as required for prop ox filing. shall.be cut by sawing and the edges smoothed by grinding 16C.5.3.4 Tray Identification. Each tray shall be cleldeatidentified ication with its raceway number seas indicated on the drawings. shall be stenciled at intervala not to exceed 20 feet, 16C.6 BOXES AND CABINETS, All boxes and cabinets required throughout the electrical raceway system shall. be furnished and installed in accord- f "1 ` ante with the requirements which follow. 16C.6.1 Junction Boxes, Pull Boxes, and Cabinets. Junction boxes, pull and 11 be constructed in accordance with UL 50 fha11 s s ha cabinets s a, cabi boxes and i j their intended ed set service. Junction boxes, pull bexe not have knockouts. Enclosure type, material, and dimensions shall be as indicated on the drawings and as specified in these specifications. When; no type or size Articlet they 370, is indicated elsewhere for in accordance Junction boxes, boxes, or shall l b be e in Paragraphs 18, 19, 20, and 21 for use an systems v71th a nominal rating of 600 volts and leso'a rd6Paragraphs 51 and 52 for use on systems with a nominal rating I [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000; 100989 1.6C-12 i i Y_ A ~F Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings or in these specifications, electrical enclosures, except junction boxes and pull boxes 4 inch trade size and smaller, shall be as follows, i Location Enclosure Type t Indoor Dry areas (generally above E1 4401-6-1/2") NEMA 12 Areas where moisture conditions are more ` severe than those for which NEMA 12 enclo- sures are intended E (generally below El 440'-6-1/211) NEMA 4 Outdoor NEMA 4 Electrical enclosures, except junction boxes and pull boxes 4 inch trade size and smaller and other enclosures of cast metal; shall be constructed I i from steel plate reinforced as required to provide true surfaces and ade- quate for devices mounted thereon, Panels, cabineta, and enclo- sures shall be of adequate' strength to support mounted components during shipping and to support a concentrated load of 200 pounds on the top 11 after erection, ` Except as indicated otherwise in these specifications or on the drawings, f all junction boxes and pull boxes larger than 4 inch trade size for use in indoor locations shall be sheet steel hot-dip galvanized after fabri- cation and those for use in outdoor or damp locations shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast ferrous metal, sheet 'steel hot- dip galvanized after fabrication, or sheet steel epoxy coated inside and i+ outside after fabrication. The epoxy coating shell consist of a 2 to 3 mil base coat of Z,R,C. as manufactured by ZRC Chemical Products Com- pany, followed by two finish coats of epoxy. Each finish coat shall be a minimum of 2 mile thick. { Except as indicated otherwise on the drawings or in these specifications, all junction boxes or pull boxes 4 inch trade size or smaller in any di- j mension shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast far- roux metal for use with steel conduit. l 16C.6.2 Outlet Boxes and Switch Boxes. All outlet boxes, switch boxes, } and associated fittings shall be constructed in accordance with UL 514. k [DENTON 10566 GEN COAST 71,00001 f 100989 J 16C-13 r SIM! S ~f ! All surface mounted outlet boxes, switch boxes, and associated fittings shall be galvanized malleable iron or acceptable equal cast feirous metal for use with steel conduit. Galvanized steel boxes shall be used only in finished areas ,here they are completely concealed within walls or ceilings. 16C.6.3 Installation. Cabinets and boxes shall be rigidly mounted. Mounting on roncretu shall be secured by self-drilling anchors. Mounting on steel shall be by drilled and tapped screw holes, or by special sup- port channels welded to the steel, or by both. Cabinets shall, be leveled and fastened to the mounting surface with not leas than 1/4 inch air apace between the enclosure and mounting surface. All mounting holes in the enclosure shall be used. 3 I Except as prevented by the location of other work, all function boxes and outlet boxes shall be centered on structures. E Conduit openings in boxes shall be made with a hole saw or shall be ! i punched. ! 160.6.4 Junction Box Identification. The identification number of each Junction box indicated on the drawings shall be stenciled on the cover of the box. The lettering shall be block type and shall be not leas than oni inch high. 16C.7 UNDERGROUND DUCT BANK. Concrete encased duct banks of individu- ally assembled plastic duct, arranged as indicated on the drawings, shall + be furnished and installed 'in accordance with the following speciFica.- tion, 16C.7.1 Earthwork. All earthwork shall conform to the section titled 11 EARTHWORK. 160.7.2 Concrete. All concrete work shall conform to the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. 16C.7.3 Material. Underground duct system materials furnished under these specifications shall be new and undamaged and shall conform to. the following requirements. Duct polyvinyl chloride, Type DB in accardar.ce with NEMA TC-6 Couplings Plastic, for use with duct previously sp,,cified and "Duct-to-steel" adapters as required, including joint cement [DENTON 10566 GYN CONST 71.0000 ( 100989 J ! 16C-14 I~ Spacers Plastic high impact, inter- locking, base and intermediate j type Factory bends and sweeps Type DB, 36 inch minimum radius End bells Plastic 1 Plugs Plastic, high impact, tapered j to fit end bell provided Duct binder Hemp or sisal twine E ~ f Riser termination couplings Rigid hot-dip galvanized mild 1 steel 1 ; Riser bends Rigid steel conduit elbows, factory or field made, 36 inch minimum radius, 90 degree, an•- tirely concrete encased below grade; hot-dip galvanized rig- id mild steel in accordance i with ANSI C80.1 and UL 6; the f conduit interior and i~.tteriar i surfaces having a continuous E zinc coating with an overcoat of transparent enamel or I transparent lacquer 16C.7.4 Duct Bank Installation. Each duct bank shall be laid to exact } grade in the trench and the ends shall enter manholes or buildings as indicated on the drawings. No dips or low points which retain water in any duet will be permitted in dicta between manholes or between buildings and manholes. End bells ohall be used on individual ducts at; the end of duct banks entering manholes or buildings except where another type of termination is specified or detailed on the drawings. All field bends and sweeps shall be fabricated with straight sections of duct, bent to provide the radius indicated on the drawings. The ends of the individual ducts shall be cleaned and swabbed with joint sealing compound, and the duct shall then be forced tightly into the cou- pling to make a watertight connection. The individual ducts shall be laid in place, hold by standard spacers placed at 5 foot intarvals, and bound with hemp or sisal twine. The ends of the ducts in each of the up- per layers shall be stopped back Approximately 2 feet from the and of the layer immediately below it. The concrete envelope shall. be poured after the individual ducts are securely tied in place and adequately anchored and/or weighted to completely counteract the buoyancy of the ducts in the i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 100989 ] 16C-15 R\r~rro 'y- nac.sts fluid concrete. Care shall be taken in pouring the concrete to prevent the empty ducts from being damaged or displaced, either in grade or alignment. , Defective ducts shall not be installed and shall be removed immediately from the site of the work, Particuiar care shall be token to keep con- crete or other substances from the inside of the individual ducts during construction. All reinforcing materials and other magnetic materials in- stalled in a duct bank shall be parallel to the lengths of the individual ducts, except for ties enclosing all ducts of the duct bank. 16C.7.5 Testing and Cleaning. After completion of the duct bank or before cable is pulled into existing duct banks, each duct shall be tested and cleaned, and ducts which will not be used immediately shall be plugged at each end. As a clearance test, each duct shall pass a mandrel I with a diameter 1/4 inch less than the inside diameter of the duct, All foreign material, earth, sand, and gravel shall be removed from the ducts with circular stiff bristled brushes. A 1/4 inch nylon rope shall be in- stalled in all unused ducts. I ) 1 if i i i { E i [DENTON 10566 GLN CONST 71.0000) I [ 100909 ) 1 160-15 I GM#Y'/li, 4 ^^„58':.'3)1 I I N m P WN.. rfP~nZ OOONNO ! I I-IO D p0 0 01714 411 'EG /n I i s ml ~ ' olooaoAaoo~~o r 1 ' oioooooooi< m w r.. 1 1 I r .1 I i i Gi b r n o ~pooooaa i ~z1 ~ v 1 N t `1! rs 1 b 1 NNA ANNW 1712 S°o°oogcoo f f , { 1 f i r f i k` rM1'e {1 if r k~ F :f tl b'. Section 16D - CONDUCTORS 3 . 16D., GENERAL. Insulated cable, conductors, and conductor accessories shall be furnished and installed in accordance with the requirements of this section of these specificatinns, Insulated cable, conductors, and conductor accessories shall be furnf-hed in quantities sufficient for a complete installation as indicated in the Circuit List and Cable and l Termination Bank, on the drawings, and in these specifications. Cable reels shall be stored and handled in a manner which sill prevent 1 physical damage to the cable. Cable reels shall be stored on a hard surface to prevent contact between cable insulation and earth due to sinking of the reel. Impact damage batwien reels shall be prevented by ~'M1 aligning reels flange to flange or by ua;ng guards across During storage, the ends of all cable raled 5 kV shall be protected with i end caps. a + Installation shall be defined to include placement, splicing, terminating conductora, coiling and taping of spare conductors, ideotif;cation, test- ing, and verification of each circuit, cable, and conductor. Terminating a conductor shall include installing .:able :~:ermination kits for shielded cable, attaching the conductor at its designated location, I and insulating the entire connection where specified or required by the application. EiE j Lighting, 120 volt ac receptacle circuita; fire detection circuitsp and I security system circuits are indicated on the drawings. All other cir- cuits are described in the circuit List. 16D.2 CABLE SPECIFICATIONS, All cable furnished shall be as supplied by j Houston Wire and Cable Company unless specified otherw.tse. Catalog num- ber or cable specifications for individual cables shall be as indicated i in the Circuit Bank, I 16D.3 CONDUCTOR ACCESSORIES, All conductor'acceasories including con- nectors, terminations, insulating materials, support grips, markers, and. cable ties shall be furnished and installed. Supplier's installation instructions shall be obtained for cable acces- sories. These instructions shall be in the possession of the craftsmen while installing the accessories and shall be available to the Owner for a reference. s 16D.3.1 Terminal Connectors for Conductors 8 AWG and Larger. Terminal connectors for conductors 8 AWG-and larger shall be ompress ion type, Burndy Type YAV or YA (long barrel), panduit Type LCA or LCC or accept- able equal, , Acceptable connectors included with Owner-furnished equip- meat may ay be be used, 1 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 013190 16D-1 1 4 r.:'`2 1 i 16D.3.2 Terminal Connectors for Conductors Smaller than 8 AWG. Terminal connectors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be compression type connectors properly sized for the conductor and the terminal. The con- rectors shall be constructed oc fine grade high conductivity copper in accordance with QQ-C-576 and shall be tin plated in accordance with MIL-T-10727, The interior surface of the connector wire barrel shall be serrated, and the exterior surface of the connector wire barrel shall be provided with crimp guides. Noninsulated terminal connectors shall be provided on conductors ter- minted on devices equipped with individual fitted covers, such as Gen- eral Flectric Type SE-1 control switches and General Electric Type REA lockout relays. Preinsulated ring type terminal connectors shall be used on all current and potential transformer circuits. All other terminal connectors for conductors smaller than 8 AWG shall be preinsulated ring type, j Preinsulated terminal connectors shall include a vinyl insulating sleeve, color coded to indicate conductor size. Ring type connectors shall be manufactured by AMP, 3M, Panduit, or accept- j able equal. 1 16D.3.3 Teriuinal Blocks. Terminal blocks for conductors rated 600 volts or less ahall be. strap screw type, rated 600 volts, shall have 25 1ercent 3 _ pore terminal points than the quantity of conductors requiring termina- tion, and shall have white marking stripe. Terminal blocks shall be { sized for the conductor being terminated except that terminal blocks for all conductors 10 AWG and smaller shall be Marathon 1500 Series or ac- coptabla equal. 16D.30 4 Splicing Connectors. Splices in conductora other than lighting conductors shall be with com ression t in conductor p type connectorsv, Splices in light- g s eaial le r than 8 AWG shall be with 3M Company "SCOtchlok" twist type insulated spring connectors, Pandult .TN wire Joints, or ac- ceptable equal, Splices In lighting conductors 8 AWG and larger shall be with compression type connectors. 16D.3.5 CrLu~*ing Tools. Crimping tools used to secure conductors in compression type connectors or terminal lugs shall be those made for that purpose and for the conductor sizes involved. The crimping tools shall accurately crimp the connector barrel and shall accurately crimp the con- ductor insulation support sleeve where provided. Crimping tools shall be provided with guides to position connectors in the tool, shall be provided with stops to prevent overcri.mping, and shall be of a type which prevents the tools from opening until the crimp action is completed. Crimping tools shall be a product of the connector manufacturer or shall be as recommended by the connector manufacturer and acceptable to the Enginsct i [DFNTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 t 062788 1 16D-2 I j k \ for use with the connectors. The Contractor shall establish and maintain a tool certification program to ensure that crimping tools are kept in accurate operating condition. 16D.3,6 Insulating Materials. Insulating materials for splice and ter- mination insulation shall be in accordance with the following. 16D.3.6.1 600 Volt Cable. Insulating materials for terminal connectors i or compression. type splicing connectors shall consist of varnished cam- bric tape,, rubber tape, and vinyl tape. Taping materials shall be as listed below or acceptable equal. i { Varnished Cambric Tepc - 3M Company Irvington 2520 Rubber Tape - 3M Company Scotch 130C Vinyl Tape - 3M Company Scotch 33+ E 16D.3.6.2 Shielded Cable Rated 5 kV. Insulating materials for terminal E connectors in motor terminal housings shall be Raychem Type MCK-5 high 1 voltage motor connection kits or acceptable equal., o t i Connections to insulates! switchgear buses shall be insulated with ra- f -i movable boots furnished with the switchgear connection kits or shall be taped, { E Other indoor terminal connectors, including those located in air in 1 ulal,.ed terminal chambers, shall be insulated using Raychem YPo HVBC j high voltage bus connection kits or be insulated by utilizing a taped E' system. Taping materials shall be as listed below or acceptable equal. + E Copper Braid Tape - 3M Company Scotch 24 Rubber Tape - 3M Company Scotch 130C Vinyl Tape - 3M Company Scotch 33+ Splicing connectors for 5 kV cable shall be insulated us.fnj; 3M Com- pany 5400 Series Quick-Splice Inlino Splicing Kits, Raychem Type HV5 splicing kits, or acceptable equal. 16D.3.7 Wire and Cable Markers, Markers for wire and cable circuits shall be of an opaque nylon material arranged to include a marker board, nonreleasing holding device, and. cable fastening tail. The marker board shall not be less than 3/4 inch wide, 2-1/2 inches long, and 25 mile f thick and shall be Panduit Corp. Part No, MP250 marker plates or accept- i# able equal. One side shall be roughened to hold black nylon marking ink from a pan similar eo Thomas & Betts Company "TY•-RAP" marking pen, Cat- I alog No. WT163M-1, or Panduit Corp. Part No. PX marking pen. Identifi- cation shall be permanent and waterproof. The holding devico shall be designed to allow the fastening tail to pass around the cable through the holding device and prevent the removal of the tail without cutting it loose from the marker. i i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062795 J j 16D-3 i fs a, 16D.3,8 Cable Ties, Lacing mat eriala for field installed cable shall be eleasY Bette Company, Elizabeth, NewtJersey;nPanduiteCorpnufTinleydPark, Illinois; 3M Company; or acceptable equal. ' 16D,3,9 Cable Termination Kits for Shielded Cable Rated 5 kV. All cable for shieldeca, be rated S termination kits kV shall be in accordance with the requirements of IEEE 48 for Class 1 terminations, Cable termination kits for 5 kV shielded cable in motor terminal housings shall be Raychem Type HVT-l termination kits or acceptable equal, Except for terminations at motors, indoor cable termination kits (which 4 include kits'for terminations located in air insulated termi for 5 kV shielded cable shall be 3M Co a1 chambers) mp tty Quick-Term molded rubber termination kits which include stress cones and insulators, Raychem Type HVT-I termination kits, or acceptable equal. 16D,4 INSTALLATION, Conductor installation shall be in accordance with the cable manufacturerIa recommendations and the articles which follow, 16b. 4 1 Cable Placement. All cable described in the Circuit List shall I be routed ae indicated therein. Routing of other cable shall be as indi- 1 Gated on the drawings. Cable shell not be handled when the cable temperature is below the mini- mum temperature recommended by the manufacturgr. If cable heating is required prior to placement, the cable shall be stored in a heated build- ing in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for at least / j 24 hours. Cabla shall be placed the same day it is I storage. Y removed from heated If at any time during the progress of the work the Contractor finds race- ways which appear inadequate to accommodate the assigned cable, he shall notify the Owner at once and shall discontinue any further work on the questionable raceway until advised by the Owner as to how he shall pro- ceed. Immediately prior to the placement of each cable or cable group, the raceway route to be followed shall be inspected and ascertained to be complete in installation and free of all materials detrimental to the cable or its placement. All cable assigned to a particular duct or conduit shall be grouped and pulled in simultaneously using cable grips and acceptable lubricants. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 062788 1 } 16D-4 E I NOMMEMEr- t t' r# I 1 All cable shall be carefully checked both as to size and length before being pulled into conduits or ducts. Cable pulled into the wrong conduit or duct or cut too short to rack, train, and splice as specified herein shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. Cable removed from one conduit or duct shall not be pulled into another conduit or duct. 16D.4.1.1 Cable in Trays. All cable shall be carefully laid in or pulled through the tray system so that neither the cable nor the trays are damaged. Cable may be laid along the side of the tray system during placement provided it is protected from dirt, water, oil, or other detri- mental materials and from mechanical injury. Cable shall be out suffi- ciently long to conform to the contour of the trays, with particular attention paid to vertical inside bends. All excessive slack shall be removed from the cable so that it lies parallel to the sides of the trays. Multiple single conductor cable which constitutes a single power circuit shall be grouped together to minimize magnetic influence on other { cable in the area. The cable shall be tied to the trays with nylon ties at 10 foot intervals to hold it in place. Cable clamps designed for j holding the cable inside the trays shall be installed at all vertical bends. k 16D.4.1.2 Cable Pulling. Fishing and pulling shall be done with flexi- ble round metal tape, C02 propelled polyethylene cord, nylon rope, or manila rope. ' ti 16D.4.1.3 Cable Gripa. Factory installed pulling eyes shall be used for pulling cable where they are available. Woven wire cable grips shall be used to pull all single conductor cable 2/0 AWG and largsr, where pulling j eyes are not available, and all multi-conductor cable, Pulling loops J shall be used to pull single conductor cable smaller than 2/0 AWG. All sharp points and edges on the hardware attaching the pulling rope to the E cable shall be taped to prevent snagging or damaging the raceway. When a cable grip or pulling eye'is used for pulling, the area of the cable covered by the grip or seal plus 6 inches shall be cut, off and discarded when the pull is completed. When pulling loops are used, the I entire loop shall be cut off and discarded when the pull is completed. i { As soon as the cable is pulled into place, the pulling eyes, cable gripe, or pulling loops shall be removed and any cable which was sealed shall be resealed. s 16D.4.1.4 Swivels. A reliable nonfreezing type of swivel, or swivel ! connection, shall be inserted between the pulling rope and the cable f pulling eye, grip, or loop to prevent twisting under strain, t [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 062788 J 16D-5 t y 16D,4.1.5 Pullin Lubricants, Only lubricants recommended by the cable manufacturer and acceptable to the Owner shall be used. Lubricants shall be applied liberally and continuously during the pull. 16D.4.1.6 Inspection, The outside of each cable reel shall be carefully inspected and protruding nails, fastenings, or other objects which might damage the cable shall be removed. A thorough visual inspection for flaws, breaks, or abrasions in the cable sheath shall be made as the cable leaves the reel, and the pulling speed shall be slow enough to permit this inspection. Damage to the sheath or finish of the cable shall be sufficient cause for rejecting the cable. Cable damaged in any way during installation shall be replaced by and at the expense of the Contractor. 16D,4.1.7 Pulling Tension. The pulling tension of any cable shall not exceed the maximum tension recommended by the cable manufacturer. Pull- ing muahanisms of both the manual and power types used by the Contractor shall have the rated capacity in tons clearly marked on the mechanism, Whenever the capacity of the pulling mechanism exceeds the recommended pulling tension of the cable as given by the cable manufacturer, a dyna- mometer shall be used to show the tension on the cable and the indicator shall be constantly watched. If any excessive strain develops, the pulling operation shall be stopped at once and the difficulty determined and corrected. I I 16D:4,1.8 Sidewall Pressure, To avoid insulation damage from excessive sidewall pressure at bends, the pulling tension in pounds at a bend shall not exceed 900 times the radius of the bend in feet. 16D.4.1.9 Cable Bends, Tape shielded, flat tape armored, and wire; ar- mored cable shall not be bent to a radius of less than 12 times the over- all cable diameter. All other cables shall not be bent to a radius of j less than eight times the cable diameter, f 16D.4.1,10 Supports.' All cable supports and securing devices .4hall have bearing surfaces located parallel to the surfaces, of the cable sheath and shall be installed to provide adequate support without deformation of the cable jackets or insulation, Adequate cable end lengths shall be provided and properly placed in June- tion boxes to avoid longitudinal strains and distorting pressured on the cable at conduit bushings, Final inspection shall be made after all cab1o is in place and, where supports or raceway fittings deform the cablu jacket) additional supports shall be provided as directed by the Owner. Additional cable protection such as a wrapping of light rubber belti-ig, friction tape, or similar material shall be provided where required. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 [ 062788 ) 16D-6 Sj 1 'S E y 16D,4.1,11 Sure Conductors, All spare conductors of a multi-conductor cable shall be left at their maximum lengths for possible replacement of any other conductors in the cable. Each spare conductor shall be neatly coiled and then taped to the conductors being used, i 16D.4,1.12 Lacing, Nylon ties shall be used to neatly lace together conductors entering switchboards and similes locations after the con- ductors have emerged from their supporting raceway and before they are attached to terminals, 16D,4,1.13 Cable Identification, The Contractor shall identify the ends of all circuits listed in the Circuit List. The Contractor shall also € identify all circuits In pull boxes, Each marker shall bear the number of the circuit according to the Circuit r' List and drawings, i At terminations, the Contractor shall identify each conductor of power circuits, each multi-con,;uctor cable, and each conductor of circuits c64sisting of multiple single conductors where the conductors are not otherwise identified, Markers shall be attached where the first in- dividual'ccnduci:. 'a routed away from the assembly. Each phase of multiphase power circuits shall be individually identified, One and of each marker board shall remain free of the fastening tail, and the entire marker shall be so attached that it is readily visible for "f circuit identification, 16D,4,1,14 Moisture Seals, Each cable rated 5,000 volts shall be kept sealed except when termination and splicing work is being performed, 1 The ends of all cables shall be sealed with heat shrinkable caps. Cap sizes shall be as recommended by the cap manufacturer for the cable OD and Insulation. Caps shall contain sufficient adhesive that shrinkage of the cap during application results in formation of a positive watertight seal capable of withstanding complete immersion or total exposure without permitting 'tthe entrance of moisture. Heat shrinkable caps shall be Thermofit as manufactured by Raychem Corporation or acceptable equal. 3 Before and after pulling, the leading end Beal of each length of cable shall be examined and repaired if necessary. All cut cable ends shall be promptly sealed after cutting except those to be spliced or terminated immediately. i 16D4.I,15 Control Wiring ,1um era. The Contractor shall install all con- trol wiring jumpers indicated on the schematic and wiring diagrams with the exception of jumpers which have been previously installed, The Con- 4 tractor shall be responsible for determining which jumpers are existing f and shall not duplicate any existing jumpers. t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 010489 ) 16D-7 'low 4 ~ r~ it .j Except ndividual where undamaged otherwise specified, all i Contractor-furnished jumpers shall be made using either 14 AWG control cable or Contractor-furnished stranded copper conductor with flame retardant cross-linked polyethylene insulation rated 600 volts which meets the requirements of UL 44 for Type SIS. The insulation shall also meet the requirements of ICEA S-66-524, Paragraph 7.8,3.1, and shall be Rockbestos Firewall STS, General Electric Vulkene Type SIS, SI No, 57275, or acceptable equal. Jumpers shall not be installed in wiring gutters except where acce7table to the Owner or where length exceeds 2 feet and a wiring gutter is fur- nished. Where jumper length exceeds 2 feet or where an individual jump- er's electrical path and terminations are not clearly visible, the Con tractor shall furnish and install opposite end designation wire markers, The Contractor shall exercise extreme care to ensure that jumpers are installed on the proper side of each sliding link terminal block. Jumpers which are improperly installed shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner, e0 The lump sum price stated in the Proposal shall include the coot of fur- nishIng and installing 50 lugged jumpers with an average length of 2 feet. E 16D,4.2 5 lices. No splices shall be made in conductors for instrument circuits or control circuits without specific acceptance by the Owner except where required at connections to accessory devices equipped with factory installed pigtails or where high temperature wire is necessary locally to connect to a particular device. Shields may be spliced where necessary to permit connection to the station ground, Power cable circuits may be spliced only by methods and at locations . acceptable to the Owner. Splices shall not be made to utilize short lengths of cable not shall they be made to provide correct lengths on cable initially cut too short for a particular circuit, Splices, joints, and connections in cable shall be made only in pull boxes or junction boxes unless otherwise indicated on the drawings and shall be made in accordance with the instructions of the cable manufacturer, Splices in cable shall be prepared and insulated in a manner similar to the cable terminations specified below. 16D,4.3 Terminations. Cable shall be terminatod in accordance with the following requirements, Train cable in place and out squarely to required length, Avoid sharp bends, Remove necessary amount of cable jacket and insulation without damage to the conductor, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 72,00003 (4µ,t f Oi0489 ~ 16D-8 Y y Si K I r Install terminals or terminal connectors as required, ensur- ing a firm metal-to-metal contact. Install high voltage cable termination kits for shielded cable rated 5 kV using the procedures recommended by the manufacturer of the kit being used. Insulate each connection of cable to an insulated conductor 1 (whether cable, bus, or equipment bushing), shall cover all exposed surfaces of the conductorslathetinn sulation voltage level of the completed termination shall be not less than the insulation voltage level of the connected ! conductors, 16D,4.3.1 Insulation of 600 Volt Cable Connections. rated 00 volts of cable or lase require insulation, alleexposed econ- ductor and connector surfaces shall be covered with tape in accordance ! with the following. I' One half-lapped layer of varnished cambric tape f A minimum of three half-la ' j gated not more than 20 pped layers of rubber tape, elon- cambric tape Percent, applied over the varnished A minimum of three half-lapped layers of vinyl tape applied over the rubber tape. The vinyl tape shall extend a minimum I of two cable diameters over the cable Jacket and a similar ! distance over the insulation of the conductor to which the cable is connected, 16D.4.3.2 Insulation of Connections on Indoor Shielded Cale Rated 5 kV, Where indoor connections of ah-----ieided cable Hated 5 kV require insulation, 1 the connections shall be insulated using removable boots or connection kits or shall be taped in accordance with the following, All exposed conductor and connector surfaces shal 9 half-lapped layer of copper braid tape l be covered with one Five half-lapped layers of rubber tape, elongated not more than 20 per- cent, shall be applied over the copper tape. Two half-lapped layers of vinyl tape shall be applied over the rubber tape. The tape shall extend a minimum of two cable diameters over the cable Jaeket and a similar distance over the insulation of the conductor to which the cable is connected, 16D.4,4 Testa After Placement. All insulated conductors shall be else- trically tested after pla~-`ccem t. s IDINTON 10566 OBN CONST 71.0000) f 010489 16D-9 t is 7 All circuits, including lighting circuits, shall be tested with the circuit complete except for connections to equipment, All splices, stress cones on shielded cable, and terminal connector attachments shell be complete prior to testing. Any circuit failing to test satisfactorily shall be replaced or repaired and then retested. All equipment and labor required for testing shall be furnished by the Contractor, I6D,4,4,1 Continuity and Identification Tests, All insulated conductors , shall be tested for continuity and conduc':or identification, 16D.4.4.1,1 Continuity Tests, Contim, .y tests shall include all tests necessary to confirm that each conduct r o s continuous throughout its ~ enLire length. l 16D;4.4.1.2 Identification Tests, Identification tests shall include j all testa necessary to confirm that the conductor being investigated originates and terminates at the locations designated .n the Circuit List I or indicated on the drawings. 16D,ei.4,2 Insulation Testa, Resistance from ground provided by the E ins'ul,9tion on all field installed insulated conductors shall be measured, 16D,4,4.2.1 Cable Rated 5000 volts, All conductors with insulatior rated 5000 volts ahall be given a field voltage test, The ampacity of direct current testing equipment shall be not less than 2,500 microamperes, Application of test voltage shall be as specified on the Cable Test Data form included at the end of this section. Final teat volts a and the duration of the e g k st shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer, The tests shall be performed by competent personnel specializing in electrical cable testing, Cable test data on each cable tasted shall be reported to the Engineer in triplicate on Cable Test Data forms provided by the Engineer, 16D.4.4,2,2 Cable Rated Below 5000 Volta. All insulated conductore, except supervisory and communication ca 1e, rated less than 5000 volts shall be tested with a 1000 volt megger or an equivalent tasting device, Insulation reaistance measurements shall be made between each conductor and ground and between each conductor and all other conductors of the same circuit. Minimum acceptable resistance values shall be approxi- mately 500 megohms, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000 ( 010489 ldb-10 ' Y r x PROJECT AND LOCATION PROJECT NO. CIRCUIT OESICNATION DATE CC TEST OATA OC TEST VOLTAGE TIME IN MINUTES AFTER CABLE INSTALLATION] NEW USED YEARS 100% TEST VOLTAGE CURRENT Uo CABLE$ SIZE LENGTH IS APPLIED FEET PHASE A E B PHASE C 1 OPER. KY UNCAO.•~ y~ RATED CABLE VOLTAGE INSULATION WALL S (TYPE A THICKNESS) 9 JACKET WALL j 7 (TYPE 3 THICKNESS) SHIELD 10 (TYPE) B ~ 11 CABLE MANUFACTURER 12 TEMPERATURE HUMIDITY 13 TYPE TERMINATIONS I 14 I! 35 TYPE SPLICE 1 LOCATION AFTER MIN, Y -XVIDIC I REMARKS L FAULT LOCATION { I j I LOO MICROAMPERES (Go) .1 MILLIAMPERE I APPLICATION OF TEST VOLTAGE THE INITIALLY APPLIED DIRECT-CURAfNT VOLTAGE SHALL BE NOT GREATER THAN 3.0 TIMES THE RATED AC VOLTAGE OF THE O11BLE. THE RATE OF INCREASE FROM THE INITIALLY APPLIED VOLTAGE TO THE WAGE TEST VaaLTAGE SHALL NR APPROWINATELY UNIFORM AND SHALL BE NOT OVER 100 PER CENT IN LO SECQNDS NOR LESS THAN 100 PER CENT IN BO SECONOS. T14E OURATTCN OF THE DIRECT-CURRENT VOLTAGE T BY SHALL BE 15 MINUTES FOR SHIELDED CABLES AND S MINUTES FOR NONSHIELOEO CABLES. f TEST CURVE -F-FF -7 [ j t 1 2 H h i 1 5 I 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 9 10 11 12 13 14 13 e TIME IN MINUTES AFTER IOO% TEST VOLTAGE IS APPLIED NOTES( I m 1, PLOT RESULTS OF TESTS ON ALL THREE PHASES ON THIS GRAPH. s i 6t 2. ASSIGN AND INDICATE VALUES FOR EACH OIVISICN ON THE MICROAMPERE SCALE AS RC,GUIRFD FOR THE c CIRCUIT BEING TESTED, . o BLACK & VEATCH ! $ COMSItLT I MQ EMO I IIEER9 z d CABLE 'iES7 OA7A 16D-11 M 1 1 < > HC rr bbb non mom >Imw I m 4 }m mm e4 t. 000 mco o ss » ss> >a> s» simm S Et EE EEE EEf ME EZ I m cc 6 C CCC CCC CCC ~s' I www 1n +W m} 40 U1N }WW 3EEME i °o ago f f E 2 32 SSS SS.T 223 T I coo 000 000. 01-1 5 O 00 NNN NNN NN" of pp~~ pp~~ pp~~ m 0, m V V 4 N I P Z 10 10 to W NN Obb NNN 00- O12n -I W~ T}~ N}W ..WO m.1U L s I m r I I O ~ } I > aD N 01 ip0 00 000 000 OWN UI 1 .40 } I Oi 00 00 000. SOO coo a r , 1 0 ' f 1 m I r m } a er~n1I p +f 1. Oi 00 00 000 000.000 0 'i 1 I.2 CD O1 00 00 0ooo 000 0 00 000 O1 N Y i. 0 1 OO 00 000.000 000 OI z 1 ► CD f u i } ih ul w n N w i. ~ b NI N 00 000 A0101 OAA NI-I 1 IYrI }CC 7Tp a! DO 60 000 000 000. O b-i Y MMp ~ I 1}i+ -I NN WO10 AN N NI }N cocoa A0101 O}} NI t - j 1 C f# r~ 4 34 ~I =i Section 16E - GROUNDING 16E.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of grounding materials complete as indicated on the drawings and specified herein, 16E.2 MATERIALS. All grounding materials required shall be furnished new and undamaged.in accordance with the following requirements. Rods 3/4 inch 10 foot copper-clad standard type. The copper cladding shall be electro- lytically bonded to the steel rod or bonded by a molten welding process. Cold rolled i t copper-cladding is not accept- able, Ground rods shall be as manufactured by Blackburn or Weaver. Cable i' Bare Soft drawn copper, class B ! I J stranding, AM 88 Insulated Soft drawn copper, Class B stranding 'with green colored ` ` polyvinyl chloride insulation, E UL 83, Type TW, THW, or THHN } Exothermal welds Molds, cartridges, materials, and accessories as recommended 2 by the manufacturer of the molds for the items to be j welded. Cadweld heavy-duty or acceptable equal' Holds and powder shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. Plush ground plates Cadweld B-162 Series, B-164 i Series, or acceptable equal f ground plates with NEMA hole spacing All clamps, connectors, bolts, washers, nuts, and other hardware used with the grounding system shall be of copper. s } (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ' i [ 062788 1 16E-1 { 10 a 1 1 s 16E.3 INSTALLATION. Grounding system materials shall be installed according to- the drawings and the requirements which follow. 16E.3.1 Ground Grid. Ground grid conductors under buildings or struc- tures shall be as indicated on the drawings. 16E.3,2 Ground Rods, All ground rods shall be located as indicated on the drawings and installed to the depth indicated. Where the required ' ground•rod length exceeds 10 feet, standard sections shall be welded together to provide an extended rod with one true center line and a minimum of joint resistance. During welding, the being welded shall be supported b a ground rod sections guie, g dent~adweld B-265 cable clamp or acceptable equal, to ensure proper ali 1 16E.3.3 Conductors. tors, Exposed conductors shall be installed inconspicu- ously in vertical or horizontal positions on sup ortin located on irregular su po p g structures rti When E shall run parallel to or normal to dominant surfacese, the conductors Conductors routed over concrete, steel, or equipment surfaces shall be kept in close contact with those.surfaces by using fasteners located at intervals not to exceed 3 feet. Damaged ground system conductors shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor as directed by the Owner, 16E.3.4 Connections. All connections shall be made by the exothermal welding these speprcifciess Ther manufacturer's indicated instructions the on r the nuseoofin i exothermal welding materials shall be followed in all details. All ssurfaces and be joined by the welds shall be thoroughly cleane. Paint other deleterious substances shall be rmoedfromdsurfaces, of ungalvanized structural steel members by grinding. Galvanized steel surfaces shall be cleaned with emery paper, powder and molds shall be kept dry and warm until used, Worn or damaged molds shall not be used. 1 Where flush ground plates are to be embedded in the concrete, the plates shall be carefully located and firmly secured to the forms, The ground- ing cable shall be exothermally welded to the plate. All exothermally welded connections shall successfully resist moderate hammer blows, Any connection which fails such test or which, upon inspection, indicates a porous or deformed weld shall be remade, All exothermal welds shall encompass 100 per cent of the ends of the materials being welded, Welds which do not meet this requirement shall be remade, [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 I 062788 1 t 16E-2 Worn, damaged, incorrectly sized, or improperly shaped molds which, in the opinion of the Ownir, do not make satisfactory welds shall be removed from the jobsite. All bolted and screwed connections shall be securely tightened. 16E.3.5 Conduit Grounding. All grounding bushings within all enclo- sures, including equipment enclosures, shall be wired together and connected internally to the enclosure grounding lug or grounding bus with a bare copper conductor. Grounding bushings shall be grounded with conductors sized in accordance f with NEC, but not smaller than 8 AWG. All grounding bushings on conduit runs which are terminated at tray shall be connected to the tray grounding cable with bare copper conductor sized as specified above. I Where a conduit run is terminated at tray and the conduit carries a separate groundiag.conductor, this grounding conductor shall be termi- nated on the tray grounding cable. If the conduit run is terminated 111 with a grounding bushing and the separate ground conductor it carries is sized in accordance with the requirements of the preceding paragraph for conduit bushing grounding, the ground conductor in the conduit run shall be continued through the conduit bushing ground connection and terminated on the tray grounding cable making unnecessary the installs- tion of a separate conduit bushing grounding cable. 168.3.6 Tray Grounding. A bare grounding conductor shall be installed the entire length of cable trays where indicated on the drawings. The grounding conductor shall be connected to each tray section and the j tray grounding system shall be connected to the station ground grid as II` , E indicated on the drawings, 16E.3.7 Equipment Grounding. All electrical equipment shall be con- nected to the ground grid with copper grounding conductor. The term "electrical equipment," as used in this article, shall include all en- closures containing electrical connections or bare conductors except that individual devices such.aa solenoids, pressure switches, and limit switches shall be exempt from this requirement unless the device re- quires grounding for proper operation. Large equipment such as metal- clad or metal-enclosed switchgaar will be furnished with a grounding Lus which the Contractor shall con,iect to the ground grid. Most other equipment will be furnished with grounding pads and/or grounding lugs which the Contractor shall connect to the ground grid. All ground connection surfaces shall be cleaned immediately prior to connection, The Contractor shall furnish all grounding material requirad but not 1 furnished with the equipment. f 3 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 062788 1 16E-3 i i J' i~ L Where ground grid extension stingers are indicated on the drawings to be provided for connection to electrical equipment, the Contractor shall connect the bare grounding conductor to the equipment ground bus, pad, or lug. Where a ground conductor is included with the phase conductors of power circuits, the ground conductor shall be connected to the equiprrxint grounding facilities and to the source ground bus, Where a ground con- ductor is not included with the phase conductors, the equipment shall be grounded by connecting a separate ground cable to the equipment grounding i facilities and to the tray ground cable or sourco ground bus. Except where otherwise indicated on the drawings, all equipment ground conduc- tors which are not an integral part of a cable assembly shall be sized in accordance with the requirements of NEC, Ail ground conductors installed JJ in conduit shall be insulated. Suitable grounding facilities, acceptable to the Owner, shall be furnished f on electrical equipment not so equipped. The grounding facilities shall consist of compression type terminal connectors bolted to the equipment frame or enclosure and providing a•minimum of joint resistance, i i The conduit system is not considered to be a grounding conductor except for itself and for lighting fixtures. No grounding conductor shall be smalley,•in size than 12 AWG unless it is a part of an acceptable cable assembly. 16E.4 GROUND SYSTEM RESISTANCE, All ground resistance measurements shall be made with a thrae terminal "megger" type ground tester which applies alternating current to the electrodes and which gives a reading in direct current ohms, Two reference ground probes shall be used and all tests shall be made in accordance with the instrument manufacturer's instructions for ground resistance testing. Some of the acceptable instruments are as follows. Meg and megger ground testers, lames G. Biddle and Co, Vibroground, Associated Research, Inc. Ground-Ohmer, Herman H. Sticht Co., Inc, Prior to connection of ground rods to the grounding system, the Contrac- tor shall obtain individual measured ground resistance data from selected ground rods as indicated on the drawings. These data shall be obtained, identified, and recorded under the supervision of the Owner and records of the results sent to the Owner within 5 days. After connection of ground rods to the grounding system, the Contractor shall obtain a ground resistance measurement from a selected location on the ground grid where indicated on the drawings. These data shall be obtained, identified, and recorded under the supervision of the Owner and records of the results sent to the Owner within 5 days, j i [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) f I 062788 )+~>1 16E-4 i rj F The ground resistance measurement data may indicate that additional ground rods are required, The Contractor shall furniah, install, and connect additional ground rods as the Owner may direct. The Contractor will be reimbursed for the extra work required in accordance with the unit prices quoted in the Proposal. r i I i i t I i I I I ~ t #j 1 i i Y s 1 l ` (DENTON 105660GEN CONST 71,000Oj i ~ 16L-5 I F r \ Section 16F - LIGHTING 16F.1 GENERAL. This section covers the furnishing and installation of lighting materials and equipment complete as indicated on the drawings J and specified herein. f 16F.2 MATERIALS. Lighting material and wiring devices shall be fur- nished in accordance with the following articles. All materials and de- vices shall be in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal 110ccupational. Safety and Health Standards." 16F.2.1 Transformers and Panelboards. All lighting transformers and panelboards shall be as specified in Section 16A, j 16F.2.2 Fixtures. Lighting fixtures shall be as specified in the light- ing fixture lists on the drawings. i 16F.2.3 Raceway. All lighting raceway and raceway fittings shall be as ! specified in Section 160. 1 f 16F.2.4 Cable. The following cable types for use in lighting circuits shall be prow dad in accordance with Cable Specification sheets Included ! J in Section 16D of these specifications. f Cable Type Lighting Circuit Use JJ' , XHMW Lighting and receptacle branch { 1 circuits SF-2 Fixture connections C Roadway lighting pole circuits t r 16F.2,5 Fixture Supports. All lighting fixture supportst hangers, clamps, and faateners required shall be furnished. 16F.2,6 Receptacles. Receptacles furnished shall be of the following manufacture and catalog number.or acceptable equal. F Receptacle Type Manufacturer Catalog No. Duplex (Unfinished areas) Hubbell 5362 Pass S Seymour 5362 General Electric CE4108-1 J Arrow Hart 5739 { Bryant 5362 Laviton 5362 i [DENTON 10566GEN CONST 71.0000) 100989 16F-1 J V 1 FA r. h 7 1' 16F.2.7 Switches. Switches furnished shall be 20 ampere, 120/277 volt totally enclosed tumbler type with side connected screw type terminals, phenolic compound housing and operating levers, and single mounting yoke design. Single and 2 pole switches shall be position indicating. Switch assemblies utilizing porcelain or ceramic materials in the as- sembly are not acceptable. All switches shall be Underwriters' Laboratories approved for incsndes- cent and fluorescent (inductive) lighting loads to their full rated capacities. Switches used for switching direct current shall be 20 ampere, 125 volt T-rated ac/dc switches. Switches of the following manufacture and catalog number or acceptable equal switches shall be furnished. Switch Type Manufacturer Catalog No. Single pole (Unfinished Hubbell 1221 r,. areas) Pass & Seymour 20AC1 General 'Electric' GE5951-1G Arrow Hart 1991 1 Bryant 4902 Leviton 1221-2 Three-way (Unfinished Hubbell 1223 ( areas) Pass & Seymour 20AC3 General Electric GE5953-1G Arrow Hart 1993 Bryant 4903 Leviton 1223-2 i Momentary contact Pass & Seymour 1250 (Unfinished areas) General Electric GE5935-1G Arrow Hart 1895 Bryant 4821 Li I 16F,2.8 Device Plates, Device plates shall be furnished for all device boxes according to the drawings and the following specifications, 16F.2,8.1 Device Plates for Unfinished Areas. Except where weatherproof receptacles or switc as are indicated on the drawings, device plates for wiring devices installed in surface mounted cast metal boxes in unfinished areas shall be formed sheet steel, not less than 0.067 inch uncoated thickness, coated with zinc or cadmium, shall comply with Underwriters' Laboratories Standard UL 514, and shall be Appleton, or acceptable equal, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 100989 16F-2 4 J ri .7 i r Where weatherproof receptacles are indicated on the drawings, cast alumi- num device plates with spring-loaded cast aluminum covers shall be fur- nished and shall be as specified in this paragraph, Device plates shall be designed for mounting on FS boxes sad shell be Furnished with gaskets and mounting se awe. Allsmetal ports except the plates and lift covers shall be fabricated oftainless steel or Monel metal, Receptacle device plates shall be Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. WLRS-1 or acceptable equal for single receptacles, and Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. WLRD-1 or acceptable equal for duplex receptacles. Where weatherproof switches are indicated on the drawingsi device plates shall be furnished and shall be as specified insthis upare - I~ l graph. Device plates shall be designed for mounting on FS boxes and shall be furnished with gaskets and mounting screws, al arts except the plates shall be fabricated of stainless steelloreMonel metal, i Switch device plates shall be Crouse-Hinds Catalog No. DS128 or accept- able equal. 16F.29 Lamps, Lamps shall be furnished for all fixtures. Immediate ' lamp replacement, whenever burnouts occur, shall be continuo I date of commercial operation, us until the All incandescent fixtures shall be group relamped immediately prior to the Contractor leaving the Jobsite unless otherwise directed by the Owner, 16F.2.10 Linhtin Contactors, I! on the drawings, _ Lighting contactors shah be as specified j f I 16F.3 INSTALLATION, f 1 shall ba ins~~ ttaalled according ntosthepdrawings tandethea~following specifi- cations, 16F.3.1 Fixtures. / assembly, TT workFineludes but Is not limishall tedo ling, assembling, disassembling, reassembling, and wiring, i J Fixture maintenance shall be continuous until the date of commercial } operation. All fixtures shall be cleaned immediately prior to the Con- tractor leaving the jobsite unless otherwise directed by the Owner, 16F,3.1,1 Location, Fixture locations ? approximate and shall be coordinated withnotherework inethrasamesarea to prevent interference between lighting fixtures and piping or other equip- ment. Any fixture shall be relocated if, after installation, it is found to interfere with other equipment or is so located to prevent its practi- cal and intended use. No fixture shall be located to prevent the full i use of any accessway beneath a removable grating or slab, j fDENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) 062188 ) 16F-3 10 I i1 16F.3.1.2 Alignment. Fixtures installed in rows shall be carefully aligned vertically and horizontally, Lighting fixtures and outlet boxes, r mounted on building steel, shall be centered on the beam flanges or webs, except where deviations are required to avoid interferenca with piping or miscellaneous steel, 16F.3,2 Wirier Device Mounting Heights. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, wiring devices shall be mounted the following distances above the finished floor. i Distance f Wiring Device Location Above Floor (inches) ~I Receptacles All locations 36 Switches All locations 48 16F,3.3 Lighti+tg Conductors, The following requirements shall apply to the installation of lighting conductors in addition to applicable instal- lation procedures specified in Section 16D for power and control con- ductors. At least 6 inches of free conductor shall be left at each outlet except where the conductor loops through an outlet without splice or connection. Fixture wire shall be used to connect all incandescent lighting fixtures. The fixture wire shall be installed in the circuit between the lighting circuit outlet box and the fixture terminal. Wires to be spliced shall be twisted together prior to installation of the connector. 16F.3.4 Area or Roadway Lighting Installation. All pole bases, poles, luminaires, cable, lamps, and other area or roadway lighting materials and equipment shall be installed according to the drawings and these specifications as required to provide a complete and operating system. 16F'.3.4.1 Pole Bases, The drawings indicate an approximate location for pole bases and luminaires. The Contractor shall stake the exact location of each base and obtain the acceptance of the base location from the Owner before proceeding with base excavation. Excavation shall be as specified in the section titled EARTHWORK. Concrete and reinforcements shall be as specified in the section titled CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE, An- chor bolts shall be template secured during installation. The bolt ends with threads shall be carefully located at the center line and elevation points indicated on the drawings. (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000 ( 062788 ) 16F-4 I r r f ' y f, y 16F.3.4.2 Poles. All poles shall be carefully nuts on the anchor bolts under the pole baseplatea~ndehexinutseonytopuare l After the pole has been completely equipped and connected the space be- tween the steel base and the top of the concrete shall be grout filled in accordance with the droiings and the requirements of the section titled CAST-7N-PLACE CONCRE77 i 16F.3.4.3 Luminaires. Aftar the pole has been installed, aligned, and painted, the-lumina emaetarm, and cable shall be assembled and In- stalled on the pole, cable connections completed in the handho base of the pole, and the pole ground conne le near the cted. , 16F,3,4,4 Area or Rca~ w&j L; htin Conductors. f of the lights g system shall be mltri el conKetor~T p underground portion cable for use between the pole base and the luminaireterminals eshall rba E Type C' f 16F.3.4.5 Gro~fn All lighting installations shall accordance with Section 16F. Ins be grounded e t grounded with driven tallations on concrete bases shall be ground rod and bare stranded copper cable connected to the pole grounding lug. 1 M + E j s I [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062788 1 16F-5 t C f1 it Section 16G SUBSTATION STRUCTURE ERECTION 160.1 GENERAL. Substation structures shall be erected in accordance with AISC standards, the Engineer's drawings, the erection drawings, and these specifications. 16G,1,1 Tolerances. All structures, including each vertical component thereof, shall be etected plumb within a tolerance of 11,000. Horizon- tal components shall be level, The liwit of tolerance in vertical component plumbness shall be based on f the height from the baseplate to the point being plumbed and shall be measured from the true center line of the vertical component. 16G.2 WOOD POLE STRUCTURES. The following articles cover erection work for wood polee transmission line structures. All structure components, including those fabricated of metal and porcelain, shall be handled with care to prevent damage to the components, their preservative treatment, J or their protective coatings. j 16G.2.1 Structure Framing and hesanbl . All structures shall be framed j I and asaeuhled as indicated on the drawings. Assembly procedures shall III minimize the amount of pole climbing that must be done after the struc- ture is set. Any pole which is badly spurred shall be shaved and brushed i with a preservative acceptable to the Owner. 1 The Contractor shall field drill all bolt holes which are not factory drilled, tut which are required for a complete installation. Field ( drilled bait holes shall be drilled using a bit with a diameter 1116 inch larger then the diameter of the bolt to be inserted. Single-pole and two-pole structures shall be completely assembled. prior to setting the poles, except where existing lines will interfere with the , setting of assembled structures, structures containing more than two poles shall be assembled after poles are set. Gaining of poles, where required, shall be perpendicular to bolt holes and shall not exceed 1/2 inch in depth. Existing poles designated to be cut shall be cut on a slope 15 degrees from the horizontal, Pole gaina, bolt holes, and out surfaces shall be treated by swabbing j with a liberal amount of 5 percent pentaehlorophenol solution. The Owner will determine whether adequate penetration has been achieved, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 ( 010485 J 16G-1 h [pp Cj 1~ + l A11 bolts shall extend not less than 112 inch uor more than 2-1/2 inches past the locknut; all bolts shall be tightened so that the bearing Sur- faces of hardware, insulators, etc., are properly seated to the poles and arms, Each completed structure shall have all washers, locknuts, and other hardware properly installed and tightened. Ground conductors shall be installed when framing the structure. 16G.2.2 Pile 5et_ tin k, Except as otherwise indicated herein, or on the or as shallnbe,10 percenteofitherequired pole r height t plccss 2e feet~le setting depths Each pole in single-pole structures and i _ ground surfaces shall be set within 3 inches_ofitheldepthuspecified invel the preceding paragraph. Each pole in multi-pole structures on sloping ground surfaces shall be act--within 3 Inches )f the depth specified in the following paragraph. The butt or top of a slew pole shall not be cut off. i On sloping ground surfaces, the depth of set of any one pole in a multi- pole structure shall not be reduced more than l foot from the depth spec- fied in the preceding table. The average depth of set for all poles in a multi-pole structure shall of be less than the setting depth specified in the table. f Each pole shall be set within plus or minus 1-1/2 inches transversely of the location indicated on the drawings. Vertical alignment of all poles shall be within 3 inches of plumb or the amount of rake indicated on the drawings. 16G,2.3 Pole Hole Excavation. The diameter of each pole hole shall be as required fo tr amping of earth backfill around the pole, but not lase than the pole diameter at the butt plus 12 inches, Pole hole excavation shall include removal of stumps, roots, and other obstructions as necessary to provide a clean vertical hole to the re- quired depth. Where necessary, the Contractor shall•uae split drums to prevent the earth from caving in or spilling into the pole holes.' Excavawhetedrepothele poles will othbeleatot less than 3/4 inch day. during the same working Pole hole excavation in earth shall be performed with a power driven auger; pole hole excavation in rock shall be performed by hand excavation or power driven rock auger, or blasting, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] 010489 ] 16G-2 t S~ 16G.2.4 Pole Hole Backfill. Pole hole backfill shall be earth as speci- fied in this article and as indicated on the drawings. ( Earth for backfill shall be finoly divided excavated earth free from de- bris, organic material, and stones, and shall have a moisture content which will enPure good compaction. No mud will be permitted. Pole holes shall be backfilled with earth tamped at vertical intervals not to exceed 12 inches. Tamping shall, be done with air tampers only using methods acceptable to the Owner, Earth backfill shall be banked ' around the poles to a height of 12 inches above the ground surface, f Water shall be pumped from all holes during the setting and tamping op- y 1 erations. E The Contractor sball dispose of all excess materials such as dirt, rock, sand, etc., after backfilling operations are completed, r j 16G,3 SUBSTATION ALUMINUM BUS, The Contractor shall unpack, clean, and I check all aluminum bus immediately upon receipt from the carrier. He j I shall remove all materials which might damage the bus finish and shall j store the-bus in such a manner that the finish will be protected. ! I ! Bus delivered by the carrier with unsatisfactory finish shall be re- jected. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the finish on bus accepted from the carrier, Defective bus finish discovered after { initial unpacking and inspection shall be the responsibility of the Con- j tractor, Any stored or erected bus found to have unsatisfactory finish shall be refinished or replaced by the Contractor at the option of the Owner, All expense,for such refinishing or replacement shall be borne by the Contractor. I All bus shall be carefully handled and erected to provide a complete bus I system without dente, abrasions, discolorations, or other structural or surface damage, Any bus so damaged shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. LJ 1 16G.3.1 Field Bends, All field bends of bus shall be made with a hy- draulic type bender which is acceptable to the Owner. Each bend shall be smooth and uniform and shall retain the original inside bus diameter. Each bend in 2 inch bus shall have a center line radius of at least 9-1/2 inches, Each bend in bus larger than 2 inches shall have a center line j radius of at least five times the inside diameter of the bus. 16G.3.2 Alignment. All bus components shall be aligned and supported prior to and during the welding operation. Support and alignment shall be as required to provide a finished bus arrangement with center lines of adjacent sections coincident. Bus shall be aligned for welding in such a manner that the welded bus remains essentially straight after removal of erection supports. I f [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 010489 J 160-3 I i 4s During splicing operations, each piece of bus shall be supported at not less than three points in approximately equal spans of 12 feet or less. 166.3,3 Fittings. The joint components to be welded shall be fitted to allow for expansion and contraction during welding without loss of align- ment. The joint design shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recom- mendations. Connections shall be positioned and located to prevent the retention of water or drainage from copper or copper alloys to aluminum surfaces. Drain holes shall, be provided as required. The location and size of drain holes shall be acceptable to the Owner. 16G.3.4 Cleaning. Immediately prior to welding, each surface to be joined by the weld shall be thoroughly cleaned. Greases, oils, waxes, etc., shall be removed by standard degreasing solutions as recommended by the manufacturer, Oxides shall be removed from the areas to be welded by vigorous scrubbing of the surfaces with stainless steel wire brushes, I 16G,3.5 Welding. Welding processes and methods ohali be subject to code qualification and acceptance by the Engineer. Ouly the following welding methods will be permitted for joining bus sections and fittings. Gas metal are welding Gas tungsten are welding I Shielding gas for each process shall be welding grade argon when welding material is less than 3/4 inch thick. A combination of helium and argon shall be used for each process when-the welding material is 3/4 inch thick and greater. Welding energy and filler metal requirements shall be as recommended by AWS D10.7-86, "Recommended Practices for Gas Shielded Arc Welding of Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Pipe." The following from AWS D10.7 shall apply. Filler rod Table 1 Rod size, gas flow, Table 2 through Table 11 and welding current 166,3,6 Welding Qualifications, The Contractor shall prepare written welding procedure specifications, The procedure shall be qualified as defined below. Welding procedure specifications, procedure qualification t ra orte and welder p , qualification reports shall be submitted to the Owner for review, Welding shall not begin until the Owner's review is com- plete, f M i 4k (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) { E 010489 ) ' 16G-4 yl C.S ryN rt :;,51 10 1 n All procedure qualification testing and welder qualification testing shall be in accordance with the methods defined in AWS D10.9-80, "Speci- fication for Qualification of Welding Procedures and Welders for Piping and Tubing. f Testing shall be conducted to the requirements of AR-1 qualification level under the following conditions. 1 E Materials P-Number 23, aluminum base ' alloys Weld Groove Position 6G All qualification testing shall be pzrformed by an acceptable independent testing laboratory. Report formats shall be similar to the exr.-aples in AWS D10.9-80 for the following, f i Typical Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) j Typical Contractor's Procedure Qualification Test Record (PQR) Typical Contractor's Welder Qualification Testa Record All costs for testing, including material costs, shall be paid by the Contractor. Welders, after qualification, shall not be replaced on this welding duty unless such action is acceptable to the Owner. f I i i i 1 [DENTON 10566 OEN CONST 71,00001 { [ 010489 16C-5 { YJ k SYQ E5 b 1; Li Li Section 16H - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM 16H.1 GENERAL, This section specifies the fire detection system to be furnished and installed under these specifications, The fire detection system shall be designed to provide adequate fire de- tection and annunciation in each of the areas where installed. Equipment locations and other pertinent information are indicated on the Drawings, 1 Locations of all ionization detectors shall be as indicated on the Draw- ings, 16H.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. The Contractor shall furn!ah complete sche- matic diagrams and external wire diagrams of all devices and panels, i catalog sheets for all device and panels, and plan drawings indicating the general conduit routing between devices and conduit sizes, Instruction manuals shall bs furnished for the equipment as specified in j Section 1C, 16H.3 CODE RE The fire detection system and f components shall ~ comply with. all state and local governing regulations and other regular I published and accepted standards, The fire detection and alarm system and components shall be designed in i accordance with NNPA Codes and Standards except where more stringent re- qui,remente are specified herein. 16H.4 E U~ IPMENT. Components of the fire detection system shall be fur- I nished in accordance with the following requirements, i All components shall be provided with engraved nameplates, ` , 16H.4.1 Ionization Smoke Detectors. Ionization smoke detectors shall be 120 volts ac powered, equipped with a LED located on the face of the unit for indicating normal and alarm conditions. When in the alarm condition, the horn shall sound and the power LED shall go out until the unit auto- matically resets, The unit shall contain a built-in test feature and z alarm operated contacts. Detectors shall be Pyrotronies Model DU-3, 16H.4.2 Mounting Hardware. Each detector shell furnished with alt necessary mounting devices including junction boxes, 16H.4,3 Interconnecting Raceway and Cable, Interconnecting raceway and cable shall be furnished in accordance with the drawings and with Sec- tions 16C and 16D of these specifications, Fire detection circuits shall ~ be Type YR-E?, 14 AWGs Houston Wire Cat, No, H02601, All conductors J (DENTON 10566GN0NST 71.0000] 0E90 i6H-1 E i f ~ f ~ I S f shall be installed in rigid galvanized steel conduit. The Contractor shall provide as-built details of circuit routing on the lighting draw- ings. 16H.5 INSTALLATION, All components and panels shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications. The raceway and cable shall be installed in accordance with Sections 16C . and 16D of these specifications. I 16H.6 ACCEPTANCE E TESTS. The fire detection system shall be tested by the Contractor after installation has been completed, All tests will be witnessed by the Owner. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least 15 days prior to the scheduled test date. I The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a teat report on the system, l The system shall be placed in full fire protection service after instal- lation and testing. Immediate verbal notification that the system is ready for service shall be communicated to the Owner, followed by written confirmation. Testing of the detectors shall be by actuating each detector by smoke to verify operation. Upon detector actuation, visual and audible anauncia- tion of the independent detection system at the control panel shall be verified. Each alarm circuit at the control panel shall be tested to verify proper operation. l I , i i r [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.00001 [ 013190 [y+~ t; 16H-2 fI l t, G I 14 I Section 161 - INTRUSION ALARM AND DETECTION I 161.1 GENERAL. This section covers furnishing and installing a security system. System devices or components shall be hard-wired back to the re- mote terminal unit. 161.2 DRAWINGS AND DATA. The Contractor shall provide catalog sheets for all devices furnished with the intrusion security system. The security system shall monitor magnetic switches instLlled at struc- ture exterior doors. 161,3 E UI~ PMENT. / 161,3.1 Magnetic Switches. Magnetic switches shall consist of a magnet housing and a switch housing constructed of nonferrous metal, The de- vices shall include a reed switch, bias magnet, tamper switch, and alarm wiring screw terminals. The magnet housing shall be designed for mount- ing on a door and the switch housing on the door frame. 161.3,2 Securit ~ Switches. Security key switches shall consist of a key switch mounted in a flush mounted, weatherproof cast outlet box. Each key switch shall have momentary contacts with spring return to cen- ter from the ENABLE and DISABLE positions. The lock type shall be Corbin j and the lock shall be keyed to the Owner's standards. A red pilot light { mounted on the cover shall be illuminated whenever the security systom is disabled. I Each key switch assembly shall be furnished with.a tamper switch which shall initiate an alarm when unauthorized removal of the key switch box, cover is attempted. One security key switch shall be installed'at the gate control house's acid the diesel grsnerator building's double door, 161.4 INSTALLATION, All components shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and these specifications. 161.4.1 Magnetic Switches. In addition to the manufacturer's instruc- tions, magnetic switches shall be installed on the interior of exterior doors as indicated on the drawing, 16Y,4.2 Security K Switch. The key switches shall be installed in a flush mounted, weatherproof box, approximately 54 inches above floor to { the center line of the switch and shall be accessible from outside the 1 structure. All raceway shall be routed through the metal wall panel on the interior of the structure. I (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 [ 013190 1 161-1 t 161.4.3 Interconnecting Raceway and Cable. All cabling interconnecting security devices and the remote terminal unit shall be installed in gal- vanized steel conduit. 'rho Contractor shall provide as-built circuitry on the lighting drawings. i r i ~ 111 ~ EEEEj t t { E~ i 1 I i [DENTON 10566 GRN CONST 71.0000] E 013190 ] 161-2 I #tikSQS ~t'N~ikTiP. 9p6 rn.M.axn i i I 161,4.3 Interconnecting Raceway and Cable, All cabling interconnecting security devices and the remote terminal unit shall be installed in gales l vonized steel conduit, The Contractor shall provide as-built circuitry on the lighting drawingu. I i `DENTON 10566013 EN CON5T 71.0000, i ~ I61-2 ; y Y I APPENDIX A 5UBMFAGE TNPORMATYoN ! j I s l~ n+ae~. n,+ rM$j ti^k1 ti tnrn 1. d:;],~ n 9448 ",s, u° E sulfa 0_105 Austin, Texae 78723 Woodward-Clyde Consultants (512) 4541898 March 22, 1988 Black & Veatch Engineers Architects P.O. BOX 8405 } Kansas City, Missouri 64114 I Attn: Mr. Bruce A. Ainsworth Project Manager a 1 Res Transmittal of Geoteohnicai Investigations Report Lewisville Dam Site Hydroelectric Project r Lewisville, Texas JJ wCC File No. 8OH521C 1 Dear Mr. Ainsworths ! j i } Transmitted herewith are two (2) copies of our geotachnical ; ! report for the subject project. It has been a pleasure providing services to Black & Veatch for this project. Please feel free to call either Jean Hill at (713) 688-9111 or myself at (512) 454-1886 if you have any questions regarding this report. Very truly yours, { I Larry L. Minter 1 Project Manager a LLM:kmm 011 And ErNnp i:nglneers, onfist gists And tinW rcnmentaf Scfenltats Offices In Other Principat Cillea "VIA -10 ~3dr+, it er 7330 II Houston, a,~ y" ftr ft on, Texas N77055 ~itwV ~K~>f Houston, (713) 688.9111 Telecopy (713) 688.6253 i March 21, 1988 Black & Veatch Engineers-Architects P.O. Box 8405 Kansas City, MO 64114 1 , Attentions Mr, Bruce A. Ainsworth Project Manager f I Subjects Geotechnical Investigations Report Lewisville Dam Site Hydroelectric Project Lewisville, Texas j WCC Files 88H521C Gentiement i Woodward-Clyde Consultants (WCC) respectfully submits the findings from our geotechnical investigations for the subject project. In accordance with our agreement with Black & Yeatch (B&V) dated February 15, .1988, our geotechnical j Investigations consisted of the followings Drilling two boreholes at the project site to recover core samples of I i Eagle Ford Shalel and • Performing laboratory tests on Eagle Ford Shale core specimens to obtain data for estimating- the shear strength parameters and the allowable bearing capacity of the shale at the project site. In addition, we have reviewed the following documents with respect to geologic i and geotechnical data on the Eagle Ford Shale in the north-central Texas areas • "Appendix IVs Soil Data and Analysis," Garza-Little Elm Dam and Reservoir Elm Fork of Trinity River, Texas, report by the corps o j ng ne rs provided b~ y~B Vl • Corps of Engineers-Fort Worth District drawings for the Garza-Little Elm Dam and Reservoir project, dated 1951, showing locations of subsurface borings made at the project site and logs of the borings, provided by B&VI and { GEO/JSH/2166 E i i Consulting Engineers, Geologists and Environmental Scientists 0lflcos in Other Principal Cities f~ r f ;I ,r . 11Y , 1 Mr. Bruce A. Ainsworth Woodward-Clyde Consultants Black be Veatch Engineers-Architects March 21, 1988 Page 2 ! "Geolo of Dallas, Texas, United States of America," b Peter M. Allen and William D. Flanigan, in Bulletin of the Association of Engineering Geology, Vol. XXIII, No. 4, Nov. 1986, pp. 359-418. In the performance of our work, we have assumed that the lay-out of the { Lewisville Dam Site Hydroelectric Project will be as shown on Drawings 53002 and ^l M1001 provided by B&V. It is noted that the scale of the investigations was not sufficient to provide statistically significant sampling of the Eagle Ford Shale at the Lewisville Dam I r' site. Rather, the results of these Investigations will be compared with the results of similar investigations reported by the Corps of Engineers and Allen and Flanigan to facilitate a reasonable estimation of the shear strength parameters for use in the design of the foundation of the proposed hydroelectric powerplant at Lewisville Dam. e } Borehole Drilling Pro ram. The approximate locations of the two boreholes f drilled at the propose project site are shown on the copy of Drawing 53002 E contained in Attachment A to this letter. Borehole B-l was located !1 approximately 60. feet south (or downstream) from the powerplant site and l borehole B-2 was located within the footprint of the proposed powerplant, I r Borehole B-l was augered through approximately 34 feet of soil and fresh, but relatively soft, Eagle Ford Shale, then cored approximately 18 feet in firmer Eagle Ford Shale. Borehole B-2 was augered through approximately 29 feet of soil and fresh but relatively soft shale, then cored approximately 15 feet in firmer shale. Depth to the top of the Eagle Ford Shale Is estimated at 17 feet in borehole, B-1 and 17.3 feet In borehole B-2. The logs of the borings are contained in Attachment A to this letter, The subsurface conditions encountered in boreholes B-1 and B-2 were not unlike 4 those expected on the basis of the logs of the borings drilled by the Corps of (P Engineers In the vicinity of Lewisville Dam prior to its construction. The Eagle Ford Shale encountered in boreholes B-1 and 3-2 was dark gray to black in color, somewhat fissile, with some interbedded very fine- to fine-grained sand lenses, and was occasionally very sandy. However, the consistency of the shale encountered in boreholes B-1 and B-2 was generally much softer than reported in I the Corps' boring logs, At some depths, the soft consistency of the shale presented difficulties with respect to core drilling and recovery of undisturbed core samples. However, approximately 30 total feet of core were recovered, 18.5 feet from borehole B-1 and about 11.5 feet from borehole B-2. The percentages of core recovery are shown on the boring logs In Attachment A. f j GEO/JSH/2166 . i 3 3 j . , 777 1.6 Ij , Mr. Bruce A. Ainsworth Woodward•Clydo Consultants Black do Veatch Engineers-Architects March 2l, 1988 Page 3 Samples of the core which appeared to be relatively undisturbed and repre- sentative of the Eagle Ford Shale at the project site were wrapped in plastic upon recovery to preserve the undisturbed water content In anticipation of using the j samples to obtain laboratory test specimens, Laborator Testing Program, The laboratory testing program performed for these geotechn cal invest gatIons consisted of unconfined compressive strength i testing of three apparently unfractured Eagle Ford Shale core specimens, and direct shear strength testing of apparent bedding planes existing in three j specimens. The direct shear strength tests were performed using normal stresses of 10, 20 and 30 psi per verbal direction from B&V, and the tests were performed € to obtain both peak and residual shear strength parameters for the fracture surfaces. The laboratory tests were performed In general accordance with ( applicable standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the International Society of Rock Mechanics (ISRM), All of the laboratory f tests were performed under ambient temperature and moisture conditions, The ? laboratory test data are contained In Attachment B to this letter, and the results II~ + of the tests are summarized and discussed In the following paragraphs, I The results of the unconfined compressive strength tests are summarized In the + following tables Unconfined Modulus of f i Sample I.D'. Comp. Strength Flastlcity* ps B-1147.6-48.2 103 Es=4.8 Et=5.7 1 B-2131-32 171 Es=23.5 E Et=28.8 { B-2135.8-36,8 169 Es=27.6 Et=26.7 * Es = secant modulus of elasticity computed at 5096 peak strength. Et : tangent modulus of elasticity computed at 50% peak strength, i The results of the direct shear strength tests Indicate that the bedding planes have a cohesion O.e„ shear strength intercept) of about 5 psi with peak and residual i angles of friction of 15° and 7°, respectively, f ! GEO/3SH/2166 i I, low JJ'' a'af P i +1 Mr. Bruce A. Ainsworth Woodward-Clyde Consultants Black & Veatch Engineers-Architects March 21, 1988 Page 4 i Discussion of Results of Investigations, Angles of friction and cohesion values for the Eagle Ford Shale reported by Allen and Flanigan range from 13.5° to 21.5° and from 1.1 to 4.6 psi, respectively, for peak strength, and from 80 to 10° and from 1.1 to 2.3 psi, respectively, for residual strength. On the basis of the results of one direct shear strength test of an apparently unfractured Eagle Ford Shale core sample obtained from a boring drilled in the vicinity of the Lewisville Dam site, the Corps of Engineers reported an angle of friction for the material of 14o and a cohesion of about 7 psi. The Corps of Engineers reported unconfined compressive strengths for core specimens of the Eagle Ford Shale ranging from about 100 to about 500 psi. I Upon comparison with the reported shear strength parameters for the Eagle Ford Shale, the shear strength parameters obtained from the laboratory tests performed for this current Investigation appear to be representative for the Eagle Ford Shale. i The shear strength parameters reported herein and by the Corps of Engineers and Allen and Flanigan for the Eagle Ford Shale are typical of the parameters that would be expected for a stiff to very stiff (or compacted) relatively high plasticity 4 i clay. Considering the relatively soft consistency of the Eagle Ford Shale encountered In the borings made for this investigation and the relatively low shear strength parameters obtained from laboratory tests of samples of the material, it is suggested herein that it may be more reasonable and appropriate to consider the material to be a very stiff clay soll, rather than bedrock, for foundation design. It is noted that foundation design alternatives for very stiff clay foundation h conditions can be different from those for relatively soft rock foundation I conditions. WCC is available and prepared to assist B&V In the consideration of ! the different alternatives, as appropriate. Allowable Bearin Ca acit . The physical characteristics of the Eagle Ford Shale present In the subsur ace at the Lewisville Dam site are variable, particularly with respect to consistency which varies from very soft and "gummy" to hard. F Inasmuch as laboratory test specimens were cut from relatively firm samples of the shale core recovered from boreholes B-1 and B-21 the shear strength parameters estimated from the results of tests on those specimens may be somewhat unconservative for application in design, In addition, the limited scope of work precluded study of groundwater conditions and the potential effects of groundwater on the material strength parameters or the strength-deformation characteristics of the material, The limited scope of work also precluded studies relative to the potential for swell and, possibly, consolidation of the softer pockets of the material, such as those encountered at the eam site during these ' current Investigations. For these reasons, a relatively high factor of safety of 5 # was used in the calculations of allowable bearing capacity. GEO/1SH/2166 . , i % ii Mr, Bruce A. Ainsworth Woodwmrd•Clydo Consultants Black dt Veatch Engineers-Architects r March 21, 1988 Page 5 t For soft rock and/or very stiff soil with a unit weight of about 130 pcf (see 3 Attachment B), an angle of friction of about 15°, and a cohesion of 5 psi, the estimated allowable bearing capacity for an approximately 40 ft x 40 ft mat foundation Is on the order of 4000 psf, Per Allen and Flanigan, this bearing capacity is generally low for Eagle Ford Shale bedrock encountered in the north- central Texas area, but it is believed to be reasonable considering the uncertainties associated with the foundation conditions, such as those mentioned k above and Including the anticipated foundation design loads. 3 j It has been a pleasure working with B&V on these geotechnical Investigations for i the proposed hydroelectric powerplant at Lewisville Dam. We understand that , f the foundation conditions at the powerplant site are difficult, and that special measures will probably be required to ensure satisfactory performance of the powerplant foundation. Additional geotechnical Investigations can reduce the uncertainties associated with design of the foundation. Alternatively, such studies may focus -on case histories of the performance of foundations of similar type, size and loaded structures on Eagle Ford Shale. However, in future studies, particular attention should be given to the apparent change in the physical characteristics of the Eagle Ford Shale in the vicinity of the Lewisville Dam site 1 since construction of the dam in the 1950s. If you have, any questions or comments regarding the contents of this letter I report, or any other issue, please do not hesitate to call either of the undersigned. I r , Very truly yours, OF r I ...,,..~.1~ Jr can Sut « er Hill, P.E. . ,wW Project Engineer fEAN SUTER HILL I ` 61045 )A 1 f ik , l tiFSSlOy)\L Larry .Minter Project Manager JSHtLLMisve Enclosures GEO/JSH/2166 ) t ah 41 J1 IIFFSS f r' I ~ i i f j `i r ATTACHMENT A f , f { 1 t 1 i F j i Cii 6`-. Soli ~q ~YRAS~31 i i , j ; C I LOCATION PLAN I i 3 i , i 1 i f 1~wr.~:c Iw ftnr.~b' NiJ SS`.~.7•._. -.311.-.._..-..~~.._FAON,tM, ~ ILI.i'D~1E1~1~-.~~~ kit, •VJ:~~~~ ~ r{J h ~'r 111 .._Y..__'- .r ........n 311_ -411a!Itunr rte" ~1. 1 1 _C' T' ~.Ll' _lu paat2 / - I, _ wW 1'-~ _ ct' ~n.. fi~I MYl4~~,3j ^ dT ~ ~~~-.IM ~•~.r 1-.~ ~ 1 III I ter, ~ t i - 1/ i'~ Rg,AJ - ~ 1 ~ 9~1 tag ` i,~~"-- ~ r---'~ • J !1 1 ~ I ~ I q I ~ / ~ V l I M \ / \ 3 r r ~ . P:~ 1 lillw/ ~ WOO 'k r ~ CSI ~r"~ f r I I e ~1 1 ~ O O J(~~6l~113~P5( o'_~ c ,1 ' i 1!sAkt3vY uatsx+w a!ufsarorc I } I 1 t { f BORING LOGS f a t LOG OF BORING 4.1 w a e g DESCRIPTION ilIT Yl i_ 11 v m ? (Ji Undrdinld Sh/dr Sh1n11h, TSI i CIIV Jrey 3 t0 SO e0 10 0 S LO 15 r0 17 yQUY, N.a S i dteJy "Al 4/0 e.r 1 I •TI M~~wwJw J I /r.I Cky $4*4 u r Awr >Sele%Tldu~ t 4 /ew, /J •Lww/(/IRI•/t;4 W/l4. /i w/Y/.// XW414; dt I ( Yr/y rrlr rwj 1. 14I, I ~ IO ~ • seMt frnly rewar { . fAa/a tiWM'r ,l t j isF7, are ! C/eerF G•1 Y"y F i IlII r~ JS J4A SNACl, dwl~rwliF I/,a4, JI'p I / R n I Away •F JT.I • n,r JA7. loo ; wrT Eo (n) Aga ? 9 fells. Y..J it /rT rr IrT I M Ire M'", {//OdJ 00.1 lN1!✓.Ar f L r•W L //Y.I, vIN WAY ss~'40 R. z Nw rj N;rr H• nr/a 104.0•!/./ 160 , I IIwIy 4P.4-0 'J Z JA'f/1arsUF, d.F f'.11 ru fr. )A4k /r3n✓f, r(n!y VrM a..r N. Jt.) dNlr.r, f/Y,,1,r•<I 'A 3`0 3 v's j Nr/ r r~ rre%a/JdM rryM ,T~Y~(1 A Well revel /l rile r i Loe lrro y of e u /1E' CIQM Crrr AJIAYw MI ° 1T0-S' F4M A/r.ra r/eYY.ra./ a 1 QA l$1 nArA LEOENO FOR SHE 0191h to •ajaf Oqf IU11 In C0un11,Id1 AR STRENO H PL t O IN 1,1 r,n TIME, MIA. DEPTH TO WArEA, FL ♦wlen ca. IeneM q 80f1ny N15,Q0ll, t / 7 A L45 VIA, II ~11Y0110l1C. /7p E ENO ,R11411T1 _,MSL Other ` ~ ® Au1~DlpIh,Z44.o Wash Dlplh; •S 5 C(Ar j W 131D YL Awl! AY 1111 CLAr p.~l R']~ earl. s~I" Project Na; 69Nst/G Taskt /4140 LGd ~El~J 0o project Narnr, /Inpl Depth: AIIAr Cl errs IAMD Srn, 1Ap0 Cwr®M1r A~ 'C menenls (tole t', 11 drtl Ayr? Lr 49AVCL - Pro 1(/ .//-9•-~r.A•~E n r Irn / 1!u' tr/ / vn/rdae LOCOIIOpt /r e.r r, a I i ,cri.(.lsd Ls( l r't( tleElrOht sr.>Ir CU1nh /o t r j yr <R ~j,~ proruolwn alrerNr ~aen Ce« WOOdwardl Clyde Con4Ul 1U1118 1 LOG OF BORING 6'2 .w 4111 L14Y1/ t ON nlln ye l cz _„lf Stllhalh, TSF to 7p 40 so so 0tI0 :s 4 ,0.,401 • bt4eAlm Ono ' ~ • 14,4 6.eAY14 A//L/, fde to /rv✓•.11V 17fofIHA[t, YO.t (rOy rV /tiU , Vtry 70 T1 11.0 41e44 tAV4, a/rt, 0011 /ren, r"0"11 VIII uorl Jeri I^`Y M IAII j JNA4f /Y n1 .,A ~ f 77.0 JN,1lf, hr4 , j j QS ~inrS LnruA.l t/e tvAtt, .ir4 lell.ak, 40 114 l0, r)N r..r~ k/4I 44,01 /eg0r(uI fs •K I G8 j ' JS •,Mry IMLI JR./•N.F {h t) AN Z- i ell) r I,.! e4yl1 "WA, 41414 44 1,., ~.o J l7sac 1JtirN I~ o ~ ,'IiA/e JrO„l~ rt%eM IYr/.[e ~ 1.. l+f././yfR J,pAw [.M//tdrO f Ji! 1 t - 10404 , .6NOUN0 WAT[R A^TA ClPlil fNl ralel IIr11 Int0a614014I L OENO 10A SHE STRENOO H PLO gprlhn No.: z~ 0011: B . 1 !0, a i j TfME, oOKlu P" A 100,040 MIA, DEPTH TO WA7E14, FI •vele^ to+4 P Lee veer a EIWptiol1,. LEO 0 OOluml,_,AgAllre-MSL ® Dlh/r Auger Deplh9a Wp7hDepth: ?f-tL4 \ Ct 4T Snna ILt. t, b4^IrCl 47 1111C Ay 3 ® f4 SI Set P. S1rtL Project Na, EE/ Totkt ® 00 Project Nomel L err/ ,t•,2 Plhol owtI: Gear Sawa L~~r S+u0 C, 0rr So t Attie: Gf Se f 150 Cif SrL ~f1l 1i0 OAAYLL Fe0,4tf • j 1414JI (Area /rw ti. 4f 17,0' I i A., i ® , V0411a Q 4 0 Location: zl r , er/, , SAL rt ur l_! L Mfr i Of4A r. hu uMtf4pNt SpTpit SUmvf Clllim? A/1 i L'rl /e 0( 0,nr~.lroan O Aue„ Am Con Wood Ward,Clydo CoflNdt A11t8 W ! 4121iXbt fF4~: 7Fi f i i 1 I 1 I 1 It f ATTACHMENT B 1 ~ r ! 1 t i €j , ki , Woodward•Clyde Consultants 1 DATM 9 March 1988 To, Ms. Jean Hill NAMEI Richard S. Ladd PROJECT NOa 88HS21C ADDRESS; Woodward -Cl de Consultants 7330 Westview Or ve ouston, exas Transmittal ®fNOLOUD ❑ TRACINGS DRILLING LOOP UNDER SEPARATE APPROVED f 1I COVEN ❑ M}OTOITATf (I ©T[fT R[WLTi ❑ mgmNOIR ❑ APPROVEDAENO /R1NTE NOTED I Ir 13 ❑ pOQUMENT: ❑ RE WOMIT ❑ 14RITCLAM MAIL 13 MtlCI/ICA710M.8 r~ CONTRACTI RITURN ❑ j ❑ M'[CIALDELIVIRY ❑ CORnscroo►RiNrs ❑ COrYOT LETTER C7 PON APPROVAL FOR COMMENT WAS FOR YOUR U!E ❑ , ►NOTOE AEAMOUatylo ITEM NO DEECRWTRpN Test esults rrOY-med on Ea Ie Ford Shale, 7estin three 3 1 Direct Shear to included sts and three 3 Unconfined Com ression tests, f i 3 I REMARKS: To ` n erformed in accordance with instructions b Jean Hill, Please contact me if there are an uestions concerning the above to f sting. COPY TOI file { r IdW BROAD f►REET CLIFTON, N.A ajotz FROM E ~~-m-ortlo ~ ; 1NOODWAAD-CLYDE CONSULTANTS i ~Y I 1 C ~l~• y .a'I.wrr1 ~e'iG, RAS0, not) in vo ~ W ~ y /00'ya O Or rx1 *A% A - Rbraro~ F Took/ ~jr ~i i I 3 Qt' i~ln j ~f CanO, ~ ~ Shsor ~in• ~ ~ v%Ruff C tip M J - ,ysp j .y 7' I S01' i ~ i s tied ~E 5e/titwr, ~ ~ Vp vp A n,t rk'vll ,11N U, y fp ,eOcl~ SPEG~/l/E.t~ - P~/t~S /cAG DATi3 yoz j L3ori~~, .(Jo 13 1 J(~uN, Ik la` bPlw.,(,,r. ~ilyr~~yof ~f _ Dale+_.L~. /~e,~,~tl+) Diar•a e r C~r1 V4V/M rA c . zz. , 333cn+ 3 cC) L T 2 10~0~ ~amar~6 t 14 e' 0.►.. 2..'•18 {arDSi . W 5.1 u4~u (t+a,rkt, ~ 4°y . ---"-`T YeMore C1a fj j as. `'inc.C AY30. ~ d y8.s'Y B e' / ; r 1 1~ Iii `rYL.ys:Zr_ 7~~9~{J CIV A. Y~ Jy. ov cm 4n, Weight A1.s Dsn.+t C~) ( ~.il r3,..&6 j ~ Ster PIMP x x x j 0j; *j $+C r 1 Yv/vw~a•' cn+~ ilk) T I ~y' GM l7J Poros~Tr + N ti. A Q V~i 1 h ""-"r'te` ' cr" =t_- tyLularGnF.w'~ Lt/« rhMs$ 4/SN& P YA 0/0 tk+~r ~P (;Veil o1y - i ).db. Si". lle, LAS, Sy4d, Vo Wear ~enfert} Wd6e CIVA90 ' 3 Afa1t No pis We 4 / Wei e~ d ek r WeF RKk (y,~) E 97, 7 Yklsl~l of Did, « v1.F ft«K{~m~ W W 1 4 OF . D i A ► D r q Reek (IM) 3G o S Waiy{~f o~ Gia~l , Del R ck(ym) Disk o+r+) Wafer Csn~sn}' Wsl'er Con~'en}' ch«k.l by Ro r i 4 'I ROCK- UNCONF'rN ED COMPRESSION TEST - CALC!"7Ajk5 L-70S CONWIalion Sired` Rqy. No N SZrc raj. Fr'y ~ Cafnuiv~ed b %~'7 e~ Rorin Na y :=L aa~e -/~W 9 - _ 146 SpComen N. ~"oL 4~6- 4$.L if lenallt , L. s 4~ / L yr • Sraelmeni Araq Ae a 1.1 ~/0 Ka Laael --Dt I _ xlr. /inA _ (MTS . kip/v.lE) (RnaarrJer _ vali ~lnc~) Scam (Y.axio~ or Tac6rs Da }ien f°^nO inclr~me{r a(M75.inwo~}j~,Reeordar_ voll•~rnclr~ 1'• (X.axis) Aj-FbA Ae: funelion of. VE•20 seflin' Ilualiens * Defrni}ions PL6 = max loaf (Ta1ur)) a max a}nos ~ PuIE~Aa - 1 Ei a Secrn} lhodu)us 4P O~ , ro/ Z.(ull j S}ress I Mee;u li 1 P„rF = rn (x.Yj x saale ~e}ar 5•esn - Frem MTS K;ps da(uIF) _ - o. /n3 x ro' IL inA raft = u# t .e KiP~s<aix faelor:nan f AL(p%) 'in (x.v) r Berle fieEar r"" e € Sl'nain z a L in i i $frarn Q /~J11 Cram MTS ALws _ o, 0a o . in Al AL c.,•,,, as o, v / rn l--o 28 ~•8/ inlx.rj x sea)a {'.c}sr ~ ~ r ` o. uo 0 tim Es (Ira!/,) ■ (o l66 ,rxkrr)(`~~3r'~r.)a I A s 0, D U rn 3~113re,Aa~(0 ?V<~ AL No. q Zan• ° ~ in-1- a..r) lanman)•- From MTS OZ, i j ~ Er (ul~) a Al mar/ L. x /i ~ i x f Cerra asaiLr i e Ara i,55/ in) x scale raeler = o ~r Krps ow PITS frome• LL r. ( 6, to inx scale ~ Cler rr 0.0o { c.v a pr a In flat * earraeliaw 46e (Asy in Kip*) m slits ~aelsr~rn/kr~~ laed Rene 340pe oc}.r an Felor = (;Q>sy )x (e euo i W a e,.•eo in Kr (in~ ki ( rn _ Al.,r., AL -ALNTS n 0 e L in 9c 0,000 '3/ 2-' o.uo ' E, Csey.). v tar kr)(/t 13! Vt.) 5 t r : 1 (L.s3lerAaj(aas^)--xla Sacnnl . From Slrarn C-'-'L! PsA % ' r4/s a yrr~seaa ficlor • a in en . 5irein Q Qi(~ Ve-20 rsalc Faeiar rrr«der i ,4 C ,4,E s r - in(x.Y)xsu'e Te}o. , Pr~xi~}( tor) 3 19 /A•)( wE~ fa {u)Fj rc x 10 Tan Fjem Sl'rarn Gas q r t M(K•y~xsaale Sie}ara~- kit i ~o rn(It•Y)raae)aFie;ern B _A!r)6 to ) # Rewcwed 6 C , A.)( "at) y baF~ ul} AN in(K Y)eseale F`)w--, C r AL IL Inlx-Y)xsure ~elere AIA Efwy., Cveyrwa~r~ili/~~,. o-~~S/w~ Er(r..Y.) ~ ( etKi roc 1 3- ' M~`~M f i .}J1 M1tl3...1 AWS`.i!%hl i j /'l7-S ° E9K~ronra+~' CornPrut,~,/, ~y Laao~ ~Pa.y Ce►r~r~ari/ix► /G+~i►: S,br.. /r~6~, C~rr~,rr+ fa~.tar 0-6 OGZt73/.2 p i r d p ' 1 000 OR 6 A/ ie~ao aooo,ay7 fOooodB 1 r~ 30- y7 O,Ocw,?a2/ +v, oo/sS' r I 04 000/96 -+aaDA6,s ~qu~p, GornPl 6~h~ s /oaa~~ ~ii~iw. CS/e~+. f,~r) ~ Gorrc«~jn~ ~~r, ~ I , l { 1 j ~ 7 I , ip I0, x 10 70 E~Hr INCII. io x IrI a,ES q7 0700 ILUIT a SEN GO. 1 IM oI A r IQ - a . - - - i ,f I~ 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - I' Now- AW4 E ~ f . p n ~ ~ C} to V ~ 1 - r 1 O . 1C /~V V /ffyYY.nn~ „ , v1 ?b • N r°1 f ~ : --~".b, . :0'"'~ ._ti. a°.: I i , p ~~i b• Y• -,~N'- t~ ~ I)A . I S ~ 4 N d ~ ~ O' . ~ ~ cy~.y' ~/1 Y ~ ,o 'O, 6 `e~ ~1' ~\t+~..-.•b~ C, U o p to . 11, i I ~ r r j , j. I I I I i f i` Irk T eoc/r s~~zrr~r~.v - !°~rs4c4Z oHr~ Qor~n Jample ~,i 0 v A4 /-411 1719ljp4 7"6'0 r <rn j F~H11 v { boy ~f z ~'S6 D«.,.. 7z'O3 i~3 /nc< ~raa.~0, y8s'Y DZ Ve/r,~►c CM it rjjj,- d _ ,S•~cre, L✓9 r'yin) a+/enf 9 4N! wE,gh A9~•s Dane t. Sior pre S, SSA }AIL fJ=61 Iba lreal/n~h~O S ° ~x x x 17 L4~• apae, r(h. If 5 _ cm IH ~ i oroa~ f ~ Brea /i► t B fer,k,r ~ . J " CM ~ G1VG ~ to - tam C~t,fgn,) 4'4'IarCa+f.~' f~1n~t Wa, rYln•s o(sni~~ •~a 9nr/aM ti ~~/dt~ !is-sa. R~r y x~o-~ f ~'htr i i lived Ory w - SQ Y 6Yf E6 1 ab. 5p.t, ~o, l.ab, Syso.ka , WaEcr Cu.~~en~ Disk t4t, w~ a ail, f w.F Ria 657 3 of C ,A t- Dry a«k l~,^) S92 w.igb,~ n,.b + .Dry rzKk(w„) - we'# of Dirh (9m) 83 ~ wei~4F of Uis6 ey") Wafer CsnEen , 1 t r) wafer Cor,~c„~ i ~e~ i G+e~lled by Reviewed by ~ 77 i ..:ll l~ 1 r~ ROCK- UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TEST - ~ALL!/CAr/Of(,~ L-705 CafculaHen •Sheel (et~7p} R04 No /--S C IPrej- D 9 _ Ca~c~la}a~ b 3/-7 i ~ann~ N0 -1C 1Y is O S",,j Y %A Na q ~t Spaaimanr Lcn,`~ r Le 0 k ix Area , ^e laae~ ._D, I KiPa/ino~ a MTS Semi (Y-axis Ff rell~(Racarder _ volF/inc~~ j p.. >oe~en ',aFerma~ien• oo J inc~/incb;(MTS.inlve}F)(Recarder-vo«~inc~~ (X.axu~ H E/ine~ a Func~lon OF VE.2p sef~in l Equu~i•ns r De Fini)ions Puri z max 1000 c n(ul)) = max a~raas z PuIF~Aa ~ i p;} : S.S Moduli in (x-Y) x aeale ~'a e~or Seun~ . From MT5 I i Ia (WIP) ° /-g[?~_x !o' Ib/rna Q~ 7L _ f''JF/tSd A' J(iP/scale FOe~ore 2.~ f' in i I ti SWIn lpK) ■ -G - in (x.~) w a wls ~aFer reerd.r i Strain Q P1uIF1 C, MTC Ai•>,h c 0 o0A i~ l - 1 AL Coy. 0in, ~ ; ~~r +a__1.1_-__jxlx•Y~%LtW ~x~sr ( :o• a uo fnl i ! eo v L in' Ra AL;,Vrs = 0• f ~ (as~9t r w') ~i g I lro% . r r 13 a !3'.5 s I I • 0L 0, tl a i~ . , + l ~.~bet~Ae ~(0•e.I EY~aawr~ ale ~ip ; f Ea(ul~) a ,ELarr/L a L. e x Ten~eni _ From MT5 ~ I Cam aaili i • MT5' P Ar z in~ x saute Fot~er a w36 Y,' ! 4L to" : Pit a eomm, U a ( 2,~ 1'17) x scale r far a ~,e P l aalalr + eerre, ' t dlyrt: (any in Mra) w tlePa f4t6r(fn/K; rn ? Lwd Rana sift fa~e}er ;anul.r a ( 0 4Sl ) x N.. l M (in/ki (in ~err■ dL-6L,L} a --~li2L~. in " Im i Z Mrs. =4441t- +'n ~cwoy,}.(f~4 ~4 ,~t4L~3 L I 5aeontt . F'ranr Stiatn G. as Pso m Y In on Strom Q !Sa(41r} + VE kG .w~/q~) a (e•Y) xtcalt Fit},H• hnrdar ! ,CLE '.--~-`-•~_in(X-.Y)rsule a}er ( ~ x4 4(soya)A a: +or) Akt) 0 AL 16 x 14 ---~-X an 'U4. rrom S~ro1n Go c. r 7rrilial AP' ~ ' ~.-.~A(XY'aaale AL t~•_ in(x• Y)x am I., Ptf«a..._. k ch.~k.d by 1 µa J. 4-F' ) +o t } , Z A& ~qx Y)jt *64 PC 6e . Ejwr' Casyw.err.(;~f, rr+ e af6( ALa---- . _f Pi -Y)xtu)a r` i y .v ~fi's ' E9µr~~rs.,q'' Gvi+preo.rr~/~r J . Lvao/ .~aa~s ' Cenrprs+~rrix~y lGp.. S~j., ~~r• Grra•c.~rvr~ fa~fo r ~ r 8 D.Gt~3/~, p 8~ ~B D,000;4 ap,ocos 1 ~8-3o rzooo,~y7 +D.ooOSB I 30- y7 O,Oor~,?,Z/ +D, pvl~-~f i t y-!oo 000) 9 a a0 A6%S ~qu~~a. Corti/, ~~ti) ~ /oaa~~ r1~a~iw. (S/e fi~:fErr ~ rprrc m ~a,,~►Y~ r~ ro E ~ f i I } F 1 E UaQ_ 10 % ~O TO THE INCH ~ Io X Is urcHrs 47 0700 Rrvr CL 6 r..SSCH CO. 41UL IN 414 - _ _ _ _ - - ti - _ - 1 _ - p - - - T T"TTI-T.- T _ - - _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - _ - - _ - - _ _ - - - - - - - - - - _ 1. _ 777 _ _ - : : - - - - 11 T - _ _ - - - - - - - - _ - - _ - - E - - _ - - - - - - - - - it - - - . - A".., - - ~1 - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ Ti-- - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - _ - - ..1 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - r \1.AYSl ggg'.aCSfie.141 . ~ r 1111 . Ale, s. f ~ 411) 1~ Nw - ~ `~.l'tiy-•~^~1 .q\ ~ o . 1. _ . o. 14 .-x • 01 0 ~ oz, i i ~ r F J 1, it ,7 G ~a ,~OGK SPEC//J1Ert/ - ~HyS/C~jG .OfirT~q yoz i Prof 8811 t i r BorinJ, .t b,'' L' ,Pare .4r /n~ u ~A ~~~]y y lr. - Pi~f.fi 6y Da!eodd A /C r 3 !/48 oW%r*&A* Pew o 7;6 FCA k /f S..t- fDr s t cooH /.4 16,g rh 4 Ibr i•r {P. lh•~~o f j d I ' k x Y xx a' i 6 A 7v~~-r, VJeler G,nF ' i. ~ At1►+WiFf?~ek 665' o i I w.~ e~ lea)r---~- walytiy ° f ail,. vJs!' R.eu(~„,) 'rip WW34 NA DI %tk I$.) i w*6e F~nl' C%}) r1S Nki~1,1 e~ Dirti (~m~ I r i r, ROCK- UNCONFINED COMPRESSION TEST . G,4,jCA gr~L-7O5 COlCUiaFJOy sbtcF pp r3- Sa rl nJ TAO SpaelMVl NO p ~r sraaimani L"3 11, , "a, ~.a Arta , A* 0 3,}iS~ yL4 iaad d~`2" _ firs/inel,a (MTS.kipfwI}){ Re cerJer_voIl~rnc~) Scot ~Y-axit or Fa F ~rsn e s 1 < ort f°r / 1nelf~inen a~MTS. in/vol~) (Rccerclsr_ voll~inel~~ X. axis) A+E/inc~a funtEion of vE-20 sa)Fin' E:cjuo'iens * De~'nilions i Puj} s max lead Ca(L6) n max 4rsss _ PuIF~Aa j Ei ("6y) = s""4 modu lus 0.l• a',a, a sO~i Js (uIF) j , 5Frets Put} Q z l3 in (K.Y) x sent ~se1.r Saatnl _ From MTS b 0 CWT kirs s ps.. = F4 t • ki ecala fors 36~ J (.IF) Q . 169 K b IL Ina PI t°' ,L.~nen i "T nL(p1~) n(x.Y) M se.4 ~664. noc.rlsr ' ~Fnain terns = o• oo. !a L tr ua from MTS 1 al AL in r "-9-a(x.Y)x te.}. ? inl lvlsl'~ Ei h/. f oi1~ ,rscK+r}C4'<39 } I ' : I , (31 tii$9, ~V.) { O. plyi,li y7r ~ ric'l~Iq I ~trs a o v AL,.. ~ 9~R in Tandm} Frain MTS ! ~a(uIF~ k ALA/L, _ ,1 % Are 2 irt~ x acalc r'at6v e e S Kies I dam stiLi i • R9 i'ramt At a ( a fn v sealt ~'icFtr n I &:< O Pt a M In tar + arra. . dLNtt 7 4d~Yy. in ktra) x alapa f.tfor(ln/Kij) lots Rene 34 Fie r .e .err a 1 d } x (o wool t,) ■ in (in/ki (,n e . b~ et v. o t G_ parr nts n t v c.. in 0~~oo3~L ~,c:4y,).f n1s-S~~b,k,r}(4.~14y,1. E Seca4 _ Fram 560# CYaxss Ps»y, ' Pt1~~2 c.lt f the n rn on Strain Q 6' ~ . ~ .Qp k'r`(Ny,) ■ --+n(a.Y) weealt f+eEer ratader A. C . ~u•le AL- (X Y) s~aw~a ~at~r , . ( P ki toe I . Es fx4/. - Oleo/Mt 1 i •)f A00 Es(u1F) a X49 bw a r. Ti04e4. Frem slrof~Ge,~. •In1{ia bra-:-_in(k.Y~N taa~ Kr r r 4 dt t_-_ . Is f %•Y)Kaeoja ~cEas _ µs Chek.1 6Y a Af+~~llroc) , R.rrcu~e~~ 6y ( , µ k,is ~ --iC a; u1F eP&, rn(K•r)t fa ula ~c}tr, _ sfa i ALaT fn(K•Y)Ns"4 fJW4 ,jc CenyrYt~~~J7` e++ / ~SeM7 Err f Y.) 6? 16c z f ( ,A. ,ufla. p Mn t` 1 • p 1,1W r(e 1 y c,cu~S:a i l /y'TS - E9µ~~nra~+f' Co»I~r.eFrr~i~7?r ; ~Oaa k4A~e ~ ~ CO~r~rsl~~I,~~ /~ipa S~,.w ~iuidr' Grr.,r.~,wv f vto r 0-6 oax~a~z o 9 18 ' . a,,00a07 6y ~DeOGaS 1 ig-~o d.Doo~yq iDo~DCB 30- Y7 OOoe.~2/ +oe vo~s~ j ►yy-/DO OOd0/99 ~0. A?~'6~5~ ~ ~ ~9N~~10~ riOAl~e ~/M!e ~0~1~ C~fAMwt+ ~.s~o~ f/is~p/' GOrrcN/jiR ~ay~'r~ r , j ~3 F~ 9 4! 1 { IIoE ko x to TO u4 F, l9r,H to x +s urcllE6 h7 0700 UII'E El6 Lb9EH O. Yh¢inuu S - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - . - - - - _ - - _ _ - - - - " - _ - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - , - _ - - - - - - - _ - - - - - - , - - - - - - - - - T -T -T T. -T I H, ti ' - - - _ - - _ _ _ - _ _ - - - ' - _ - - - - - - - - - - _ _ I r _ _ - _ - - ' - - - - - - - - - _ - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - JT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - f _ _ - - - - - - . ~ ~I Y],j\"e hiY(uti~.,`Q~g~ :heYarcV ey p.~'-`V1. WYWYWY :b".N-" it 41 T u ula- ~ h , I .t•i, i k;' -~tl nh '1 f1t J* ~ v~ h, „y,, Nhl ~i Gl I a n ~ ~`1 ~ ~yl I ~1 j . I J, m ~ , ul b. j i ~ ( bQ 9r a .f~ b~,; ~'1 . !5i ~i. ~a I- - .R1 w < `c j ~ I 3~ ! f ~ N ,p~ ~3 Vin, k ~ ~ I ~ ~ O j 41 KIN - c -4 , E E 1 j I, I r, fl I 'a 1 i i 1 1 1L!" s~ra~3s ~sUJ- acv-PAT .toga'.t~ -"m X6'2 r (7 E H~ i 5,0"Imd~l AA. w o W a`~ Zv p A a ~ O o All a ! a' A O @ O ~ ~ ~ M CA I o' atl ~ ' t h ~ 10 e 1 1 I I I 1 j f f ' 7 -7, i 7-7 z ? Z I _ I 17 .77 - I • _ - 1 *4i I r _ i I 77 10 01~MT AVOW- SHEA e TEST !✓GG ,G-/rxt~ (rrce Idr~ 7 ,-"id A~kvn) ~r c, JH~L /f+R I ~ ~J a i C.- FIG4" MO / r lops L . i oojaa7~ /Vr t'~Nst/~ Prof `r"9_ 'Te+7~,G6~~, u .O Uk4ilrwr`o.✓ O Pttohsf41/ D Dyn.,»lo ❑ Cv,ufahf c~S~ort-~ 1 9orrrty,tk Cerhpot+rfe iL6 ❑ Kneallnf . /oyer~_ JbAtr•w V U*spA4A _ S,oeuMin A/o ❑ S i, BA~w,- wp~~/ay~r Ddpf/, (5!a ,Ptficrks ❑ 7anrrny O 6lnalr Go»Ipwr7`an / h B/ockA•b 0 omtoe lsr.ra~ NG atar Gonf.M~ / 3 /9Vt Seta mew Gusy'It ' j h ~.oea.ti0r L1/itfSAn~,ate., 9M I Cott 710 rn's r 44 d Sto*d rl. ■ ~V~ Gtiy Gc~ r G/ci~ $e % C IN Zolo ham/ 44t r' I s al-. ym a Wt 60,4 .1 04~ $0 i/ l M Kn« l le/r7 o f CeH Ce Aln.r (M) 12 . O Act" Ovrn Gyr •plaAMr tot, j I WtVr$e o nt Orr S.r% Di.:t • yiw 4 e~.6~~cer~~•~t re,~ b o;;~- 9M ~ O See. A//aa • ✓ ~sr Ad.4 wrt~ l~rb~ 4 i f,~sas Di r % ■ I M j i i j 1,} Fey rlr»ma 5 eaiM< M { ~ Har '/r7`(rA er- p~nnlt}ar(lr+ er ,Mane. + i ~4 niY1 /YNr F/n~I N .tivitia/ ins ❑•Ra~t~►r: 'rbrarta.di • rn f / S° I r z, o G,1•, • r dl. GR) I 2 `I ~ •~f , v GJrr~ ,Piin~'ireed ~ 7'ArtAnu7 r i~ I 3 ~ t~ v 3-8 2, u~F fjrar. Q ,Shw7 r'r by A/a lIll .50 !v 5u 2'•01 Q Rvc ~ 0 3 ap - ¢ y d Na • rif A✓e x, e 4 /lt ' ~n Re rti ~t;fg e, 1 Foe Rwoaitiiaiwl ya r rn 7'rr~«m~n? 12~Hy, IAA' V* arh~ i ~L _ _ ❑ ✓Ylart de :/e✓ d e%~ onL a//ae~ed.x .f sad I ~ Ti~mrn„if ~'a»~arks -~S~r~r_~ ve 'D ~z~~ . e f'rol+irrnrry Cal by A'evrewe✓6y a~~.,._ Gvfec.Eee/ly - Trim Mt /CO/nP. Yy S47+µ 1 it f~3'ti"~'y ~ 7q ,(OM #'*wet[y -.i I~~' Da a~ ~ sEC BacvE~ d r SK MMQ vtf Cd IdUA1,04V f t L~/f'FGT J*F//lle YE 5T G9CG N.L AT/O ,,.~_...T,oe Twf'. ~ S Sfsfcc ~.C/ndla~a.6.o11 D.2cco»sftµfeo~-Soeeirrr~~ i Y 1 S•Iafro CyC/14 .Q47a pr~ Sfraih,QLfa a !*S/~n Pvsir (.5lsr cy•%n1 MV~ f.4 or ~ fs~or yt 5 ' 3- - "`r sore Aare.,/Oya~ / 4voy.0 ~ / n 2'i a 4"t ~~t~JOrCO~iA -tj D'O Ko Oro fj',S°.,' Ho !,e A•!r ~ why's ;a,' M/h ,91! • r---~__1~1~ Ver '7 J7 CAL 64 wr ey Z,,W iy Frnr 1 e ryr Of Dr Soil of DKrMy wofsr G..trot 44tar Can/id! Ovndned %'felafiin UWFiM{ fl6 ter lri I • , • Hntli f YeA,wa LuY.) Lrwl, Ql~.~ Ti•'I f of W C'ti f Dµr~y ~vi'fr~ 1 to QrC j Cones/r ~ron ~V e. = •!e 3 Wei. Cvf1 bl l ,Z b c~ . , , ;0,o t~ WA' Wst ' u i/ W M} V xl Cat fS n Lin~s./,ent0)4Ya/ tjG e/rWn' - Vl, 4Na u q.+iil ]W} Orr 7vt u k! d # coo ♦k Stil_,f~m G~1lCaf• DVM- tr.Wi+ll4 ~(la l.ue/j, r y Arlie( S+,%'( ah)tf4ro•rWrla Germ GNG~ .p oe1 c• li We. aye✓, T_ yM ict R, r'.;I AM•Mrn/~ •..W ' Sprrar~,b G rsv ~9r G, f Arfu*:.! All V I Ca/ewlLtre in ~1V 1 4W M dd GY ]✓C y dUe+ d/rf dVMee~wn•( 4 VG Ave Se./cx% tit, ' rytrtiuariMa' C • , e % y f/wr,ny tone/ ~o o `/Wcs ~1✓ ° --~Z Va'M~'Anrrln.r. N by a/lds+ra,`f We • We • A1/C,a } VGr f L+Jo't,(/j/}/w /yos t¢! 7n Pree~elKrL~ ~ RA•' lit oVe. (G»~Jl ; 7S ✓ ~en Cm3 ~~,•17 ! Se. y Y r6 d Cllf~ 11 QVyr GIMP ,,/4k wF7, U7 r__t , wA 4Ve wjav=2.6 t_~ Cn~C&+••eol•n ✓veloaf 4,44 a0, !i] Cone/aeaus Vt. ' 1 5 ortiJ d~ !n NC 1=4~-.-ln tla4•wS(d.dvr ,,fi~t __W.,. '1 r... ..-r r~ Ity,r~al,]EotM' . ,_~6Ye' y St,lnnnry yHo,9l~ in1 or Wr,for ot«/•rDr r W" m a Cenfe„f Sa~rHLtwn p~ wtt Cln1 f~ti,e'3 ~Gti+~) % NI b/ MS t C%~ l✓OGR A SM,~,,./ /,ifo~ 3•lg y 7i,67(, /3.6/ i~~,3 WetGV~o O ; lG#~•!sv D,OeA /Dive , e~.GfYe )n -;00 O,oNO ay4 11 6rY~'Yd &4rw[r+wl' o y O,oW/,w oo-1600 0,03Ry It 4.42 APO ;ed 4i , f p"~ ~/~~"c r SHE~9,e T~•~•ST L //oo ""5" ,r✓ b'$ H s~ 1 Pray, 6~9 / 6dIP7) Col." Ufa ~(/i Sam eaiwrsv~ ~/o 3/-3L ®Nnoisf[,YPe~ s o o ❑ Recofr /ifw~eo~ vc --L---.,...6for~i• L c • 5'/ Ir+ e~ a nor rYnr~•- er ~9c • e 1 C • M E . • / n y, x~z 18~ 7 / C,mow J/JM! Car C C ~ di oo J6 JIf7iH, t oad Tra /If car N4, Di ,j/ ❑ GI, 5hon • Ohms ,.g ; rw ,t/s, Verf Or~~iGJV , DT _ l5 / S N7`atair,l+J Vot/, deort""/a/oa 1 ❑ Ind, Cal,•RJf .SglA r" .~/OW0.rpr ,f - Road Vhhay oh, _(~J Vo%) At, Jnerea,it, Out Q~orh~r f J. Shear daa,~ k.r►rds ' r Hamarkrt I.~eruu,n~ S.farr dia/i&1,~arwp~ p ba~a,droJs .1'nc~ea~rey Yerf ~ia/~T/a/uni~:~decrwsa ~ RIM, ~AIJb~~dgi rsv0/wfir~r or ❑ inarcast 4.i7'.f /r I sv, . a o3i JA, 4 shwa t,1s6..rr ~$huvr v~r verF. ,p 9 I c Steer ~haoh ~ ' (i n t vl n % b ps O6 oU~ 3 0~4~ COI o 3 9+d DIa9 O iJ Ov,P D, /1/ 0,000 Oi0 0,54 :0c Aou n o r9rr aoo a ? a !s„b o A00 1 b ,>wL, ✓vvlL 0 o,wo Aoob 2 , d o r 1 9 vo0o r~af~lz s 6, 'u° v~ o. 1 VoOW 0 =y2,5 5 10 a~a v, I o ooot,y A o 7 81 toa d,uS' 011) X ae o H o ltboo. oll~ AU ~ ° v ao -A S ,9 0 .v v a?o l t D l o ~ :voL+a ~o ~ e g, v !2•,0u i - loop. -o, ~ >5 0 'L -A y t~ v b ti a 1 0 -aov4+} p : 0 :°o p.a 1 BOils y 4Swo so 2 o b1 laol 0~ ~ to ° ,o r A oDn -p, D D ~ I.C~ ~'dmRrksr ?1112 CA/,sy,..rPro ►url.v, ~~j w y r~.tst~~tedsy , ,rea✓M, Art., fir.-,or:~~,.e,,. , s~.. f_1.• c~.~.,,, r, 1 G L ~~OO/9 CONSULTING ENGINEENS. GEOLOGISTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENTISTS (3/87) DATA SHEET oAre_ ~Rl FAI1lD ■Y /~/D~f yd~ ~J S 2f ' H G LOCATION fU{JICT ii `L _s. ~huw- a $I~ar Shw, Var Ver+, CV/V` .$~+ear Shur :oJ p, 4 L 1~' S IL -Di J f °o Al g oil 11 0 ? tl o 5 ,~v 17S y loo ~ 1.„ o, 65 ar o! o L ! 3 J h ;u a ON y I gaol 1 ,6i3 ~ 0:4 Kiel n 9s e I I 1 i i r I I i ~ y ~I t 4 [f j D/eECT Sf/E4Z TY-ST L //Oo '94, Ald 04171 Sa.Mp.4 Ni Da.t((df~ - 3 v U.r~sfarr;t~ Co+hP.,s,fs ~i S~.t.ww~n rG6 ❑ 17eCOvdO ssvi& .4 4 ~V.y,' ~ er_...,, Ae •_._-.____~tnv'~6f~ir., ~dL e,w,~' /n, E s~ jt OG.C t~~ Guar 5e11/inf~ C = OlW!, Iti/Inir, Load Tran$duaae No. G ❑ Cal, Short • Ohms ~ ~=3 ~ faf/I r t ! 1 Vg,/, Ps' d.&oreaos. 1 ❑ Ind, Cal, • Ref (t} sidAr, ~OW0.r~t Racd ❑ Vishay Ch. _.L1. ✓0/1 At, /I14YUU4 ! i out ® olhor L~ f 1. Shsar QacorEµ,wrds ~ .y eE j ? Rommkt; .~1c ICaI/Af .f,~isr 414110 ~w.wc ❑ bracy~gq✓~S I .TneW1d4dJ I VtYf, ~'a/-va/wmer~dscrewro 13 IhCreaj,& E Pi e sd a,'Gbe ravo~Mf•nor' WiY~ /rw..QO3/I%r. 4 4hear ~ShWr Ishuh Vsr Vtrt, QV/vc .Sbar Shatvr (n jN 0 75 ' t r r i J ,Psrnarks r ,~'"'"a G a/ br . CanPw~er f3v~rpd► ,!/i ~via.i+✓~ rdUiS+a✓ie t/Jr leIL./Mj Ara Jr ~L.r Se;s.f.L o j. ~ j t T 7 ~ ~ pg o ~ I ~ }y i 9 \ ~I CL. • \ `~J j g~ ~ ~ P g 1 1 c x is g a i$ m y f 1_• CDNSOt /DA r/ON TES r- (}ia/ v T j aya ~r~/ No ~H~/c ApparotusNo D• S. Anfsus Zero -Peodmg`~ Tesfed by P/o/fed bay Rewewedb Oose - I- Cood , No o NO/ 2 m fa►, ° m t, 71M Sec 9 m/opm~+d Yom. 'O,~ d~ d~ : I ar o o da : d s 7 d. o. 4?2 r 0: D 0, ? I %A o.,/z o o§ a I P. St) V-100 Y./go I ' L I 1 I ~ ~ j I 06 J? ~0 / /90 6 /o Tme in minuses I d .d d .d, - f,n f mm Secando~y c•"a~np s, f sea - t; + T r Tme o mmufee wc:.aosef8ll51 _ Y CONSOLIDATION VEST'-Or'ol Y TI-Me G0j4 '~j: No.: g s~ Apparofu.; Na A,7/c441s Zero Pending Tested b Polled by: Reviewed b : y ~ofe Cood gyp, ycx~t~ T4~3 ,~+1 EloPre / m f m fo ' Sec. Tr/ri9 Am 1 1~ M, l7 ` em d~ , 0:0/ 0 0 D 0 30 07/ l 1 00 w r 4 100 0 600 2.45 a _ .16 j I O/D~ D6 •T? 1~0 / Tme iil minufe~ 4 6 /O _ do ' 71in dopy Camp f f sec, lof 10 i i /00 /,000 Tme in m/nufes WCC 6.3030 161M CONS&IDAr/DN TEST-Dio/ Ye Time ab a ,-%7/,/Yo: 521 C 4,,opol-olus No 1PA?leus Zero A&odmq %esled by /ylled by: ,rreviewed b Dote - ! - 8 Cood_ ? i~ m f m C Sec rune Tm1ppm; io~A d~ ' dw I ~.•i o 0 o d; : dr: d • d 003 0. ?2 do' 0:06 0,✓A? rj 0 ~0 0.7/ 40 1 /00 ~zo 2:00 141 EK. 41 ~~oa zoo • ~o o ~ ~ - _ I GrK~ ?4S _ - 17 40 1 - ; Time mmmufes ~d d •d F d t<, ~ m/n + + r •-r,_ Secondo~y c"omo f ~ sec , T - ' f. r 11 001 0. / 10 /0 !00 /,OO4 T~i»e in minufes W~, ..,o~d 18f1~ O//f'EC%' c .SyE,rJ,e TEST ~.fG7' w.EC ~tir1 J wCG L'/act? .c Ficr ,v'-o vie Nr H 2/ c Proj Ta~,G4 I O~- e ~ Un,✓,tar~b 0 ,E'econs~ af' ' itb b Dynarnr~ Co+u7~anf f5~ar1 o O kn saa+i ' . low .Depf~e~~ 3s 9- s6Pna ks Briura~Oi'"rr/ayW g/ook,W O 7wn~prnY C) !ln/.r Cer»p~ an • w a'Far Conts.rt / R 3 r9 Spa+armaK Cu+y1Y' . , Loaat~en , cwt I.S+bn~,alo, 9,y i ConTI i✓i ~ S71rea~a#~ . 1VJ 4* Coo! I L✓~ e;/ C A) rA;I / lvLt • ~ li~ 9m ~ ~ it i/( M 10' 4,10 r o~' nr Orr • ~Y.;1 µ _ 4 G.5r4r CaalsN t (ri Ory So#/ , Dre;i • 9~ 9^t O Saa Ada. a /re Ad., wna/ G.6~aw G ~„t: ~ Fr*' Trrmma S eaim~rl Hat ~t(lir)er A[a/ndarltn or h 6 ont j All Of /ynal H l'di7'ia/ ,/i / 1 v o lT' 2,u3i Fin. [J•/~a~u.~+rt 7'h~o,Err.,r.e^. 1~ 5 z Gtr, r O%j. ~1Mj f 3 3 o Z`~f a u ~-L/rio ,Piln,forea~t T~k,lnem A/ `J 2 L Z.V 4 rra~ 0:6 44"L [tn Alsw A. Z ld.sJ M..~, Grr, lib1 2 Al Ava J CIS a 4 He. • iN Ara , Q * ' ~n Re • - M A a, ESN` _ .ter;~ 0,/yy h'ti•/rr r~ %/u.rs ~ Gm~ -.._....Prq+e/2ir,Qsiiaarr/ der Ru~~tfrfw! HI' ~:.•.~A Yda -~-~+.~~4.. /►r..f 7/s •r-.,~~c f Trrmmi r. d Ale re de %a.1 a lc} aN alyac~eo/JV1eo a' V 14~e1~in n/wry Ca/ 6y ~evrew<✓6r G~tefeer'ty ~ComP. 6y P y r ~Ea d eriwn b .r R.la Q SCC pp,~ ~0 r .$•a /f1,Na ry C0. ~Cet ~ ~N~JJ~ • j ..••,..W...,•Y.,.,Y.. w. rv, ..,.w.w. u.. n. ..u. ~.uv _..r,....-.u,...r. r... _ . r........._~........~~.~.r~i.... r.. r. v_J ..~~r.. -~i.r~.. y..i... y t: ii DieECT ' .5'f/E.Sh' Tarsr G9t~w,LAT/o,~ 1 3 _ .T,oe Tee f'.. 5 4~ie C~c.G!nd.,ia.~.el/..❑. Qceonsff SQ6C/MbO ~ ~ .Cyr 4 ' ❑ S~'A.ti i. : y✓`► CTvsir (.Sf.r ty•%.Jihy~. ~e~ v Cyeri QaAct1 /#34p Sfa1f,,4 4 'Moe 3 I.~Conuo/d ~...t ®D to.►s./, p. t!❑ k~ orO y4 varnit/,•tf❑~ o/prsi❑ Gorw,a)a•t rNrrA~ H~ • y ~a R a " 1b~ 1/i~ 67.c 2-Crw1 CA/ 65 G.M ey Sn~f:.! Iy ~Illbl ay rot-,1 Vavrla~uR a Dar ' , Dr soil wA+tr Co.Yt.t 4A.t4r C i A Ownnlrurl f DwYe"r R6 tC r' C ii~ •n Nailkf f Viet yN .J Gw/ , Tta•f 'to ~y ~i; N~ I f. ~yt. \lf 3 (.e/wa C0/. 0 / Y Crew/e . p w".: fe u /Wv,b4 /39 Gl SIPS MW.IiinIC+>bva.+aGy&1#" - 6V'e:r dyP 10 V tw S "'aeira Ovati• rr,W;tVIA,►~/• rvatd, . fis D is yel(„~ Of OA Cery, Qylr a mt.° 0 86 Ar wsc lfill/ i19,11~ a ~fti WS w L*4 9.Y ~ Q A tr% , t 6paeu~rL Csrrvi'~yr b~ a t~ Ar:un:d D/!lauarta~ Q L 44d e- CA /GN,Ibt%1r1 QVI, b dw ✓ od 4 V,:. myt/. 1U~ a + avrr evM G Vc 6er S•/Ai% sGr ' 1A/aarMnMi.~ ~ ~ duv,nf un41011 i' by 01444rim+ wa • W Vo' +L''c~ 4l/1~Yw y~*o- >4 i" W4 ° + f ProttdxvtL ✓ A,r rf$ ,y 2 aoVe.(en.1J s. 0~4~ ✓ a~ G»53 VG. u f Q - C m ~ 014V., Grw s ✓cG a, _ urJ DVt wards em3®baaeo/,n arc ✓velaaa 6 A?e a 0'6, Cane./aeiws ~--~!`•f-.» Gm3 GY~•-'"'- in Ne, ti Gtba /r h'es fV-~eQQ(rMa1//1,3dr/•fllecih3~• SAO +-x~r) Evr,s 0 V 1 lG~,:~l alEpG~ _ r So-enrnar~rrMhre,9(~ V04Me r Ce>ff f 7etaJrrO.r fatwttbn /w, Wfk ern) 3f;,lso (p N1~} t/o Wflb4/t+/ft (./a~ w~t~~ A L)) I 7 18.D~ lX Wo+AV~a " O•IDO av- l~r 0,08/div/l~ 1 too d#,v 14V-O.1 O,Od:t a +1,9 e~ /diva jr ws.ry wGaYc . )X0 -,Roo 0,0'10 ~y4 r, 6arw"YJ ~+arw[i+wj^ye A (V OW 0,OAY OW/re G. ~e w ewea✓~. ~,,.,,,~,L, _ d • IO ^ ^ Da Yee Uo 7 J f e, 7 1{ i~ ,DieECT SHEfI,e Tt~.sT G iioo -21 H s 1 f C Pro ~~9 ; r~ print .~/e --.L SsmP/Q ~t/r L7i~o,y/lcf7`1 3c,1 16• s ®G~n~sfar6co` Camf+es.~a ~/i _ SraCim~.r ~f/a Q ReConct4i yr Tye. '---~*forr' 1 s6 i6 in aG v O'Vrrau• 4.d or Ac . 3 s5 l _ Z ° ' o $ _ in E • o y, OG,C G . ear r Se n,' . ?6 / 000 1/ tif~MJN• 7LOIdTllnjdwcor QfaWille. m: f DiVo/, .,),A a/acreaee• Shear 50wavold vo/t %f /nC, YCQuA- out Other L -C-549616e Oae~warc>/s Romorke: .Tnure"fn? jhdAv 4141T1''1~?J«w/s,ObaeFnnroJs j ~ .Tflt~klf fNy U6Yf ~lp~'Ye~N nld:®dt GY417G fh LYCaSG IQirl~,earosu~ Dq~ rNUd/Nfirti er. wiy~ leav, O c t ,d ShNp,,. D SANpr Shup Vdr 4 . , I Ver}, V/ve ;;ar Shiaa f ~ din) Ifl e , --ee h n o b , ' t ~ u~s 0 ~ :+0 J•J4 ~ ~.oo i1i r,e Aoo p,D h'b Ce~V J. to ao l - v~ o, -o 0 0, 5 0$ O L € _ v,,ooo o v e,ooo 2 A e° f all 0 Ooze r2,3 1 0,04 L,JO a ~1J4e3 a4 Y~, ,`~6 a,o Yo ! 4211 au52! J4o 3 J,be 5 '.0 O,oPZ 0 i00J ? KJt ~ ~ o M .o AoW e! ego Ab4v Jl 42,4 0o0~ :e 4uM• 0 o,f IdJ04 - f t 1~ ,~JO y 004 ii 5 r ov V~ JaJ L ! '03 ul 000 ✓.a30 i o •,o u v uwv S r oL ao u5 A 4K V 1 0 o :u uJ AdJ2 Q ~'t. Lx '.o av JJ , o n 9 6 v vJO 2 1 S j ~slz~l v`o~ ,r~6 • ~cooo6 aov5 ~ i y a'obSlo UQ'j 1-0 p5 A7oo/~ ^QJd J I 0 I ) v i1. a,a~ o bµ naJO~ S'* Is __J lJ. AD q i t o. J 34rt7 ' 3 •.r • 1 v ~ fi n; ,0 a 45 -U 05 0,1 3 pa V b o,l br _ ,oi4 t.. ,04r t > q,030 30:00 ~ ~ >»o rks _ r uIj At Ca/ ~Y < +,►,p+r fro ragl .l/i 1-- rn, ~s7~~,fea~ey /00. 4 I~ i i 'i i, 411OOR CONSULTING ENGINEERS, GEOLOGISTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENTISTS NIP) DATA SHEET ---AtLLI PRrRARLO it DATR a'1 LOCATION ' suruccr e Shso+r SAuur v~r - 1 771 Vart, Gv/~~t .S~eo r Shear E trw a 14 A ~ u ~o b Sr 0.1 r7, o014S '011 1 l ~8o y 2 3 L213 µv S o -ol v13 .o , ~S'11 a2c 1 A I A 0.DJ Q - `W > b JS ~;u0au o 7~ h.- foal L _tl~l5 = a e, s o oil A? uu i~L -10.1 S y 5 >5 A D. c' >54 o -auu q D,IS4~ 5 5 Al `q~ 31o Quu Z * , t 1 a s ! 11 .o ~ S A ~1 ~•~uo I Y~ y 1 uo4 -r.1 'i ?L, ~ 0 JJE i i j , S V 5\ r' ii Y~ ii Dlez-c7' S11,F4 e r~sT ~✓cc L /roa ~""b" ~/e •qg/{s~/ c Prod, Fn9 ~ / ' ' <6/7y,~ 1 Ii ~$+r~n y ~1Je ,R Sa.►rP /e ~(/o ' Dryo7.~(cif~ os- 7 - u: (.fin i,r a r~ca6 I• COAfPsJifC ~r ...S~GGinGr7 i{i'd ~ ~ ©.7`EGO~IifW7eo! I Q"Yrw' ~f Or_ Ac • }i~ 7 d L C ' Jir E. y ' 1 Ocz c ° ~t rr ^ 1 Jr E Load rrOrt Gar SeJny_~'.` E rducar Vo, - Sfrair 1Jii/iUo• kr• a? l~erf ~iw~ivc 7 r p-!'$ 1 k1 Cai• short. ohm$ ~i. 3 N. is tioi o) Vo/, ,f> ❑ ind• Cal• • RH oJaoreeda Rad Q Virhay ch. ~f) sheav, JfOC✓0.rpr f ~f.inarcare. . 1 our ~oiher L~ 5bear.. dac„x wrwc%f Aomsrkr _ T,save~v.n' S 4ser ❑ bac ~vAxeds j F ZA4veau~9 Vsrf dial-~o/Nnis licrwc, i Ri .earrae~'D ❑ inerensu ~ ~s rsva/N~rq or• wir.! /r`v, . qv3/iir, Shear- d Shear SAt.K Vay V~ri, i 4v/do Shra~ Shear CW/ f ~ j j f let M& 7~~5~~.lcds P t ew.,v.✓sG N ~i V G Z e e o 1(('~~' ' ' " EELS' ~ O I y E Z ~ o c gS v S' ~ ~ a w 0 ' x ° m a s i Ise < G N N O P e9~ r~ ~ S u ~ ~ ti t Y !1 CONSOL /DAT/ON TEST-AOl yJ T1, e 4% p- AOporofus Na !~-S Anfeus i'ero Peva'~n -''r _ T 1011ed Ly. _Mevlewedby: 9------~~ esfea 6 Oofe}-3-v s Time rm/4 /n ,s-,moo 0 0 p i., d so Seca d, = d f r= 0''D 0.31 ' d. / dr d0 ' de'~,r .7/ IS - 0. j Y M / /00 0 + 4 ~ 0 200 o ' i d SecandoryCanp fJ0 r min 3 .C ~ , (,'l: JHA,, Cep/^V WC~'e: Vr. j C ~ - ON d/ T me In MMUu es 00 X 000 WCC 6.30J8 (9/15, r. -7 CONSOL /DAT/ON TEST- Dial Yj Time g0fc `~°j.' No: 1 Apporofus No D s plotted by: Rewewedb : Anfeus Zeno,Peodinq ~~sfea' bye Dof~ 3-388 Lood v. T rEn/op Se f ' m d rt~ ro m 9a ` 7ec l in S./ Q Q ~ d~ • da , 0 0/ 0 /3- d; ds 0. Z?~ dt.d : d 0 os 0•'/2 0.45 _ ~ 0/30 07/ b f 00 200 0= Lit -z 4. 1 0/ D9 .06 30 / /30 6 Al) Timo in mina/es t llr0 /IIIn , ~ Secor~dory c"omp h seC. a } } • + 1. Tmo in rn/nvfes /,OGO ' WCC i.,70Je IBL/51 ll i? 1 i1 4 f: D/PECT ~+~A r ,5,~ A e 72rX7- GECG ,C - /an (se , air/ r e 4a8 -vPn ) ,Z/BZ} 10- I'ro~6c7 Ni i f ! Prod; Fix% _ ree+7`,G6 _ .~Un~itar~ce/ O Pecona~i~wt D n►r»l~. p ..._aoem~Mb :L l''o yoair7~eitb 0 Constah~FS.iarfi - /oyerr..r.r/6rGMMMr V Soiryk.,(Ie Spea»rin A.6 ❑ Ste~1e, BAw/~•TirMp//4yav X61}'4 - o ~emark~ ❑ 7PMAlhy ❑ 6lnwar corop,~!7O'm 8106444, a Otrw /ayera; 4, ^ ! W atov Gonterrt / 3 Ava Spa~r.~er Gas~~A7" Location • 9 C1.~f r.SAne~,slc, M ContOmer /4~I c S~+nove 9m ` GN' G»s! r !r/st Sod C M) 2 ,Z•toht l 444 / 3 yrn c = lvti! r v e tr UM/ /5n« l Ctloit • Lr~~ S 9/11 Lvl~ Cs» /a In r l I F eras Over, Dyr • l3, Ay { - Wt ni Orr SoV ods y„r I Q cr.6yStr Car,fin t Cvb A;.4 - 9o ~ ~ ❑ Sta /1Na♦ a l~r flo•6✓ »+n~ tW G t E+x r/ d % • m Fur' r m• S tailncq f ry Nu '~i7`frM er d~~Maforfirl)er_~ en. rang 4 7.o 1 j ,gg ni~io/ Ne Find N Zn~~'ia/ Fini ❑•Rt~w~l►rs Th~r,t,~e~s . !,n 14~ GA) r r~ lw i 2 14 , z•.oi v ❑•Wric Run3ere4@W; TA,4hA" v 3 ~ ~ a 3•B 2, vi d 3ka,t br fspc (in ~rtr. 1 y 3dOC /=T (!d) /llsu. Corr. '(Ih4) Ava 2 4 3 sl1 ' ~ dNc• rn A✓a 2.o3i~r O by ' rn Ro 4 6 rti 0 i;j rA %/uMt l7S,y~fo s fitC/iMiAary 4 1 ?rer Xmosa'(i~Mir! y~ r Y`+G• • r )tea • C~ ' i v f+rJMMl RiHr.' A• xVt I Qr .r ~ - Fi.ia/ l/riae! G/or~,~icA'tio»; ~i~•cli, ~s•~r~ ~ ❑l /no foe. de r60AW s lJto,f oM a au(eo/ r.f~e V 'T%Irt+ml»y ~On~erkf _~Ll -r f,fSiAi~f7 f~•chi~M,nKry Ca 6y D~7 .Qewe,,ve~/6aG,{ee.(~! t Ti,nM.c.l/Ce~P. 6~ GDS/yT Scr`Kp 6 d~'✓~'7' T/an drwn r l'✓~'T' Defc; t d 8 Da>!e 3 3--=~= Da fie, 3` 3._d* .S E C .BtL e~ JD r SG! .>t M 4 r C0.~Cu~1~itJ11S) J eel• iry if t~ j".'.': i I;I DieEC7 s/~'ES~.c' Tarr G9r~y~r9rio~C~ ~~,TyPe Tw f'._17 5~a~~ < d;'1urJed) 13-AIonsffa ~co(- SpGCIV+,GA } 3 O t Vie, ' 4 c/4.2o•ta , / Nj o r Stmt; 444 y~,~' 4Tvsr 1. fi.r cy •le•d, ,y) . V orR'' 1 +i f~ - - - fc,~otY a • 7c/cva' L~Vayr . 7'a cone./ t1~;❑ k or❑ dN rr J~N~iq 40 . Pa . ~5~.'' t Cora+o/daAbi t4a' of P ® Over mp' A- 'j 0 clop 0 ~iis j OroG,wJ a+~_ IN/7/9L /a•10t V L V o cM in A. n ' /N /9s rrs rh Vs ' Y 1 • r t Ca/63Gh' Isg Iat'O iy Find .L QY1d;l, varrra~iin rS,D«rky Dwr0N fJS+c r- ol peg Ssi/ i✓afitr C« rtJ (Mar Gnl. it Ori ✓r sr / r ~ ..i •n H.y~i ~ Vi,L~4 ~~Y,d few/ ~t~►+w.~ ~ Tis^i Me. CJsw '/r c ~ wt, wet s, „ Cvnw i,;,,, (+),6 va.+ o r u Sril W My /3o L • ' H rrw' - 4Vio dHi- 0 Excess ov"- rG5ViY1t~' m"a aniJ S..Y! at .rw Corr, dHW) v' Jy95 ,~.1, or s.. W( I u~,`4 k j o~ t 4 `P m w.+.f U WS f~ 9* sod At S,0404ri+ ~rMvi ~r~ G+ a ssa,M.~/ V R ~Atow" v4,~ -Al nY►arad, 'IF I` ( I Co/ekl~t,rit '6 VC, 6y GW 4Vt, w,er .4 VMA"64,4 { A V4, .4or S•IM76 6r ' l1Gwu~wa'R~ i ~ O~ QVe sW-14/ar.....; r G✓ + AV;t• 4f ' -W p Very A ♦ dw ring eeeer/. b M by drdserrM w. • w~ . AVe. + Ut.• ez', +wo} W,/Yw Any` f` ~1 h ~rOCLe~wrby ' ✓ ✓c= Cn'3 Vo ,6 11 cr i Cf/e.lt,q+t~ ..5 C r d r ms + QV A e,►J - Ave, aacr(+ t n )m6w'o/sn 4r4✓vs1«cs QHc it J,03°~ /i1 % DT Conn/,.e s v- ~ /1c^'/~IcM~J//~.3Br/•yefih), ,n /i+e~0,/`/Y ' LZ~~~ .X/0•~6tL F Tetr/rrDr _ 15410e1an~ ~i Sume,ar•r_Htr9Af ~1 or Yo/wme ~ Nr.~ 1✓s, !f r Pw. Wti, 41 C,r j r,r'~ (C. m s/o 7 !b C I.) l~~V rxl u,.( oGR „.+..1 /0 3.x~ b5>4o fS,`~~ r>~f fro Wa+dVxr I V'• P y u „ lo7• Isv o, Y w ors Ya t z,! / o,v n a- ' - ---_yet ti /ro •~av 0.oyo + y, 4 a,ocn~,~ ~r`"•Yd Cr.rw t,+w) •r~ v 00•/Adb 0.03'! ,r +h~t,2 w ;tAle o/ 94* 'Pao / Aa 1 1 @j ,DieFc7' SHF14 e TEsr L //ac) ~'`I ~rin' i1/o -1~.=.L. Sa~»~o/a i(/I ,~e/a7r~~e~}J ~0-~°' ®Un~sfkY~e•d Canapo,t~7~d i!/i Sit alnrtn .!/o ❑ IZs.WI;c W7ea/ 3v ~VG D r L G` L1 L-14 12 /~7 d L G a A a 19 Z //1 E _ .4! J y ~Yww; for`.. r9c, 3 y~o v42 a ~a Gear Se/}i►r~ 36 ~_.SY. C awob /a/miir. 7CjVl$h3 57'141, A pIA I' /e, hm, J NO/4bOHt('r') ya/, 0' 0) Vo%~ fif /nerea t, - D /1 L"L ~tisar dace wwvdt 6 Aomarki,1erµr~n~ Sr{Itr olialt~ ~Rwrrri ❑bac,Epatirds ~ f' f .YAGrCAtrA' VtYf oral-T/o/N~*e:f8deerea+e %~cren,~e IQ/ ,earJL~' QAs rsvo/ fin, or D sbtgrr• Gsw.wr xshote Vat vot, DAIL- 1 4V~y~ .$~eAr ShtM (IV s 3 n 'K n n /o b s o r~3tt 0. .J 110 d q D uJ p J obi D 43', vo4 ctrooof L AvJO' 0 1 Dlbv I rry 4 SL ° poooD A71 E,b v",vv uo$p L i °o 404 oOJoO t all 111 o,oof o~v$ r5.Sy5 4 :oL pBC p 3 r a u 3r 01004 L L B I 5:. cao a.7 a001 V ,1.2% uol rr ~o,r5 `f,3o ~ 53~°0 .0 0o raodl 4is a r Avuf L. , JU 3 2.~ /R /!S 5:, o d.ou r,s1 n o,ooli. v 00 D :a: av vd0 0.12 'vo aY 35.h 6VJ 1 1 O~tlO q ao Doil s1s5 0,0 3 5 I v:o Y. avl~ uz u '1 b5 fI I, 1 AJ 3 v,~L2 7 aoo q 6 3:0 2 h ,LtL 0.04x0 J 1 r 1 :n A Duo 1 o,vo~?- N L _~i S , ~ c i z a oo ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 3~ o„ v Pox o ,1230 ouoZ K~ ~u I JI 1 u:.o .0 2L 0 uuJ2? a Z15 3Sv J, ~v$ ' ~ .o ~ aa2 sz32 v.oo u, L $ r u u o »340 o.uo aiLS y Ae,CFa o' oo : e oo v, v e. s t 3 0,001 a L i 3 .5 ~ 12'. rn aii au n A IL y. L3 ~s riJkY,~'S ! br Car>rPw~er ~ro'rkt/J .va - 1[G=.L~. ~tvia✓a,✓I~ , ~3,G u ti yy 'i L lIODA CONSULTING ENammiS, GEOLOGISTS AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENTISTS DATA SHEET r, No. DAYA PACPAi1110 OV / /Gf , /Vdt U"O H SZ f G LOCA710" r 1tlm1[CT 'p t .2 acZ i i t _ i I d shA«r, e sl~.ar $A..n. v<•t 1/4 wt, cd/r/C .S~wr shrar 1 j , DA 0, j. r I a! oub3 dpi Z~ 01 Xj~/ ? .52 (L ! j ea Ap 5 o L aib42L oo P 2 ,°IS s, Z G :ov.uo o,I!Z oA6 A 144LAOO P' la ,~26 v\141 .v 12 00~ 1~ D a4► 3J:e AISL p o, v u.lb4`¢'L .JO .t6,! v ~u v, 1 wll~F LS Aon v u3? 1 oL .vl 'u .n O,I z ,I~ S' v\ 4 Aoo3 ~~30 15,9 Do h SI e S vuo~F r 3 zb aZ, -sHJ 3SW:u s Iw \ov52 a4 ~G µi - L tot ~i46 f? o s1 n ov u o,~ov 2 ~o ~,i~D IJ i.oL. p v, lv a wvo o ~6+ 30 UbL I~oa D 9~5 0 a f i i t f f , C ~.J II -Y { Uw~'cr ,e7sr ti✓cc L /roa +d r3~5az1 c Prd~, ~~r9 -Fly_ / t'6/ill rvo Ser+,P/er Ni pyo7~(uri`~~~G/.ra/afr,r6eo` co '"10 -Ps; fa i{/i Sreweren i(/o OGC c,r,c, Gear Sr f/in y 3 G~~N ►'b~F1L'~_ /H~IJ9rH, 'OldTron,duOAeV0, L 40 Cal. Sfrsi~ Dim/Na Dry l/erf Oi~~~(!e ~-1s ❑ Short • Ohms Ind. CaL• R#l f 41k4l/orr(f) vo// 4~ o%.erea fa ❑ Ind. Sbcar 3ewardls Reed 0 Vlthsy Ch, -C-).Volr /HLY.CQJJ_ Out ,Other D L.. RomerMu .•540A r.. 606a~ r'e.'ebYArd I - .7rcieuin~ S,f°~v a~id~r~'Sbu~.relc,Qbc,~~aarr.~s sncreaer~9 Yerf r/ia/-t/a/a,nsaffidecvwe. Rlrlt. ~AN f ❑ rr7Crcnsp t i (f ~r dnt r°vd/a irn er: wir/ /rav, . a o3/ ie. b Show dShar ~Sk" V~r Vert. p~ ~ I I7 ' I ~ o Shea,. Shea,•' b ii V8 , I sI r Cn~ 61' ------i 44/or Pro~ra,~ ~/i .cews.✓y✓o~ r ii 3 is rf ~E b ~ r, _ O ~j' ~I CnM r ~ ~ p~o y~ ' a Z 0.7 w 8 ~xo 4 P ~ J-•1 / ~ o °Oy ~ ~ Off N ~ o De ~ ~ n n o Y CD i I ` v y uu ~ ' it ij h£ ~s CQIV SOL/DAT'/ON TEST-Dial Vs Time Giafa r~; No •~BB!{ SZ 10 Apporolus No Z• S A71eus Zero Peodin /oiled bye Rev~ewedb q------- es,ea' by ~~7 lDOfe ^S-1 -`a~ food 4.77 L f ? i m / F 7/;? 760 E/op 9e /o/ ' '90 ' 7BC Tim m in r ,ix. o I 0 0 - 006 0.3?" r: 0 /2 0.45 a r - 07 0 6 00 ? 45 _ _ I r 0/ 08 '06 LSD / /3Q 6 /0 Time In mmul'es d >=so ` mm SecondoryComp sec, y ~y v r "`r d N/Ne C'•r/^~7 w',: ° r .i ;0'4 - .....j '~f -l•-F ~ may---. f1T._j, r f f -44 1 - - r r /I 6,eV Tme in minufes 10 ~I 4 i CONSDODAT/ON TEST-Dio/ h Time Dojo V No 909 s.~/ ~ 4pporo/us No -f 4171eus Zero ,Peodjn p/aNed 6 9-________ ,erred V' ,4evlewedby. Dote 3_-A -a rMna E/opred Tim m in Yi?!n-. R o 'i~ !J'f ' d•~ : + G.' S O 0 In 0 03 D. ~z 0 /P 0.'I dt o. /,?2 4 - - 6 LOX 1 j '0/ /03 06 X30 / /'30 ~ 6 /O Tmp in minutes I d,. d d~ y comp !o sec. 01 L•--_,_ . f - "1"'*_+-`4 { : 4 H.•'ya C? N -y ° 1 J J e % M /0 /OD 7i/rle in minv/e.s Nf.« .•7GJR Id/751 1 F i i! CONSOL/DAT/ON TFST-p/a~ yf TI-Me q~/Q ApporofusNo__ Anfeus Zero~Pevdir,q~~ ~ T - /oltzd by: Re viewed b es/ed by CI't/} Dote 2-8$ 3to C) T/~9 _ E/op re ~ Yrz': Im m Via' Sec. D 03 D d:p . 0'1 O 0.3? ' d~ d0 d*~ '~s V.,12, 0.46 r 0'30 0.7/ b _ /11 1.22 7= 600 ZOO 2 O 3 - d .d d it ~ ~ fSo 111ih rdH// dory%pmp / ~ seC, 0491 t" t Tme in minu/es 4 0DD 'NCC I,JtiJB 16/78 M9:]1r;S~ ~y ih'biAfR.fl f f I i s i f f ! 1 I f CITY'OF DENTON TEXAS I LEWISVILLE DAM HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT I GROUNDWATER PUMPING TEST r-^y t UV Project 10566 ;I i 3 r ,t i 9 i Vrv~rii 'I • [H• s r~ Introduction f A groundwater pumping test was carried out under the supervision of Black 6 Veatch at the project site on August 22, 1989. One six inch diameter well was installed for the pumping tort and two piezometers were installed to monitor drawdowns. The locations of the well and piezometers are shown on i the attached location plan. i Sorings and Subsurface Profile Three borings were performed at the pumping test site. Standard penetration test samples, relatively undisturbed thin walled Shelby tube i sample's extruded in the field, and 2-1/8 inch diameter core samples -were taken in the boreholes. Boring logo are attached. i Laboratory teats were performed on the samples which included moisture content and dry unit weight tests, Atterberg Limit tests, sieve analyses, direct shear tests, i~ h f and pressure permeability tests, Results of the laboratory tests are I attached. 1 The subsurface profile consists of two soil layers and shale bedrock, The f upper soil layer is a dense clayey sand which is about 10 feet thick. I LJ i Below the clayey sand layer is a very dense gravelly rand that to about i seven feet thick, Beneath the two sand layers is shale bedrock which is weathered near its top, 1 Based on piezometer monitoring data, the groundwater level at the site is o in the gravelly sand which immediately overlies the shale bedrock. The groundwater appears to be perched on top of the shale bedrock, s f ; i Well and Piezometer Installationo k' E J Piezometers consisting of two inch PVC with glued, coupled joints were installed in Borings B-4 and B-5, The test well, consisting of a six Inch PVC with glued coupled joints was installed adjacent to B-3. The annulus -Ilk n {pq~ sar:u;,~ around the screen of the test well and each piezometer was filled with coarse sand and each installation was sealed with bentonite pellets above the coarse sand, Piezometer installation forms for P-4 and P-5, and the well installation form for TW-3 are attached. i After installation, water levels in the well and the pi monitored by Black & Veatch and City of Denton, Texasez e were personnel. . The test well was bailed after installation to an elevation of 424,6 feet th tip of the ( e j well is at 81.422,0 feet),. The water level in the well rose slowly as shown, on the attached water level plots. ~ Pumolne Test_ Ae_. stets i On August 22, 19690 a pump test was performed on TW-3, The PAP used. for the test was a four inch diameter submersible pump with a capacity of about 30 gpm, The test was originally started at 9130 a.m. However, a few seconds after it was started, the pump stopped working,. The pump was then I 1~ pulled out of the hole, and a loose wire was found and fixed, When the pump was taken out of the hole, it brought some water with it and the water level in the well dropped two feet. I When the test was restarted at 10100 a,m,, the well was quickly pumped dry, ; s (27 gallons in about 45 seconds.) Thereafter, it yielded about one gallon per hour for several hours, The well then stop amounts of water. Pumping was stopped At about 200 roducing measurable of water in the test well was monitored. The water Leval'innP-the recovery down a maximum of 0,2 foot, two minutes after pumping started, 4 was drawn i constant for the duration of the test. The water level inP 5 was notained affected. Results from the pumping test are attached. 9 V I _r rgrk ~~.JJ Es»llF.W,f~ryy~7y ~ 1 t i j 3 I j i r l i I I ~ LOCATION PLAN ~ i i • ,r ! E t r ~t t J i C s~eau, -1~ Ml4q.W~{NUnq~ t.vca>tva• rrna~t, ,~a,F k r~ k r, k r~ k v~ v~ N 1000.00 `a~~~rA * X ryp' X v~~ x /a,~ r y k yr ~ X vpd N 97a00 1 Ot '00 .00 } °n Kv?e rff h ►ed x 00 x r N iSOap "04, J° w?. :►ppp ++I 7 ~ tt N Y2S.00 J 'Jy •JU ~ ~r ""•r°..... ~ err I I +r - x rod,x r, x v° +''s N rf, N 00.00 .40 a rn kv@ XrF~. xr°y k+cy xryy. N616.00 s ° ° N vTr X rfy N r°~ X v°y N 6M00 ~r1~, I'v viF N vey k !ry N rrv k vs k ra4 N 6P6.00 i (y ? yp rp p~ J~ as 1 S{ 1.: ' vsr K rp k tfs k r°~ x rav K rp N 600.00 ~~yy 7{ tt4 ~,y t t _ ~ o, r~ 'gyp, l~ 'R~ 7r§,~'4:~~~'#~~~~ 1i~M.d~'i'V'~• ~~'~~~'}y.~t~;~~2s+,*~~4At t 'r~~' t ' t ,f i s t ' §f..; ts4[~'i tlh 6 ~i~~~~ 4~hYh h`' Y~Y •`J~['~~~~if e r ~1~ ~ ~t t i1~ ;I t f r~ ~P t t.41,1 i ~twa ,4,1 ` 044 kt° lYatfVA 110 5t MYAY?.S. I Fri o F x y x v x v~ N t t 9,a, N /k~~ y~f x +ss v0,, O''riJ s~o If F. irr r is N f'~.~ ra X r+,r X f X y0 y v. +rr0 Qf v~~r 1• ' 1 ,Ot d~ d O \ i, ~ q. r tfr 'I v x~ N 126.00 ~~rro k x r~, x fey x rsy k cps y*r 1<I s s sd` y10 6i 'd0 r tfj if; Y, i r x - x r X r0, % r0, s N 100.00 d f~Yof yr ~y r J i rs >'d.. '?f x40 ~ r f 11~, f A 1 Ii vd X r Kft X K: v~J N MOO YOV, 04 lip, N 150.00 g rp .f r? X r0 y v0,• * v~y I % H rBy tl 626.00 I f Fr,O ~ IyJ1t •dJr I fj Como 1. ~ O 1 i r a . 'i1}'~~ikd`tryr J J 4P y Mt#~ic rtr tP-rr` L. L . ~hF u j 1 Mt0'a°X '}yiKY.V CS9..•c RiWN I ><v, Ay, xv, X v, KyJ u r & i ,f 1 ,1't. r~i ! i f.1 r~1 r i1 i r 1 t t trt IJG I f tt+! -p !1'F ! ttt r It vl \ u 1. rr . r ~ roj?l' i. 11'1 t 1\]t, 1 !t ! it r. t`1 `t r, 1'~!rS! rl t1 'I rl, lr) 1 t 11 ( I ~P11 f trl r't_ r r ~•f r iF ~ r ` r a' fit; ri ~ r U rFt~ tr '-2 F N 7! r, ltlt }i~ 11 yr ~11St~ t sr q I ~ !tlir ! i!... ~ ~ y r ~.,1 1 11 o r ~ 1 o r:Ir 411 s,~Il+t t r11'1~I 1 F11 r~~/~Ijl1rV~(1}; ~ 1r v rl s u i J r tl r,~i S'1 1 t1. rf, itirl~tll'!11 : trr IpL .1 ! r: d1r r r rll~.t r:1 r a/1,11. .:I ~ )I a 1 7 r t~,t it rnl ! Jir tr11 li~~ • ~rr l i Z rid, -1 (l t~ I ~ 51. 45'4 n'~tr/{ } Jijr'~ Ir S!i}'1 .f-1 'I.( ~ I i' !!f i li r r ~ r i t. l4r I t i. l I. i t t ~ l / I M1 M 1 141 ilr. 11L.t, 1Fr 1, ~'-rf 1 Jl r, ~ Str ~I~{~ ~ 11ri J f~ (•II ~ rl rf}I f ~.1 1 r i I „It,rl !tlrri ht r r^ S ~l. . l f { i ~ 11 r !d4 rj, ttl tt r ri 'Ii III t. tr,rrr t 11111. r y r ~ ,~+f it .r !d N t ~ir.i 1 u r ' P !,rat t. nil l{1.R ~S}~. ii:l •r} .pl f 1}If[h1, 1, r ~i !`Y, \v.:hi: I, v~ 0/ nv rf•1~• It ~ j4 ii1 ~Illri rl~ r, }rt I.r r! X Vj K S ~ . { . ` l ! I 'gyp : M rry~ff ~ gyp" E~ I Il ~ 1 l~ 1 1 t I t x1e~ Q Xv 1 X r . G4 F I f3l Li i p 141, 1 't yo 11 1 f1 of r}i far. r gg d `r p111 e . N ri fl v 1Y, N e I bra e °r4`) y v^ ky~L ) }}f~,7' b{r'1r6j, ts, '.'}fir y. ~:J rr z v f~`. y~ 4s4i ~~~~~'~~'+~;~~;~",$r ~'trlr~', iGJ~Y s~f:i~x~ 3~.a k..:e , rr t~~r 3~3. fa`l~ va~.~!`r If iJl f ~F'. ~..,'it:.. int. s~, ~ r,c '3 E~•.' i' t re ,Scr, w<' i~~ ' ; ~~7• MIMI, Ss'g14:yt Yr?R1'RSY{HgNp{ W 1 II S 1 N~ I IT?j h ~J l 1i tE ~ I 111 L<f15.<n~+, 4 it I , V r n v ~ v I y X l c V, f • _ I 1 ( Yin qu1'All ! L"''s. all id YY tF. i 01 ~F {r'/arJ VCS tl t . ~u It a hrut u m ~ In l,t\ ..t tl I+, y 1, VI yIj a In , f I IaC I ! I 4 11. IS ~ tli. h I. ;tea. fi. ~ M % $0 I y LhA 1' f. A Y Y n ,yh. 11 Is r li H ~ °a ~ 44 ~ P try, 1A 111 19 frl 01 AI 1 . 1 ! IN 14 w y .I R ~ & r! al tr Iq. 11 11 ~ I ° M r' If In .1. rl n 1 01 ~ 1 ~ ;n r! L. ~ 11 Iq ~ '~tf, u t I~ ril : ~ I hh rl i7 ~4 I . 5ys 1- 0 11 1 •r J te':LniI6 {{[[fit} U =lib4JV S1LSd~11? ,I S i I I j ; I 'I 3 I ~ i 1 BORTNO LOGS t J 1 i[#rt'ka . .y l + BLACK & VEATCH ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS LOG OF BORING BORING N0, B-3 Ctrs" SHEET 1 of 2 City of Denton, Teas PR0S0QT Lewisville Dam PROJECT No, PRal" LOCATIOx Hydroelectric Project lOS6b Lewisville, Texas CO0aDINATas RLaVATION (DATIM) TOTAL Di9TN N-887; E-875 466.6 DATE START C SMAC1 Grassy areal sand surface with so NSP[CTOR 46.5 8-1-89 gravel, approx. 150 ft downstream of toe of dam G. D. SOmmerfeld DATE rlNZSH BAND SAM SIT ~I~RD N aw csDOCUaO By APPROVED By 8-1-89 Type *0, 6- 6- 6- vu R=v ' No Petersen • J.• Van xieasen COAIMO SAOLIt Trpa DEM OBE Ox Snl i1VVlf SI3; LxNO 4 IN 04 NICS ; RWV xmv A Par CLASSIrICATION or MATERIAL " ! RENAakB ; Tw 1 , 0'8 1 eoeeasand~itone graVe btownt drys with Boring advanced by Tw 2 g avail trace roots and 1.5 2 organics continuous pushing grading meoiet below 2.00 O[ Shelby tubes. Each sample ' 3 Q,g 3 interval to 1.5' 4 long, I i TW ` TN S 1.0 6 i 1 l f M brown and tan) Poorly 4 ' 9 gr and a nedi roots molstt soma clayttr~c~ gravels 0 10 Boring continued ✓ below 10,5' with ; y a 0,0 1 f~~^ 4-1/2" diameter fishtail bit ue ng f 2 Sandy ~l tan wlth'brown and'lron vstgr as the. rtalningt well graded) tlne to coaraa drilling fluid. grainedi 'subangular r ( 8?T 9 1,0 3 4 5 Tw 10 1 013 6 split 60001, pushed ! to obtain sample, TN. 11 111 7 4"-caainp placed to 20,51., 9 ~f ►t i tent laelnatedt low plutioltyr highly Weathered Tw 12 1.0 9 4 11 Tw 13 20 19a51ng greys slightly weathered below 21.5 1,0 l grading blackt fresht fleauredi hard 2 below 10,01 i ? Boring continued r beluw 21.5' with a P 2-1/ 1 8.0 8.0 5,2 100 65 double tuba core 25 cbarrel arbide bit using { y 6 water as the ' F3 T drilling fluid. ,i k{i b 29,5 9 k 1{ ? 9 rY 3 t~ ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS LOG OF BORING SEEENG NO. 2 of-2 CLIENT PRO.7ECT Lewisvill Dam PROJECT NO. City of Denton, Texas Hydroelectric Pro ect 10566 `r ) PROJECT LOCATION COORDINATYS9 ELEVATION (DATUM) TOTAL DEPTH DATE STMT 1 Lewisville, Texas N-8871 E-875 466.6 46.5 8-1-89 8URr" CONDITIONS Crass area, sand surface with so i ravel o DATE rINISM 8 r a y pprox. 150 £t downstream of toe of dam G. D. Sommerfeld 8.1_89 j sAMaLlno cxaczsD BY APPROVED BY BAWP SAWP JET 2ND 3JW N WECV VCV M. M. Petersen T>nr No. 6" VAL C• J. Van Riessen COAINO SAMPLE TYPE OEM _ ICOO, RE RUN RUN RQD 1 IN OAAPNICE x LEND AECV RECv R0,0 nET L00 CW48I1FICATION OY MATERIAL MARKS 2 1 ~ s 2-1/ 2 10.0 9.7 9.7 97 97 3 E 1 l ~ 35 l 7 { s ' 39.s 9 40 j 1 sendatonO pookets at 42.8' d 11 2 Write pdrtings from 43.0' to 44.1' j 2_i/ 3 7.0 7.0 6.5 100 93 sandstone Teams from 44.1' to 44.6' 3 4 4s f 46.5 7 Bottom of boring at 46.51. Water level not p recorded, iF 50 Well installed in ` bw 1 eeyarate borehole f) on 8-S-89. r.; 4 ; r3 ? 55 3 6 t . ,F T 7 A A. 8 6 b 9 60 t J k t ~I 1 BLACK & VEATCH LOG OF BORING BORING NO. 1 of 2 ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS SHEET CLIENT' PROJECT Lewisville Dam PROJECT W. City of Denton, Texas Hydroelectric Project 10566 ECT LOCATrolf FOORDrMTxS ELEVATION (DATVM) TOTAL DEPTH DATE START Lewisville, Texas N-912; 9-881 467.6 I42.5 8/5/89 BDRrACE CONDITIONS Grassy area, sand and gravel aurfac NSPECTOR DATE EINIBH material, approx. 120 downstream of toe of dam. G. D. Sommerfeld 8/5/89 . SAMIMO CHECK® By APPROVED BY SW SAlot SET 2nn 39D H BAMP M. H. Petersen G. J. Van Riessen TYPE N0. 6' 6" 6' Var. RECv BAMDLE TYPE CORING DEPTH 1 j Iw ORAPHIC9 CLASSIMATION Or MATERIAL REMARKS on Rtlx aUN UM RM E lEET Lop t 822E Lamp RW7 RRCV no , TV 1 Sandy S~C Yf browns firms low plasticity) Boring advanced by 1 0.7 i drys trace roots and organism continuous pushing Ilj of Shelby tubes. + 2 Each sample 1 R" { Tw 2 1.2 Interval is 1.8' 3 ; Clayey 9~1Ds tan and caddish-browns long. F Tw 3 0.8 poorly graded; tine grained; vith trace 4 sabangular gravel E Tw 4 0.9 Y k 6 r I Tw S 0.7 7 ,S.Wf gray and tans poorly graded; tine 1B grained; some clay { I e ;j} Tw 6 0.9 r~Sj 9 j Tx 1 110 10 fl Tw 8 1.0 1 2 Tw y 010 ) sand grading coarse to tins grained; Boring continual LJ 1 3 a 1,fr with some gravel below 12.0' below 19.0' with M 4-1/4" dittartet 4tricona roller z J, bit..using water 15 as the drilling fluid. c 6sf`i(~ c orAVel and send d 7 noted In wash water from 12.0' jrtL.4 to 19.01 A { fn , y Sat 4" casing to r 19.0' 20 SHALE) grays thin bedded) low bi TW 10 017 plasticity) moderately weathered; 1 moderately hard 21.6 ; tl 2 Boring crmtlnued $ below 21.Sl with s 3 grading blacks hard below 23.0' 3-3/16" O.D. 1 e 2-1/ 1 10.0 10.0 0.0 100 80 double tube core 4 occasional sandstone seams below 23.8' barrel vith r uArbide bit using water As the p P 25 drilling fluid, 9 s~ T 7 { B 3 { 6 9 D 10 i ~Y~IP.h7.•.• is BLACK & VEATCH LOG OF BORING SHEETG NOS 1 of 2 ENGINEERS-ARCHITECTS PROJECT Lewisville Dam PROJECT No. cLSSNT City of Denton, Texas Hydroelectric Project 10566 , oJSCT LOCATION CoonalNATas ELagArzoN (DATtnI) 42 S DIM DATE 8/S/89T Lewisville, Texas N-912f E-881 467.6 eurfac NSFICTOR DATE MrSH hcx CONDITIONS Cranny area, sand and gravel 8/5/89 rerial, approx 120 downstream of toe of dam. C. D. 3ommerfeld SAMPLING CtiEC1C90 82 APPROVED Ay j sAMP SAW $21 20 3RD N sAMP M4 M. Petersen C. J. Van Riessen Mg N0. 44 6' 6 4 VAL RsSCV BAILS TzPa cORINO DE➢TN { GRi Rolf pVk ROD ` IN ORAPRICS CLASSIFICATION 01 NATERIAL REMAUS 6IIi LEND RWv RECV ROC rM LOO I 1 017 Sandy cLA1t bro+ms firm! low Plasticity; noting adVancod by i I 1 dry; trace toots and organics continuous pushing t of Shelby tubes. Each sample 2 I interval is 1.5' iN 2 1.2 Clayey -LAM, tan and raddlsh-bc TN 3 ow'nr Lang. 3 11 O,g {poorly gradadt fine gralnadt with trace j 4 subangular gravel TV 4 0.9 5 0.7 l- f 7 1y B1al gray and tads poorly gradedi line t f grainedf soar clay ~ A f~4 j J 0.4 9 4 ~ TN 1 1.0 10 ~ j TO 1 1.0 2 Band grading coarse to fine grainedl acting continued i g 010 3 with so" gravsl below 12.0' below 13.0' with 4-1/4" diameter tricono roller 4 bit,, using water as the drilling 3 + 15 fluid. 6 !t i Crawl and sand } noted In wash lic~t water from 12.0' Ej?it to 19.0' f,`.II Set 44 casing to 9 19.0' 20 SHAW JtOYt thin bedded; low ; TN 10 0.7 plasticityt moderately woathorad; 1 moderately hard 21.S 2 noting continued below 21.5' with j 3 grading blacks hard below 23.0' 3-3/164 O.D. } 2-1/ 1 10.0 10.0 0.0 100 00 double tube core 4 occasional sandstone soams below 23.0' barrel with carbide bit using i 25 water as the drilling fluid. T 7 a A 3 9 6 D 30 z i. w:,t91 1 tre'vn*u i:T[Y31 . nrft:!~y III I a\ J ]l~o ENGINEERS ARCHITECTS LOG OF BORING SHEEIN'G N0. 2 of 2 CLIENT City of Denton. Texas PROJECT Lewisville Dam PROJECT NO. Hydroelectric Project 10566 - PROJECT LOCATION COORDINATES ELEVATION 1DATUpf1 TOTAL D9M DATE START j Lewisville. Texas N7911 J12; E-881 467.6 42.5 8/5/89 SMACS cOWr?1OKSGra eT areap sand and gravel surfac 44 NSpECTOR DATE rINISR j material. approz 12Q downstre*m of toe of dam. G. D. Sommerfeld 8/5189 ' SANPLINO CRECEED BY APPROVED By sAMe sANp esr 21O 3RD S R SAO No M. Petersen f TYPE N0. 6' 6' 6' VAL G. J. Van Riessen cORIMa SAMPLE TYPE DearR CORE s E sizz 100 LE= RE ~ CV Rcv QD PUT oa HICB CLASSIriCATION Or MATERIAL Ra"As 31.5 1 i f ~ 2 ~ f 2-1/ 2 0.0 0.0 7.1 106 so 3 ! 35 ~ f 6 7 39.5 40 4 2-1/ 3 3.0 3.0 1.0 100 33 ) 1 ; 12.5 Z i 3 bottom of boring r at 42.S' 1 4b Water l4Va1 not S . recorded, ~t 6 v Vieeoawtar 7 installed on s s-5-es. f? 9 ~14~ 50 t'S 1 as 2 ! ! 3 3i r 4 P p 55 ik S 6 ! y S s a 9 b 0 a, y1 LW;'~a]...ra 1 n i~ N"A ry k B ACK & VEATCH LOG OF BORING SHEETG NO. 1 of 2 E~GINEERS-ARCHITECTS CLIENT PRwBCT Lewiavill Dam PROJECT NO, City of Denton, Texas Hydroelectric Project 10566 PROJBCT LOCATION COORDINATES BLEVATION (DATUM) TOTAL DEPTH DATE START Lewisville, Texas N-967; E-877 470 40.0 8-5-89 817RFACE coNDIT;Mvel and sand surface south aide INSPECTOR DATE FINISH of gravel road, approx. 50 ft downs ream of,dam G. D, Somnerfeld 8-5-89 SAMPLING CMXCEED BY APDRovsD Et 1 TON I N ad IT 360 VAAL PZCV w H. M, Petersen G. J. Vau Rieaaan { 1 SAMPLE TIPS CORING DEPTH CORE (!11 RUN 6ttlt ROD 1 IN GRAPMICB CLAS8I11CATION OF MATERIAL REMAAE9 i 812E 110. LEND RECV 41m RECVAGD FEET LOO I! I 15 'i r5+j cleyay ,2AND1 gray) Poorly graded; fins Boring advanced f 1 grained; with trace gravel With 4-1/44 fs? diameter tricone I h. 2 roller bit using 3 water as the ( ,y x, drilling fluid. i { an 1 5 11 11 22 110 grading medium dense 7 E r JJ 8 . y~ ~ E SPT 3 4 4 7 11 S.6 1 10 ~,~x r 4 5'L' 1 SPT 3 5 5 7 12 f0:9 r 15 grading ten and gray 7",i j Gravelly atr,,t0; deniu; poorly graded; } 9PT 1 14 19 20 19 L,0 9 fine to Coerae grained; with trace clay ids ( ' 1 ( apt 5 40 6415 - O.a S_AzA; black; hard; fresh, fissured 3 ri 4 25 P f, e 6 T a D g 4 30 i r ~ ~x I ENGINEERS ART~HITECTS LOG OF BORING BORING NO. g-g CLIENT SHEET 2 of 2 City of Denton, Texas PROJECT Lewisville Dam PROJECT No, PROJECT LOCATION Hydroelectric Project 10566 Lewisville, Texas COORDINATES ELEVATION (DATUM) TOTAL DEPTH N-967; E-877 470 DATE START SURFACE CONDITIONG[aVel and sand surface, south side INSPECTOR 40.0 8 E FIN Of gravel road a PProx 50 ft downstream of dam C. D. Sommerfeid DOTE FINISH SA4oLINO CHECKED By $-5-89 SAND SAM? SPT 2ND 3RD Y SAW APPROVED HT A TYPE NO. 6" 6■ 6■ VAL- RSV M• M. Pete[seA Co .r. an Rleasln _ f Coal"O SAME TYPE ORE RUN RUN RUN . DEPTH 9I2E NO, LEND 1 IN ORAPNICB s RWV RIM ROD rM L00 CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIAL A M MS 3 4 35 f 6 i i 7 ~ j I A y I / 40 } 1 Bottom of boring at 40.04. water level not 3 roootdod. 4 P1*20"tor installed on 4S s-S-A9. 6 ; 7 S 9 1 1 2 3 v' 4 z p 5S r 9 6 T 7 i B D 9' 60 r nctrea. 3 i 4 ,I WELL AND PIE20METER INSTALLATION LOGS I {f 3 a 3 L I-W ^8ti hall i'.rsi'i •p NNN I BLACK & VEATCM PIEZOMETER IN 11 CONSULTING ENGINEERS INSTALLATION LOG CL IENT PIEZOMETER N0, TW_3 City PROJECT Ci Y Of DentOtt, Texas PROJECT N0. Rty of De N Lewisville Dam Hydroelectric Pro,j, 10566 Lewisville Texas COORDINATES U 0 L VA I N STRATUM MONITORED N-88I; E-865 466,6 DATE SaTW Gravel and Shale INSPECTOR 8/5/89 CHECNEpp By G, D. Sommerfeld I H. M. Petersen APPRDVFO By G, J, Van Riessen T 3.6 GROUND SURFACE 1577.,,, , TYPE OF SEAL Cement Grout 6.5 O.D. b TYPE OF 1 , R I S E R PI b-sl8 PVC , I I PE r 44.6 4.8 TYPE OF SEAL Bentonite Pallets ry ~ 46,5 ' TYPE AND SIZE OF 0.030i1 AT~r_~y SCREEN OR OPENINGS s. ,x TYPE OF FILTER No. 20 coarse sand' NA :•a `•x + f? TYPE OF SEAL N A. DIAMETER OF BOREHOLE 0"22' 10`1/4 rl MfiN00 00 INSLALLATI N: 22'-46.51 8-1/2" Hole drilled to 20.5' w/10" diameter tricone roller bit, 10" casing s set to 20.51, Hole drilled to 46.5' w/8-1/4" diameter tricone roller bit. Flushed hole u ~w/clear water, Set screen and riser Von p p Placed sand filter to 20,510 Casing pulled. Vpea gravel to 6,5', Placed bentonite seal. Grouted to ground surface. Remarks: Hailed to 42,0 at 10100 A.M. on 8/5/89. { M 4 r ' BLACK & VEATCH PIEZOMETER INSTALLATION LOG CONSULTING ENGINEERS PIEZOHETER NO, P-4 f CLIENT PROJECT PROJECT N0. City of Denton, Texas Lewisville Dam Hydroelectric Pro,j 10566 ROJEC LOCATION COOROINATES GR9VWD A OAT T.awisville, Texas N-912; E-881 467.6 8/5/89 STRATUM MONITORED INSPECTOR Gravel and Sand; Shale G. D. Sommerfeld E CHECKED BY APPROVED BY J V R e G, an iess n M, M. r I 1 3.6 GROUND SURFACE I ,r Ceunt Orout, TYPE OF SEAL y 5.7 C,c Q.Q. d TYPE OF 2•-3/4" PVC ~ RISER PIPE 39.0 9entonite Pellets 2.7 TYPE OF SEAL :y TYPE AND SIZE OF 0.030" slots 41.5 SCREEN OR OPENINGS ,i 5.0 g TYPE OF FILTER No. 20 coarse sand. NA TYPE OF SEAL NA ~`_--,-DiAMETER OF BOREHOLE 4-1/4 3. $5 MEfNOD Of INSTALLATION. Boring reamed to 41.5' w/4-1/4" diameter tricone roller bit w/4" t' casing @ 19.0'. florin flushed and bailed dry. Set screen and riser pipe, Added sand to ; }i n' 20'. Caain gulled, Added sand to 5.71. Placed bentonite seal. Grouted hole to round s' r RTMAer<•Piezometer bailed. our ace, s e knT,+1 yNLr,M'ry;'a z:av 4 BLACK & VEATCH RIEZONETER (NSTALLATION LOG CONSULTING ENGINEERS PIEIOMETER N0. P-5 WENT PROJECT PROJECT M0- City of Denton, Texas Lewisville Dam Hydroelectric Pro j. 10566 ROJECT LOCATION COORDINATES GROUND t YA I OA E Lewisville Texas N-967--E-877 470 8/5189 STRATUM MONITOR£0 INSPECTOR 1 Gravell d e CHECKED BY APPROVED SY M. M. Petersen G. J. Van Riessen 3.1 GROUND SURFACE f I ~ ~I / ~ ki f TYPE OF SEAL Cement Grout 1 E 3.5 ,j j O.D. 5 TYPE OF 2- 0/4" PVC s E' RISER PIPE r . I 39.0 3 M , 1.0 TYPE Of SEAL Bentonite Pellets i ; I . j 40.0 N, TYPE AND SIZE OF 0.030" slots SCREEN OR OPENINGS r 5,0 TYPE OF FILTER No, 20 coarse sand N 1A ` TYPE OF SEAL NA " DIAMETER OF BOREHOLE 4-114 r f, ;j gDO LLATION; BDCin drilled to 40. 0' w 4-1/4" diameter tricone roller bit at 20', Borin flushed and bailed, Set screen and ulled caeientonite seal. Grouted to round surface, zometer bailed w/continuous inflow, F -IRK --v T'v ~~v14Y' T4'3 l •riS+~N t if f ~ t 1 " LABORATORY TCBT DATA t i r r { 1 t j P I Vtre 4 f3A1.: ! , r.!,, t r, E: d . f. ca tt1 , d 1 - MASOM-AOHMITON A ASIOMAIIS. INC. DALLAS. TWXAI LEWISVILLS DAM j HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT SUWLRY OF PRESSURE PERMEABILITIES i Boring Depth Pressure K Number ftsi~ om/aeo 3 4.0-10.5 2.5 1.01E-05 5.0 4.23E-06 7.5 7.23E-06 l 10.0 2.31E-05 4 9.0-10.5 2.5 1.339-05 ~ 5.0 4.61E-06 1 7.5 4.04E-00 10.0 7.2BE-06 S t 1 I i j I 1 i i f j tluwuea _ ~ . } 44kti`:l r a. 1• 1~ i .v.r,i~ 1 ~ t 5 R •fM fw..l PASO M-JONYSTOY L Af SOCIATSS. IkODALLAS, TEXAS LEWISVILLE DAM HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT SUMMARY OF CLASSIFICATION TESTS Boring Depth L; PI -200 MC N=1er _ UDW Unified Soil -4~-Z of) Classifioation 3 0.2-115 11.3 125.9 3 1.5-3.0 12.1 3 3.o-4.0 32 17 w~ 3 4.5-6.0 10.9 c;L 3 0.0-7.3 12.2 123.4 3 7.5-9,0 26 12 3 9.0-10.5 8.7 116.2 CL ! 3 13.0-16.5 4.0 6.8 3 16.5-18.0 39.6 3 10.5-20.5 64 30 7 27.3 9'1.2 SHALE . 3 35.5-36.3 1ti.4 3 43.1-43.7 16.9 113.8 I 15.0 119.6 € E 4 1.5-3.0 r 4 3.0-4.5 29. 12..3_, ; 4.5.6.0 CL 4 6.0-7.5 7.7 109.7 i r 4 7.5-9.0 4.~ 95.0 4 9.0-to.5.. r4.9 8.9 4 10.5-12.0 4 20.0-20.5 13.4 114.8 4 2114-22.1 18.0 100,7 15.4 114. 4 28.8-29.1 1 4 33.3-33.6 13.3 119.3 t 15.8 113.4 _5 4.0-5.5 { 5 9.0-10.5 1.2 5 19.0-20.5 166.8 y' 7.6 9.8 , + t n! ii ' ~ . ~'-I NAIN1111 h'flti;t'f PER= rim, BY WEl6NT 24 i? 1B 12 IN s ~ 4 CF ~ 1 s 3/4 f 9/6 r 1/Z W C ~ in r rrlJ L~• F in on 07 #JIM l r ~ ~.t7 M ~t i f 2 PERCENT PINER, BT IICIBMT 24 s 18 + 15 17 to ~ 1-1/4 s 1 I C/o ' .o I/2 3/B M IA N Ul i 1,4 ~ p ~irAe f. ~ b I I r x~,~r:r9 y W 3E PmcEw rimms BY krjw a ` Is r°3 Is 12 !e ~ f-!/4 3/4 t C/o Y 0 1/2 k }E 3/0 i 04 ti 49 oil 112 .16 . E i, .3e . w 1 .ICI i b 1 3 A i w 1 i ['r9U4X(! 1{9$H~~ i BY s+ j I SHEARING STRESS CTS) °a N ~ ;n a two tb m m m m m m m m m m m i Z H ; f M > m rpn tj I I SHEARING STRESS (TSF) tJ) ® r m : m • 's m ear e, ~r -Ni 1-4 m v ~ r W(Aww Qlm►rm IV i OL"Cbm 6666 w r=scuy t%E1S':.69 q~itSi:V~l7 (M16gnEi( J SHEARING STRESS (TSF) eo Sv ;u ~ ;n w ~ + m ~o m m m ~o m m m m m m m to m Z H m v) i Fn r,. 3 m o I Z { Ln { i Z p° SHEARING STRESS (TSF) m re ~r r !u Y~ a to CC ---to ►~-+~Z~-i ~ Cf) w to Dow '>-1 ~w ~ ~ ~ aiwmm r, WWVCrr WWto►- N it CDW Wt~ I r ..CD J ~ ~1WWt11 W 3 IiL4ssi18r9 KP. rn SHEARING STRESS (TSF) ~W m m m 'ago m J m m m oll~ CD M m z m m > M ~o SMEARING STRESS (TSF) f w w w S~ w • w _ rb F+W W 1~it mU1WN `"j , ~ camwin t'' ~}~lYytVl 1 W 11 ~aJKitiVkV IWLA{'J@f t 3 i i J GROUNDWATER LEVEL PLOTS 0 r i 2 A 1 i -TItift" R CIA) NOUVA313 0 p y p p p p O p p O Y A ca Q31IV8 "713M 4 co a!0 I k r. N w, n A A r ~ r3 I + ~r A f m i Nv 03dW11d M-~ IGIL cmd N ; r ~ ~ ~b I E { LON" i i PUMPING TEST j f f•~ DATA 3 } f S Se t r y i }'mlt.e[mIi:''L. V1i 1 9~;V.5N IAlsac... F1 j PUMPING DATA i i Depth to Water Below Groun(; Surface (feet) Time Since Flow Pumping Well Date Pumping Started Rate TW-3 P`4 p-5 (minutes) (gpm) ~i 8/22/99 0 0 19.6 12.4 1510 8/22189 0* 0* 21.6 8/22/89 0.75 36 8/22/89 2 0.9 12.6 8/22/89 6 0.3 a 8/22/89 7 0.6 8/22/89 25 12.5 - x i 8/22/89 30 06009 Y 8/22/89 235 0 12.5 15.0 8/22189 270 Pumping 39.5 Stopped *Data after initial pump failure, Thirty minutes elapsed after initial j pump failure. t f ,t j 7 r y t ~F F • .1 '.11 ~ Its IV:1 1 RECOVERY DATA I Depth to Water Below Ground Surface (faet) Time Since Pumping Well Date Pumping Stopped TW-3 P-4 PP-5 (hours) 4 I 8/22/89 0 39.5 j 8/22/89 1 39.5 E 8/22/84 2 39.4 8/22/89 7 38.2 8/23/89 1 day 35.1 - 9/07/89 16 days 19.3 12.6 15.3 1 S i e C E i y y A?PENDTX B REGULATORY REQUIRMENTS 1 I [5y£ t1 4 I i r f i i r MC LICENSE I t a 1 1 i~ 1 3 F F S t 1 . r my^c0 ~-1 nJJ^ Z t;70 Jim F 5 "0 r' I\ ~ prpoA n~a~ ae. ^io ~ y sa^nn c]onr• n 4 ~ •o~s: Ya rt qwJ..: ~ Jrt • FFi• nom.. r•.- rc 1, o3AAb• won Jr nc+~r rafv en a 6n0<re 3~naaA o pp+c J ..a a,. Mav b n~.s r". o N pnr^nm033nn i an C v 4 ~7 ~~~~..oo 5 7no A'c a • r•~+Gf •~•S n•Jn C a•+ J `c • J F] r'C M• h w a n n a J O J n O Y ] n M' n a J C n ] ~ •r a nMsncea rae e A 3 ^^.on 7 nt3] n • aaoD n,n a' i84nn e7.n>Am] i~ 7 0'~• a•e i, na irk ? .I I Y n] b 7 .0 0'C O 'C ' n = n A ] 1n A r rr. n.G.y ~ rpa , i V ill ry 77M ] 'D • i r r p r n n f• a r, n 4• n O L Y n w p ^ O A] tl 0 K ' -0 V. ~3~`] n n'ss.- aY oa noaf fir i~a o 0 3 rhrs a g3:n L'~ aown$ .4 0 a ni4 n n•i:i .~iana p m a 03 rryr .w.a 3 0 r Y -.c nr♦ n ] V a rd pn^ 0,4 F w n t nnrw w 1 x Y 34C. L b pn~ rjn n♦♦rY-..a 4in•~0 ~oRoi r3nV= i ^Ar4J •(~~n+lY n~'Y1] i~+iO.ari G s ~j YCr^^ ;t0 q~na nir0(nr n'^r as sae' > >O rn^ a ^~~^r•~~`"i is anJn% nijorn 3~ap4A a ]may yr~ °r i an J~ E n Al rDrV " .'S a na YV 0. Ti r Ov4 her• 0.00 AMn JAin naa Y ^LJ Mar y r.C y] r! Y w a call w • a n C M rt b n a S G C n 7 No* C I ern ] I M' i u r L F J a n] ^ ^ J S J^ :/1 r~f. Y '1 A • n r >C a a . ' 1 .3..ynlaidV n ~Jn _ A n7 • - n < r r.. r IL •ti I ` 4 n A l n L~ ` O r rL`J r G' <r 0 AS U. n bo~sJa o•~]n Gi- %Y'DOO°O n nn 7.wJ r r A • ]nw 0 O r ' ; i rrn .+~+nJ x'u'~ 7 'J D}G•ye nOf•f• r 2 2Y 3w b.«0 6 f 0 wG" wOn~~w r.r' Al I. p 7•MVr &i7MS3 K An e n n~] ' brC~ An, 'R Y s l rna "n o^nKO ^ O I n A 70 b O n i l1 ^ te7n s .e~C ~hn rNn _r an c n• S - nN suns b ` yn e > n e q n^A ~e~~o n;r3n ~4ci on f n C n x 0 7 r 0 J• i ] D ..q ~ , I q~.virnsciwn n•n7aG n O !row n p ~ w 3"••3 n~~y~ As7]nye 7r .S Al pA n A+nCI,Oel N i i. D O A H w• w w A Y• ] n n r t, i0rr-u a• 9a f ry k ~1^nnr^raj.~.. Aa v sn ~r•~ Oi oR Ji 1a.n.. i~ 40 n;na 0A O ~r.I • r, 7 we Y.•., 1 Y0 h y w w 97 rr]rn 0a j a Y n 4 h bY• r.► aora• ~ n,a ~ f7 1 0.1 • a s y P AI t : • Y r~ r' ~ A ,)ir Y~ D 7 n a ~}~~f)~~~\ ~ p.~ f .ArAh, ~ 14 16 0 IInr~ ..11 1++ bp 'ff'rq M r7 c rt.`A n.e 7•i Y or+O ~i .-w • w• n~ 7M we 6 0 • g¢ r' n Y n 5 O A•• +1 N Obi • w • Y n • O w Y i ~s nr ~r e4~•ne rnV • n 3r • n. ai. ~c• i~»A r, wr•-w • n y~~p. ip ids Wig.. }•l Yy rro Y enn•o nrD 3 4S „ n bO r 11 r`O•u prnS,'R+ .r ~ir V T WI pn ~~r4pOpp 7 r nn• w 1~ 7i0 "µa yy n n OVII `9 w -5 r . di. r. Q : it • • r rnY r .D ••0 w♦ • u• 7 • ♦OY K h . R ~n~'3n ~ y rnn.ln .+S 7ri ~ y r D 0 • r4 < 0. 4 9 nr b a OJ►r• d r d ~ f YO 0 '`Y'• y„ Y ni r C n n i r R At G n 0 0 w a Y~ ' Y r•1wr arprrv w •wT *p • * w i {{t w eaY ~ ~ OMn •O ~.../O n by C b i YYO w~ ~ ~M rr ^~In~ ~ 6 °p 1]1^~ 7 •w ~ ~y i< b n ; 71 pr ~r ~ O O w Y • rp (g(g(g rays r i iN MA D 7 M.O"0 Q'YD Y Xtt NrR D• r 'V• M r J < 0 A 7 " G 0.0 yy p p pn , r Si A : p1~; so R' ~T0 • MM~e•0+ S »n D•~ n' IJ r tFwl a ■■r n t! Dill Sy ~Wr N ~i A ~ r1 ~ i9• • C A'O I ] QQQ A M 7rp Y•p ~,C n>Ny •~..a ,O 04 ff .0v 10 2 460 1~ S O a n T~ 0 9 e~ T O ' ~ 7 r Oj. wl 7Y Cr~..3~ ~n~ 11 Y7, C n0 f~ G On 1 y~~~ w •ns -1 ^ w h 1`rl M p n yiL. O r ///~~~3yyy ng'• r. r w~ 7 n w n AO nV A a A X s~ a" ~ c'" ~3 ;w 311333~a ~ 1, w r 3 fl r N VVV s Tr i ] 6 A Y Y »D 'Ra %IYnL nbIQ f a ..1 nn aJJ 7< + nnnxiwG nn0 -5 m-71T~ •I .n Dtl J0^C a Ya o0 rrr7J 7nA bnc x j0 E r 11 • YwM1 G J nnJ r a a ]R wY.-r pp J w w r!^<} h n µ a t0 ti 2 1 Y n a • i { n n J d• n c ■ n aa077r^a ••~,1 II AnPM is -°J~pO q.w. jCw ~Jpl ^a R~i0 7 NL i 7 va[^GGG <ti In uyrynA An nf. a! A Cf7.~.w p ~C~ i^AO4A ca~~CY ^A Y< iJ l ^ 4 A !J O'VCn[n 7n S.+J n ~c ~'nu<tP 41 :1 i 'p Yn wO>+H6 r.w III qhD fir' W~nnO ~"in nry~'J 0 ~O ~n ^I~C •"O.AY D M4 a O• i; a D e. n n v O a n D n 0 a a A 0 w Y r n w ( RI A 7 n] A• n n • 0 R n a❑ V' K n 72 [ O n 0^ ] 7 n.( a I A N 7 L O ♦ a n n r s] O L1 n n H n n n w n. n V ywn nnG.i-, L.2 4 b L 0 a 7f a i Y D `C A iY7L a0 a rnAn rbr A'< b 6^ t y" n p A p 0 n A n e pe n R n 1 A +a:.{ Y J 4 q r 4 0 O V a O rt ' n 110 n A p y w y ] O n O [ O 4v A ]ar q7 y A av-•47r Aw MO•!b [t OYC 7~+ a 4 i On 3a►rn Y~ 13 nerd Y - Aar. 7 Ea.naO nb (s+r f r h4 37 A 67anaM n/p tnYjD trot a C1,07n 7~n 6 c1n C♦ r +f7 <n ] 71]art 0i'0 ri 6rY A A0.7 n 44 C ] yann p~SS 7 a n 7'n Y nn~(~ ^4.G ~f•1wR nn4 f nn r+~l O J r j R[• F ^ r w ra ~ r w[ n A( B o t R n G w J ~ n n o• pF n 1 O n 7 w p n C f r 1 n r J • y A d i i 6 s J e % a o n 7 o A i \I a707Y7It r n tia 7V %,a to n/• c a, O Ann c« rryy r. r r •bb Q a J ! A nw A 0<' 7 ( + •n ••E R7r ► OK •'r0 J1+ i ^.OJ ~Y tilti C Y09 <ci yD nMrtY A A j~.<.. ^ T57 1r4 ~.r 7AA n•. nrn< (Jr! ! i RR D nz 1 A..r ~qi.• 9n D µa n wi rn SK nom, of Ry at "'m 0 •i A n <R ' $ Ja» e♦4 a a nA r•c n jb n A YO a O~ J.+a rr n; e E R• ne Ran 3 n i w Y rtn] n 6a 7nn +bbwwW. Wei A A + r! SJ A 174 i A Y a r'b R C n n -V ' a 7 r W a n Y»- r r- n ] 4 C r a] < 0 r n 7 7 k t ~b nn D0 nh0 p R O 7n A < nr i! n9 rn 7~C Y • I a It ni•°<$snR^+eaa fa nio 6A0 > It r1n,i ~ or y D ~Y°nw n~+M pp 7 n n r 0 b n a 0 06 It a j r n R b A r y n[ ag 0 r n o o 0~ r+•i ] 7 r 0.7+~+R.c7 4 n wapar nA n Ar 7O0a C7 w ` i c~♦< 7•t n I. I10 Y Ran R JEK 7 At si A+S. "W.i 4z It 34 ^ i r A 4 7 6 nr0 M p A 6 R x At r S Y It dl ~n a n r L a • o aH nnr we ] `R r N„ rIf o n q s nr<n 4 n M. n~11r nC 0n<n 0Y • 7 narw rnr a 7T SO 0 3 0 10 a .17 !+7 r 7r Dn 'D7O.M7 nYbJa R ♦An ab i+V• O r w aO w r n+Y nR • A w n n R c A J n a A R 0 c 7 7 A S i n 7 R^ r1 M 3 n n r w ~ n •"n^'.~r-Q r1~J nuy•<^ Jye blyj rnnw nCn p B nC'r < • w f rt n<nR f .nrn~+-r 2AO•C~p~1 ♦~+a•fY •Aft 7 nn ti0~ •a ] y7ny a1 nr y~. j iwei 0H CP It sna»n]:4Y nIt a4arA 7 n Wa$4 Aft •A y n r app S b ,paaa ! 0 ^ ~ ^ r 3 • r A, ii C i n +a ^.♦]n M W a a i c n n.a ~ yo 7n ~ R O' /r vaw'n ~ • E n b J n~+ri a nYnWK7 9 ~-•0t nn~ n13 C 10 +wR y It ~c w j °a oi~p•1• n0:•.ran» n .^.nC ^ Anp. ar. OiC ArA ",a 7,RFi{VR I. ►n ]w~ ~iY A y4 sn~ Ao i; r+a Nn 1 i 1, iA ~-4 A0 'C Y6 n~ cK itQQ w Z ~ud r a ~ ~ n nd ~ 3 A OnhY n► r w r►R Od We~C Y dnno Nrny •~V u+A • w 1 a • W] ] c D O] s 7 r+ R O Y n 0 0 g" a R A » J r • n < O 1•JA • r pdIa R ppp p ~J 0 3 y w R p 5a G 0,0 ~5] dy4 • cn~O It n 11 n •w•CW • c ~•nn Y sw.a IOIM w ^ r i • OG0 At r 'd y rl ; O~. l s h R w t+ M ^ •+w r `C • r n] w.nr0 nryC p0 n C ~ TOf a j6r yam,. c r~1~w 7 0~1 PfC i'~ YCr h C + • n3~ r fl ■ h_S. ~•{ip ]Jd ~~.r^oVY •b' Yr <b <rJ r M ~n ~ r j~. 3+M.+ • ~a O ~rppw wr Arll µe~! I ~,r~ ~ ~N ry+s•w + ~in(C]a r ••N of 3 n0 nr+i~ fn o It • ~i'~iaw'1•i1~~•rf rl s i~r rn ! Yre sosw ^ r0 e~pgnry ~ tit ♦ r I1 R] • ~iRr~ Ong 7< 8~ 2 ;S S W w1I i' ly r a 4 N e: • Y A • h 1 n Y y r: j M w Yc Yn '-f nln na r. 7 id •A + ♦«.~I-~M MI • dt a or... nDiar. rn eR D R a'r 3g f"00" g•1r~t^n'-•NDn~ .Ma ~aV3 p~Gp( ra O^~~Y~f~r ~wr rpii~l/ nO~► V~ OAYY M' N4"' QC wwr nrOKC n n ♦n n•"3 nu .11 n~ p S, ;~•~Qns$i~a ~rrSpYw n~,Naia~i•w A ~i 3W»M o rw~iKn~a~ ri ^iS N • E • t/ h i wn~~ "rlw 7 i ±C~IY n • i n,j '"f c • H n•ry~I1~ rnn~ c~ ..o n •ip OL rw. Knnre Y •r p ~ •[A•~g• ~r. n ~n,'"ni n7 n.i•DP art ]+ii 71 { 'd~ ,!Cr l 1+ •V 3~A 447.. ^ + .r.p .`.~♦rM8 :t :s,~ ~.°.r • n r z ♦ ~ r I •at 0 ~~aeInyy~n ..nom a3 hn wnYit 0 ' Yn yjb ~ 2R ~ r P i 7M d n i • 9 f~.►IM ~7n~ •ww:1• anYy ~ y SYnM p♦ wj•• • llalll ~i Y• • W+•~n1 1 t1 i~ n'•(~an ] • i~•rY a i 1111 N M ~prnpA 7Rn ..1; r Ai 0 •1 ..n♦wn ~1p yy ;r. s s 0rli n4C ~1 ~~l M S &A N4 NrNNQ Hr A0 0, M6V0 m K D ] Y I 11 K N 7 :r.7 T r r~• 1 Y] n t I 1 k O r K S T n n 0 0 n~ar W N1-' S 7 r 0` 7 i wo'' 0,17a a W Nr 0 p M J W 9 n b]i7.nw r n orri 0 0.- 04 r n,rn..nrtw n nVnrr r nni t.... Sr•is s ♦ b•+ a 00 ~~AC Y n ~~1n 0 tn•. ] T is 01 rOLO M r.. Aa~ • r0 r^ »S »b L C r - n1Aa r0 ►C! ] 7" K ]p r OR N~J Y wAa •-•~r y0 O~~ro O•"0 ~^n NO" n]npo nu aYY0 M, 0 F m. CIO 3 l O O O a K n n th n. n t O~ 7 Y10 •S'•7 A i M• C n r• L, >~6 MDra S ► C 8 b m VL r n nRa 00 o Dr A it7~ MO OJnn ]y 0 Yr"r N npf. 6Mn n]~ o r nt:i rOJ M?.0i.n• qAn ~•r r•••n LN O Y> It W. r n 0 i T r S n r.]N~A 1 r S 0 r n Dn N • Nr iWb 1o nRr 1 ~Nb 7 ~ •M•• q a r ff J ] K 2• rrt r. of 7 •Ji~n",M cA• u a s OJ• 04n 6 w Ay,► n nnYnr 1 Y~ 00co K' n nndn ]RIO n nl.rJ +ri x NJa f Vm Kna] n STR' a< 77e AAO O f # ' M 9n a R w Y` n W N r O= t K n O D n 3 i` [ r n y W a A Y n .Ji 1 n K] C W Y M Rn M •j ] R J t 'u 0 ♦ a J a b R 7.C n i 'tl i SDw b t n~R rt+r O vi K T ► 7 a0 11, t ; a 0 1 rrQp Y• 3 J M Y Y? O a T b r a'0 n r r 0b Y r 4 C A ~ i. • S rn. r I 3"'$f ~n3Y „ <ft Ir a` ♦O vv *A ...M< ~•S 'I f~ 7 r01 0 IM 06a n 0 r 7n000 •On 0 nY 60 Y r ARC 4 n A Y • r 7 r • a Y i r S; w O r A x w M~ a ` r•Vryb <lh ` 1~i3 j by1~ q •`N tl~`S RON 0 r r M1f~ ,06 u^.OitY bow.--N "~O 7 ..07 C D "►O~n Nn1• A 0. 4k' a w2•yy a^a n '.y [0 w ' i~iS~yy~~~fr! p0 r nY rr•flDi Ga;` r7K n ~ ~ 9 11 / a •r7 n n • ~ etl+ r0lt ry ~ ~ b A7 ~ t ^ ~iOO Ch ~a1 n `r 0 a Y~r n -C 0 } s nK Y ar .~~O nM n0 .10) Mafr II ntnQba -0 0+2e2 wwS "nAiY nl•a * a n a.rw aoe •-NaR -A A nc+ Y Y :~a~ :.K. r^`• MG;~ H41Y..Y8x nnRnaY Li ^i 3! g oo~n- 0' 19 niDOM loon ~lbr^ ~a ~ii ~rY arpw.. ~i9 1~y. .^.Y rwny3 a/nI n'.? Y err 0 3"►f1 fi" rn, aS So a AA. C? -1 d'yr w (QI M. 4 ~ 0~^w l111~CY0 w rf • .DOw II std An ~a r -1 ■7Y PAV Cw'gr I 36 pw I AYA~ Y. ftnm 0 Ar • N rer•• 9 as a~" wy ~ ~KQ!! 1! `W "ya 115 t^l4~Mn 2 f µ10' ~0'Ia 3 • ~i YO it "rr ♦ b 64 A`~r n A9;. raft 0r~ S K8 t~.y} Anr~' wr NyN , t' n1■I~fOii 1 Y r ffi -A 64 7A~7'R re"3 ^~YM Ia wr•MW M3 5 p1+N 1 r Q~0 • K • ~nS~ yY 013 ` A ya5a r~AOYA^.' ` a M] `yQ~~3MC ar N.rr wBg wf`l Ry rnr. ~r ►3r. r.4 Ne i1~ 3RY ^K II 0M1'. 1~ W••^oo Mr s q' y d 2 n s d 3 S+♦ w n r-W: r 'd r r 0 Q t 4 r r r ^ M« h 3` Piz • •r r w •C wr 0~$a1944 rp it "M ~wj~;ya« s ee X` w~bi!~ r~~wfi w '•i •Dy nnMO2ft a r ■f rl~ft 0o 7ANY or Ng yy w r at`0. ~/y3r ripeS~pf~ i r~.Wr MpN" 0~ w»iiOr •n G . r:~i~;p'R 1.. 7 O^ •b r r~l • ri+ 2 t1 6 0 1yte t f~~nnp A. a• a'99 wp r~ •.fR wy fOl w. a ► 1a "Y iN~ ±w ~ r 'Nw ^sAr nM •AAa'A N J Nw ,M R 4 n r •~hM r Mal ` $ I"•pS rltt n Nit p6• ~NONr..2ao Mr ~~G.~ psi ■N~~; 1 °ni M Y p02. b~ Ay ~r1r••a^o`02Wt' MeQ w~w1 a M a ►••w 3~ f yp ■..0 j r j,yl fprl j ".~+n R N1n1INA 1pp t0il ~RM • n rt ~.0. OYnOMa p Jw . YW.r M•N^^ r ~n ~~"@ 3 Y 7 n$3YYn • S A got 3 rs t A3 ~Y33 r~ ~±p •ra~ Ay •r M $SS i~w rn it i r fr Y~ V fl /I A C~ n~ E~ •Jri 0• p r M y n Qe R rr rNµ " n Rw r .•n r 1, rw R = pD~^3 ■•M R ~'0r~ p, Or . rr ~N0 r~a k`~~ N y Rn r•liw wN^ ■ e~w ~ r 7 M r `w•0ia h 4r ~ r ^ n0i.• r ~~ll 11"{{7 Jr ~ sirJ~~rp . ~ r y ii Mao i i xl y s t;. J^ Om-0 n~ mR my4ei .-nna7-ri 'r~ ^ ^ a 7o ~ 11 n 4 A DS a 0 a' ]'C • J 6 w] 7 J 4 a 11 J 0 7 0 R 7 7 J a S n AE nr an0v.9 •~r r$ AO♦ r^+ A nk..4 a RS 03 Y R Yd Y i 7 ad ?C n^ ,Y„ r.57r G f r r AL4h nnA/-^n..a 7 n; On) n•p 4.~n^ir..0 rn a n' a 1 44 r rR r•o r n c. ~~c«aQanan nnw01 ~~r~J4t.~ra~n- 7 «9-Cn19i~k~i~nwh bniA0n o,nArn n.-n Orwr pb00 ni ~Y/10 ni. ^700 a• i W1007,04 46 G 4• A `C < C 7 al O A• 11-0 IV r 0 a on n 077C[ J:.] .l • 0 r 7 7 rn - ? ~ c ~ 191 nrtA OOYY R•rB..n o o( c-.0 Rrr~li o n A J RO w r-'A far 7r f SAO nr4rrM f 4J n00 r `A2]r°M An. 7arn]rwn 'n h P 3 ~7•.n f a as as ORi A Yti wnwr! f a < C-- Z. S .f c f n inn' s pp ^ 0 4az 9 C A b 7- OF A G 7 A 7 R` r M)• n 7 T R r a n] r II ' r 0 A n^ C A n' ` A ~ i` Y n~ r S Aar Y -,~7lf0^a'w0 TM.7^+?R Awayr ^ a1A r «a wS• wY 06 • .•q Ai a ] J • annw• r n■ J O• • ] A A 74 A jn 9 M n 70 a10n ArArr rY ^ n n a ny _ DOOY n -00 nn MIG 7n IAC :G1w~n I 1 A~a wY i~•A .Y a ~~ny n n Y• n•rn r^ C~wa 7nY r7 J.]ijM J• C wyi .~..y 07 ` p p n? n'^ • A 7 II Y S ✓ r A C T n n n C 7 w ry „x n• ^4 Y a n]nn 1s a!; 3K tb 0 O _ f ~n a~wq nf f • •<•7n~0.n'l. `br.4>ro "e: ipn.~~ "a rY ~ a±•^ n•7p1i Aers i 7lI04 ^-n A c J w [ -nA7 ~nyA ] •i. n~ Ji^ oirA.-I'~N i'1 QY " n J y nw i. r•nr X191 •Cv)] ^y- J ..r~ry. .10 A~I 19'0 J i r.Z.00 J _ na3 rn0YC wM1 pLJ~An 7 7J.r-.Jr -U 7y S a n~ n n i.! p y r'06 ^ gnq ~ Ic0-6 nc.r <]191^ ~~C 7 AA J 0n V A 7C :1 pp SS q,1 •RJ A Dw n A r R O~ O na.~!s1 wr 11 G.n pp »k~C .~7Y wy9 ~~r+ ~.+.~n]jn rr OR C Rw i J a~ rt.'\M •«Y O' M? i.:.j 7^17Y nd n,J7A ~r 1 A..~r Rn r^A g r3 A _ n r. n s r 77a nr4. M' 7i~ na.n~ n11,.,w » A ww n « R Sp~ 5 3 0 C, R re Ae Sn A:..O.YOl3.no ~7A J JS~~r~~ pn I-. -•wA ' • w R a A n r r n n a i 0 a n 5 r n no o° el c JO »aaa3'r i o0 a + 3$o0. a1~~$°e2-v0 r ,04 ~~nnn nJt 4+-n.t n n f Orn _Art 7• 7 a a:~AS yar C A r. n o n r! x ' n a c a n. llc a n a fc)~^ r'-c1 7 r „ on r uw o f A ~O pp..na h h 0 na' l J ~ n 0 kr / n A1;7 grwa aa• •i r $ Y f Oa •Y Jw n an A7]L YK•R_r~n..•a n•i0 A_3 Awa Ar 7 OZa r r c 47 !llfff iyOr n p 7 n x n2p i s Os? G - r n7on afn14 ~Di »wy~ 0R rtf ^ d //~1 C r r n C Ytiw7~A ppn rkl; R'+^ OYnI'IQ a....'w'p C n93f1. ~f ff a n w 7 tl R f .aa11f~ r. O m ] R o • rni ? n« Y 7~ ~ n ik;7 AY 0' a 91Ic p~ R j n «n. n 11 w~pR n yppn h ~~Fb wA37M C~inuO ~A ±A y J A^N.Sf 114 .Jini n { p 7~ Y r Y IA 0 r r y'1 rA.t an wA n 7 wa.- 8 a • a 70• ^ It r a 111 r .i a s r n a CCC n A } ~ n A n a "Rwdv wrno y~ or'Jnpoa&•i. rv :5C:t r$~A $ Aa9~' ~a_~ 40 ° a ~ Vn C Yr p ~ • r Al fp/ s•. • A • } R~R~sI< MiiQYQ~ «7 ryn I~fj 1'I ,f• a. P'Ca O~a~p OnrY E011 w_w,p~,^..A i' 'Nay A a0 ^A R.^. tyan nn 4.:.t lr/n •W$Ga^ pC~la~~ ~a~w• ml OLi~.11p~ yygrpNi i35w(y~ r. OCnwi rrYOp W e.7N ".0 11~ mrrw•r^.`eN! rO 6% wpr O '0 A2 ' ~ '~R OO^ ~ r; L ~IOi. L~a~ wwD r~0 • ~~fiwl ~~!'1A~n ~ ~~O,i~■~ If w~ i i• ♦ p Y►3~. n a0 b ~ rww ww^.. rr. r .t c rr1~ p r~1 N p s r r A a Anw <a 0 4 I ran r4'•~J/ ~r.I yy ~w0 np i3 n.{ °w as ' ,A' rw rn Onaf "C*4 Ar r+•• vO cS mRr j4p p - ra Aq3 • M4 r. nr^ •rrAr 1..0 n VA ►r n 9 v V.071+Y F A~1 nr a 1 0 pr wwr w 3 nwjagg Wr r rl+ow n qrA i~rAi g• w wan ^ :Z si~vo r" ~1k 3IL6 a <~w {{s' ~444•r eta 3ft A PC ~ ^ C ~ r` y w w ~ r w ~ ~ F, ^S 11 i .1 a3r1p rp~ •n ~wZA •7.+r r rr n i+ ar jilG9n b prn. oh; 1 ~a•aMr r+ ' Dk`+. Mrr+ 'A7 r ' 0 w r~ µV n M rr r r i 7 w "i;0 . r^ ,i 11 'j 1 j O jj3 1 M DC • 64Y1 ni f8 ^0S ~ r ~ .~L~ ~a Crnr r -1,aQr.w~'n,p„s,n ; rN0o"ip ■ r w P .R w^' w 0 . r M a N rw DD ~i~~n n ~ w^ln~ne » rw . -2 A w ~ ~ ~ Yr drwo Ai r .•wrwl ~0 11 O r~r w.wi rrll «k a • r7~2r♦ y ~ r'n i 2; 7 i 0 0 T,r n D ~ wr .1 V- ^r+ • w • w«.q n i A 71 n C 7 7 0 A~ "r!' f ~I r A ~ +A ffrll w ~ ~ .i.~• n wwQ '<f QQQQQ r •7"~'/. ^Oip wA NM.r 2±A MU 0. • r~2 73A-~ eAA ~4 _;SSr^~ Aa So of rr0. ro` Ana nnA Rw3.i«n q w n r r. ^'r x:'~wo•tiyr~ a gy p11$IMN Zlwrrw rr 11 r 1 I . a M tN r'~' wl ~I5` °V 9/ ' At rr y S~r~Rnobaio= p~ A~10 nv a-.roann~°ownsD yr Ocnn [nµn man <0 p9 n a~ ri p ~fl~ ,O q r^ 6 RO~Maw n P'~ginyr~~ n n] 1 0 0 &n n n J n F~•^a0 nY • n n« TG a 0 0 O n « C J a 0 n M M T ♦ . . C < Y a C p ] n n X n O ft -C q > wCau]r n9 /n r.~. ~0 n~KY nJ n Oq^ > Y,a O n•n aYg6K raa nnnA„ Crn o-•oaao'~."a•noK ^^.n""n`Ynial"+ . W bn « • m ]]7q a nnwr K n . • 0 •MnO K T ] iri p < 6 . a g a w a! w 0 a 4« F g a C n M1 Y1 K n n N ^ n a n« 3 O n b b Y g a r K A i n J SAC ! q P 3 .Y n w« A p < n• d 7, A J Y A M g C y pc n o n, j 6 J n n n 3 Y O n► r r• O] r M C ! w g q p • J•4n 1a.Y,p«^ ••O Y: nH +a in, Trrn Y n0 r,a 10 ° GY up p~L wa sp.+nO r~q a.1 qTO:. Oynnn 0 r r 0 D eC0 4 naC • ! [ 0n .T►~I r a1i1a►]O`` q ss r.►4nYr • 0a•^1• •`rN a[ n~ y~r♦ran +0 r r lf-.On• nOiln 2° Ga• 7.+ .i `7J • ] S~q an■ <wnr Yr'~Diiu~ w n (I ] Y n r a r a r, v n Y N n S r r r M n r w T r a n a n 7 n 6 q• r g n 0 f Rp r nnnK"►•r a .117 K +i ~Q 7► n a b vsB~s►ceT]in• i aaa[r~c<ni 1 ac _10 0a a1 °Tn q.MrrlNi lal arpnwu°wcon •roa r.Tw n• a aE n« a, an~6 0 c c 00• •2~n To a 0 a :.M a::n0ro aonnn u <n ►n w i .r • Op nu.~ a .011.0 ani ' nn•C..q jO n..ft aM 3v 710 « a a pow T el ~n a < I O O a Y T • J a r q O• a ~ xT n r n C n a i a 1 i e it -.a c as yn AGO Iac nWmsib :.s y"r n i9w i~ j. q a n n/9.O ] q q nb+wr✓ ] ^ n n a 1 J ri 0 J~ i Y n 3 a "9 I n ! n1n] 5a~r [ 7.• P104 c.. nub ba•w_nonnlc~ :.7 It nT7 Op<1 n0 Tan sJ ne`n j o[] A w i v < (t S/ 0 w • 7- n e n a » woo n n Sb n 7 n r/✓Y 0b G7a n►-[.t n..b nR ~nnS S p Owp n.f.n ► w e n • nOR[ • 000 a n 17I •G .•.~1.Dnnn n S .0 w • n 76 -7 7 n b O n• n 7 n 7 n 0 0 G0 a 7 a S M T 1 n ✓ ]SruJ DSa1.+K .Oran a n FJ66^n nWo•j,w nf,. 0 A r • R n 0 0 r C O AR ► w n F 7,6 Y n] n A D n O D 7 Y y. a r Nr Mnr nn • •On 3nnYr r7 $ CO L .t .n< C N n ..r a n M 7q v4 O R Y O 10 n 7020 y1n 0.3j D 7~wT ON 7q.< ee n; o9 00.5 a f na gDOC O'C nYpYia nwr. pc 4.w4• el i TYC~ 6YnO w`. ~~L: an wRry `r a2 „Cr0:n n~Y w^V ^.n Xv r Q pp♦ O w 11 •oa g«a~'} ~rHi p y f1!•~n~ll ASw M ^037 YrO n.7M w n W A a R7rl i ~~90 NZI 4ff]n • . n ~ Sn.wY n: O.{ 1C pn D rt j q G J we" r t 71 I t ]q Y lal aul n li i u7. ;ul. ! r . 1R1 n r p n I•f a .1 i t. b• 7 Y q■! G K C I ;pF O r.p+a a!1 .a. ,~IYS~•'<n p^w•.C ~n ~f ~C w ~ j € r 3 a 11 3 • M a F Y w {n•.. • no w w 7 ~.101601l 7 • -g Q G .r r•'3 R'~~°~.~+ n 9 60 nwro rYRn^f1~r~V DOr"Oi r Kwrn ArA 2ny.l a* rna?i cnr icrn ° m b a kra$« w i aOr ..1EBvo « • n+n•wNw 1~w n Too •06. LF 1• . e r n n' p ni ..n ?G^rpa( . ev. .ee. 11slo *n Mi: e. ~v ; •10 •r1' ' ai in•'!ta al~•+ nr E~yrw p11 xM *1 0 wa'i Mill p's♦ a •+LLL E1r in»OidG~~I wO►~nn~ awr H. ~.°►t1.}~ 7n nORµ Sn,ni •c An 7 n r C100 np •Ypy' •+p ll n <7O nO 2.4 p IS Si .O7 nY Sp~ 1 • ►nnrn•Y.. ~n C • r n 101f p.7a•Pn ro 2...0 Fr r 1 n 0 ` A w n c n ✓ r ro p °~°'d^w•n If w9; w.i • •iar 4T •~1 arwnr~ a `R/i~✓•~7h r7RMY. rpnw .R Rr• M..yn 2 2 1p+i yyRRGG•Mr Y ] Y r. n rf a ]nS✓7 /p1 (rl ~ple ► ■ n~ 4w t! n~+/{YJ..✓~nr 2w d4r. wl b • 611 ~ ~i •I/i rw µMM n w • RaY •nY7] rY Y n ✓ f N nc wq lp^: •*r•On0 n•rn`cw 0 i po It 0A woH M ~~1$wv.alwn ] o! Ag x ~Ma a.w..>w~O•wn, ✓aMwOV a n•Ya ✓nY nrM+ [03 rn • pngpn[. Kn I{in68-40 ;~.n.1 n r I • nYn nnn~ 6 Sy y O V be b n 4 a . 1,m dri On Yn0 r✓ 11 R✓ d r.0 q^w J ✓ hR r•t14 ,,fLf1~~,4 tl3µO•• i~r 3„ 3M. nNwM~.1a YA~wOso Mw 64 'C' ppw )pAp n n1o I f~.0 ll ■ 7 n C r. p Y ' y ^ nP R .r. g& Y O n` 1 l nl M Y r p. it Y l YI~ ny AS f n fl ..•7n, y w• ` ana~r N}7 a~ r it V +II i • r •Rn a",C;r w'a~~.OS rbi pro ::10~~ i. 41r+~nl ~i nn..»n wMri. Y~ ~OSK I 11 °•07:., nins470r D~ M:I14 0.4 Rn.~.r ar r r r0i n0l Z.. a r. IN Cnr i ra.o♦ w i a.]M1 ni n +M.M~nw r»a» .C~~i yyiwr.]n~iM 0... j r f.~y p: i a r' r <wy .Ztjr el MBE°M ♦ ~ u ~•`..p~pKM n ~U w.lS McyOupi i+. 7-a 0,. 2400 ri-ga a.. •9 R~e1 • w« Opp((• <ayb'17 r N"1<p ap✓1i Y 0 C i ~N1a4 fnY rJi. ~a.~ a7r11 OnC 1 ♦ C.~I•+n. wn,✓wY!•fO f r 117!! w 2 I ,•.a 1PIP 0.. nr.7 rr wnr rl w•w An • r0 sOD p. ab~ Y n • r r. V .•7,111 T6 ► r'M~a`nM ,~±1+ RO MOJ OM1 a~ n.7i Jb 1•a0.r~pa w. '•fl V; 07 0 ✓ EI w1 ~Q+wyi ►oil M ~j• "a I• r w M i Y• Y i R . • ✓ db r'~~7a 7Y4• ^rOi~Pr NYOTn'•n J~T•0rYr0.4 y 4-j a, nQ -un r.y4ro ~R4 b R Jnnia6<+^ R TA'►nYa p4'p71 n mr r'i gRR~•n n6.. r.Y. n~]n nA ( nAO Y~r•nC'fi0~.►-q rY+a b, n• n04 r~70 •7 cr n a p a TO7J Vb ;7y ..+~R annnOa M • p n n 6-Y)n 7 i.an ^ <nK 79 wgwn hO4 YE b z V S( Y a r 7 n p n_ 7 b^ n Y p V 2 ti i n n i j) yO a D y n r.+ n« a* J, AXA. i a a O n 012 p b 10 p Y p 7] C R nn- n Y R i a 2 a n n N P-1 Y J x-6 tl J A n a i V b 5 nV • ( 7 K • C Y b w• a ► M 0 a L O D+ An • 0 Y A 4 iL1 A^ CY D a 10 ano n0 oror «•7raH n n r oD nn ;nn a V ■ q O r f p Y G O R r n< C a a Y tl T •7 A Y M +y n a C µ Y r•( n• n 7 b• a nY Y4OA non r40rn n dn<Jtl n aM1 S 7 a MRYY • ' <-KOq J,T'n•n"M•^OAl a•~. rr.O nO JL r• 4f r)01 Mgn•rYnnO b 0 7 ro A 7 R n C R n i a 14 MC 014 T a~• w ] 7 vie ' "C« n• K ~ i• n p b n A n Y 0 Y r a p 3 0 n % n n N D a 4 a A G 0 Y J Y n 7 0 1 M 0 1 i r •1 ` n g n Y a y A l ] Y• 7+C TOY 3 *mm'A <n+7 nCJ waK V.7 D- b naq 0 • •K0.A f'I <M ~O I L p D ~~nnOJ7 V g 'i^~ Sr YY^n7 M ~ DJA~ 13 JL`<~,qiC N•• a 7a C YnTA n7Mp nnb OY y, nOn Y q • Z . f 7n Y npf 7Ra..1 I rC r-.•.7 D7 H ► . ro4 m } a O^µrob-p. . Y O •q (nn( a 4 a ( . Cr LX TO • Y Y I D C A 7 a C n^ r. a i' .n n R T~1G b Y 6 n ~i.~ N 3 7 Y R} Y b n 0 < x f/ n.1 nn+n ( OK 4 7nK rain C •n yy(1 1 ' ~4 ST40 ,z 0 wnnj r~/ r, . 0'(C~ 1 7 M ATY r«•n 7 1 ro]ibe' Dh r ]'i j1^"0t A, ,A 0 Yy Ay0 JA M1 O • 1 OR7 nn]rr$4Y Onp f r`~PY~;•.• ryn r'Q •'•wb roR ♦n. ^Snp Dnn n • S 4 bM07 Jn7 ] n Anf. 1 Y -'a0 7.-Jp • It <aK w b .7Y~ p[ nroC SD n0 7AY4 nr~ ~j 7 n• a.?r-W6 a AK<♦y f r XJ 1411 wa M9 ^ 0'+A 1 Sµn.4 V7a r^ A S10 .i a ,~.(^-70 f, -C M A r Or i a.S• A GO y • Y S^K r' M1 ► 7 4q 4a AM1' a J6 s i r ' ' QXN M I ~A { t 10 on ar'<.n.yiG«b4 »}S..M1 nOA ~c It MTC nnn6 O t 7 Y t a( N T 7 n 0 (n 6 0 r• 7 J S 7 'C ^ Y pp •yT .+OR K 0 r f 6. ~7~ ] DC rC. w~«n7Y u C D Y r y0Q n♦r•.i p)p n.•C w Y 74 Y7 A L n 0 a n. Y • 0 f hK~01ai►iA l ...'.n0 ~n=9.M.0 a1 nY p,Aaw O~w rs JO _iO JOd O?~0Y1 ~a 000ppa n M i'0yAr r r6 M• a" J aMro s r An T ro" ml-. it n a y ,.a een I Ana- .-R nM na rown Mm n • baroNrw T ! Y►► wC•ni A npr C a Y wr r)n'p nrpC ^n 'J n n YY nT x r 7 D♦ O 0 Oy nY ) r•.J r Ip1 11 J 4nC Y J'Y aCra M Y 7 r a •l 3 a n^ a C ro; C < s i t o m s < n e i to M `V s a M~ e` 0 ~+b r. . n wnY n n~y n Y nn yy p J •Xrr n w0 T ~6 YiG a+Y 0 rot T h7n )^K 7610 Y a a CK.i 0`( as 07 Ar. YK r n 3 p Rsn rr 7 xr a•oC nXb 6 0 M p 0 ub L w.C71 r 6: i K'-.%0 3 i 46n W.0 i Q. 0. • 5- -7 <p < as ~_y aS y ..brl < ~#~d 6. • I Y i9'G 0 6 71 4 0 nJ DC 1.7 a i~ r•Y ~Hlal r~ K ~1 nb M a p D C c 11 n~ A A w w ro;^-~ 4 R « { 4 a n it n Kn nv. rC AA w y rn`•na ♦pRr i+ ~7~ on ~ w4C "r-4 J i nMJTj Y T j • .(~nn..•iy« 3M OrDR b~~aiM1nn qr :s Ayi • n-Y M Lin~1 R 7^!I<+ •b r• p 9C Qi D)0 J';.T.n nn~.}t x in s "a a :1 0 n +~I CK Sal i;9 r Y S s n 21 w w . C 7wy • ` p lwnnp9 r•ln t :O M 7• < Dw~ Y O.D•7~ R ra nyR q a P r~rrw1`1II Mpj 3" nsr[ KEf.. NnLM k9 9Ka aK Q3~ on iOA111 Mr(~ M »•Q M »4~!+■b •iJr7u.K~7 ~n~bCMG M (1 r • OO Map .n.. •MAr..•(I~ 7 n 00 • A 1!K 7 ar a♦ I 1 Qr1w C 1111 A~.{ OC )~11 it»f Z f1 3•j~ ~,ar ~K♦4~O" A C • K Q b• KO Y Y NO r+♦ R w^ 11 wwJi^ •rr•~ r•( . ni Y K3'.W[~j~O r^C D• i+~ p~wir ii~~ r.• r.. Y»p..p'r Ar • V C~ y! 5p D • rat p p ((r~~ ~ej RRr `rA+S lri4~.+iAE •n00 7^Y SiO~wN r"'M~ M?0 w~i nrrw ~`i pprM1 r`MI`1 rrwr~ rK 11lY ye Mg' LA a i ~0 M }rO Gr. `i Y AY MO7 11 n Yr i ~q Or M Oi ^ i M✓».u <A. Q1(g 9•nr gb ~X.pr1 i Ya• O.D w wY w w. )rw wOq a ~ f7 rY• U. < r• a 70,4'1 rb„«. <tF,w • QYa• K 1s, r•Y Q34••7W <~'Aa&~~S K t. b n0 C• n Y r Y x r < b r ii by MM Y R yp 7y r •ritR r+ p M MM ~6 C YC47y lw1rIw ^S, I $ 4yi. Ck^ns^♦~rs trf ) r 1 >t i d a DLS; ::R rq. •ar~ p an~Yr J,i" +r. fy ~ + ..w •h■ fw` bOOybV nrar ;inn ^~r yo a.11r S►$ :,oaf 1 3 n~ sr• Fyn na nyr Owwy .w ~w9 e~ n •fn o~ s ~M 'S n K.77n• nt^Sy y0,^ 2111n c V ggg 7 33~••• »p A/ f 0 •6 r •A bY • K~' aneerM M •^RM•O'~Yti"~•M.OiM~ yr.M1.• K so w?90rair^ " bi~ 1 OM3 0,y rp~h 0prn~rOLO»" eewrY 0,S `Oan e~arA Or 0,10 & CF r rrir~rraf1 M 9 µ•K•o~j 7 rY+~r• /I~ ~rd7 r~ r7)~d"1± `Y: b l6nf1 0,r <n 40 It va wr~a~l •J • Yya sAw ,Jrw ,0,7'3 Kw r0, O 0. s 1 r K b K M w t l n a I ~y r r• O • 7j 0a -0 O .••C rrrr 'rk'two 49 Irl• r~~ a .n ( • ~ UU. e4w 0 a _ A AA~ t/ t r• 7'~n S~7r r7l 70, n>f W 7b A •'0 r !pr Y+^'~ Yw-'A 11 flmamm .n• r' 0,n M, 0 Yr• w~ Ry ~~K _ yyyn rr;q rnn r~ Mrln CAa 00 1 n0e 21 M n R ~ ~ ..~I, S;~a rR3 ! ~"1' a w• A • ~ w; 0 R A pwp~A A J 7 i ,rp • •n-'^'b}w/ b n.? 1 K~~ v " ~ I a b r M .1 < F C I^ K r w -4 oil 3 .d. w 3 fD ) • 00.7 i n X 7 H n r: 1 a rod q wrG n S r C + ~ i n • l0 4? ] ~ ~ 3 i~ s Y~.O+an W x vp. n n0 N T rg~ n Y n } a0w 2r ] an I`E I I ~7r ~Y yw t a~y0r i M 7 7 r 12 w ws { • { Li &W n n e 0 ^ r W F g g r i • n are, ~a I. K e r w n r " G ^ r. ~ Y r w i w Y! ~i 0 pit tf [ f r F M M• ,q ~Mn Ft 1N~M MIL ■ O r 0106 ~tl rt7p:aeC 'C»b~MQ'~tl ,~~~M w ryrr'r sg is°IOC O~~Ktl„~ C C•refVHO ■ • O N f G w n 06 41 M99 i V~ P~1 ~•F C«~hrw~ E i i1dV r O•~+ ~j 11p~~ [ypyy. H M KK RIM M I.M iFf~•.. vpA M MM• 7h'~+ O p 1 ~ rOi.C wp~"h•s ees 'KE or~ ~y$ trij 0 0, .00 !0 rf is 2, a 60, 16 lit R4 v V pg O M (6Pt « w o V C O ^ O O« • n r rMG'EE 3ejyn i~ ^Cr: aq~i,•Cs•i 7■ F G n r I W O P ~ ~ g~M1 ry O FF• • ~ r~ f ■V srs• ~ ~Pj • O M H ~ + M W K 6» n r Cb @ C C n 11116&4~ S s a» 4 gg R S' s¢ r» a K~ a b I I it 14 Ili Igo r- -1 g ij~ 11 I I muffin. C KY~rf a 'PC .0 tlSlppe}1V oK»fh!+ r10 g i~ri~1*e${1r •#aQ ~a N~KIq~V$•K`4KF+ P$i~~,0 ":rM iMq F L'N«OFF`M M 04 ~ A r1 R1~ !(f~ y C■~i1 te! et ~ . ' F sm YP'IriN a MPfeC0.ry `K 08~d tb rfR O HTI~H • 9Nr1+Hr qNp , .n Vp'^'Sr1 ~M0 .r « p OM ISM r•C tIKM SRnBb:rrP9 ~o J*wlt°w•n ~InMOu Fla o p• C So` ~y°. r w0 ma It o L " 1 • i o •6K M SOa~. M, 0 NnH nR ^yM ~~p1{{C~ /1,H nu{p11 ~~Mfl •"HM~A 0 o~y H Y+`MQ rP^ ~Vf Ii AAA Nµ 1 p. s V r O n 7 H s£ss ef 0 •a ery• o7fF~~yR"ypYa w~. h~~41:°h.rRCiM ° • AVON Pala r 77 pp pO 5 is F- E « Y a ow 't .0 rt as HS 'No nn""Oib sr H• 0 °/1.1K~~C'°4' 1 n„K HSSOM Ny ~na ° Os 00 ~V rpr„iu YM4 rtOn SO OS b ~ n"0°P~I t1b 14 6 d~ i 0 • dn i. ~S•Cgo" ~1 N 41 OWN t ~ 16; pp n Y W A p A P f uggIn is • s ; s tl~£ is1 oft 11ij'*n~ . •£s let CC H ".r fit., mgfif °r e~ g it "ir s too ot:~rA 17 0 ER, Ar 1fit All fir»" r•, o~ R ~ jSpiLi~~ r fit I ~ •r • ~tl iM Sr}N N ~ F if I if 06 Iwo !30 lit: it i q Nil fill JI f: F £ £a -7 I OY Xs "fl« ~~r R~Nj~ `~~+~y~A~ip•N6•JrgJr„ ~r !`~Qgryuu/i n;"`/6OY. +'Wbbi,,fFa a~iF •M.n lrr ryzy 6rrQ bP~` 44/// PF• A~«rtQn H7~pr•.A ~Pr~rO b^~ M ~ 0 O;fK •r~H4 J~3 r fuHg h,•.~«• p ■ ry K i :QJ • • • r • O O Ir r % - i V /r~ f • `i A «A 'P pK e; vu Psi0p i„ i" y0&-4 HO a• AG ! ~cg • P +Q~q}MFI Ir"p 8pFBF ►'p p Qn62R j RMA.r.a gr t ~r rj 00 •~•~~Ypp~p~ ' pr lil F?pCi?~'~1LA i4 yr~.Ar «"$~Obb NP • ~'OP NOO rOAit"A 0 r•.,gro 1. ► «.a N F nrl s D 0 t n FF rp ~e~e~e~eyjyj iA p ■ •Mnn PAC nP aM 'ail •Y yaD ' 0 W 2 ~ ~r H C~ • O q' oleo pM • 5 n ~{~y.r ~ ~ ~r 5 M r/r y NOb~ p9• 0F',,n rOj ~r0~i rrY*n AON •~nY IB l s ~N gC^6. C' C 'per K•lf ' . ! 0 . E n+ e " SLR`! " +Iio ~ gV~ 00 O KYR • N sAgrig~ g"oeg• "os 6~g i • 9« N ff. ri N A` o • tl line I • I Cry' • tt f e N M 64 A fit g • Q g~ H " 66 1eHihN ry rIds to' hMO ar »„P t~~ PO $ ~g r @ CMG " 1 !i • 1 ; 0 4% 91 0 N, iIw'F r p C 0'I~p r0 •I NA V w•r Lag 9'T g a .e' Or o r•r fr10 r b'Oa`a•~:e/R~ NrS• " m 0.1 . 1 a* ell j E A +.r FrM 6.,. On 0 O ,O O r • Kp, 0~•~/N "O tljt {[»G1, ~7/ ~1 6 p p 1t S ~~~pfff /y^1 tl ~py~ ~ ~ rc Sys. pyc ~ 1 ~ 1~•AYtlFNn•h11 Owµ~tN n~"1. YM■11~•C q( i~11 Cprpp ~ r~~~ 1+MA~F ~P"f1~ 1 R" OK"' O~Y ~..u" • t V4 KO• r F C • o q p"~ Ow M wits Kr ^M••pO~OM O/~wiN p'~a yQ _ ~~~•41~• ~r : o" sat 1 p. t1 wOaaI a"•~a 6 ft ~rtlY F"" r tr ft to is 0 5"m 1 64 l oap °°u.~~A k'1r•8C'~~$Liir~tl~• A ft Z Rpacc u,MA,yA~tEe* C' I TI~~A~~S~~~~ ~ 711, g ~ . 7 O M~ M • ~M aO H• ti 19# A E A r sy ~t G Y M C r 1 `1~ Co g al ri»14/taG • M C S, - s g ~ pe 1y1~t a a. ~a1z~j~E~l~yi~u•ey~ ~s Y S cr ~ s' 5 M a~,h~ M• ~,Ae16lO~tl~i'•M r' 1 - ---NEW _ it Q ' Hat bn to 0 D„""O ONYS~VA~~1~ Pp• A "S~Kraft rt• YM NOOhN~ Fem. A Q• M i wONP, !.1 YYP 1i a h A A 1g, all 11 c 4 jig to o. a ?M A jita 6 nj Y • M OAh "r/l Ogg Cfl OI.O 01, r, NYl+1" 1 10 n P% gr'tF11yyyy~l 1~~!•~ ~p 1"~YYYr ~•C"~ ~ aanddr /pes a + y. ry• A PI: • Iii lp•~^SOH rS •O b1 M° 66~ r « /An1 0 tl MMM"" N► <k ~1 {{~::G p, YYY tLL M t[[pf11M Ohi MM**" MMI~• O 0 1111~~~~r~11111S a 096 S AA rnS MNOf1146 a APPPPPP NP ry o » I.MO7 " O pp Nµ t/• yrGl+. III....jppp777 N r. N MA ~ rtp%rib«s~Nr~1~~ ~~r~~"rypK1eM~1~M/~~••» 'tY~V~A~~I~"S~ . • C9 ' sM'~sp•i• •N FPK1/ °I,OC4 R/ OWN 464 3 L O '•O A. ► ~N:M 0 ~a . ♦f t Oita g 114 s a El,gEs III ~ 3q~~Q~~1°~ • ~ a. r Pte- i ! 1 PLO fir 9 `s 1~ K p i N M y M M P• • O 1t I► all 6 F • it • 40." % 06 I till a irl 41 AA Q ~ V F+a • ~0 yy yy y i` w all a #04 ore I I :,I 00 SA~ M ~(A{y1 " r h I I A , RECEIVED 1050(0. BLACK & VEAT'CH fff~ 2 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CCm v Jy~D FEDERAL ENERGY REGULATORY COMMISSION DML , City of Denton, Texas Project No. 3940-004 ORDER GRANTING EXTENSION OF TIME , 1 ( Iswed February 26, 1986• i On February 10, 1986, the licensee for the Lewisville Dm Hydropower Project requested a 24-month extension of the March 26, 1986, deadline for c The reasons advanced asniencinq project construction, by the iicenaes in Support extension of tine are reasonable and justiatwo the requested extension. To allow the original period of time authorixed for construction of the j !o tion Of construction is extended bytth. b ba period of f tlm*, rio tl~ne The Director ordszer (A) The deadline for commencin extended to March 260 1988, g project construction is (H) The deadline for complefinq projeot construction is extended to March 26, 1990, ' (C) This order is issued under authority delegated to the Director and is final unless appealed to the Commission j untlex Rule 1902 within 30 days from the data of this order. Failure to file a petition appealing this order to the CO Mission shall constitute aoceptatce of this order. Kenneth M. Pusateri Acting Director, Office { i of Hydropower Licensing Ca i 1 At DC-A-10 1! i i 1 f i CORPS OF ENOINEERS DRIM AND FILL PMaT SECTION 404 OF CLEAN HATER ACT i f i F r . OR DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY FORT WORTH DISTRICT. CORPS OF ENGINEERS t P. O. SOX 17300 FORT WORTH. TEXAS 74102.0300 •~Kr ro I, Ar7pr10Al M, March 2, 1988 Operations Division Office Operations Branch SUBJECT: Permit Number 8800169 I k k i Mr, R.E. Nelson, Executive Director Department of UtIIIIt Ias City of Denton I 216 E. McKinney k Denton. Texas 78201 E Dear Mr. Nelson, Thank you for your letter of February 22, 1986 concerning the construction of a penstock, hydroelectric powerhouse, tailrace discharge, and outlet channel connection to the existing outlet channel of Lewisville Dien in Denton County, roses. Your application has been manI gnad nuaker 8800169; all future correspondence concerning this specific project should Include this number. Your project has been ravlewed In accordance with Section 404 of i the Clean Water Act under which the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers 9 regulates the discharge.of dredged and fill naterial Into waters of the United States including adjacent wetlands. Based on your desarip tfon of the oroposed work, we have determined that the project will involve such discharges and, therefore, will require prior Department 3 of the Army authorization. f The enclosed general permit, SWF-07-DISTRICT-ROP-6, has been tf Issued on a regional basis for the discharge of dredged and fill material In the construction of an Intake and outfsll structure. Your project appears to most the conditions and specifications of this permit. The work is authorized if you ensure that It remains In oomplhlnoe with these conditions both during and after con- strudtlon.'- I'f'you cannot satisfy these conditions, please contact V this office regarding authorization by Individual ~j permit, Our review of your project has Included an Investigation to determine If the activity will most the scope of work in the general permit and Its effects on endangered species and cultural resources. z` The project wlil.not affect any spool** listed as threatened or endangered by the U,S. Fish and Wildlife Service. No known historical, prehlstorlcal or cultural sites will be impacted by the .F construction, However, please note the special condition in Appendix A which deals with the discovery of cultural resources during construction. i y 1. -2- rhis latter authorizes the proposed prolect In acgordana• with the provisions of Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. This letter does not suthorlss construction of the praleot, A gapareee letter will address the raqu{rmmnts necessary for approve) of the for construction. project I If you have additional questions concerning our regulatory program, you may contact At, Arver Fgrguson at the eddras3 above, 1 tsiephone (817) 3;4.4822. Sincere, YO f ~ l no, Jr. Chief, Offing Operatic nah ~ I ~ ~ Eves l osur e h i LJ d 7 I l t . ~;w.vl u I rl Cooly Farnlshod= Mr. Jerry Sounders V':fmlranwontel Protfctla- Agency Region yl 1146 Rase Avenel W 11"r ""as 76202 3 . ftv1d Curtle Eoolo I" and wildlife service "33 Fr oes LanhaMes 1 617 Toylor 6tiildlno Fort %rthr 7oxae 76102 Rai lin M4oRae Texas, Forks E ' 4200a" 41W wIldl Its r Texas 78144 r s 3 4 , i r : 0 i ti e 1; i1 li 1 US Army Corps Public OS MOV r. Engineers Fort Worth District 'The purpose of this public notice 1s to laform you of the issuance of the Regional Ga al Permit !hoed below; 1j NUMBER: swF-e7-tiisrKZCr-x~-s DATE ISSUED, Owmba 1 9, 1997 I 1 I rJ Since its early hisaM the US Army Corps of Enginem has played G an impomm role in develapmeat of the nation's water resources. Originally this involved coasnnction o harbor fortfications and coast.l de*=a. LAW duties included the improvement of wiewwrA to provide avennes of commerre. An lmportaat port of R our miWon today Is the p voctioo d the nation's waeanw" through ; the Sao c( the US Arafy Cods of E*neets Regulatory { Program. Secsioct i0 I The US Army Corps of Engineers is directed by tress under Sect 10 of the verRi and Harbor Act of " (33 USC 403) y to regulate au work or Ommt1 In or aftdbq the course, ,S eondlt, or cgwciry of nwsab4 WOOM of the United Sum The insect oe this law is to inmct the navigable capacity of waters important to laoeratate commerce, d Section 4W The US 4o Corps of Engineers Is w Waoar Act 3di3 USC 13"~ under Section 4004 ot the Clo c*ol anti U mmw a! bw ad *Wm VOW Unied #Wr od1' werlan b The intent of this law is to protect the nation's water's kom the indlscriminaw diseharge _ of material,,c~apable of causing pollution and to msmm and maintain their chemicals ph*cai and biological integrity, sContact US Army Engineer District US 6.M Engineer District Regulatory Branch Permits Section PO Boar 1580 PO pox rm y, ~5~6 NM 87103.1580 Fort Worth. TX 76102-0300 817/334.2681 1 E u #s a i; Y~ -2- i AU81, i I: NU f i C6 REGIONAL. GENERAL PERMIT 8WFF-b7-DJSTRIC7-RGP.b ' OUTFALL STRUCTURES AND/OA INTAKE STRUCTURES Interested parties are hereby 326,2 notified that, In accordance with Title 33 CFk (a) publlr::J In the Federal Register NOvemaer 13, , the U. Corps of Engineers' Albuouerque and t9Lf8 Fort Worth au8 he described hsrain by Regional General permit 5 Army t of asntrti and rlarbara Ac ermit cursesDi the worx 199 ctsto 8 and Section 404 of oration 10 01 the Rivers ~ the Clean Water Act, The purpose of this regional general I mince recurring work, Work Permit is to exnedJte authorization or document will require an Indirvidua0epe~mito „Y with the Provisions of this have ur►aoarAtabi• impacts on the public interest isrnotrauthorized,whlon will This regional general permit contains certain limitations Intended to orotiict the environment and natural and Cultural resources, + contained In the regional Confarmrnar with Iyonditlona 2atlon under Lila rrglonalgeneral permit does not nodes ari! donslders It n r general permit, In acres where the District Engineer ConslruClJon, ~Y' rn aPPllgptlan will be ro"I red for Individual oarmits, regional Q g, or fill a eratloi'+s not specifically oovsrrd b t general permit are prohibited unless authorized b by this 1 5_COPE F Y a separate permit, WORK. Mork authorized by this reglanai l tion and maintenance of outfall andgenerl /or aIntake Permit structures l in imitWhied Which the the discharge annatruc- of material Into waters of the Unltsd States Is limited to t,6U cubic Yards,' In addition, un to 1,000 cubic yarda of material construction of all temporary coffers May be discharged In the . These atruotures (Aermaneni rndot ecuiortunt rafts, antl similar strut' Luflrowseswithin the Stream, Follow1m anioararY) may not confine normal or raw K structure, all temporary and excess ocmplrtion of the outfaii and/or Intake mstrrlsl Is to be removed to an upland location and bottom Contours shall°be restored to praoonatruotian conditions, All material is restricted Co Clean native coils obtained # sand, gravel, rook and other da nateatr, All at the work alto and I materiel utilized should be of suitable quality and free of toxic pollutants In toxic quantities, rho outfall and/or intake atructural&) shall a of the bank below the structure or ba Cortstruotad so as to arwent to the Jdes. erosion f the excavation of material from waters of the United below the ordinary high water States Is limited to 1,800 CualC Yards, mark o, navigable 1. i , • y ~i FA 4 i iv 1 1 -3- LOGT _'ON OF YIORK The provision of this regional _ of the United States and all navcentral permit igable waters ofltheeUnited oState$ within waters the Albuquerque and Fort Worth District Regulatory boundaries in the $tates of Texas and Louisiana (see attaotfad map), However, In th River from Hendol Mill - e asst Fork and trinity ( rge mat Tina Road in Tarrant tar Count coy to Sthe main tate MigJway 34 In Kau hnsn County, dredged material nsnnot be used far ooflardrms, ramps, or similar structures. Dredged material may only be used equipment those projects where the trench has been a for bh cos l es dredged mstarlal can only be used to within two test dOf the, etop of trenc 3 OW shall be covered by two fast of clean f I I I material. Material exoavatedh from this esotlon of the river will be pland ■!t■ properly and covered to present Its reentry or contamination of surface or ugrou Disposal sites must be Included In the 'request for clearance of authorhxdatlon, + ~TFIOR! UT I ON FROM 9T~If71 AGfiN 1 ES s The psrmittes shelf be rssponalble for obtalnln 1 104141 permits where appfloable Including but not i)mitsdetoFthnrlollow,ng;or 1, When Nand, ohs f f , gravel, mod in Taxes, the portal ttes mustobtainwalpeare, rmitofromrTTexas .from andtWll~dllttle tars Department, 4200 Smith School Road, Aua,tin, Texas 78744. 2. All activities in Taxes Iodated an lands under the jurJsdlation of the General Land Office, Austin, Texas 78701, should have prior approval from that office, j 3. Individuals considering work on lands or waters under Jurisdiction of a River Authority or other operating agency are responsible for obtaining any permits required by such agency, for projects Involving Oowr misnt property on corps lakes must authorization Inoluding detailed design Information to the ReservoirrVan-at alter, 8. Where s National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDE8) permit Is required it shall bs obtained from the Environmental Protection Agency, f 8. Obtain a local permit from the local goverhi*iIii Is Iodated, as required by local FloodplafnaManayepyntnOWdlnanors; and ensure that non-encroachment restrictions cf any regulatory floodwey have been ` met, i, 4! • „.gin Y_k. t\ "y r fl V ' r; i! f: u 7 r; Ci i, w~rEA ouAllrY cEprlFlc~rroN; State Water Uus11ty Car tIfIcation for the regional State the Texas Water Coreelsslon on S►otemp►r q IgAg1eneandrafrom l "ulalans Water POIlutlon Control i" I SIOn on NOv oermthe it was actrovRp of CONOITIONg-0 THE OENEAAL PERMIT; ember 3, 1067. In addition to 11mltaticns discussed in the scope Of work, ! by this regional general permit are subject to ail pd spec authorise! "arts contained In Appendix A. In addition the general and srgial I n Append l x A shou Id be to i l 'M+napamsnt Practices outndn owed to the maximum extent practicable, ad j j APPL,ICAT,ION, PROCEDURES: f Persona desiring to construct cutfall and/or intsits structur United Sta Ns, must furnish a written aaaarl construction soh es in waters of the edule, a point of aontaot, addresso# the prowhich they can Ue reached curie g wcrstinq hours. The description eQt o~f pr the proposed must Include but IS not limited to the following; ' and a trlapnone number at orolaot I, A location map, plan and typlcal ,FJ discusalon Of the method of constructponfand vl~fsl of alt work including a cofferdams and Mulpmsnt seeps and slmilsr,struotu~r~ist o f, t i Proposed to be excavated and/or r evolu e. Of f i l l for rho j i and source of fill satsrl ged should be Indicated, A r+he type al proposed should be IndlOsted, Also the tYpa 2• The width and structure from waelter Y and the waterwsrd distanee at the 3. If an intakrt structure is proposed, provide the intake vei Construction may c onlty, atsrsnaa upoh• wr 1 tten notification b that the project appears to meet the oondltlons and pr isi 9 Y the OJStriat Engineer general It Is the appllasnt's responsibility to Insure of the repjonai On poIrsfnltwl, thJ fn the conditlons 'set forth herein . conditions will conatltu Faifura to abide by ta a Violation of the CJesn Insure that the cthe and Harbors Act of 1 Water Act and/cr theRivers 889.• Pre/sots autalde the scope of this general Oermlt non l' be considered for Individual permit authorization, Work dssorlctiort or inquirlas In the Ft the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, FortrWorlthtOistrlotoATTi C Of addressed to a BOX 17300, Fort Worth, Texas 1At02-0300 or tsle none !!lf11 33{"28!11, Indulrles regarding /Activities In the FSWF~OO-O, P, p, should be a8 ad to the U. p the buoua is Se 1str at Corps CESWA-Ctl to P, 0. sox ATrN; S, Army C Corps of Engineers, Albuoute buauera Ow District t peons the Repuiary Branch oh at ( (5, Albuquerque ra AlbuQuercue, NOW Mexico 41103-1680 or tale- Fq 0 i i . I Y ,I r ~4i Y. s i i ~I -6- This permit shall become stteotlvs on the date at signature of the District Engineer or the signature of his authorized representative and will sutainstlcally expire five years from this date unless previously modified, revoked or extended. NY AUTHORITY OF THE SECAETAAY OF THE ARMY: FOR, THE DISTRICT EM INEERS: ~ I F O,Osoember 1987 DATE ( John E. Schaufelbsrger r Colonel, Corps of Engineers x District Engineer j Fort Worth District I Kant R. Oonser , Lieutenant' Colonel, Corps of'Engineers District Enalnesr Aibuquerque District ti i a r t 4 Y 4 I F APPENDIX A CONDITIONS OF REGIONAL GENERAL PERMIT 6WF-87-01STRICT-ROP-$ GENERAL CONOITIJNSI I. Structures authorized by this regional general r E wlth All Items permit shall be onmpilanoe n. Failure to abide by such conditions ~ Invalidates the suthor~isatto h~simay result in restoration of the sits or other ranwdI& I actions violation of law requiring y 2. The parmittes sgr"s to make wary reasonable effort to prosecute the work authorized heroin in a manner so as to minimiza any adverse Impact at the work i E on water Quality, natural environment, and fish and wildlife values, s 3. The permittee shall permit repreaentative(r) or designee(s)to maksrPeriodgfanNSpecthonsaathanyxt me deemed necessary In order to assure that the activity being of the District Engineer's authorization -to In aaodancsowith the+lermahandty ! J conditions prescribed herein. { `War The periiittes shall maintain the structure or work authorized hereln,in good oandltlon. F. S. That this permit does not authorize the Interference with any existing or proposed Federal prolect and that the permittes shall not be entitled to compensation for damage or injury to the structures or work authortzod herein which may be caused by or result from existing or future operations undertaken by the United States In the public Interest. 7 d. This regional r general permit may be modlfied or suspended in whale or In Part It It is determined that the, Individual or cumulative impacts of work s authorized are net in the public interest. The authorization tar Individual ~ projects may also be surwwerlly modlflad, suspended, or revoked, In whole or in port, upon finding by the District Engineer that immediate suspension of activity would be in the aver th g al pubJla Interest, the ? 7. Any modification,'susponslon, or revocation of the District engineer's authorizrtlan shall not be the bads tar any claim for damages against the United States. I S. No attempt shall be made by the prrmittea to prevent the full and free use j by the public of all navigable waters of the United States, at or adjacent to the activity authorized herein. <1 t. ~ P E a ~i t9 . f~ !1 I 9. There shalt be no unreasonable interference with navigation by the existence cr use of the activity authorized herein, 10. This regional general permit should mat as considered am an approval of the design features of any structure authorized, or an implication that such con- struction is considered adequate for the ourpase Intended, A 0spartment of the 3 Army permit merely expresses the consent of the federal Government to the pro- posed work Insofar es public rights are concerned. It does mat authorize any i damage to private property, Invasion at private rights or any Infringement of E Federal, state or local laws or regulations. Nor does it relieve the asrmittee E tram the requlranNnt to obtain a local permit tram the lurladlotion within which E the proleot Is located or to address all non-encroachment restrictions within a !f regulatory fluodwoy of such local Jurisdiction as Identified by the Pedarai Ginargimay Management Agency, SPECIAL CONOIT100S, 1, That Intake structure velocities shall mat exceed 0,6 fast per second, Intake structures with greater velocitlea are not authorized by this regional general permit. 2. Effects of the activities described In this psrmit an cultural resources listed in or eligible tar listing in the National Aegister of historic Places shall be taken Into account by the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers prior to the initiation of work. Previously unknown aulturai resources encountered in the course of work shall be avoided until the Corps of Engineeri can sasass the sitaa for eligibility tar nomination to the National Register. Sites found during the course of work which are eligible for inclusion in the National Register shall be avoided or mitigated in consultation with the Corps of Engineers. Cultural rearurces Include prehistoric end historic archaeological 1 sltsa, and areas or structures of cultural Interest which occur In the permit area. It Items of apparent archaeological, scientific, historical, or cultural interest are discovered during construction, the permlttee shall avoid further impacts and Innsedlatsiy notify the appropriate Corps of Engineers district. 3. That outtall structures shall not be located In the proximity of a public water supply Intake, 4. That the aotTVlty,shsll not occur In areas of oomoentrated shaflfish I; production, - i S. That the construction aotivlty shell not have as Its purpose the t destruction or alteration of wetlands, ? 0, The work shall not significantly disrupt the movement of those species of aquatid life Indigenous to the waterbody, i r, y 114 I. The work shall not Jeopardise a threatened or endangered sosolea no identified under the Endangered Species Act, or endanger the critical habitat of Such species, i. That the outfsll and/or Intake structures shall be marked when appropriate such that their presence Is known in river rise conditions, I! g. That all construetlon activities In Fadorally maintained channels and/or waterwsYS shall be, coordinated for required sat back distances with the appropriate Corps of Engineers Area Office or the Albuquerque or Fort Worth District, prior to Submittal of applicaticn for a permit. 10. That the activity shall not occur In a component of the National Wild and j Scenic River System. f i II rr ~ h F 3 K ii • SY. Ln vn+ (C.I. rc ~ APPENDIX 8 1111MIA47MENT PWTiCF.S OF SwF-a1-oisTAicr-ROP-5 to addition to the general conditions and spacial conditions specified In f Appendix A, the tcllowing management Praottcss she)) be followed to the maximum extent practicable In order to minimizs the adverse effects of discharges on the aquatic environment. E f 1- ol+oharges of dredged or till material into waters of the Unltad States f shall be avoided or min1mized through the use of other r practical alternatives. Z. Discharges In spawning Areas due l ng spawning "&soft* shall be avoided. Discharges shall not restrict or impede the movenrnt of aquatic species Indigenous to the wstars or the passage of normal or axpected high flown or r cause the relocation of the water (unIasr the primary purpose of the fill Is to Impound waters), 4. olaoharpas in wetlands areas shall be avalded. C Heavy eaulpment working in wetlands shalt be placed on mats. A. Discharges into breeding areas for migratory waterfowl shall be avoided. ii 1. All temporary fills shall be removed In their entirety, r i S 3 a r i Jy ' I E 9 5 ti 'I 8 n I •.a(}1i ~.~:{•F"•i:•i: A CCC E ~ I = s t 5t t i~,i i ii~1~ lit I;ii,~';, ,+s\,~• 1 s I ~5 1' ~ ,:5~`~ t ~~1.55ji;1i15 X51 'r,~/ ` ~ r ~ ! ~ 5\ I i~ 1 ~ ?j~~" ( iii ~ ~ - ,;~t 5tt~,t '•111 ,•ttiW'~5+. 1~ttt ~ ~ ~ tiI ` t '-"`-I a55 , ,t 1„1•..: V.,, Y. it { , ,''::iti. ~ ~ ~'1 3 5~5ttt5 51+5 tl l 1"~•p 1 l11 t 5~~',.1 1555, it*{li r /4 "r1 I f 4 . f is ~ , ' ~ V„'L~;, ~~f,V. ' 1 +'+il}1 ' 151 55 5' l y ~ S ~ 5 5155`11+iX15,5 ~5,, 551t / ' ~ + ~~ti5~1,551+i5~1Vti ,55 , 1+1 f ` ~ rtitl ~ '7Y1 I ~ l y^ s .11;;1 , a ~ I t~Xi P3tfi3.%N. ~ ttyyppJ92/n t9 IYi3l?af>t fi I f C ~ + L s CIEPARTMSNT O!F TMt ARMY U ARMY 6x1!1 OwrRw FORT WORTH MRS I CLASS MAIL Q SOM 11730 MSTA" S 1rl" PAIQ ^O WOpTM rexA* 74lq2 ntrARTMCW Or TMs A11MY O"NZAL auwmww NtRM1T NA. 42.4 ►fNALTY 1011 07MYATf Ulm p00 swrao t PUBLIC NOTICE ~ i M i I TEW DEPART OF WATER RESOURCES SECTION 401 OF LEAN wATMt ACT c . i ke pf.;e1 tpay:}.t ~ tl TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES 1700 N. Congress Avenue Austin, Texas TEXAS WA'fEV, DEVELOPMENT BOARD TEXAS WATER COMMISSION Louis A• Beecherl, Jr,. Chairman Lee B, M. Biggart. Chairrn. i John H. Garrett, Vice Chairman tp r• George W. McCleske Felix McDonald Y John D, Stover t Glen E. Roney Harvey Davis W. O. Bankston Exocuuw Ditectur Lonnie A. "Bo" Pilgdm March 29, 1982 RECEIVED BLACK & VEATCH David R. Savage MAR;; 1198Z Re: FERC Projects #3939 & #3940 E€ Black 6 Veatch Applicant: City of Denton PS000 MBeQXOLO~ke Parkway SYSTEMS ENG. DEPT. Denton County, Lake Ray Roberts Kansas Cit 8 Miles North of Denton b Lake { I City, Missouri 64124 LEGAL,-ENV. GROUP Lewisville, 12 Miles SE of Denton Proposed Installation of Hydroelectric Facilities Dear Mr. Savage) This is in response to your letter of March 19r, 1982, in which you request ! water quality certification and information concerning regulatory constraints for the referenced projects. ( Water Quality Certification. Certification is here by issued pursuant to the 1 provisions o section 401-6f the Clean Water Act, Contingent upon completion of the project as described in your application (summarized in Attachment I) r i and within the provisions included in Attachment 1, we certify that the project will not cause violation of established Texas Water Quality Standards. This tt certification is limited to those water quality considerations under the juris- diction of this agency according to the various statutes which this agency administers, i 7 Our review has been primarily of the information furnished in the application, No review of property rights, location of property lines, nor the distinction between public and private ownership has been made and this certification may not be used in any way with regard to questions of ownership. r Water Use Constraints„ Section 6 of the draft copies of the applications for licenses from t e Feeceral Energy Regulatory Commission relating to the referenced i projects has statements as follows: " i= There are no statutory or regulatory z requirements of the State of Texas that affect the project with respect to bed t~ and banks, and the appropriation, diversion and use of water for power purposes." iH Contrary to these statements, the State of Texas pursuant to the Texas Water Code, has jurisdiction through the Texas Department of Water Resources over the bene- ficial use of state (surface) water, Please refer to the enclosed sections of r the Texas Water Code, copies of Chapters I, II and V of the Texas Water Development Boards Rules and Basic Information Regarding Permits. i R 0. Box 13087 Capitoi Station 0 Austin, Texas 78711 • Area Code 5121475-3187 t Y: M r tlZ Yk: P,y., .,V-4~ 1S'7 1 . {Il Page 2 f '1 David R. Savage The Cities of Dallas and Denton have acquired certain water rights relating to the use of state water associated with Lakes Aubrey (Ray Roberts) and Lewisville. However, there is no authorization from this Agency at this !1 time for the use of state water from the lakes for hydroelectric purposes. Thus, the City of Denton will need to submit water use applications to amend permits No. 1706 as amended, and 3312 td add the use of state water for hydroelectric purposes, For the purpose of submitting these applications I for amendment, two sets of water use application forms and instructions are f enclosed for your information and use. I If you have any questions concerning water use constraints, call Bill Crolley at (512) 475-4311. For any questions relating to certification, call Bill Taylor at (512) 475-7896. We appreciate your cooperation in this matter and if we can be of additional assistance, please let us know. i Sincerely yours, ~ j k 1 Harvey Davis ? Executive Director Y J, C, Newell, P.E. II Attachments ccsl Texas Department of Water Resources, District 4 R. E. Nelson, P.E. S Director of Utilities, Denton, Texas Wil liam G. Crolley, P.E. Head Applications cations Unit, Permits Division, TDWR r Lj j ,j l 1 can. tr, 14 y4 tc•rj Y J TEXAS DEPARTMENT OF WATER RESOURCES i 1 Dredge and Fill Certification ' Re: FERC Project No. 03939 6 03940 City of Denton t ATTACHMENT I WORK DESCRIPTION: i 1. Construct intake and gate structure, flood release conduit, low flow conduits and stilling basins as required at each site. 2. Install hydraulic turbine unit(s). ~'1 f 3. Construct power distribution lines as required. I i i STANDARD PROVISIONS: 1. GENERAL This certification is contingent upon the work being accomplished as t described and specified in the certification application and ` according to the following provisions,' This certification expires k upon completion of the work. S E ! 2. DISCHARGE i f at The discharge of oil, gasoline, other fuels or materials capable of causing pollution is prohibited. b. Provisions shall be made for containment of any spillage which may occur while servicing equipment, loading or unloading materials and for prevention of leakage of chemicals or other contaminants l 1 used at the sites into state waters. c. Materials resulting from the destruction of existing structures E shall be removed from the water or areas adjacent to the water 4 and disposed of in some legal manner. 3, TURBIDITY ' Adequate methods shall be used to minimize turbidity in state waters during all phases of the project. This includes (as applicable) excavation, dredge, fill and construction. Additionally, adequate i methods shall be used to insure minimum turbidity from near and long term erosion from fill, spoil and/or areas devegetated during the project. These methods may include: grading, containment and/or 4 diversion structures such as berms, dikes or levees, surface stabiliza- tion with permanent or temporary erosion resistant materials such as asphalt, shell, rip-rap, vegetative ground cover, etc. Spoil shall be disposed of above mean high water, :i , i CORPS 00 ENGINEERS MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT L I I JJ !ti..Yt•Y ' T ~I r: UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS, SOUTHWESTERN DIVISION LEWISVILLE LAKE ELM FORK, TRINITY RIVER, TEXAS MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT 1 FOR SUPPORT BY THE CORPS AND ESTABLISHING PROCEDURES FOR ACCESS n AND SITE ACTIVITIES BY THE CITY OF DENTOII 1 { PURSUANT TO FEDERAL ENERGY } REGULATORY COWISSION LICENSE FOR FERC PROJECT 3940-001 This Mesiorandum of Agreement, hereinafter referred to as i f "Agreements" entered into this day of 198?~ j between the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, acting through the apartment of, ' the Army* Corps of Engineers, hereinafter referred to as the "Corps" and the City of Denton; Texas, hereinafter re".erred to as the "COD," i 1. WHEREAS, 'L r A. The United States is the owner and operator of Lewisville Dam, the associated lands and appurtenant works located on the Elm Fork of the Trinity River, a navigable waterway of the United States In Denton County, Texas, } B. COD served as local co-sponsor for the construction of Lewisville Dam and Lake, made, an initial financial j ky contribution for the construction, and has made payments ? to the Federal Government for the incremental first cost i' k C LYC042188024 1 r;,:: sass:, Vil tr. rq yy; of construction of the project. Pursuant to the contract dated December 10, 1953, by and between the United States of America and the City of Denton, COD has a right to use a portion of the conservation storage specs in the reservoir. In addition, COD has a water appropriation permit from the State of Texas to impound and use water Ii in the conservation storage space of the reservoir for 1 I i beneficial purposes, C. COD applied for and on March 27, 1984 was issued a Federal Energy Regulatory Comdoeion (FERC) Major License M - Existing Project (License) to construct, operate and II f maintain a facility (Project) to develop and utilise the I hydroelectric potential of the above mentioned Corps facility. V i D. COD Will require access to Lewisville Dam and Lake and S' certain Corps services during the design and construction 1 of the Project. E. The Corps will incur certain unprogrammed costs associated with COD's activities that will be paid for by COD. } a Ft . s P. Article 37 of the License requirea COD to enter Into this Agreement to coordinate its plans with the Corps for ti `2 T1W IYC042188024 '2 R r va ~.aul.wr rz;awuc ."1 access to and site activities on lands and property adminiaterad by the Corps so that the authorized purposes of the aristing Lewisville Dam and Lake are protected. i C. The Memorandum of Undertaking (HOU) between the Department of the Army and FERC requYres that hydropower facilities that will be an integral part of or that could i affect the structural Integrity or operation of a Corps' ~ I project shall be designed and constructed in consultation rte' with and subject to review and approval of the District ' Engineer, and further requires that the project licenses will reimburse the Corps directly for all reasonable costs associated with the Corps' review and approval of f design and construction, plans and spacifications, and the inspection of construction for power development at Corps projects. H. Division Commanders have been delegated responsibility for assuring the adequacy of design, plans, and b, construction specifications of licensed non-Federal hydropower facilities that will be an integral part of or that could affect the structual integrity or operation of 5 a Corps project. Therefore, approval authority of such non-Federal hydropower facilities rests with the Division p . N Commander. u s. l 1YCO42188024 3 W'ak~tiv y WA49YV la.1W: 1(y !A R'1 KH ~~f'jyjf 1 r I, Article 39 of the License requires COD to enter into and j to execute a permanent operating agreement for the project approved by the Corps, COD will Imodiately proceed with the preparation of a draft of such an operating and maintenance plan, which will be executed under separate agreement prior to' initiation of the j Project operation. 1 r .I. Terms of this Agreement do not affect or dim4inish'in any way the obligation of COD to beet the regulatory I requirements of section 404 of the Clean Water Act (33 g Ii U.S.C. S 1344). E l C.. Terms of this Agresmant in no way diminish contract number DA-41-449-ens-2413 between the covermieat and the City of Dallas, which provides in Article to paragraphs 2 h i and 30 that the City of Dallas has the right to use the 7 1 unter supply outlet facilities, and may take the water L supply through closed conduit. S L. COD has entered into Supplemental Agreement No. 1 on ' December 14, 1988, with the City of Dallas to amend the y t Untreated Water Contract which is dated August 7, 1985, According to the supplement agreement, Dallas will not exercise its right to transport water in e ' pipeline from Lewisville Laka to Elm fork Water IYCO42188024 4 ar pft:s gttNA'Alt '11III 1 F , Treatment Plant, until the year 2005. Dallas will not object to Denton's installation of a hydroelectric turbine generator on Dallas' Lewisville Lake outlet conduit for operation in 1990. Dallas agrees to obtain a 1 non+-consumptive water rights permit for water flows through the Hydroelectric turbine. NOW WMEFORE, in consideration of the mutual stipulations and agreements herein set forth to coordinate activities and outline i responsibilities during preliminary engineering, detailed design, preparation of plans and specifications, and construction of the Y Project, it is agreed as follows: IT. OWNERSHIP AND EASRMTS r A. Title to all property interests, structures, and improvements held by the United States shall not be affected by this Agreement. y y d, B, This Agreement provides consent and authorization to COD for access to and use of Federal Government land and 7 easements for the Project as described in the License and shown on Exhibit B of this Agreement. Y ' C. COD shall, subject to the License requirements and I~ I J IYC042188024 5 -MOT q!)4ll.:S~ ark .kN 'V2n:1.tN ~f 1 { paragraph II.E. herein, possess title to all features, equipments, and land whether purchased or installed by COD and associated with the construction of the Project, Including but not limited to the followingt a powerhouse structure and its appurtenances, all'turbinsi and i associated facilities within the powerhouse structure, a take-out structure and gate, a ewitchyard and j i 1 interconnection facility line to the Denton County t t Electric Cooperative distribution line. I j D. The Corps shall have access to the Project in accordance with and for the purposes not forth is Article 38 of the License'. E, In the event of a transfer of the License, COD shall transfer title or agreements of all lands or rights acquired from the United States for the Project, at time t of initial or subsequent executions, to the United States y for re-execution with the new recipient of FERC license, s In case of a surrender of the License, not involving a z a transfer, COD shall also transfer such title or agreements to the United States. III. CONSTRUCTION is A, Construction on any of those features that will be an i t i 1YCO42188024 6 rv,riYaN {5 Y iu `ref {ry jISY i, u JI i integral part of, or that could affect the structural integrity of Lewisville Dam and Lake shall be performed according to designs, plans and specifications reviewed and approved by the Corps, Any modifications to Corps-approved designs, plane and spicifications, and items where there is a continuation of design during construction, shall be submitted to the Corps for review ' 1 and approval prior to commencement of work. Prior to commencement of Project construction, COD and the l ~ I construction contractor or contractors shall meet with the Corps to discuss aspects and requirements of the I G Project construction process which could affect { sy Lewiwills Dam and Lake operation and safety. 1 f f( + I B, COD agrees to submit to the Corps for approval a work r area plan which defines the limits of construction, work 7 areas and storage-areas for equipment and supplies. When ;t practical, work areas shall be determined such as to not obstruct public recreational access to fishing areas during construction except during construction of access routes and other activities hazardous to the public. r Alteration of recreational facilities, including ;i + provision for temporary parking and access during construction, will be at the expense of COD. h C. COD shall be responsible for inspection during IYCO42188024 7 r 1.: ¢4g1`yxY~ )c!vXAU 4:Y { construction of all Project features to assure conformance with contract plar.c and specifications, as approved by the Corps, COD shall inspect construction of those Project features that are an integral part of or could affect the structural integrity of Lewisville Dam f and Lake to assure compliance with approved plans and f specifications. COD shall provide the Corps access to the construction site at all times and an up-to-date construction schedule, includin j ~ g any modifications. The { j Corps shall have the right and intends to inspect the 3 construction of those features vhich could affect the i structural integrity or operational adequacy of Lewisville Dam and Laka, and COD and the PERC Regional Engineer shall be notified by the Corps of any b { unacceptable-construction activities or of any i l construction inconsistent with approved plans. This right to inspect shall in no way relieve COD of the full responsibility for inspection and compliance with contract plans and apeeifications; The Corps retains the 1 authority to stop construction in cases presenting an imminent danger in the opinion of the Corps to the structural intagrity, operational adequacy or safety of Lewisville Dam and Lake, f 0. The Corps will cooperate with COD to facilitate construction of the Project, including routing the 1YCO42188024 8 f 1 1 WJ11 Y.i cv f)fscq ~ releases through the outlet work gates; tovidad, however, that such cooperation does not interfere with the authorized purposes of Lewisville Dam and Lake, Flood conditions in the reservoir may requite i interruption of construction activities to evacuate flood waters. f _ ` E. COD agrees that all on-site construction will be E } accomplished in a competent, workmanlike manner in accordance with existing MC approved construction E safety rules and regulations, including adequate safety precautions, so so not to constitute a hazard to the { public. i F• COD agrees to submit to the Corpo for its approval a site restoration plan based upon preconstruction conditions q and to restate the site in accordance with that plan, 1 C. COD shall provida the Corps, at no charge, copies of all "record drawings" of the project features directly 'i related to the structural integrity or operational adequacy of Lewisville Dam and Lake, as determined by the Corps. Stich drawings shall be provided vithin'90 days after completion of construction of the Project, Upon } written request by the Corps, COD shall provide specific construction data, such as drilling logs or additional "record drawings" as may exist for the Project, within 30 days of said request, 1YC042188024 9 tY! { wu~uOh'!{ Ui>st4A I. fi Ilk, II r IV. COORDINATION COD agrees! A. To submit to the Corps a detailed schedule with projected dates for the submission of designs, plans and specifications of any structures which will be an integral part of, or which could affect the structural integrity or operation of, Lewisville Dam and Lake. M B. To submit to the Corps 10 copies of" all designs ti (including calculations), plans and specifications, and ;i any other written material, required by this Agreement, { j the Licease or by the FLRC to be reviewd and approved by the Corps, , 11 r c V. OPERATING AGREEMENT COD agrees to.prepare a draft operating agreement to provided by Article 39 of the License within'90 days of 3 the date of execution of this Agreement, and to work 1 diligently toward the execution of a final operating agreement for the Project. The final operating agreement shall be executed before completion of construction f" j VI, PAYMENT OF CORPS COST f A. The Corps will review the hydropower project design at the written request of COD to assure that subject y r IT0042188024 10 RP_-'crG 14 A'i ^A 4'Fti1~., ~ I facilities will not adversely affect the integrity or operation of existing project structures. The scope of work for the review activities is attached and marked as Exhibit "A" and forma a ~ part of this agreement as if incorporated herein. B, COD will pay the Corps for i►11 review activities performed, (fork which the Corps is expected to perform is estimated to coat ` ~ 480,400. Government regulations j state that required funds must be provided in advance of ! any work activities Therefore, COD will provide the Corps an advance k ~ payment of 660,000. The Corps will account for all work performed for requested services. At the termination of this Agreement, the Corps will return all surplus funds to COD. Should'the anticipated services cost in oxceaa of $60,000, the Co h rps and COD will 'negotiate to determine the appropriate amount of additional funds necessary to complete the requested work, Should COD fail to provide full funding at any y times the Corps will immediately cease all review activities until full payment is obtained. C. to undertaking review, the Corps shall use diligency in responding with review eommenia, approvals, and/or disapptovals in a timely manner, y• COD shall advance additional amounts, apon written 1YCO42188024 iI M1.Yt Rl3~ y.1ijy]!Y ['r■gJfy I~ ~i t`el r✓ J S! • W 'Al ;t1 Fi notification of prospective expenditures that could overdraw the funds available, for the direct costs, as defined below, incurred by the Corps associated with the review of engineering, design, construction and operation i of the Project. Such additional amounts, shall be paid within 30 days upon receipt of a request from the Corps, j A quarterly accounting of all costsL•lacurred by the Corps ~ for services performed shall be provided to COD. All a payments shall be made to the "Finance and Accounting Office USAED, Fort Worth", and stalled or otherwise delivered to tits Finance and Accounting Office, Fort ' Worth District, U. S, Army Corps of Engineers, ATTNt 1 likr CESWF-RN-F, P. 0. Sox 17300, Fort Worth, Texas, 76102-0300, E. Corps charges for the following services in connection with COD's activities shall be applicable: t { 1. Preparation of technical studies at the request of COD relating to the Project operation, structural integrity of Lewisville Dam and take, or any other 1 matter associated with the Project. 2, Review of dasigns, plans and specifications, and i i' i' construction contract modifications of Project i features where such review is directly related to t; the structural integrity or operation of Lewisville r Dam and Lake. } El f I fONA) 1 , s ~ t I ~ i 3, Site visits and construction inspections by Corps personnel at the request of COD or as deemed necessary by the Corps, 4, Provision of oopias of reports, f drawings, and similar data requested b ± ~ Y COD. , r'' f 1 54 Consultation other Chas routine telephone } conversations with COD i which involve more than an ; Incidental' amount of Corps paraonael time, ' b, Periodic inspections of the hydropower facility by c! the Corps, which will Initially be on an annual f basis, i, 7. Repair 11 or replacement of any facilities damaged by COD'a Project activities, ij 8• Providing visitor protection services including Installation of warning signs, barriovs, etc, i "Direct costs" ? as used herein aht,ll include hourly charges including overhead and administration for time incurred by corps personnel providing the aforementioned services, travel charges incurred for site visits and meetings 3 in connection with designs and a ' pecificrtiopa, mail cosec, and copping coats; rovidad, however, ~r _ , that no charge shall be i r IYCO4218802 4 • , . 13 4 j`M/ph'' S Own V' 1 F; Ai M P1 ic~ktr:~c,u d 3 r 1 rK~ *amassed for information, services, or relationships that vould normally be provided to the public at no charge, VII. LIABILITY A. COD agrees to j Indemnify and hold harmless the Corps, its f agents, and employees from rny..,soss or f damage or s liability on account of personal injury, death, property ; d"so, or other claims reduced to judgment or as, jl mutually agreed to by COD and the Carps, ao long as and j I to the extent that such loss v damage or liability is ? caused by the intentional tortious acts or negligent gets r" or Omissions of COD k pursuant to this Agreement$ except for any loss, damage or liability caused b 5 Y the. , Intentional tortious acts or negligent acts or omissions of the Corps. Nothing herein shall impose liability upon COD due to the construction, operation, or maintenance of Lawiaville Dam and Lake by the United States. Nothing herein shell impose any liability upon the United States due to the construction, operation, or maintenance of the # Project by COD, i B, For the purpose of fulfilling its obligation under this y 1 paragraph, COD shall procure and maintain or require the P general contractor to procure and maintain during the term of this agreement and F any extensions thereof, 1 liability insurance of at least S500000 per occurrence IYCO42188024 14 rS~ N for bodily injury and property damage and an excess liability policy in the amount of at least $5,0000000, The named insured parties under the Polley shall be COD and the United States of America. Each policy or certificate evidencing the insurance shall contain an endorsement which provides that the insurance company will notify the Corps and COD f 30 days prior to she I effective date of any cancellation or termination of the Polley or certificate or any modification of the policy E or certificate which adversely affects the interest of the United States Governsiont In such insurance. The notice shall be sent by registered mall and shall identify this Agraeunt, the aame•snd address of. COD, the pollcp, and the insured, r Within 30 days of execution of this agreement or prior to ? commencement of work, whichever occurs firsts COD shall k } furnish the Corps with acceptable evidence showing that the insurance coverage described in this clause has been obtained, VIII. OFFICIALS NOT TO BENEFIT } A. No member of or delegate to u, S. Congress shall be admitted to any share or part of this Agreement or any benefit that may arise herefrom, k No official of COD shall receive any benefit that may ' J 1YCO42188024 15 JJ . :_t154f~1•.y ...dry. t~ arise by reason of the execution of this Agreemant other than as a consumer of electricity produced b i Y the completed Project. j' IR. TERM OF AGREEMENT This agreement shall become affective on..the day of execution f { by the United states and shall terminate upon the final accounting of all costa and payment after completion of construction. f { X. ASSIGNyENT ` The benefits and obligations of the Agreement as 't y be assigned by either party. This Agrt r 4aant shall be binding upon any assigns or successors of the Co ? i rp$ or any assigns or h li successors to COD approved by FERC, s' a XI. NOTICES Any notice, demand or request authorized or required by this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given, on behalf of COD, when mailed, postage prepaid, or delivered to the District Engineer, U.S.Army Corps of Engineers, P.O. Box 17300 Fort Worth, Texas 76102-03000 and on behalf of the ~ United States, when mailed, postage prepaid, or delivered to the Executive Director of Utilities City of Denton, 215 E, McKinney Streat, Denton, Texas 7620.1 or in case of notice to 9 the FERC Regional Engineer when mailed, 730 Peachtree Street„ IYCO42188024 16 i•?n« :n.Pl~ aI , NE, Room 800, Atlanta , Georgia 30308, The designation of the Addressee or the address may be changed by notice given in the provided in this article for Other notices, xII. MODIFICATIONS The Provisions of the Agreement may 1 be:.,nodified ! f vritten *4tnsl agreement of the or added by Parties. ; UnTED STATES ,I 11 DEPARTMENT Op TBE ARMY CITY OF DENTON si By y Robert C. Lae Brigadier General L oyd g Division E V.S.A, arrell ngineer City Manager City of Denton, Texas Attachments: Exhibit A Exhibit B s AS To MWO OFr~~~ Tom .may e u d Y 1 IYC042188024 17 R i EMBS`f A SCOPE OF 'ORK 1• Review by the Corp will be directed toward the following conCerns: A, General Hydrologic and Hydraulic limited to, rated dischar review including, but not conditions; 9e of Uttlies; daily operation ! { cros, lake level atd tsilwster fluctuations; surge Pressures and vibration tendencies; poe impacts an flood control ~e operation low procedures.. cofferdses► mainta + flow requireu mts dur $ existing construction; con alterations to Y dtnits; and multiple } Additional gtife release facilities. I is Provided in rMW-0M'M z J~ 1981, subject: latter dated 17 i Small users pro Hydropower Facilities at Corps of jests Combined with Mater Quality and/or Flood Control Release Facilities , t a b • Structural review r including, but not limited to Wit" Corps of Pn , , cou+pliance gineers Overturning and sliding structural design criteria; stability; uplift; stresses and live design unit loads; reinforced concrete design; seismic design (where required); c combinations, ° Tecuir"Mts; and loading 1 f i t` IYC042I88026 1 1 i1 0 -10 t a 53111. C. Geotechnical review including, but not limited to, exploration and materials testing; cofferdam design; connection to Corps+ . structures; driving effects of Pilo striving) emergency measures related to cofferdam overtopping/failure; dewatering• underseepage control and scour protections; cofferdam removal; eXCaYAted slope safety factors; excavation; blasting in vicinity of Corps, structures, b g Corps' 3tructtrr'es; j f -material disposal; foundation Rreparatioti, treatment, and ' construction; c I backfili operations; instrumentation; Piezamters, and surface settlement and horizontal i movement, And any other dam safety routed items. fi d• Enviroraental ' impacts which could result front c onstruetion or a continued operation of the hydropoWpr addition. 3. Items that COD anticipates it will submit for review-include, but t are not limited to, the following• a• utilization of and modification to the existing conduit s b. penstock co plant layout d• outlet/stilling basin control of releases during construction f• conduit routings g• discharge charnel h• switchyard i. access to project j~ Project operations and Faction after construction Monomer G+!hl Irn Fx_? 1 r,YG:rvs1 ~Y-v1TI`]f i u+azl„~~I~ 4• Discipline bearing on review activities include, but are not limited to, the following; i I a* stuctural Engineers b• Hydraulic engineers c. Civil Engineers I d. Mechanical Engineers J e• Electrical Engineers f I ~ i Hydrology J 1 9. Geology h, soils t J G 5 G I lYC042189026 f~ rr. ,r~7 s ry'aa{rW J ' ~ rq Exh` i b g Pa- r A peesaAent eseemeac for the purpose of cresting a right-ofwa acres the Le'fieville D y to 44 Hydroelectric Project and its related facilities 'fill, right to isprove, operate g ► and ■aiaeaiA the facilities sad } ri ht-of-rays located in tracts 5113 Engineers Lawisvilie Dam ► 8117, and 3118 of the Corps of ~ real. estate plot fA consisting of 1632 acresi fit" County. Tassel I and described is Attachment a-. I ~ Parcel ~ 3 f A tsnporary, easyeat for the purpose of access to construct the Lerisvill~ Dem ~reelceeric Pro ; tracts 5113, m117 jeer and its related facilities and ai15 of the Corps of i located la estate Engineers Levisville Dam real k Plot lA Waton County, Texas; coasistias of 2.73 acres; and } 4 3 describ" In Attachslut 2. I r d ur_ cC A te"rarp easeaeat for the ! exeavstion and t purpose of spoil of excess aonstruction located as"nary stockpiling of construction ti specified and required b nser.ai, to be E, by the Corps of Engineers. a 3 1 r G F j {s k: ~ f ~ 9d~.k4 1 Atts1hm Lau Mg Dam dYdro1mL4ctric Project Ps reel A A tract consisting Of 1.31 acres, touted in Denton C°uncy, Texas, on the Property of the United Statas Army Corps of Engineers. [aa[ag at a point on the northern edge of the boundary which is a distance of 255.31 feet alone aline of S 140 09' t Oio he E From y Cho which liaa l of Lovisville Dan at STA 149+16.00, the Intersection of the dam Conterlin: and the outlet vorks, } ThaAee, alone the northern boundary in succession 1 9 730 30' 57" E - 133.30 foot 2 S 390 09' 03" E - 84.00 feet ) Thaaoe, along 'the eattera boundary in succession f 5 S 14° 09' Q3" j t - 170000 feat s 3 30° 30' 37" W - 160.00 fete i Thence, slang the southern boundary S 730 SD' 37" W - 69.16 feat E Thedaa► along the eastern boundary in succession N 10 091 03" W - 276.04 feat t N 390 33' 31" W 22,14 feet j S IS° 30' 57" W - 48.00 feat N 140 09' 03" W - 25,00 fast S 73° 30' 57" W - 40,00 fate i i N 140 09' 03" W - 21.44 fast Theses, alone the northern boundary Y 75° SO' 37" E 67.00 feat ( to the origination point 1 i Atta~h,nant 2 Lewisville DIAM N droelectric Pro'ect parcel 9 A tract consisting Of 2.73 Acres, located in Denton County, Texas, on the property of the United States Army Corp, of En;iaeera. ga;inning at a point un the northern edge of :ha boundary which is A dletance of 247.51 feet along a line of S 14 ' of Lewisville 0 09 03" E from the centerline e Da s at STA 149+1 6.00, the intersae;}oo of the dam centerline end the eutlat works, Theaee, 41009 the northern boundary in succession N 750 So' 57" E - 143.50 feet I S 590 09' 03" 9 - 39.60 feet i 1 N 75° 50' 37" C - 300.00 feet t 1 11►anaat along the eastern boundary in succession S 140 09' 03" B - 133.00 feet 3 S 730 50' 37" it 220.00 feet i 3 140 09' 03" 6 .'60.00 fast S 300 50' 57" 1► - 64.00 feet ~ 3 140 09' 03" g - 59.46 feet Thence$ along the southern boundary 750 50' 57" W - 205,42 feet Thence. aloe the y g western boundary in succession N 140 09' 03" u - 296.04 feet N S 750 50' 37"'W - 27.00 feet N 140 09' 03" w - 25.00 feet S 730 50' 57" W - 40.00 feet N 140 09' 03" N - 29.49 flirt A Thence, along the northern boundary j N 7S0 SO' 37" g - 67.00 feet i to the origination point APPENDIX C BIDDING DOCIJMSN'T5 i I i i 1 N Y C,':A z7 ~i N ADVERTISEMENT GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FOR CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT BID NUMBER 1068 f Sealed bids will be received by the City of Denton, Texas, at the office of the Purchasing Agent, 901-B 'T'exas Street, Denton, Texas, ~ j 2:00 p.m., March 23, 19901 Central Standard Time, then publicly opened, for performing: I GENERAL CONSTRUCTION I J r Prospective bidders may examine copies of the draciings and specifications at the office of Black S Veatch, Engineers-Archicacta, 11401 Lamar, Over- land Park, Kansas,. i s Drawings and specifications will be loaned only to those bidders who have been determined by the ~ l City of Denton, Texas to be qualified to b d I 1 De termination of a prospective bidder's qualifications will be based an- i tirgly on written evidence submitted by the bidder in duplicate to the 1 City and the Engineer not later than 21 days before the time set for open p j dr ing the bide. Each prospective bidder shall submit evidence that be, i Maintains a permanent place of business k Has adequate plant and equipment available to do the work properly and expeditiously Has an adequate financial status to meet-financial obliga- tions incident to this work Has adequate technical knowledge and practical experience Has no just'. or proper claims pending against him on other similar work p ` Has constructed at least three other projects of similar type, complexity, and scope. Submitted evidence shall con- sist of a listing of each project indicating the Owner's name, location, approximate dollar value t t; r and date of completion, type of facility, 4 [DENTON 10366 GEN CONST 71,00001 l 013190 J A-1 1 Et c :a r: Qualified prospective bidders will be loaned without charge one repro- ducible copy of the drawinge and two copies of the specifications which may be obtained from the Engineer (mailing address - Black & Veatch, P.O. Box 8405, Kansas City, Misnouri 64114, Attention: Mr. D. F. Guyot). Drawings and specifications will be available on February 9, 1990. All bide must be made on printed contract document forms included in the specifications. When filed with the Purchasing Agent, each bid shall be accompanied either by an acceptable bidder's bond, a certified check, or a cashier's chack on any solvent bank, the amount of which shall be not less than ` I S percent of the amount of the bid. The bid security shall be made pays- E bl'e to the City of Denton, Texas. Bid security of the successful bidders will be returned when their contracts have been signed, filed with, and approved by the City. Bid security of unsuccessful bidders wLll be re- turned on award of contract or refection of bids. No bid may be altered, withdrawn, or resubmitted within 120 days from and after the date set for the opening of bids. The City of Denton, Texas reserves the right to reject any and all bide k and to waive defects in bids. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS John J. Marshall Purchasing Agent 4 a 1,3 V % ye ? [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 „ [ 013190 ) A-2 s P f; :l R INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 8.1 ,,ENERAL. These instructions apply to the preparation proposals for con UtstiZiructtiiea on work for the City of Denton, Texasacttng through its Public Board and City Council, hereinafter referred to as the "Owner." All proposals shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the Advertisement, these instructions, and the letter transmitting these specifications and documents. B.2 GENERAL PROJECT DESCRIPTION, The specified construction will be in- corporated- in the'-Owner alle Hydroelectric Proje(;t located at the outlet works of the Lewisville Reservoir near Lewisville,, Texas, j Section lA of the specifications defines the scope of 1)kA to be included I In the proposal. B.3 BIDDER 2ALIF1JCAT11ONS. In order for their, proponals to be consid- ered, bidders must demonstrate that they are qualified to perform satisfactorily. Each prospective bidder shall submit writntevi- Bence of his qualifications as stated in the Advertisement, 1 DOCUMENTS FOR BIDDING, Qualified prospective bidders may obtain Copies of the drawings and specifications as stated in the Advertisement. Drawings and epecifications loaned for submittal f those loaned to the successful bidder, shall be returnedotoltheeEngineer within 30 days after•the date set for the opening of bids. i Documents will be available to suppliers and subcontract b f o through prospective bidd idd 1 to u ers who intend era only j Owner, to make a direct I proposal to the Prospective bidders who have not been qualified may b drawings and specifications from the Engineer subjecttoit copies the refunds listed below, he deposit t and s Prospective bidders may obtain additional copies of'the documents from the Engineer, for themselves and for their sup~taera or subcontractors, subject to the deposit and refunds listed below. A11 requests for such additional copies shall be submitted not less than 7 days before the date set for receiving proposals, r; De oet i x Refund Specifications and documents, each copy 60,00 30.00 s.: (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00 ' 090189 OUJ B-1 j y ,s e 5 i r F r-~ De osit Refund Drawings, each set 57.50 28,75 Individual drawings, each 2,50 None Deposit amounts will not be refunded. Refund amounts will be paid only when documents are returned to the Engineer within 30 days after the date set for the opening of, bids, All documents are the property of the Owner and shall not be reproduced by the bidders, The mailing address of the Engineer isi Black & Veatch, P.O. Box 8405, Kansas City, Missouri 64114, Attention: Mr. D. F. Guyot, B.5 PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be prepared in accordance with the re- quirements of these Instructions to Bidders. Proposals that are not pre- p &red in accordance with such instructions will imply that the bidder does not intend to comply with all of the proposed contract conditions i and such proposals will be considered irregular. Four copies of each proposal shall be prepared and submitted. 5.5,1 Preparation, Each proposal shall be carefully prepared proposal _ and proposal data forme included as a part ofthebidding ndocue ' ments. Entries on the proposal and proposal data forms shall be typed, dark black ribbon, or legibly written'in black ink. All prices~ shall be-stated in words and figureu except where the forms provide for figures only, i j The bidder shall acknowledge, in the apace provided in the proposal form, receipt of each addendum Issued for the specific ing the bidding period. ations and documents dur- The bidder shall assemble all drawings, catalog data, and other supple- mentary information necessary to thoroughly describe mazerials ment covered by the proposal, and shall attach such supplemental ninforma_ tion to the copies of the bidding documents submitted. B.5.2 Exceptions, Each bidder shall list in the space provided on the proposal form all exceptions or conflicts between his proposal and the specifications and documents. If more space is required for this list- ing, additional pages may be added. If the bidder takes no exceptions, he shall write "None" in the space provided. Proposals that do not com- ply with this requirement will be considered irregular and may be reject- ad at the discretion of the Ownor, In case of conflicts not stated as [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] 090189 k B-2 ] V -V F 1 i ?t i ti' .rca rj 'f directed, the requirements of the specifications and documents shall gov- ern, If the bidder takes exception, than all such exceptions shall be specific in nature and carefully referenced to the applicable page number, article number, and article titl:; of the specifications and documents, If the bidder proposes deletion of specification language and substitution of revised language, then such deletion and substitution shall be carefully presented by typing complete paragraphs or articl.s of the original spec- ification language and incorporating the substitute language. Proposed deletions shall be set off by brackets and proposed substitute language shall be indicated by underlining. For example; "(delete this language) substitute this .1anguage.11 Exceptions that are general, that make refer- j ence to the bidder's standard terms and conditions, or that make refer- ` ence to the bidder's descriptive information as a whole will not be 4c- 3 ` ceptable. Proposals that do not comply with these requirements for the f presentation of exceptions will not be acceptable and may be rejected. If a proposal includes express or implied exceptions that are not listed t f as required, the requirements of the specifications and documents shall govern. The bidder shall not alter any part of the specifications and documents in any way, except by stating his exceptions, B,5.3 Signatures, Each bidder shall sign the proposal with his usual signature and shall give his full business address. The bidder's name stated on the proposal shall be the exact legal name of the firm. The a names of all persons signing should also be typed or printed below the i signature, f Proposals by partnerships shall be signed with the partnership name fol.- loved by the signature and designat!on of one of the partners or other authorized representative. A complete list of the partners shall be in- cluded with the proposal, ` + 1 Proposals by a corporation shall be signed in the official corporate name ! of the corporation, followed by the aignature and designation of the president, secretary, or other person authorized to bind the corporation. A proposal by a person who affixes to his signature the word "president," x "secretary," "agent," or other designation, without disclosing his prin- cipal, will be rejected. Satisfactory evidenco of the authority of the officer signing in behalf of the corporation shall be furnished. Bidding corporations; shall designate the state in which they are incorporated and the address of their principal office. B.5,4 Submittal. The original proposal (and its accompanying copies) + shall be transmitted to arrive at the designated a?iress not later than the date and time stipulated in the Advertisement, it g (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 062288 ) B-3 w i i x 3 Mf h 5 i i Submit the original proposal and three signed copies of the proposal to the following. City of Denton Purchasing 901-B Texas Street Denton, Texas 76201 Attention: Mr, John J. Marshall Purchasing Agent Proposals shall be submitted in a sealed envelope or package. The enve- lope shall be plainly marked in the upper or lower left-hand corner with the name and address of the bidder and the words "Proposal for," followed by the name of the proposed work and the specification number as stipu- lated in the Advertisement. The proposal guarantee shall be enclosed with the original proposal in the envelope or package mailed to the Own- er, A single proprietary interest shall not sub a mit multiple proposals for the ; same work even though the individual proposals are submitted under dif- ferent names, The Owner reserves the right to reject all proposals so E submitted. ~ i t , B.5.5 Withdrawal, Proposals may be withdrawn, altered, and resubmitted at any time before the time set for receipt of proposals. Proposals may not be withdrawn, altered, or resubmitted within 120 days after the time set for the opening of bids, B65.6 Acance and Re action of Proposals. The Owner reserves the t r: ;,t to accept the proposal w in its judgment, is the beat respon- live proposal; to reject any and all proposals; and to waive Irregulari- ties and informalitids in any proposal that is submitted. f€ Proposals received after the time specified for receipt of proposals will { not be considered. All proposals shall become the property of the Owner. f+ B.6 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE. Each proposal shall be accompanied by a pro- posal guarantee in an amount not less than 5 percent of the total pro- posal price. The guarantee shall be a certified check or cashier's check drawn on any solvent bank, or an acceptable bidder's bond executed by the X bidder and a surety company authorized to do business in the state of }t Texas. The proposal guarantee shall be made payable without condition to the City of Denton, Texas, and the amount thereof may be retained by said .v City if the bidder's proposal is accepted and the bie.'er fails to enter a Yj Ali } (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 062288 ) B-4 r { 13 y r, h ti ~e ~l into contract in the form prescribed, with legally responsible surety, within 10 calendar days after the presentation of the contract document for signature. The proposal guarantee of each unsuccessful bidder will be returned. The proposal guarantee of the bidder to whom the contract is awarded will be fulfilled when said bidder executes the Contract Agreement and files sat- isfactory Performance and Payment Bonds, as required. The proposal guar- antee of the second evaluated bidder may be retained for a period not to i exceed 130 days pending the execution of the Contract Agreement, Perform- ance Bond, and Payment Bond by the successful. bidder. B,7 •TAXES, PERMITS, AND LICENSES. The bidder's ati:ention is directed to the GENERAL CONDITIONS, regarding taxes, penil.ts, and licenses. I It shall a the bidder's responsibility to detex-mine the applicable tax- es, permits, and licenses. If the bidder is In doubt as to whether or not a tax, permit, or license is applicable, he shall state in has pro- posal whether this item has been included in tJ3 bid price and the amount of the applicable tax, permit, or license in yu,980A n, 15.8 INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PROPOSl1i,. E-trh biddsr shall submit 3 with his proposal pertinent information concerning proposed -.gttd.pment and materiels and proposed construction organization. B.8,1 Equipment and Materials, In addition to the information submitted on the proposal and proposal data forms, each bidder shall submit all specifications,,preliminary drawings,,and similar descriptive information necessary to describe completely the equipment and materials he proposes f to furnish, k 3 The proposal shall be based on new equipment and materials which comply [ with specifications and documents in every respect unless the bidder takes specific exception as provided hereinbefore. If alternate equip- ment or materials are indicated in the proposal, it shall be understood that the Owner will have the option of selecting any one of the alter- nates ao indicated and such selection shall not be a cause for extra com- pensation or extension of time, { B48.2 Contractor's Field Organization, Each bidder shall submit with his propose! an organization chart showing the names and r£sumbs of field management, supervisory, and technical personnel, and the details of the management, supervisory, and technical organization which he proposes to rj use for this project, The successful bidder's organization will be sub- ject to the review and acceptance of the Owner. The experience record of the Contractor's field superintendent shall be submitted with the pro- posal. [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 I 062788 1 B-5 € if?i. yti ,f J 6.9 TIME OF COMPLETION. The time of completion of the work is a basic consideration of hntract, The proposal shall be based upon comple- tion of the work in accordance with the specified schedule, It will be necessary that the bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipulated time. Iii this connection, attention is called to the provisions of the General Conditiona relative to delays and extensions of time. 8.10 LOCAL CONDITIONS. Each bidder shall visit the site of the work and thorough.l,y inform himself of all conditions and factors which would af- fect the work and the cost thereof, including but not limited to, the ar- rangement and condition of existing or proposed structures affecting or i { affected by the proposed work; the procedure I r uninterrupted operation; the availability andncost sofylabor; Andefacili- E ties for tranuportation, handling, and storage of materials and equip- went. i ~ It must be understood and agreed that all such factors have been properly { investigated and considered in the preparation of every proposal submit- ted. No claims for financial adjustment to any contract awarded will be permitted by the Owner which are based on lack of such prior information i € or its effect on the cost of the work, I . E Visits to the site shall be coordinated with the Owner by contacting i ( Mr. Joe Cherri at telephone number (817) 566-8123. E B.11 INTERPRETATION, If any prospective bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the proposed. contract documents, he may sub.. e mit to the Engineer a written request for an interpretation, The person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery, and bell requests must be received by the. Engineer at least 10 work 1n days fore the time specified for rec 8 eipt of proposals, Any interpretation of the proposed documents will be made only by addendum transmitted to each party receiving a set of such documents. The Owner will not be re- sponsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed documents. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the Engineer, before the time specified for receipt of or omissions of information which require clarification. Thoseququestions ? not resolved by addenda shall be listed in the space provided on the pro- posal form, together with statements of the basis upon which the proposal is made as affected by each question. 3 1i 8.12 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS. Concurrent with the execution of ' the Contract Agreement, t-Fe `Contractor shall furnish good and sufficient Performance and Payment Bonds to the City of Denton, Texas on the forms bound herewith, each in an amount equal to 100 percent of the contract it (DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71,00007 013190 j E B-6 i 1 L i } f _ ti amount, All provisions of the bonds shall be complete and in full ac- cordance with statutory requirements. The bonds shall be executed with the proper surety through a company licensed and qualified to operate in the state of Texas and acceptable to the Owner. The bonds oball be signed by an agent resident in the state of Texas and the date of the bonds shall be the date of execution of the Contract Agreement. The bonds shall be accompanied by a power-of-attorney document certified to include the date of the policy. If at any time during the continuance of the contract, the surety becomes 1 sufficientbsuretieswhichsthelContractorrshalltfurnishttoathetsatisfac~ tion of the Owner within 10 days after notice to du so. In default k j thereof, the contract may be suspended and all'payments on moneys due to the Contractor withheld. The Performance Bo--id shall guarantee the aithful performance of all cov- enants, stipulations, and conditions of the contrt, e ! shall guarantee the faithful a The Payment Bond under the contract, payment of all obligigatti ons which may arise E. r The coat of the bonds shall be included in the lump sum proposal prices. B.13 MAINTENANCE BOND. The Contractor shall ftto with the City of Denton, Texas, before final payment, a maintenrtnctt bond with an approved surety in an amount equal to ten (10) percent oe the total cost of this project, guaranteeing that the workmanship and materials furnished under these specifications and used are in all respects first class and of such kind and quality that fora eriod of one 1 and official aces tance thereof b the said Citeao£fDentene the workon shall require no repairs, the necessity for which shall be occasioned by If I defects in said workmanship or material* If during the said period, the s said improvements or associated structures and equipment shall require repairs and the necessity for such repairs, shall, in the opinion of the Owner, be occasioned by defective workmanship or materials furnished in f the construction of an;. part thereof or any of the accessories thereto, built by the Contractor, then such repairs, on due notice being given at any time during said period, by the Owner, to the Contractor, shall promptly be made by the Contractor. Should the Contractor fail to make such repairs as are deemed necessary, the Owner will give the Contractor and his surety written notice to make the repairs. If, after ten (10) days, the Contractor or his surety shall fail to make the repa,kro, then the Owner shall have the right, without further notice, to proceed to make such repairs or cause the same to be done either by contract or otherwise, the coat of such repairs to be paid by the Contractor. f, [DENTON 10566 CEN CONST 71.0000) f 013190 ) t B-7 } F ii IF Tf, upon receipt of notice of the amount thereof, the Contractor or his surety fails to pay the coat of repairs, the Owner shall have the right of action on the maintenance bond; or in case the repairs shall not actual- ly be made by the Owner after such failure on the part of the Contractor or his surety, the Owner shall have the right to ascertain and determine the coats of such repairs and to maintain an action against the Contrac- tor or his surety, or both under said bond, to recover the amount so de- termined in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the amount so deter- mined shall be conclusive upon the Contractor and his surety in any action upon said bond. The maintenance bond is not an exclusive remedy and the Owner shall have all remedies available by law. 8,14 PROPOSAL PRICING, Bidders shall submit firm price proposals that are not subject to adjustment. All prices shall be in United States dol- lars, 8.15 DOMESTIC MATERIALS, The bidder's attention is directed to the SOURCE OF MATERIALS article of the General Conditions regarding require- ments for use of domestic materials. B.16 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS, Each bidder shall be responsible for deter j mining the types of subsurface materials which will be found. Test bor- inga have been made on the site, The locations and logs of the test bor- ings are bound as an appendix to these specifications and documents. Information on subsurface materials made available shall not be a part of ? the contract documents and there is no expressed or implied guarantee of the data given nor of the interprotation.thereof, , 8,17 PREFERENCE LAW. Proposal evaluation will take into conuideration { the Preference Lawe of the Statutes of Texas. i h 7 (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) f 013190 k B-8 4 r r ~ y t~ r3. s li ~ s 11 11 • /oSG'L . 7l c,u.~c PROPOSAL To! CITY OF DENTON PURCHASING 901-B TEXAS STREET DENTON, TEXAS 76201 ATTENTION: Mr. John J. Marshall Purchasing Agent PROPOSAL FOR GENERAL CONSTRUCTION LEWISVILLE HYDROELECTRIC PROJECT j Gentlemen: ± I The undersigned bidder having read and examined the specifications and associated contract documents for the above designated construction work 3 which will be incorporated in Lewisville Hydroelectric Project does hereby propose to perform the work and provide the services set forth in s this Proposal. All prices stated herein are firm and shall not be sub- ject to adjustment provided this Proposal is accepted within-120 days i after the official opening of proposals. I { i The undersigned hereby declares that the following list states any and all variations from and exceptions to the requirements of the contract documents and that, otherwise, it is the intent of this Proposal that the work will be performed in strict accordance with the contract documents, \i►lG CRG D9 S1\1.. QL1A ,c Kra \O ~CL ALIIDE. w 1 C. D~.►1.`t . ~i.t.►st,SV \44' . '~TtCORO ~Cc Cewscrc~„~- , o C,nfrc•..r.. fit, WtTt► -~1.~.,W~ bft ~~41tTf ~pRp z Cf2.~at.H4 / - ~II.k4~MC. tK ~ ~1~1S C.Z 31 ~~aRK~~y ~i6~sR.5 -Ave.<tp- tp l5%.,.a y Stew `~~nao~wt4,u A113,as2,.a~ (Add additional pages as required) t` i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.00001 x ( 062288 C-i i~ i a i; C.1 LUMP SUM PRICE: The undersigned bidder hereby proposes to furnish equipment and materials; labor; labor supervioion; construction tools and equipment and construction services and utilities as required to perform the General Construction work for the Lewisville Hydroelectric Project complete in accordance with the specifications and associated contract documents as defined in Article GC,1 of the General Conditions. C.1.1 Option 1. Lump sum price to nonstruct Lewisville Hydroelectric Projects No 33 (U.S. $ Nr. o ) (Price in Words) C, 1,2 Option 2. Lump sum price to construct Lewisville Hydroelectric Project if the Contractor is concurrently awarded construction of Ray Roberts Hydroelectric Project: r i (Price in Words) I I C.2 UNIT ADJUSTING PRICES. The I ~ following unit prices way be used to adjust the Item C.1 lump sum price (additions or deletions) in accordance E r with the applicable requirements of the General Conditions to compensate for modifications to the work, Each unit adjustment price is the'total cost of 'the specific unit of work to be billed to the Owner for additions or to be deducted ~ from the contract amount for deletions. Each unit price is a firm price, includes furnishing and installing the specific unit designated, and includes all overhead and profit markup, Unit Adjustment Price Excavation ~r • !3 Eagle Ford shale, per cu yard t Common, per cu yard t't Structure backfill, per cu yard Q~°r N Riprap, per cu yard Cast-in-place base slab concrete to provide for adjustments to the structure base elevation, ' per cu yard Z-tigoo V, (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000) ( 013190 C-2 , 777Fr' i~ I Unit Adjustment Price j Cast-in-place, 4-1/2 inch high equipment bases, per sq £t Anchor bolts, per pound 4ee Separately mounted motor starters Three phase combination magnetic starters, nonreversing Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure Size 1 in NEMA 4 enclosure r ~ Three phase combination 'magnetic E starters, reversing } Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure •1~y t_ { f ~ Single-phase magnetic starters 3 Size 1 in NEMA 12 enclosure j Raceway Conduit, idcluding Unit Adjustment Price fittings and supports for 10 Linear Feet + Steel Plastic EMT 3(4 inch 1 inch 1k 1-1/4 inch t~ f 1-1/2 inch i, 4 - 2 inch 3 inch i 4 inch t i? [DENTON 10566 GEN COOST 71,00001 013190 ) 3 C-3 i x are . . e22 E •'.5q 2e w .A Unit Adjustment Price r , for One Linear Foot $ Cable tray, including fittings and supports (tray sizes indi- cated are loading depth x width) 3 inch - . 12 inch 5 inch x 18 inch Underground steel conduit, including encasement, ex- cluding earthwork f 3 inch I Duct banks, including encase- j meet, excluding earthwork f 1-5inch duct 1 ~ S - 5 inch ducts ~ 6 - 5 inch ducts P # Cable, per 100 feet (exclud- ing terminations) } Installation in j III Under- ground Material Conduit Duct Tray \ Type A 1 - 750 mcm a Type 8 - z 3 8 AWG with ground _U. ~.,r..- 3 - 6 AWG with ground 3 - 1/0 AWG with ground i (DENTON 10566 GEN CON5T 71,00001 013190 J q C-4 , !~Fl~S4 i kA 1( nA''.fll Unit Ad ustment Prtce Installation in Under- Mat_ erial Conduit ground Type C S $ D r Tray S 2 cond 10 AWG 3 cond 10 AWG 4 cond 10 AWG ~ I j pypc D 2 cond 14 AWG 5 cond 14 AWG ' 9 cond 14 AWC ~ tit 1 i Type EX 1 pair Type f ; 2 Pair 16 AWG _ d 4 pair 16 AWG Type G i I triad 16 AWC b Type )UtHW 12 AWG Type GT- 1 cond '2 AWG a insulated ground ` E i t (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 7;,0000) 013190 C-5 QiSQHYl.1 1 {Y9pp7 4ev.F;•4 I Cable terminations (includ- ing termination of insulated conductors, shield wires, and ground conductors) and [ coiling and taping of spare conductors, per cable end j Unit Adjustment Price Material Installation $ $ Type A k 750 mcm E C Type B i 3 - 8 AWG with ground ~1`~\4 ~1r:•, A r 3 - 6 AWG with ground { 3 - 1/0 AWG With 1\ ground - I ! Type G 3 10 AWG 4 10 AWG, Type A i 2 cond 5 cond l~ 3 9 cond t A Type 1?X 1 pair ^~~°4tti~it Cti Type F V 2 pair 4 pair 41 i, 'i (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000 ( 013190 j 4 C-b r_ t Ai iVrA j ~ . Unit Adjustment Price Material Installation Type G 1 triad Type XHHW 12 AWG \ =tV ~ J G . I Type GI 1 coed 2 AWG I insulated ground Lighting Fixture Type At each Fixture Type BV, each i Fixture Type G, each } Fixture Type H, each 1 s l I Fixture Type EI, each z Fixture Type K, each F fixture Type ELU, each +1 F Fixture Type SL, each tit Fixture Type SU, each l~ C,3 PRICE ADJUSTMENTS, The following firm prices will be used to adjust the lump sum price, The indicated work is specified in Subsection 1118, f C,3,1 Vacuum Fi_ "ling, Price deduction for not furnishing vacuum filling of the transformer in the field- ~t Price in Words) tr [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) eFF I 013190 ) C-r ,tier"';:;.t, ; • , r v r C.3.2 Alternate Impulse Tests, Price-deduction for furnishing the F manufacturer's standard impulse tests in lieu of the specified impulse tests: (Price in Words) C.3.3 Alternate Corona Test, Price deduction for furnishing the manu- facturer's standard corona test in lieu of the specified corona test: E i fit(- (Price in Words) r C.3,4 Short-Circuit Withstand Tests, Price addition for furnishing the ' short-circuit withstand tests; f {Price in Words) C,4 SUBCONTRACTORS, The undersigned proposes that he will perform the majority of the work with his own forces and that specific portions of the work not a performed by the undersigned will be subcontracted as fol- lows. Work Subcontracted Name of Subcontractor I y j e C,5 ADDENDA. The undersigned bidder acknowledges receipt of the follow- ing Addenda, which have been considered in preparing this Proposal, Number C7ne. Dated 3"2-2'90 (DENTON 105660 EN CONST 71,0000) 3190 C-e 'a v y Number TIUU Dated 3-a 1-13o Number Dated Number Dated C.6 DECLARATIONS AND SIGNATURES. Enclosed herewith is the required Pro- posal Guarantee in the amount of five (5) percent of the total of the lump sum price(s) bid, Five Percen F of /~mo~„~k ~i U.S. Dollars MS, $ 5~ ) (Price in Words) which the undersigned bidder agrees is to be forfeited to and become ro ert of c the the City P P Y of 1)entono Texas, should this Proposal be accepted and a contract be awardee to him and should he fail to enter into a con- tract in the form prescribed and to furnish the required bonds, but ! otherwise the aforesaid Proposal Guarantee will be returned upon his signing the Contract Agreement and delivering the approved bonds. j The undersigned bidder further agrees that, in case of default in execu- tion of such Contract Agreement with nece6sary bond, the check or bond accompanying this Proposal and the money payable thereon (a) shall cover s the costs associated with such default (b) shall cover a portion of the ! i 1 ! costs associated with such default ane the bidder shall be liable for the J j balance, or (c) the residual obligation of such surety, after deducting the costs associated with such default, shall be released to the bidder. I The undersigned hereby certifies that he has visited the site of the pro- posed work and has familiarized himself with the conditions affecting the work. t The above prices are firm and include all taxes which might be lawfully assessed aginst the Owner or the bidder on the date of this Proposal. i The undersigned hereby declares that only the persons or firms interested in the Proposal as principal, or principals are named herein, and that no other persons or firms than herein mentioned have any interest in this Proposal or in the contract to be entered into; that this Proposal is made without connection with any other person, company, or parties like- wise submitting a bid or proposal; and that it is in all respects for and in good faith, without collusion or fraud. If this Proposal is accepted, the undersigned bidder agrees to perform the work in accordance with the specified schedule. The undersigned fully understands that time is a basic consideration of the contract. f r (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) i ( 011190 ) C-g S If written notice of the acceptance of this Proposal is dellvered to t;"e undersigned within 120 days after the time set for receipt of proposals, or any time thereafter before this Proposal is withdrawn by the bidder, the undersigned will, within 10 days after presentation of the document for signature, execute and deliver to the City of Denton, Texas a con- tract in the form of the Contract Agreement attached, complete with ac- ceptable Performance and Payment Bonds. Dated at this 3C6 day of Bidder E 1 By By J (Signature) t d , l f (Printed or typed) Title Attest, C.ylAr1es Nowar A55ts4+aKt Secre+gry Complete Business Address of Bidder j { .3 State of Incorporation 4 Y Complete Address of Principal Office Name, Addrees, and Telephone « Number of Person to Contact Regarding this Pcopcsal. Include Botn Mail and Street t Addresses, c For Telephone (b 17 5$ _ C~ TelacoPY 0 j7) 59 S- C~c137 [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) [ 013190 t C-10 s i f p}G11'1.ti1.4 SECRETARIAL CERTIFICATION 1 E I, Roberta D. Nielsen, Secretary of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc., a Kansas Corporation, certify J that the following Resolution was adopted at the Annual j Meeting of the Board of Directors of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc. held March 27, 1989: -I "RESOLVED: That the President and i those persons elected to the office of Vice President be and are hereby authorized to execute contracts, bid documents and other ? corporate documents for and in behalf of the corporation." a. At the same meeting, upon motion duly made, ssconded and carried, Joseph Lindeman was duly elected Vice President of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc. Given under my hand and the seal of the said ? corporation this 30*r day of Mare-L. 1990 . E Roberta D. iel..sen, S oretary n 3 { it i' i1 'irV,•IB {d f SECRETAkIAL CERTIFICATION I Mar It Roberta D. Nielsen, Corporate Secretary of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc., a Kansas h 1 corporation certify that Charles Howard was elected to the office of Assistant Secretary of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc. at the Annual Meeting of the Board j of Directors of Martin K. Eby Construction Co., Inc. held March 27, 1989. a Given unde my hand and the seal of the said corporation this 30b day of Mar L. 19q0 . t 17 Roberta D. N,Mse , Corporate Secretary 1 ~ l i ' f z i jj tl e ~i r{ c PROPPSAL DATA D.1 GENERAL. Each bidder shall submit complete and definitive informs- t10n on his offering in sufficient detail to permit a complete analysis of the bid. The requirements stated in the Instructions to Bidders rela- tive to information submittal shall be followed. The requirements for information contained in this section are basic re- quirements. Additional information shall be Owner, or Engineer. provided as requested by the The blank data sheets included in this section shall be completely filled in. The data listed therein shall not relieve the Contractor of his re- sponsibility for meeti:ig the requirements of the detailed specifications, j I Unless otherwise stated herein, it will be assumed that the bidder's In- tention is to meet all specifications and job requirements and that to s his best knowledge and belief the materials and equipment described in f this Proposal Data will meet all specifications and job requirements. k- 1 In the event that any materials and equipment listed by the successful f bidder are later found, either before or after contract award, to be unsuitable, materials and equipment which are suitable shall be substi- tuted, Substitutions shall be made only as acceptable to the Engineer, and such substitutions shall not be cause for additional financial com- pensation nor shall they invalidate the Contract in any way. I Materials and equipment described herein which meet all specifications and job requirements shall be furnished exactly as described, The bidder shall not alter the original Proposal Data section page num- bers. If it becomes necessary to add pages, at other than the end of the section, a suffix such as a, b, or c, etc., shall be added to the original number to designate the addea page number. Pages added at the and of the I section shall be numbered sequentially by continuation of originally es- tablished numbering. If the bidder finds it necessary to reproduce any of the Proposal Data pages, methods of reproduction shall not appreciably reduce or enlarge the reproduced pages, In the process of preparing the bid evaluation, n the right-hand portion of Proposal Data pages which have a trim line will be trimmed off and matched with corresponding pages received from other bidders, It is therefore desirable that these pages match as nearly as 1 practicable with the original ie£t-hand portion of the page when placed side by side, The bidder shall make no changes to the left of the trim line, t; r1 (DENTON 10566 148EN CONST 71.00001 1 062288 1 D-1 k Write entries boldly with black ink or type entries using carbon black ribbon, Do not use ball point pens or blue ink, i D,2 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION. The following supplementary information f shall be submitted with the proposal, Contractor's field organization in accordance with Article B.8,2 of the Instructions to Bidders 4 Listing of major construction equipment including cranes, ''earthmoving equipment, concrete pump, etc„ used in construction Schedule of major construction activities which support the i I construction milestones in Section 1P Description of method of powerhouse excavation, side slope j stabilization or cofferdam, and dewatering " Concrete mix design qualification, if based on field 1 experience E 1 I, D,3 MATERIAL AND $ UI_Q DATA, The following required information is 3 to assist t e' -nner n evaluating the Technical Proposal The data listed herein is stated for definitive purposes and for the i convenience of the Owner, 1 I . ,i rf 4 tt [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) [ 010484 J ' D-2 n;Ux]~q n ti _ma r i h f~, Cb~ ~onsf ~ M( (Bidder's Name) Name and addresses of independent inspection and testing companies ; Site and earthwork Coacreta c l Welding F Section 2B CONSTRUCTION ? i COFFERDAM Name and address of cofferdam i ~ I deaignf,r It-A - lCatir ~+~ucrioN 44 i Section 2D - DEWATERING Name and address of de- watoring designers ~i►.~.Li Q E , ; Section 2E - RIPRAP Source of riprap - Section 3A -,'AST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE p: Name of supplier and location or concrete batch plant 4 4 F . (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71.0000] f 013190 1 D-3 vvt: Y51 ~1 .q F:f}J1 f; 1111 4d Y~ rJ ItA1 f~ , (Kidd is Name) Name and address of reinforcing supplier ; Leo R,Ry Total concrete quantity, : cu yd 35t1c~ C , Total reinforcing quantity, tons ' Batch plant and truck flaet i delivering capacity C Section 5A - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND I MIs'CFLLANEOUS METZ # Name and address of steel fabri- cator Subsection 15B4 - PENSTOCK Fr , ! Name and address of penstock sup- plier Subsection 1591 SUMP PUMPS Sump pumps 1 Pump manufacturer Model 1 Y Subsection 15E1 - LARGE BUTTERFLY v: VALVES e Maisufacturer , Model t, o , (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ! ( 013190 D-4 i , -1'e2iJP NNNZZZ I~ M4rple, {e Eby~ns+ n„ Ke (Bidder's Name) Subsection 15H - ELECTRIC HEATERS Manufacturer Model No, Electric unit heaters Subsection 15H2 - POWER ROOF ' VENTILA OT RS Manufacturer \ I Model No, Subsection 16A1 - BATTERY Station Batt Cell.catalog number EE ~ ~c'F t~~ ^ 1 ti Number of plates per cell Nominal ampere-hour capacity ; at 8 hour discharge race V E Overall dimensions of battery rack, inches a Length . Width V Height f f1 Subsection 16A2 - CHARGER i Station Battery Charger Manufacturer RC~a~..1C11V ~ i + Typo or Catalog Not m 1l a. Charger dimensions, inches e ` Height Width Depth (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,0000) i ( 013190 D-5 - _ ~ 888 ~I ~ jnt3 (9pn5T yl~ (Bidder's Name) Subsection 16A8 - POWER TRANSFORMER Manufacturer ` Cooling class • tiContinuous kVA 55 C OA rating ~i Impedance at nominal voltage con- nection, in percent based on high voltage winding 55 C OA (3750 kVA) rating Guaranteed efficiency, in percent At the following percentages of maximum MVA 55 C (3750 kVA) rating 1 100 percent is J 75 percent C 50 percent n t i Voltage regulation at 100 percent of maximum MVA 55 C (3750 kVA) rating, in percent .a 100 percent power factor 80 percent lagging power factor t 80 percent leading power factor v; Excitation current at 100 percent u: rated voltage, in percent based H on maximum MVA 55 C OA (3750 M) H rating . (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11,0000) ( 013190 D-6 , till :~~.y 1~11G 1'44 f~ rJ7 n5~ 1 (Bidder's Name) n C, Guaranteed losses at 100 percent rated voltage kvar kW No load ; Total losses at maxi- mum MVA 55 C (3750 kVA) rating Maximum expected calculated sound level at 100 percent of maximum MVA'55 C rating (3750 kVA), in decibels according to MU TR 1 ' @ 1 foot' @ 6 feet l Manufacturer Type j ii Bushings f High voltage i Low voltage Neutral t\ !I { P_{ Current transformers ; High ! voltc 3e x I ( Low voltage Neutral ; Surge arr- esters APProximate weight, pounds core and coils M Tank and fittings ti Oil M ; Total assembled, with i oil ti f33 • y (DENTON 10566 EN CONST 71,0000) 013190 ) D-7 YNSlFI yy iillff))11 Yi ! V t Q Y`~=r v~ ~ E t7 V I Ih N S'T' f' I K (Bidder' Name) Total shipping weight Largest piece for handling during exec- t tion 1 . I Gallons of oil ; 1} Approximate dimensions, i inches ; Height, overall ~i Width Depth I` Height, over tank Height, for untanking I 1 y j Type of coil and core i construction 21 k a: r Typt of material used in + coil windings - i( `I Subsection 16A9 - 34,5 Kv CIRCUIT BR_~ S 1_, 200 Amperes Manufacturer Catalog No. and type Rating and capabilities r Maximum symmetrical, kA rms k Nominal 3 phase MVA class I 3 second short circuit, kA rme ti ; 14 Closing and latching, kA rms { . . . [DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 11,0000) 013190 'i D-8 J G (Bidder Name) , 1,20 pies Interrupting time ; 25-100 per cent of rating, cycles 0-25 per cent of rating, cycles + Rated overhead line charging current, switching, amperes 1 I 1 j - E_ ( Closing time, cycles 11 Open time to part contacts, cycles f € Operating mechanism Catalog No, E type 9 Control power requirements Closing current at 125 volts do a Tripping current at s 125 volts do Bushings Make and type t, y kV rating i Ampere rating Dimensions in inches j Length t a ~ 1 ti width F i Height Tank diameter (DENTON 1056601E N CONST 71,0000) 3190 1 D-9 a AH4'Y, e.:y: cyx- 57 r {Bidder' Name) ~~f I'20- 0- Amp-fires Distance between lowest live part and ground level$ inches RJ Gallons of oil Subsection 16A10 - OUTDOOR RSCONNECT S TMrs- Group manually operated I 4 ' Manufacturer Switch catalog number or type I Manual operator catalog I number or type Extent of field assembly required i L I r I , a• a~ aw. • ; S }qt , •e (DENTON 10566 GEN CONST 71,00001 ( 013190 D-10 mill w I:R1S 4 4 n1q has n., iVifl *104 90 14-Sp -'i AEz~26 ' Unit uetmeat P-~~ Cast-in-Plaaa, 4.1/2 inch hi;h agaipdenr Basra. p•r cq it 1 Mc4ar baloa, Psr Pound Separateiy Aeanted motoi WtArtar$ E Tsrae phase combinatien ~eaja• to i e.Cartari. aoarevarsiaS ~ Sias 1 i» p i PNA 12 enclos Ye d { Siss,i is NM 4 aaaloau a Thraa poise combhnetioa taagae 'a startau.srvcraiai ~ Str+ 1 in,NEMA 12 eaalcA to AG r Siarla~P4ise xoen4tic itarrar Siis 1 is NT,M,► 12 •arlos re '+Q RaaeVay ' f Conduit) i ludtng J fittiais sad supports VUt Ad tist~eat lxia•. ' f r l~ ' Haar f ac S el p MIT S/4 inch 1 inch u 1.1/2 leeh Ito. • 2 inch ~ 3 3uah 4 inch r~ ' (DEMON 10366 Q CONST 71.ooo ( of ' 013 90 C3 ti G nn., • KrySl APR-05-190 THU M11 IDICITY OF DENTON UH It1, NUI 1'e-bbb-U2jb ti3 S3 /26 6 AP R e4 '90 14,58 P.3i26 1 unit Ad~ustmept Prue for Ong Linear loot j 6 Cable tray. including fitting and Supports (tray sized Inds' cated`ara loadiug depth x wid h) 3 inch x 12 inch x....11 3 inch x 18 inch Underground steel 4on4uity - dlw ez ! 1 lddaglsasthwork nt, 3 scab Duct b$4ks, iaeluding *naaSe- SOAti Mludiig aarthwork ~I 1 w 5 inch duct I I S - S inah ducts . j inch' ducts Cable, per 100 fast (exclud, II~ ~ ins •kezminaglons) E I 4 I _ Iualxllatlon in Uadat~ gxoupd MAMI&I Conduit Aunt Trmy Type A~ • 1 - 750 mom r Typo H ~4 9 - B AWC with ground ~M *.$0., 3 - 6 AWG with ground' -+~Z.IC•~ ground i ~ (DINTON 103660 3290 UT 71.0000] C-4 J 44 1 C-j WIN yY•r APR 04 IN 141$9 P. 46't8 uit Ad unto nt rvio e~ • Ia~tl~~at~tQn in i i'°1 'under- 2rmad at4riax C Aivit Duct TrAy TYp! C ' 2 ooad 10 AWG Good 10 AWG LO. .„Q 4 =4 10 AWO 00 AP Type D j , j i 2 coad 14 AUG r' f I 1 ..r i S goad 14 AWOL- r.r~.. - 4G f 9 Goad 14 ANC's, i Type Alt t I. paIr E Tppa r 2 pair 16 Aw0 ~ lo! ..~..ti.+ 4 pair 16 "0 •a1lr.: ~ . rC.. _ { Type 0 1 triad 16 ANG Type XHAV 12 AUp ID Type az 1 Goad 2 AWO iaau2at.d frauud ...7_fG..~. . t DEMN 1056601 19CCONST 71.00001 t a pti49S12~ rl 26 APR 04 190 14.59 P'5/ Csble terai,astions (includ- rngnstion of iaeulatud 7n& to couductarsp sbield wires# gid tround saaductors) and 1 coiliap, and- wing of spare ' conductors,-per cable and ait Ad ustmoat Price !laL~r~ Instsllat o • J i Type A Type 3 j 9 8 AWO with avid S - 6 AVG with groand ,.._....--..rte 3,_ 1/0 AWC with 4 r ' ~sauitd i Type 0 i 2 10 Avd r { 3 . 10 AUG + = ; ~ dC a 4 - 10 Awa, .....M Typo b 2 need ,~'D 5 rand Type ESC 1 pair ...~M. Typo x 2 pair 4 pair 1 ,i 1'~1C0NST, ?'1 0000' ipBNTON &b013190 C-6 y f !i~.aSf'sY , F I. t a.;^ ml ~r~. VJJ- JIU SPIV Y17. 1J l L V 1 1 I UI ULIY I VI I Vll 161. 11V • Va l JVV VGJV aJJJ I V I GV j; f+'K 6q ' 90 15 ~ 00 . P.6/26 it Ad ustmaht Yrtoa 1'1at~ Ynatall i Typo C f 1 tried Gip Type xRw • xz ;►wc , 40 Gp • ~ Type G1 .r E I ! 1 coed 2 AWC ' f f f lnaul.ak•d y.round Fixture Type A, eeah C-~.~C..~~ dlacture TYP• AVI each 40 Fixture Type i each Fixture Type a, each 11 I Tiaeture Type Elp each 1 ~ . E Fixture Type 8. eecb LZ t lixtura Type kLU, aaah hixture Tape SL. each Fixture Type qU, each 0,3 PRICE. A=sTn S# The lall,o mS firm prices x,11 be used co adjuRr the lump ;6t price. rh• indicated ark is specified den Subeectian 1!.~ . F C.3.I VIum F 11 n . Price dedua ion for not furni.shinS Vaouum filling of the tranetarmer is the 11,61ds ii Pr ce 1 W t a 1 ` ENTON 105660131 tlONST n'00003 ` i• 3 . Ir Ft , a. ~t rl Nrn-rJU^ ~e Inu ear 1J lu.Ll I I ur LcIY~UPI Vn I APR 04 090 i5:00 NJJJ I HU. LU P0/26 I C.3.2 Alternate I ulse Tests. Price deduatiori for lurai*hing the vAnufaotur"'{ten er impu ee tests n lieu of the Specified' i.mpuls• ts*toI co 4 or a C.3.3 A net one ~ ?via* d ducttoa xer furuiehiaS a&e laoeurer a 8tandar Corona tart is Ile of the specified "nu. ooaena too ti " I ' i ' 1 Price n Wor F 0.3.4 Sho t-'Circu.it ithsta d. Too r. price 4ddltlon for luriishiae the ' { ahem-oirnu t wit Caad testal I A o ; ziae is ordaj I C.4 SUBCONTRACTORS. The 'uadersi=ned voposes that he will, perfame } MaforMy of the work with his own for es and that specific portions o£e j the work not performed by the undeYai *d wiU be subconersoted as folw Iowa. ~ I Werk Subcontracted • Nome of Subaeatractor ^ tf ..V tj f: EE E 0.5 ADDENDA. The undersigned bidder Paaknowledges reoeipt.of the follow- ing Ad which have bean consider d in preparing this Propbaala Humber Dated I (DENTON 10566 OEN ONST 72.00001 ( 01319 1 ' C-8 nr fiir• yy I: ti r . `(rS\d: 1J APR 0a '90 1Si03 P.Bi26 : Bid ar a Nep~t Subsees:ico 15H - EL~TC HEATERS F~ Ms ulaatu ar Nodes+Z~~ , raecurio uaiE }waters iubseotien 15H2 - OWER floor Manufacturer { Model MO, I' SORectim 1"I - AMRY Station cat:loi slumber Ea rl . ~ N'uosber os; plates per cell .r._ 1iD ',14"X/ D Ff " - t J Noszssal ' a a ~ ~ at S .hour d'seckas-ga rat,aity Poo- Overall disranrtosas of battery ; ,rack, inches Length ~ A Width Height i1 5ubaectioa 16A2 , Q~L►~g ~ ` Station 19~Eta har er j 1~1l~aCEti~'e7C : i Type' er CatiezoS No. ~ dharger disnenaione, Inches ltaight too vidth f Q Depth (nlltTCN 10566 GEN COW 71,OOOO t 013190 f b-s ~o-av esa it APR e4 190 15to1 p19/26 I ' 1 ' Hi t~' a one Subeeotion 16" - tLw2R nANSTOmm~x . Heaufaoturor _ b?1~ Cooling oleos ` • d Lj• 1 COQL$~LLOlli kVA 55 0 OA rat4ag : •:3 e7 ma~y/ Xmpad+ 464, at Uminal voltege COG" ototioa, in pettont baied of high vol'tap winding 55 0 OA (3750 kVA) i Yetiing Gw►rinteed ;atti'03egoy, in perwnk ~ I II l At the follwag percentege• 1 7 of maximsm RVA $3 C (3730 kVA) I ` ratios J . 100 peraant . ~ ! 1 so Permit 1 • 7 Voltagt re'gUlati0a At 100 percent of %4Xisua MVA S$ G (3750 14VA) I xatinY, 'la p•.rceatt 1 100 percent power 111 xaoear ' ~ • j Q,. 80 percent lissIAR prnnr 9actox 1 ~ 80 portent leadiat ak ptwts tlttCCC' - 'iJas*~.r ZX41 0ton current at 100 parta4C rated voltage; in percent banal ~ on 21"t= m MVA 53 C 04 (3750 WA) ~ rating . • + (aENT01; 10666 QZN coNSr 714000) 013190 ) D-b' w ti:l APK ~j~I~ll I\ VJ ./V 11,4 u.Il / YJ •YIMI11 VI ✓ti111 V11 VII IVV ..V V ' 04 50 151 • 1 . Yom.. P110/2G~ E 8lddwr s Na+aA)•. 3 Cuarartrfd loAfas'at 10d prrcent rat«d valkege kvvaar, E I kw 1vo load. ' Topsl lassos at am3.. a^ ?WA 53 0 (3790 kVA) i I 2'a4ln; i ' ~l+ucimv~ rxprtbsd eala~lAtad sound i IAvfl at 100 Pore' nt o! saxim~a XVA,55 C ratio (3750 kVA), is doal,bilo adeptAig to H" Tit 1 @ I look 4A, feet ~ a surer i144 • Rub voltage "Da Q1~?1 t U Lh0.,n ' Low ao t f HAueral H r Currfrt transformers ~ I High voltage Low voltage N»utrsl. li 11 , N s` Barge azrfstfrs Lalb 1RD y Approximatr x ri ht i I + Aouad a \ q~} Core and acids L~ I rank QW ldttYnga »~9 011 _ 4 g Total assembled, with oil , Ip~NxOx 10566 OU CONBT 71,0000] 013100 l Ell 0.:+.5fQZ`~ ~ eid ax Total ship ping aei$ht i Nluae "rwast place for haad7iag duria~ ergo. glee ~ , bit h Caxl~a ox oil Approximate d~enaians, ineh.a weight, overall t I width f d NAighC, over tsnk weight, for untankint i TYPO of Coil And core , nonstructioa 1 . J r-. Type of Materiel ured 3u ' t boil +rtndipte ~ Subaeatxaa 16A9 + 4.3 KV CIRCUIT 1 200 Aa: • ea MAAUfaaturer Cataloj Not and type . i R4" Cad aaPabiliti•a 'y imam ryap~etrical, kA rms Nominal 3 phaea MVA clsas 4 4 3 Asaoud short cirauiC, ' , s~ kal raw a dosing and latchin=, rma ~r nulr~,~ . D1;N?ON 20Sd8 0" CON$T 71,0000) 013190 7 n-8 k S t 1 ;a M^I APR-05-190 THU 09116 IDICITY OF DENTON Up TEL NOt817=566-8336 43,33 P13/26 APR 04 190 15103 P112/26 ~ (bid es s etas t~240 Am~~i IutorrupeiAl time 23-1Q0 par cant of ; 1 rating, cydlw 0.25 rata per cent of sati ; t' . aj, eyelet ; - _ 1I 1 1 7 r~ Y Rated ovsrhaad line ehasgiug A/U aurt:eut: ar<itahin5, aarpara► w.~ w l ~ .Ciooits~ time, Cyclaa r• ~;*i Oya># titan to part 400t6ctis ~ r1 ail t Operatius, aaahagil% Catalog No, E and typ$ ilg&94601 4 ~ t Control por+ar requiribb4ote Closin currant at ' 125 volts do Tripping ourreat at r, 123 volts do t Sushi ~~a ' Make and type k0 rating .....,~.r §Ampare 'rAtiag „ j Diaausions in 120a0 p 'r ILeapth d , tr width Nei1ht ~i . 4.I. nY111V~, ~ WI~fIM1~r ~1, W 1.1~~~W ~ 1 yy 1 Tanis diaaater CDENTON 10,5664GM CCONST 71,0009 190 D-9 uN,4lH Y trT!iRYI IA z'SI rX' ~~tSSWard 1~ ~V 04 ~1i 'iYJ W _ _ur r~n~ F'=13iZ6 h Z00 Am srae Di~taao~ b+raua lowest llv&4 part and #xonad laYaZ lac r iLti • C#llons of j Subasaalon 16u4 OVTDQOII CONNECT ' Group, Unua,liy .Operated = ~ ltanufaatursr Switch cat type aloe nua'+er or Manual op~xa;ar aa~a3aE II 000ar or tgye i Extant of held apsaablq r*qu4rad ~ ` r r _ t / ~L~4J ~ 9 , • r . it i , • D6NTON 10366 UN CONST 71.0000 013190 ~ f D-10 ! ~'y. .'lyd? lf~56 / • 7 ! Ud~iCi CHUBB GROUP of Insurance Companies ~Ae L.a/I.~IwJ 15 hlVUntu+n v4.. v. I tru, I'(j, , ,.a I•.' ~i J ICI. FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY BID BOND Bond No. 81029702-D Amount $ 5% of Bid Know All Men By These Presents, That we, MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. P. 0- Box 18337 F't. Worth, TX 76118 hereinafter Called the , as Principal, and the FEDERAL INSURANCE COMPANY, Warren, New Jersey, a corporation duty organized ulnde)r the laws of the Stnte of New Jersey, (hereinafter called the Surety), as Surely, are held and !E~ L firmly bound unto CITY OE' DENTON, TX f I ~ (hereinafter called the Obligee), In the sum of Five percent of amount bid 51 t our helm Of Bid xecutors admlf or the payment of which we, the said Principal and the Dollars lstrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, sfirmly ubytthes prosuolly s, f f Sealed with our seals and dated this f 3 -A, D. nineteen hundred and ninety. 36 day of March for WHEREAS, the Prlnclpal has submitted a bid, dated March 30 F ! 18 90 Lewisville Hydro r Project and Ray Roberts Hydro Project t NOWT THEREFORE, f It the tract with the Obllgee Inaccodalnceewith lsuch bid tandlgivetbo drwith good and sufficient Sure enter he A , performance of such contract , or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter into such contract and give such bond, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the dufere th Pr c exceed the surety for the faf lue amount specified )n said bid and the amount for which the Obligee may legally contract with another party to per. form the work covered b said bid, penalty hereof, between the, Y the latter amount be in excess of the former, then th null and void, otherwise to remain in n full force and effect is obligation shall be MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO., INC. Prlnclpal By' ~ Vrct ~ras~clen_L I FEDERAL fNSU NCI: COMPANY F*" Roberta I Heorman, Attorney-in-Fact 250 N. Water, Wichita, K2,67202 rv}r,I 267-9221 mgrec ViA WWI G' ~vyu« ,1 1T.'JF_FIEN0011,1•Q, - H, rE1. No l';•~c.:~~ll:':Ir: PUA(;HA6ING r)(J'Ar1TNICrsr BID INVITATION ell) ti' Jdnlco % Anl It Y, 6j CIIY OF QENTUff, TEXAS 0"1 1Vi•J6 70201 0114 HARCII 21 1940 t - 410 NVMPEA 1068 110'Ck;. Filfl ! PROPOSAL DUL f1.1TV l: }IAf(011 0, ! 99G BLIXTRIC - AIIr11!1001 il.2 so.loa old Ploy001115 WIP w tWo +w WIN 9.w P nl- l _MhRGJI."~51.. 11L9.t1.. , 1 0,0011100f Ilit• Putoming AkOnt, 901•% Tioxoe SL, Cluvouvi, Ipa,t• 76'101 ( for sddlltonxl InlainioIW1 OOnwit i nM 0. $1iAw. C.P.M. PW40AI+W ALLtYI 011104 DIM NIVIO AIY•Se6Nll tll!•~'eJ~U011 _ AIMMIDUM N2 a1u NVl~tllizf~ BID PROP08ALS Pap() of elti of Omlon,?llItille 00110 Tt'xolt $1, { wh;0*411tp uepetltl"nt P+,ttOn, Tsui lent _ _ _a # IJF,I,~_ [IfiSCHIPTII)N CJ(1AK. PRICE AM0164IT k •~.,,„.T~•+IYV KY,'„MIMNMP."~'MAM•.1~I,."M,_y..~.'Rr~r•"~'~•~I.M'F~M1~I~•r ~V•M'RRMN.M~~ MMWtiw_ .r~,~.~.~.r 'f 711I8 ADraf;NrJUM IS TO rjj& DUE DATE • ' ' srNT MAW( 21 , 1990 rROM APKIL 31), J 99U '1'0 f, , MAR(;H 30, 1990. NO (J'1'Hb:!{ CHANGES ASSOCIATFI, WITH THIS ADDENDUM. } $10t1 AND RFTURN 'CARS FLIMM WITH YOUR BID RESPON61 , 3• ZStcS ~carr.~act... E•B`,.~`-'~-,=-►.+grc'.~. i"'~„`• t 1~~,oat 8 K„ 1611 _ /~L~41 ' Gti SIN, 2ty 6t~IMlw~ F IN/pMld 1NH i` i ry ' r h*kQ (R[UN•{{7 if CITY_QP DENTUtI-P11r'l.T TUL No ?3? a4a~ Mr ~U3'dU lit., 11i),s.oti 1',03,• •a • PURCHASING UL••PAATIAENT cuff of 00,1101I BID INVITATION 9Q1.8 ltkes St, MY of UNION, MXA$ j )j Urnion, feaos 16201 Dele MARCH 20f 1990 DILI NuMAER 1068 j DID TITLE RAY RUBE+NTS/LLW,[SVll,L1R 1110ttO ! Wor.CTRIC AVOLNUUM III aenfed bid proposals *111 to fverivaU unlli 2:03'1 p.m wlh t)l ira 01 lriq !•U chaolf3p Agonl, 901.6 TAFas S1., Itidnlan 7tn65 )i3.Ul Fof addlltor+ht Intofmrllon cuntacl Torn D. SHAY, CAfA, f OvAe AAW5 i+1h7 111 ~ IIi Ofllco DIM Metfo I1 ~ elr•~eaafl e1r,.ar~,ons J -•r- - --a:ta~~:s.~a:=••-~ ~+_-.,r.~ - - "~...r.::'•~~ :.:..fie„ ~ AIAMNUUM utyl 1 LID NOMW-i BID PROPOSALS pap uI ~ ' City 01 Doninn, T11.44111 001•11 Total M. S ►utalwoNaO Dtpulmefs{ Dau;on, Torof Te401 IrE %,k Dk9CHINTiUN U11AN, P111W AM.C1ONf ~T~tN+,1..N.~F~T!~;TA+M,•~R'~,IM~'y1 H~M1MMMlwr,,~t~+-'!n1.•1~+1*NtTTY15~re. ,~w~.~IMIM~M.w + r .~..w~l, L,.. 1 r TIM 11:10 UU6 I1A'rE IIAS 8r.13tt r-XTENDtl7 uNIAL 2100 P.M.e r'it,tVAYf APPlL 30, 1.490. Nf) WililC,lt. CHANGhU ASSUCSSxrU I4l,rlf THIS ADLM MAIM 51UN AND RATURN TJIIS F01tM WITH YUUR i 61U MISPUNSB. 3 i 'S ~'••031. Z56S Uuf Ii~N to a •"Snlnnw~ i~uplara: ....raw 3 ~a , it It..Vh.LRY tI 1:~ 1 I MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO„ INC.. Joe k0.7CLw? hcab rA#lk zAakkk PROJECTSL~V11SV11yE5(~i.~ Qr ~CA? CKD LOCATIOW~a,ttt~r~ r+y~~ DATE SHEET kO.~ OF J-401/86) s r n . 11 , seY MARTIN K. EBY CONSTRUCTION CO.,INC. JOB N0,- ~pST PROJECTi LLSdRrS]1~\ ~ T~OGI-V'ttCD40 BY CKD l LOCATION, k`x DATE, SHEET NO.~OFy - - - . _ - 5 _t co) - - - - - - - i 'r { J-G(It/86) S' ..33 n T a~ r r II i. I' S E i ;1 ~ rI 6 ~~d ' ' i 1 ~ I II E• i i I i I I I I ; i'( ~ I' i t i. . I ~ Gwo~a"e ! . i I I ! I i! I : r ! k-w,4AK%1 %"a j ! it Il II r~ ~I I!i If li is ~I it ~+~1 r ~ If {iI r i I it i i l I 1' f I f ! ~ I' ~ I I r Ga...ne n4. 1 Fi -41 E BY _ MARTIN K, EBY CONSTRUCTION CO„ INC. Ju6 Nn, aeoreCTr xS~~1,,~ / ~°~r- aY-Ae2 LOCATIONi ~~ti la» irCY DATE SNEET NO ~OF 1 C P _ -y 1 zy1 0 y t~ - c, E av _ MARTIN K, EBY CONSTRUCTION CO„ INC. _ Joe NO. rn PROJECT r_-~~1\SU1t,~~. / `~Dp-t-~DRh BY CKD r LOCATIONr UI~ DATE-~\ 1V SHEET NO, 1 _T Of p 41. IL `l - - - - J-4 1I/86)-- - - - _ _ u %VA I f I t; r y,+ Yq t. a 1. i V f